Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin, General Catalog"

See other formats


1984-85 
GENERAL  BULLETIN 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  FOR  1984-85 


Fall  Semester,  1984 


August  19 
August  20 
August  21-22 
August  23 
October  11-12 
November  22-23 
December  11 
December  12 
December  13-15 
and  17-18 


Residence  halls  open 

General  faculty  meeting;  department  and  college 

Registration 

Classes  begin 

Fall  break 

Thanksgiving 

Final  Day  of  Classes 

Reading  Day 

Final  Exams 


Spring  Semester,  1985 


January  6 

Residence  halls  open 

January  7 

General  faculty  meeting;  department  and  college 

January  7-8 

Registration 

January  9 

Classes  Begin 

March  2-10 

Spring  Break 

April  5-8 

Easter  holidays 

May  2 

Final  day  of  classes 

May  3 

Reading  day 

May  4,  6- 

9 

Final  exams 

May  12 

Commencement 

Appalachian 
State  University 
Bulletin 

(USPS  028-220) 

Announcements  for 

1984-85 

Vol.  LXXXI1 

Published  quarterly  by  Appalachian  State 
University.  Entered  as  second  class  matter 
at  the  Post  Office  at  Boone,  North 
Carolina,  under  the  Act  of  Congress, 
August  24,  1912.  Postage  has  been  paid  at 
Boone,  North  Carolina.  Address  correc- 
tions to  the  Office  of  Academic  Affairs,  Ap- 
palachian State  University,  Boone,  North 
Carolina,  28608. 


Appalachian  State  University  is  committed 
to  equality  of  educational  opportunity  and 
does  not  discriminate  against  applicants, 
students  or  employees  based  on  race,  col- 
or, national  origin,  religion,  sex,  age  or 
handicap.  Moreover,  Appalachian  State 
University  is  open  to  people  of  all  races 
and  actively  seeks  to  promote  racial  in- 
tegration by  recruiting  and  enrolling  a 
larger  number  of  black  students. 


10,000  copies  of  this  publication  were 
printed  at  a  cost  of  $20,885,  $2.09  per 
copy. 


Table  of  Contents 


The  University   3 

Special  Programs  for  the  Region 7 

Student  Life 10 

University  Services 12 

Admissions,  Expenses,  Financial  Aid 19 

The  Instructional  Program 32 

The  General  College 47 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences   58 

Anthropology;  Biology;  Chemistry;  Community  Planning  and 
Geography;  English;  Foreign  Languages;  Geology;  History;  Mathematical 
Sciences;  Philosophy/Religion;  Physics  and  Astronomy;  Political  Science 
and  Criminal  Justice;  Psychology;  Sociology 

The  College  of  Business 149 

Accounting;  Business  Education  and  Office  Administration;  Economics; 
Finance,  Insurance  and  Real  Estate;  Management;  Marketing 

The  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts 192 

Art;  Communication  Arts;  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation; 
Home  Economics;  Industrial  Education  and  Technology;  Military  Science; 
Music 

The  College  of  Education 253 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education;  Counselor  Education 
and  Research;  Elementary  Education;  Library  and  Media  Studies; 
Reading  Education;  Secondary  Education;  Special  Education;  Speech 
Pathology  and  Audiology 

The  Division  of  Continuing  Education 310 

The  Cratis  D.  Williams  Graduate  School 314 

The  Register 323 


The  University 


The  University 


Appalachian  State  University,  founded  in  1899  as  Watauga  Academy,  is  located  in 
Boone,  North  Carolina,  in  the  heart  of  the  Blue  Ridge  of  the  Appalachian  mountains, 
close  to  the  borders  of  Virginia  and  Tennessee  and  less  than  two  hours  from  the  region's 
major  airports  and  population  centers. 

Growing  steadily  through  its  transformations  as  Appalachian  State  Normal  School  in 
1925  to  Appalachian  State  Teachers'  College  in  1929  to  Appalachian  State  University 
in  1967  and  a  part  of  the  consolidated  University  of  North  Carolina  in  1971,  the  cam- 
pus has  come  to  occupy  some  48  buildings  on  its  75-acre  main  campus  as  well  as 
several  new  buildings  on  the  new  180-acre  west  campus.  The  University  has  a  master 
plan  for  an  enrollment  of  10,000  students  with  future  expansions  concentrated  on 
some  330  acres  of  outlying  land  owned  by  the  University. 

Appalachian  maintains  two  campuses  away  from  Boone  for  experiential  studies.  The 
New  York  Loft,  begun  in  1974,  consists  of  some  3,000  square  feet  of  carefully  design- 
ed living  space  for  ten  to  twelve  visitors  at  a  time.  Located  at  67  Vestry  Street  in  the 
SoHo  district  of  New  York  City,  the  loft  is  within  easy  walking  distance  of  the  World 
Trade  Center,  Chinatown,  Little  Italy,  and  all  SoHo  area  galleries. 

The  Appalachian  House,  a  satellite  campus  in  Washington,  D.C.,  opened  in  1977.  The 
150-year-old  house  is  in  the  heart  of  the  Capitol  Hill  Historic  District.  It  is  next  door  to 
the  Folger  Shakespeare  Library,  only  minutes  away  from  the  U.S.  Senate  and  House 
chambers,  Congressional  offices,  the  Library  of  Congress,  and  the  Supreme  Court.  The 
Appalachian  House  and  Loft,  supervised  by  the  Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for 
Academic  Affairs,  are  not  open  to  the  general  public,  but  are  reserved  for  use  by  ASU 
faculty,  students  and  staff. 

The  University  welcomes  and  encourages  prospective  students,  alumni,  and  friends  to 
visit  the  campus  and  to  tour  the  surrounding  area  which  encompasses  six  ski  resorts, 
nine  golf  courses,  and  several  major  tourist  attractions. 

Mission 

Founded  in  1899  as  Watauga  Academy,  Appalachian  State  University  soon  evolved  in- 
to a  state  teacher's  college,  later  broadened  its  purpose  to  include  the  liberal  arts,  and 
became  a  part  of  the  consolidated  University  of  North  Carolina  in  1972.  From  its  begin- 
nings as  a  small  local  institution,  Appalachian  has  grown  to  an  enrollment  of  approx- 
imately 10,000  students  from  every  section  of  North  Carolina,  as  well  as  from  other 
states  and  nations.  Throughout  its  rapid  growth,  the  University  has  consistently  main- 
tained a  student-centered  environment  and  has  been  responsive  to  the  changing  needs 
of  its  constituency. 

Appalachian  State  University  is  a  comprehensive  university,  offering  some  130 
academic  majors  at  the  baccalaureate  level  and  over  70  academic  majors  at  the  master's 
and  intermediate  levels.  As  a  comprehensive  university  whose  major  clientele  is  the 


The  University 


traditional  undergraduate  student,  Appalachian's  primary  mission  will  continue  to  be 
that  of  instruction.  To  prepare  a  diverse  constituency  for  productive  lives  in  society,  the 
University  will  provide  each  student  with  a  well-rounded  liberal  education  and  the  op- 
portunity to  participate  in  a  wide  range  of  educational  experiences  and  professional  pro- 
grams. It  will  maintain  a  strong  commitment  to  excellence  in  instruction,  as  well  as  its 
tradition  of  attention  to  the  individual  needs  of  students. 

At  Appalachian  research  and  service  are  supportive  of  the  instructional  mission.  The 
major  purposes  of  research,  scholarship  and  other  creative  activities  are  to  serve  as  a 
basis  for  instruction,  to  ensure  a  vital  and  intellectually  engaged  faculty,  and  to  provide 
a  means  for  the  advancement  of  knowledge.  Professional  and  public  service  is  provided 
in  the  form  of  continuing  education  programs  and  activities,  consultation  services,  the 
extension  into  the  community  of  the  professional  knowledge  and  skills  of  the  faculty, 
staff  and  students,  and  the  sharing  of  the  University's  cultural  and  recreational  activities 
and  facilities.  In  recognition  of  its  special  responsibilities  to  the  region,  the  University 
seeks  to  contribute  to  the  understanding,  appreciation  and  preservation  of  the  unique 
culture  of  the  Appalachian  region. 


Purpose 


Within  the  framework  of  higher  education  established  by  the  State  of  North  Carolina, 
Appalachian  State  University  seeks  to  nurture  an  intellectual  climate  in  which  truth  is 
sought  and  respected,  critical  thinking  is  encouraged,  cultural  horizons  are  broadened, 
and  ethical  and  aesthetic  values  are  appreciated.  It  maintains  an  academic  environment 
conducive  to  learning,  sensitive  to  individual,  community  and  regional  needs,  and  alert 
to  the  new  ideas  and  challenges  of  a  complex  and  changing  world.  To  prepare  a  diverse 
constituency  for  productive  lives  in  society,  the  university  provides  each  student  with  a 
well-rounded  liberal  education  and  the  opportunity  to  participate  in  a  wide  range  of 
educational  experiences  and  professional  programs.  The  university's  faculty  and  ad- 
ministration are  dedicated  to  excellence  in  teaching,  research,  and  service.  Within  the 
limits  of  its  resources,  Appalachian  State  University  serves  the  educational  needs  of  the 
people  within  its  sphere  of  influence. 

Accreditation 

Appalachian  State  University  is  fully  accredited  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges 
and  Schools.  In  addition  to  this  comprehensive  accreditation,  other  special  accredita- 
tion by  appropriate  agencies  includes: 

The  National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education 

The  North  Carolina  Department  of  Public  Instruction 

The  American  Home  Economics  Association  (undergraduate) 

The  American  Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business  (undergraduate  and 

graduate) 
The  American  Chemical  Society  (undergraduate) 
The  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music 
The  Council  on  Rehabilitation  Education  (graduate) 
The  Council  for  the  Accreditation  of  Counseling  and  Related  Educational 
Programs 


The  University 


The  University  is  a  member  of  appropriate  state  and  national  associations  and  organiza- 
tions to  which  its  professional  programs  are  related.  These  include: 

The  Conference  of  Southern  Graduate  Schools 

The  Council  of  Graduate  Schools  in  the  United  States 

The  North  Carolina  Association  of  Colleges  and  Universities 

The  National  Association  of  Business  Teacher  Education 

American  Association  of  State  Colleges  for  Teacher  Education 

The  American  Council  on  Education 

The  American  Association  of  University  Women 

National  Council  on  Rehabilitation  Education 

National  Collegiate  Honors  Council 


Corporate  History 


The  University  of  North  Carolina  is  comprised  of  all  the  public  institutions  of  higher 
education  in  North  Carolina  that  confer  degrees  at  the  baccalaureate  level  or  higher. 
The  University  was  authorized  by  the  State  Constitution  in  1776,  and  it  was  chartered  in 
1789  by  the  General  Assembly. 

The  University  of  North  Carolina  opened  its  doors  to  students  at  Chapel  Hill  in  1795. 
Thereafter,  beginning  in  the  latter  part  of  the  nineteenth  century,  the  General  Assembly 
of  North  Carolina  has  established  and  supported  fifteen  other  public  senior  institutions 
in  keeping  with  Article  IX,  Section  8,  of  the  Constitution  of  North  Carolina  which  pro- 
vides that  the  "General  Assembly  shall  maintain  a  public  system  of  higher  education, 
comprising  The  University  of  North  Carolina  and  such  other  institutions  of  higher 
education  as  the  General  Assembly  may  deem  wise." 

By  1969,  The  University  of  North  Carolina  included  six  constituent  institutions,  govern- 
ed by  a  single  Board  of  Trustees.  This  multi-campus  University  had  its  beginnings  in 
legislation  enacted  in  1931  that  defined  The  University  of  North  Carolina  to  include  The 
University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina  State  University  at  Raleigh, 
and  The  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro.  In  the  1960's  three  additional 
campuses  were  added:  The  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Charlotte,  The  University  of 
North  Carolina  at  Asheville,  and  The  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Wilmington. 

Beginning  in  1877,  the  General  Assembly  of  North  Carolina  established  or  acquired  ten 
additional  separately  governed  state -supported  senior  institutions  of  higher  education. 
They  are:  Appalachian  State  University,  East  Carolina  University,  Elizabeth  City  State 
University,  Fayetteville  State  University,  North  Carolina  Agricultural  and  Technical 
State  University,  North  Carolina  Central  University,  North  Carolina  School  of  the  Arts, 
Pembroke  State  University,  Western  Carolina  University,  and  Winston-Salem  State 
University.  Then,  in  1971,  the  General  Assembly  redefined  The  University  of  North 
Carolina,  and  under  the  terms  of  that  legislation  all  sixteen  public  senior  institutions 
became  constituent  institutions  of  The  University  of  North  Carolina. 

The  constitutionally-authorized  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  six-campus  University  of 
North  Carolina  was  designated  the  Board  of  Governors  and  this  body  is  by  law  The 
University  of  North  Carolina.  The  Board  of  Governors  consists  of  thirty-two  members 


The  University 


elected  by  the  General  Assembly,  and  it  is  charged  with  "the  general  determination, 
control,  supervision,  management,  and  governance  of  all  affairs  of  the  constituent  in- 
stitutions." The  chief  executive  officer  of  The  University  is  the  President. 

Each  constituent  institution  of  The  University  has  its  own  faculty  and  student  body. 
The  chief  administrative  officer  of  each  institution  is  the  chancellor,  and  the  chancellors 
are  responsible  to  the  President. 

Each  constituent  institution  also  has  a  board  of  trustees  composed  of  thirteen 
members:  eight  elected  by  the  Board  of  Governors,  four  appointed  by  the  Governor, 
and  the  elected  president  of  the  student  body  ex  officio.  (The  School  of  the  Arts  has  two 
additional  ex  officio  trustees.)  The  principal  powers  of  these  institutional  boards  are  ex- 
ercised under  a  delegation  of  authority  from  the  Board  of  Governors. 

Research  Facilities 

Faculty  research,  grant  activity,  and  publication  costs  are  supported  through  the  Cratis 
D.  Williams  Graduate  School.  The  Office  of  Research  and  Grants  in  the  Graduate 
School  provides  assistance  to  faculty  and  graduate  students  in  identifying  both  public 
and  private  sources  of  external  funding  and  in  the  preparation  of  grant  proposals.  The 
Illinois  Research  Information  System  (IRIS),  housed  in  the  Office  of  Research  and 
Grants,  is  an  on-line  computerized  file  containing  descriptions  of  over  3,000  funding 
opportunities  from  federal  agencies,  private  and  corporate  foundations,  and  other  non- 
profit organizations  which  can  aid  faculty  and  students  in  identifying  potential  funding 
support  for  research,  program  development,  travel,  teaching,  and  advanced  study. 

The  Graduate  School,  with  recommendations  from  the  University  Research  Commit- 
tee, administers  funds  which  provide  modest  grants  to  faculty  for  research  equipment 
and  supplies,  publication  and  travel  costs,  and  manuscript  preparation.  Research 
assistance  is  provided  through  the  allocation  of  Graduate  Research  Assistants  to  depart- 
ments during  the  academic  year  and  to  individual  faculty  for  research  projects  in  the 
summer.  Access  to  research  library  facilities  on  the  Chapel  Hill  campus  is  provided  by 
scheduled  van  service  for  faculty  and  graduate  students.  Information  regarding  the 
research  activities  of  Appalachian  faculty  and  students  is  disseminated  through  the 
Research  News  which  is  published  twice  each  year  by  the  Graduate  School. 

Research  facilities  maintained  by  Appalachian  include  the  Carol  Grotnes  Belk  Library 
and  the  Office  of  Computer  and  Management  Services.  Belk  Library,  with  special  col- 
lections including  the  W.L.  Eury  Appalachian  Regional  Collection,  provides  research  as 
well  as  instructional  support  to  faculty  and  students.  The  Office  of  Computer  and 
Management  Services  assists  faculty  and  students  in  research  computing  and  in 
statistical  treatment  of  data.  The  Faculty  Development  Fund,  administered  through  the 
Center  for  Instructional  Development,  provides  funds  for  faculty  study  and  professional 
development.  The  Office  of  Grants  Accounting  assists  faculty  with  the  financial  ad- 
ministration of  grants  and  contracts. 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  maintains  specialized  research  facilities  which  include 
the  Center  for  Appalachian  Studies,  the  Dark  Sky  Observatory,  the  Meterological 
Reporting  Station,  and  the  Regional  Bureau  of  Government.  The  Bureau  of  Economics 
and  Business  Research  in  the  Walker  College  of  Business  assists  faculty  and  students  in 


Special  Programs  for  the  Region 


research  efforts,  and  the  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts  has  research  facilities  in  the 
Human  Performance  Laboratory,  the  Perceptual  Motor  Training  Laboratory  and  the 
Music  Electronic  Laboratory.  The  College  of  Education  provides  research  facilities  and 
support  through  the  Statistics/Testing/Research  Laboratory,  the  Educational  Com- 
puter Laboratory,  the  Teacher  Education  Student  Data  Bank,  the  Speech  and  Hearing 
Clinic,  the  Reading  Education  Curriculum  Laboratory,  the  Center  for  Learning  Evalua- 
tion and  Research,  the  Early  Childhood  Learning  Center,  and  the  Western  Carolina 
Research  Center.  In  addition,  Appalachian  allocates  faculty  time  and  financial  support 
toward  the  publication  of  numerous  research  journals  and  periodicals. 


Special  Service  Programs  for  the  Region 

In  accordance  with  its  mission  "to  serve  the  people  of  the  region  in  which  it  is  located," 
Appalachian  State  University  sponsors  several  programs  designed  to  serve  the  educa- 
tional, cultural,  social,  economic  and  governmental  needs  of  the  people  and  institutions 
of  its  region: 


Appalachian  Consortium 

The  Appalachian  Consortium  is  a  non-profit,  educational  association  whose  member- 
ship is  composed  of  institutions  of  higher  education  and  cultural  agencies  in  the 
Southern  Highlands.  The  purpose  of  the  Appalachian  Consortium  is  to  promote 
among  the  general  public  an  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  culture  of  the 
region.  This  purpose  is  achieved  through  the  sponsorship  of  conferences,  forums, 
festivals  and  workshops  with  special  emphasis  on  Appalachian  traditions  and  environ- 
ment. The  Consortium  serves  as  a  vehicle  for  the  development  of  cooperative  projects 
initiated  by  regional  scholars  and  teachers  at  member  institutions  and  agencies.  The  Ap- 
palachian Consortium  is  supported  by  public  and  private  grants  and  member  contribu- 
tions. The  Appalachian  Consortium  Press  is  a  division  of  the  Appalachian  Consortium 
which  publishes  works  dealing  with  the  Southern  Highlands. 


Center  for  Management  Development 

The  Center  for  Management  Development  is  sponsored  by  the  John  A.  Walker  College 
of  Business  to  extend  the  educational  capabilities  of  the  college  and  its  faculty  to  per- 
sons in  business,  industry  and  other  organizations.  Programs  offered  by  the  Center  for 
Management  Development  vary  widely  and  are  designed  to  meet  the  practical  needs  of 
working  people.  A  major  objective  of  the  center's  programs  is  to  identify  and  meet  the 
educational  and  training  needs  of  individuals  and  organizations  within  the  general  ser- 
vice area  of  the  university.  Specific  programs  can  be  designed  for  managers  and  per- 
sonnel at  any  organizational  level. 

Extension  and  Non-Credit  Programs 

The  Office  of  Extension  and  Non-Credit  Programs  assists  university  departments  in 
creating  and  operating  off-campus  courses  leading  to  undergraduate  or  graduate 


Special  Programs  for  the  Region 


8 


degrees,  teacher  certification,  and  renewal  credit.  The  office  also  makes  available  non- 
credit  instruction  for  profesional  development  and  training. 

The  University  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

The  University  Center  for  Continuing  Education  brings  to  the  campus  adult  students 
from  throughout  the  region  as  well  as  hosts  meetings  for  state,  regional,  national  and  in- 
ternational organizations.  Some  of  the  areas  of  interest  include  agriculture,  medicine, 
science,  business,  and  law.  Special  courses  are  also  designed  to  assist  people  in  their 
daily  lives  and  vocations.  The  University  Center  provides  not  only  programs  of  interest 
but  also  lodging,  dining,  and  meeting  facilities. 


Appalachian  Oral  History  Office 

The  Appalachian  Oral  History  Office,  located  in  the  Department  of  History,  is  part  of  a 
consortium  of  four  schools  in  the  Central  and  Southern  area  of  the  Appalachian  Moun- 
tains assisting  students  in  collecting  folk  histories  recalled  by  long-time  residents  of  the 
area.  Schools  participing  in  the  program  in  addition  to  ASU  are  Alice  Lloyd  College  of 
Pippa  Passes,  Kentucky;  Lees  Junior  College,  Jackson,  Kentucky;  and  Emory  and 
Henry  College,  Emory,  Virginia. 

Center  for  Developmental  Education 

The  center  is  the  nation's  primary  broker  of  information  and  training  in  the  field  of 
Developmental  Education.  Each  year  hundreds  of  postsecondary  educators  take  ad- 
vantage of  Center  resources. 

Developmental  Education  is  that  aspect  of  adult  education  concerned  with  the  learning 
and  human  development  needs  of  academically  underprepared  students. 


Bureau  of  Economic  and  Business  Research 

The  bureau  is  sponsored  by  the  John  A.  Walker  College  of  Business  to  promote  and 
coordinate  faculty  research  and  service  activities.  Special  attention  is  given  to  projects 
that  facilitate  the  economic  development  of  Western  North  Carolina.  Bureau  services 
are  available  to  new  or  established  businesses,  industry  and  government  throughout 
the  state,  with  special  attention  given  to  the  primary  service  region  of  Western  North 
Carolina. 


Appalachian  Regional  Bureau  of  Government 

The  bureau  provides  training,  research  and  information  for  local  government  officials  in 
the  region.  Training  programs  sponsored  by  the  bureau  have  been  in  the  areas  of  law 
enforcement,  budgeting,  financial  and  personnel  management,  affirmative  action,  land 
use  planning,  tourism,  historic  preservation,  community  appearance,  and  environmen- 
tal concerns. 


Special  Programs  for  the  Region 


Center  for  Appalachian  Studies 

Through  development  of  programs  and  projects  in  such  areas  as  the  Appalachian 
region's  arts,  public  policy,  and  social  and  cultural  issues,  the  Center  for  Appalachian 
Studies  assists  in  the  enhancement,  clarification  and  evalution  of  regional  concerns. 
The  center  also  coordinates  degree  programs  in  Appalachian  Studies. 

Center  for  Community  Education 

The  Center  for  Community  Education  was  established  in  November,  1973,  and  is 
located  within  the  Department  of  Administration,  Supervision,  and  Higher  Education 
within  the  College  of  Education.  Center  policy  and  goals  are  determined  by  a  twenty- 
two  member  Statewide  Advisory  Board.  The  four  service  activities  of  the  Center  are: 

I.      Dissimination  of  information  about  the  philosophy  of  community  education 
and  the  community  education  concept. 

II.      Consultant  services  and  technical  assistance  to  communities  and  agencies  in- 
terested in  implementing  or  expanding  community  education  efforts. 

III.  Training  through  pre-service,  in-service,  academic,  non-academic  workshops 
and  institutes. 

IV.  Evaluation  and  assessment  services  to  assist  in  the  continual  improvement  of 
comprehensive  community  education  programs  and  processes. 


Public  Exhibits  Program 

The  Public  Exhibits  Program  is  a  student  experiential  learning  project  which  coordinates 
the  design  and  construction  of  instructional  displays.  These  exhibits,  created  for 
distribution  to  public  buildings  and  schools  in  Watauga  and  surrounding  counties  and 
on  the  university  campus,  are  of  a  general  and  regional  interest,  and  are  created  to  en- 
courage a  greater  awareness  and  appreciation  of  the  arts  and  sciences. 

For  further  information,  contact  the  Exhibits  Program,  College  of  Continuing  Educa- 
tion, Appalachian  State  University,  Boone,  NC  28608,  or  phone  (704)  262-4080. 


Volunteers  in  Service  for  Youth 

This  university  effort  provides  students  as  adult  friends  for  area  children  who  need 
them.  Children  in  the  program  come  from  a  variety  of  backgrounds;  some  come  from 
homes  having  only  one  parent,  and  others  have  parents  who  cannot  give  them  suffi- 
cient time  or  attention.  The  program  is  an  outgrowth  of  university  and  student  interest 
in  community  activities. 


Student  Life 


10 


Student  Life 

Division  of  Complementary  Education 

The  Division  of  Complementary  Education  coordinates  and  supervises  a  variety  of  co- 
curricular  programs  on  campus,  including  cultural  affairs,  campus  programs,  black 
awareness  programs,  student  publications,  and  the  Student  Government  Association. 
The  division  seeks  to  ensure  a  balanced  calendar  of  programs  and  activities  which  are 
educationally  relevant  and  closely  aligned  with  academic  departments.  Through  intern- 
ships and  management  practicums,  students  supervise  support  services  of  the  division 
and  gain  experience  in  a  variety  of  career-related  positions. 

Through  a  planned  series  of  performing  arts  programs  the  University  is  able  to  provide  a 
balanced  calendar  of  programs  by  both  professional  and  student  groups.  The  Artist 
Series  sponsors  fine  arts  programs  while  the  Office  of  Student  Developmental  Enter- 
tainment arranges  student  performances  to  the  campus  community  and  the  region  in 
Our  House  of  the  Student  Union.  The  Farthing  Gallery  of  Art,  in  the  lobby  of  Farthing 
Auditorium,  schedules  a  variety  of  exhibitions  including  works  from  the  Appalachian 
National  Drawing  Competition  (an  annual  event),  sculpture,  fibers,  and  photography. 
The  ASU  Cultural  Programs  Calendar  and  Appalachian  Arts,  both  produced  by 
students,  highlight  these  program  offerings. 

Under  the  supervision  of  the  Director  of  Campus  Programs,  approximately  110  clubs 
and  organizations  sponsor  a  myriad  of  activities.  Fraternities,  sororities,  academic, 
honor,  service,  and  religious  groups  are  open  for  membership.  Opportunities  are  also 
available  for  participation  in  University  theatre,  forensics,  broadcasting,  and  music. 

The  Office  of  Minority  Student  Affairs  sponsors  a  series  of  educational  programs 
throughout  the  year  which  culminate  in  the  Black  Heritage  Week  in  the  spring.  The  pur- 
pose of  these  programs  is  to  increase  an  awareness  of  black  culture.  Through  the  efforts 
of  the  Black  Student  Association  and  the  BSA  Gospel  Choir,  this  office  also  assists  the 
university  in  public  relations  and  recruiting  black  students. 

The  Appalachian,  ASU's  student  newspaper,  is  published  twice  a  week  as  a  service  to 
keep  students  informed  of  campus  programs  and  activities.  The  yearbook,  Rhododen- 
dron, is  available  to  students  for  $5.00  for  one  copy.  The  book  is  distributed  to  those 
students  who  place  an  order  in  the  spring  before  final  exam  week. 

The  W.H.  Plemmons  Student  Union,  under  the  supervision  of  a  full-time  manager,  is 
managed  by  interns  from  the  College  of  Business  and  is  staffed  completely  by  students. 
The  primary  purpose  of  the  Union  is  to  provide  services  for  students,  faculty,  and  staff. 
Three  meeting  rooms  are  available. 

Students  may  rent  refrigerators  for  their  on-campus  rooms  through  refrigerator  rentals. 
Other  organizations  which  provide  services  to  the  student  body  and  are  managed  com- 
pletely by  students  include  the  student  printing  service  located  in  Workman  Hall  and  the 
student  portrait  program  which  supports  the  yearbook. 


Student  Life 


11 


The  Student  Government  Association  is  recognized  by  the  University  Board  of  Trustees 
as  the  representative  voice  of  the  student  body  in  policy-making  and  decision-making 
processes  of  the  University.  Through  the  executive,  legislative  and  judicial  branches  of 
government,  students  are  given  the  opportunity  to  develop  leadership  skills  and  to  par- 
ticipate actively  in  University  governance. 

The  Student  Senate  is  a  recommending  body  made  up  of  elected  representatives  from 
residence  halls  and  off-campus  constituencies.  The  Senate  is  the  legislative  authority  of 
the  SGA,  and  through  its  committee  structure  students  may  explore  areas  of  student 
welfare  and  make  recommendations  to  appropriate  University  officials. 

Students  accused  of  violations  of  University  regulations  have  all  those  rights  guaranteed 
by  the  United  States  Constitution,  and  they  may  choose  to  have  an  open  hearing  before 
the  Student  Court.  The  court  consists  of  12  justices  and  a  chief  justice  selected  by  the 
Student  Senate.  A  complete  code  of  student  law  may  be  found  in  the  Student  Judiciary 
Handbook  and  the  Students  Rights  Handbook. 

Athletics 

As  a  member  of  the  Southern  Conference,  and  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association 
(NCAA),  Appalachian  offers  nine  varsity  sports  for  women  and  ten  varsity  sports  for 
men— the  largest  number  of  varsity  athletic  teams  of  any  Southern  Conference  school 
and  as  many  as  any  school  in  the  state. 

Men's  varsity  sports  include:  football,  cross  country,  soccer,  basketball,  wrestling,  track 
(indoor  and  outdoor),  tennis,  baseball,  and  golf.  Women's  varsity  sports  include  field 
hockey,  basketball,  softball,  volleyball,  golf,  tennis,  cross-country,  and  track  (indoor 
and  out). 


Religious  Life 


Appalachian  is  a  state-owned  campus,  and  as  such  it  has  no  religious  affiliation.  Its 
students,  however,  promote  and  support  church  affiliated  organizations  which  include 
the  Baptist  Student  Union,  Canterbury  Club,  Jewish  Student  Club,  Lutheran  Student 
Association,  Newman  Club,  Wesley  Foundation,  and  Westminster  Fellowship.  Nine 
churches  (Advent  Christian,  Baptist,  Catholic,  Church  of  Christ,  Episcopal,  Lutheran, 
Presbyterian,  Missionary  Alliance  and  United  Methodist)  are  within  walking  distance  of 
the  campus. 


University  Services 


12 


University  Services 

Student  Advisement 


Appalachian  State  University  views  student  advisement  as  one  of  its  highest  respon- 
sibilities and  priorities.  It  seeks  to  provide  every  student  with  assistance  in  identifying 
academic  and  career  interests,  developing  a  realistic  and  successful  academic  program, 
planning  an  effective  career  strategy,  and  in  addressing  personal  and  social  areas  of 
concern.  Faculty,  administrators,  and  staff  are  committed  to  a  comprehensive  system  of 
advisement  that  meets  the  needs  of  Appalachian  State  University  students  at  each  stage 
of  their  university  education. 

Student  Orientation.  ASU  introduces  all  new  students  to  academic  programs, 
available  services,  and  scheduling  procedures  during  student  orientation  meetings  held 
in  the  summer  and  prior  to  each  semester. 

Faculty  Advising  Service.  The  General  College  operates  a  Faculty  Advising  Service 
for  students  in  their  first  semesters  on  the  ground  floor  of  D.D.  Dougherty  Library. 
Faculty  representatives  from  the  academic  departments  assist  with  course  scheduling, 
interpreting  university  policies,  and  developing  academic  majors  and  career  strategies. 
If  the  situation  warrants,  faculty  advisers  will  also  refer  students  to  the  Career  Planning 
Office  or  the  Counseling  Center  for  additional  assistance.  Staff  advisers  in  the  General 
College  provide  additional  assistance.  Advising  for  freshmen  is  mandatory. 

College  Office  Advising.  When  students  complete  28  semester  hours,  meet  freshman 
English  requirements,  and  attain  at  least  a  2.00  grade  point  average  they  may  declare  a 
major.  In  this  case,  their  academic  records  are  forwarded  from  the  General  College  to 
the  appropriate  degree-granting  college  (Arts  and  Sciences,  Fine  and  Applied  Arts, 
Learning  and  Human  Development,  Business).  In  some  cases  additional  requirements 
must  be  met  to  be  formally  accepted  into  a  college.  Personnel  are  available  in  the  dean's 
office  of  each  degree-granting  college  to  answer  general  questions  about  university 
graduation  requirements,  interpret  university  policy,  and  review  a  student's  official 
record. 

Departmental  Advising.  After  a  student  has  declared  a  major  and  has  been  accepted 
by  the  degree-granting  college,  a  mandatory  advisement  conference  must  be  scheduled 
with  the  departmental  adviser  (or  in  the  College  of  Business  with  an  undergraduate  ad- 
viser). As  the  primary  source  of  advisement  for  the  major,  the  departmental  adviser 
helps  students  in  developing  realistic  and  successful  academic  programs,  exploring 
career  opportunities,  and  keeping  informed  about  university  and  departmental  policies 
and  activities.  When  and  where  appropriate,  departmental  advisers  refer  majors  to  the 
Counseling  Center  or  Career  Planning  Office  for  additional  assistance;  the  results  of 
these  consultations  are  normally  returned  to  the  departmental  adviser  to  ensure  consis- 
tent and  effective  advisement.  The  departmental  adviser  also  makes  certain  that  the 
major  is  registered  with  the  Career  Planning  and  Placement  Office  before  graduation. 
The  Counseling  Center  and  Career  Planning  Office  work  regularly  with  individual 
departments  in  developing  effective  advisement  programs. 


University  Services 


13 


Faculty  Advisement.  Faculty  members  at  ASU  maintain  weekly  office  hours  for 
routine  conferences  with  students.  Many  faculty  will  be  able  to  answer  general  questions 
about  university  regulations  and  requirements,  but  others  will  refer  students  to  depart- 
mental, college,  or  university  advisers  for  both  general  and  more  specialized  advise- 
ment. When  students  have  personal  and  social  problems,  faculty  members  assist  if 
possible  and,  if  the  need  is  apparent,  make  necessary  referrals  to  one  of  the  special 
counseling  services  on  campus. 

In  order  for  academic  advisement  to  be  constructive  and  beneficial,  it  is  important  that 
both  the  student  and  the  university  adviser  recognize  respective  responsibilities.  The  ad- 
viser is  committed  and  prepared  to  provide  appropriate,  accurate,  and  timely  informa- 
tion at  every  stage  of  the  student's  career.  The  student,  on  the  other  hand,  must  be  will- 
ing to  accept  advisement,  realizing  that  the  ultimate  responsibility  for  understanding 
university  regulations  and  for  meeting  graduation  requirements  resides  with  the  stu- 
dent. 

Counseling  and  Psychological 
Services  Center 

The  Counseling  and  Psychological  Services  Center  provides  a  setting  where  students 
may  benefit  from  a  relationship  with  a  skilled  and  experienced  counselor.  Within  the 
context  of  this  confidential  relationship,  they  may  discuss  questions  ranging  from  those 
related  to  educational-vocational  decisions  to  those  which  are  extremely  personal  in 
nature.  Students  also  may  choose  to  take  a  group  approach  as  an  alternative  to  in- 
dividual discussions. 

The  testing  section  of  the  Counseling  and  Psychological  Services  Center  has  the 
responsibility  of  organizing  and  administering  the  individual  and  group  tests  for  the 
university  community.  Available  tests  include  individual  intelligence,  personality  tests, 
and  vocational  interest  inventories.  Information  concerning  large  group  tests  such  as 
National  Teacher  Examinations,  Miller  Analogies  Test,  CLEP,  and  university  proficien- 
cy tests  is  also  available. 

Office  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement 

ASU  operates  a  comprehensive  career  planning  and  placement  program  for  students 
and  alumni.  The  office  provides  career  counseling,  career  information,  assistance  with 
resume  writing,  interviewing  skills  and  job  search  techniques,  on-campus  recruitment, 
employer  information  and  a  credentials  program.  In  addition,  the  office  provides  a  job 
location  and  development  service  for  students  who  are  seeking  part-time  employment 
while  attending  ASU. 


Student  Housing 


The  University  has  17  residence  halls  housing  some  4,400  students  in  a  living  and  learn- 
ing atmosphere.  The  quality  of  residence  hall  life  is  of  as  much  concern  to  the  University 
as  the  quality  of  any  academic  program. 


University  Services 


14 


To  insure  that  quality,  some  changes  have  taken  place  in  the  residence  halls.  What  used 
to  be  stark  dorm  lobbies  are  now  coeducational  lounges.  There  are  specially  prepared 
study  areas  and  seminar  rooms  in  the  residence  halls  so  that  some  of  the  academic  life 
of  the  campus  can  take  place  in  the  residential  setting. 

The  halls  are  staffed  and  supervised  by  personnel  who  are  trained  to  create  a  friendly  at- 
mosphere in  which  students  can  enjoy  life  and  feel  a  part  of  the  University  community. 

Each  room  is  equipped  with  basic  furniture.  Students  are  expected  to  supply  rugs,  cur- 
tains, where  not  provided,  and  other  personal  furnishings  according  to  individual  taste. 
Linen  service  is  available  upon  request  from  the  University  Laundry. 

Some  appliances  are  allowed  in  the  student  rooms  (lamps,  small  television  sets,  small 
refrigerators)  but  others  are  not  (hot  plates,  toasters,  heat  lamps,  irons,  fans,  microwave 
ovens,  and  heaters).  Popcorn  poppers  may  be  used  only  in  kitchen  areas.  Irons  may  be 
used  in  laundry  rooms.  Refrigerator  rental  is  available  upon  request  from  the  Student 
Government.  The  Auxiliary  Services  Handbook  and  The  Mountaineer,  the  student 
handbook,  (available  at  check-in  to  halls)  contains  specific  regulations  and  policies 
which  govern  residence  hall  life.  All  students  are  responsible  for  knowing  these  regula- 
tions and  conducting  themselves  accordingly.  Any  student  who  is  evicted  from  on- 
campus  housing  is  not  eligible  for  a  refund  of  room  rent. 

Housing  Requirements.  The  residence  halls  are  closed  during  vacation  and  break 
periods,  and  no  occupancy  of  rooms  is  permitted  during  this  time.  For  those  who  must 
remain  in  Boone  during  these  periods  for  University  business,  the  Director  of  Residence 
Life  must  be  contacted  about  scheduling  possible  housing  arrangements. 

All  new,  incoming  freshmen  (having  never  attended  an  institution  of  higher  learning) 
are  required  to  live  in  university-owned  housing  with  the  exception  of  those  students  liv- 
ing with  parents  or  guardian,  those  who  are  married  and  maintaining  their  residence 
near  the  University,  or  veterans  eligible  for  training  under  Public  Law  358,  G.I.  Bill  ef- 
fective June,  1966.  There  is  currently  a  maximum  number  of  residence  hall  spaces 
available  for  each  freshman  class. 

All  students  reserving  rooms  are  subject  to  an  academic  year  room  and  board  contract. 
Students  who  reserve  a  room  for  the  fall  semester  are  obligated  to  pay  room  rent  for  fall 
and  spring  semester  as  long  as  they  are  enrolled.  Exceptions  are  made  during  the  term 
of  the  housing  agreements  for  students  participating  in  off-campus  field  service  pro- 
grams and  those  students  getting  married  during  the  term  of  the  agreement. 

Students  receiving  room  assignments  for  fall  semester  must  notify  the  Office  of 
Residence  Life  in  writing  by  July  15,  if  not  accepting  the  assignment,  to  avoid  billing  for 
a  semester's  room  rent.  Room  reservation  deposits  are  forfeited  upon  cancellation  of 
assignment  after  May  1. 

The  Residence  Life  Program  has  qualified  student  leaders  and  professional  staff  who 
are  responsible  for  creating  an  environment  within  our  living  and  learning  units  that  is 
conducive  to  and  complements  the  educational  process.  Each  Residence  Hall  has  a 


University  Services 


15 


Residence  Life  Association  that  works  with  the  staff  to  provide  social,  educational, 
cultural,  and  recreational  programs.  There  are  limitless  opportunities  for  meeting  the 
needs  of  the  resident  student  through  program  development  and  implementation. 

Residence  hall  students  not  planning  to  enroll  for  the  spring  semester  must  notify  the 
Office  of  Residence  Life  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  examination  week  to  avoid  being 
billed  for  a  semester's  room  rent.  Students  must  occupy  their  dormitory  rooms  by  noon 
of  the  first  day  of  registration  in  each  semester.  Otherwise,  the  reservation  for  this  space 
will  be  cancelled,  and  the  student  will  be  billed  for  a  semester's  rent.  Limited  exceptions 
to  these  rules  appear  in  the  Auxiliary  Services  Handbook. 

Room  Reservations.  Room  reservation  forms  are  mailed  to  a  new  student  following 
admittance  by  the  Office  of  Admissions.  Returning  students  may  apply  for  housing  dur- 
ing spring  semester  for  the  following  year.  Former  students  who  have  been  readmitted 
may  apply  for  housing  directly  to  the  Office  of  Residence  Life.  Completed  forms  should 
be  returned  to  the  University  cashier  with  a  check  for  reservation  deposit  payable  to  Ap- 
palachian State  University.  The  reservation  deposit  is  deducted  from  the  room  rent 
charged  for  the  first  semester  in  residence. 

Completing  an  application  for  housing  is  no  guarantee  that  an  assignment  can  be  made. 

"Academic  Ineligible  Statement".  Students  with  room  assignments  who  are  declared 
academically  ineligible  at  the  end  of  spring  semester  will  have  their  room  assignment 
cancelled.  These  students  will  be  notified  of  this  action  at  the  time  their  assignments  are 
cancelled  and  given  an  opportunity  to  request  a  refund  of  their  deposit  if  they  do  not 
wish  it  held  for  reassignment.  Applicants  may  reapply  when  they  regain  their  academic 
eligibility  and  will  be  placed  at  the  end  of  the  waiting  list. 

Mountaineer  Apartments.  The  University  provides  90  furnished  apartments,  featuring 
drapes,  frost-free  refrigerators,  and  wall-to-wall  carpeting.  Rental  information  and  ap- 
plications may  be  obtained  at  the  Office  of  Residence  Life.  The  apartments  are  available 
to  upperclass  students  with  married  students  given  a  priority  in  assignment.  Faculty  and 
staff  may  lease  apartments  if  space  is  available. 


University  Health  Services 


Appalachian  maintains  a  modern  medical  center  on  campus.  It  is  staffed  by  physicians, 
registered  nurses,  lab  and  X-ray  technicians,  and  their  assistants.  For  overnight  treat- 
ment of  minor  illness  there  are  in-patient  accommodations.  For  those  who  require 
hospital  care,  the  modern  Watauga  County  Hospital  is  just  two  miles  from  campus. 

When  the  University  is  in  session,  services  of  the  Medical  Center  are  available  24  hours 
a  day  to  all  students  who  are  currently  enrolled  and  who  have  paid  the  Health  Services 
Fee.  A  currently  validated  I.D.  card  must  be  presented  on  each  visit  to  the  Medical 
Center.  The  center  is  supported  by  a  portion  of  the  fees  paid  each  semester  by  students 
and  there  is  no  additional  charge  for  professional  services  of  the  physicians.  All 
students,  including  transfers  and  graduate  students,  must  have  a  preadmission 
physical  by  their  own  physician,  and  the  form  for  same  must  be  on  file  in  the 
University  Medical  Center. 


University  Services 


16 


Contacts  with  University  Health  Services  are  confidential.  Records  are  maintained 
separately  for  use  of  health  personnel  only. 

The  Medical  Center  does  not  issue  excuses  for  class  absences  because  of  illness. 
Students  who  withdraw  from  the  University  for  reasons  of  health  must  receive  medical 
clearance  through  the  Medical  Center  before  being  readmitted.  Before  clearance  is 
granted,  the  student  must  present  evidence  that  the  condition  which  necessitated 
withdrawal  has  improved  and  that  there  is  reasonable  expectation  of  the  student's  ability 
to  participate  in  university  life. 

Insurance 

Low-cost  hospital  and  accident  insurance  is  available.  This  insurance  will  pay  a  substan- 
tial part  of  the  charges  for  hospitalization,  surgery,  treatment  for  accidental  injuries, 
diagnostic  tests,  and  medical  emergencies.  It  provides  year-round  coverage  on  or  off 
the  campus.  Insurance  is  not  included  in  student  fees  and  must  be  contracted  for 
separately.  Information  regarding  insurance  can  be  obtained  at  the  University  Health 
Service. 


Learning  Resources 


The  Learning  Resources  Program  at  Appalachian  is  comprised  of  three  major  units  of 
academic  support.  They  are  as  follows:  the  University  Library,  the  Audiovisual  Services 
Center  and  the  Center  for  Instructional  Development. 

At  the  center  of  the  campus  and  of  academic  life  at  Appalachian  State  University  is  the 
Carol  Grotnes  Belk  Library,  which  houses  on  open  stacks  more  than  425,000  volumes, 
some  110,000  government  documents,  and  350,000  units  of  microform.  Approx- 
imately 5, 100  periodical  subscriptions  are  received,  including  the  major  titles  in  the  sub- 
ject fields.  The  library  maintains  subscriptions  to  more  than  63  local,  national,  and 
foreign  newspapers.  Attractive  areas  for  general  reading  are  provided  on  all  three  levels 
of  the  library  as  well  as  study  areas,  lecture  rooms,  a  reserve  reading  room,  a  periodicals 
reading  room,  and  a  smoking  lounge  on  various  levels. 

Among  the  special  collections  are  the  Music  Library,  located  in  Broyhill  Music  Center, 
and  the  W.  L.  Eury  Appalachian  Regional  Collection,  containing  materials  (books, 
tapes,  pictures,  artifacts)  primarily  concerned  with  the  Appalachian  region  and  housed 
on  the  second  floor  of  Dougherty  Library. 

A  major  library  addition  of  52,000  square  feet  was  recently  completed.  At  that  time,  the 
Curriculum  Library,  the  Young  People's  Collection,  the  Film  Library,  and  the 
Microforms  Collection  were  combined  to  form  the  Justice-Query  Instructional  Materials 
Center,  which  is  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  Belk  Library. 

Tours  and  lectures  in  the  use  of  the  library  can  be  arranged  with  the  reference  staff. 
Locked  study  carrels  are  available  to  graduate  students  and  faculty  who  are  doing 
research.  The  Reference  Department  will  assist  with  computerized  searches  of  the 
educational  literature  for  both  students  and  faculty,  and  interlibrary  loan  service  is  pro- 
vided to  obtain  materials  that  are  not  in  Belk  Library. 


University  Services 


17 


Although  the  Audiovisual  Services  Center  is  a  separate  organizational  member  of  Learn- 
ing Resources,  it  is  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  Belk  Library. 

The  standard  recording  and  projection  equipment  can  be  checked  out  by  persons 
holding  a  currently  valid  University  identification  card.  Also,  production  of  visual  and 
audio  materials  for  educational  use,  advice  on  the  selection  and  use  of  equipment,  and 
consultation  on  materials  design  may  be  obtained  in  the  Audiovisual  Services  Center. 

Designing  and  redesigning  courses  comprise  the  major  function  of  the  Center  for  In- 
structional Development.  Another  important  aspect  of  the  Center's  work  is  the  coor- 
dination of  faculty  development  activities,  such  as  workshops,  seminars,  and  informa- 
tion exchange.  The  Center  sponsors  approximately  100  projects  each  year,  including  a 
heavy  emphasis  during  the  months  of  May  and  June. 

All  of  the  areas  of  Learning  Resources  are  concerned  with  the  improvement  of  the  total 
academic  program  at  Appalachian. 

Postal  and  Banking  Services 

A  United  States  Post  Office  Station  is  maintained  by  Appalachian  in  the  Student  Sup- 
port Building.  A  mailbox  is  provided  for  every  student.  The  student's  university  mailbox 
address  is  used  by  the  University  for  communicating  with  each  student.  For  this  reason, 
students  are  responsible  for  checking  their  university  mailboxes  frequently. 

Convenient  banking  services  are  located  in  the  lobby  of  the  University  Bookstore. 

Laundry  Service 

A  laundry  plant  is  operated  on  the  campus  for  use  by  students,  faculty,  and  staff.  It  pro- 
vides all  the  services  of  a  commercial  laundry/dry  cleaning  plant.  Cash  and  carry  ser- 
vice is  available  to  off -campus  as  well  as  resident  students.  Washers  and  dryers  are  pro- 
vided in  residence  halls. 


Security  and  Traffic 


The  University  Security  Department  provides  services  of  security  and  policy  nature  for 
the  campus.  The  Department  also  supervises  traffic  control  and  parking  systems, 

Everyone  who  operates  a  motor  vehicle  on  campus  must  register  it  with  the  University's 
Traffic  Office.  There  are  no  exceptions. 

Several  types  of  registration  are  available  dependent  upon  the  category  and/or  resident 
location  of  the  registrant.  All  students  on  academic  or  disciplinary  probation  are  pro- 
hibited from  registering  or  operating  a  motor  vehicle  on  the  campus  or  its  environs. 

Those  eligible  to  drive  on  campus  apply  for  parking  privileges  on  registration  day  as  a 
part  of  academic  registration.  Any  student  who  must  operate  a  vehicle  on  campus  after 
registration  day,  no  matter  how  short  the  period,  must  register  the  vehicle  at  the  Traffic 
Office  before  it  is  driven  on  campus. 


University  Services 


18 


A  fee  is  charged  for  automobile  registration  as  set  by  the  University's  Board  of  Trustees 
and  published  annually  in  the  parking  and  traffic  regulations  pamphlet. 


Food  Services 

Appalachian  owns  and  operates  its  own  food  service  in  four  separate  campus  facilities: 
the  University  Cafeteria,  the  Bavarian  Inn,  a  fast  food  operation;  the  Gold  Room,  for 
steak  and  seafood  dining;  and  the  Sweet  Shop.  All  resident  students  are  required  to 
select  a  meal  option.  Publicized  options  represent  minimum  requirement  levels.  Since 
Food  Services'  pricing  is  a  la  carte,  the  level  of  participation  by  a  student  will  determine 
the  selection  of  the  most  appropriate  option.  The  pre-paid  meal  option  is  managed  by 
the  student  through  the  computerized  I.D.  card  system. 


University  Bookstore 


The  University  Bookstore,  conveniently  located  on  campus,  offers  a  complete  line  of 
student  and  personal  supplies  and  services,  including  the  administration  of  a  textbook 
rental  plan.  The  Bookstore  is  owned  by  the  ASU  Endowment  Fund.  Profits  generated 
by  store  operations  help  provide  scholarships  and  financial  aid  for  qualified  students. 


Reading  Clinic 


The  University's  Reading  Clinic  provides  free  diagnostic  and  remedial  services  in 
reading  for  Appalachian  students  and  for  others  in  the  region  who  want  and  need 
assistance  in  becoming  more  proficient  readers.  The  clinic  also  serves  as  a  laboratory  for 
students  in  the  teacher  education  programs.  It  is  operated  by  the  Reading  Education 
Department. 


Office  of  Computer  and  Management 
Services 

The  Office  of  Computer  and  Management  Services  currently  operates  a  SPERRY 
Series  90/80  Model  3  consisting  of  4000K  bytes  of  memory,  600  million  characters  of 
direct  access  storage  (disk),  one  printer,  a  card  reader,  a  punch,  4  tape  drives  and  a 
front  end  processor  handling  64  communication  ports.  The  system  supports  numerous 
teletype  and  video  terminals  utilizing  various  interactive  time  sharing  systems,  and  pro- 
gramming systems  for  research  and  instructional  services.  The  Office  also  operates  a 
SPERRY  1100/61  with  Attached  Virtual  Processor,  2  billion  characters  of  direct  access 
storage  (disk),  two  printers,  a  card  reader,  a  punch,  6  tape  drives  and  a  front  end  pro- 
cessor handling  64  communication  ports  for  Administrative  and  Public  Service  users. 

The  center  provides  both  administrative  and  academic  computing  support  for  the 
University  and  the  region.  The  center  is  operated  on  an  attended  basis  from  8  a.m.  to 
12  midnight  weekdays,  and  from  2  p.m.  to  6  p.m.  on  Saturday  and  Sunday.  All  other 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


19 


hours  are  on  an  unattended  basis  for  student  and  faculty  use.  Consultation  is  available 
at  posted  times  in  the  Office  of  Computer  and  Management  Services. 

Academic  users  rooms  are  located  in  several  buildings  on  campus.  Room  11  of 
Whitener  Hall  contains  16  cathrode  ray  tube  (CRT)  terminals,  six  keypunches,  two  slow 
speed  printers  and  a  remote  job  entry  station;  Room  401  Sanford  Hall  contains  16  CRT 
terminals  and  two  slow  speed  printers;  Room  203  Walker  Hall  also  contains  16  CRT 
terminals,  two  slow  printers,  key  punches  and  a  remote  job  entry  station;  Room 
217-219  in  Belk  Library  contains  10  CRT  terminals  and  one  slow  speed  printer  while 
Room  245  in  Scott  Hall  contains  7  CRT  terminals  and  a  slow  speed  printer. 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

Students  and  other  persons  in  the  region  who  may  be  experiencing  communication  dif- 
ficulties of  speech,  voice,  language,  fluency,  or  hearing  can  find  assistance  at  the 
Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  operated  by  the  Department  of  Speech  Pathology  and 
Audiology.  There  is  no  charge  to  students  for  this  service. 

Admissions,  Expenses, 
Financial  Aid 

Appalachian  seeks  to  admit  students  who  are  capable  of  mature,  college-level  work.  As 
a  state -supported  institution,  the  University  recognizes  its  obligation  to  provide  educa- 
tional opportunities  to  those  who  will  benefit  from  them.  Considerations  of  space, 
availability  of  housing,  and  other  limitations,  however,  place  some  restriction  on  the 
number  of  students  who  can  be  admitted  to  the  University.  For  this  reason,  students  are 
requested  to  apply  as  early  as  possible.  Freshmen  are  particularly  urged  to  apply  early 
since  all  unmarried  freshmen,  except  bona  fide  residents  of  Boone  and  vicinity,  are  re- 
quired to  live  in  residence  halls. 

Appalachian  admits  students  at  the  beginning  of  the  fall,  spring  and  summer  terms.  Any 
person  who  wishes  to  enter  the  University  as  either  a  freshman  or  transfer  student 
should  contact  the  Director  of  Admissions,  Appalachian  State  University,  Boone,  NC 
28608,  for  full  information  and  application  forms.  Persons  who  wish  to  enter  the 
University  as  either  a  special  or  visiting  student  should  contact  the  Registrar's  Office, 
Appalachian  State  University,  Boone,  NC  28608.  All  students  must  pay  a  $15.00  ap- 
plication fee  with  the  first  undergraduate  application  and  this  fee  is  neither  deductible 
from  the  first  semester's  fees  nor  is  it  refundable. 

Freshman  Students 

Applicants  will  be  considered  for  admission  to  the  freshman  class  upon  meeting  the  re- 
quirements specified  below.  Those  students  who  have  demonstrated  the  greatest  pro- 
bability of  success  will  be  given  priority  in  the  selection  of  the  freshman  class.  Re- 
quirements are  as  follows: 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


20 


1.  Graduation  from  an  accredited  secondary  school.  (If  the  applicant  has  not 
graduated,  an  equivalency  certificate  is  required.) 

2.  Presentation  of  a  satisfactory  combination  of  secondary  school  grades  and 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  or  American  College  Testing  Program  (ACT) 
score.  Neither  class  rank  nor  test  score  has  an  absolute  minimum— it  is  the  com- 
bination of  factors  that  is  pertinent. 

3.  Presentation  of  at  least  two  units  of  college  preparatory  mathematics,  defined  as 
either  two  units  of  algebra  or  one  unit  of  algebra  and  one  unit  of  geometry. 
However,  it  is  highly  recommended  that  three  units  be  taken  (two  algebra  and 
one  geometry);  and,  if  possible,  one  unit  should  be  taken  during  the  senior  year. 
Entering  students  with  tested  algebra  deficiencies  will  be  required  to  complete 
developmental  mathematics  before  entering  a  higher  level  course. 

4.  Presentation  of  a  satisfactory  health  record — submitted  after  academic  approval. 

Effective  Fall,  1988,  the  following  requirements  must  be 
met: 

1.  Graduation  from  an  accredited  secondary  school  (If  the  applicant  has  not 
graduated,  an  equivalency  certificate  is  required.) 

2.  Presentation  of  a  satisfactory  combination  of  secondary  school  class  rank  and 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  or  American  College  Testing  Program  (ACT) 
score.  Neither  class  rank  nor  test  score  has  an  absolute  minimum  -  it  is  the  com- 
bination of  factors  that  is  pertinent. 

3.  Four  (4)  course  units  in  college  preparatory  English; 

4.  Three  (3)  course  units  in  mathematics,  including  geometry,  algebra  I,  and 
algebra  II  (Entering  students  with  tested  algebra  deficiencies  will  be  required  to 
complete  developmental  mathematics  before  entering  a  higher  level  course); 

5.  Two  (2)  course  units  in  social  studies,  including  one  (1)  unit  in  U.S.  history  and 
one  (1)  unit  in  government  and  economics;  and 

6.  Three  (3)  course  units  in  science,  including  at  least  one  (1)  unit  in  a  life  or 
biological  science  and  at  least  one  (1)  unit  in  a  physical  science,  and  including  at 
least  one  (1)  laboratory  course. 

7.  Presentation  of  a  satisfactory  health  record — submitted  after  academic  approval. 

In  addition,  it  is  recommended  that  prospective  students  complete  at  least  two  (2) 
course  units  in  one  foreign  language,  and  that  they  take  one  (1)  foreign  language 
course  unit  and  one  (1)  mathematics  course  unit  in  the  twelfth  grade. 


Transfer  Students 

1.  Students  seeking  to  transfer  from  other  collegiate  institutions  must  furnish  an  of- 
ficial transcript  from  each  institution  attended.  These  transcripts  must  indicate  a 
cumulative  2.0  ("C")  average  on  all  work  attempted  prior  to  entering  Ap- 
palachian. (The  repeat  rule  is  not  used  in  computing  the  cumulative  grade  point 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


21 


average  on  transfer  course  work.)  Courses  satisfactorily  completed  in  other  ac- 
credited institutions  are  evaluated  in  terms  of  the  curriculum  selected  at  Ap- 
palachian. 

2.  The  student  must  attain  at  least  a  grade  of  "C"  (2.0)  in  a  course  in  order  for  that 
course  to  be  allowed  for  transfer  credit  at  Appalachian. 

3.  Transfer  applicants  must  be  immediately  eligible  to  return  to  the  last  institution  at- 
tended. 

4.  Each  transfer  applicant  must  submit  a  satisfactory  health  record  after  academic  ap- 
proval has  been  received  by  applicant. 

(Because  of  differing  admission  requirements,  transfer  applicants  who  are  candidates 
for  teacher  certification  degrees  should  refer  to  the  admission  requirements  stipulated 
by  the  College  of  Education.  Those  transfer  applicants  seeking  degrees  in  business 
should  refer  to  the  admission  requirements  for  the  College  of  Business.) 

NOTE:  Prospective  students  who  have  attended  an  accredited  college  but  who  have 
earned  less  than  28  semester  hours  of  transferable  credit  must  meet  both 
freshman  and  transfer  admission  requirements.  This  means  that  in  addition 
to  following  procedures  for  freshman,  they  must  present  a  transcript  show- 
ing an  overall  2.00  average  on  all  college  work.  In  addition,  such  applicants 
must  be  eligible  to  return  to  the  institution  last  attended. 


Special  Students 

(Not  Applicable  to  Freshmen  or  Transfer  Candidates) 

1.  Applicants  who  are  mature  and  who  may  not  meet  admission  requirements  but 
who  have  a  satisfactory  record  of  experience  and  education  may  be  admitted  to 
courses.  Special  students  are  admitted  for  one  term  only  (space  permitting),  and 
must  be  re-admitted  at  the  beginning  of  each  subsequent  term. 

2.  Such  applicants  may  be  required  to  present  evidence  of  having  earned  a  college 
degree  or  evidence  of  the  need  for  specific  courses.  Applicants  who  are  regularly 
enrolled  students  at  other  institutions  may  be  admitted  as  "visiting"  students  pro- 
vided the  appropriate  official  at  their  institution  authorizes  their  attendance  at  Ap- 
palachian, approves  the  course  work  selected,  indicates  the  individual  is  in  good 
standing  at  that  institution,  and  otherwise  approves  the  transfer  of  credits  taken  at 
Appalachian  back  to  that  institution  for  degree  purposes.  At  the  end  of  one  term's 
work,  visiting  students  must  transfer  to  Appalachian  or  withdraw  from  the  Univer- 
sity. 

3.  Special  students  who  desire  to  become  candidates  for  a  degree  from  Appalachian 
must  meet  appropriate  admission  requirements.  Course  work  taken  at  Ap- 
palachian under  "special  student  status"  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  necessary 
admission  requirements. 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


22 


Four- Year  Policy 


Appalachian  has  adopted  an  admissions  policy  directed  toward  adults  who  may  or  may 
not  meet  the  University's  usual  admission  requirements.  The  policy  states  that  an  in- 
dividual who  has  not  been  formerly  enrolled  in  either  secondary  or  collegiate  education 
for  a  minimum  period  of  four  years  will  be  admitted  without  regard  to  normal  academic 
qualifications.  The  policy  has  two  pertinent  stipulations:  first,  in  the  event  the  applicant 
did  not  finish  secondary  school  he/she  would  be  required  to  successfully  complete  the 
high  school  equivalency  examination  (GED  test);  second,  students  with  prior  collegiate 
work  would  receive  credit  toward  graduation  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the 
University's  normal  transfer  policy.  Former  Appalachian  students  who  are  ineligible  to 
return  under  normal  academic  policy  may  do  so  under  this  policy  if  four  years  have 
elapsed  since  the  term  of  their  last  enrollment  at  a  post-secondary  institution.  The  four- 
year  policy  will  permit  the  student's  former  grade-point  average  to  be  removed  thereby 
allowing  the  student,  upon  returning,  to  begin  a  new  grade-point  average.  Former  ASU 
students  who  are  academically  eligible  to  return  also  have  the  option  of  this  policy. 
Former  ASU  students  returning  to  the  University  under  the  Four  Year  Policy  must  com- 
plete a  maximum  of  one  year  in  residency  (30  semester  hours)  beyond  the  date  of  their 
readmission.  The  application  procedure  under  this  policy  is  the  same  as  that  indicated 
for  either  a  freshman  or  transfer. 

Graduate  Students 

For  admission  and  graduation  requirements,  see  the  catalog  for  the  Cratis  D.  Williams 
Graduate  School. 

Auditors 

1 .  Students  enrolled  at  the  University  or  students  admitted  with  satisfactory  records 
of  experience  and  education  may  enroll  for  specific  courses  as  auditors. 

2.  Students  who  audit  courses  must  register  in  the  Registrar's  Office,  pay  regular 
fees,  be  regular  in  attendance,  but  will  not  receive  grades  or  credit. 

Advanced  Placement  Program /College 
Level  Examination  Program 

Appalachian  participates  in  the  Advanced  Placement  Program  and  the  College  Level 
Examination  Program  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  Students  who  have 
demonstrated  their  achievement  on  specific  Advanced  Placement  Tests  or  College 
Level  Examination  Program— subject  exams  only— may  have  the  results  submitted  to 
the  University  for  consideration  with  regard  to  placement  in  advanced  courses  and  for 
college  credit.  All  students  are  encouraged  to  take  these  tests,  and  may  also  qualify  for 
advanced  placement  and  credit  by  taking  departmental  tests  in  their  areas  of  extensive 
specialization.  Based  upon  these  test  results,  the  amount  and  nature  of  the  credit 
granted  is  determined  by  the  Committee  on  Academic  Policies  and  Procedures  and  the 
pertinent  department  of  instruction. 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


23 


Readmission 

Students  who  have  withdrawn  in  good  standing  from  the  University  or  who  have  been 
suspended  for  academic  deficiencies  or  for  other  reasons  should  submit  their  requests 
for  readmission  to  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  they  are  to  be  enrolled.  Considera- 
tion of  requests  for  readmission  of  students  who  have  been  suspended  for  any  reason 
will  be  made  in  light  of  the  applicant's  ability,  evidence  of  growth  and  maturity,  good 
citizenship  record,  credits  earned  at  another  institution,  and  time  elapsed  since  leaving 
Appalachian. 

Foreign  Student  Admission 

A  student  wishing  to  apply  for  undergraduate  admission  as  a  foreign  student  should  first 
make  arrangements  through  the  American  Consulate  in  his/her  own  country  to  take 
the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language  (TOEFL  Test) .  No  student  can  be  approved 
(even  if  he/she  meets  other  requirements)  until  a  satisfactory  score  is  received. 

Funds  for  financial  assistance  to  foreign  students  are  limited.  Therefore,  following  a  stu- 
dent's acceptance,  he/she  must  complete  a  Financial  Affidavit  in  order  to  show  suffi- 
cient financial  resources  before  a  Form  1-20  may  be  issued.  All  foreign  students  must 
register  with  the  International  Student  Advisor  upon  their  arrival  on  the  campus. 

Foreign  students  are  considered  out-of-state  students  and  must  pay  tuition  and  fees  bas- 
ed upon  out-of-state  rates. 


Expenses 


Fees  are  charged  by  the  semester  and  are  due  and  payable  in  advance  at  the  beginning 
of  each  semester  in  accordance  with  payment  instructions  issued  prior  to  each 
semester. 

The  fees  payable  each  semester,  as  anticipated  at  the  time  of  publication  of  this  catalog, 
are  listed  below.  With  the  approval  of  its  governing  bodies, the  University  reserves  the 
right  to  make  changes  in  these  fees  when  circumstances  require. 

Semester  Tuition  and  Fees 

Charges  include  tuition  and  fees  applied  to  student  welfare  and  activities,  registration, 
other  included  fees  and,  for  undergraduate  students  only,  textbook  rental. 

IN-STATE  OUT-OF-STATE 

Undergraduate  students  $385.25  $1,541.25 

Graduate  students  370.25  1,526.25 


Semester  Subsistence  Charges.  The  basic  subsistence  charge  for  students  residing  on- 
campus,  as  shown,  includes  room  (with  telephone)  and  standard  meal  option.  All 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


24 


students  are  offered  an  optional  meal  plan.  Upperclass  students  are  offered  an  optional 
reduced  meal  plan. 

Basic  Subsistence  Charge 
$760.00 

The  application  for  admission  must  be  accompanied  by  an  application  fee  of  $15.00 
which  is  not  deductible  nor  refundable. 

An  advance  deposit  of  $100.00  to  be  applied  against  the  student's  tuition  and  fees  must 
be  remitted  by  each  applicant  for  admission  within  three  weeks  of  the  mailing  by  the 
University  of  the  notice  of  acceptance.  Failure  to  remit  within  this  prescribed  period  will 
constitute  withdrawal  of  application.  If  the  applicant,  after  remitting  the  deposit,  decides 
not  to  attend  the  institution  and  gives  notice  of  this  decision  by  May  1  in  the  case  of  ap- 
plication for  the  fall  term  or  at  least  one  month  prior  to  the  term  in  the  case  of  applica- 
tion for  the  spring  term,  the  deposit  shall  be  refunded.  A  room  reservation  deposit  of 
$100.00  for  students  entering  Appalachian  for  the  first  time  must  accompany  the  ap- 
plication for  a  room  reservation.  The  room  reservation  deposit  is  deductible  from  the 
room  rent  charge  at  the  opening  of  the  first  semester  of  residence.  Room  reservation 
deposits  for  the  fall  semester  are  refundable  upon  notification  on  or  prior  to  May  1.  Re- 
quests for  refunds  of  the  $100  deposits  should  be  addressed  to  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions. Returning  students  are  required  to  pay  one-half  of  the  fall  semester's  room  rent 
within  twenty-one  days  of  being  assigned.  Failure  to  confirm  this  assignment  will  result 
in  cancellation  of  a  room.  Those  students  assigned  during  spring  semester  have  until 
May  1  to  request  refunds.  Those  assigned  after  May  1  may  request  refunds  prior  to  July 
1.  Failure  to  meet  these  deadlines  will  result  in  forfeiture  of  this  payment.  Current 
students  should  request,  in  writing,  refunds  from  the  Director  of  Residence  Life. 


Part-Time  Students. 


Undergraduate 


Hours 

0-5 

6-7 

8 

9-11 

12  &  over 

In-State 

$  51.00 

$103.00 

$283.25 

$    334.25 

$    385.25 

Out-of-State 

$340.00 

$681.00 

$861.25 

$1,201.25 

$1,541.25 

Hours 


0-2 


Graduate 

3-5  6-7 


8 


9  &  over 


In-State 


$  51.00       $103.00     $    154.00     $319.25     $    370.25 


Out-of-State  $340.00       $681.00      $1,021.00    $1,186.25    $1,526.25 


Part-time  students,  registered  for  no  less  than  six  hours,  may  participate  in  student  ac- 
tivities and  use  student  facilities  by  paying  the  appropriate  fee  in  the  Controller's  Office. 
Part-time  students,  registered  for  less  than  six  hours,  may  be  considered  on  an  in- 
dividual basis  for  eligibility  to  purchase  these  services. 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


25 


Field-Based  Students.  Students  enrolling  in  an  off-campus  course  conducted  by  the 
Division  of  Community  Services  pay  the  following  charges  per  semester  hour: 

In-State  $40.00 

Out-of-State  $48.00 

(Tuition  may  vary  depending  on  the  number  of  students  enrolled.) 

Residence  Classification  for  Tuition  Purposes 

The  basis  for  determining  the  appropriate  tuition  charge  rests  upon  whether  a  stu- 
dent is  a  resident  or  a  nonresident  for  tuition  purposes.  Each  student  must  make  a  state- 
ment as  to  the  length  of  his  or  her  residence  in  North  Carolina,  with  assessment  by  the 
institution  of  that  statement  to  be  conditioned  by  the  following. 

Residence.  To  qualify  as  a  resident  for  tuition  purposes,  a  person  must  become  a  legal 
resident  and  remain  a  legal  resident  for  at  least  twelve  months  immediately  prior  to 
classification.  Thus,  there  is  a  distinction  between  legal  residence  and  residence  for  tui- 
tion purposes.  Furthermore,  twelve  months  legal  residence  means  more  than  simple 
abode  in  North  Carolina.  In  particular  it  means  maintaining  a  domicile  (permanent 
home  of  indefinite  duration)  as  opposed  to  "maintaining  a  mere  temporary  residence  or 
abode  incident  to  enrollment  in  an  institution  of  higher  education."  The  burden  of 
establishing  facts  which  justify  classification  of  a  student  as  a  resident  entitled  to  in-state 
tuition  rates  is  on  the  applicant  for  such  classification,  who  must  show  his  or  her  entitle- 
ment by  the  preponderance  (the  greater  part)  of  the  residentiary  information. 

Initiative.  Being  classified  a  resident  for  tuition  purposes  is  contingent  on  the  student's 
seeking  such  status  and  providing  all  information  that  the  institution  may  require  in 
making  the  determination. 

Parents'  Domicile.  If  an  individual,  irrespective  of  age,  has  living  parent (s)  or  court- 
appointed  guardian  of  the  person,  the  domicile  of  such  parent(s)  or  guardian  is,  prima 
facie,  the  domicile  of  the  individual;  but  this  prima  facie  evidence  of  the  individual's 
domicile  may  or  may  not  be  sustained  by  other  information.  Further,  nondomiciliary 
status  of  parents  is  not  deemed  prima  facie  evidence  of  the  applicant  child's  status  if  the 
applicant  has  lived  (though  not  necessarily  legally  resided)  in  North  Carolina  for  the  five 
years  preceding  enrollment  or  re-registration. 

Effect  of  Marriage.  Marriage  alone  does  not  prevent  a  person  from  becoming  or  conti- 
nuing to  be  a  resident  for  tuition  purposes,  nor  does  marriage  in  any  circumstance  in- 
sure that  a  person  will  become  or  continue  to  be  a  resident  for  tuition  purposes.  Mar- 
riage and  the  legal  residence  of  one's  spouse  are,  however,  relevant  information  in 
determining  residentiary  intent.  Futhermore,  if  both  a  husband  and  his  wife  are  legal 
residents  of  North  Carolina  and  if  one  of  them  has  been  a  legal  resident  longer  than  the 
other,  then  the  longer  duration  may  be  claimed  by  either  spouse  in  meeting  the  twelve- 
month requirement  for  in-state  tuition  status. 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


26 


Military  Personnel.  A  North  Carolinian  who  serves  outside  the  State  in  the  armed 
forces  does  not  lose  North  Carolina  domicile  simply  by  reason  of  such  service.  And 
students  from  the  military  may  prove  retention  or  establishment  of  residence  by 
reference,  as  in  other  cases,  to  residentiary  acts  accompanied  by  residentiary  intent. 

Grace  Period.  If  a  person  (1)  has  been  a  bona  fide  legal  resident,  (2)  has  consequently 
been  classified  a  resident  for  tuition  purposes,  and  (3)  has  subsequently  lost  North 
Carolina  legal  residence  while  enrolled  at  a  public  institution  of  higher  education,  that 
person  may  continue  to  enjoy  the  in-state  tuition  rate  for  a  grace  period  of  twelve 
months  measured  from  the  date  on  which  North  Carolina  legal  was  lost.  If  the  twelve 
months  ends  during  an  academic  term  for  which  the  person  is  enrolled  at  a  State  institu- 
tion of  higher  education,  the  grace  period  extends,  in  addition,  to  the  end  of  that  term. 
The  fact  of  marriage  to  one  who  continues  domiciled  outside  North  Carolina  does  not 
by  itself  cause  loss  of  legal  residence,  marking  the  beginning  of  the  grace  period. 

Minors.  Minors  (persons  under  18  years  of  age)  usually  have  the  domicile  of  their 
parents,  but  certain  special  cases  are  recognized  by  the  residence  classification  statute  in 
determining  residence  for  tuition  purposes. 

(a)  If  a  minor's  parents  live  apart,  the  minor's  domicile  is  deemed  to  be  North  Carolina 
for  the  time  period(s)  that  either  parent,  as  a  North  Carolina  legal  resident,  may  claim 
and  does  claim  the  minor  as  a  tax  dependent,  even  if  other  law  or  judicial  act  assigns  the 
minor's  domicile  outside  North  Carolina.  A  minor  thus  deemed  to  be  a  legal  resident 
will  not,  upon  achieving  majority  before  enrolling  at  an  institution  of  higher  education, 
lose  North  Carolina  legal  residence  if  that  person  (1)  upon  becoming  an  adult  "acts,  to 
the  extent  that  the  person's  degree  of  actual  emancipation  permits,  in  a  manner  consis- 
tent with  bona  fide  legal  residence  in  North  Carolina"  and  (2)  "begins  enrollment  at  an 
institution  of  higher  education  not  later  than  the  fall  academic  term  next  following  com- 
pletion of  education  prerequisite  to  admission  at  such  institution." 

(b)  If  a  minor  has  lived  for  five  or  more  consecutive  years  with  relatives  (other  than 
parents)  who  are  domiciled  in  North  Carolina  and  if  the  relatives  have  functioned  dur- 
ing this  time  as  if  they  were  personal  guardians,  the  minor  will  be  deemed  a  resident  for 
tuition  purposes  for  an  enrolled  term  commencing  immediately  after  at  least  five  years 
in  which  these  circumstances  have  existed.  If  under  this  consideration  a  minor  is  deem- 
ed to  be  a  resident  for  tuition  purposes  immediately  prior  to  his  or  her  eighteenth  birth- 
day, that  person  on  achieving  majority  will  be  deemed  a  legal  resident  of  North  Carolina 
of  at  least  12  months  duration.  This  provision  acts  to  confer  in-state  tuition  status  even 
in  the  face  of  other  provisions  of  law  to  the  contrary;  however,  a  person  deemed  a  resi- 
dent of  12  months  duration  pursuant  to  this  provision  continues  to  be  a  legal  resident  of 
the  State  only  so  long  as  he  or  she  does  not  abandon  North  Carolina  domicile. 

Lost  but  Regained  Domicile.  If  a  student  ceases  enrollment  at  or  graduates  from  an  in- 
stitution of  higher  education  while  classified  a  resident  for  tuition  purposes  and  then 
both  abandons  and  reacquires  North  Carolina  domicile  within  a  12-month  period,  that 
person,  if  he  or  she  continues  to  maintain  the  reacquired  domicile  into  re-enrollment  at 
an  institution  of  higher  education,  may  re-enroll  at  the  in-state  tuition  rate  without  hav- 
ing to  meet  the  usual  12-month  durational  requirement.  However,  any  one  person  may 
receive  the  benefit  of  this  provision  only  once. 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


27 


Change  of  Status.  A  student  admitted  to  initial  enrollment  in  an  institution  (or  permit- 
ted to  re-enroll  following  an  absence  from  the  institutional  program  which  involved  a 
formal  withdrawal  from  enrollment)  must  be  classified  by  the  admitting  instutition  either 
as  a  resident  or  as  a  nonresident  for  tuition  purposes  prior  to  actual  enrollment.  A 
residence  status  classification  once  assigned  (and  finalized  pursuant  to  any  appeal  prop- 
erly taken)  may  be  changed  thereafter  (with  corresponding  change  in  billing  rates)  only 
at  intervals  corresponding  with  the  established  primary  divisions  of  the  academic  year. 

Transfer  Students.  When  a  student  transfers  from  one  North  Carolina  public  institution 
of  higher  education  to  another,  he  or  she  is  treated  as  a  new  student  by  the  institution  to 
which  he  or  she  is  transferring  and  must  be  assigned  an  initial  residence  status  classifica- 
tion for  tuition  purposes. 

University  regulations  concerning  the  classification  of  students  by  residence,  for  pur- 
poses of  applicable  tuition  differentials,  are  set  forth  in  detail  in  A  Manual  To  Assist  The 
Public  Higher  Education  Institutions  of  North  Carolina  in  the  Matter  of  Student 
Residence  Classification  for  Tuition  Purposes.  Each  enrolled  student  is  responsible  for 
knowing  the  contents  of  this  Manual,  which  is  the  controlling  administrative  statement 
of  policy  on  the  subject.  Copies  of  the  Manual  are  available  for  review  on  request  at  the 
reference  desk  in  Belk  Library. 

Student  Welfare  and  Activities 

Student  fees  support  such  services  and  activities  as  health  care,  student  government, 
concerts  and  lectures,  popular  programs,  forensics,  dramatics,  intramurals,  student 
publications,  attendance  at  all  athletic  events  on  campus,  and  transcript  fees. 

Rental  of  Textbooks 

Undergraduate  student  fees  include  textbook  rental  entitling  students  to  receive  all 
hardback  textbooks  used  in  each  course  for  which  they  register.  Notebooks, 
workbooks,  manuals,  paperbacks,  and  the  like  are  not  included.  These  and  other  sup- 
plementary materials  will  be  purchased  by  the  student.  At  the  end  of  each  semester  text- 
books that  are  not  needed  further  must  be  returned.  A  student  who  desires  to  buy  the 
textbooks  may  purchase  them  at  a  reduced  price.  Graduate  students  purchase  their  tex- 
tbooks. All  textbooks  are  purchased  in  summer  school. 

Other  Fees 

Late  payment  of  tuition  and  fees $20.00 

Administrative  withdrawal  charge 20.00 

Music:  Applied  Music  courses 18.00  per  credit  hour 

(The  maximum  music  fee  per  student  is  $36.00  per  semester) 

Physical  Education  activity 

Bowling  per  course 8.00 

Skiing,  ice  skating  and,  from  time  to  time,  other  class  offerings  use  privately 
owned  off -campus  facilities.  A  charge  is  made  by  these  facilities. 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


28 


Student  teaching  and  internships  per  semester  hour 3.00 

Orientation    fee 20.00 

Late  Orientation  Tests  (each) 5.00 

Returned  check  charge  (each  check)    10.00 

Examinations: 

The  Counseling  and  Psychological  Services  Center  administers  the  National 
Teacher  Examinations,  Miller  Analogies  Test,  Graduate  Record  Examination, 
Graduate  Management  Admission  Test,  Law  School  Admission  Test,  and  other 
examinations  charging  fees,  when  applicable,  in  accordance  with  the  schedule  of 
fees  maintained  in  the  Center. 


Special  Note 


Before  taking  final  examinations  at  the  close  of  each  semester,  a  student  is  expected  to 
settle  all  accounts.  A  student  may  not  register  for  a  new  semester  until  all  charges  have 
been  settled  and  until  all  textbooks  are  returned  to  the  University  Bookstore.  A  student 
cannot  receive  a  degree,  certificate,  or  transcript  of  credits  if  any  account  or  loan  is 
delinquent. 

Refund  of  Tuition  and  Fees 

It  is  University  policy  that,  except  in  the  case  of  formal  withdrawal  from  the  University, 
specific  fees  are  not  refundable.  Miscellaneous  fees  and  service  charges  are  not  refun- 
dable under  any  circumstances. 

If  a  student  formally  withdraws  from  the  University,  refund  will  be  made  in  accordance 
with  the  following  schedule: 

Before  close  of  the  registration  period: 

60  percent  of  tuition,  fees,  and  room  rent. 

Within  two  weeks  after  close  of  registration  period: 
40  percent  of  tuition,  fees,  and  room  rent. 

Within  four  weeks  after  close  of  registration  period: 
20  percent  of  tuition,  fees,  and  room  rent. 

Withdrawal  at  any  time  will  entitle  the  student  to  a  refund  for  unused  mealbooks,  if  ap- 
plicable. 

Refund  calculation  will  be  based  upon  the  date  of  official  withdrawal  from  the  Universi- 
ty- 
Students  who  have  prepaid  tuition  and  fees  but  who  have  not  completed  registration  for 
classes  will  be  due  a  full  refund  if  they  have  been  determined  to  be  academically  ineligi- 
ble to  complete  registration .  Students  not  completing  registration  for  other  reasons  will 
be  due  a  full  refund  less  any  advance  deposits  made  toward  tuition,  fees,  and  housing. 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


29 


Students  who  are  suspended  for  disciplinary  reasons  or  who  do  not  formally  withdraw 
are  not  eligible  for  a  refund  of  tuition  and  fees.  Students  evicted  from  University 
residence  facilities  or  who  do  not  officially  withdraw  will  not  be  eligible  for  a  refund  of 
unused  portion  of  room  and  board. 

If  full-time  students  reduce  their  academic  loads  to  part-time  before  close  of  the  registra- 
tion period  or  if  part-time  students  reduce  their  academic  loads  before  close  of  the 
registration  period,  60  percent  of  the  difference  between  charges  for  the  original  and 
revised  academic  loads  will  be  refunded  upon  application. 


Student  Financial  Aid 

To  apply  for  both  academic  scholarship  and  other  financial  aid  administered  by  the 
University,  an  applicant  must  file  an  ASU  Financial  Aid  Application  and  a  need  analysis 
form.  A  student  wishing  to  be  considered  only  for  an  academic  award  would  need  to 
submit  only  the  ASU  form.  To  ensure  full  consideration,  a  student  must  have  these 
forms  on  file  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office  by  March  15th.  The  need  analysis  should  be  fil- 
ed by  February  15th  in  order  that  ASU  may  receive  the  results  by  the  required  date. 
Late  applications  will  be  evaluated  if  there  are  available  funds.  The  ASU  form  will  be 
mailed  to  those  students  who  request  this  application  on  their  admissions  form  or  who 
request  the  form  from  the  ASU  Financial  Aid  Office.  The  need  analysis  form  is  available 
from  any  high  school  guidance  office. 

In  addition  to  academic  scholarships,  the  University  has  grants,  loans,  and  work  oppor- 
tunities for  which  a  student  may  apply.  Most  of  these  programs  are  briefly  described  on 
the  next  two  pages. 

All  undergraduate  students  applying  for  any  of  the  need-based  financial  aid  programs 
must  file  for  the  Pell  Grant.  This  is  accomplished  by  checking  "yes"  to  this  item  on  the 
need  analysis  form. 

Information  to  Veterans 

The  University  is  approved  for  training  of  veterans  under  the  US  Veterans'  Administra- 
tion regular  GI  Bill  (Chapter  34,  Title  38  US  Code),  VA  Vocational  Rehabilitation  for 
disabled  veterans  (Chapter  31)  and  schooling  for  the  children,  wives  and  widows  of 
deceased  or  disabled  veterans  (Chapter  35),  and  Post-Vietnam  Assistance  Program 
(Chapter  32). 

Also,  the  children  of  disabled  or  deceased  veterans  may  receive  payment  of  tuition, 
room,  meals  and  other  university  fees  under  a  scholarship  administered  by  the  North 
Carolina  Veteran's  Commission. 

Persons  who  want  to  receive  VA  educational  benefits  under  chapters  34,  31,  or  35 
should  process  application  forms  at  least  45  days  prior  to  enrollment  in  order  to  receive 
sufficient  benefits  before  registration  to  defray  tuition  and  fees.  After  enrollment,  VA 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


30 


benefits  come  on  a  monthly  basis.  Forms  and  information  are  available  at  the  ASU 
Financial  Aid  Office,  ASU,  Boone,  NC  28608. 

Children  of  disabled  or  deceased  veterans  may  inquire  about  the  North  Carolina 
scholarships  by  writing  the  NC  Division  of  Veterans'  Affairs,  Raleigh,  NC. 

Student  Employment  Programs 

Student  employment  programs  are  maintained  to  help  students  pay  university  ex- 
penses while  attending  classes  full  time.  Students  participating  in  the  programs  are 
employed  in  administrative  offices,  in  colleges  and  academic  departments,  and  in  ser- 
vice facilities  such  as  the  bookstore,  the  library,  and  the  food  service  areas. 

The  student  employment  programs  consist  of  the  Student  Temporary  Work  Program 
and  the  College  Work-Study  Program  (Title  I,  EOA).  A  student  returning  to  school  for 
the  summer  session  only  is  not  eligible  to  work  under  this  program. 

Information  on  off-campus  jobs  is  maintained  on  a  bulletin  board  on  the  second  floor  of 
the  Student  Union  and  on  a  bulletin  board  at  the  Student  Financial  Aid  Office.  A  Job 
Location  and  Development  Service  is  operated  in  the  Office  of  Career  Planning  and 
Placement.  This  program  assists  enrolled  students  in  finding  off-campus,  part-time  jobs. 

Generally,  students  may  work  up  to  15  hours  per  week  in  university-operated  work 
programs.  Work  schedules  will  be  arranged  by  the  student  and  work  supervisor  with  the 
understanding  that  class  schedules  have  first  priority. 

Student  Loan  Programs 

Detailed  information  concerning  student  loan  programs  may  be  obtained  from  high 
school  counselors  or  from  the  Director  of  Student  Financial  Aid.  Available  loan  pro- 
grams are  as  follows: 

•  The  College  Foundation,  Inc. 

•  The  National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program 

•  The  NC  Prospective  Teacher  Scholarship  Loan  Fund 

•  Guaranteed  Loan  Program  (for  out-of-state  students) 

University  Student  Loan  Fund 

Appalachian  has  been  given  funds  over  the  years  to  use  as  educational  loans  for 
students.  When  students  borrow  money  from  one  of  the  funds,  they  sign  a  promissory 
note  and  make  arrangements  for  repayment  satisfactory  to  the  Controller's  Office. 
These  funds  are  available  for  emergency  situations  and  carry  a  short  repayment  period. 

Grants  in  Aid  and  Special  Talent  Awards 

In  recognition  of  students  with  special  talents,  the  University  provides  grants  in  fields  of 
activity  such  as  dramatics,  art,  forensics,  industrial  arts,  music,  and  athletics.  In  addi- 


Admissions,  Expenses  and  Financial  Aid 


31 


tion,  many  departments  have  their  own  scholarship  funds  for  which  students  should  in- 
quire by  writing  to  the  Department  Chairperson.  Athletes  should  write  to  the  coach  of  a 
specific  sport. 


Supplemental  Educational 
Opportunity  Grants 


This  program  is  part  of  the  Higher  Education  Act  of  1965,  with  the  purpose  being  to 
assist  in  making  available  the  benefits  of  higher  education  to  qualified  high  school 
graduates  who  can  demonstrate  financial  need.  Students  who  qualify  may  be  eligible 
for  a  grant  of  up  to  $2,000  per  year  for  a  period  of  four  academic  years.  The  recipient 
must  maintain  satisfactory  progress  in  his/her  course  of  study  and  be  a  full-time  student 
during  the  academic  year.  The  student  must  also  apply  each  year  for  this  grant. 

Pell  Grant 

All  undergraduate  students  who  have  not  received  their  first  baccalaureate  degree  are 
eligible  to  apply  for  this  program.  Appalachian  will  not  consider  a  student  for  any  other 
federal  aid  until  he/she  has  applied  for  this  grant.  This  year,  students  may  apply  for  the 
Pell  Grant  on  either  of  the  need  analysis  forms  by  following  the  directions  on  the  form, 
or  may  use  the  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid. 


Minority  Presence  Grants 


Under  the  Board  of  Governors  general  Minority  Presence  Grant  Program,  black 
students  may  be  eligible  for  special  financial  assistance  if  they  are  residents  of  North 
Carolina,  enrolled  for  at  least  three  hours  of  degree-credit  coursework,  and 
demonstrate  financial  need. 

North  Carolina  Student  Incentive  Grant 

All  North  Carolina  undergraduate  students  should  have  a  copy  of  their  need  analysis 
sent  to  the  NCSIG  Program  in  addition  to  the  university  they  plan  to  attend.  By  doing 
so,  they  will  be  considered  for  this  grant  program  which  requires  "substantial  financial 
need." 

Scholarships 

Appalachian  offers  a  variety  of  general  and  departmental  scholarships  to  both  graduate 
and  undergraduate  students.  For  further  information  about  available  scholarships,  con- 
tact the  Director  of  Student  Financial  Aid,  ASU,  Boone,  NC  28608,  or  call  (704) 
262-2190.  Graduate  students  should  contact  the  Graduate  School  Office,  ASU, 
Boone,  NC,  28608  or  call  (704)  262-2130  for  scholarship  information. 

University  Honors  Scholarships 

(Available  only  to  incoming  freshmen).  University  Honors  annually  offers  25 
academic  scholarships:  10  at  $2,000  and  15  at  $1,000.  These  are  renewable  to  reci- 


The  Instructional  Program 


32 


pients  for  four  consecutive  academic  years  provided  that  they  maintain  a  3.40  grade 
point  average.  During  the  freshman  year,  scholarship  holders  are  required  to  be  enroll- 
ed in  at  least  one  Honors  course  each  semester.  Thereafter,  they  are  expected  and 
strongly  urged  to  enroll  in  Honors  unless  there  are  compelling  and  acceptable  reasons 
for  not  doing  so.  Students  may  choose  which  area  to  enter  (English,  History, 
Economics,  or  General  Honors)  and  may  change  from  semester  to  semester  if  they  so 
desire. 

Scholarships  are  awarded  on  the  basis  of  evidence  of  high  academic  achievement  and 
potential,  ability  to  think  and  express  oneself  creatively,  and  capacity  for  leadership.  A 
Faculty  Honors  Committee  interviews  and  selects  candidates.  Announcements  of  most 
awards  are  made  on  or  before  March  1.  Direct  inquiries  and  your  request  for  an  applica- 
tion form  to  Coordinator,  University  Honors  Programs,  Appalachian  State  University, 
Boone,  North  Carolina  28608.  Applications  close  January  15. 


The  Instructional  Program 

The  instructional  program  at  Appalachian  State  University  is  diversified,  attempting  to 
meet  the  needs  of  many  types  of  students.  In  addition  to  the  course  offerings  listed 
under  each  instructional  department,  students  may  elect  to  do  independent  study 
under  the  direction  of  selected  faculty  members,  to  participate  in  an  internship,  or  to 
participate  in  the  University  honors  program.  Detailed  information  on  each  of  these  op- 
tions is  given  in  appropriate  sections  of  this  catalog. 

A  new  catalog  is  issued  annually;  and,  while  course  offerings  are  fairly  continuous  from 
year  to  year,  the  faculty  reserves  the  right  to  make  changes  in  both  curricula  and  regula- 
tions. The  information  in  any  given  catalog  is,  therefore,  usually  valid  only  for  the  year 
of  its  issue,  and  is  superseded  by  subsequent  issues.  Any  interested  person  should  con- 
sult the  most  recent  issue  of  the  University  catalog  for  current  information  about  the  in- 
structional program. 

Any  changes  in  either  curricula  or  regulations  do  not,  however,  affect  a  student  already 
enrolled  in  a  degree  program.  Subject  to  the  qualifications  given  in  the  immediately 
preceding  paragraph,  all  students  may,  and  usually  do,  elect  to  graduate  in  accordance 
with  the  academic  regulations  in  force  during  the  time  of  their  first  registration  at  Ap- 
palachian, provided  that  they  graduate  within  six  years  of  date  of  entry.  All  students 
may,  however,  elect  to  graduate  under  any  catalog  issued  after  entry  into  the  University 
and  prior  to  graduation  provided  they  were  enrolled  in  the  University  during  the  time 
when  the  catalog  was  in  effect.  Students  electing  to  graduate  under  a  new  catalog  must 
meet  all  requirements  of  the  catalog  under  which  they  wish  to  graduate  subject,  again, 
to  all  qualifications  given  in  the  immediately  preceding  paragraph.  Students  who  do  not 
declare  a  major  at  the  time  of  their  entrance  may  graduate  under  the  requirements  of 
the  catalog  in  force  at  the  time  of  their  entrance,  if  they  finish  within  six  years  of  their  first 
enrollment.  In  order  to  change  the  catalog  under  which  they  intend  to  graduate, 
students  notify  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  they  are  enrolled. 


The  Instructional  Program 


33 


The  Board  of  Governors  of  The  University  of  North  Carolina  is  the  governing  body  of 
Appalachian  State  University.  The  powers  of  the  chancellor  and  the  faculty  are 
delegated  by  the  board. 

Registration  at  Appalachian  indicates  the  student's  willingness  to  accept  both  published 
academic  regulations  and  rules  found  in  official  announcements  of  the  University.  In  the 
interest  of  all  its  students,  Appalachian  reserves  the  right  to  decline  admission,  to  sus- 
pend, or  to  require  the  withdrawal  of  a  student  when  such  action  is,  by  due  process, 
deemed  in  the  interest  of  the  University. 


Academic  Policies  and  Regulations 

Policies  and  Procedures  Concerning  the 
Release  of  Student  Information 

I  .    Purpose  and  Scope  of  the  Statement 

A.  Purpose — This  statement  establishes  updated  guidelines  for  the  University  on 
the  matter  of  confidentiality  of  student  records.  It  has  been  developed  in  the 
light  of  legislation  concerning  access  to  and  release  of  information  maintained 
in  student  records  in  institutions  of  higher  learning.  (The  Family  Educational 
Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974.)  Any  questions  on  these  policies  should  be 
referred  to  the  University  Registrar. 

B.  Scope— These  policies  cover  all  records  maintained  at  the  University.  This 
means  that  they  will  apply  to  any  student— current  or  former— who  actually 
completed  registration  at  one  time. 

I I  .  University  Policy  Regarding  Confidentiality  of  Student  Information. 

A.  In  response  to  inquiries  from  the  general  public,  such  as  prospective 
employers,  credit  investigators,  etc.,  only  the  following  directory  information  is 
released  without  the  student's  permission: 

"the  student's  name,  address,  telephone  listing,  date  and  place  of  birth,  major 
field  of  study,  participation  in  officially  recognized  activities  and  sports,  weight 
and  height  of  members  of  athletic  teams,  dates  of  attendance,  degrees  and 
awards  received,  class  schedule,  and  previous  educational  agency  orinstitution 
attended  by  the  student". 

Any  student  who  wants  to  make  a  specific  request  that  directory  information 
not  be  released  should  contact  the  Office  of  the  Vice-Chancellor  for  Student 
Affairs  on  registration  day  of  each  semester. 

B.  Transcripts  are  released  only  upon  the  written  request  of  the  student. 
Transcripts  will  not  be  released  if  the  student  is  financially  indebted  to  the 
University. 

C.  A  student  has  the  right  to  inspect  the  contents  of  his/her  educational  records 
with  the  exception  of  documents  submitted  to  the  University  in  confidence 
prior  to  January  1,  1975.  Transcripts  in  the  folder  from  other  institutions  are 


The  Instructional  Program 


34 


property  of  ASU  and  will  not  be  returned  to  the  student  or  sent  elsewhere  at 
his/her  request. 
D.  Grade  reports  will  be  mailed  directly  to  the  student  at  his/her  home  address.  If 
parents  or  guardians  request  academic  or  personal  information  other  than  that 
specified  in  statement  IIA,  the  request  may  not  be  honored  without  the 
student's  written  permission  unless  the  parent  can  present  evidence  of  the  stu- 
dent's being  dependent  upon  the  parent  for  support  as  defined  by  the  Internal 
Revenue  Code. 


Degree  Requirements 


Students  should  refer  to  the  requirements  of  their  respective  colleges  for  information 
about  their  courses  of  study  and  confer  with  their  advisors  whenever  problems  arise. 

Students  should  pursue  required  courses  in  the  suggested  sequence.  Failure  to  do  so 
may  lead  to  scheduling  difficulties  and  students  may  find  that  the  subjects  for  which  they 
wish  to  enroll  are  either  not  available  or  closed  to  students  with  advanced  standing. 

Courses  of  Instruction 

Courses  are  listed  in  numerical  order  in  each  department  listing.  Courses  numbered 
0001-0999  are  remedial;  1000-1999  are  usually  offered  for  freshmen;  2000-2999  are 
usually  offered  for  sophomores;  3000-3999  are  usually  offered  for  juniors;  4000-4999 
are  usually  offered  for  seniors;  4500-4999  are  usually  offered  for  seniors  and 
graduates;  and  5000  and  above  are  for  graduate  students.  This  does  not  preclude  the 
possibility  of  students  taking  courses  above  the  level  of  their  classification,  provided  they 
meet  the  necessary  prerequisite  requirements  and  any  special  requirements  of  the 
degree  granting  college  (see  also  Item  7  under  Credit  Limitations).  Courses  open  to 
lower  classes  are  also  open  to  upper  classes. 

The  figure  in  parentheses  after  the  course  title  tells  the  credit  in  semester  hours;  for  ex- 
ample, the  figure  (3)  means  three  semester  hours. 

Semesters  of  the  year  in  which  the  course  is  offered  are  represented  by  symbols:  "F"  for 
fall  semester,  "S"  for  spring  semester  and  "SS"  for  summer  session. 

A  hyphen  in  the  course  number,  credit,  and  semesters  of  the  year  in  which  the  course  is 
offered  indicates  that  the  course  extends  through  more  than  one  semester  and  that  the 
preceding  semester  must  be  completed  before  the  following  semester  can  be  taken. 

The  comma  in  the  course  number,  credit,  and  semesters  indicates  that  the  course  is 
continuous  but  that  one  semester  may  be  taken  independently  of  another. 

The  semicolon  in  the  semesters  offered  indicates  that  the  course  is  a  one  semester 
course  and  is  repeated  in  a  subsequent  semester.  If  the  course  is  a  two  semester  se- 
quence, the  semicolon  in  the  semester  offered  indicates  that  all  courses  listed  are  nor- 
mally taught  in  the  semesters  indicated.  Special  requirements  for  admission  to  a  course 
are  stated  after  the  word  prerequisite . 


The  Instructional  Program 


35 


In  stating  departmental  prerequisites,  the  following  list  of  standard  abbreviations  will  be 
used: 


Accounting 

ACC 

Geology 

GLY 

Administration,  Supervision 

German 

GER 

and  Higher  Education 

AH 

Health  Education 

HED 

Anthropology 

ANT 

History 

HIS 

Appalachian  Studies 

AS 

Home  Economics 

HEC 

Art 

ART 

Industrial  Education 

Biology 

BIO 

and  Technology 

IET 

Business  Education  and 

Latin 

LAT 

Office  Administration 

BE 

Library  &  Media  Studies 

LM 

Chemistry 

CHE 

Management 

MGT 

Communication  Arts 

CMA 

Marketing 

MKT 

Community  Planning/ 

Mathematics 

MAT 

Geography 

PLN/GHY 

Military  Science 

MS 

Computer  Science 

CS 

Music 

MUS 

Counselor  Education  and 

Philosophy  and  Religion 

P&R 

Research 

CR 

Physical  Education 

PE 

Criminal  Justice 

CJ 

Physical  Science 

PHS 

Driver  and  Traffic  Safety 

Physics  and  Astronomy 

PHY 

Education 

TSE 

Political  Science 

PS 

Economics 

ECO 

Psychology 

PSY 

Elementary  Education 

EE 

Reading  Education 

RE 

English 

ENG 

Recreation 

REC 

Finance,  Insurance 

Secondary  Education 

SE 

Real  Estate 

FIR 

Sociology 

SOC 

Foreign  Languages 

FL 

Special  Education 

SPE 

French 

FRE 

Spanish 

SNH 

General  Honors 

GH 

Speech  Pathology  and 

General  Science 

GS 

Audiology 

SPA 

Statistics 

STT 

University  Studies 

US 

The  administration  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  any  course  for  which  there  is  insuffi- 
cient enrollment. 


Standards  of  Scholarship 


In  all  work  for  a  degree,  scholarly  performance  is  expected.  The  student  is  expected  to 
demonstrate  academic  competence,  intellectual  honesty  and  responsibility,  a  will- 
ingness to  do  more  than  the  minimum  required,  and  the  ability  to  think  critically  and 
constructively. 

State  statutes  concerning  standards  of  scholarship  are  as  follows: 

14-118.2.  Assisting,  etc.,  in  obtaining  academic  credit  by  fraudulent  means, 
(a)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm,  corporation  or  association  to  assist  any 
student,  or  advertise,  offer  or  attempt  to  assist  any  student,  in  obtaining  or  in  attempting 


The  Instructional  Program 


36 


to  obtain,  by  fraudulent  means,  any  academic  credit,  or  any  diploma,  certificate  or 
other  instrument  purporting  to  confer  any  literary,  scientific,  professional,  technical  or 
other  degree  in  any  course  of  study  in  any  university,  college,  academy  or  other  educa- 
tional institution.  The  activity  prohibited  by  this  subsection  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to, 
preparing  or  advertising,  offering,  or  attempting  to  prepare  a  term  paper,  thesis,  or 
dissertation  for  another  and  impersonating  or  advertising,  offering  or  attempting  to  im- 
personate another  in  taking  or  attempting  to  take  an  examination. 

(b)  Any  person,  firm,  corporation  or  association  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of 
this  section  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  punishable  by  a  fine  of  not  to  exceed  five 
hundred  dollars  ($500.00),  imprisonment  for  not  more  than  six  months,  or  both.  Pro- 
vided, however,  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  the  acts  of  one  student 
in  assisting  another  student  as  herein  defined  if  the  former  is  duly  registered  in  an 
educational  institution  and  is  subject  to  the  disciplinary  authority  thereof.  (1963,  c.781;, 
1969,  c.  1224,  s.7.) 

Credits 

Appalachian  operates  on  the  semester  system  with  the  year  divided  into  two  semesters 
and  a  summer  session,  which  is  divided  into  terms  of  varying  lengths.  The  unit  of  credit 
is  the  semester  hour,  and  the  number  of  semester  hours  credit  for  each  course  offered 
by  the  University  is  given  in  the  sections  of  this  catalog  where  courses  of  instruction  are 
listed. 


Registration 


The  majority  of  students  entering  the  University  do  so  at  established  semester  periods. 
To  provide  for  the  orderly  processing  of  these  registrations,  specific  times  have  been  set 
by  the  Registrar's  Office  as  the  "beginning"  and  "ending"  of  the  registration  period. 
Students  are  expected  to  register  at  the  time  specified  by  the  Registrar's  Office.  Registra- 
tion schedules  are  announced  and  registration  materials  are  available  in  the  Registrar's 
Office.  A  fee  is  charged  for  late  registration.  The  late  fee  for  registration  will  also  be 
assessed  on  accounts  where  a  check,  used  to  pay  registration  charges,  is  returned  due 
to  "insufficient  funds"  or  other  reasons. 

The  University  recognizes  that  there  are  those  who  are  unable  to  register  at  established 
semester  periods.  Appalachian  State  University  provides  for  each  student  to  register  at 
any  time  during  the  semester  and  commence  coursework,  which  is  taken  primarily  on 
an  independent  or  individual  study  basis.  (For  an  explanation  of  independent  study  and 
individual  study,  refer  to  those  sections  in  the  index) .  For  complete  details  regarding  this 
registration  procedure,  contact  the  Registrar's  Office.  No  late  fee  is  attached  to  such 
special  registration. 

Grades  and  Grade  Points 

At  the  end  of  each  grading  period  grades  are  given  in  each  course  by  letters  which  in- 
dicate the  quality  of  work  done  by  the  student. 


The  Instructional  Program 


37 


A  Excellent,  4  grade  points  per  semester  hour. 

A-  Excellent,  3.7  grade  points  per  semester  hour. 

B+         Above  Average,  3.3  grade  points  per  semester  hour. 

B  Above  Average,  3  grade  points  per  semester  hour. 

B-  Above  Average,  2.7  grade  points  per  semester  hour. 

C+         Average,  2.3  grade  points  per  semester  hour. 

C  Average,  2  grade  points  per  semester  hour. 

C-  Average,  1.7  grade  points  per  semester  hour. 

D+         Below  Average  but  Passing,  1.3  grade  points  per  semester  hour. 

D  Below  Average  but  Passing,  1  grade  point  per  semester  hour. 

D-  Below  Average  but  Passing,  .7  grade  point  per  semester  hour. 

F  Failure,  0  grade  points. 

P  Pass,  0  grade  points  (used  only  for  courses  taken  on  Pass-Fail  basis). 

F*  Failure,  0  grade  points  ('indicates  only  that  the  course  was  taken  on  the  Pass- 

Fail  basis;  this  grade  is  equivalent  to  the  F  above). 

I  Incomplete,  because  of  sickness  or  some  other  unavoidable  cause.  An  I 

becomes  an  F  if  not  removed  within  the  time  designated  by  the  instructor,  not 
to  exceed  a  year,  except  that  all  incompletes  must  be  removed  at  the  time  of 
graduation.  An  incomplete  should  not  be  given  merely  because  assignments 
were  not  completed  during  a  semester. 

W  Withdrawal,  either  from  a  course  or  from  the  University. 

WF  Withdrew  Failing,  course  dropped  with  failing  grades  more  than  five  weeks 
after  registration  closes. 

@F         Administrative  F 

Y  Auditing. 

S  Satisfactory,  0  grade  points  (used  for  student  teaching,  screening  proficiencies, 

and  specially  designated  courses  in  the  curriculum). 

U  Unsatisfactory,  0  grade  points  (used  to  indicate  unsatisfactory  performance  in 

student  teaching,  screening  proficiencies,  and  specially  designated  courses  in 
the  curriculum). 

WU        Withdrew  unsatisfactory. 

All  official  drops  and  withdrawals  are  recorded  on  change  cards,  which,  when  com- 
pleted and  approved,  must  be  filed  in  the  Registrar's  Office. 


Pass-Fail  Grading  System 


Any  undergraduate  student  who  is  1)  full-time  (registered  for  12  or  more  hours),  2)  has 
attained  at  least  sophomore  standing  (earned  at  least  28  hours) ,  and  3)  has  a  minimum 
grade  point  average  of  1.75  may  elect  to  take  one  course  each  semester  under  the 
Pass-Fail  grading  system,  not  to  exceed  a  maximum  of  six  (6)  Pass-Fail  courses 
while  enrolled  at  the  University.  Any  undergraduate  course  may  be  chosen  under  this 
option,  except  those  courses  used  to  comprise  the  total  hour  requirements  of  the 
student's  major  and  minor.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  make  sure  that 
he/she  does  not  violate  this  limitation.  Graduate  students  may  not  elect  the  Pass-Fail 
option.  If  a  course  taken  under  the  A-B-C-D-F  grading  system  is  repeated,  it  must  be 
repeated  under  the  A-B-C-D-F  system. 


The  Instructional  Program 


38 


A  student  who  elects  the  Pass-Fail  option  at  the  beginning  of  a  term  will  be  allowed  to 
drop  the  option  sometime  after  mid-term  examinations  and  be  given  the  end-of-course 
letter  grade  earned.  There  will  be  a  time  period  specified  by  the  Registrar  for  dropping 
the  Pass-Fail  option,  and  this  time  period  will  be  announced  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes 
each  term.  However,  once  the  Pass-Fail  system  is  elected  for  a  given  course,  a  change 
to  another  course  may  not  be  made. 

A  grade  of  "P"  means  that  the  student's  grade  was  equal  to  a  "D"  or  above  on  a  con- 
ventional grading  scale.  The  hours  earned  will  count  toward  graduation  but  the  grade 
will  not  be  computed  in  his/her  grade-point  average.  A  grade  of  "F"  means  that  the  stu- 
dent failed  the  course.  No  credit  is  earned,  but  the  grade  of  "F"  is  computed  in  the  stu- 
dent's grade-point  average  as  an  "F". 

Students  should  also  be  aware  of  the  disadvantages  which  could  result  from  using  the 
Pass-Fail  option  (i.e. ,  many  graduate  schools  will  not  accept  transcripts  containing  a  "P" 
or  "F"  notation  on  a  given  course). 

In  order  to  choose  the  Pass-Fail  option  in  a  course,  the  student  will  get  a  special  Pass- 
Fail  form  from  the  Registrar's  Office.  It  must  be  completed  and  turned  in  to  the 
Registrar's  Office  prior  to  the  close  of  the  period  during  which  a  course  may  be  added. 

Grade-Point  Average  and  Repeat  Rule 

The  GPA  is  a  general  measure  of  the  quality  of  a  student's  work.  Unless  a  course  is 
repeated,  the  GPA  is  determined  by  dividing  the  total  number  of  grade  points  earned  by 
the  total  number  of  semester  hours  attempted  at  ASU.  Students  may  elect  to  repeat  a 
course  for  credit  in  order  to  improve  their  record.  The  course  may  not  be  repeated  for 
credit,  however,  if  the  content  of  the  course  has  changed  substantially,  or  if  the  number 
of  semester  hours  credit  for  the  course  has  been  reduced.  Determination  of  substantial 
change  in  the  content  of  a  course  is  made  by  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in 
which  the  course  is  offered.  When  a  course  is  repeated  for  credit,  only  the  grade  points 
and  the  semester  hours  earned  the  last  time  the  course  is  taken  will  be  used  in  com- 
puting the  GPA.  The  student's  record,  though,  will  show  all  courses  taken. 

Prior  to  the  spring  quarter  of  the  1969-70  academic  year,  grade-point  averages  were 
computed  in  a  different  way.  Students  who  were  in  school  prior  to  that  quarter  have  the 
choice  of  remaining  under  the  regulations  in  effect  at  that  time  or  choosing  to  have  their 
grade-point  averages  computed  as  outlined  in  the  previous  paragraph.  Those  who 
choose  to  have  their  grade-point  averages  computed  as  outlined  in  the  previous 
paragraph  may  not  elect  to  go  back  to  the  other  method  for  grade-point  computation. 
Associated  with  this  change  in  the  method  of  grade-point  computation  were  certain 
changes  in  retention  requirements.  The  student  who  elects  to  change  the  method  of 
grade-point  computation  must  also  accept  the  associated  retention  standards.  Only 
work  taken  at  Appalachian  is  used  in  computing  grade-point  averages. 

Academic  Load 

An  undergraduate  student  usually  takes  from  15  to  17  hours  a  semester.  In  special 
situations,  an  undergraduate  student  may  take  more  than  17  hours  a  semester.  To  do 


The  Instructional  Program 


39 


this  students  must  have  prior  approval  of  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  they  are 
enrolled.  Registration  for  less  than  12  hours  places  the  student  on  part-time  status.  For 
full-time  resident  credit,  students  must  be  registered  for  a  minimum  of  nine  semester 
hours. 

An  undergraduate  student  must  take  12  semester  hours  during  a  regular  semester  (and 
if  in  summer  school,  six  semester  hours  each  four  week  term)  in  order  to  be  a  full-time 
student. 

The  maximum  course  load  for  graduate  students  during  the  regular  academic  year  is  15 
hours  per  semester  for  students  without  assistantships,  and  9-12  hours  for  those  holding 
assistantships.  For  the  summer  session  the  course  load  is  six  semester  hours  for  a  four- 
week  term,  nine  for  a  six-week  term,  and  two  for  a  two-week  term.  Graduate  degree 
candidates  may  not  earn  more  than  12  hours  for  the  entire  summer. 

For  full-time  resident  credit,  students  must  be  registered  for  a  minimum  of  nine  semester 
hours. 


Residence 

Students  must  complete  at  least  30  semester  hours  at  Appalachian,  including  eight 
hours  in  their  major  and  four  hours  in  their  minor,  and  make  at  least  a  2.00  average 
overall  and  in  the  major  or  area  of  specialization  on  work  taken  at  Appalachian.  The 
senior  year  (two  semesters)  must  be  spent  in  residence  at  the  University.  Requirements 
for  a  bachelor's  degree  must  be  completed  within  11  semesters  of  residence  or  the 
equivalent. 

Credit  Limitations 

1.  A  maximum  of  20  semester  hours  of  field  based  and/or  correspondence  work 
from  recognized  institutions  may  be  credited  toward  meeting  the  requirements  for 
graduation.  Some  correspondence  courses  are  offered  by  the  University.  Before 
registering  at  another  accredited  institution  for  a  correspondence  course  to  be 
transferred  to  Appalachian,  students  must  have  the  written  permission  of  the  dean 
of  their  college  and  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the  course  is 
listed.  In  order  to  obtain  this  permission,  the  student  must  first  secure  the  proper 
form  from  the  Registrar's  Office  to  be  signed  by  the  dean  involved.  The  combined 
load  of  residence  courses  and  correspondence  courses  may  not  exceed  the  max- 
imum load  allowed. 

2.  Except  for  physical  education  majors,  not  more  than  six  hours  in  physical  educa- 
tion activity  courses  may  be  included  within  the  122  semester  hours  required  for 
graduation. 

3.  A  candidate  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  may  count  not  more  than  a  total  of  40 
hours  above  general  education  requirements  in  any  one  discipline. 


The  Instructional  Program 


40 


4.  Validation  of  credits  earned  more  than  10  years  prior  to  the  date  of  graduation 
may  be  required  if  and  when  they  are  submitted  to  fulfill  degree  requirements. 

5.  All  baccalaureate  degrees  granted  by  Appalachian  require  the  completion  of  a 
minimum  of  60  semester  hours  at  a  senior  college  or  university.  (The  six 
semester  hours  credit  in  military  science  awarded  to  those  who  have  satisfactorily 
completed  at  least  four  months  of  military  service  is  not  applicable  toward  meeting 
this  requirement.) 

6.  Students  registered  at  Appalachian  may  take  work  at  other  accredited  institutions 
to  be  transferred  to  Appalachian.  Before  registering  for  such  courses,  students 
must  have  the  written  permission  of  the  dean  of  their  college.  In  order  to  obtain 
this  permission  students  must  first  secure  the  proper  form  from  the  Registrar's  Of- 
fice to  be  signed  by  their  dean. 

7.  Seniors  with  a  grade  point  average  of  3.00  or  above  may,  with  written  permission 
from  the  course  instructor,  chairperson  of  the  department  offering  the  course,  and 
the  Graduate  Dean,  be  permitted  to  take  one  or  more  graduate  courses  for 
undergraduate  credit.  Credit  earned  in  this  manner  will  be  used  to  meet  bac- 
calaureate degree  requirements  and  may  not  be  applied  toward  a  graduate 
degree. 

Seniors  with  a  grade  point  average  of  3.00  or  above  desiring  to  enroll  in  graduate 
level  courses  for  graduate  credit  to  be  applied  to  a  graduate  degree  may  do  so 
provided  they  have:  (1)  made  application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School; 
(2)  made  application  to  take  the  GRE  or  GMAT;  and  (3)  obtained  written  permis- 
sion from  the  course  instructor,  chairperson  of  the  department  offering  the 
course,  and  the  Graduate  Dean. 

8.  A  graduate  who  holds  one  bachelor's  degree  may  earn  a  second  bachelor's 
degree  by  taking  additional  work  of  at  least  30  semester  hours  and  by  completing 
all  requirements  for  the  degree. 


Absences  From  Class 

General  Attendance  Policy 

It  is  the  policy  of  Appalachian  State  University  that  class  attendance  is  considered  to  be 
an  important  part  of  a  student's  educational  experience.  Students  are  expected  to  at- 
tend every  meeting  of  their  classes,  and  are  responsible  for  class  attendance.  No  matter 
what  bases  exist  for  absence,  students  are  held  accountable  for  academic  activities,  and 
faculty  may  require  special  work  or  tests  to  make  up  for  the  missed  class  or  classes. 
Faculty,  at  their  discretion,  may  include  class  attendance  as  a  criterion  in  determining  a 
student's  final  grade  in  the  course.  On  the  first  day  of  class  faculty  must  inform  students 
in  writing  of  their  class  attendance  policy  and  the  effect  of  that  policy  on  their  final 
grade.  If  class  attendance  is  to  affect  a  student's  final  grade,  then  this  statement  must  be 
a  part  of  the  course  syllabus  distributed  to  each  student. 


The  Instructional  Program 


41 


Attendance  Policy  Relating  to  Participation  in  University  Sponsored  Activities 

As  an  integral  part  of  the  academic  program  at  Appalachian  State  University,  the 
university  sponsors  and  otherwise  supports  co-curricular  programs,  athletic  programs, 
and  other  out-of -class  activities  such  as  field  trips.  Student  participation  in  such  activities 
occasionally  necessitates  that  a  student  may  miss  one  or  more  meetings  of  his  or  her 
classes. 

A  student  who  expects  to  miss  one  or  more  class  meetings  because  of  participation  in  a 
university  sponsored  activity  has  several  responsibilities:  The  student  (in  person)  will 
notify  the  instructor  in  advance  of  any  absence;  the  student  is  expected  to  complete  all 
work  missed  by  making  up  the  work  in  advance  or  by  completing  any  compensatory 
assignment  which  may  be  assigned  by  the  instructor;  the  student  is  expected  to  maintain 
satisfactory  progress  in  the  course;  and  the  student  (otherwise)  is  expected  to  maintain 
satisfactory  attendance  in  the  class  if  so  required.  In  the  event  that  a  student  anticipates 
that  participation  in  a  university  sponsored  activity  will  require  missing  more  than  10% 
of  the  class  meetings,  the  student  is  required  to  discuss  this  matter  with  his  or  her  in- 
structor at  the  beginning  of  the  semester  and  may  be  advised  to  drop  the  course  or  to 
transfer  to  another  section . 

If  the  above  responsibilities  are  met,  it  is  expected  that  the  instructor  will  excuse  the 
absence  and  permit  the  student  to  make  up  missed  work  in  whatever  manner  the  in- 
structor deems  appropriate. 


Change  of  Course 


Students  may  add  courses  or  change  sections  until  the  close  of  registration.  To  add  a 
course,  students  must  complete  a  drop-add  form  after  it  has  been  determined  that  the 
course  is  open.  This  is  accomplished  at  the  Registrar's  Office.  Students  are  given  a 
duplicate  copy  of  the  drop-add  form.  This  copy  verifies  enrollment  in  the  class  and  must 
be  presented  at  the  Registrar's  Office  in  case  they  later  wish  to  drop  the  class. 

There  will  be  a  five-week  free  drop  period  from  the  beginning  of  classes.  The  cut-off 
date  for  the  free  drop  period  will  be  announced  by  the  Registrar  in  the  Schedule  of 
Classes  Bulletin  each  semester.  After  this  date  no  drops  will  be  allowed  except  for  ex- 
ceptional circumstances  and  with  the  signatures  of  the  instructor,  chairperson, 
and  the  approval  of  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the  course  is  offered. 

Any  drops  approved  for  exceptional  circumstances  will  not  be  used  in  computing  the 
grade  point  average  and  will  not  be  recorded  on  the  permanent  record. 

Prior  to  the  close  of  registration  a  course  may  be  dropped  by  completing  a  drop  form  at 
the  Registrar's  Office.  If  the  course  and  section  being  dropped  are  not  printed  on  the 
student  schedule  card,  the  student  must  present  the  duplicate  copy  of  the  drop-add 
form  showing  original  registration  for  the  course. 

After  the  close  of  registration,  but  before  the  end  of  the  five-week  free  days  period,  a 
course  may  be  dropped  or  changed  from  credit  to  audit  with  no  academic  penalty.  To 


The  Instructional  Program 


42 


accomplish  this,  the  student  must  contact  the  Registrar's  Office,  in  person,  and  com- 
plete the  necessary  forms. 

Courses  not  officially  dropped  by  the  student  at  the  Registrar's  Office  are  recorded  as  F, 
and  the  hours  are  counted  in  computing  the  grade-point  average. 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 

A  student  who  wishes  to  withdraw  from  the  University  for  any  reason  must  make  ar- 
rangements with  the  Dean  of  Students  prior  to  withdrawal.  Graduate  students  must 
contact  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School. 

Students  who  withdraw  because  of  illness  or  extreme  emergency  will  receive  grades  of 
W.  Students  who  withdraw  for  reasons  other  than  illness  or  extreme  emergency  after 
the  five-week  free  drop  period  will  receive  a  grade  of  F  in  each  course  taken. 

Students  who  withdraw  unofficially  will  receive  grades  of  F. 

Course  Examinations 

All  scheduled  examination  periods  will  be  met  at  the  assigned  time.  A  final  examination 
period  is  provided  during  the  final  week  of  each  semester.  After  the  schedule  for  ex- 
aminations has  been  made,  an  instructor  may  NOT  change  the  date  or  time  of  an  ex- 
amination without  permission  of  the  department  chairperson  and  dean.  Instructors 
determine  how  they  will  use  the  assigned  period,  but  all  scheduled  examination  periods 
will  be  met  at  the  assigned  time.  A  student  may  take  an  examination  outside  of  the 
scheduled  time  only  by  permission  of  the  instructor  of  the  course.  Permission  is  granted 
only  in  case  of  emergency. 

A  student  who  is  absent  from  a  final  examination  because  of  an  emergency  takes  the 
make-up  examination  at  the  convenience  of  the  instructor. 


Grade  Reports 


Final  semester  grades  are  reported  to  the  Registrar's  Office  not  later  than  noon  of  the 
day  following  the  last  day  of  the  semester.  All  instructors  post  the  grades  of  their 
students.  At  the  end  of  each  semester,  a  grade  report  is  sent  to  each  student. 

Classification 

At  the  end  of  each  semester  students  are  classified  on  the  basis  of  semester  hours.  All 
students  who  are  admitted  as  regular  first-year  students  or  who  have  completed  less 
than  28  semester  hours  are  classified  as  freshmen. 

Students  who  have  completed  at  least  28  semester  hours  are  classified  as  sophomores. 


The  Instructional  Program 


43 


Students  who  have  completed  at  least  60  semester  hours  are  classified  as  juniors. 
Students  who  have  completed  90  semester  hours  are  classified  as  seniors. 


Academic  Suspension 


To  continue  at  Appalachian  a  student  must  have  the  following  grade-point  average  at 
the  beginning  of  the  semesters  indicated: 


G.P.A 

Semester  2 

1.00 

Semester  3 

1.50 

Semester  4 

1.75 

Semester  5 

1.90 

Semesters  6, 

7, 

8 

2.00 

Students  who  do  not  meet  the  above  eligibility  requirements  will  be  placed  on  academic 
probation  for  the  next  semester.  The  dean  of  each  college  may  attach  certain  re- 
quirements before  a  student  is  approved  for  probation.  Requirements  may  include 
special  advising  sessions,  limitation  on  hours,  repeating  courses,  developmental 
courses,  etc.  However,  students  classified  as  freshmen  and  sophomores  may  use 
academic  probation  no  more  than  twice.  Students  classified  as  juniors  and  seniors 
may  use  academic  probation  only  once  provided  they  have  not  previously  used  the 
maximum  number  at  the  lower  division  level.  In  no  case  will  students  classified  as 
juniors  and  seniors  be  allowed  more  than  one  term  of  probation.  Transfer  students 
will  follow  these  same  guidelines.  Transfer  students  who  enter  ASU  at  the  upper  divi- 
sion level  are  eligible  for  only  one  term  of  probation.  After  the  academic  probation 
term(s)  have  been  exhausted  the  students  only  recourse  for  readmission  is  to  restore 
eligibility  in  the  summer  school  at  ASU.  The  summer  session  will  not  count  as  a 
semester  in  residence  for  the  purpose  of  computing  eligibility  for  continued  enrollment 
or  readmission.  Grade-point  averages  may  not  be  raised  by  correspondence  or  credit 
from  another  school.  Requests  for  readmission  following  suspension  for  academic 
reasons  should  be  sent  to  the  dean  of  the  college  involved.  Approval  of  requests  is  not 
automatic  and  will  depend  not  only  on  academic  records  but  also  on  evidence  of 
growth  and  maturity. 


Field-Based  Option 


In  fulfilling  its  obligation  as  a  regional  university,  Appalachian  State  University  provides 
an  opportunity  for  persons  seeking  a  degree  to  pursue  the  degree  in  field-based  pro- 
grams established  by  special  arrangement.  Designed  primarily  for  other  than  full-time 
students,  the  field-based  degree  program  provides  the  opportunity  for  such  persons  to 
extend  or  update  their  academic  credentials  with  only  short,  conveniently  scheduled, 
on-campus  experiences.  The  bulk  of  the  program  is  delivered  close  to  the  community 
that  has  requested  and  arranged  for  the  field-based  option.  For  details  regarding  these 
degree  programs,  contact  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the  degree  pro- 
gram is  offered. 


The  Instructional  Program 


44 


Independent  Study 


Independent  study  is  the  term  applied  to  the  study  of  a  subject  not  listed  in  the  regular 
curricular  offerings.  Under  the  independent  study  program  a  student  designs  a  project 
and  then  individually  pursues  the  study  under  the  auspices  of  an  instructional  staff 
member  who  serves  as  a  consultant  for  the  student  during  the  course  of  the  study.  The 
vehicles  for  this  are  course  numbers  2500,  3500,  5500,  and  6500  depending  on  the 
level  of  the  student.  For  information  on  independent  study,  students  should  consult 
the  dean  of  their  college  or  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the  in- 
dependent study  is  to  be  done. 

Anyone  seeking  to  pursue  independent  study  must  be  a  candidate  for  a  degree  at  Ap- 
palachian or  must  be  working  for  credit  for  the  renewal  of  a  teaching  certificate. 


Individual  Study 


Individual  study  is  the  pursuit  of  a  regularly  listed  course  by  a  student  without  attending 
classes  on  a  regular  basis.  The  student  who  wishes  to  pursue  a  course  by  individual 
study  will  secure  the  permission  of  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the 
course  is  offered. 

Anyone  seeking  to  pursue  individual  study  must  be  a  candidate  for  a  degree  at  Ap- 
palachian or  must  be  working  for  credit  for  the  renewal  of  a  teaching  certificate. 


Instructional  Assistance  Program 

The  instructional  assistance  program  is  designed  for  students  interested  in  participating 
in,  for  academic  credit,  supervised  experiences  in  the  instructional  process  on  the 
university  level  through  direct  participation  in  classroom  situations.  Students  with  junior 
or  senior  standing  are  eligible  to  participate  in  this  program.  For  further  information 
the  student  should  contact  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  he/she 
wishes  to  engage  in  instructional  assistance. 


International  Studies 

In  support  of  its  institutional  goals  of  providing  a  well-rounded  education,  and  realizing 
that  the  students  of  the  University  must  be  prepared  for  citizenship  in  an  interdependent 
world,  ASU  offers  various  programs  of  international  studies.  Such  programs  include  the 
International  Economics  and  Business  option  (see  description  listed  in  the  Departments 
of  Economics  and  Foreign  Languages)  and  the  Latin  American  Studies  minor  (see 
listing  under  Interdisciplinary  Minors).  The  University  also  sponsors  various  study 
abroad  programs  (announced  by  the  departments  involved  in  the  fall  of  each  year)  as 
well  as  international  events  on  campus. 


The  Instructional  Program 


45 


The  Office  of  International  Studies  coordinates  international  programs  and  provides 
services  to  students  and  faculty  interested  in  study,  research,  teaching,  or  employment 
abroad.  The  resource  center  maintained  by  the  office  contains  information  about 
educational  systems  and  opportunities  in  other  nations  as  well  as  material  on  scholar- 
ships for  both  students  and  faculty.  The  Office  of  International  Studies  also  sponsors 
and  coordinates  various  exchange  programs  for  ASU  students  and  faculty. 


Credit  by  Examination 


Not  all  courses  are  amenable  to  credit  by  examination,  but  many  are.  Students  who 
wish  to  challenge  a  regularly  listed  course  should  consult  with  the  instructor  responsible 
for  teaching  the  course  and  with  the  department  chairperson.  If  arrangements  can  be 
made,  a  fee  of  $20.00  is  charged  for  such  examinations  and  a  receipt  from  the 
Cashier's  Office  must  be  shown  to  the  department  chairperson  before  final  approval  can 
be  given.  If  the  examination  is  passed,  credit  without  grade  will  be  noted  on  the 
student's  transcript.  If  the  examination  is  not  passed,  no  notation  is  made  on  the 
transcript.  In  the  case  of  freshmen  who  take  advanced  placement  examinations  during 
the  freshman  orientation  period,  the  fee  is  waived.  Credit  by  examination  may  not  be 
used  to  repeat  a  course. 

Anyone  seeking  to  pursue  credit  by  examination  must  be  a  candidate  for  a  degree  at 
Appalachian  or  must  be  working  for  credit  for  the  renewal  of  a  teaching  certificate. 


Veterans'  Academic  Credit 

ASU  grants  eight  semester  hours  of  academic  credit  to  most  veterans  including  six 
semester  hours  in  Military  Science  (ROTC)  and  two  hours  in  physical  education.  The 
University  may  grant  specific  course  credit  for  completion  of  certain  types  of  military 
schools  and  for  some  USAFI  and  CLEP  work.  Information  on  veterans'  academic  credit 
is  available  at  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 


Honors 

To  encourage  scholarship,  the  University  officially  recognizes  students  who  distinguish 
themselves  in  academic  pursuits.  Honors  Day  is  observed  for  all  students  qualifying  for 
scholastic  honors,  and  each  honor  student  is  awarded  a  certificate. 

Alpha  Chi,  a  national  scholastic  fraternity,  is  open  to  not  more  than  the  top  ten  percent 
of  the  junior  and  senior  classes  who  have  a  grade-point  average  of  not  less  than  3.50. 
Phi  Kappa  Phi,  a  national  scholastic  fraternity,  honors  outstanding  scholarship  among 
graduating  seniors  in  each  of  the  colleges  who  have  attained  at  least  a  3.70  grade  point 
average.  Occasionally,  Phi  Kappa  Phi  taps  several  outstanding  junior  scholars  for 
membership. 


The  Instructional  Program 


46 


Dean's  List 


Any  semester  a  student  who  carries  at  least  12  hours  of  work  on  which  grade  points 
may  be  computed  and  who  attains  a  grade-point  average  of  3.25  or  better  is  placed  on 
the  Dean's  List  of  honor  students  for  that  semester. 


Honor  Teaching 


A  student  who  shows  exceptional  initiative,  scholarship,  and  excellence  in  student 
teaching  may  be  designated  and  recognized  as  an  Honor  Teacher.  The  honor  will  be 
entered  on  the  student's  official  record. 

Graduation  With  Honors 

To  be  eligible  for  graduation  with  honors,  a  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  four 
semesters  or  58  semester  hours  in  residence  at  Appalachian.  A  grade-point  average  of 
3.45  is  required  for  graduating  cum  laude;  a  grade-point  average  of  3.65  is  required  for 
graduating  magna  cum  laude;  and  a  grade-point  average  of  3.85  is  required  for 
graduating  summa  cum  laude. 

Graduation 

Degrees  are  conferred  at  the  close  of  each  academic  term  (fall,  spring,  summer).  Can- 
didates for  baccalaureate  degrees  and/or  teaching  certificates  must  file  applications  for 
degrees  and  North  Carolina  certificates  on  forms  provided  by  the  Registrar  on  registra- 
tion day  of  the  semester  in  which  graduation  requirements  will  be  completed.  At  the 
time  of  filing  the  application  all  requirements  except  current  work  should  be  completed. 

The  University  has  one  formal  commencement  ceremony  per  year  which  is  held  at  the 
end  of  the  spring  semester.  All  students  who  have  received  degrees  during  the 
preceding  summer  and  fall  terms  are  invited  to  attend.  Students  graduating  in  the  spring 
are  expected  to  attend  unless  they  apply  to  graduate  in  absentia. 


Transcripts 


Transcripts  must  be  requested  in  writing  from  the  Registrar's  Office.  Each  student  may 
receive  a  maximum  of  ten  transcripts  free  of  charge,  after  which  a  $2.00  per  transcript 
charge  will  be  made.  Transcripts  will  not  be  issued  to  students  having  unset- 
tled accounts  with  the  University. 


The  General  College 


47 


The  General  College 


O.K.  Webb,  Jr.,  Dean 
CD.  Smith,  Assistant  Dean 

The  General  College  supervises  and  administers  academic  advising,  student  academic 
programs,  and  the  general  education  curriculum  for  students  at  the  freshman  and 
sophomore  levels.  It  also  has  responsibility  for  the  administration  of  Interdisciplinary 
Studies,  including  Watauga  College,  the  B.A.  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies  and  General 
Honors.  The  General  College  also  has  responsibility  for  special  programs  such  as  the 
Admissions  Partnership  Program,  the  Learning  Assistance  Program  and  University 
Honors. 

All  freshman  students  entering  the  University  are  enrolled  in  the  General  College. 
Transfer  students  who  do  not  meet  the  admission  requirements  of  a  degree-granting 
college  enroll  in  the  General  College  until  such  requirements  are  met. 

Although  the  General  College  is  responsible  for  administering  its  students'  academic  af- 
fairs, policy  decisions  in  such  matters  are  made  in  cooperation  with  the  dean  of  the  col- 
lege offering  the  courses  in  question. 

The  college's  program  of  academic  advising  provides  services  for  students  during  their 
first  two  years  of  college  life.  Advisors  are  drawn  from  the  academic  faculties,  and  they 
help  students  plan  academic  programs. 

Academic  advising  is  mandatory  during  all  semesters  in  which  a  student  is  classified  as  a 
freshman.  It  is  also  mandatory  for  all  transfer  students  in  the  General  College  during 
their  first  semester  at  ASU.  After  that,  advisement  is  voluntary  on  the  part  of  the  stu- 
dent. This  means,  however,  that  students  are  strictly  responsible  for  keeping  up  with 
their  own  curriculum  so  as  to  meet  graduation  requirements. 

While  in  the  General  College  students  take  both  general  education  courses  and 
preparatory  courses  for  specialized  training  in  their  major  and  minor  fields.  It  is  impor- 
tant that  students  be  familiar  with  the  degree  requirements  for  the  particular  college 
from  which  they  plan  to  graduate.  The  specific  requirements  and  course  patterns  for  the 
different  degrees  are  given  in  the  sections  of  this  catalog  referring  to  the  colleges  which 
grant  the  degrees.  Students  are  advised  to  consult  carefully  these  sections  as  they  plan 
their  program  for  the  four  years. 


General  Education 

Courses  in  communication,  humanities,  mathematics,  social  science,  natural  science, 
behavioral  science,  and  physical  education  are  designed  to  give  a  student  competence 


The  General  College 


48 


in  communications  and  logical  thinking,  a  broad  acquaintance  with  the  various  com- 
ponents of  human  knowledge,  an  understanding  of  our  cultural  and  social  heritage,  an 
opportunity  to  develop  value  judgments  and  constructive  attitudes,  and  the  ability  to 
function  purposefully  in  a  democratic  society. 

General  education  requirements  comprise  approximately  one-third  of  the  total  credit  in 
all  bachelor's  degree  programs.  Except  for  English  1000-1100,  which  should  be  taken 
during  the  first  year,  all  other  general  education  requirements  may  be  completed  at  any 
time  prior  to  graduation.  Students  are  encouraged  to  spread  general  education  courses 
throughout  their  undergraduate  curriculum  rather  than  to  concentrate  them  all  in  the 
first  two  years. 

For  all  bachelor's  degrees,  a  student  shall  complete  the  following  requirements  in 
general  education: 

a  .   English 6  s.h. 

English  1000-1100  required. 


Humanities 12    s.h. 

Courses  must  be  elected  from  at  least  three  areas  listed  below.  One  of  the  courses 

must  be  literature  and  one  must  be  from  the  fine  arts  (art,  communication  arts  or 

music) .  Courses  approved  for  literature  are  marked  with  an  asterisk. 

Art  2004,  2011,  2012,  2013,  3002,  4002 

Communication  Arts  2011,  2212,  2406,  3210,  3212,  4406 

English,  any  course  in  literature  at  the  2000  level  or  above.* 

English  2170  (Counts  as  a  separate  area) 

French  3010*,  3020*,  3050,  3060,  4010* 

German  3015*,  3025*,  3050,  3060 

Latin  2010,  3010*,  3020*,  4010*,  4020* 

Music  2011,  2012,  2013,  2014;  Music  Majors  Only:  2611,  2612,  3611,  3612; 
Elementary  Education  Majors  Only:  2020 

Philosophy,  any  course  subject  to  stated  prerequisites 

Religion,  any  course  subject  to  stated  prerequisites.  The  following  satisfy  the  liter- 
ature requirement:  2010*,  2020* 

Spanish  3015*,  3025*,  3030*,  3045,  3050 

University  Studies— Those  designated  as  humanities 


Social  Sciences 12  s.h. 

(1)  History  1101-1102  required. 

If  students  have  completed  a  year  of  European  or  world  history  in  high  school 
with  an  average  of  B  or  better,  they  may  meet  the  general  education  require- 
ment in  history  by  electing  History  2301-2302  or  2401-2402,  or  2421-2422. 

(2)  In  addition  two  courses  must  be  selected  from  the  list  below.  The  courses  must 
be  from  different  areas. 

Anthropology,  any  course  subject  to  stated  prerequisites 
Economics,  any  course  subject  to  stated  prerequisites 


The  General  College 


49 


Geography  1010,  1020,  2400,  3210,  Planning  2410 

Political  Science,  any  course  subject  to  stated  prerequisites 

Psychology  2201 

Sociology,  any  course  except  3885,  subject  to  stated  prerequisites 

University  Studies — Those  designated  as  social  science 

d  .  Biological  and  Physical  Sciences 6-8  s.h. 

Six  to  eight  semester  hours  of  the  same  science  are  required.  Selections  will  be  from 

one  of  the  sequences  listed  below,  or  from  six-eight  semester  hours  approved  by 

the  appropriate  departmental  chairperson. 

Biology  1101-1102; 

Chemistry  1101-1102;  1101-1110; 

Geology  1101-1102,  1101-1103; 

Physical  Science  1001-1002; 

Physics  1103-1104;  1101-1105;  1101,  1106;  1150-1151;  2100-2200 

e  .   Mathematics 4  s.h. 

Mathematics  1010,  1020,  1025,  1030,  1040  or  1110 

f  .    Physical  Education 2  s.h. 

Physical  education  activity  courses 

Further  requirements  for  the  degrees  are  listed  under  the  programs  of  the  degree  gran- 
ting colleges. 


Interdisciplinary  Studies 

T.  Marvin  Williamsen,  Coordinator 

Interdisciplinary  Studies  began  at  ASU  in  response  to  recognition  that  the  major  pro- 
blems confronting  us  today  are  most  appropriately  investigated  by  bringing  together  the 
knowledge  and  know-how  of  a  variety  of  disciplines.  Well-trained  generalists  can  be 
helpful  in  complex  decision  making  and  can  fit  well  into  many  different  types  of  jobs. 
Aside  from  this  recognized  need,  Interdisciplinary  Studies  brings  students  and  faculty 
together  to  interact  on  topics  of  mutual  interest.  Whether  these  programs  are  today  call- 
ed cross-disciplinary,  interdisciplinary,  or  multi-disciplinary,  their  aim  continues  to  be  to 
make  available  for  students  and  faculty  members  a  forum  of  discussion  in  different  set- 
tings. These  settings  are  General  Honors,  Watauga  College  and  Interdisciplinary  Majors 
and  Minors. 

The  continued  appeal  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies  results  from  the  great  variety  of 
courses  offered  in  its  programs.  This  variety  allows  faculty  members  and  students  to 
deal  with  topics  that  are  not  only  relevant  to  them  but  are  also  crucial  for  dealing  proper- 
ly with  the  future  of  each  as  an  individual  and  all  as  a  group. 


The  General  College 


50 


General  Honors  Program 


James  W.  Stines,  Director 

For  freshmen  and  sophomores,  General  Honors  emphasizes  breadth  of  study  and  pro- 
vides team-taught,  interdisciplinary  seminars.  These  seminars  are  taken  in  place  of  12 
semester  hours  of  general  education  requirements  in  the  humanities  and  the  social 
sciences. 


Watauga  College  Residential  Program 

7.  Marvin  Williamsen,  Director 

Watauga  College  is  an  on-campus  residential  college  program  offering  interdisciplinary 
course  work  for  freshmen  and  sophomores  to  fulfill  the  general  education  requirements 
in  English,  the  humanities,  and  the  social  sciences.  Students  participating  in  the  pro- 
gram can  normally  complete  the  University  requirements  in  these  areas  in  three 
semesters,  but  may  enter  or  leave  the  program  according  to  their  academic  needs.  Re- 
quired courses  in  mathematics,  physical  education,  and  the  sciences  are  taken  through 
the  regular  curriculum,  as  are  major-related  courses.  Students  live  together  in  the  same 
residence  hall  to  permit  emphasis  on  integrating  the  academic  program  with  students' 
personal  and  social  development.  Participation  in  Watauga  College  does  not  exclude 
participation  in  any  other  special  program  at  ASU.  For  more  information  contact  the 
Director  of  Watauga  College. 


Selected  Topics 

Leslie  E.  Gerber,  Coordinator 

Each  semester,  the  Interdisciplinary  Studies  Selected  Topics  program  offers  highly 
topical  courses  of  an  inherently  cross-departmental  nature  to  the  campus  community. 
By  means  of  this  program,  ASU  professors  may  team  with  their  colleagues  from  dif- 
ferent areas  to  explore  together  issues  and  subjects  of  mutual  interest.  The  emphasis  is 
on  relevant,  experimental,  and  imaginative  subject  matters  and  pedagogies.  While 
some  courses  may  be  taught  more  than  one  semester,  the  program's  philosophy 
stresses  variety  and  constant  change.  "The  Vietnam  War,"  "Women  and  Sports," 
"Creativity,"  "Mysticism  East  and  West,"  "Popular  Culture  Studies,"  "Films  from  Fic- 
tion"—these  recent  courses  typify  the  spirit  and  ethos  of  the  program. 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


51 


Interdisciplinary  Majors 

Leighton  R.  Scott,  Advisor 

The  B.A.  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies  Degree  is  designed  for  those  students  whose 
educational  goals  would  not  be  attained  by  their  following  existing  baccalaureate  degree 
programs.  This  degree  program  exists  to  serve  those  students  whose  unique  educa- 
tional objectives  suggest  a  cross-departmental  curricular  strategy.  It  is  administered 
through  the  General  College. 

In  this  program,  students  may  plan  their  own  majors,  selecting  advanced  courses  from  a 
variety  of  departments.  Such  students  do  not,  therefore,  need  to  fulfill  the  requirements 
laid  down  for  any  of  the  established  major  programs.  Rather,  they  must  meet  the  re- 
quirements stipulated  by  the  Program  of  Study  Contract.  It  must  be  stressed  that  the  In- 
terdisciplinary Degree  is  not  an  option  for  students  who  wish  to  avoid  the  responsibility 
of  specialization.  On  the  contrary,  the  program  offers  itself  mainly  to  students  whose 
special  interests  are  so  inherently  interdisciplinary  as  to  preclude  a  purely  departmental 
approach. 

To  be  admitted  to  the  Interdisciplinary  Studies  program  as  a  candidate  for  the  B.A. 
degree  a  student  must  have: 

1.  Completed  a  minimum  of  60  semester  hours  and  be  eligible  to  enter  a  degree- 
granting  college. 

2.  Achieved  a  grade-point  ratio  of  at  least  2.00  (which  must  be  maintained). 

3.  Completed  ENG  1000  and  1100. 

4.  Completed  and  signed  the  "Program  of  Study  Contract"  with  the  approval  and 
signatures  of  a  member  of  the  faculty  as  principal  advisor  and  of  the  advisor  of 
the  program. 

To  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies  the  student  must  meet  the 
following  requirements: 

1.  Completion  of  at  least  122  semester  hours  with  an  overall  grade-point  average 
of  at  least  2.00.  A  transfer  student  must  have  an  overall  grade-point  average  of 
at  least  2.00  on  all  work  at  Appalachian  State  University. 

2.  Completion  of  all  the  general  education  requirements. 

3.  Completion  of  six  semester  hours  of  a  second  year  of  foreign  language  or 
higher. 

4.  Admission  into  the  Interdisciplinary  Studies  program  prior  to  completing  the  last 
30  semester  hours  according  to  the  approved  contract  before  graduation. 

5.  Achievement  of  an  overall  grade-point  average  of  at  least  2.00  on  all  work  in  the 
approved  program  of  study. 

6.  The  duly  approved  "Program  of  Study  Contract"  must  consist  of  a  minimum  of 
30  semester  hours,  of  which  20  semester  hours  shall  be  at  the  3000  level  or 
above.  General  education  and  foreign  language  requirements  count  as  a  part  of 
that  30  hours  only  when  they  form  an  integral  part  of  the  approved  program, 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


52 


i.e.,  a  foreign  language  taken  to  satisfy  B.A.  degree  requirements  cannot  be  in- 
cluded in  the  30  semester  hours. 

7.  The  students  admitted  to  the  Interdisciplinary  Studies  program  must  secure  ap- 
proval for  any  subsequent  additions  or  changes  in  the  "Program  of  Study  Con- 
tract" from  the  advisor(s)  concerned  and  the  Director  of  Interdisciplinary 
Studies. 

8.  Completion  of  electives  to  a  minimum  of  122  hours. 

9.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 

10.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  satisfactory  citizenship  and  settlement 
of  all  expense  accounts. 

11.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty. 

International  Economics  and  Business  Options 

(For  a  description  of  this  program,  refer  to  the  section  in  the  index.) 

Science 

(For  a  description  of  this  program,  refer  to  the  section  in  the  index.) 

Social  Science 

(For  a  description  of  this  program,  refer  to  the  section  in  the  index.) 


Interdisciplinary  Minors 

Appalachian  Studies 

(For  a  description  of  this  program,  refer  to  the  section  in  the  index.) 

Black  Studies 

The  Black  Studies  minor  is  offered  as  a  start  in  meeting  the  needs  of  black  students  who 
seek  to  explore  their  heritage  and  non-black  students  who  want  to  understand 
something  of  the  black  experience.  The  curriculum  draws  on  a  holding  of  nearly  2,000 
books  and  periodicals  in  Belk  Library  and  presently  includes  28  semester  hours  of  offer- 
ings. The  minor  will  consist  of  16  semester  hours  chosen  from  among  the  28.  Other 
courses  deemed  relevant  by  the  student  may  count  toward  the  minor  upon  approval 
from  the  Dean  of  the  General  College. 

Courses  approved  for  the  minor  include:  ANT  3530  (Selected  Topics);  ENG  2120 
(Black  Literature);  HIS  2421,  2422  (History  of  Africa);  HIS  3230  (Recent  U.S. 
History);  HIS  4220  (History  of  the  South);  P&R  2030  (Islam);  PS  4540  (Regional 
Political  Patterns:  Government  and  Politics  of  Africa  South  of  the  Sahara);  SOC  4560 
(Race  and  Minority  Relations) ;  Independent  Study  (up  to  four  hours  for  credit  toward 
minor) . 

Community  and  Regional  Planning 

(For  a  description  of  this  program,  refer  to  the  section  in  the  index.) 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


53 


Gerontology 

(For  a  description  of  this  program,  refer  to  the  section  in  the  index.) 

Latin  American  Studies 

(For  a  description  of  this  program,  refer  to  the  section  in  the  index.) 

Women's  Studies 

Margaret  McFadden,  Coordinator 

A  student  may  earn  an  undergraduate  minor  in  Women's  Studies  by  successful  comple- 
tion of  an  Interdisciplinary  program  of  15  semester  hours.  Each  student  is  required  to 
take  "Women  in  the  Western  World"  (HIS  3530)  and  one  interdisciplinary  Women's 
Studies  course  (US  3530),  preferably  "Introduction  to  Women's  Studies";  as  well  as 
nine  additional  hours,  selected  from  those  listed.  Substitutions  may  be  made  with  the 
approval  of  the  coordinator;  for  example,  "The  American  Women:  A  Social  and 
Cultural  History"  may  be  substituted  for  "Women  in  the  Western  World."  All  courses 
counting  toward  the  minor  must  be  at  the  2000  level  or  above. 

1  .   Required  courses 

a.  History  3530  Women  in  the  Western  World  (or 

"The  American  Woman:  A  Social  and  Cultural  History")  3  s.h. 

b .  One  Interdisciplinary  Women's  Studies  course :  3  s .  h . 
University  Studies  3530  Selected  Topics  (recent  offerings:  "Introduction  to 
Women's  Studies,"  "Woman  as  Image  and  Image-Maker,"  "Women  and 
Film,"  "Women  and  Sports,"  "Appalachian  Women,"  "Women  and  Work," 
"Sex  Roles,  Sexuality  and  Media,"  "Feminism  and  Cultural  Analysis,"  etc.) 

2  .   Electives 

a.  Sociology  2850:  "Sex  Roles"  3  s.h. 

b.  Anthropology  3730:  "Women  in  Cross-Cultural  Perspective"  3  s.h. 

c.  Psychology  3530,  Selected  Topics:  "The  Psychology  of 

Sex  Role  Differences , "  etc .  3  s .  h . 

d.  English  3530,  Selected  Topics:  "Women  Poets,"  "Literary  Women,  "Fiction 
by  Women, "etc.  3  s.h. 

e.  Art  3530,  Selected  Topics:  "Woman  as  Image  and  Image-Maker,"  "Women  in 
Art,"  "Women  and  Media,"  etc.  3  s.h. 

f.  Philsophy/Religion  3530,  Selected  Topics:  "Philosophy/ 

Religion  and  Sexuality , "  etc .  3  s .  h . 

g.  HPER  3530,  Selected  Topics:  "Women's  Health,"  etc.  2-3  s.h. 
h.    Other  University  Studies  3530,  Women's  Studies  Courses  3-6  s.h. 

3  .   Other  electives  will  be  added  as  the  program  develops. 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


54 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  General  Honors 

(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


1510.  Humans:  The  Given/(3).F. 

Genetics,  physical  anthropology,  evolution,  ex- 
perimental psychology,  developmental 
psychology,  ethology,  anatomy.  Origins  of 
speech,  writing,  art,  religion,  drama, 
mathematics,  science,  etc. 

1511.  Humans:  Origins  of  Cultural 
Pluralism/(3).S. 

The  growth  of  mythology /ideology,  technology, 
institutions  and  forms  of  expression  in  represen- 
tative cultures.  How  do  cultures  justify 
themselves?  Why  pluralism?  What  are  the  special 
problems  of  a  culture  of  cultural  pluralism? 

2500.    Independent  Study/(1-3)F;S;SS. 

2510.  Humans:  Great  Human  Beings  in  Their 
Cultural  Context/(3).F. 

A  study  of  self-actualizing  figures  in  science, 
philosophy,  politics,  art,  music,  literature  and 
religion  and  their  relationships  to  their  culture. 


2511.    Humans:  Perspectives  on  Problems, 
Solutions  and  the  Future/(3).S. 

This  course  will  attempt  to  use  the  information 
and  attitudes  generated  in  the  first  three  courses  to 
address  such  questions  as:  Who  am  I?  Who  are 
we?  Where  am  1  going?  What  can  we  do? 

3500.    Independent  Study/(1-3)F;S;SS. 

3520.    Instructional  Assistance/(1)F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
Demand. 


Selected  Topics/(l-3)F;S.  On 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies 

(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 

Interdisciplinary  Studies  offers  courses  of  a  multi-disciplinary  nature.  These  courses  are 
offered  in  Special  Services,  Watauga  College  and  Selected  Topics.  One  course  listed 
below,  US  4559,  is  administered  through  the  Wilderness  Center  of  the  College  of  Con- 
tinuing Education. 


1000-1010.  Introduction  to  Communications  I 
and  II/(3).F;S. 

Improves  communication  skills,  especially  in 
writing,  through  an  approach  involving  reading, 
speaking,  listening  and  writing.  Enrollment  by  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

1101,  1102.    Interdisciplinary  Studies  in  Hu- 
manities   and    Social    Science/(10,10).F;S. 
Watauga  College  only. 

A  multidisciplinary  study  in  the  humanities  and 
social  sciences  in  which  basic  problems  of  civiliza- 
tion will  be  considered:  problems  of  subsistence 
and  survival;  problems  of  living  together;  pro- 
blems of  ideology  and  aesthetic  satisfaction.  The 
courses  count  as  general  education  credit  in 
English,  social  sciences,  and  the  humanities. 


2201,  2202,  2203,  2204,  2205,  2206.  Inter- 
disciplinary Studies  in  Humanities,  and  Social 
Science/(6,  3,  1,  6,  3,  1).  F,F,F;S,S,S. 
Watauga  College  only. 

A  multidisciplinary  study  in  the  humanities  and 
social  sciences  in  which  basic  problems  of  civiliza- 
tion are  considered.  The  courses  are  the  six-hour, 
three-hour  or  one-hour  equivalents  of  the  1101 
and  1102  blocks.  The  courses  count  as  general 
education  credit  in  social  science  and  the 
humanities. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 


Special  Programs 


55 


3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).F;S;SS.  On 
Demand. 

3900.  lnternship/(3-12).  F;S;SS. 

Supervised  work  in  an  appropriate  field  ex- 
perience. Student  must  get  approval  from  the  ad- 
visor of  the  B.A.  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies  Pro- 
gram prior  to  enrolling.  Graded  on  S/U  basis  on- 

ly. 


4559.   Wilderness  Education  Practicum/(4). 
F;S. 

Through  wilderness  challenges  supervised  by  an 
Outward  Bound  School  or  the  Wilderness  Center 
at  the  University,  the  student  will  learn  such  skills 
as  bicycle  touring  and  rockclimbing  or  ski  moun- 
taineering and  primitive  caving.  The  goals  of  this 
course  will  be  centered  around  encouraging  self- 
awareness  and  personal  responsibility,  developing 
a  sense  of  conscience  and  competence, 
stimulating  awareness  of  nature  and  human  rela- 
tionships and  integrating  all  aspects  of  one's  per- 
sonal life.  Graded  on  S/W  basis  only. 


Special  Programs 

Admissions  Partnership  Program  (APP) 

Myrtle  Austin,  Coordinator 

APP,  originally  funded  by  the  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York,  offers  selected 
students  the  opportunity  of  shortening  the  time  required  to  complete  a  baccalaureate  by 
one  year.  This  is  accomplished  through  the  three  phases  of  the  program.  The  Senior- 
to-Sophomore  phase  allows  a  selected  group  of  regularly  admitted  freshmen  to 
eliminate  approximately  30  semester  hours  of  general  education  and  electives,  based 
on  high  school  background  and  planned  major.  Graduation  for  students  in  this  phase  is 
thus  possible  in  three  years.  The  Early  Admissions  phase  admits  students  to  summer 
school  after  their  junior  year  of  high  school.  If  a  2.0  average  is  maintained  in  freshman 
course  work  during  the  summer  and  the  student  meets  campus  life  regulations,  the  stu- 
dent is  invited  to  continue  in  the  fall  as  a  regular  freshman.  Finally,  the  Field-Based 
phase  offers  seniors  in  selected  high  schools  the  opportunity  to  earn  up  to  26  semester 
hours  of  college  credit  in  general  education  while  earning  their  high  school  diploma. 
The  courses  are  taught  by  specially  selected  teachers  and  supervised  by  ASU  depart- 
mental representatives. 


Learning  Assistance  Program 

Nancy  Spann,  Director 

The  Learning  Assistance  Program  at  Appalachian  State  University  is  a  support  program 
designed  to  assist  students  in  achieving  their  educational  goals.  The  program  provides 
tutoring,  information,  materials,  skill-oriented  workshops/seminars,  and  study  aids  to 
enable  all  students  to  be  more  successful  in  their  academic  work. 


Special  Programs 


56 


University-wide  Tutoring 

Judy  Robinson,  Coordinator 

The  tutoring  program  assists  students  who  are  having  difficulty  in  their  courses  and/or 
want  to  improve  their  chances  of  success  in  their  course  work.  The  program  provides 
tutorial  assistance  in  general  education  courses  through  group  and  individual  tutoring. 
The  tutoring  lab  is  open  Monday  -  Thursday  evenings  from  6-9  p.m.  in  Room  104  of 
D.D.  Dougherty  Old  Library. 

Upward  Bound 

Randy  Swing,  Coordinator 

Upward  Bound  is  funded  by  the  Department  of  Education  and  is  designed  to  assist 
qualified  high  school  students  in  reaching  their  academic  and  personal  potential,  as  well 
as  preparing  them  for  post-secondary  education.  The  students  come  from  six  local  high 
schools— Avery  High  School,  Watuaga  High  School,  Beaver  Creek  High  School,  Ashe 
Central  High  School,  West  Wilkes  High  School  and  Northwest  Ashe  High  School  and 
meet  specific  financial  and  educational  guidelines.  The  program  provides  academic 
assistance,  social  and  cultural  experiences  and  personal  counseling,  both  during  the 
academic  year  and  during  an  intensive  residential  summer  program. 

Special  Services 

Special  Services,  funded  and  supported  by  the  Department  of  Education  and  Ap- 
palachian State  University,  is  designed  to  assist  certain  freshmen  and  sophomores 
enrolled  at  ASU  who  have  potential  for  success  in  college  but  who  may  experience 
some  academic  difficulties.  Students  selected  for  the  program  must  be  in  need  of  finan- 
cial assistance  and/or  be  a  first  generation  college  student  (neither  parent  has  a  college 
degree).  The  program  offers  academic  advising;  personal,  career,  financial  counseling; 
tutoring;  developmental  courses  and  special  sections  of  regular  university  courses. 

The  Learning  Assistance  Program  is  housed  in  the  General  College  and  is  located  in 
rooms  101  -  105  of  D.D.  Dougherty  Old  Library. 

University  Honors 

Thomas  McLaughlin,  Coordinator 

The  University  Honors  Program  at  Appalachian  State  University  offers  promising  and 
highly  motivated  students  a  special  opportunity  to  broaden  and  enrich  their  academic 
program  by  providing  Honors  seminars  in  English,  History,  Economics,  Psychology, 
and  General  Honors.  Honors  courses  at  the  lower  division  level  are  designed  to  meet 
general  education  requirements. 

Honors  courses  are  usually  conducted  as  seminars  where  students  meet  in  small  groups 
to  discuss  readings,  exchange  ideas,  debate,  and  share  results  of  individual  study  and 


Special  Programs 


57 


research.  The  emphasis  in  Honors  is  on  independent  and  creative  thinking  with  a  great 
deal  of  student  participation  expected. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  more  than  one  area  at  a  time.  Honors  courses 
are  usually  offered  by  invitation;  nevertheless  any  student  interested  in  enrolling  may 
make  application  to  the  Director  of  Honors  in  the  area  of  interest. 

University  Honors  offers  competitive  four-year  scholarships.  For  information  and  ap- 
plication, write  to  the  Coordinator  of  University  Honors. 

The  General  Honors  Program  is  described  under  Interdisciplinary  Studies  below.  For 
specific  departmental  course  information,  please  refer  to  the  course  listings  elsewhere  in 
the  catalog. 


Project  Ahead 


Project  Ahead  is  a  cooperative  program  between  ASU  and  the  US  Armed  Services  that 
offers  advising  to  students  who  are  interested  in  attending  ASU  but  are  in  the  Armed 
Services  in  other  places.  Students  must  be  admitted  to  Appalachian  but  may  take 
courses  at  accredited  post-secondary  institutions  all  around  the  country.  Advising  on 
which  courses  will  transfer  to  Appalachian  to  meet  requirements  is  provided  by  the 
Assistant  Dean  of  the  General  College. 


The  College  of  Arts  &  Sciences 


58 


The  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences 


William  C.  Strickland,  Dean 
Donald  W.  Sink,  Assistant  Dean 

In  cooperation  with  other  colleges  of  the  University,  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
strives: 

To  provide  a  liberal  education  for  all  Appalachian  students. 

To  offer  instruction  appropriate  for  specialization  in  the  natural  sciences,  social  sciences, 
humanities,  and  mathematics. 

To  prepare  students  for  certain  professions. 

To  prepare  students  for  entrance  into  certain  professional  schools. 

To  prepare  students  for  graduate  study  and  research. 

Departments 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  consists  of  the  following  departments: 

Anthropology  History 

Biology  Mathematical  Sciences 

Chemistry  Philosophy  and  Religion 
Community  Planning  &  Geography     Physics  and  Astronomy 

English  Political  Science/Criminal  Justice 

Foreign  Languages  Psychology 

Geology  Sociology 

Degrees  Offered 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Criminal  Justice  degrees.  In  cooperation  with  the  Col- 
lege of  Education  it  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  teacher  certification  in 
English;  French;  history;  mathematics;  Spanish;  biology,  chemistry,  earth  science,  or 
physics  (leading  to  Science  Education  certification);  and  social  science  with  concentra- 
tions in  anthropology,  economics,  geography,  history,  political  science,  or  sociology. 

Graduate  programs  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Science  degrees  and  to 
the  Specialist  in  Science  degree  are  described  in  the  introductions  to  the  individual 
departments  in  this  catalog  and  in  the  Graduate  Catalog.  A  student  desiring  to  pursue 
one  of  these  programs  should  consult  with  the  departmental  chairperson  and/or  faculty 
advisor. 


The  College  of  Arts  &  Sciences 


59 


To  be  admitted  to  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  as  a  candidate  for  a  baccalaureate 
degree  a  student  must  have: 

1.  Completed  at  least  60  semester  hours. 

2.  A  grade-point  ratio  of  at  least  2.00  (which  must  be  maintained). 

3.  Completed  English  1000,  1100. 

4.  Been  accepted  by  a  department  in  the  college  as  a  major  in  that  department. 

A  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  teaching  certificate  must  be  admitted  to  the  teacher 
education  program  by  the  Director  of  the  Office  of  Field  Experiences,  must  have  a 
grade-point  average  of  at  least  2.20,  and  must  have  passed  proficiency  tests  in  reading, 
speech,  and  written  English. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 


To  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  the  student 
must  meet  the  following  requirements: 

1.  Completion  of  at  least  122  semester  hours  with  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least 
2.00.  A  transfer  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  at 
Appalachian. 

2.  Completion  of  general  education  requirements. 

3.  Completion  of  six  semester  hours  of  a  second  year  of  foreign  language  or  higher. 
The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  places  students  at  the  level  which  they  are 
prepared  to  perform  regardless  of  previously  earned  units. 

4.  Completion  of  a  major  consisting  of  24  to  36  semester  hours  from  one  of  the  fields 
listed  below: 

Anthropology  Mathematical  Sciences 

Biology  Philosophy  and  Religion 

Chemistry  Physics  and  Astronomy 

Economics*  Political  Science/Criminal  Justice 

English  Psychology 

French  Sociology 

Geology  Spanish 
History 


'In  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Economics,  which  is  a  part  of  the  College  of  Business,  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  economics;  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  (with 
teacher  certification)  in  Social  Science  with  a  concentration  in  economics;  the  Bachelor  of  Science  (without 
teacher  certification)  in  Social  Science  with  a  concentration  in  economics.  For  additional  requirements,  see 
the  Department  of  Economics. 


The  College  of  Arts  &  Sciences 


60 


A  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  in  the  major  at  Ap- 
palachian .  A  transfer  student  must  complete  at  least  eight  semester  hours  of  work  in  his 
or  her  major  at  Appalachian  and  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all 
work  in  the  major  at  Appalachian.  Specific  requirements  for  each  departmental  major 
preface  the  list  of  courses  offered  by  the  department. 

5.  Completion  of  a  minor  consisting  of  12  to  18  semester  hours  from  a  department 
other  than  the  departments  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education; 
Elementary  Education;  Counselor  Education  and  Research;  Reading  Education; 
and  Secondary  Education.  A  transfer  student  must  complete  at  least  four  semester 
hours  in  his  or  her  minor  at  Appalachian. 

6.  Electives  to  complete  122  semester  hours. 

7.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 

8.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  satisfactory  citizenship  and  settlement  of  all 
expense  accounts. 

9.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty. 

Meeting  graduation  requirements  is  the  student's  responsibility. 

A  candidate  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  may  qualify  for  a  teaching  certificate  by  ad- 
mission to  professional  education  courses  through  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of 
Secondary  Education  and  by  completing  all  academic  and  professional  education  re- 
quirements for  certification. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

(without  teacher  certification) 

In  order  for  a  student  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  the  following  requirements  must  be  met: 

1.  Completion  of  at  least  122  semester  hours  with  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least 
2.00.  A  transfer  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  at 
Appalachian. 

2.  Completion  of  the  general  education  requirements. 

3.  Completion  of  a  major  as  described  by  the  various  departments  offering  Bachelor  of 
Science  programs  without  teacher  certification: 

Anthropology  History 

Biology  Mathematical  Sciences 

Chemistry  Physics  and  Astronomy 

Community  Planning  &  Geography  Political  Science/Criminal  Justice 

Economics  Psychology 

Geology  Sociology 


The  College  of  Arts  &  Sciences 


61 


Specific  requirements  for  each  department  major  preface  the  list  of  courses  offered  by 
the  department. 

Students  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  in  the  major. 
Transfer  students  must  complete  at  least  eight  semester  hours  of  work  in  their  major  at 
Appalachian  and  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  in  the  major 
at  Appalachian. 

4.  Electives  to  complete  122  semester  hours. 

5.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 

6.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  satisfactory  citizenship  and  settlement  of  all 
expense  accounts. 

7.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty. 

Meeting  graduation  requirements  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

(with  teacher  certification) 

For  the  section  on  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  teacher  cer- 
tification, refer  to  index. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Criminal  Justice  Degree 

To  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Criminal  Justice  (BSCJ)  degree,  the  student  must 
meet  the  following  requirements: 

1.  Completion  of  at  least  122  semester  hours  with  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least 
2.00.  A  transfer  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade -point  average  on  all  work  at 
Appalachian. 

2.  Completion  of  general  education  requirements. 

3.  Completion  of  a  major  consisting  of  54  semester  hours  as  specified  and  STT  3810. 
See  Department  of  Political  Science/Criminal  Justice. 

Students  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  in  the  major  at  Ap- 
palachian. Transfer  students  must  complete  at  least  eight  semester  hours  of  work  in 
their  major  at  Appalachian  and  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all 
work  in  the  major  at  Appalachian. 

4.  Electives  to  complete  122  semester  hours. 


The  College  of  Arts  &  Sciences 


62 


5.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 

6.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  settlement  of  all  expense  accounts. 

7.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty.  Meeting  graduation  requirements  is  the  student's 
responsibility. 

Advisement 

Advisement  for  students  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  is  available  through  the  of- 
fice of  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  in  each  of  the  departments 
composing  the  college.  Advisement  is  not  compulsory,  but  each  student  is  urged  to  use 
the  available  services  and  especially  to  visit  the  dean's  office  one  semester  prior  to 
graduation. 


Internship  Programs 


The  Student  Internship  Programs  offered  in  most  departments  in  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences  provide  students  the  opportunity  to  learn  by  working  outside  the  regular 
classroom  setting  and  to  formulate  career  plans  based  on  the  experience  gained.  Stu- 
dent interns  earn  academic  credit  toward  their  degrees  and,  in  some  cases,  financial 
support  from  the  participating  agencies  or  firms.  Beyond  these  considerations,  intern- 
ships offer  the  fringe  benefits  of  realistic  on-the-job  experience  and  personal  contacts  in 
agencies  and  firms  so  that  they  often  serve  as  the  bridge  to  careers  after  graduation. 

Internship  instruction  will  be  provided  by  agency  or  industry  personnel  in  close  coopera- 
tion with  faculty  in  the  student's  major  department.  The  student's  interests  and  requests 
will  be  considered  in  internship  assignments  and  placements,  but  the  final  decisions  will 
be  made  by  the  departmental  faculty  in  cooperation  with  the  participating  agency  or 
firm. 

In  many  majors  and  career-oriented  concentrations,  an  internship  is  required  as  a  part 
of  the  course  of  study;  in  others,  the  internship  is  available  as  an  elective.  By  using  the 
departmental  course  numbers  4900,  5900,  and  6900,  official  internship  programs  are 
listed  in  Anthropology,  Community  Planning  and  Geography,  English,  History,  Physics 
&  Astronomy,  Political  Science  and  Criminal  Justice,  Psychology,  Sociology,  and  Ap- 
palachian Studies.  Computer  Science  (in  Mathematics)  uses  CS  3470  (Current  Com- 
puter Use)  to  provide  work  experience  which  contributes  to  the  student's  academic 
background  in  the  computer  field.  Other  departments  have  used  more  informal  ar- 
rangements (independent  study  courses)  to  provide  academic  credit  for  internship  ex- 
perience. 

Students  seeking  further  information  should  contact  the  office  of  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  (201  I.G.  Greer),  their  major  advisor,  their  departmental  chairperson,  or  the 
Student  Internship  Office  (Whitener  Hall). 


The  College  of  Arts  &  Sciences 


63 


Preprofessional  Programs 


Appalachian  State  University  provides  students  with  preparation  for  professional  train- 
ing in  other  institutions.  Some  preprofessional  programs  (law,  medicine,  dentistry  and 
theology)  are  four  year  programs  and  lead  to  a  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  from  ASU;  others 
(engineering,  forestry,  nursing  and  pharmacy)  are  two  years  and  prepare  for  pursuit  of 
a  degree  to  be  granted  by  the  professional  school. 

Whatever  program  students  select,  they  are  urged  to  consult  professional  school 
catalogs  and  to  work  closely  with  the  appropriate  advisors  at  Appalachian. 


Law 

Law  schools  require  a  bachelor's  degree  (B.A.  or  B.S.)  but,  in  most  cases,  no  specific 
selection  of  courses.  Advisors  can  help  students  plan  a  curriculum  most  likely  to  prepare 
them  for  study  of  law.  Usually  students  do  not  specialize  during  a  regular  law  school 
program,  but  are  expected  to  establish  a  solid  foundation  of  legal  knowledge  upon 
which  they  may  build  a  special  practice.  Academic  areas  with  materials  especially  rele- 
vant to  the  study  of  law  are  business,  communication  arts,  criminal  justice,  economics, 
history,  philosophy,  political  science,  psychology  and  sociology. 

However,  students  may  wish  to  pursue  a  General  Studies  degree.  Besides  aiding  in  the 
selection  of  a  curriculum,  pre-law  students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  the  forensics 
program  as  part  of  the  extracurricular  activity.  Advisors:  Dr.  Richter  Moore,  Depart- 
ment of  Political  Science/Criminal  Justice;  Dr.  George  Antone,  Department  of  History; 
Dr.  Terry  Cole,  Department  of  Communication  Arts. 

Theology 

Most  seminaries  now  require  a  bachelor's  degree  (B.A.  or  B.S.),  but  in  most  cases  no 
specific  selection  of  courses.  In  working  with  their  advisor  at  ASU,  students  can  develop 
a  curriculum  suited  to  the  seminary  and  specialty  of  their  choice.  Pre-theological 
students  should  be  aware  of  the  increasing  variety  of  church-related  professions 
available  to  them. 

In  general,  the  pre-theological  student  is  advised  not  to  overload  in  religion  courses  but 
rather  seek  to  understand  the  phenomenon  of  man  from  as  many  perspectives  as  possi- 
ble. This  may  mean  developing  a  General  Studies  degree  curriculum  although  a 
number  of  traditional  majors  offer  a  solid  background  for  seminary.  Advisors:  Dr. 
James  W.  Stines,  Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religion;  Dr.  Larry  Bond,  Depart- 
ment of  History. 


Medicine  and  Dentistry 

All  medical  and  dental  schools  require  at  least  three  years  of  satisfactory  undergraduate 
work  and  most  give  preference  to  candidates  holding  a  bachelor's  degree.  The  catalog 
from  the  school  selected  should  be  consulted  and  an  individual  program  designed  with 
the  help  of  an  advisor  to  prepare  the  student  for  both  specific  admission  requirements 


The  College  of  Arts  &  Sciences 


64 


and  the  Medical  School  Admission  Test.  In  general,  solid  work  in  the  humanities  plus  a 
core  of  courses  such  as  the  following  are  recommended: 

MAT  1110-1120;  2130,  3810 

CHE  1101-1102,  2201-2202,  2210,  3301 

BIO  2202,  3300 

PHY  1101-1102  or  PHY  1150-1151 

PSY  2201 

Students  should  begin  taking  chemistry  during  the  freshman  year.  Medical  and  dental 
schools  will  look  at  the  overall  quality  of  performance,  not  just  achievement  in  science. 
Advisors:  Dr.  Francis  Montaldi,  Department  of  Biology;  Dr.  Robert  Soeder,  Depart- 
ment of  Chemistry;  Dr.  Gordon  Lindsay,  Department  of  Physics. 


Engineering 

The  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy  offers  a  pre-engineering  program  and  ad- 
vises students  who  are  interested  in  engineering.  North  Carolina  State  University  in 
Raleigh  has  provided  the  following  guidelines  for  students  planning  to  transfer  there: 

N.C.  State  will  accept  transfer  students  from  ASU  who  have  completed  at  least  28 
semester  hours  with  at  least  a  2.80  average.  They  do  not  consider  SAT  scores  for 
transfers — only  the  quality  of  work  done  at  ASU. 

In  addition  to  the  required  science  and  mathematics  courses  the  student  should  take  an 
economics  course,  a  history  course,  and  a  literature  course. 

Essential  Courses: 

Math  1110,  1120,  2130  and  3130 
Physics  and  Astronomy  1150  and  1151 
Chemistry  1101  and  1102 
Industrial  Education  and  Technology  1001 
English  1000  and  1100 

Highly  Recommended  Courses: 

Physics  and  Astronomy  2010  and  2020 
History  1101  and  1102 
Economics  2030  and  2040 

NOTE:  If  planning  to  transfer  to  a  school  other  than  N.C.  State,  the  student  should 
request  that  the  school  send  information  on  specific  requirements.  Advisor: 
Dr.  Karl  Mamola,  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy. 

Cooperative  Programs  at  Appalachian 

Medical  Technology 

A  major  in  biology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Medical  Technology 
consists  of  90  semester  hours  of  work  at  Appalachian  and  32  semester  hours  of  work  at 


The  College  of  Arts  &  Sciences 


65 


an  affiliated  medical  technology  school.  The  90  semester  hours  at  ASU  include  40-44 
semester  hours  in  general  education;  15  semester  hours  in  biology,  including  BIO 
1101-1102,  3300,  3308,  4554;  16  semester  hours  in  chemistry,  including  CHE 
1101-1102,  2201-2202  and  15-19  semester  hours  in  electives.  Courses  taken  at  an  af- 
filiated medical  technology  school  include  Clinical  Chemistry  (nine  semester  hours), 
Clinical  Microbiology  (10  semester  hours),  Clinical  Microscopy  (nine  semester  hours), 
and  Blood  Banking  (four  semester  hours) .  The  first  three  years  of  the  program  are  spent 
at  ASU,  and  the  fourth  year  is  spent  at  an  affiliated  medical  technology  school.  Only  a 
limited  number  of  qualified  applicants  are  accepted  into  the  fourth  year  of  this  program 
and  the  competition  is  keen.  Applicants  are  selected  on  basis  of  grade  point  average, 
course  selection  and  work  experience.  Advisor:  Dr.  Jeffrey  A.  Butts,  Department  of 
Biology. 

Dual-Degree  Engineering  Program  with  Auburn  University 

A  dual-degree  program  offered  in  cooperation  with  Auburn  University  permits  students 
to  attend  ASU  for  three  years  and  Auburn  University  for  two  years.  This  three-two  pro- 
gram results  in  two  college  degrees. 

Study  during  the  first  three  years  would  include  course  work  in  mathematics  and  the 
sciences  and  also  courses  chosen  to  meet  ASU's  general  education  requirements.  Dur- 
ing the  last  two  years,  the  student  is  involved  in  course  work  in  one  of  the  engineering 
disciplines  at  Auburn  University. 

Upon  completion  of  this  three-two  program,  the  graduate  is  awarded  a  baccalaureate 
degree  from  ASU  and  an  engineering  bachelor's  degree  from  Auburn.  The  Dual- 
Degree  Program  also  contains  a  provision  enabling  highly  qualified  students  to  obtain  a 
Master's  Degree  in  Engineering  after  obtaining  the  liberal  arts  undergraduate  degree. 

Dual-Degree  candidates  from  ASU  are  eligible  to  seek  bachelors  degrees  from  Auburn 
University  in  Aerospace  Engineering,  Aviation  Management,  Chemical  Engineering, 
Civil  Engineering,  Electrical  Engineering,  Industrial  Engineering,  Materials  Engineering, 
Mechanical  Engineering,  Textile  Chemistry,  Textile  Engineering  and  Textile  Manage- 
ment. 

For  additional  information,  contact  Dr.  Donald  W.  Sink,  Assistant  Dean,  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences. 

Forest  Resources 

In  cooperation  with  North  Carolina  State  University,  ASU  offers  the  first  two  years  of 
programs  leading  to  bachelor  degrees  in  forestry  and  other  related  areas. 

In  general,  students  should  take: 

English  1000-1100  Communication  Arts  2101 

Mathematics  1020-1110-1120  Economics  1010  or  2040 

Chemistry  1101-1102  Physical  Education  (four  hours) 

Biology  1101-1102  and/or  2204-2205  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

Physics  and  Astronomy  1103-1104  (12  hours)  Electives  (six  hours) 


The  College  of  Arts  &  Sciences 


66 


Students  in  Conservation  or  Recreation  Resources  Administration  are  required  to  com- 
plete only  the  first  course  in  analytic  geometry  and  calculus  (1110). 

Students  planning  to  enroll  in  Pulp  and  Paper  Science  and  Technology  should  com- 
plete two  years  of  chemistry.  Advisor:  Dr.  I.W.  Carpenter,  Department  of  Biology. 


Nursing 

Students  who  wish  to  pursue  a  B.S.  in  Nursing  may  complete  up  to  64  hours  of  re- 
quirements for  most  nursing  programs  at  Appalachian  and  then  transfer  to  an  institution 
that  offers  the  B.S.N.  The  pre-nursing  advisor  maintains  current  information  on  several 
programs  in  the  state,  and  will  assist  with  obtaining  information  on  other  programs  and 
with  helping  students  transfer.  In  order  to  make  the  transition  as  easy  as  possible, 
students  are  encouraged  to  discuss  the  possible  programs  as  soon  as  they  begin  con- 
sidering nursing  as  a  major.  Advisor:  Virginia  Foxx,  General  College,  262-2167. 


Pharmacy 

The  School  of  Pharmacy  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill  will  accept  only  those  students  who  have 
completed  two  years  of  college,  including  the  following  specific  courses: 

English  1000-1100 

Chemistry  1101,  1102,  2201,  and  2202  (2210  highly  recommended) 

Mathematics,  including  Math  1110 

Biology  2202  and  3301 

Economics  1010,  2030  or  2040 

Physics  and  Astronomy  1150-1151 

General  Education  Perspective  Courses  (15  hours) 

Two  hours  of  physical  education 

Foreign  Language  (6-12  hours) 

A  minimum  of  62  hours  exclusive  of  physical  education  activity  courses  is  required  for 
admission  to  the  program.  Students  must  apply  by  December  1  of  each  year.  Ap- 
plicants will  be  evaluated  on  the  basis  of  prepharmacy  course-work  (quality  of  academic 
performance),  College  Board  Exam,  PCAT  Scores,  Science  Index,  personal  qualifica- 
tions, and  an  interview. 

Early  contact  with  the  advisor  is  strongly  recommended.  Advisor:  Dr.  Lawrence 
Brown,  Department  of  Chemistry. 


Interdisciplinary  Minors 


Latin  American  Studies 

A  student  may  earn  an  undergraduate  minor  in  Latin  American  studies  by  successful 
completion  of  an  interdisciplinary  program  which  must  include:  (1)  two  years  of  college 


The  College  of  Arts  &  Sciences 


67 


Spanish  or  Portuguese  or  the  equivalent;  (2)  at  least  16  semester  hours,  including  HIS 
2301,  2302,  4320;  and  SNH  3050,  3030;  (3)  at  least  two  semester  hours  in  an  inter- 
disciplinary seminar  or  appropriate  research  project.  Courses  which  a  student  elects  to 
count  toward  this  minor  cannot  also  be  included  in  a  major.  Credit  toward  meeting  the 
above  requirements  may  be  earned  by  attending  the  Mexican  Study  Program  which  is 
conducted  by  the  history  department  in  cooperation  with  the  Institute  Cultural 
Tenochtitlan  in  Mexico  City.  For  information  concerning  this  program,  contact  the 
Department  of  History. 

Community  and  Regional  Planning 

A  student  may  earn  an  undergraduate  minor  in  community  and  regional  planning  by 
successful  completion  of  an  interdisciplinary  program  of  20  semester  hours,  with  12  of 
the  20  hours  being  completed  in  planning  and  the  remaining  eight  hours  chosen  from 
among  the  nonplanning  courses  listed  as  required  or  electives  within  the  major  of  the 
planning  program  or  other  appropriate  courses  selected  with  the  approval  of  the  advisor 
of  the  planning  program.  For  further  information  concerning  the  minor  in  community 
and  regional  planning,  consult  with  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Community 
Planning  and  Geography. 


Appalachian  Studies 


The  Appalachian  Studies  minor  is  offered  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  explore  Ap- 
palachian regional  concerns,  and  to  understand  Appalachian  social,  cultural,  and  en- 
vironmental issues  in  the  appropriate  interdisciplinary  context. 

Curriculum  offerings,  projects,  and  research  relating  to  the  Appalachian  region  are 
coordinated  by  the  director  of  the  Center  for  Appalachian  Studies.  The  Center 
facilitates  individual  research  projects,  and  will  direct  the  student  toward  involvement 
with  research  or  project  activities. 

A  student  may  earn  an  undergraduate  minor  in  Appalachian  Studies  by  successful  com- 
pletion of  an  Interdisciplinary  program  of  18  semester  hours.  Each  student  must  take 
the  12  hour  core  listed  below  and  six  additional  hours: 

1.  Core 

Anthropology  4120.  Appalachian  Ethnography  3  s.h. 

History  3726.  History  of  the  Appalachian  Region  3  s.h. 

Philosophy  &  Religion  4549.  Seminar:  Southern  Appalachian  Religion  3  s.h. 

Planning  4440.  Community  and  Regional  Planning  in  Appalachia  3  s.h. 

2.  Electives: 

Biology  55 1 2 .  Local  Flora  3  s .  h . 

Psychology  3530.  Selected  Topics:  Southern  Appalachian  Personality  3  s.h. 

Political  Science  3530.  Selected  Topics:  Appalachian  Politics  3  s.h. 


Anthropology 


68 


English  3530.  Selected  Topics:  Southern  Appalachian  Literature  3  s.h. 

Secondary  Education  4810  3  s.h. 

Appalachian  Studies  3500,  3530  1-3  s.h. 

3.  Other  electives  may  be  chosen  upon  approval  of  the  Director. 

Black  Studies 

(For  section  describing  this  program,  refer  to  index.) 

Gerontology 

A.  M.  Denton,  Jr.,  Coordinator 

A  student  may  earn  a  minor  in  Gerontology  by  successful  completion  of  an  inter- 
disciplinary program  of  15-18  hours. 

1.  Required  courses 

a.  SOC  3100  -  Gerontology  3  s.h. 

b.  BIO  3530  -  Selected  Topics:  The  Physiology  of  Aging  3  s.h. 

c.  PSY  4562  -  Psychology  of  Aging  3  s.h. 

2.  Electives 

a.  CR  4680  -  Counseling  the  Aging  3  s.h. 

b.  PS  3530  -  Selected  Topics:  Aging  -  Law  and  Public  Policy  3  s.h. 

c.  HEC  4101 -Families  in  Later  Life  3  s.h. 

d.  SPA  4600  -  Selected  Topics:  Communication  Problems 

of  the  Aged  3  s.h. 

3.  Other  electives  will  be  added.  Students  choosing  this  minor  will  need  to  check  with 
the  coordinator  in  order  to  receive  more  information. 


Department  of  Anthropology 

(ANT) 

Gregory  G.  Reck,  Chairperson 

The  Department  of  Anthropology  is  committed  to  a  comparative  and  holistic  approach 
to  the  study  of  the  human  experience.  The  anthropological  perspective  provides  a 
broad  understanding  of  the  origins  as  well  as  the  meaning  of  physical  and  cultural  diver- 
sity in  the  world— past,  present,  and  future.  As  such,  the  program  in  anthropology  of- 
fers the  opportunity  for  understanding  world  affairs  and  problems  within  the  total  con- 
text of  the  human  experience  and  for  constructing  solutions  to  world  problems  which 
are  firmly  grounded  in  that  context.  Specifically,  the  department  offers:  (1)  students  of 
all  disciplines  the  opportunity  to  deepen  and  broaden  their  knowledge  of  humankind 


Anthropology 


69 


and  of  themselves;  (2)  a  strong  preparation  for  graduate  study  in  anthropology;  and  (3) 
an  academic  and  practical  background  for  those  who  wish  to  apply  the  anthropological 
perspective  in  a  wide  range  of  professional  careers,  such  as  social  services,  education, 
and  archeology. 

A  major  in  anthropology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  36  semester 
hours  including  ANT  2215,  2225,  4410,  4425,  4550,  either  ANT  2235  or  3335,  and 
18  semester  hours  of  electives.  In  addition,  SOC  1115  is  required,  and  STT  3810  is 
strongly  recommended.  MAT  1020  should  be  the  course  taken  to  fulfill  the 
mathematics  requirement  in  general  education. 

A  major  in  anthropology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  focus  in  applied 
anthropology  consists  of  36  semester  hours  including  ANT  2215,  2225,  4410,  4425, 
4550,  ANT  2235  or  3335,  at  least  nine  semester  hours  of  applied  courses  selected  in 
consultation  with  the  department  advisor,  and  the  remaining  semester  hours  in  elec- 
tives. In  addition,  SOC  11 15  is  required  and  STT  3810  is  strongly  recommended.  MAT 
1020  should  be  taken  to  fullfill  the  mathematics  requirement  in  general  education. 

A  major  in  social  science  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  (without  teacher  cer- 
tification) with  a  concentration  in  anthropology  consists  of  27  to  30  semester  hours  in 
the  social  sciences  to  include:  six  semester  hours  of  history  from  2201,  2204,  2207-09; 
ECO  2030  and  2040;  SOC  1115;  and  three  additional  hours  in  anthropology  chosen 
with  the  approval  of  the  advisor;  PS  1100  and  2130;  three  to  six  hours  in  geography 
approved  by  the  advisor;  and  a  professional  concentration  consisting  of  36  to  50 
semester  hours.  STT  3810  is  required  for  all  concentrations.  A  suggested  professional 
concentration  is  applied  anthropology.  Every  student  will  be  assigned  an  advisor  who 
will  work  closely  with  the  student  in  planning  the  program. 

For  the  curriculum  for  a  major  in  social  science  with  concentration  in  anthropology 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certification,  refer  to  index.  MAT 
1020  should  be  the  course  to  fulfill  the  mathematics  requirement  in  general  education. 
For  the  requirements  in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion. 

A  minor  in  anthropology  consists  of  18  semester  hours  in  anthropology  selected  in  con- 
sultation with  the  department  advisor. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Anthropology 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 

1210.  Introduction  to  Anthropology/(3).F;S.  ding  of  the  origins,  development,  and  meaning  of 

An  introduction  to  the  discipline  of  anthropology  human   physical  and  cultural   diversity  and  an 

and    the    anthropological    perspective    on    the  understanding  of  oneself  within  this  framework, 
human  experience.  Provides  a  broad  understan- 


Anthropology 


70 


2215.  Cultural  Anthropology/(3).F;S. 

A  cross-cultural  study  of  the  variety  of  human 
cultures,  past  and  present,  including  the  interrela- 
tionships between  social,  economic,  political,  and 
religious  systems.  The  course  is  designed  to 
develop  an  understanding  of  cultural  differences 
so  that  the  student  may  develop  a  deeper 
understanding  of  his  or  her  own  life,  of  the  con- 
temporary world,  and  of  the  applicability  of 
cultural  understanding  to  the  solution  of 
human  and  social  problems.  Required  for  majors. 

2225.  Physical  Anthropology/(3).F. 

The  study  of  the  biological  aspects  of  human  be- 
ings including  human  evolution,  primate  behavior 
and  anatomy  as  they  relate  to  humans,  physical 
variation  in  modern  humans,  and  physical  adap- 
tations to  environment  in  modern  humans.  Re- 
quired for  majors. 

2235.  North  American  Archeology/(3).F. 

A  general  survey  of  North  American  lifeways  in 
North  America  before  white  contact  as  known 
through  archeological  information.  Basic  ar- 
cheological  concepts  and  a  brief  discussion  of  the 
history  of  North  American  archeology  will  be 
presented.  Topical  emphases  include  the 
prehistory  of  Alaska,  the  Northwest  Coast,  the 
Southwest,  Plains,  Great  Basin,  Mid-west,  and 
the  Eastern  United  States.  This  course  logically 
precedes  ANT  3400,  North  American  Indians. 
2235  or  3335  is  required  for  majors. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S. 


3400.  North  American  Indians/(3).F;S. 

An  ethnographic  survey  of  the  American  Indian 
cultures  from  northern  Mexico  to  the  Arctic.  Also 
the  modern  Indian  condition  is  considered. 

3420.  Women  in  Cross-Cultural  Perspective/ 
(3).F. 

A  consideration  of  the  biological  and  sociocultural 
bases  for  sex  roles  and  the  effect  of  modernization 
and  culture  change  on  women's  status.  Specific 
topics  include:  politics;  the  supernatural,  ritual 
and  belief  systems;  and  revolutionary  change  in 
communal/socialist  societies.  Offered  off- 
numbered  years. 

3430.  Magic,  Witchcraft  and  Religion/(3).S. 

A  cross-cultural  study  of  the  nature  and  functions 
of  belief  systems.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
understanding  the  belief  systems  of  non-Western 
cultures  in  order  to  provide  a  means  through 
which  our  own  beliefs  can  be  better  understood.  A 
variety  of  anthropological,  psychological,  and 
parapsychological  approaches  to  the  study  of 
belief  systems  are  utilized. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(l-4).  F;S. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation .  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3310.  Human  Ecology/(3).F. 

The  interrelationships  of  humans  and  their  en- 
vironment will  be  studied  using  evolutionary  and 
cross-cultural  comparative  approaches.  Basic  con- 
cepts in  ecology  will  be  presented  and  the 
development  of  cultural  and  human  ecology  in 
various  disciplines  will  be  discussed.  Human 
adaptation  will  be  examined  from  physiological 
and  cultural  perspectives.  Environmental  issues  in 
industrial  and  Third  World  societies  will  be  con- 
sidered. A  systemic  orientation  is  stressed. 

3335.  World  Archeology/(3).S. 

A  comparative  and  evolutionary  study  of  the 
development  of  world  cultures  from  the  earliest 
forms  of  fossil  humans  through  early  state  level 
organization.  The  course  will  emphasize  Old 
World  cultures  in  Europe,  Africa,  Russia,  India, 
and  China.  New  World  cultural  evolution  will  be 
more  generalized,  beginning  with  the  population 
of  the  New  World  and  ending  with  the  develop- 
ment of  states.  Alternate  years,  offered  Spring 
1985.  3335  or  2235  is  required  for  majors. 


3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

An  opportunity  to  study  a  special  topic  or  com- 
bination of  topics  not  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
anthropology  curriculum.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit  when  content  does  not  duplicate. 

3550.  Applied  Anthropology/(3).F. 

An  introduction  to  anthropological  values,  ethics, 
perspectives,  and  principles  and  their  application 
to  socio-cultural  change  problems.  Emphasis  will 
be  placed  upon  case  studies  dealing  with 
economic  and  community  development,  pro- 
grams in  literacy  and  public  health,  and  problems 
in  culutral  identity,  advocacy,  and  preservation. 

3650.  Anthropology  and  Energy/(3).S. 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  give  temporal  and 
geographic  perspective  to  human  energy  use.  An 
evolutionary  framework  is  provided  beginning 
with  hunters-gatherers'  use  of  energy  and  ending 
with  the  nuclear  age  and  prospects  for  the  energy 
future  of  the  world.  Both  the  technical  (calorie 


Anthropology 


71 


input-output  analysis  etc.)  and  the  socioeconomic 
aspects  of  energy  production  and  use  are  con- 
sidered. Required  field  trips  include  the  Oak  Ridge 
National  Labs  as  well  as  local  energy  facilities  (e.g. 
Winebargers  Mill  and  the  Howard's  Knob  Wind- 
mill.) Alternate  years,  offered  Spring,  1985. 

4110.  Meso  American  Archeology/(3).S. 

The  prehistory  of  Mexico,  Guatemala  and  Hon- 
duras is  covered  from  the  earliest  Paleo  Indian  up 
to  the  conquest  of  Mexico  by  the  Spaniards  in  the 
16th  Century.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  continui- 
ty of  cultures  from  the  Teotihuacanos  to  the 
Aztecs  in  central  Mexico  and  from  the  Olmec  to 
the  Mayans  in  the  southern  and  eastern  portions 
of  the  area.  Alternate  years,  offered  Summer 
School  1984. 

4120.  Appalachian  Culture/(3).F. 

A  cultural  survey  of  rural  and  urban  Appalachia. 
A  brief  history  of  the  region  is  followed  by  a 
discussion  of  the  contemporary  social,  economic, 
political,  and  cultural  characteristics  of  the  people. 
The  impact  of  processes  of  change,  including 
migration,  urbanization,  industrialization,  and 
resource  exploitation,  are  explored. 

4130.  Meso  American  Ethnology/(3).S. 

An  integrated  study  of  society  and  culture  in  Meso 
America  (Mexico,  Guatemala,  Honduras),  in- 
cluding prehistorical  and  historical  background 
and  an  analysis  of  contemporary  values,  social 
structure,  economic  forms,  politics,  and  religion. 
Contemporary  issues  which  face  this  region  and 
bear  on  its  relationship  to  the  world  are  discussed. 
Alternate  years,  offered  Summer  School  1985. 

4402.  Archeological  Method  and 
Theory/(3).S. 

An  in-depth  presentation  of  theoretical  ap- 
proaches and  concepts  in  North  American  ar- 
cheology. The  history  of  N.A.  archeology  will  be 
discussed  briefly.  Course  emphasis  includes 
methods  of  data  analysis  and  interpretation, 
survey  and  excavation  methodology  related  to 
hypothesis  testing,  and  overview  of  sampling  and 
quantitative  methodology,  and  cultural  resource 
management.  Alternate  years,  offered  Spring 
1984.  Prerequisites:  ANT  2235  or  3335.  Recom- 
mended co-requisite:  ANT  4410. 

4410.  Methods  in  Anthropology/(3).S. 

Provides  instruction  in  basic  methods  and  techni- 
ques necessary  for  archeological  and 
ethnographic  research.  Topics  include  sampling, 
surveys  and  questionnaires,  interviewing  techni- 
ques, participant-observation,  elementary 
statistics,  computer  analysis  (with  emphasis  on 


SPSS),  and  proposal  writing.  Required  for  ma- 
jors. 

4425.  History  of  Anthropological  Ideas/(3).F. 

A  critical  examination  of  the  most  influential  ideas 
and  theories  in  anthropology  from  the  19th  Cen- 
tury to  contemporary  theoretical  schools,  viewed 
in  historical  context.  Changing  conceptions  of 
research  strategies,  research  questions,  and 
modes  of  explanation,  as  they  relate  to  develop- 
ing ideas  about  the  nature  of  anthropology  and 
human  culture  are  explored.  Required  for  majors. 

4445.  Field  School  in  Archeological 
Techniques/(2-3).SS. 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques  of  recovery  of 
archeological  data,  including  training  in  such  skills 
as  surveying,  controlled  surface  collection,  ex- 
cavation and  processing  and  preservation  of  ar- 
tifacts. This  course  is  taught  on  an  archeological 
site  in  conjunction  with  Anthropology  4446. 
These  courses  should  be  taken  simultaneously. 

4446.  Field  School  in  Archeological 
Methods/(2-3).SS. 

An  introduction  to  the  methods  of  recovery  and 
analysis  of  archeological  data,  including  an  in- 
troduction to  archeological  theory  and  training  in 
field  and  laboratory  skills.  This  course  is  taught  on 
an  archeological  site  in  conjunction  with  An- 
thropology 4445.  These  courses  should  be  taken 
simultaneously . 

Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4550.  Senior  Seminar  in  Anthropology/(3).S. 

An  opportunity  for  upper  level  students  to  reflect 
upon  the  anthropological  perspective  and  to  con- 
template and  articulate  their  own  image  of  an- 
thropology. Diverse  issues  ranging  from  the  con- 
sideration of  ethics  to  the  examination  of  career 
opportunities  to  reflections  upon  the  overall 
meaning  of  anthropology  will  be  discussed. 
Designed  as  a  final  on-campus  opportunity  for 
students  to  systematically  reflect  upon  their  vision 
of  the  anthropological  enterprise  and  to  integrate 
their  experience  in  anthropology  in  relationship  to 
their  future  goals.  Ideally  should  be  taken  during 
the  final  semester  of  on-campus  study.  Required 
for  majors.  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or  ap- 
proval of  instructor. 

4565.  Peasantry,  World  Systems,  and  Social 
Change/(3).S. 

Descriptive  and  theoretical  analysis  of  Third  and 
Fourth  World  peasantry  in  the  context  of  world 
economic  and  political  systems,  the  emerging 
nonaligned  nation  states,  and  industrialization  and 
urbanization.  Alternate  years,  offered  Spring 
1984. 


Biology 

72 


4600.  Medical  Anthropology/(3).S. 

A  cross-cultural  investigation  of  concepts  of 
physical  and  mental  health  and  illness  and  the 
treatment  of  disease.  Topics  include:  shamanism 
and  faith  healing,  folk  psychiatry,  witchcraft  as 
cause/cure,  folk  diseases  and  folk  medicine,  and 
alternatives  to  Western  Scientific  medicine. 

4650.  Anthropology  of  Education/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  formal  and  informal  education 
within  the  context  of  human  culture.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  achieving  a  cross-cultural  understan- 
ding of  education  and  educational  issues  through 
a  study  of  education  in  other  cultures,  minority 
education,  formal  and  informal  educational 
systems,  and  the  cultural  context  of  the  classroom 
and  school.  Alternate  years,  offered  Fall,  1983. 

4700.  Historical  Archeology/(3).S. 

The  study  of  America  since  the  late  16th  century 
as  known  through  its  material  culture.  This  course 
focuses  on  the  different  types  of  sites  (domestic, 
military,  industrial)  and  how  they  have  been 
studied  by  archeologists  in  order  to  create  a  more 
complete  picture  of  past  American  lifeways.  Also 
emphasized  is  the  identification,  analysis,  and 
preservation  of  artifacts  plus  issues  such  as  Native 
American  contact,  ethnicity,  adaptive  strategies 
and  socio-economic  status  recognition.  Alternate 
years,  offered  Spring,  1985. 


Graduate  Courses 

5120.    Appalachian    Culture    and    Social 

Organization  /  (3) .  F . 

Exploration  of  dominant  cultural  principles  and 
values  and  their  relationship  to  historical, 
economic,  and  political  themes,  and  to  social 
organization  and  social  dynamics;  analysis  of  the 
socio-economic  structure  of  Appalachian  com- 
munities, and  of  the  meaning  of  kinship  and  its 
relationship  to  community  organization  and  pro- 
cesses. 

5310.  Cultural  Ecology  in  Appalachia/(3).F. 

Analysis  of  issues  related  to  cultural  ecology,  in- 
cluding Indian  and  Euro-American  settlement 
systems,  adaptive  strategies  including  agriculture 
and  use  of  local  resources;  the  politics  and 
economics  of  development  including  coal,  tex- 
tiles, timber,  and  tourism;  land  use  including 
politics  and  the  question  of  Appalachia  as  colony. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(l-4).  F;S. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

An  opportunity  to  study  a  special  topic  or  com- 
bination of  topics  not  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
anthropology  curriculum.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit  when  content  does  not  duplicate. 


4900.  Field  Experience:  Internship/(3-6). 
Demand. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 


On 


Department  of  Biology  (BIO) 

Jeffrey  A.  Butts,  Chairperson 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Biology  are  to  provide  a  background  in  the  life 
sciences  as  a  part  of  a  student's  general  education,  to  prepare  students  for  careers  in 
biology,  to  prepare  students  to  meet  admission  requirements  of  professional  schools,  to 
encourage  students  to  engage  in  research  and  to  prepare  students  to  teach  biology. 

A  major  in  biology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  24  semester  hours 
in  biology  in  courses  numbered  above  the  1100  level.  This  must  include  2201-2202, 
2204-2205,  and  12  semester  hours  of  electives  in  biology.  In  addition,  the  biology  ma- 
jor must  take  CHE  1101-1102,  CHE  2201-2202,  PHY  1103-1104,  and  MAT 
1020-1110  or  MAT  1110-1120. 


A  minor  in  biology  consists  of  12  semester  hours  above  the  1100  level  courses. 


Biology 


73 


A  major  in  biology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Medical  Technology 
consists  of  90  semester  hours  of  work  at  Appalachian  and  32  semester  hours  of  work  at 
an  affiliated  medical  technology  school.  The  90  semester  hours  at  Appalachian  include 
40-44  semester  hours  in  general  education;  16  semester  hours  in  biology,  including 
BIO  1101-1102,  3300,  3308,  4554;  16  semester  hours  in  chemistry,  including  CHE 
1101-1102,  2201-2202;  and  15-19  semester  hours  in  electives.  Courses  taken  at  an  af- 
filiated medical  technology  school  include  Clinical  Chemistry  (nine  semester  hours), 
Clinical  Microbiology  (10  semester  hours),  Clinical  Microscopy  (nine  semester  hours), 
and  Blood  Banking  (four  semester  hours) .  The  first  three  years  of  the  program  are  spent 
on  the  campus  at  Appalachian  State  University,  and  the  fourth  year  is  spent  at  an  af- 
filiated medical  technology  school.  For  further  information,  consult  with  the  chairperson 
of  the  department. 

A  major  in  biology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  Naturalist  program 
consists  of  a  core  of  24  semester  hours  including  MAT  1040  or  STT  3810;  CHE 
1101-1102;  BIO  1101-1102;  2201-2202.  In  addition  to  the  core,  the  Naturalist  pro- 
gram requires  the  completion  of  the  following  42  semester  hours:  BIO  2204,  2205, 
3302,  3304.  Any  five  of  the  following  courses:  BIO  3303,  3310,  4551,  4552,  4556, 
4559,  4560,  4561;  GHY  1010,  3100;  GLY  1101-1102;  HED  3100.  The  Naturalist 
program  also  requires  proficiencies  in  swimming  and  speech. 

A  major  in  biology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  Pre -Professional 
and  Paramedical  program  consists  of  a  core  of  24  semester  hours  including  MAT 
1020-1110;  CHE  1101-1102;  BIO  1101-1102,  2201-2202.  In  addition  to  the  core  the 
Pre-Professional  and  Paramedical  program  requires  the  completion  of  the  following  43 
semester  hours;  MAT  1120;  PHY  1103-1104;  CHE  2201-2202,  2210;  BIO  2204, 
3300,  3301,  3308,  3309,  and  4554. 

A  major  in  biology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certification  in 
Science  Education  consists  of  26  semester  hours  above  the  1100  level.  This  must  in- 
clude BIO  2201-2202,  2204-2205,  3300,  3308,  3520,  4554,  4555,  or  3301.  In  addi- 
tion, the  biology  major  must  take  CHE  1101-1102  and  one  semester  of  organic 
chemistry,  PHY  1103-1104,  and  MAT  1020-1110  or  MAT  1110-1120  or  MAT 
1040- (STT) 3810.  For  information  on  the  full  curriculum  in  Science  Education.  For  the 
requirements  in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

A  major  in  biology  for  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  for  secondary  teachers  requires  a 
minimum  of  30  semester  hours  credit  with  a  thesis  or  36  hours  without  a  thesis.  Biology 
4590  is  required  with  a  thesis.  Twenty-four  of  the  credits  must  be  in  biology  and  include 
BIO  4554,  4555  or  5506,  5000,  5501  or  5515,  5503,  5514  and  5550.  Eight  hours 
credit  are  required  in  education. 

A  major  in  biology  for  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  the  junior  college  teaching  program 
requires  the  same  as  above.  Four  hours  are  required  in  education. 

A  major  in  biology  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree  requires  30  hours  in  biology  in- 
cluding a  thesis.  Required  courses  include  BIO  4554,  4590,  5000,  5550  and  5999. 


Biology 

74 


The  Specialist  in  Science  degree  in  biology  requires  30  semester  hours  beyond  the 
Master's  degree  with  a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  biology.  Required  courses  in- 
clude BIO  6610,  6520,  and  6989.  For  further  information  see  the  Graduate  School 
catalog. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Biology 
and  General  Science 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


BIOLOGY 


1101-1102.  Introduction  to  Life 
Science/(3-3).F;S;SS. 

A  survey  of  living  organisms  and  their  relationship 
to  each  other  and  to  their  environment.  Study  of 
topics  from  morphology,  physiology,  em- 
bryology, and  genetics  with  particular  reference  to 
man  and  healthful  living.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 

1107.  Principles  of  Biology/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  activity-centered  approach  to  life  sciences  em- 
phasizing evolution,  genetics,  reproduction, 
development  and  ecology.  Labs  are  process 
oriented  emphasizing  gathering  and  processing 
data  and  design  of  investigations.  Restricted  to 
Elementary  Education  majors.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

2201.  Invertebrate  Zoology/ (3). F. 

The  taxonomy,  morphology,  and  physiology  of 
the  invertebrates.  Prerequisite:  BIO  1101-1102. 
Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

2202.  The  Vertebrates/(3).S. 

The  origin,  evolution,  anatomy,  physiology,  tax- 
onomy, and  natural  history  of  the  vertebrates. 
Prerequisites:  BIO  1101-1102  or  equivalent.  Lec- 
ture two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

2204.  Botany  I/(3).F. 

Historical  background  of  botany,  principles  of 
cytology,  physiology,  anatomy,  and  morphology 
of  the  seed  plants.  Prerequisites:  BIO  1101-1102. 
Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

2205.  Botany  II/(3).S. 

A  phylogenetic  approach  to  the  reproduction, 
anatomy,    and    morphology    of    representative 


plants  from  each  division.  Prerequisite:  BIO  2204. 
Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3300.  Molecular  Biology/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  cellular  processes  to 
include;  review  of  the  structure  of  carbohydrates, 
lipids,  proteins  and  nucleic  acids,  DNA  replica- 
tion, protein  systhesis,  enzyme  kinetics,,  respira- 
tion and  photosynthesis.  Prerequisites:  BIO 
1101-1102  and  1  semester  of  organic  chemistry 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 

3301.  Introductory  Animal  Physiology /(3).F;S. 

Fundamental  principles  of  animal  physiology. 
Prerequisites:  BIO  1101-1102  and  CHE 
1101-1102.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours. 

3302.  Ecology/(3).F. 

Principles  of  ecology,  energy  flow,  adaptations, 
association,  succession,  abiotic  factors,  economic 
aspects,  and  distribution  of  organisms.  Prere- 
quisites: BIO  1101-1102  or  equivalent.  Field  pro- 
jects are  required.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory 
two  hours. 

3303.  Biology  of  Higher  Cryptogams/(3).F. 

A  morphological  and  taxonomic  investigation  of 
the  bryophytes  and  pteriodophytes.  Techniques 
of  identification,  collection,  and  preservation  will 
be  stressed  in  the  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  BIO 
2205.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

3304.  Systematic  Botany/(3).F;S. 

The  general  principles  of  the  taxonomy  of  the 


Biology 

75 


vascular  plants  utilizing  elements  of  the  local  flora 
as  laboratory  material  in  the  consideration  of  iden- 
tification, nomenclature,  classification,  and  evolu- 
tionary mechanism. Prerequisite:  BIO  2205.  Lec- 
ture two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

3308.  Bacteriology/(4).F;S;SS. 

Introduction  to  microbiology  with  emphasis  on 
bacteriology,  virology  and  immunology.  Surveys 
the  field  of  microbiology  and  related  techniques 
with  special  attention  given  to  host-pathogen  rela- 
tionships and  diagnostics.  Laboratory  exercises 
are  correlated  with  lecture  topics.  Prerequisites: 
Biology  1101-1102  and  Chemistry  1101-1102. 
Lecture  three  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

3309.  Comparative  Vertebrate 
Embryology  /  (3).  S . 

Gametogenesis,  fertilization,  and  structural 
development  of  the  vertebrate  embryo.  Prere- 
quisites: BIO  1101-1102.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 

3310.  Marine  Biology/(3).S;SS. 

Introduction  to  the  more  common  marine 
organisms,  including  morphology,  physiology, 
taxonomy,  ecology,  and  economic  aspects.  Lec- 
ture two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours.  Prere- 
quisite: Biology  2201. 

3318.  Outdoor  Recreation:  An  Ecological  and 
Behavioral  Approach/(2).S. 

This  course  is  designed  to  teach  the  recreation 
manager  better  to  understand  the  complex  in- 
teractions between  the  recreation  resource  and 
the  human  user.  Recreation  is  described  and 
studied  as  need-fulfilling  behavior  which  can  be 
enhanced  by  an  understanding  of  the  biological 
entities  (flora  and  fauna)  and  their  ecological  rela- 
tionship. Same  as  PSY  3318. 

3350.  Biological  Science  Investigations/(3).S. 

For  elementary  education  majors  who  choose 
their  academic  concentration  in  science.  Topics  in 
animal  behavior  and  sociobiology  are  covered  in 
lecture  and  ecological  field  investigations  are 
stressed  in  lab.  Prerequisite:  Biology  1107  and 
Phs.  1001-1002.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory 
two  hours. 

3434.  Animal  Behavior  -  Ethology/(3).F. 

Basic  principles  of  animal  behavior  are  approach- 
ed from  an  evolutionary  perspective.  Topics  such 
as  instinct,  learning,  aggression,  migration, 
biological  clocks,  sociobiology  and  communica- 
tion are  covered.  Laboratory  stresses  techniques 
of  observing,  recording,  and  analyzing  behavior  of 
a  variety  of  species.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory 
two  hours. 


3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: Junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 
Required  of  the  biology  students  seeking  the  B.S. 
degree  and  teacher  certification  in  Science  Educa- 
tion. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

Senior /Graduate  Courses 

4550.  Nature  Study/(3).SS. 

Observation  of  common  plants  and  animals; 
methods  of  collecting,  organizing,  and  presenting 
nature  study  materials  in  the  grades.  Not  open  to 
biology  majors  for  credit. 

4551.  Ornithology /(3).S;SS. 

The  morphology,  physiology,  behavior,  ecology 
and  identification  of  birds.  Early  morning  field  trips 
are  required.  Extended  field  trips  to  a  variety  of 
habitats  will  be  arranged.  Prerequisites:  BIO 
1101-1102  or  equivalent,  lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 

4552.  Entomology/(3).F;S. 

A  comparative  survey  of  the  insecta  and  related 
arthropods  with  an  emphasis  on  morphology  and 
systematics.  Methods  of  collecting  and  preserving 
insects  are  covered.  Prerequisites:  BIO 
1101-1102  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Lec- 
ture two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

4553.  Histology/(3).F;S. 

Microscopic  anatomy  of  the  vertebrate  body,  in- 
cluding a  study  of  the  principal  tissues  and  organs, 
prerequisites:  Senior  standing  and  16  semester 
hours  of  undergraduate  biology.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

4554.  Genetics/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  principles  of  variation  and  heredity 
governing  plants  and  animals  with  special 
reference  to  man.  Prerequisites:  12  hours  in 
biology  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

4555.  Plant  Physiology/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  plant  physiology 
and  fundamental  processes  such  as  cell  proper- 
ties, water  relations,  growth,  photosynthesis, 
respiration,  and  mineral  nutrition.  Prerequisites: 
BIO  2204-2205  and  CHE  1101-1102.  Lecture 
two  hour,  laboratory  two  hours. 


Biology 

76 


4556.  Mycology/(3).F;SS. 

An  investigation  of  the  fungi  with  particular 
reference  to  the  techniques  of  working  with  these 
organisms.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours. 

4557.  Ichthyology/(3).SS. 

Ecology,  distribution,  taxonomy  and  economic 
importance  of  fishes.  Freshwater  fishes  will  be  em- 
phasized. Prerequisites:  BIO  2202  or  equivalent. 
Lecture  two  hours,  lab  two  hours. 

4559.  Mammalogy/(3).S;SS. 

The  natural  history,  distribution,  adaptations,  tax- 
onomy and  economic  importance  of  mammals. 
Field  trips  and  visits  to  zoos  will  be  arranged. 
Prerequisite:  BIO  2202  or  equivalent.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours.  Alternate  years  and 
alternate  summers. 

4560.  Herpetology/(3).F;SS. 

The  morphology,  taxonomy,  physiology,  and 
distribution  of  amphibians  and  reptiles.  Methods 
of  collecting  and  preserving  specimens  as  well  as 
behavioral  aspects  of  species  in  their  natural 
habitats  will  be  covered.  Field  trips  will  be  re- 
quired. Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 
Alternate  years  and  alternate  summers. 

4561.  Phycology/(3).F. 

The  morphological  and  taxonomic  investigation  of 
the  major  phyla  of  the  algae.  Methods  of  collec- 
tion, isolation  and  culturing  are  covered  as  well  as 
some  aspects  of  algal  physiology  and  ecology. 
Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

4562.  Insects  of  Field  and  Stream/(3).F. 

A  survey  course  for  elementary  education  majors 
involving  a  study  of  the  insects  of  this  region.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  field  work,  collecting, 
identification  and  general  biology  of  the  major  in- 
sect orders.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours. 

4564.  Electron  Microscopy/(3).F. 

Formal  discussions  of  preparative  techniques  for 
electron  microscopy  and  theoretical  considera- 
tions of  light  and  electron  optics  will  be  the  sub- 
jects of  the  lecture  portion  of  the  course .  Practical 
exercises  in  fixation,  embedment,  ultramicrotony, 
staining,  use  of  the  electron  microscope  and  inter- 
pretation of  electron  micrographs  will  be  taught  in 
the  laboratory.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours. 

4565.  Dendrology/(3).F. 

An  investigation  of  the  taxonomy,  ecology  and 
silvics  of  the  tree  flora  of  North  America.  Em- 


phasis will  be  on  field  identification  of  local  trees. 
Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

4580.  Field  Biology  of  Continental  U.S.A./ 
(5).SS. 

Ecological  investigations  of  major  habitats  in  the 
U.S.  Prerequisites:  16  hours  in  biology  and  con- 
sent of  the  instructor. 

4590.  Biometrics/(2).S. 

A  descriptive  treatment  of  statistical  techniques  us- 
ed in  collecting  and  analyzing  data  from  biological 
systems.  Areas  considered  are:  statistical  descrip- 
tions of  biological  systems;  design  of  investigations 
including  hypothesis  testing  and  analysis  of 
variance;  analysis  of  statistical  techniques  current- 
ly used  in  biological  journals;  techniques  of  com- 
puter usage,  especially  "canned"  programs  like 
BMDP.  Prerequisite:  Statistics  3810  or  permission 
of  the  instructor. 

4900.  Internships  in  Biology/(l-6).F;S;SS. 

Practical  biological  experiences  in  federal,  state, 
and  local  agencies. 

Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  bibliographical  problems,  types  of 
research,  the  literature  and  methods  of  scientific 
writing.  Required  in  the  first  semester  of  beginning 
graduate  students. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5501.  Animal  Ecology /(3).F;SS. 

Organization,  structure,  dynamics  of  ecosystems 
and  component  populations,  emphasizing  quan- 
titative and  experimental  aspects  of  ecology.  Lec- 
ture two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

5502.  Freshwater  Biology/(2).SS. 

A  study  of  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological 
factors  affecting  productivity  in  lakes,  ponds,  and 
streams.  Largely  a  field  course  dealing  with 
various  approved  methods  of  studying  fresh 
water.  Lecture  one  hour,  field  work  two  hours. 

5503.  Basic  and  Applied  Microbiology/ 
(3).S;SS. 

Lecture,  laboratory  and  field  trips  dealing  with  the 
underlying  principles  and  applications  of  techni- 
ques used  in  ecological,  industrial  and  medical 
microbiology.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  work 
to  be  arranged  by  instructor.  Prerequisite:  BIO 
3308. 

5504.  Taxonomy  of  Vascular  Plants/(3).SS. 

A  study  of  the  gross  structure,  reproduction,  and 


Biology 

77 


development  of  the  spermatophytes.  Special  em- 
phasis is  placed  upon  the  classification  and 
nomenclature  of  the  spermatophytes.  Lecture  two 
hours,  field  work  two  hours. 

5506.  Animal  Physiology/(3).S. 

Physiology  of  the  sensory,  nervous,  muscular,  cir- 
culatory, and  respiratory  systems;  elimination,  ex- 
cretion, reproduction  and  hormone  coordination, 
laboratory  experiments,  reports  and  readings. 
Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

5508.  Biogeography/(3).F. 

The  biological,  climatological,  geographic,  and 
geological  factors  which  affect  the  distribution  of 
animal  and  plants.  Patterns  of  distribution  will  be 
studied  in  relation  to  various  sizes  of  geographical 
units.  Alternate  years. 

5509.  Evolution/(3).F;SS. 

Nature  of  evolutionary  mechanisms,  evidence  of 
evolution,  adaptations  and  trends.  Alternate 
years. 

5512.  Local  Flora/(3).SS. 

A  course  designed  specifically  for  elementary 
school  teachers.  A  study  of  the  common  flora  and 
economic  plants  of  North  Carolina  including  the 
collection,  common  name  identification,  and 
methods  of  preservation.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  and  field  work  two  hours. 

5514.  Plant  Anatomy  and  Morphology/(3).S; 
SS. 

A  general  survey  of  the  external  and  internal 
structure  of  plants;  detailed  study  of  anatomy  and 
morphology  of  representative  plants  from  all  the 
divisions.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours. 

5515.  Plant  Ecology/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  plant  communities,  major  plant  forma- 
tions and  plant  succession  as  well  as  factors  of  soil, 
climate  and  habitat.  Laboratory  includes  sampling 
techniques  and  methods  of  measuring  en- 
vironmental factors.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 

5517.  Parasitology/(3).S;SS. 

A  survey  of  protozoan,  helminthic  and  arthropod 
parasites  with  emphasis  on  causation  and  preven- 
tion of  disease,  lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours. 


an  expression  of  the  genetic  endowment  of  the 
organism.  Prerequisite:  BIO  4554. 

5522.  Bryology/(2).S. 

Taxonomy,  morphology,  and  ecology  of  the 
mosses  and  liverworts.  Lecture  one  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 


5530-5549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/ (1-3).    On    De- 


5550.  Seminar/(1).F;S. 

Presentation  of  one  research  paper  for  each  year 
of  full-time  graduate  study.  One  hour  credit  given 
during  the  semester  in  which  paper  is  presented. 

5555.  History  of  Biology/(3).S;SS. 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  biology  with  special  em- 
phasis upon  experiments  which  have  led  to  the 
discovery  of  the  more  important  biological  prin- 
ciples and  concepts. 

5989.  Master's  Research/(1-9).F;S;SS. 

May  be  repeated  for  credit  for  a  maximum  of  9 
hours  which  do  not  count  toward  the  degree. 
Designed  to  provide  time  for  thesis  research. 
Open  only  to  students  in  the  M.S.  or  M.A.  thesis 
option.  Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 

5999.  Master's  Thesis/(4).F;S. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 

6500.  Independent  Study/(2-4).F;S;SS. 

Student  selects  an  area  of  investigation  which 
must  be  approved  by  instructor  and  advisor. 

6520.  Teaching  Apprenticeship/^).  On  De- 
mand. 

Restricted  to  students  in  the  Biology  Sc.S.  Pro- 
gram. This  required  course  provides  a  teaching 
experience  in  undergraduate  courses  under  direct 
supervision  of  a  graduate  faculty  member. 
Specific  objectives  will  be  determined  in  a  con- 
ference between  the  student  and  the  graduate 
faculty  member  involved.  Graded  on  SytJ  basis 
only. 


6530-6549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


6610.  Advanced  Seminar  in  Current  Research 
Topics/(2).S. 

Lectures,  readings,  and  discussions  dealing  with 
biological  principles  and  theories. 


5520.  Developmental  Biology/  (3).S;SS. 

An  investigation  of  fundamental  patterns  and 
principles  of  the  development  of  organisms.  The 
establishment  of  form  and  function  is  examined  as 


6614.  Current  Topics  in  Molecular 
Biology/(3).F. 

Recent  advances  in   biology  at  the  subcellular 
level.  Lecture  and  laboratory. 


Chemistry 

78 


6618.  Advanced  Bacteriology/ (2). S. 
Modern     techniques     and     procedures     in 
bacteriology,     including     instrumental     and 
biochemical  methods  of  analysis  and  interpreta- 
tion of  data. 

6989.  Independent  Research/(1-8).F;S;SS. 

A  total  of  8  hours  credit  is  required  for  this  course 
and  may  be  taken  in  blocks  of  1-8  hours.  Results 
of  the  research  must  be  reported  in  a  scientifically 
acceptable  manner.  Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 

GENERAL  SCIENCE 

4401.  Methods  of  Elementary  School  Science/ 

(3).F;S. 

A  survey  of  scientific  principles,  concepts  and  na- 
tional curricula  taught  in  elementary  schools.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  upon  the  development  of 
materials,  demonstrations  and  experiments  ap- 
propriate for  integration  into  the  total  curriculum. 
Directed  scheduled,  field  experiences  will  be 
assigned  in  the  local  elementary  schools.  Satisfac- 
tory completion  of  the  practicum  assigned  is  re- 
quired for  credit  in  the  course. 


4402.  Science  Teaching  in  the  Middle 
School/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  implementation  techniques  for  the 
prospective  middle  school  teacher  based  upon 
science  principles  mastered  in  the  science  content 
courses.  Investigative  techniques  and  en- 
vironmental concern  will  be  emphasized. 

Senior /Graduate  Courses 

4550.  Science  in  the  Elementary  School/(2). 

SS. 

A  course  designed  for  teachers  with  limited 
science  background.  Basic  concepts,  use  of  simple 
materials  for  demonstrations,  and  the  problem 
solving  approach  are  stressed.  Lecture  and 
demonstrations.  Available  as  a  workshop. 

Graduate  Courses 

5510.  Environmental  Education/(2).S;SS. 

A  study  of  environmental  problems  relevant  to 
man.  Designed  primarily  for  elementary  educa- 
tion majors. 


Department  of  Chemistry  (CHE) 

Lawrence  E.  Brown,  Chairperson 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  to  prepare  students  in  chemistry  for 
careers  in  industry,  government  service,  high  school  and  junior  college  level  teaching 
and  for  continuing  study  in  chemistry  and  related  areas  at  the  graduate  or  professional 
school  level. 


The  department  also  strives  to  provide  a  basic  understanding  of  the  principles  of 
chemistry  and  physical  science  related  to  all  areas  of  scientific  study  and  to  provide  the 
student  with  an  appreciation  for  the  impact  of  science  and  technology  in  today's  society. 

A  major  in  chemistry  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  32  semester 
hours  above  the  1000  level.  The  required  courses  are:  CHE  2201-2202,  2210,  3000, 
3301-3302,  3303,  3304,  3404,  3405,  4000,  4400  and  five  semester  hours  elected 
from  other  chemistry  courses.  Chemistry  3307  and  3520  are  not  accepted.  The 
chemistry  major  must  take  PHY  1150-1151;  an  additional  six  to  eight  hours  in  either 
biology  (3300,  3301,  3308  and  4554  are  recommended);  physics  (courses  at  the  1000 
level  and  3350  are  not  accepted);  or  geology  (2010,  2020,  3400,  and  4625  are  recom- 
mended); and  MAT  1110  and  1120.  CHE  4560,  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis,  is 
strongly  recommended  for  this  degree  program. 


Chemistry 

79 


The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  as  described  in  the  preceding  paragraph  has  been  approv- 
ed by  the  American  Chemical  Society's  Committee  on  Professional  Training.  This  ap- 
proval certifies  the  degree  as  appropriate  for  the  professional  training  of  chemists.  The 
following  statements  are  excerpted  from  "Objectives  and  Guidelines  for  Undergraduate 
Programs  in  Chemistry,"  published  by  the  Committee  on  Professional  Training  and 
describing  the  Committee's  criteria  for  degree  certification: 

"The  Committee  focuses  attention  on  the  overall  quality  of  a  professional  program 
judged  by  number  and  credentials  of  the  teaching  staff,  rigor,  breadth  and  depth  of  in- 
structional offerings;  adequacy  of  facilities  and  supporting  personnel;  performance  of 
graduates... The  program  as  a  whole  must  be  modern,  coherent,  and  challenging  to 
students. 

"If  a  program  meets  the  spirit  and  intent  of  the  guidelines...,  and  if  the  Committee's 
study  has  received  the  endorsement  of  the  institution's  president,  the  institution  is  plac- 
ed on  the  ACS  list  of  schools  offering  approved  programs.  The  list  is  published  annually 
in  Chemical  and  Engineering  News." 

A  minor  in  chemistry  consists  of  12  semester  hours  above  1000  level  chemistry  (CHE 
2210  recommended). 

A  major  in  chemistry  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  consists  of  at  least  22 
semester  hours  above  the  freshman  level.  The  required  courses  are  CHE  2201,  2210, 
3301,  3303,  3404,  and  seven  hours  selected  from  other  chemistry  courses.  The 
chemistry  major  must  take  either  PHY  1103-1104  or  1150-1151;  an  additional  six  to 
eight  hours  in  either  biology,  physics  (courses  at  the  1000  level  and  3350  are  not  ac- 
cepted), or  geology;  and  MAT  1110  and  1120.  The  student  must  select  teacher  cer- 
tification or  an  option  in  another  career  support  area.  This  option  must  be  approved  by 
the  department  upon  entering  this  degree  program.  Some  options  currently  available 
are  listed  below: 

Certified  Chemist  Option.  The  required  courses,  in  addition  to  those  listed  above, 
are  CHE  2202,  3000,  3302,  3304,  3405,  4000,  4400,  4560,  and  at  least  3  s.h.  ad- 
ditional work  above  the  3000  level.  Chemistry  3307  and  3520  are  not  accepted.  A 
course (s)  in  computer  programming  is  strongly  recommended.  This  degree  has  been 
approved  by  the  American  Chemical  Society's  Committee  on  Professional  Training 
(see  B.A.). 

Pre -Professional  and  Paramedical  option.  BIO  1101-1102  and  CHE  2202  must  be 
selected.  The  required  courses  are:  BIO  2202,  3301,  3308,  3309,  and  4554  and 
either  CHE  4580  or  BIO  3300,  with  CHE  4580  preferred. 

Marketing  and  Business  Option.  Several  options  are  available,  all  require  ACC  2100 
and  ECO  2030,  plus  an  additional  12-18  s.h.  The  options  should  be  developed  in 
consultation  with  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Chemistry  and  must  be  in- 
dividually approved. 


Chemistry 

80 


Teacher  Certification  Option .  (for  chemistry  majors  seeking  teaching  certification  in 
Science  Education— Six  to  eight  semester  hours  of  biology  must  be  selected.  CHE 
3520  (Instructional  Assistance)  is  required.  For  the  full  curriculum  in  Science  Educa- 
tion. For  the  requirements  in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary 
Education. 

Criminal  Justice  Option.  The  required  courses  are:  CJ  1100,  2020,  3551  and  3552, 
and  CHE  4560.  The  remaining  six  hours  should  be  chosen  from:  CJ  3150,  4020, 
3060,  or  4550. 

Educational  Media  Option.  The  required  courses  are:  LM  3020,  4630,  4730,  5410 
and  either  LM  3015  or  4820.  CHE  3500,  Special  Technical  Library  Problems  and 
CHE  5002  are  also  required  for  this  option. 

Students  interested  in  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  may  complete  the  B.S.  in 
chemistry  and  MBA  prerequisite  courses.  (See  College  of  Business  General 
Undergraduate  Plan  Outline.)  Application  for  admission  to  the  Master  of  Business 
Administration  program  should  be  made  in  the  fall  of  the  student's  senior  year  and 
admission  will  be  contingent  upon  a  satisfactory  combination  of  undergraduate  GPA 
and  GMAT  and  three  favorable  references.  An  MBA  degree  with  a  chemistry  option 
consists  of  twenty-four  semester  hours  from  the  College  of  Business  and  16  semester 
hours  of  chemistry  including  CHE  5050,  5060,  5070,  and  5090. 

Other  Options.  Additional  options  to  prepare  the  chemistry  major  to  pursue  other 
career  opportunities  may  be  developed  in  consultation  with  the  chairperson  of  the 
Chemistry  Department  and  must  be  individually  approved. 

All  senior  students  majoring  in  chemistry  are  required  to  participate  in  weekly  seminar 
discussion  periods  each  semester  in  residence. 

In  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  the  junior  college  teaching  program,  a  major  in  chemistry 
consists  of  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  of  credit.  The  30  semester  hours  credit  in- 
cludes a  thesis  for  four  hours  credit  (CHE  5999) .  A  minimum  of  four  semester  hours 
credit  is  required  in  education  and  psychology  (eight  semester  hours  credit  required  for 
secondary  certification).  The  following  chemistry  courses  are  required:  5002  (to  be 
taken  fall  term  of  first  year),  5050,  5060,  5070,  5090  and  5999. 

In  the  Master  of  Science  degree  program,  a  major  in  chemistry  consists  of  30  semester 
hours  of  courses  including  a  thesis  for  four  semester  hours  credit  (CHE  5999).  The 
following  chemistry  courses  are  required:  5002  (to  be  taken  fall  semester  of  first  year), 
5050,  5060,  5070,  5090,  and  5999.  The  remaining  semester  hours,  for  a  total  of  30 
semester  hours,  will  be  elected  from  courses  in  chemistry  numbered  4500  and  above, 
and  approved  physics  and  mathematics  courses. 

All  graduate  students  are  required  to  participate  in  weekly  seminar  discussion  periods 
each  semester  in  residence. 

All  master's  degree  candidates  must  pass  comprehensive  examinations  and  each  must 
present  and  defend  the  thesis  before  the  chemisty  faculty. 


Chemistry 

81 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Chemistry 
and  Physical  Science 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


CHEMISTRY 

1101.  Introductory  Chemistry  I/(4).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  chemistry 
emphasizing  modern  atomic  theory,  the  structure 
and  behavior  of  atoms,  the  properties  and  states 
of  matter,  energy  relations,  periodicity  and  mole 
concepts.  Laboratory  experiments  to  supplement 
the  study  of  the  listed  topics.  Lecture  three  hours, 
laboratory  three  hours. 

1102.  Introductory  Chemistry  II/(4).F;S. 

A  study  of  properties  of  solutions,  acid-base  con- 
cepts, equilibria,  elementary  thermodynamics, 
elementary  kinetics,  electrochemistry.  Laboratory 
experiments  to  supplement  the  study  of  the  listed 
topics.  Lecture  three  hours,  laboratory  three 
hours.  Prerequisite:  CHE  1101. 

1110.  Introductory  Chemistry  IIA/(4).S. 
A  study  of  the  practical  aspects  of  chemistry  as 
related  to  living  systems  including  solutions,  acid- 
base  relationship,  the  chemistry  of  simple  organic 
systems  and  their  relationship  to  naturally  occurr- 
ing macromolecules.  Laboratory  experiments  to 
supplement  the  study  of  the  listed  topics.  Prere- 
quisite: CHE  1101.  Not  open  to  science  majors. 
Lecture  three  hours,  laboratory  three  hours. 

1200.  Chemical  Calculations/(l).F. 

An  introduction  to  logical  problem  solving  as 
related  to  introductory  chemistry.  The  course  to 
be  offered  the  same  semester  as  Chemistry  1101 
starting  after  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  Can- 
not be  taken  after  completion  of  introductory 
chemistry.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 
Graded  on  S/U  basis. 

2201-2202.  Organic  Chemistry/(4-4).F-S. 

A  study  of  the  properties  and  reactions  of  the 
compounds  of  carbon.  Emphasis  on  mechanisms 
and  structural  influences.  Laboratory  practice  in 
techniques,  class  reactions  and  synthesis.  Prere- 
quisite: CHE  1102.  Lecture  three  hours, 
laboratory  three  hours. 


2210.  Quantitative  Analysis/(4).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  analytical  chemistry,  including 
equilibria,  Beer's  law,  oxidation -reduction  reac- 
tions and  ion  exchange;  the  basic  methods  of 
quantitative  analysis  are  introduced  and  practiced 
with  laboratory  unknowns.  Prerequisite:  CHE 
1102.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  six  hours. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3000.  Introduction  to  Chemical 
Research/(1).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques  and 
methodology  of  chemical  research.  Pre-  or  core- 
quisite:  CHE  2210. 

3301-3302.  Physical  Chemistry  1-11/  (3-3). 
F.S. 

Physical  Chemistry  I  is  a  detailed  treatment  of  the 
theories  underlying  the  thermodynamic  properties 
and  behavior  of  gases,  liquids  and  solids.  Phase 
and  chemical  equilibria,  electro-chemical  cells  and 
irreversible  processes  in  solution.  Physical 
Chemistry  II  is  a  treatment  of  kinetic  molecular 
theory,  kinetics,  elementary  quantum  theory, 
symmetry  and  spectroscopy.  Prerequisites:  CHE 
1102,  MAT  1120,  and  a  year  of  physics.  Lecture 
three  hours. 

3303,  3304.  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory/ 
(1,1)F;S. 

Experimental  investigations  which  supplement  the 
study  of  the  topics  in  physical  chemistry.  Applica- 
tions of  computer  techniques  for  data  reduction 
and  manipulation  will  be  introduced  and  utilized. 

3301  is  co-requisite  or  prerequisite  for  3303  and 

3302  is  co-requisite  or  prerequisite  for  3304. 

3307.  Scientific  Glass  Blowing/(l).S. 

Provides  the  student  with  an  opportunity  to  learn 
the  properties  of  scientific  glasses  with  respect  to 
performing  simple  glass  working  operations. 
Prerequisite:  CHE  1 102  and  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. Laboratory  three  hours.  This  course  will 
be  graded  on  a  S/F  basis. 


Chemistry 


82 


3404.  Inorganic  Chemistry/(3).S. 

A  detailed  study  of  the  elements  and  their  com- 
pounds based  on  atomic  structure  and  periodicity. 
Chemical  bonding  as  it  relates  to  molecular  struc- 
ture and  chemical  reactivity.  Aqueous  and  non- 
aqueous solvent  systems,  acid-base  theories,  and 
the  chemistry  of  complexes.  Prerequisite:  CHE 
1102.  Lecture  three  hours. 

3405.  Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory /(1).S. 

Experimental  investigations  which  supplement  the 
study  of  inorganic  chemistry,  involving  reactions 
in  inert  atmospheres,  vacuum  systems  and  hot 
tubes.  Co-requisite  or  prerequisite:  CHE  3404. 
Laboratory  three  hours. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: Junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 
Required  of  all  chemistry  majors  (B.S.)  seeking 
teacher  certification  in  Science  Education. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


4000.  Chemistry  Seminar/(1).F;S. 

The  presentation  and  discussion  of  current 
chemical  topics.  Oral  and  written  reports  are  re- 
quired. Prerequisite:  CHE  3000. 

4400.  Senior  Research/(1).F;S. 

A  laboratory  research  project  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  a  staff  member.  An  oral  report  of  the  work 
in  progress  will  be  made  at  the  regular  seminar 
and  a  written  report  of  the  results  is  to  be  submit- 
ted to  the  chemistry  faculty  upon  completion. 
Laboratory:  4  hours  (minimum).  Pre-  or  corere- 
quisite:  CHE  4000.  May  be  repeated  once  for 
credit. 

Senior /Graduate  Courses 

4550.  Inorganic  Reaction  Mec nanisms/ (3). S. 
A  study  of  the  kinetic  and  mechanistic  nature  of 
inorganic  reactions.  Included  are  substitution  reac- 
tions of  octahedral  and  square  planar  complexes, 
the  stereochemistry  of  substitution  reactions, 
isomerization  and  racemization  reactions,  oxida- 
tion and  reduction  reactions.  Prerequisite  CHE 
3404.  Lecture  three  hours. 


4560.  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis/(4).F. 

A  study  of  some  of  the  modern  instrumental 
methods  of  analysis  including  electrochemistry, 
atomic  and  molecular  spectroscopy,  magnetic 
resonance  spectrometry,  mass  spectrometry  and 
gas  chromatography.  Prerequisite:  CHE  2210. 
Lecture  three  hours,  laboratory  three  hours. 

4570.  Physical  Chemistry  III/(3).F. 

A  study  of  theories  of  bonding  and  structure,  in- 
cluding molecular  symmetry,  group  theory  and 
quantum  mechanics,  the  molecular  orbital  theory, 
the  ligand  field  theory  and  excited  states.  Prere- 
quisite: CHE  3302.  Lecture  three  hours. 

4580.  Biochemistry  1/(3). F;S. 

This  course  covers  the  properties  of  amino  acids, 
proteins,  carbohydrates,  lipids  and  nucleic  acids 
and  presents  a  brief  introduction  to  enzymology. 
Major  emphasis  is  on  the  chemistry  of  biological 
compounds.  An  introduction  to  intermediary 
metabolism  is  also  presented.  Prerequisite:  CHE 
2202.  Lecture  three  hours. 

4581.  Biochemistry  I  Laboratory/(l).F;S. 

Experimental  investigations  which  supplement  the 
study  of  the  topics  in  biochemistry.  Chemistry 
4580  is  co-requisite  or  prerequisite  to  Chemistry 

4581.  Laboratory  three  hours. 

4582.  Biochemistry  II/(3).S. 

This  course  will  cover  the  intermediary 
metabolism  of  amino  acids,  nucleic  acids,  car- 
bohydrates and  lipids.  Metabolic  pathways  and 
their  associated  enzymes  are  emphasized.  Prere- 
quisite: CHE  4580  with  CHE  3301  recommended 
but  not  required.  Lecture  three  hours. 

4590.  Spectral  Interpretations/^). F. 

A  study  of  the  use  of  spectral  data  for  the  iden- 
tification of  organic  compounds.  Techniques  will 
include  UV,  IR,  NMR,  MS,  ORD  and  CD  in  the 
identification  process.  Prerequisite:  CHE  2202. 
Lecture  two  hours. 

4591.  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis 
Laboratory/(2).F. 

Development  of  techniques  for  the  separation, 
purification,  identification  and  complete 
characterization  of  unknown  organic  compounds. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  classical  reaction 
methods.  Prerequisite:  CHE  2202.  Laboratory  six 
hours. 


Chemistry 

83 


4600.  Selected  Topics/(l-4).  On  Demand. 

An  opportunity  to  study  a  special  topic  or  com- 
bination of  topics  not  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
chemistry  curriculum.  May  be  repeated  for  credit 
when  content  does  not  duplicate.  Prerequisite: 
Upper-division  status  or  departmental  permission. 

4610.  History  of  Chemistry/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  development  of  chemistry  as  a 
science  with  emphasis  on  the  development  of 
basic  concepts,  ideas  and  theories.  Prerequisite:  a 
year  of  introductory  chemistry.  Lecture  three 
hours. 


Graduate  Courses 

5002.  Chemical  Literature /(1).F. 

A  study  of  the  literature  of  chemistry  with 
literature  search  and  bibliographic  methods  in- 
troduced. To  be  taken  fall  term  of  first  year.  Lec- 
ture one  hour. 

5050.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry/(4).F. 

An  investigation  of  inorganic  stereochemistry, 
atomic  orbitals,  Valence  Bond  Theory,  the  Pauli 
Exclusion  Principle,  Molecular  Orbital  Theory, 
equivalency  of  orbitals,  the  chemistry  of  the  transi- 
tion elements,  and  discussion  of  chemistry  of  the 
elements,  according  to  type,  with  regard  to  coor- 
dination number  and  stereochemistry.  Lecture 
four  hours. 

5060.  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry/(4).S. 

A  study  of  the  methods  of  chemical  analysis  using 
atomic  and  molecular  spectroscopy,  magnetic 
resonance,  mass  spectrometry,  and  elec- 
trochemical methods  of  analysis  including  elec- 
trogravimetric  methods,  coulometry,  poten- 
tiometry,  amperometry,  polarography,  and  strip- 
ping analysis.  Prerequisite:  CHE  4560.  Lecture 
four  hours. 

5070.  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry/(4).F. 

Rigorous     treatment     of     the     laws     of    ther- 


modynamics and  statistical  mechanics.  Applica- 
tions to  gases,  solutions  and  other  condensed 
phases,  studies  of  surface  effects.  Lecture  four 
hours. 

5090.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry/(4).S. 

A  study  of  the  type  reactions  of  organic 
molecules.  Nucleophilic  aliphatic  substitution, 
electrophilic  aromatic  substitution,  addition  to 
multiple  bonds,  free  radical  reactions  and  rear- 
rangements. Lecture  four  hours. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

An  opportunity  to  study  a  special  topic  or  com- 
bination of  topics  not  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
chemistry  curriculum.  May  be  repeated  for  credit 
when  content  does  not  duplicate.  Prerequisite: 
graduate  status. 

5999.  Master's  Thesis/(4).F;S;SS.  Graaea  on 
S/U  basis  only. 


PHYSICAL  SCIENCE 

1001-1002.  Physical  Science/(3-3).F;S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  the  concepts  of  matter  and 
energy  and  their  interactions.  The  topics  chosen 
are  based  on  those  suggested  by  the  N.C.  State 
Department  of  Public  Instruction  to  be  included  in 
the  curriculum  of  primary  and  elementary  science 
classes.  This  course  is  structured  principally  to 
meet  physical  science  requirements  for  primary 
and  elementary  education  majors.  Sections  label- 
ed K-3  are  open  only  to  primary  education  ma- 
jors. Other  non-science  majors  may  elect  those 
sections  designated  4-9  to  fulfill  General  College 
science  requirements.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 


Community  Planning  &  Geography 


84 


Department  of  Community 
Planning  and  Geography 
(PLN/GHY) 

Ole  Gade,  Chairperson 

The  major  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Community  Planning  and  Geography  are 
to: 

1.  Promote  the  understanding  of  the  spatial  dimensions  of  man's  behavior  within  the 
physical  and  cultural  systems  of  the  earth  and  the  role  of  planning  in  achieving  im- 
provement in  those  systems. 

2.  Offer  a  well-balanced  curriculum  which  will  aid  students  in  finding  productive 
places  in  society. 

3.  Maintain  a  staff  dedicated  to  teaching,  scientific  research,  and  community-regional 
service . 

A  major  in  geography  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  36  semester 
hours  in  courses  numbered  above  the  1000  level  with  the  following  courses  required: 
GHY  2310,  3100,  3110,  3210,  3310,  4200,  and  4800;  STT  3810;  12  semester  hours 
of  geography  electives,  with  no  more  than  seven  hours  of  geography  electives  taken 
from  regional  courses.  An  appropriate  foreign  language  is  required. 

A  major  in  geography  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  (without  teacher  cer- 
tification) consists  of  36  semester  hours  above  the  1000  level.  Required  courses  include 
GHY  2310,  2400,  3100,  3110,  3200,  3210,  3310,  4200,  4800,  PLN  2410  and  six 
semester  hours  of  geography  electives.  One-half  or  more  of  the  course  requirements 
will  be  taken  at  the  3000  level  or  above. 

The  student  must  take  eight-nine  semester  hours  in  statistics  and  computer  science  in- 
cluding STT  3810  and  a  course  in  computer  science.  In  addition  the  student  must  take 
a  minimum  of  15  semester  hours  in  approved  ancillary  courses. 

The  department  also  provides  a  concentration  of  twelve  semester  hours  in  geography 
beyond  the  social  science  core  requirements  for  majors  in  social  science  seeking  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certification.  These  twelve  hours  include  GHY 
2400,  3200,  3210,  and  4250.  For  the  social  science  requirements,  refer  to  the  index. 
For  the  requirements  in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion. 

A  minor  in  geography  consists  of  18  semester  hours,  including  general  education  re- 
quirements, and  not  more  than  five  hours  in  regional  courses. 

A  major  in  community  and  regional  planning  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
consists  of  a  minimum  of  61  semester  hours  as  follows: 


Community  Planning  &  Geography 


85 


1.  Required  courses  for  all  majors  include  GHY  2310,  3310,  PLN  2410,  3431,  3730, 
4800,  4810,  4820,  4830,  and  4900;  STT  3810;  CS  1400  or  another  computer 
science  programming  course. 

2.  At  least  13  semester  hours  of  electives  must  be  selected  from:  FIR  2850;  ECO 
4800;  GHY  3200,  3210,  4200;  GLY  1200;  HIS  3824;  PS  2130  or  2160;  SOC 
4100,  4300. 

3.  At  least  six  additional  semester  hours  of  electives  must  be  planning  courses  selected 
with  the  approval  of  the  advisor  of  the  planning  program. 

It  is  highly  recommended  that  planning  majors  consider  taking  the  following  courses  for 
general  education  credit:  ART  2004,  3002;  GLY  1101,  1102;  and  CMA  1100. 

A  minor  in  community  and  regional  planning  consists  of  20  semester  hours  with  12 
hours  in  planning  and  eight  hours  chosen  from  among  the  non-planning  courses  listed 
as  required  or  electives  within  the  major  of  the  planning  program  or  other  appropriate 
courses  selected  with  the  approval  of  the  advisor  of  the  planning  program. 

As  one  of  the  collateral  areas  in  social  science,  the  department  offers  two  programs 
leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  social  science.  For  the  curriculum 
for  a  major  in  social  science  with  a  concentration  in  geography  leading  to  the  Master  of 
Arts  degree  for  secondary  school  teaching  or  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  for  junior  col- 
lege teaching,  refer  to  index. 

The  department  offers  a  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  geography  with  liberal  arts  and  educa- 
tion options.  All  students  must  take  Geography  4800,  5000,  5100,  5110,  5130  and 
5350.  Geography  5000  and  5350  should  be  taken  during  the  first  12  semester  hours  of 
work. 

The  liberal  arts  option  requires  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours,  including  a  thesis; 
plus  a  reading  knowledge  of  a  modern  foreign  language  or  the  equivalent  of  12 
semester  hours  in  undergraduate  statistical  and/or  computer  applications.  For  the  non- 
thesis  component  of  this  option,  see  the  departmental  chairperson. 

The  education  option  requires  24  semester  hours  in  geography  including  Geography 
5300  and  a  thesis  or  internship;  plus  a  graduate  minor  in  education  approved  by  the 
student's  advisor  and  an  appropriate  representative  of  the  College  of  Education. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Geography 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


Community  Planning  &  Geography 


86 


GEOGRAPHY 


1010.  Introduction  to  Physical  Geography/ (3). 
F;S;SS. 

Geography  is  a  spatial  science  concerned  with  ex- 
ploring the  interrelatedness  of  physical  and 
cultural  phenomena  distributed  in  earth  space. 
This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  discipline 
of  geography  and  develops  competency  in  the  use 
of  basic  techniques  and  tools  whereby  man's 
spatial  dimension  of  existence  may  be  analyzed. 

1020.  Introduction  to  Regional  Geography/(3). 
F;S;SS. 

An  examination  of  the  interrelationships  of  those 
cultural  and  physical  environmental  factors  which 
have  resulted  in  the  particular  character  of  various 
regions  of  the  world. 

2310.  Cartography/(3).F. 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  methods 
and  techniques  of  map  interpretation,  preparation 
and  use.  It  includes  computer  graphics  using  the 
Apple  He  and  peripherals.  Field  trips  will  be  taken 
to  various  mapping  facilities.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 

2400.  Environmental  Problems/(3).F. 

Analysis  of  man's  perception,  use,  and  attempted 
regulation  of  his  habitat;  spatial  and  policy  pro- 
blems and  implications.  Offered  on  a  yearly  basis. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3011.  Europe/U.S.S.R./(3).F. 

A  regional  analysis  of  historical  and  contemporary 
cultural  and  physical  environmental  factors  in- 
strumental in  causing  the  highly  developed 
character  of  Europe  and  the  U.S.S.R.  Offered 
alternate  even  years  with  3012. 

3012.  U.S./Canada/(3).F. 

A  regional  analysis  of  historical  and  contemporary 
cultural  and  physical  environmental  factors  in- 
strumental in  causing  the  highly  developed 
character  of  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Of- 
fered alternate  odd  years  with  3011. 

3100.  Meteorology  and  Climatology/(3).F. 
Introductory  concepts  of  atmospheric  processes 
and  their  relationships  to  man  are  developed. The 
student  is  acquainted  with  instruments  used  to 
measure  and  record  atmospheric  phenomena. 
The  world  pattern  and  characteristics  of  climates 
and  man's  responses  to  them  are  examined.  Two 
hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory. 


3110.  Vegetation,  Soils,  and  Landforms/(3).S. 

A  systematic  analysis  of  the  spatial  characteristics 
of  vegetation,  soils,  and  landforms  especially  as 
they  interact  in  the  North  American  realm. Con- 
sideration is  given  to  the  processes  affecting  the 
ecosystem  and  their  relation  to  man's  activities. 
Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory. 

3200.  Geographic  Perspectives  on  Human 
Behavior/(3).S. 

An  approach  to  understanding  the  ways  in  which 
people  perceive,  behave  in  and  structure  their 
geographical  environment.  The  course  em- 
phasizes variations  in  spatial  behavior  such  as  the 
uses  of  personal  spaces  and  social  territories, 
choosing  locations  for  social  activities,  migration, 
and  diffusion  of  ideas  and  innovations  across 
geographical  space  and  regional  organization. 
Solutions  to  contemporary  problems  are  stressed. 
Offered  on  a  yearly  basis. 

3210.  Economic  Geography/(3).F. 

The  spatial  analysis  of  economic  systems  dealing 
with  the  location,  collection,  distribution,  and  ac- 
cessibility factors  associated  with  the  functional  in- 
terrelationships between  manufacturing, 
transportation-communications,  and  markets. 
Students  will  be  involved  in  location  problem  solv- 
ing and  field  work.  Recommended  for  business 
majors. 

3310.  Environmental  Remote  Sensing/(3).S. 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  kinds  of 
remote  sensing  techniques  presently  available  for 
environmental  analysis.  It  provides  for  study  of  a 
wide  variety  of  aeria  photographs  and  space  im- 
ages and  their  interpretation  in  the  field.  Lecture 
two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

3400.  Recreational  Land  Use/(3).S. 
A    study    of    selected    recreational    phenomena 
which  emphasize  spatial  distribution  and  interac- 
tion. Field  trips  to  local  and  regional  recreation 
sites  will  be  taken. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4)F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: Junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


Community  Planning  &  Geography 


87 


3530-3549. 

mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


4200.  Urban  Geography/ (3). S. 

Spatial  organization  of  human  activity  focusing  on 
the  evolution  and  organization  of  city  systems,  the 
internal  structure  of  urban  areas,  and  urban  pro- 
blems, policies  and  planning  with  emphasis  on 
problem  solving  and  field  work.  The  course  is  ap- 
plied in  nature  and  recommended  for  majors  in 
social  studies,  business,  and  planning. 


5020.  Southern  Appalachia/(3).  On  Demand. 

An  examination  of  the  physical  and  cultural  en- 
vironments of  Southern  Appalachia.  The  pro- 
blems of  the  region  will  be  explored  as  they  relate 
to  land  forms,  resource  exploitation,  and  the 
philosophical  underpinnings  of  the  people. 

5100.  Physical  Environmental  Analysis/(3).S. 

An  exploration  of  special  problems  related  to 
physical  geography  with  emphasis  placed  on  their 
impact  on  the  human  environment. 


4230.  Political  Geography/(3).F. 

Spatial  aspects  of  territoriality,  boundaries,  voting 
patterns,  government  programs,  formation  of 
political  units,  political  development  and  integra- 
tion, and  environmental  policy. 

4250.  Historical  Geography/(3).S. 

The  changing  geography  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada  from  pre-Columbian  times  to  about 
1920.  Attention  is  concentrated  on  evolving  pat- 
terns, especially  agricultural  on  the  changing 
perceptions  of  the  physical  environment;  on  the 
nature  and  origins  of  populations;  on  the  expan- 
sion of  settled  areas  and  on  phenomena  underly- 
ing urbanization  and  industrialization.  Recom- 
mended for  social  studies  teachers  and  students  of 
American  history. 

Senior/Graduate  Courses 

4800.  Quantitative  Methods  in  Geography  and 

Planning/(3).S. 

The  study  of  the  quantitative  methodology 
relating  to  the  analysis  of  relationships  between 
man  and  his  physical  environment,  their  spatial 
consequences,  and  the  resulting  regional  struc- 
tures that  have  emerged  on  the  earth's  surface. 
Prerequisites:  STAT  3810  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. 

4900.  Internship  in  Geography  and 
Planning/(3-12).F;S;SS. 

The  internship  emphasizes  field  work  in  the  areas 
of  locational  analysis,  environmental  assessment 
and  impact,  and/or  land  use  planning  and  is  con- 
ducted jointly  with  an  appropriate  public  or  private 
agency.  The  type  of  internship,  location  of  field 
experience,  and  sponsoring  agency  must  be 
satisfactory  to  the  student  and  to  the  department. 
A  research  paper  is  required. 

Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(3).F. 


5110.  Regional  Analysis/(3).F. 

Analaysis  of  regional  theory  and  method  in 
geography  and  planning.  Seminar  discussions 
and  case  studies. 

5130.  Cultural  Environmental  Analysis/(3).F. 

Spatial  aspects  of  social  processes  and  patterns, 
including:  territoriality;  micro,  meso,  and 
macrospace;  perception  of  the  natural  and  social 
environment;  cognition;  spatial  interaction;  com- 
munication/diffusion; migration;  ethnic  and  racial 
minorities;  urban  residential  patterns;  and  urban 
pathologies.  The  focus  is  on  Anglo- America  with 
solutions  to  contemporary  problems  stressed. 

5301.  Teaching  of  Geography/(3).S;SS. 

This  course  focuses  on  the  methodology  and  con- 
tent of  contemporary  geography  instruction.  The 
student  is  acquainted  with  curriculum  projects.  A 
culminating  activity  involves  the  production  of  a 
geography  teaching  unit.  Offered  odd  years.  (Eff. 
Spring,  1984). 

5350.  Theory  and  Method  in  Geography/(3).F. 

The  nature  and  evolution  of  the  discipline  of 
geography.  Major  themes  in  geographic  analysis, 
their  postulates,  concepts,  and  theoretical  evolu- 
tion and  contribution.  The  place  and  future  of 
geography  among  the  physical  and  social 
sciences. 

5400.  Planning  Process/(3).F. 

The  planning  process  is  explored  in  detail  by  ex- 
amining the  roles  and  relationships  of  planning 
agencies/functions  at  the  various  levels  of  govern- 
ment and  in  the  private  sector.  The  functions  and 
goals  of  planning  are  also  approached  from  a 
topical  point  of  view  in  order  for  the  student  to  see 
how  continuous  planning  enhances  decision- 
making processes.  Selected  planning 
theories/techniques  are  reviewed  and  evaluated. 


Community  Planning  &  Geography 


88 


5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/ (1-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

5900.  Internship  in  Geography/(3-12).F;S;SS. 

The  internship  emphasizes  field  work  in  the  areas 
of  locational  analysis,  environmental  assessment 
and  impact,  and/or  land  use  planning.  For  the 


Master  of  Arts  (teacher  certification  program)  the 
internship  involves  teaching  one  or  more 
geography  courses  in  an  appropriate  setting.  The 
type  of  internship,  location  of  field  experience, 
and  sponsoring  agency  must  be  satisfactory  to  the 
student  and  to  the  department.  A  research  paper 
is  required. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(4).F;S;SS. 


COMMUNITY  AND  REGIONAL  PLANNING 


2410.  Regional  and  Urban  Planning/  (3). F;S. 
Introduction  to  the  principles,  philosophy,  and 
theories  of  planning.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  plann- 
ing approaches  to  the  solution  of  contemporary 
regional,  urban,  and  environmental  problems. 
Students  will  participate  in  several  field  trips. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3431.  Planning  Techniques/(5).F. 

The  student  gains  insight  into  the  planning  process 
at  all  levels,  becomes  acquainted  with  the  range  of 
factors  germane  to  planning  and  acquires  the  skills 
and  techniques  for  preparing  a  community  plan. 
Two  hours  lecture,  six  hours  laboratory. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


3730.  Land  Use  Regulations/(3).F. 

The  study  of  zoning,  subdivision,  and  other  land 
use  regulations  with  particular  reference  to  North 
Carolina  applications.  The  role  of  environmental 
impact  statements,  floodway  zoning,  historic 
districts,  community  appearance  commissions,  as 
well  as  the  role  of  the  courts  in  defining  land  use 
regulations  is  also  considered. 

4430.  Tourist  Region  Planning  and  Design/(3). 
F. 

The  study  of  planning  for  recreational  areas.  The 
spatial  organization,  planning,  and  design  of 
tourist  regions  and  recreational  complexes.  A 
special  emphasis   is  placed   on   recreation   area 


design  problems  in  the  North  Carolina  mountain 
region.  Two  hours  lecture;  two  hours  studio. 

4440.  Community  and  Regional  Planning  in 
Appalachia/(3).S. 

The  planning  of  communities  and  rural  areas  in  an 
economically  lagging  region.  The  role  of  growth 
centers,  industrial  estate  policy,  and  other  regional 
strategies  designed  to  cope  with  the  "Appalachian 
problem"  is  stressed.  Some  emphasis  is  also  plac- 
ed upon  the  potential  planning  solutions  to  en- 
vironmental disharmony  occasioned  by  rapid  ur- 
banization and  recreation  development.  Offered 
alternate  even  years. 

Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4700.  Project  Management/(3).S. 

An  orientation  to  the  overall  process  of  acquiring 
funds  from  external  sources  including  proposal 
writing,  clearinghouse  procedures,  environmental 
impact  assessment,  and  project  management  pro- 
cedures. Open  to  geography,  planning,  political 
science  and  recreation  majors.  Others  by  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

4800.  Quantitative  Methods  in  Geography  and 
Planning/(3).S. 

The  study  of  the  quantitative  methodology 
relating  to  the  analysis  of  relationships  between 
man  and  his  physical  environment,  their  spatial 
consequences,  and  the  resulting  regional  struc- 
tures that  have  emerged  on  the  earth's  surface. 
Prerequisites:  STAT  3810  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. 

4810.  Microcomputers  in  Planning  and 
Geography/ (3).  S. 

This  course  introduces  students  to  microcomputer 
applications  in  planning  and  geography  with  em- 
phasis on  graphics,  mapping  and  geographic  in- 
formation system  capabilities. 


English 

89 


4820.  Theory,  Philosophy  and  Ethics  of  Plann- 
ing/(3).F. 

This  course  is  designed  to  deal  with  the  general 
body  of  knowledge  that  is  needed  by  the  profes- 
sional planner  in  his  interactions  with  both  his 
clientele  and  other  decision-facilitators.  The 
course  also  will  stress  those  values,  attitudes, 
perceptions  and  moral  implications  which  are  em- 
bodied in  the  planning  function. 

4830.  Senior  Practicum/(3).S. 

A  capstone  experience  in  which  the  student 
prepares  a  project  proposal  and  project  plan  in- 
corporating the  philosophy  and  techniques  of  the 
planning   profession.    The   project   is   presented 


before  the  planning  faculty  and  majors.  For  plann- 
ing majors  only.  Graded  on  S/U  basis. 

4900.  Internship  in  Geography  and  Planning/ 
(3-12).F;S;SS. 

The  internship  emphasizes  field  work  in  the  areas 
of  locational  analysis,  environmental  assessment 
and  impact,  and/or  land  use  planning  and  is  con- 
ducted jointly  with  an  appropriate  public  or  private 
agency.  The  type  of  internship,  location  of  field 
experience,  and  sponsoring  agency  must  be 
satisfactory  to  the  student  and  to  the  department. 
A  research  paper  is  required. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/ (1-3). 


Department  of  English  (ENG) 

Loyd  H.  Hilton,  Chairperson 

The  aim  of  the  Department  of  English  is  to  give  students  competency  in  written  and  oral 
composition  and  in  the  interpretation  and  appreciation  of  literature.  To  this  end,  all 
students  are  required  to  take,  or  be  exempted  from,  the  Freshman  English  Series 
1000-1100.  (This  sequence  is  prerequisite  to  all  other  courses  in  English.) 

A  major  in  English  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  36  elective  hours  in 
English  above  the  freshman  level,  six  of  which  may  be  applied  toward  satisfying  the 
general  education  humanities  requirement.  Although  no  course  in  English  above  the 
freshman  level  is  specifically  required,  at  least  24  hours  of  the  work  must  be  done  at  the 
3000  level  or  above.  Six  hours  of  a  foreign  language  above  the  elementary  course  level 
are  required.  Upon  acceptance  into  the  upper  division  as  a  major,  the  student  should 
consult  an  English  advisor  for  help  in  planning  a  program  of  study  appropriate  to  the 
student's  particular  needs  and  objectives. 

A  minor  in  English  consists  of  18  elective  hours  in  English  above  the  freshman  level,  six 
of  which  may  be  applied  toward  satisfying  the  general  education  humanities  require- 
ment. 

A  major  in  English  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certification 
consists  of  37  hours  in  English  above  the  freshman  level,  six  of  which  may  be  applied 
toward  satisfying  the  general  education  humanities  requirement. 


Required  courses  include  nine  hours  at  the  2000  level.  At  least  25  hours  of  the  work  in 
English  must  be  at  the  3000  level  or  above.  Required  courses  include  3200,  3300, 
3490,  3520,  4660,  and  3610  or  4610;  3200  is  a  prerequisite  to  3490,  3520,  and  SE 
3110  and  4900.  The  student  elects  12  hours  from  an  array  of  3000-  and  4000-level 
courses.  Since  teacher  certification  in  English  requires  a  balanced  preparation  in  several 
areas,  each  student  will  be  provided  information  indicating  courses  appropriate  to  cur- 


English 

90 


rent  state  and  professional  guideline  requirements.  Required  also  for  the  teaching 
degree  are  six  hours  of  a  foreign  language  beyond  the  elementary  course  level  and  SE 
4620,  as  well  as  the  professional  education  courses  and  other  criteria  specified  by  the 
College  of  Education.  For  the  requirements  in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department 
of  Secondary  Education. 

To  receive  further  information,  the  student  should  report  to  the  English  department 
during  the  first  semester  of  the  junior  year  or,  for  transfer  students  entering  as  juniors  or 
seniors,  during  the  first  semester  at  ASU.  The  student  is  expected  to  work  closely  with 
the  English  education  advisor  in  fulfilling  the  degree  requirements. 

Three  programs  are  offered  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  English.  One,  the 
academic  M.A.  is  composed  of  courses  in  English  alone  or  with  an  optional  minor  in  a 
related  field  other  than  education.  The  other  two  are  in  teacher  preparation— the  junior 
college  program  and  the  secondary  school  program — and  require  that  advanced  study 
in  English  be  supplemented  with  graduate  courses  in  professional  education.  For  the  re- 
quirements, see  the  Department  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education, 
or  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

For  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  for  the  junior  college  program  and  the  secondary  school 
program,  a  minimum  of  24  hours  (20-22  including  a  thesis)  of  English  must  be  ac- 
quired, including  ENG  5000,  Bibliography  and  Research,  and  a  program  of  electives  to 
be  chosen  by  the  student  in  consultation  with  his  graduate  advisor  in  English.  In  addi- 
tion, for  the  junior  college  program,  four  hours  of  education  are  required,  and  for  the 
secondary  school  program,  eight  hours  of  education  are  required. 

For  the  academic  Master  of  Arts  degree,  a  minimum  of  30  hours  of  graduate  credit  must 
be  acquired.  These  may  include  a  minor  of  up  to  six  hours  in  a  related  discipline.  They 
also  will  include  four  hours  credit  for  the  thesis,  which  is  required,  and  three  hours  credit 
for  ENG  5000,  Bibliography  and  Research,  which  is  also  required.  In  consultation  with 
a  graduate  advisor  in  English,  the  student  should  plan  for  a  minimum  of  18  hours  of 
electives  in  English.  In  addition  to  course  work,  each  candidate  will  demonstrate  profi- 
ciency in  reading  a  foreign  language.  For  requirements  concerning  the  final  com- 
prehensive examination  for  the  master's  degree,  see  the  discussion  of  these  in  the 
Graduate  School  catalog  or  consult  the  chairperson  of  the  department. 

A  graduate  minor  in  English  is  comprised  of  8-12  elective  hours  numbered  above  4500 
from  the  English  listings  in  the  Graduate  Catalog. 

The  Department  of  English  offers  an  honors  program  on  the  freshman,  sophomore, 
junior,  and  senior  levels.  In  order  to  remain  in  the  program  students  must  maintain  at 
least  a  B  average  in  honors  work.  Students  meeting  the  requirements  of  the  Junior- 
Senior  Honors  Program  (ENG  3510,  3515,  and  4510)  with  a  grade  of  B  or  better  and  a 
3.45  average  in  all  English  course  work  will  graduate  with  "Honors"  in  English.  Those 
meeting  the  requirements  with  a  grade  of  A  and  a  3.65  average  in  all  English  course 
work  will  graduate  with  "High  Honors"  in  English.  Those  meeting  the  requirements 
with  a  grade  of  A  and  a  3.85  average  in  all  English  course  work  will  graduate  with 
"Highest  Honors"  in  English. 


English 


91 


Overseas  Study  Program 


In  keeping  with  the  University's  belief  that  studies  and  travel  abroad  contribute  to  its  role 
as  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  the  English  Department  each  summer  offers 
students  an  opportunity  to  study  either  in  England  or  on  the  continent,  or  in  some  in- 
stances a  combination  of  both.  The  programs  are  directed  by  regular  faculty  members 
and  offer  opportunities  for  both  supervised  group  study  and  individual  investigation.  In- 
formation is  available  each  fall  concerning  the  specific  programs  to  be  offered  for 
undergraduate  and  graduate  credit.  Students  interested  in  the  possibility  of  such  study 
should  make  inquiry  at  the  English  office  early  in  the  school  year. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  English 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


ENGLISH  HONORS 

1510.  Freshman  Honors  Seminar/(3).F;S. 

Development  of  individual  research  and  original 
critical  thought;  composition.  Collateral  reading  in 
English.  American,  or  world  literature.  Members 
selected  by  the  Department  of  English. 

2510.  Sophomore  Honors  Seminar  in  English, 
American,  or  World  Literature/(3).F. 

A  study  of  major  works,  authors,  genres,  or 
literary  movements  in  English,  American,  or 
world  literature.  By  invitation  or  application. 

2515.  Sophomore  Honors  Seminar  in  English, 
American,  or  World  Literature/ (3). S. 

A  study  of  major  works,  authors,  genres,  or 
literary  movements  in  English,  American,  or 
world  literature.  By  invitation  or  application. 

3510.  Junior  Honors  Seminar/(3).F. 

3515.  Junior  Honors  Seminar/(3).S. 

Two  in-depth  units  each  semester  on  major 
English,  American,  or  world  authors,  genres,  or 
literary  movements.  Intradepartmental  instruc- 
tion. Content  varies  each  semester.  By  invitation 
or  application. 

4510.  Senior  Honors  Thesis/(2).S. 

Independent  study  and  research.  Honors  thesis 
directed  by  a  member  of  the  English  Department 
and  graded  by  a  departmental  committee.  Oral 
examination.  Prerequisite:  Completion  of  ENG 
3510  and  3515  with  at  least  a  B  average. 


ENGLISH 

0100.  Laboratory  in  Writing/(0).F;S. 

Providing  self-instruction  and  tutoring,  the 
laboratory  is  a  university-wide  service  for  any 
students  who  lack  necessary  skills  in  composition. 

0900.  Developmental  English/(1).F. 

Review  in  the  basic  principles  of  expository  com- 
position, with  emphasis  on  mechanics,  sentence 
structure,  organization,  word  choice,  and  use  of 
details.  S/U.  Meets  three  hours  per  week  for  one 
hour  of  credit.  Prerequisite  to  English  1000  for 
designated  students. 

1000.  Composition  and  Rhetoric/(3).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  the  various  types  of  expository 
essays.  A  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  this  course  fulfills 
the  English  proficiency  requirement  for  teaching 
majors. 

1100.  Introduction  to  Literature/(3).F;S. 

Analysis  of  fiction,  poetry,  and  drama.  Continued 
emphasis  on  composition  through  literary  essays. 
Prerequisite:  ENG  1000. 

ENGLISH  1000  AND  1100  ARE 
PREREQUISITES  FOR  ALL  COURSES 
WHICH  FOLLOW. 

2000.  Workshop  in  Composition/(l).F;S. 

A  review  in  basic  principles  of  effective  composi- 
tion designed  primarily  for  transfer  students. 
Satisfactory  completion  of  the  course  fulfills  the 
English  proficiency  requirement  for  teacher 
education  students.  Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 


English 


92 


2010.  English  Literature/(3).F. 

A  study  of  major  writers  from  the  beginning  of 
British  literature  through  the  eighteenth  century. 

2020.  English  Literature/(3).S. 

A  study  of  major  British  writers  from  the  Roman- 
tics through  the  present. 

2030.  World  Literature/(3).F. 

Masterpieces   of  the   Western   World   from   the 
classical  period  to  the  Renaissance,  in  translation. 


3200.  Advanced  Composition/ (2). F. 

Practice  in  expository  writing,  with  emphasis  on 
effective  style,  sound  structure,  and  correct 
mechanics.  Required  for  teaching  majors,  this 
course  is  a  prerequisite  to  English  3490  and  3520. 

3300.  Advanced  Grammar/(2).S. 

A  study  of  the  syntax  of  English  as  described  by 
traditional  grammarians  with  some  attention  to  the 
descriptive  principles  of  transformational  gram- 
mar. Required  for  teaching  majors. 


2040.  World  Literature/(3).S. 

Masterpieces  of  the  Western  World,  in  translation, 
from  the  Renaissance  to  the  present. 

2100.  Modern  Studies/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  recent  literature.  Course  content  will 
vary  and  may  concentrate  on  poetry,  fiction, 
drama,  or  a  combination. 

2120.  Black  Literature/(3).S. 

A  critical  study  of  the  work  of  outstanding  Black 
writers. 

2170.  Introduction  to  Film/(3).F;S. 

A  critical  examination  of  notable  examples  of  the 
filmmaker's  art  from  silent  movies  up  to  the 
modern  era,  including  a  variety  of  film  genres  and 
including  both  American  and  foreign  films. 

2310.  American  Literature/(3).F. 

A  study  of  major  writers  from  the  beginning  of 
American  literature  through  the  Romantics. 

2320.  American  Literature/(3).S. 

A  study  of  major  American  writers  from  the  begin- 
ning of  realism  through  the  present. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

Independent  research  on  a  topic  not  offered  in  a 
scheduled  course.  Prior  to  registration,  indepen- 
dent studies  must  be  approved  by  the  directing 
professor,  the  department  chairperson,  and  the 
dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

2530-2549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

Content  to  vary;  may  be  repeated  for  credit  when 
content  does  not  duplicate. 

3100.  Practical  Writing/(3).F;S. 

Prose  writing  for  non-English  majors  with  em- 
phasis on  analytical  and  critical  writing  and  such 
practical  matters  as  organization,  clarity,  tone,  and 
style.  Attention  to  the  student's  needs  and  in- 
terests and  to  writing  practices  appropriate  to  his 
or  her  academic  discipline. 


3490.  Workshop  in  the  Teaching  of 
English/(2).F. 

Practical  experience  in  the  preparing  and  teaching 
of  literature  and  composition.  Prerequisite:  ENG 
3200.  Required  for  teaching  majors. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

Directed,  concentrated  study  of  a  special  topic 
developed  by  the  student. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: Junior  or  Senior  standing  and  English 
3200.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three 
semester  hours.  Required  for  teaching  majors. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

Content  to  vary;  may  be  repeated  for  credit  when 
content  does  not  duplicate. 

3610.  Studies  in  the  Principles  of 
Language/(3).F. 

An  introduction  to  theories  of  language  structure, 
language  acquisition,  and  the  functions  of 
language  within  a  cultural  setting,  with  particular 
emphasis  on  semantics. 

3650.  Creative  Writing/(3).F. 

An  introductory  course  in  writing  poetry  and  fic- 
tion, specifically  the  short  story,  with  emphasis  on 
techniques. 

3660.  Creative  Writing/(3).S. 

An  advanced  course  in  writing.  Students  may  pro- 
ject a  novel  or  work  in  poetry,  drama,  or  the  short 
story.  Prerequisite:  ENG  3650. 

3720.  Studies  in  the  Short  Story/(3).F. 

3740.  Studies  in  Poetry/(3).F. 

3750.  Studies  in  Drama/(3).S. 


English 


93 


Senior  /Graduate  Courses 
4590.  World  Literature/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  literary  content,  theories,  and  problems 
of  a  specific  world-epoch. 

4610.  Modern  English  Grammar/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  the  syntactic  structures  of 
English  as  described  by  structural  and  transforma- 
tional grammarians. 

4660.  History  of  the  English 
Language/  (3).  S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  phonological,  morphological,  and 
cultural  development  of  English,  with  particular 
emphasis  on  phonology. 

4730.  The  Novel/(3).S. 

A  study  of  selected  novels  from  English,  American 
and  world  literature. 

4760.  Literary  Criticism/(3).S. 

Studies  of  the  classical  critics  in  translation  and  of 
the  contemporary  critics,  with  emphasis  on 
specific  techniques. 

4770.  Early  American  Literature/(3).F. 

Studies  in  the  works  of  the  founders  of  American 
political,  religious,  and  literary  culture  as  reflective 
of  trends  in  intellectual  history. 

4780.  Nineteenth  Century  American 
Literature/(3).S. 

Examination  of  the  major  authors  under  whose 
leadership  American  literature  achieved  world 
prominence. 

4790.  Twentieth  Century  American 
Literature/(3).S. 

A  study  of  poetic  and  prose  works  most 
characteristic  of  modern  American  literature  and 
thought.  Emphasis  on  major  writers. 

4800.  Colloquium/(l-4).  On  Demand. 

Content  to  vary;  may  be  repeated  for  credit  when 
content  does  not  duplicate. 

4810.  Folklore/(3).S. 

A  survey  of  folkloric  genres  (narrative,  drama, 
song,  proverb,  riddle,  custom,  belief,  game)  with 
attention  to  their  forms,  transmission,  and  func- 
tions in  traditional  and  urban  societies. 

4820.  Early  English  Literature/ (3). F. 

An    introductory    study    of    medieval    English 

literature  and  Middle  English. 

4830.  Shakespeare  I/(3).F. 

A  study  of  Shakespeare's  comedies  and  histories. 


4840.  Shakespeare  11/(3). S. 

A  study  of  Shakespeare's  tragedies. 

4850.  Seventeenth  Century  English 
Literature/(3).S. 

A  study  of  literature  written  during  the  seven- 
teenth century  in  England,  with  each  offering 
limited  to  selected  works. 

4860.  Restoration  and  Eighteenth  Century 
Literature/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  literature  written  in  England  during 
the  years  1660-1800.  Each  offering  is  limited  to 
selected  works  and  authors  of  the  period. 

4870.  The  English  Romantic  Movement/(3).F. 

A  study  of  selected  works  of  Wordsworth,  Col- 
eridge, Southey,  Scott  and  Byron,  Shelley,  Keats, 
with  some  attention  to  essayists  and  minor  poets 
of  the  Romantic  Movement. 

4880.  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period/(3).F. 

A  study  of  selected  major  English  poets,  novelists, 
and  essayists  of  the  latter  part  of  the  nineteenth 
century. 

4890.  Twentieth  Century  British 
Literature/(3).F. 

A  study  of  major  themes  and  literary  techniques  in 
Twentieth  Century  British  Literature. 

4900.  Internship  in  Writing/Editing/ 
(1-12).  F;S;SS. 

On-the-job  work  eperience  individually  tailored  to 
students'  career  orientation.  Graded  S/U. 


Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  bibliographical  problems,  types  of 
research  organization  and  reporting  of  research. 
Required  in  the  first  semester  of  beginning 
graduate  students. 

5100.  Approaches  to  Composition/(3).S. 

A  study  of  representative  works  about  the 
teaching  of  writing  with  emphasis  on  the  variety  of 
approaches  available  to  the  prospective  teacher. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

Directed  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  regularly 
scheduled  course. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

Content  to  vary;  may  be  repeated  for  credit  when 
content  does  not  duplicate. 


English 


94 


5600.  Literary  Theory  and  the  Teaching  of 
English/(3).  On  Demand;SS. 

A  study  of  the  application  of  critical  approaches  to 
the  teaching  of  literature  in  high  school  and  the 
two-year  college.  Offered  summer  school  only,  as 
demand  warrants. 

5620.  Linguistics  for  the  Teacher  of 
English/(3)On  Demand;  SS. 

Selected  topics  in  applied  linguistics.  Topics  may 
include  Black  and  Mountain  dialects,  linguistics  as 
an  interpretive  approach  to  literature,  and  hyper- 
modern  linguistic  theory.  Offered  summer  school 
only,  as  demand  warrants. 

5770.  Colonial  and  Federal  American 
Literature/(3).F;SS. 

An  intensive  study  in  selected  major  authors  from 
the  founding  of  the  English  colonies  through  the 
early  stage  of  the  American  Republic.  Offered 
alternate  years  with  5780.  Offered  1985-86,  Fall; 
1985,  SS. 

5780.  Nineteenth-Century  American 
Literature/(3).F;SS. 

An  intensive  study  of  the  works  of  such  major 
writers  as  Poe,  Hawthorne,  Melville,  Emerson, 
Thoreau,  Whitman,  Dickinson,  Twain,  James, 
and  Crane.  Offered  alternate  years  with  5770.  Of- 
fered 1984-85;  Fall;  1984  SS. 

5790.  Twentieth-Century  American 
Literature/(3).F;SS. 

An  intensive  study  of  such  major  writers  as  Frost, 
Faulkner,  Fitzgerald,  and  Hemingway.  Offered 
alternate  years  with  5890.  Offered  1985-86,  Fall; 
1985  SS. 

5810.  Chaucer/(3).S;SS. 

A  critical  study  of  The  Canterbury  Tales,  other 
works  selected  from  the  Chaucer  canon,  and 
related  medieval  texts.  Offered  alternate  years 
with  5840.  Offered  1985-86,  Spring;  1985  SS. 

5820.  Renaissance  Non-Dramatic  Literature/ 
(3).F;SS. 

A  comprehensive  study  of  the  non-dramatic 
literature  of  the  English  Renaissance  including 
such  major  writers  as  More,  Sidney,  Raleigh,  and 
Spencer.  Offered  alternate  years  with  5830.  Of- 
fered 1985-86,  Fall;  1985  SS. 

5830.  Renaissance  Drama/(3).F;SS. 

An  intensive  study  of  selected  playwrights  of  the 
Elizabethan,  Jacobean,  and  Caroline  periods,  in- 
cluding the  University  Wits,  Jonson,  Dekker, 
Marston,  Beaumont  and  Fletcher,  Webster,  and 
Ford.  Offered  alternate  years  with  5820.  Offered 
1984-85,  Fall;  1984  SS. 


5840.  Shakespeare/(3).S;SS. 

An  intensive  study  of  selected  works  from  the 
Shakespeare  canon.  Offered  alternate  years  with 
5810.  Offered  1984-85,  Spring;  1984  SS. 

5850.  Milton/(3).S;SS. 

An  intensive  study  of  Paradise  Lost,  other  works 
selected  from  the  Milton  canon,  and  related  texts. 
Offered  alternate  years  with  5865.  Offered 
1985-86,  Spring;  1985  SS. 

5865.  Eighteenth -Century  Brisith  Studies/ 
(3).S;SS. 

An  intensive  study  of  selected  topics  of  major 
literary  interest  during  the  period  1660-1800, 
e.g.,  Restoration  Drama,  the  Tory  Wits,  and 
Johnson  and  his  Circle.  Offered  alternate  years 
with  5850.  Offered  1984-85,  Spring;  1984  SS. 

5870.  Romantic  Period/(3).S;SS. 

An  intensive  study  of  selected  authors  of  the 
Romantic  period  considered  in  relation  to  general 
concepts  of  romanticism.  Offered  alternate  years 
with  5880.  Offered  1985-86,  Spring;  1985  SS. 

5880.  Victorian  Period/(3).S;SS. 

An  in-depth  study  of  one  or  more  major  poets, 
novelists  or  prose  writers,  with  emphasis  upon  the 
thought  and  style  of  the  selected  writer  or  writers 
and  the  relationship  between  the  literature  and  the 
intellectual  milieu  of  the  period.  Offered  alternate 
years  with  5870.  Offered  1984-85,  Spring;  1984 
SS. 

5890.  Twentieth-Century  British 
Literature/(3).F;SS. 

An  intensive  study  of  the  works  of  such  major 
writers  as  Yeats,  Lawrence,  and  Joyce.  Offered 
alternate  years  with  5790.  Offered  1984-85,  Fall; 
1984  SS. 

5900.  Practicum  in  the  Teaching  of 
English/(1).F. 

Practical  experience  in  the  teaching  of  composi- 
tion and  literature.  Emphasis  on  the  problems  en- 
countered in  the  teaching  of  English  1000  and 
1100  and  attention  to  a  variety  of  instructional 
strategies.  Required  of  all  teaching  assistants. 
Grading  on  S/U  basis. 

5910.  World  Literature/(3).S;SS. 

A  seminar  in  Classical,  Continental,  or  Oriental 
literature  in  translation.  Emphasis  will  be  indicated 
in  term  schedules.  Offered  alternate  years  with 
5980.  Offered  1984-85,  Spring  1984  SS. 


Foreign  Languages 


95 


5980.    Contemporary   American   and   English  of  the  Absurd   (and  beyond).  Offered  alternate 

Literature/(3).S;SS.  years  with  5910.  Offered  1985-86,  Spring;  1985 

An  examination  of  recent  trends  in  post-WW  II  SS. 

writing  and  thought,  with  emphasis  on  the  New 

American    poetry    in   theory   and   practice,    ex-  5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS. 

periments  in  post-Modern  novels,  and  the  Theater  Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 


Department  of  Foreign  Languages 


(FL) 


Ramon  Diaz-Solis,  Chairperson 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  teaches  students  to  read,  write  and/or  speak 
various  languages,  modern  and  old.  Through  the  study  of  literature  and  other  elements 
of  culture,  the  department  gives  its  students  a  better  comprehension  of  the  language 
and  helps  them  to  relate  to  people  of  different  languages  with  greater  deference  and 
understanding. 

A  major  in  French  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  27  semester  hours, 
above  the  foreign  language  requirement,  including  2010,  2020,  3010,  3020,  3050, 
3060,  3070,  3080,  3090  or  4010.  A  major  in  Spanish  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree  consists  of  27  semester  hours  above  the  foreign  language  requirement,  in- 
cluding 2010,  2020,  3015,  3025,  3030,  3045,  3050,  3070  and  4550.  Recommend- 
ed: 3090. 

A  minor  in  French  or  Spanish  consists  of  12  semester  hours  above  the  foreign  language 
requirements,  including  2010,  2020  and  six  semester  hours  of  electives. 

A  minor  in  German  consists  of  12  semester  hours  above  the  foreign  language  require- 
ment, including  GER  3015-3025:  GER  2010:  Conversational  German  I  (F);  and  GER 
2020:  Conversational  German  II  (S),  but  excluding  GER  3520,  Instructional 
Assistance . 

A  minor  in  Latin  consists  of  12  semester  hours  above  the  foreign  language  requirement 
but  excluding  both  LAT  2010:  Mythology,  and  LAT  3520:  Instructional  Assistance. 

A  major  in  French  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certification 
consists  of  a  minimum  of  33  semester  hours  above  the  course  level  of  1020,  including 
1040,  1050,  2010,  2020,  3010,  3020,  3050,  3060,  3070,  3080,  3090  or  4010.  A 
major  in  Spanish  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certification 
consists  of  a  minimum  of  33  semester  hours  above  the  course  level  of  1020,  including 
1040,  1050,  2010,  2020,  3015,  3025,  3030,  3045,  3050,  3070  and  4550.  Recom- 
mended: 3090.  The  department  recommends  that  a  major  in  French  or  Spanish  use 
electives  to  build  up  a  teaching  competence  in  a  related  field.  For  the  requirements  in 
teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 


Foreign  Languages 


96 


The  department  offers  a  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  French  and  Spanish  for  secondary 
school  teachers  and  for  junior  college  teachers.  Prerequisite  to  graduate  work  is  30 
semester  hours  of  language  study  above  the  elementary  level.  Graduate  students  who 
do  not  have  adequate  undergraduate  credits  may  begin  graduate  study  if,  at  the  same 
time,  they  are  building  up  their  undergraduate  hours  to  the  required  level.  For  the 
master's  degree,  a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  is  required  in  the  major  field  (French 
or  Spanish) .  The  remainder  will  be  in  education  or  electives.  The  electives  may  be  in  the 
major  field,  in  another  language,  in  education,  or  in  another  field,  such  as  English.  The 
two  required  courses  are  Bibliography  and  Research  and  History  of  the  French 
Language  or  History  of  the  Spanish  Language,  but  there  are  several  preferred  electives. 
For  further  advice,  consult  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages. 
For  the  graduate  requirements  in  education,  see  either  the  Department  of  Secondary 
Education  or  Department  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education. 

A  graduate  minor  in  French  or  Spanish  is  comprised  of  a  minimum  of  12  elective  hours 
numbered  above  4500  from  the  French  and  Spanish  listings  in  the  Graduate  Catalog. 

International  Economics  and  Business  Options 

International  economics  and  business  options  are  available  within  the  following  majors: 
Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  Economics,  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  double  major  in 
Economics  and  French  or  Spanish,  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 
with  an  individually  designed  major  in  International  Studies. 

For  B.A.  students,  a  total  of  30  semester  hours  in  two  languages  will  be  required  in  ad- 
dition to  the  General  Education  literature  requirement.  BSBA  students  will  take  15 
hours  in  the  chosen  language,  in  addition  to  the  General  Education  literature  require- 
ment. 

For  each  of  the  two  B.A.  majors,  students  will  take  the  required  courses  for  an 
economics  major,  ECO  4050,  and  ECO  4810,  Seminar  in  European  Economic  Institu- 
tions. In  addition,  they  will  take  ACC  2100,  2110,  3200,  and  MGT  4810,  Seminar  in 
Multinational  Corporations. 

For  the  BSBA  program,  the  College  of  Business  core  must  be  completed,  including  in 
the  major  program  ECO  3010,  3020,  4050,  and  4810,  Seminar  in  European 
Economic  Institutions,  MGT  4810,  Seminar  in  Multinational  Corporations,  and  HIS 
3134.  Under  each  option,  an  opportunity  will  be  offered  for  a  summer  internship 
abroad. 

In  order  to  be  admitted  to  the  major  under  any  of  these  options,  students  must  pass  a 
special  examination  demonstrating  reading  and  speaking  proficiency  in  each  of  the 
languages  chosen.  Also,  students  taking  any  of  these  options  will  choose  general 
education  courses  in  consultation  with  the  advisor  for  this  program. 

For  further  information,  students  should  consult  either  the  chairperson  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Foreign  Languages  or  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Economics. 


Foreign  Languages 


97 


The  Foreign  Language  Laboratory 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  has  a  54-booth  electronic  language  laboratory. 
In  the  laboratory,  students  listen  and  respond  to  prerecorded  tapes  which  deal  with  the 
material  covered  in  their  courses.  The  main  purpose  of  the  laboratory  is  to  increase  the 
student's  ability  to  pronounce,  speak,  and  understand  the  language.  The  laboratory  in- 
creases the  efficiency  of  language  learning  and  the  extra  hours  spent  in  the  laboratory 
can  be  the  student's  most  productive  study  time. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Foreign  Languages 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 

2020.  Every  Man's  Latin/(1).F. 

Essential  structures  and  historical  evolution  of 
Latin.  Relation  of  Latin  to  English  and  other 
modern  languages.  The  Latin  underlying  scien- 
tific, artistic  and  daily  speech. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 


5500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(2).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  methods  and  tools  of  research  in 
French  and  Spanish.  Required  of  French  and 
Spanish  M.A.  candidates. 

5001.  Teaching  Methods  in  Foreign 
Languages/(1).F. 

A  study  of  the  literature  of  language  methodology 
with  class  discussions  of  materials,  procedures, 
testing,  etc.  Laboratory  for  the  course  will  be  the 
classes  being  taught  by  the  students.  Required  of 
graduate  teaching  assistants  during  first  year  of  ap- 
pointment. Offered  on  S/U  basis. 


ign 


5002.     Teaching     Methods     in     Forei 
Languages/(1).S. 

A  continuation  of  5001,  a  study  of  specific 
teaching  techniques  with  emphasis  on  implemen- 
ting and  supplementing  materials,  evaluating 
students  and  coordinating  classroom  activities 
with  lab  work.  Laboratory  for  the  course  will  be 
classes  being  taught  by  the  students.  Required  of 
graduate  teaching  assistants  during  first  year  of  ap- 
pointment. Offered  on  S/U  basis. 


5530-5549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


FRENCH 

1010-1020.  Elementary  French/(3-3).F-S. 

Understanding,  speaking,  reading  and  writing 
French.  Audiolingual  techniques  are  combined 
with  required  recording-listening  practice  in  the 
language  laboratory.  Open  to  those  with  no 
previous  preparation  in  French  or  those  who 
make  a  low  score  on  the  French  placement  test. 
Recitation  three  hours  and  laboratory  two  hours  a 
week. 

1040-1050.  Intermediate  French/(3-3).F-S. 

Intensive  grammar  review  and  training  in 
understanding,  speaking,  reading  and  writing 
French.  Prerequisite:  two  units  of  high  school 
French  and  a  good  score  on  the  French  placement 
test,  or  FRE  1010-1020,  or  the  equivalent. 
Recitation  three  hours  and  laboratory  two  hours  a 
week. 

2010-2020.  Conversational  French  and 
Phonetics/(3-3).F-S. 

Practice  in  everyday  conversational  French  and 
the  improvement  of  diction.  Practical  study  of  the 
International  Phonetic  alphabet  as  it  applies  to 
French.  Recitation  three  hours  and  laboratory  two 
hours  a  week.  Required  of  French  majors.  Prere- 
quisite: FRE  1040-1050  or  the  equivalent,  or  by 
special  placement. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 


Foreign  Languages 


98 


3010-3020.  Introduction  to  French 
Literature/(3-3).F-S. 

An  introduction  to  the  major  writers  of  the  French 
literary  tradition  and  explications  de  texte.  Selec- 
tions and  complete  works  of  poetry,  fiction, 
theater,  and  essay.  In  the  first  semester:  Middle 
Ages  through  the  18th  century.  In  the  second 
semester:  19th  and  20th  centuries.  Lectures  and 
discussions;  short  essays  and  tests.  Conducted  in 
French.  Required  of  French  majors.  Prerequisite: 
FRE  1040-1050  or  the  equivalent. 

3050-3060.  Culture  and  Civilization  of 
France/(3-3).F;S. 

Contemporary  France  as  seen  through  its  history, 
institutions  and  arts.  Reading  and  discussion  in 
French.  Required  of  French  majors.  Prerequisite: 
FRE  1040-1050  or  the  equivalent. 

3070-3080.  Advanced  Grammar,  Syntax  and 
Composition/(3-3).F;S. 

A  study  of  French  grammar,  idioms,  and  syntax. 
Prerequisite:  FRE  1040-1050  or  the  equivalent. 
Required  of  French  majors. 

3090.  Business  French/(3).S.  On  Demand. 

A  study  of  the  current  specialized  vocabulary  per- 
tinent to  international  trade  and  business. 
Selected  readings  from  appropriate  journals  and 
magazines,  plus  attention  to  various  types  of 
business  correspondence.  Prerequisite:  FRE 
2010-2020  or  the  equivalent. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 

mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


4010.  Francophone  Literature/(3).  S.  On  De- 
mand. 

An  in-depth  study  of  French  literature  outside  of 
France.  Special  consideration  will  be  given  to  the 
themes  and  style  of  representative  works  from 
Africa,  the  Antilles,  Madagascar,  and  Canada. 
Content  will  vary.  Conducted  in  French.  Prere- 
quisite: FRE  2010-2020  or  instructor's  approval. 


Graduate  Courses 

5005.  Advanced  Conversation,  Phonetics  and 

Diction/(3).F;SS. 

Intensive  study  of  the  sound  system  of  the  French 
language  and  its  correct  reproduction.  Advanced 
oral  practice.  Class  recitation  three  hours  and 
laboratory. 

5010.  History  of  the  French 
Language/(3).S;SS. 

The  evolution  of  French  from  Latin  to  its  present 
form;  integral  developments  and  external  in- 
fluences. Study  of  phonology,  morphology  and 
syntax  of  Old  French  and  reading  selected  Old 
French  texts.  Required  of  French  M.A.  can- 
didates. Alternate  years  with  5020.  Offered  even- 
numbered  years. 

5020.  French  Literature  to  1500/(3). S;SS. 

Study  of  the  major  writers  of  the  medieval  period 
and  their  contribution  to  the  French  literary  tradi- 
tion. Alternate  years  with  5010.  Offered  odd- 
numbered  years. 

5030.  French  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  Cen- 
tury/(3).F;SS. 

Study  of  the  major  writers  of  the  French 
Renaissance  and  early  Baroque.  Offered  alternate 
years  with  5050.  Offered  even-numbered  years. 

5040.  French  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century  (I)/(3).F;SS. 

Study  of  the  major  writers  of  the  French  Baroque 
to  1650.  Alternate  years  with  5041.  Offered  odd- 
numbered  years 

5041.  French  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century  (II)/(3).S;SS. 

Study  of  the  major  writers  of  the  Classical  period. 
Alternate  years  with  5040.  Offered  even- 
numbered  years. 

5050.  French  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Cen- 

tury/(3).S;SS. 

Study  of  the  major  writers  of  the  Age  of  Enlighten- 
ment. Alternate  years  with  5030.  Offered  odd- 
numbered  years. 

5060.  French  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Cen- 
tury (I)/(3).S;SS. 

Study  of  the  major  writers  of  the  Romantic  period. 
Alternate  years  with  5061. 

5061.  French  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Cen- 
tury (II)/(3).S;SS. 

Study  of  the  major  writers  of  the  latter  half  of  the 
nineteenth  century.  Alternate  years  with  5060. 
Offered  odd-numbered  years. 


Foreign  Languages 


99 


5070.  French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Cen- 
tury (I)/(3).F;SS. 

Study  of  the  major  writers  to   1940.   Alternate 
years  with  5071.  Offered  even-numbered  years. 

5071.  French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Cen- 
tury (II)/(3).F;SS. 

Study  of  the  major  writers  since  1940.  Alternate 
years  with  5070.  Offered  odd-numbered  years. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

5530-5549.    Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 
mand. 

5999.  Master's  Thesis/(4).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 


GERMAN 


1010-1020.  Elementary  German/(3-3).F-S. 

Open  to  those  with  no  previous  preparation  in 
German.  Recitation  three  hours  and  laboratory 
two  hours  a  week. 

1040-1050.  Intermediate  German/(3-3).F-S. 

Prerequisite:  two  units  of  high  school  German  or 
GER  1010-1020  or  the  equivalent.  Recitation 
three  hours  and  laboratory  two  hours  a  week. 

2010-2020.  Conversational  German/(3-3).F;S. 

Emphasis  on  acquisition  of  a  practical  vocabulary 
and  active  use  of  the  language.  Prerequisite:  GER 
1040-1050  or  the  equivalent  or  by  special  place- 
ment. Recitation  three  hours  and  laboratory  two 
hours  a  week. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

3015-3025.  Survey  of  German 
Literature/(3-3).F;S. 

Representative  works  in  the  German  language .  In 
the  first  semester:  Middle  Ages  through  the  18th 
century.  In  the  second  semester:  19th  and  20th 
centuries.  Conducted  in  German.  Prerequisite: 
German  1040-1050  or  the  equivalent. 

3050-3060.  Culture  and  Civilization  of  Ger- 
many/(3-3).F;S. 

Study  of  German  institutions,  philosophy, 
literature,  and  art.  Prerequisite:  German 
1040-1050  or  equivalent. 


ticipation  in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: Junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

LATIN 

1010-1020.  Elementary  Latin/(3-3).F-S. 

Open  to  those  with  no  previous  preparation  in 
Latin  or  those  who  make  a  low  score  on  the  Latin 
placement  text.  Recitation  three  hours  a  week. 

1040-1050.  Intermediate  Latin/(3-3).F-S. 

Prerequisite:  two  units  of  high  school  Latin  and  a 
good  score  on  the  Latin  placement  test,  or  LAT 
1020,  or  the  equivalent. 

2010.  Mythology/(3).S. 

Examination  of  the  chief  Graeco-Roman  myths, 
their  influence  on  artists  and  writers  of  western 
culture,  their  place  as  examples  of  man's 
mythopoeic  tendency.  Open  to  all  students.  No 
prior  knowledge  of  Latin  required  for  enrollment. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

3010.  The  Aeneid/(3).F. 

Prerequisite:  LAT  1050  or  four  years  of  high 
school  Latin  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Key 
passages  are  selected  for  translation  and  discus- 
sion. Lecture  three  hours.  Offered  odd-numbered 
years. 

3020.  The  Roman  Historians/(3).S. 

Prerequisite:  LAT  1050  or  four  years  of  high 
school  Latin  or  permission  of  instructor.  Transla- 
tion of  selected  passages  and  discussion  of  literary 
values  of  Livy,  Sallust  and  Tacitus.  Lecture  three 
hours.  Alternate  years  with  4020. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: Junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


4010.  Roman  Satire/(3).F. 

Selections  from  Horace  and  from  Juvenal  will  be 


Foreign  Languages 


100 


read.  Discussions  will  include  each  poet's  specific 
characteristics  and  his  influence  on  western 
culture.  Alternate  years  with  3010. 

4020.  Roman  Comedy/(3).S. 

Selections  from  the  comedies  of  Plautus  and  Ter- 
rence  will  be  read.  Discussions  will  include  the 
practice  of  contaminatio  and  the  playwright's  in- 
fluence on  western  culture.  Alternate  years  with 
3020. 


quired    of   Spanish    majors. 
1050  or  the  equivalent. 


Prerequisite:    SNH 


SPANISH 


1010-1020.  Elementary  Spanish/(3-3).F-S. 

Understanding,  speaking,  reading  and  writing 
Spanish.  Development  of  knowledge  of  Spanish 
culture.  Open  to  those  with  no  previous  prepara- 
tion in  Spanish  or  those  who  make  a  low  score  on 
the  Spanish  placement  test.  Recitation  three  hours 
and  laboratory  two  hours  a  week. 

1040-1050.  Intermediate  Spanish/(3-3).F-S. 

Further  development  of  understanding  the 
Spanish  language  and  culture  through  review  of 
structures  with  emphasis  on  oral  and  reading  com- 
prehension and  self-expression  through  speaking 
and  writing.  Prerequisite:  two  units  of  high  school 
Spanish  and  a  good  score  on  the  Spanish  place- 
ment test,  or  SNH  1010-1020  or  the  equivalent. 
Recitation  three  hours  and  laboratory  two  hours  a 
week. 

2010-2020.  Conversational  Spanish/(3-3).F-S. 

Emphasis  on  acquisition  of  a  practical  vocabulary 
and  active  use  of  the  language.  Prerequisite:  SNH 
1040-1050  or  the  equivalent  or  by  special  place- 
ment. Recitation  three  hours  and  laboratory  two 
hours  a  week. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

3015-3025.    Survey    of    Spanish    Literature/ 

(3-3).F;S. 

Major  writers  of  Spain.  In  the  first  semester:  Mid- 
dle Ages  through  the  18th  century.  In  the  second 
semester:  19th-20th  centuries.  Required  of 
Spanish  majors.  Conducted  in  Spanish.  Prere- 
quisite: SNH  1040-1050  or  the  equivalent. 

3030.  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature/ 
(3).S. 

A  study  of  Spanish- American  literature,  including 
Pre-Columbian  works  and  works  from  the  time  of 
the  colony  up  to  the  present.  Required  of  Spanish 
majors.  Prerequisite:  SNH  1040-1050  or  the 
equivalent. 

3045.  Culture  and  Civilizatlon/(3).F. 

An  outline  of  the  history  and  culture  of  Spain.  Re- 


3050.  Culture  and  Civilization  of  Spanish- 
America/(3).S. 

A  description  of  historical  events,  currents  of 
thought,  artistic  trends,  aboriginal  and  European 
inheritance  and  other  factors  which  significantly 
contributed  to  the  shaping  of  the  peculiar  Spanish- 
American  vision  and  practice  of  life.  Required  of 
Spanish  majors. 

3070.  Advanced  Composition  and 
Grammar/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  morphology,  syntax,  and  idioms  in 
the  Spanish  language.  Prerequisite:  SNH 
2010-2020.  Required  of  Spanish  majors. 

3090.  Business  Spanish/(3).  On  Demand. 

A  study  of  the  current  specialized  vocabulary  per- 
tinent to  international  trade  and  business. 
Selected  readings  from  appropriate  journals  and 
magazines,  plus  attention  to  various  types  of 
business  correspondence.  Prerequisite:  SNH 
2010-2020  or  the  equivalent. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


and 


4550.         Spanish         Phonetics 
Diction/(3).S;SS. 

A  study  of  systems  of  sounds  in  Spain  and 
Spanish-America,  including  oral  practice  in 
laboratory.  Prerequisite:  SNH  2010-2020.  Re- 
quired of  Spanish  majors. 

Graduate  Courses 

5010.        History        of       the        Spanish 

Language/ (3). F;SS. 

Study  of  the  evolution  of  Spanish.  Required  of 
Spanish  M.A.  candidates.  Alternate  years  with 
5020.  Offered  even-numbered  years. 

5020.  Spanish  Literature  to  1500/(3). F;SS. 
Mainly  "Poema  de  Mio  Cid,"  "Libro  de  Buen 
Amor,"  and  "La  Celestina."  Alternate  years  with 
5010.  Offered  odd-numbered  years. 


Geology 


101 


5030.  Poetry  of  the  Golden  Age/(3).S;SS. 

Study  of  the  major  poets  of  the  Renaissance  and 
the  Baroque.  Alternate  years  with  5031.  Offered 
even-numbered  years. 

5031.  Drama  of  the  Golden  Age/(3).S;Ss. 
Study  of  the  major  dramatists  from  the  Spanish 
Renaissance  through  the  Spanish  Baroque.  Alter- 
nate years  with   5030.    Offered  odd-numbered 
years. 

5032.  Novels  of  the  Golden  Age/(3).S;SS. 

Origin  and  development  of  chivalric,  pastoral,  and 
picaresque  novels  with  special  attention  to  Cer- 
vantes. Alternate  years  with  5040.  Offered  even- 
numbered  years. 

5040.  19th  Century  Spanish  Literature/(3). 
S;SS. 

Study  of  the  major  writers  of  Spanish  romanticism 
and  realism.  Alternate  years  with  5032.  Offered 
odd-numbered  years. 

5050.  Modern  Poetry  in  Spain  and  Spanish 
America/(3).S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  major  Spanish  and  Spanish- 
American  poets  from  the  late  19th  century  to  the 


present.  Alternate  years  with  5051.  Offered  even- 
numbered  years. 

5051.  Modern  Spanish  Novels/(3).F;SS. 
Spanish  novelists  from  the  generation  of  '98  to  the 
present.  Alternate  years  with  5050.  Offered  odd- 
numbered  years. 

5060.  20th  Century  Drama  in  Spain  and 
Spanish-America/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  major  dramatists  of  Spain  and 
Spanish-America.  Alternate  years  with  5062.  Of- 
fered odd-numbered  years. 

5062.  20th  Century  Spanish-American 
Novels/(3).S;SS. 

Beginning  with  Modernism  and  continuing  until 
recent  times.  Alternate  years  with  5060.  Offered 
even-numbered  years. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

5530.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  Demand. 

5999.  Master's  Thesis/(4).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 


Department  of  Geology  (GLY) 

Fred  Webb,  Jr.,  Chairperson 

Purposes  of  the  Department  of  Geology  are: 

1.  To  provide  all  students  with  the  opportunity  to  learn  basic  scientific  principles 
through  the  study  of  geology. 

2.  To  introduce  students  to  the  many  ways  in  which  geology  is  interwoven  into  the 
fabric  of  modern  civilization. 

3.  To  provide  geology  majors  with  the  sound  background  requisite  for  productive 
work  in  their  profession  and  graduate  studies. 

4.  To  provide  earth  science  teaching  majors  with  the  opportunity  to  become  compe- 
tent earth  science  teachers. 


A  major  in  geology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  recommended  for  those 
students  who  intend  to  pursue  graduate  studies  in  geology  after  graduation  at  Ap- 
palachian. The  program  consists  of  the  following,  in  addition  to  general  requirements 
for  B.A.  degrees  in  this  college  as  stated  elsewhere  in  this  catalog: 

A  geology  major  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  a  minimum  of  36 
semester  hours  of  geology  courses  above  the  1000  level.  Required  courses  include 


Geology 

102 


GLY  2010,  2020,  2100,  2200,  3100,  3200,  3400,  3600,  an  approved  summer  field 
course  of  at  least  six  semester  hours  credit,  and  six  hours  of  geology  electives.  In  addi- 
tion, a  geology  major  must  complete  MAT  1110,  1120,  and  an  additional  three 
semester  hours  of  courses  in  the  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences;  CHE  1101  and 
1102;  and  PHY  1150  and  1151. 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  geology  (option  A,  graduate  school 
track  for  industry-oriented  students)  are  37  semester  hours  of  geology  including:  GLY 
2010,  2020,  2100,  2200,  3100,  3200,  3300,  3400,  3600,  one  of  the  follow- 
ing—4220,  4650  or  4950,  and  an  approved  six  semester  hours  geology  summer  field 
course.  In  addition,  the  student  must  take  MAT  1110  and  1120,  and  either  six  semester 
hours  of  statistics  or  eight  semester  hours  of  computer  science,  including  CS  1410  and 
either  CS  1400  or  1440  (MAT  1100  may  be  taken  to  complete  the  eight  hour  require- 
ment); CHE  1101-1102;  PHY  1150-1151;  and  have  an  approved  minor. 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  geology  (option  B,  industry- 
oriented  technician  track)  consist  of  34  semester  hours  of  geology  courses  that  include: 
GLY  2010,  2020,  2100,  2200,  3600,  4650,  and  10  hours  of  geology  electives,  and  an 
approved  geology  summer  field  course  of  six  semester  hours  credit.  In  addition,. the  stu- 
dent must  take  CHE  1101-1102,  PHY  1150-1151,  and  MAT  1110,  and  at  least  five 
additional  hours  of  calculus,  statistics,  or  computer  science.  The  student  must  complete 
a  minor  approved  by  the  department. 

A  minor  in  geology  consists  of  GLY  1101  and  1102,  plus  either  GLY  2010-2020  or 
GLY  2450,  and  an  additional  six  hours  of  geology  courses  numbered  above  1199. 

During  the  senior  year  the  B.A./B.S.  (non-teaching)  student  must  take  and  achieve  a 
satisfactory  score  on  a  comprehensive  examination  covering  theoretical  and  practical 
aspects  in  areas  of  geology.  Students  who  are  unsuccessful  on  portions  or  all  of  the  ex- 
amination may  retake  appropriate  portions  up  to  two  additional  times  prior  to  gradua- 
tion. 

A  major  in  Earth  Science  leading  to  the  B.S.  degree  and  teacher  certification  in  Science 
Education  requires  GLY  1101,  1102,  1103,  1200,  2450,  3300,  4850,  3  hours  of 
geology  electives,  and  GLY  3520  (instructional  assistance  in  GLY  1101,  1102,  and 
1103)  [SE  2900  may  be  substituted  for  1  hour  of  GLY  3520).  The  program  also  re- 
quires GHY  3100  and  3110,  CHE  1101  and  1102  or  PHY  1103  and  1104,  BIO  1101 
and  1102,  MAT  1020  or  1025  and  3910,  and  PHY  2100,  2200.  See  also  Curriculum 
in  Science  Education  for  information  on  sciences.  For  the  requirements  in  teacher 
education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Geology 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


Geology 

103 


GEOLOGY 


1101.  Introduction  to  Physical  Geology/(3).F; 
SS. 

Introduction  to  the  composition,  origin,  and 
modification  of  earth  materials  through  study  of 
geological  cycles;  principles  of  geology 
demonstrated  through  use  of  practical  examples. 
This  course  plus  either  Geology  1102  or  Geology 
1103  will  fulfill  the  one  year  General  Education 
natural  science  requirement.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 

1102.  Introduction  to  Historical  Geology/(3). 
S;SS. 

Survey  of  principles  of  study  of  the  earth's  past 
and  its  inhabitants;  and  overview  of  the  history  of 
the  earth  and  its  inhabitants,  with  emphasis  on 
North  America  and  the  Appalachian  Mountains. 
Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

1103.  Introduction  to  Applied  Geology/(3).S; 
SS. 

Survey  of  principles  of  the  study  of  physical  and 
chemical  processes  that  change  the  earth's  crust 
and  surface  through  modification  of  earth 
materials;  principles  of  origin,  distribution, 
availability,  and  exploration  of  earth's  mineral 
resources;  emphasis  on  applications  of  principles 
of  geological  science  to  solutions  of  practical  pro- 
blems. Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

1200.  Environmental  Geology/(2).S. 

Application  of  the  geological  sciences  to  en- 
viromental  problems;  study  of  geologic  hazards 
and  potentials,  using  case  histories.  Lecture  two 
hours. 

2010.  Mineralogy/(2).F. 

Fundamentals  of  crystallography  and  crystal 
chemistry  as  applied  to  minerals;  identification, 
classification,  and  description  of  crystals  and 
minerals  by  chemical  composition.  Prerequisites: 
GLY  1101  and  1102  or  1103,  and  General 
Chemistry,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Lecture 
one  hour,  laboratory  three  hours. 

2020.  Crystallography/(2).F. 

The  study  of  crystals,  including  their  growth, 
structure,  physical  properties,  and  classification  by 
form.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  three  hours. 
Chemistry  1101  is  prerequisite  or  may  be  taken 
concurrently. 

2100.  Preparation  of  Geologic  Reports/(3).F. 

This  course  consists  of  instruction  in  basic 
methods  of  field  data  collection,  proper  use  of 
geologic    library    materials,     organization    of 


materials,  and  writing  reports.  Prerequisite:  GLY 
1101.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  three  hours. 

2200.  Introduction  to  Petrology/(4).S. 

Characteristics,  classification,  and  genesis  of  com- 
mon rocks.  Prerequisite:  GLY  2010  and  CHE 
1101.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  five  hours. 

2450.  Minerals,  rocks,  and  fossils/(4).S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  nature  of  minerals,  including  crystal 
form;  the  origin  of  common  rock-forming  and 
economically  important  minerals;  the  classification 
and  origin  of  common  rocks;  the  history  of  plants, 
invertebrate,  and  vertebrate  animals;  the  se- 
quence of  major  events  in  the  history  of  life;  and 
the  evolution  of  ecosystems.  This  course  is  not 
open  to  geology  majors  for  credit.  Prerequisites: 
Geology  1101  and  1102.  Lecture  two  hours; 
laboratory  five  hours  (2.5  hours,  twice  each 
week). 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3100.  Optical  Mineralogy/(3).S. 

Theory  and  use  of  the  transmitted  light,  polarizing 
microscope  in  the  study  of  common  rock-forming 
minerals  is  the  focus  of  this  course.  Grain  mounts 
are  used  in  the  study  of  principles  and  thin- 
sections  analysis  is  introduced.  Prerequisite:  GLY 
2010  and  2020.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory 
three  hours. 

3200.  Introduction  to  Stratigraphy  and 
Sedimentology/(3).F. 

Properties,  classification,  and  despositional 
models  of  sedimentary  rocks.  Principles  of  collec- 
tion and  interpretation  of  stratigraphic  data;  em- 
phasis on  field  relationships.  Prerequisite:  GLY 
2010.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  three  hours. 

3300.  Geomorphology  and  Remote 
Sensing(3).F. 

This  course  includes  a  study  of  the  nature  and 
origin  of  landforms.  Qualitative  and  quantitative 
aspects  of  landform  analysis  in  the  field  and 
laboratory  using  maps,  aerial  photographs,  and 
satellite  imagery  are  introduced.  Prerequisites: 
GLY  1101,  1102  or  1103.  Lecture  three  hours, 
laboratory  three  hours. 

3350.  Earth  Science  Investigations/(3).  On 
Demand. 

A  course  for  elementary  education  majors  with  a 
concentration  in  science.  Study  of  the  composi- 
tion of  the  earth,  the  physical  processes  con- 
tinuously changing  it,  and  the  history  of  life,  with 
emphasis  on  man's  interaction  with  the  earth.  Ac- 
tivities   suitable   for   presenting   the    material    to 


History 


104 


elementary  school  students  will  be  stressed.  Lec- 
ture two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours.  This  course 
is  not  available  to  anyone  who  has  previously 
completed  GLY  1101. 

3400.  Introduction  to  Paleontology/(4).S. 

Morphology,  phylogeny,  temporal  distribution, 
and  paleoecology  of  fossils,  with  emphasis  on  in- 
vertebrates. Prerequisites:  GLY  2010  or  Biology 
1102.  Lecture  three  hours,  laboratory  three 
hours. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory /unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


3600.  Structural  Geology/(3).S. 

Nature,  classification,  genesis,  and  quantification 
of  geologic  structures  with  emphasis  of  field  rela- 
tionships. Prerequisite:  GLY  1102  or  1103.  Lec- 
ture two  hours,  laboratory  three  hours. 

4220.  Topics  in  Advanced  Petrology/(3).S. 

Igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks,  with  emphasis 
on  current  ideas  regarding  their  origin  and 
significance,  are  the  focus  of  this  course.  Thin  sec- 
tion analysis,  field  observations,  and  theoretical 
analyses  are  emphasized.  Prerequisites:  GLY 
2200,  3100.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  three 
hours . 


Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4650.  Economic  Geology  and  Exploration 

Techniques/(4).S. 

Principles,  processes,  and  distribution  of  major 
metallic  and  selected  non-metallic  mineral 
deposits  with  type  illustrations;  geochemical  and 
geophysical  exploration  techniques  as  applied  to 
mineral  exploration  stressed  in  laboratory.  Prere- 
quisites: GLY  2010  and  2200.  Lecture  three 
hours,  laboratory  three  hours. 

4850.  Introduction  to  Oceanography/(2).F. 

Physical,  chemical,  biological,  and  geological 
oceanography  and  their  interrelationships.  Prere- 
quisites—at least  two  of  the  following  courses: 
BIO  1101-02,  CHE  1101-02,  GLY  1102,  and 
PHY  1101-02.  Lecture  two  hours. 

4950.  Advanced  Historical  Geology  and  Tec- 
tonic Analysis/(4).F. 

Comparison  and  analysis  of  major  tectonic 
theories  proffered  during  the  past  century  provide 
a  foundation  for  examination  of  the  tectonic, 
stratigraphic,  and  paleogeographic  history  of  the 
North  American  continent.  Plate  tectonic  theory 
and  sedimentological  analyses  are  stressed.  The 
emphasis  is  on  Phanerozoic  history.  Prerequisites: 
GLY  2200,  3200,  and  3600,  plus  senior  stan- 
ding. Lecture  and  discussion,  four  hours. 

Graduate  Courses 

5500.  Independent  Study/(l-3).  On  Demand. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics  in  Geology/(l-3). 
On  Demand. 


Department  of  History  (HIS) 

George  P.  Antone,  Chairperson 


The  study  of  history  is  an  essential  part  of  a  liberal  arts  education  and  offers  a  valuable 
preparation  for  careers  in  law,  journalism,  public  and  applied  history;  in  local,  state,  and 
national  public  service;  in  business,  where  a  knowledge  of  domestic  and  foreign  affairs 
is  desirable  as  well  as  in  teaching  and  the  advanced  study  of  history.  By  exposing 
students  to  a  variety  of  cultures  and  human  experience  and  by  training  them  in  the  in- 
terpretation of  conflicting  evidence,  the  history  department  seeks  to  prepare  the  major 
for  the  responsibilities  of  citizenship  and  for  dealing  with  the  ambiguities  of  human  ex- 


History 

105 


istence.  Thus  the  department's  program  is  designed  to  provide  students  with  a 
knowledge  of  their  own  cultural  tradition  and  an  appreciation  of  other  cultures  and 
societies  of  the  past. 

The  Department  of  History  offers  a  broad  curriculum  in  local,  national,  regional,  and 
world  history.  Diversity  in  the  program  encourages  the  history  major  to  develop  a  com- 
parative approach  to  human  problems  and  discourages  parochialism;  specialization  in 
the  major  promotes  an  appreciation  of  the  complexity  of  human  affairs  and  the  dif- 
ficulties involved  in  interpreting  them.  Finally,  the  discipline  of  history  provides  an  in- 
tellectual challenge  as  well  as  a  stimulus  to  the  imagination  and  to  analytical  thinking. 

Undergraduate  Advisement  Office 

Information  about  History  Department  programs  can  be  obtained  from  the 
Undergraduate  Advisement  Office  in  Room  210  of  Whitener  Hall.  The  Advi'.ement  Of- 
fice is  open  daily  and  is  staffed  by  faculty  advisors  who  assist  with  academic  scheduling, 
explain  departmental  and  university  requirements,  and  provide  descriptions  of  new  and 
existing  courses  and  information  on  career  development. 

Departmental  Learning  Laboratory 

A  History  Department  Learning  Laboratory  is  an  important  component  in  the  instruc- 
tional program  offered  by  the  History  Department.  This  laboratory  serves  students  as  a 
developmental  center  where  assistance  with  study,  reading,  or  testing  skills  can  be  ob- 
tained; an  enrichment  center  for  students  who  want  to  use  available  equipment  and 
materials  for  projects  conducted  outside  class;  and  a  study  center  for  those  who  need  to 
complete  assignments  in  audiovisual  or  reserved  reading  materials. 

Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree   BA 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  history  consists  of  33  semester  hours  in  history  beyond 
the  General  Education  history  requirement,  including  six  hours  from  History  2201, 
2204,  2208-2209  (United  States  History);  History  2599  (History  Scope  and  Method); 
and  twenty-four  hours  of  general  course  work.  Majors  should  register  for  History  2599 
in  their  sophomore  year  or  in  the  first  semester  after  they  elect  to  major  in  history.  The 
twenty-four  hours  of  general  course  work  must  be  distributed  among  three  geographic 
areas  of  study:  (1)  European  history;  (2)  United  States  history;  (3)  non-Western  history, 
including  Africa,  Asia,  Latin  America,  and  the  Middle  East.  Majors  are  required  to  take 
a  minimum  of  twelve  semester  hours  in  one  of  these  areas  and  a  minimum  of  six  hours 
in  each  of  the  two  remaining  areas.  History  majors  seeking  the  BA  degree  are  also  re- 
quired to  acquire  proficiency  in  a  foreign  language  equivalent  to  courses  1010  through 
1050,  and  to  complete  a  minor  in  a  related  discipline. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  (with  teaching  certification)   BS-Teaching 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  with  teacher  certification  consists  of  at  least  33 
semester  hours  in  history  beyond  the  General  Education  history  requirement,  as 
described  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree.  Students  in  this  program  are  required  to 
complete  30  semester  hours  of  professional  education  courses  in  place  of  a  minor.  A 
foreign  language  is  strongly  recommended.  For  teacher  education  and  certification  re- 
quirements see  catalog  section  for  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 


History 


106 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  (non-teaching)  BS 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  (non-teaching)  degree,  with  a  concentration  in  a  history- 
related  career  area,  consists  of  an  acceptable  program  of  60  semester  hours,  including  a 
minimum  of  33  semester  hours  in  history,  as  described  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree, 
and  a  minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  a  career-oriented  concentration,  with  courses 
drawn  from  various  departments  and  disciplines.  Examples  of  general  areas  of  career- 
orientation,  around  one  of  which  the  student  may  design  a  program,  are:  Business 
(designated  minor  in  College  of  Business)  and  Government  Service  (with  courses  in 
political  science,  sociology,  psychology,  economics,  geography,  and  other  fields  related 
to  specific  career  interests) . 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Social  Science  (with  teacher  certification  and  concentra- 
tion in  History.) 

The  BS  in  Social  Science  with  a  concentration  in  history  consists  of  36  semester  hours 
in  the  social  sciences,  including  History  1101,  1102,  2201,  2204,  2599,  and  3728,  and 
an  additional  9  hours  in  history  for  the  concentration.  30  semester  hours  in  professional 
education  courses  are  required.  Since  this  degree  program  requires  careful  planning, 
interested  students  should  contact  the  undergraduate  advisor  in  the  Department  of 
History  early  in  their  academic  career.  For  a  list  of  required  courses  in  the  Social 
Science  curriculum,  as  well  as  education  and  certification  requirements,  see  the  ap- 
propriate sections  in  the  catalog  under  the  College  of  Learning  and  Human  Develop- 
ment and  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

Applied/Public  History  Program 

BSA  students  may  also  opt  for  a  career  concentration  in  public  service  fields  such  as 
cultural  resources  management,  historic  site  interpretation,  architectural  preservation, 
planning,  and  cultural  journalism.  Careers  in  Applied/Public  History  require  a 
thorough  grounding  in  local,  social,  and  cultural  history;  an  understanding  of  public 
policy;  and  performance  skills  in  areas  such  as  planning,  preservation  and  conservation 
techniques,  records  management,  historic  interpretation,  and  grantsmanship.  Students 
in  the  Applied/Public  History  concentration  are  required  to  take  History  4578  (In- 
troduction to  Applied  History) .  Non-history  courses  appropriate  for  this  concentration 
are  listed  on  the  Applied/Public  History  checksheet  available  in  the  History  Department 
Undergraduate  Advisement  Office. 

All  BS  programs  are  to  be  planned  in  consultation  with  the  undergraduate  advisor  in  the 
Department  of  History  and  are  subject  to  the  advisor's  approval.  Students  are  urged  to 
plan  their  programs  as  early  as  possible  in  their  academic  careers,  but  not  later  than 
three  semesters  before  anticipated  graduation. 

Minor  in  History 

A  minor  in  history  consists  of  18  semester  hours  above  general  education  requirements, 
including  History  2201  and  2204.  For  sections  describing  an  interdisciplinary  minor  in 
Black  Studies  and  an  interdisciplinary  minor  in  Latin  American  Studies,  refer  to  index. 

History  Department  Honors  Program 

The  department  offers  honors  courses  on  all  undergraduate  levels  which  are  open  to 
students  who  have  distinguished  themselves.  Honors  courses  carry  full  credit  toward 


History 


107 


the  major  or,  for  non-majors,  full  elective  credit.  Subject  to  the  recommendation  of  the 
Departmental  Honors  Committee,  a  student  will  be  considered  for  graduation  with 
"Honors  in  History"  upon  successful  completion  of  at  least  one  semester  of  honors 
work  in  world  civilization  or  American  civilization,  one  junior  honors  seminar,  a  senior 
honors  thesis,  and  an  examination.  Those  meeting  these  requirements  with  the  grade 
"A"  will  be  considered  for  graduation  with  "Highest  Honors  in  History." 

Master  of  Arts  Degrees  in  History   MA 

Graduate  programs  in  history  are  supervised  by  the  departmental  chairperson  and  the 
departmental  graduate  committee.  Requirements  for  the  three  graduate  degree  pro- 
grams in  history  are: 

1.  Master  of  Arts  in  History:  30  semester  hours  total,  including  HIS  5000;  at  least  nine 
hours  of  HIS  5106  and/or  HIS  5206;  HIS  5999;  up  to  eight  hours  of  electives. 
Students  must  also  demonstrate  either  a  reading  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language 
or  competence  in  statistics  and  computer  science  as  a  research  tool,  subject  to 
departmental  approval. 

2.  Master  of  Arts  in  History  for  Community/ Junior  College  Teaching:  30  semester 
hours  with  thesis  or  36  semester  hours  without  thesis,  including  HIS  5000;  at  least 
nine  hours  of  HIS  5106  and/or  HIS  5206;  HIS  5450;  either  HIS  5999  or,  if  a 
thesis  is  not  included,  HIS  5500;  eight  semester  hours  of  electives;  AH  5420;  and 
AH  5440  or  AH  5451. 

3.  Master  of  Arts  in  History  for  Secondary  School  Teaching:  30  semester  hours  with 
thesis  or  36  semester  hours  without  thesis,  including  HIS  5000;  at  least  nine  hours 
of  HIS  5106  and/or  HIS  5206;  HIS  5450;  either  HIS  5999  or,  if  a  thesis  is  not  in- 
cluded, HIS  5500;  eight  hours  of  electives;  CR  4560,  AH  500  or  SE  5620;  AH 
5470  or  AH  5350;  and  PSY  4555  or  PSY  5565. 

The  Department  of  History  also  offers  a  concentration  in  history  as  a  part  of  the  pro- 
gram leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Secondary  School  Teaching  with  a  major  in  Social 
Science.  For  requirements,  see  the  Social  Science  description. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  History 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 

HISTORY  HONORS  251°-  s°phomore  Honors 

Colloquium/(3).F,S. 
1510.  Freshman  Honors  Colloquium/(3).S.  Study  of  a  selected  topic  in  American  history 

Study  of  a  selected  topic  in  the  history  of  world  Enrollment  by  invitation  of  the  department  or  by 

civilizations.    Enrollment    by    invitation    of    the  application.  A  history  major  may  substitute  2510 

department  or  by  application.  for  any  three  semgster  hours  of  me  sophomore 

modules  in  United  States  History. 


History 


108 


3510.  Advanced  Honors  Seminar/(3).F,S. 

Seminar  on  a  selected  historical  topic.  Enrollment 
is  by  invitation  of  the  department,  or  by  applica- 
tion. 

4510.  Senior  Honor  Thesis/(1-3).F,S. 

Independent  study  and  research  for  an  honors 
thesis;  directed  by  a  member  of  the  History 
department.  Prerequisite:  completion  of  an  ap- 
proved honors  sequence,  including  HIS  3510. 
Enrollment  by  invitation  only. 

HISTORY 

1101.  World  Civilization/(3).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  the  development  of  world 
civilizations  from  ancient  times  to  1650.  Selected 
topics  trace  the  ancient,  medieval,  and  early 
modern  periods  with  stress  on  western  ideas  and 
institutions. 

1102.  World  Civilization/(3).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  the  development  of  world 
civilization  from  1650  to  the  present.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  revolutionary  epoch,  the  age  of  in- 
dustrialization, imperialism,  and  ideology,  and  the 
modern  global  society. 

2201.  Survey  of  American  Civilization  to 
1876/(3).F;S. 

An  examination  of  United  States  history  to  1876, 
tracing  the  American  experience  from  the  colonial 
era  through  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction . 

2204.  Survey  of  American  Civilization  since 
1876/(3).F;S. 

An  examination  of  United  States  history  since 
1876  tracing  the  American  experience  from  th 
Gilded  Age  down  to  the  contemporary  era. 

2207.  Themes  in  American  Civilization:  North 
Carolina  and  the  Southern  Region/(l).F;S. 

A  survey  of  major  characteristics  of  North 
Carolina  and  the  southern  region,  with  emphasis 
on  the  teaching  of  these  topics  in  elementary 
school.  Designed  for  Childhood  Education  ma- 
jors. 

2208,  09.  Themes  in  American  Civilization/ 
(1,1).F;S. 

A  modular-based  introduction  to  the  study  of 
American  Civilization,  offered  in  topical  segments. 
Students  may  enroll  in  one  or  more  modules  ex- 
amining varying  subjects,  such  as  American 
business  and  labor,  the  national  character  and  the 
concept  of  destiny,  rural  and  urban  America, 
women  and  the  family  in  American  life,  and 
American  minorities. 


2215.  The  United  States  in  the  Contemporary 
World/(2).F;S. 

A  study  of  contemporary  issues  confronting  the 
United  States,  both  foreign  and  domestic,  and  of 
their  historical  antecedents. 

2301.  History  of  Colonial  Latin  America/(3).F. 

A  survey  of  Latin  America  from  the  ancient  Indian 
civilizations  to  the  ward  for  independence.  Topics 
include  the  ancient  Maya,  Aztec,  and  Inca  In- 
dians; the  European  discovery,  conquest,  and 
colonization  of  the  New  World;  the  colonial  ad- 
ministration and  exploitation  of  the  Americas;  and 
the  independence  movements  which  usher  in  the 
national  period. 

2302.  History  of  Modern  Latin  America/(3).S. 

A  survey  of  Latin  America  from  independence  to 
the  present.  Topics  include  the  legacy  of  in- 
dependence; the  rise  of  the  great  dictators;  causes 
of  instability  and  social  change;  twentieth-century 
revolutions;  and  the  effects  of  United  States  policy 
in  the  region. 

2401.  History  of  Asia  to  1500/(3).F. 

A  broad  comparative  survey  investigating  the  for- 
mation of  great  cultural  traditions  in  India,  China, 
and  Japan.  The  course  begins  with  the  birth  of 
these  civilizations  and  the  formation  of  their 
distinctive  ethical  and  political  structures  and  con- 
cludes with  the  spread  of  these  structures  into 
southeast  and  northeast  Asia  and  the  appearance 
of  European  merchants  in  the  east. 

2402.  History  of  Asia  since  1500/(3).S. 

Continues  to  compare  the  development  of  distinc- 
tive cultural  processes  and  patterns  in  India, 
China,  and  Japan  from  1500  and  the  advent  of 
European  merchants,  through  European  domina- 
tion, to  Asian  reaction,  revolt,  and  eventual  in- 
dependence. The  course  concludes  with  an 
analysis  of  the  revolutionary  experiences  of  India, 
China,  and  southeast  Asia  in  recent  decades. 

2421.  History  of  Africa  to  1850/(3).F. 

A  survey  of  pre-colonial  Africa,  examining  such 
topics  as  geographical  influences,  neolithic 
development,  structures  of  belief,  ancient  North 
Africa,  Islamic  influence,  trade,  African  kingdoms 
and  stateless  societies,  Bantu  and  other  migra- 
tions, the  slave  trade,  and  early  nineteenth- 
century  changes  in  several  parts  of  Africa. 

2422.  History  of  Africa  since  1 850/(3). S. 

A  survey  which  examines  such  topics  as  tradition 
and  change  in  African  cultures,  the  European  par- 
tition and  the  African  response,  colonial  systems, 
the    Pan-African    movement,    the    road    to    in- 


History 


109 


dependence,  and  contemporary  issues  confron- 
ting independent  Africa. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

2599.  History:  Scope  and  Method/(3).F;S. 

Introduction  to  the  nature,  meaning  and  method 
of  history,  and  to  periodical  literature, 
microforms,  bibliographies,  indexes,  and  other 
research  tools.  Required  of  all  history  and  social 
science  majors. 

3122.  Ancient  Greece/(3).F. 

A  survey  of  ancient  Greek  society,  culture  and 
learning  from  the  dawn  of  its  beginnings  to  the 
achievement  of  Alexander.  Alternate  years  with 
HIS  3124. 


totalitarian  movements  such  as  Fascism  and 
Nazism,  European  socialism  and  the  Cold  War, 
peace  movements  and  peacemaking,  the 
emergence  of  a  European  community,  and 
cultural  and  social  trends,  all  of  which  shape  a 
modern  perspective. 

3222.  Colonial  and  Revolutionary 
America/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  the  formation  of  American 
values  and  institutions  through  the  interaction  of 
European  traditions  and  the  American  environ- 
ment; social  mobility,  economic  opportunity,  and 
political  democracy;  the  role  of  religion;  Indian 
relations;  slavery;  the  causes  and  consequences  of 
the  American  Revolution;  the  Articles  of  Con- 
federation; the  Constitution. 


3124.  Ancient  Rome/(3).F. 

A  study  of  Roman  historical,  religious,  and 
cultural  practices  covering  the  development  and 
decline  of  the  Republic,  and  the  establishment  and 
autocratic  character  of  the  Empire.  Alternate  years 
with  HIS  3122. 

3126.  The  Middle  Ages/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  selected  topics  in  the  develop- 
ment of  medieval  civilization  including  such 
themes  as  the  shape  of  feudal  society,  the  age  of 
Gregorian  reform,  the  flowering  of  the  12th  cen- 
tury, the  13th  century  synthesis,  and  crisis  and 
transition  in  the  14th  century. 

3128.  Renaissance  and  Reformation/(3).F. 

The  meaning  of  the  Renaissance  is  investigated  in 
terms  of  humanism  and  the  arts  in  the  fifteenth 
and  sixteenth  centuries;  the  emergence  of  the 
Lutheran  and  Calvinist  movements  is  then  studied 
against  this  background. 

3130.  Early  Modern  Europe,  1600-1815/(3).F. 

This  course  will  focus  on  the  growth  of  royal  and 
republican  governments,  the  formulation  of  scien- 
tific methodology,  the  flowering  of  Baroque  and 
Enlightenment  cultures,  the  major  wars  and 
revolutions  and  the  Napoleonic  era  and  its  impact. 

3132.  Nineteenth  Century  Europe/(3).F. 

A  survey  of  Europe,  1815-1914,  which  examines 
such  themes  as  romanticism,  the  industrial  revolu- 
tion, socialism  and  Marxism,  national  unification 
movements,  European  expansion,  the  origins  of 
World  War  I,  and  major  cultural  and  intellectual 
developments. 

3134.  Twentieth  Century  Europe/(3).S. 

A  study  of  contemporary  Europe  which  examines 
the  impact  of  total  war  upon  society,  modern 


3224.  Jeffersonian  and  Jacksonian  America/ 
(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  United  States  from  1789  to  1845. 
Topics  include  the  political,  social,  economic,  and 
ideological  divisions  of  the  1790's;  the  triumph  of 
the  Jeffersonian  party;  the  War  of  1812  and  the 
rise  of  American  nationalism;  the  meaning  of 
Jacksonian  democracy;  slavery  and  race  rela- 
tions; Indian  removal;  religion  and  reform;  ur- 
banization; the  westward  movement. 

3226.  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction/ (3).F. 

A  study  of  the  era  of  national  transformation,  with 
emphasis  on  the  sectional  conflict  and  causes  of 
the  Civil  War,  its  political  and  military  conduct,  its 
international  impact,  the  abolition  of  slavery,  and 
the  principal  political,  social  and  economic  aspects 
of  its  Reconstruction  aftermath. 

3228.     The    Gilded    Age    and    Progressive 

Era/(3).F. 

An  analysis  of  the  responses  of  the  American  peo- 
ple to  the  rise  of  the  urban-industrial  nation.  Pro- 
blems associated  with  the  growth  of  the  city, 
capital-labor  confrontations,  social  mobility,  black- 
white  relations,  reform  movements,  cultural  and 
intellectual  affairs,  American  imperialism,  and 
representative  biography  are  examined. 

3230.  Recent  United  States  History/(3).S. 

A  study  of  American  society,  politics,  and  institu- 
tions in  the  period  since  1920. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 


History 


110 


quisite:  junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


3622.  Tudor-Stuart  England/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  selected  themes  and  problems 
beginning  with  the  Wars  of  the  Roses  and  exten- 
ding through  the  Glorious  Revolution  of  1688. 
While  the  focus  will  be  on  major  per- 
sonalities—Henry VIII,  Mary,  Elizabeth  I,  James  I, 
Charles  I,  Oliver  Cromwell,  William  and 
Mary— attention  will  also  be  given  to  the  major 
social  and  cultural  developments  to  provide  an  in- 
troduction to  and  background  for  the  literature  of 
the  period.  Alternates  years  with  HIS  3624. 

3624.  Modem  Britain/(3).S. 

A  study  of  Britain  from  1885  to  the  present  which 
emphasizes  major  political,  social  and  constitu- 
tional developments;  the  rise  of  the  Labor  Party, 
attainment  of  democracy,  evolution  of  the  welfare 
state,  liquidation  of  empire,  and  foreign  policy  are 
among  the  basic  topics  to  be  studied.  Alternate 
years  with  HIS  3622. 

3720.  History  of  the  South/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  the  development  of  America's 
major  regional  sub-culture;  a  study  of  significant 
trends  in  the  social  intellectual,  economic,  and 
political  evolution  of  the  region  from  the  seven- 
teenth century  to  the  present.  Alternate  years  with 
HIS  3724. 

3724.  History  of  the  American  West/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  colonial  frontiers,  the  westward 
movement,  the  settlement  and  development  of 
western  America.  Alternate  years  with  HIS  3720. 

3726.  History  of  the  Appalachian  Region/ 

(3).S. 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  the  Appalachian  region 
from  the  period  of  exploration  and  settlement  to 
the  present. 

3728.  History  of  North  Carolina/(3).F. 

This  course  will  examine  the  major  social, 
economic,  and  political  factors  in  the  develop- 
ment of  North  Carolina  from  its  settlement  to  the 
present.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  the  rela- 
tionship of  the  State  to  the  Southern  region  and 
the  nation. 

3820.  United  States  Foreign  Policy/(3).F. 

Major  episodes  in  the  history  of  United  States 
foreign  policy  during  the  twentieth  century  are  ex- 
plored, with  special  consideration  being  given  to 


the  ideas,  ideals,  domestic  and  international  con- 
ditions, and  personalities  that  have  played  impor- 
tant roles  in  determining  relations  with  the  rest  of 
the  world. 

3824.  American  Urban  History/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  process  of  urbanization  in  America 
from  colonial  times  to  the  present,  with  attention 
to  the  causes  and  nature  of  urban  expansion,  in- 
stitutional development,  class  structure  and 
mobility,  problems  of  the  city,  reform,  the  image 
of  the  city  in  popular  thought,  and  the  impact  of 
urbanization  on  national  life. 

3922.  The  Western  Intellectual 
Tradition/(3).S. 

Studies  in  western  intellectual  history  which  ex- 
amine the  interaction  of  historically  important 
ideas  and  their  social  milieu,  with  emphasis  on 
selected  individuals  and  concepts  that  have 
shaped  and  exemplified  western  thought. 

Senior /Graduate  Courses 
4550.  Tsarist  Russia/(3).F. 

A  survey  of  imperial  Russia  from  the  15th  Century 
to  1917.  Alternate  years  with  HIS  4552. 

4552.  Soviet  Union  since  1917/(3).F. 

The  Russian  Revolution  and  the  Communist  state 
since  1917.  Alternate  years  with  HIS  4550. 

4554.  Modern  China/(3).S. 

Traces  the  course  of  man's  longest  and  largest 
continuous  government  and  the  development  of 
Chinese  culture  and  nationalism  which  has 
culminated  in  the  founding  of  the  People's 
Republic  of  China,  a  nation  that  constitutes  one- 
fourth  of  the  human  race.  Alternate  years  with 
HIS  4558. 

4558.  History  of  the  Islamic  Middle  East/ (3). S. 
A  survey  of  the  development  and  expansion  of  a 
distinctive  Islamic  civilization  from  the  time  of 
Muhammad  to  the  present.  The  course  treats  the 
development  of  the  Arab  empire,  the 
Turkic/Mongol  invasions,  the  Ottoman  and 
Safavid  empires,  and  the  establishing  of  the  state 
of  Israel,  concluding  with  an  investigation  of  cur- 
rent affairs  in  the  Middle  East.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  social  and  cultural  history,  investigated  from 
the  point  of  view  of  the  creators  and  transmitters 
of  the  civilization.  Alternate  years  with  HIS  4554. 

4564.  History  of  Canada/ (3). S. 

A  survey  of  Canadian  history  since  1760  which 
stresses  understanding  of  a  unique  Canadian 
identity  by  emphasizing  Canada's  evolution  into 
an  independent  state,  its  bi-cultural  and  bi-linqual 


History 


111 


nature,  its  federal-provincial  structure,  its  relation- 
ship to  the  United  States  and  the  British  Empire- 
Commonwealth,  its  role  in  the  modern  era  of 
super-powers,  and  selected  aspects  of  its  cultural 
and  economic  development.  May  be  counted  as 
American  history.  Alternate  years  with  HIS  4566. 

4566.  History  of  Mexico/(3).S. 

Traces  the  evolution  of  Mexican  society  from  pre- 
Columbian  times  to  the  present.  Topics  include 
the  Maya  and  Aztec  civilizations;  the  Spanish  col- 
onial heritage;  the  nation's  struggle  for  in- 
dependence; the  tumultuous  Mexican  Revolu- 
tion; and  problems  of  economic  development  in 
the  twentieth  century.  Alternate  years  with  HIS 
4564. 

4578.  Introduction  to  Applied  History/(3).F. 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques  and  skills 
employed  by  historians  and  other  professionals 
working  in  historical  agencies,  museums,  restora- 
tions, and  the  Park  Service.  Topics  considered  in- 
clude history  archeology,  family  and  community 
history,  material  culture,  architecture,  preserva- 
tion techniques,  site  interpretation  and  administra- 
tion, and  historic  district  planning  and  manage- 
ment. 

4900.  Internship:  Experiential  Learning  in 
Public  and  Applied  History/(3-12).F;S;SS. 

An  on-the-job  work  experience  individually 
tailored  to  the  students'  career  orientation. 
Students  may  be  required  to  reside  off -campus  for 
periods  of  from  six  weeks  to  a  full  semester.  Grad- 
ed on  S/U  basis. 

Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(3).F;SS. 

Instruction  in  the  types  of  source  material  available 
to  the  advanced  researcher  in  history,  methods 
used  in  locating  and  evaluating  the  sources,  and 
techniques  for  communicating  the  results  of 
research.  Required  in  the  first  semester  of  all 
beginning  graduate  students. 

5102.  European  Historiography/(3).F. 

The  lives  and  contributions  of  the  great  historians 
in  the  West  from  ancient  Greece  to  the  present  are 
studied,  with  emphasis  upon  the  19th  Century; 
attention  is  given  to  methodology,  to  primary 
sources  in  translation,  and  to  some  of  the 
philosophical  assumptions  which  underlie 
historical  writing. 

5104.  Philosophy  of  History/(2).S. 

Seminar  on  the  major  philosophical  issues  that 
challenge  the  historian,  including  the  questions  of 
meaning  and  value  in  history;  the  ideas  of  pro- 


gress and  causation;  and  the  logic  of  historical  in- 
quiry and  proof. 

5106.  Studies  in  European  History/(2-9).F;S. 

Variable  content.  Barring  duplication,  a  student 
concentrating  in  European  history  may  repeat  the 
course  and  must  earn  a  total  of  nine  semester 
hours.  Emphasis  will  be  indicated  on  individua 
study  forms  or  semester  schedules. 

5202.  American  Historiography/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  writing  and  interpretation  of 
American  history  from  the  seventeenth  century  to 
the  present,  with  emphasis  on  the  historical  con- 
cepts, interpretations,  contributions,  and  careers 
of  the  major  nineteenth  and  twentieth  century 
historians. 

5204.  Interpreting  American  History/(3).SS. 

A  course  designed  to  provide  students  with  a 
broad  overview  of  United  States  history  through  a 
study  of  conflicting  interpretations  of  the  great 


5206.  Studies  in  American  History/(2-9).F;S. 

Variable  content.  Barring  duplication,  a  student 
concentrating  in  American  history  may  repeat  the 
course  and  must  earn  a  total  of  nine  semester 
hours.  Emphasis  will  be  indicated  on  individual 
study  forms  or  semester  schedules. 

5208.  Seminar  in  Appalachian  History/(3).F. 

A  seminar  exploring  topics  designed  to  define  the 
history  of  Appalachia.  Participants  will  be  ex- 
pected to  develop  research  projects  based  upon 
the  use  and  interpretation  of  original  source 
materials.  A  variety  of  inquiry  models  will  be 
employed,  including  traditional  approaches  as 
well  as  those  employed  in  the  new  social  history. 

5406.  Studies  in  Asian  History/(3).F. 

Investigation  of  selected  topics  in  the  history  of 
Asia— primarily  China— in  the  twentieth  century 
through  reading,  analysis,  reflection,  and  seminar 
discussions. 

5450.  History  and  Social  Studies  Education/ 
(3).S;SS. 

A  flexible  program  of  reading,  study,  planning, 
and  writing  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  in- 
dividual teachers  or  groups  of  teachers  in  the  fields 
of  secondary  school  and/or  junior  college  history 
and  social  studies.  Special  attention  is  given  to  re- 
cent developments  in  teaching  strategies  and 
classroom  techniques,  and  to  the  availability  of 
new  materials.  The  structure  of  the  history  and 
social  studies  disciplines  are  examined  in  relation 
to  each  other  and  to  other  academic  disciplines. 


Mathematical  Sciences 


112 


5500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S. 

5530-5549.    Selected    Topics/ (1-3).    On    De- 
mand. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(4j.F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 


APPALACHIAN  STUDIES 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

3530.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  demand. 

An  opportunity  to  study  a  special  topic  or  com- 
bination of  topics  not  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
Appalachian  Studies  curriculum.  May  be 
repreated  for  credit  when  content  does  not 
duplicate. 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(3).F. 

Instruction  and  study  in  bibliographical  problems 
and  types  of  source  materials  available  in  Ap- 
palachian topics;  methods  used  in  locating  and 
evaluating  the  sources  and  in  reporting  of 
research.  Required  in  the  first  semester  of  beginn- 
ing graduate  students. 


5010.  Appalachia  in  Social  Context/(3).S. 

A  survey  of  the  interrelationships  between  the 
physical  environment,  social  history,  and 
economic  development  which  have  resulted  in  the 
particular  character  of  the  Southern  Appalachian 
region . 

5020.  Colloquium  in  Appalachian  Studies/(3). 
On  Demand. 

A  team-taught  interdisciplinary  colloquium  which 
will  examine  contemporary  regional,  state,  and 
national  issues  that  affect  the  Appalachian  region. 
The  course  is  designed  to  help  students  unders- 
tand the  Appalachian  region  from  a  multi- 
disciplinary  perspective.  The  course  should  be 
taken  by  the  student  during  the  last  semester  of 
residence  in  the  program. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 


5530-5549. 
mand. 


Selected   Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


5900.  Internship/(4).F;S;SS. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(4).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


Department  of 
Mathematical  Sciences  (MAT) 

H.  William  Paul,  Chairperson 

Through  its  faculty  and  curriculum  the  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  provides 
undergraduate  and  graduate  programs  of  study  which  are  designed  to  complement 
other  areas  of  study  in  the  University  and  to  prepare  students  for  careers  in  business,  in- 
dustry, and  government,  as  well  as  in  teaching  at  the  elementary,  secondary,  and  junior 
college  levels. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees  in  Mathematical  Sciences  offer  a  flexible  curriculum  to 
meet  the  professional  objectives  of  the  individual.  By  combining  a  strong  background  in 
the  mathematical  sciences  with  appropriately  chosen  study  in  related  disciplines,  the 
programs  allow  the  student,  with  professional  guidance,  to  prepare  for  desired  career 
objectives. 

Typical  examples  include:  computer  science  combined  with  business,  accounting,  and 
data  processing;  probability  and  statistics  combined  with  courses  in  business  and 
economics  related  to  actuarial  science;  applied  mathematics  combined  with  physical  or 


Mathematical  Sciences 


113 


natural  science;  statistics  combined  with  social  science;  applied  mathematics  and 
statistics  combined  with  economics. 

The  department  has  Bachelor  of  Science  Advisory  Committees  to  review  and  approve 
programs,  and  each  student  is  assigned  an  advisor  for  guidance  in  pursuing  a  program 
of  study.  Degree  candidates  should  seek  approval  of  their  program  of  study  as  early  as 
possible  in  their  career,  but  no  later  than  three  semesters  before  intending  to  graduate. 
For  additional  information,  contact  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Mathematical 
Sciences. 

Course  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees  in  mathematical  sciences 
(without  teacher  certification)  are  as  follows  (with  program  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
advisory  committee)  and  must  include  an  acceptable  program  of  at  least  65  semester 
hours  but  no  more  than  80,  with  a  minimum  of  34  hours  in  the  Department  of 
Mathematical  Sciences  (at  least  5  from  4000  level).  The  three  degree  programs  are: 

B.S.  Statistics 

1.  MAT  1110,  1120,  2130,  2240. 

2.  ST  3820,  3840,  4810,  4830,  4850,  4860  plus  five  hours  from  CS  1440,  1430, 
2440,  3110,  3210,  3310,  4310  plus  six  hours  of  related*  work. 

3.  A  "concentration"  of  at  least  18  semester  hours  from  disciplines  outside 
mathematical  sciences.  *  * 

B.S.  Mathematics 

1.  MAT  1110,  1120,  2130,  2240. 

2.  Completion  of  one  of  the  options 

a.  General  -  3110,  3210  plus  13  hours  of  electives*  *  in  mathematical  sciences 
(at  least  5  at  4000  level)  plus  10  hours  of  related*  coursework. 

OR 

b.  Applied  -  3130,  3310,  4310,  1440,  2440,  4850  plus  6  hours  of  electives*  in 
mathematical  sciences   with  6  hours  of  related*  coursework. 

3.  A  "concentration"  of  at  least  18  semester  hours  from  disciplines  outside 
mathematical  sciences.  *  * 

B.S.  Computer  Science 

1.  MAT  1100,  1110,  1120,  2240,  and  STT  4850. 

2.  CS  1440,  2440,  2450,  3460,  3481,  3482,  3490,  plus  one  of  the  course  groups 
a)  CS  4510,  4520;  b)  MAT  3130,  3310,  4310,  plus  two  hours  at  2000  level  or 
above  in  mathematical  sciences;  c)  BE  3670,  3680,  3690,  plus  five  hours  at  2000 
level  or  above  with  at  least  two  hours  at  4000  level  in  mathematical  sciences. 

3.  A  "concentration"  of  at  least  18  semester  hours  from  disciplines  outside 
mathematical  sciences.  *  * 


Mathematical  Sciences 


114 


Note:  Transfer  students  must  have  completed  the  equivalent  of  CS  1440  to  enter  the 
computer  science  option  at  the  sophomore  level.  The  equivalent  of  CS  2440  and  CS 
2450  are  needed  to  enter  this  option  at  the  junior  level. 

'Related  coursework  may  be  outside  mathematical  sciences  and  must  be  approved  by 
advisory  committee. 

*  'Must  be  approved  by  advisory  committee. 

A  major  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Mathematics  consists  of  34  semester  hours  in 
the  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  including  1110,  1120,  2130,  2240,  3110, 
3210  plus  14  hours  of  electives  in  mathematical  sciences  numbered  2000  or  above  (at 
least  five  hours  from  4000  level) . 

A  major  in  mathematics  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certifica- 
tion consists  of  34  hours  in  the  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  with  at  least  five 
hours  from  4000  level.  A  Teacher  Certification  Advisory  Committee  reviews  and  ap- 
proves programs  and  each  student  is  assigned  an  advisor  for  guidance  in  selecting  an 
appropriate  program  of  studies.  Students  should  submit  a  proposed  program  as  early  as 
possible,  preferably  by  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  For  the  requirements  in  teacher 
education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

All  programs  must  include  the  15  hour  nucleus  in  mathematics  of  1110,  1120,  2130, 
and  2240.  Since  certification  requires  competencies  in  the  areas  of  computer  use, 
algebra,  geometry,  and  statistics,  a  typical  program  might  include  CS  1400,  MAT 
3110,  3210,  3610,  3920,  and  STT  4850.  PHY  1150  and  1151  are  also  required. 

The  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  encourages  multiple  majors.  To  obtain  a  se- 
cond major  within  the  department  there  must  be  a  significant  difference  in  the  program 
content  for  that  major  compared  to  the  first  major.  Approval  by  all  involved  departmen- 
tal advisory  committees  is  required. 

Three  minors  are  offered  within  the  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  A  minor  in 
computer  science  consists  of  12  hours  in  computer  science,  including  CS  2440  but  ex- 
cluding CS  3470,  a  statistics  minor  consists  of  12  hours  in  statistics,  and  a  minor  in 
mathematical  sciences  consists  of  1110  or  1030  plus  eight  hours  of  electives  in 
mathematical  sciences  which  may  include  1120  or  any  course  numbered  2000  or 
above. 

A  student  beginning  a  graduate  program  of  study  leading  to  a  master's  degree  in 
mathematics  must  have  the  equivalent  of  an  undergraduate  major  in  mathematics.  The 
Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  offers  graduate  programs  in  secondary  school 
teaching  and  junior  college  teaching  as  well  as  a  general  academic  graduate  degree  pro- 
gram. For  each  program  the  appropriate  committee  in  the  department  determines  an 
acceptable  program  for  each  student  which  will  include  requirements  as  follows. 

For  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  program  in  secondary  school  teaching: 

I.    (a)  (Without  thesis)  24  hours  of  acceptable t  coursework  in  mathematics,  at  least 
12  of  which  must  be  at  the  5000  level,  (b)  (With  thesis)  Including  the  thesis,  22 


Mathematical  Sciences 


115 


hours  of  mathematics  coursework  at  the  graduate  level,  at  least  12  of  which  must 
be  at  the  5000  level.  Eight  hours  professional  education.  Four  hours  electives.  For 
the  requirements  in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion. 

^Determined  by  the  Graduate  Advisory  Committee. 

II.    Prior  to  beginning  course  work,  the  candidate  will  meet  with  the  Graduate  Ad- 
visory Committee  to  design  a  program  of  study.  Any  subsequent  changes  in  the 
program  are  made  with  the  counsel  and  approval  of  this  committee. 
III.   The  candidate  must  have  completed  an  acceptable*  teaching  apprenticeship  prior 
to  receiving  the  degree. 

For  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  program  in  junior  college  teaching: 

I.    (a)  (Without  thesis)  36  semester  hours  of  graduate  course  work  including:  AH 
5420,  5440  and  32  additional  semester  hours  of  acceptable  *  course  work,  at  least 
16  semester  hours  of  which  must  be  numbered  5000  or  above,  (b)  (With  thesis) 
30  semester  hours  of  graduate  course  work  including:  AH  5420  and  5440  and  26 
additional  hours  of  acceptable*  course  work  at  least  16  hours  of  which  must  be 
numbered  5000  or  above. 
II  Prior  to  beginning  course  work,  the  candidate  will  meet  with  the  Graduate  Ad- 
visory Committee  to  design  a  program  of  study.  Any  subsequent  changes  in  the 
program  are  made  with  the  counsel  and  approval  of  this  committee. 
III.   The  candidate  must  have  completed  an  acceptable  *  teaching  apprenticeship  prior 
to  receiving  the  degree. 

For  the  general  Master  of  Arts  program  in  mathematics: 

I.  (a)  General  (Without  thesis)  36  hours  of  acceptable*  course  work,  at  least  30 
hours  of  which  must  be  in  mathematical  sciences  with  a  minimum  of  15  hours  at 
the  5000  level.  (With  thesis)  In  addition  to  the  thesis,  26  hours  of  acceptable* 
course  work  in  mathematical  sciences,  at  least  15  hours  of  which  must  be  at  the 
5000  level,  (b)  (Applied  Mathematics)  Required  (9  s.h.):  MAT  5120,  5230, 
5310.  Fifteen  hours  of  applied  mathematics  from  MAT  5160,  5330,  5340,  5410, 
STT  4830,  5850.  Twelve  additional  hours  of  approved  electives  in  mathematical 
sciences.  (Eleven  if  STT  4830  is  taken  as  one  of  the  above  options) .  A  concentra- 
tion in  Computer  Science:  Nine  hours  of  approved  computer  science  courses,  in- 
cluding CS  4510  or  4520. 
II.  Prior  to  beginning  course  work,  the  candidate  will  meet  with  the  Graduate  Ad- 
visory Committee  to  design  a  program  of  study.  Any  subsequent  changes  in  this 
program  are  made  with  the  counsel  and  approval  of  this  committee. 

'Determined  by  the  Graduate  Advisory  Committee. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Mathematics, 
Computer  Science,  and  Statistics 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 


Mathematical  Sciences 


116 


appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 

(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 

page  35.) 


MATHEMATICS 

0010.  Developmental  Mathematics/ 
(1).F;S;SS. 

This  course  is  intended  for  those  persons  with 
algebra  deficiencies  who  are  thus  not  prepared  to 
enter  MAT  1010  or  MAT  1020.  It  is  mandatory 
for  students  whose  scores  on  the  Mathematics 
Placement  Test  indicate  deficiency.  The  course 
content  is  elementary  algebra.  Study  skills  are  em- 
phasized. Class  meets  five  hours  per  week  in- 
cluding laboratory  and  the  format  allows  for  self- 
pacing  and  individualization. 

1010.  Introduction  to  Mathematics/ 

(4).F;S;SS. 

Designed  to  develop  appreciation  for 
mathematical  concepts  from  different  viewpoints 
and  aid  in  the  development  of  mathematical 
literacy  of  a  citizen  of  modern  society.  Topics 
covered  may  include  systems  of  linear  equations, 
inequalities,  computer  programming,  probability 
and  statistics,  consumer  mathematics  and  graph 
theory.  Word  problems  are  stressed.  Not  open  to 
students  with  credit  for  MAT  1110.  Prerequisite: 
Must  pass  placement  test  or  MAT  0010. 

1020.  Algebra  and  Trigonometry/(4).F;S;SS. 

An  integrated  study  of  algebra  and  trigonometry 
including  such  topics  as  the  real  and  complex 
number  systems,  algebraic  relations  and  func- 
tions, trigonometric  functions,  and  elementary 
theory  of  equations.  (For  the  student  who  wishes 
to  strengthen  his  background  in  the  computational 
aspects  of  the  mathematics  he  began  in  high 
school.)  Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for 
MAT  1110.  Prerequisite:  MAT  0010  or  place- 
ment. 

1025.  Algebra  and  Elementary  Functions/ (4). 
F;S;SS. 

An  overview  of  algebraic  concepts  and  a  thorough 
treatment  of  functions  such  as  rational, 
logarithmic,  exponential,  and  trigonometric.  In- 
cluded will  be  a  rigorous  treatment  of  analytic 
geometry.  Recommended  for  students  with  less 
than  four  units  of  high  school  mathematics  who 
plan  to  take  MAT  1110.  Student  cannot  receive 
credit  for  both  1020  and  1025.  Prerequisite:  must 
pass  placement  test  or  MAT  0010. 

1030.  Calculus  With  Business  Applications/ 
(4).F;S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  the  concepts  of  differentiation 
and   integration   with  particular  emphasis  upon 


their  applications  to  solving  problems  that  arise  in 
business  and  economics.  This  course  is  designed 
primarily  for  business  and  economics  majors  and 
is  not  open  to  mathematics  majors,  students  with 
credit  for  MAT  1110  or  MAT  1040.  Prerequisite: 
MAT  1020  or  MAT  1025  or  equivalent. 

1040.  Calculus  With  Applications/(4).F;S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  the  concepts  of  differentiation 
and  integration  with  particular  emphasis  upon 
their  applications  to  solving  problems  that  arise  in 
the  natural  and  social  sciences.  Not  open  to 
mathematics  majors,  students  with  credit  for  MA 
1110  or  MAT  1030.  Prerequisite:  MAT  1020  or 
MAT  1025  or  equivalent. 

1100.  Discrete  Mathematics/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  discrete  mathematics  with  special  em- 
phasis on  topics  applicable  to  computer  science. 
Concepts  covered  in  the  course  include  number 
systems,  models,  combinatorics,  graphs,  recur- 
sion, networks,  and  analysis  of  algorithms.  Prere- 
quisite: Must  pass  placement  test  or  MAT  0010. 

1110.  Calculus  With  Analytic  Geometry  1/(4). 
F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  limits,  continuity,  differentiation,  ap- 
plications of  the  derivative,  the  differential,  and 
antiderivatives.  Prerequisite:  MAT  1020  or  MAT 
1025  or  equivalent. 

1120.  Calculus  With  Analytic  Geometry  11/(4). 
F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  definite  integral,  area,  volume,  arc 
length,  logarithmic  and  exponential  functions, 
hyperbolic  functions,  and  methods  of  integration. 
Prerequisite:  MAT  1110. 

1910.  Mathematics  for  Elementary  School 
Teachers/(2).F;S;SS. 

A  course  designed  for  the  future  elementary 
school  teacher.  Among  other  topics  this  course 
will  include  a  development  of  the  real  number 
system,  Euclidean  geomety,  number  theory, 
mathematical  systems,  probability,  and  problem 
solving. 

2130.  Calculus  With  Analytic  Geometry  III/ 
(4).F;S. 

A  study  of  polar  coordinates,  the  conic  sections, 
indeterminate  forms,  improper  integrals,  Taylor's 
formula,  infinite  series,  partial  derivatives  and 
multiple  integration.  Prerequisite:  MAT  1120. 


Mathematical  Sciences 


117 


2240.  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  vectors,  matrices  and  linear  transfor- 
mations, principally  in  two  and  three  dimensions, 
including  treatments  of  systems  of  linear  equations 
and  determinants.  Prerequisite:  MAT  1120  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

3010.  History  of  Mathematics/(2).On  De- 
mand. 

A  study  of  the  development  of  mathematical 
thought,  mathematics  and  culture,  and  the  per- 
sons who  have  made  significant  contributions  to 
these. 


specific  real- world  problems.  Prerequisite:  MAT 
2130  or  permission  of  instructor. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


3110.  Introduction  to  Modern  Algebra/(3).F;S; 
SS. 

Topics  covered  include  sets,  functions, 
equivalence  relations,  groups,  rings,  integral  do- 
mains, fields  and  homomorphisms  of  these  struc- 
tures. Prerequisite:  MAT  2240  or  permission  of 
the  instructor. 

3130.  Introduction  to  Differential  Equations/ 
<3).S. 

A  study  of  methods  of  solution  of  differential 
equations  including  classical  methods  for  ordinary 
differential  equations,  matrix  methods,  series,  and 
Laplace  transform  techniques.  Partial  differential 
equations  and  Fourier  series  are  briefly  introduc- 
ed. Prerequisite:  MAT  2130,  with  MAT  2240 
recommended. 

3210.  Intermediate  Analysis/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  treatment  of  the  calculus  of  real  valued  func- 
tions of  real  variables  including  limits,  differentia- 
tion and  Riemann  integral.  Prerequisite:  MAT 
3110  or  permission  of  instructor. 

3250.  A  Study  of  the  Integers/ (2). S. 
A  study  of  the  integers  beginning  with  the  Peano 
postulates  and  including  the  Fundamental 
Theorem  of  Arithmetic,  Diophantine  equations, 
congruences,  Fermat's  and  Wilson's  theorems, 
perfect  numbers,  Euler's  theorem.  Fermat's  con- 
jecture and  the  Goldbach  conjecture.  Emphasis 
will  be  on  the  historical  as  well  as  the  theoretical 
development  of  the  subject.  Prerequisite:  MAT 
3110  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3310.  Applications  of  Mathematics/(2).F. 

A  survey  of  problems  in  the  physical,  engineering, 
biological  and  management  sciences  in  which 
undergraduate  level  mathematics  is  applied  in  the 
formulation  and  solution.  The  course  offers  an  op- 
portunity for  the  student  to  bring  all  of  his 
mathematical    background    to    bear    on    some 


3610.  Introduction  to  Geometry/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  development  of  Euclidean 
geometry  including  both  the  synthetic  and  the 
metric  approach.  Topics  to  be  considered  include 
parallelism  and  similarity,  measurements,  ruler 
and  compass  constructions,  and  consideration  of 
at  least  one  non-Euclidean  geometry.  Prere- 
quisite: MAT  1120. 

3910.  Mathematics  for  Elementary 
Teachers/(4).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  area  of  mathematics  related  to  the 
modern  elementary  school  curriculum.  To  be  in- 
cluded are  topics  from  abstract  algebra,  geometry, 
number  theory,  mathematical  logic,  trigonometry 
and  an  intuitive  approach  to  calculus.  Not  open  to 
mathematics  majors.  Prerequisite:  MAT  1910. 

3915.  Computer  Languages  for  Learning 
Mathematics/(2).F;S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  computer  languages  such  as 
LOGO  which  are  especially  designed  to  create  en- 
vironment for  the  learning  of  mathematics  and  are 
based  on  learning  theory.  The  course  will  em- 
phasize the  learning  theory  foundations  of  the 
language  as  well  as  programming  and 
teaching/learning  applications. 

3920.  Elementary  Mathematics  for 
Teachers/(4).S. 

This  course  is  an  extension  of  3910  covering  con- 
cepts of  the  elementary  and  junior  high  school 
curriculum.  It  also  deals  with  remediation  efforts 
involving  these  concepts  when  encountered  at  the 
10-12  grade  levels.  Open  to  mathematics  majors 
seeking  secondary  certification. 

4010.  Undergraduate  Seminar/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

(Permission  to  register  must  be  given  by  the 
department  chairman.) 


Mathematical  Sciences 


118 


4110.  Introduction  to  Real  Variables  1/(3). F. 

A  rigorous  treatment  of  the  concepts  of  se- 
quences, limits,  continuity,  and  uniform  continui- 
ty. Prerequisite:  MAT  3110  or  3210. 

4210.  Abstract  Algebra/(3).F. 

A  study  of  group  theory  including  quotient 
groups,  the  fundamental  theorem  of  finite  Abelian 
groups,  and  the  Sylow  theorems.  Includes  an  in- 
troduction to  rings  with  emphasis  on  Euclidean 
rings  and  other  principal  ideal  domains.  Prere- 
quisite: MAT  3110  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

4310.  Introduction  to  Numerical 
Methods/(3).S. 

The  development  and  application  of  numerical 
methods  for  the  solution  of  transcendental  equa- 
tions, systems  of  linear  equations,  differential 
equations,  integrations,  and  related  problems 
utilizing  the  computer.  Prerequisite:  MAT  2130 
and  programming  experience. 

Senior/Graduate  Courses 

4560.  Methods  of  Applied  Mathematics/(3).  F. 

Odd  numbered  years. 

Topics  from  complex  variables,  vector  field 
theory,  Fourier  and  Laplace  Transforms,  and  in- 
tegral equations.  Prerequisites:  MAT  2130  and 
3130. 

4570.  Advanced  Differential  Equations/(3).F. 
Even  numbered  years. 

Topics  include  ordinary  differential  equations, 
Green's  functions,  partial  differential  equations 
and  boundary  value  problems,  calculus  of  varia- 
tions, and  numerical  solutions  of  partial  differen- 
tial equations.  Prerequisites:  MAT  2130  and 
3130. 


riculum.  the  topics  considered  include  con- 
gruence, measure  of  segments  and  angles  con- 
structions, parallels  and  parallelograms,  similarity, 
space  geometry,  areas  and  volumes,  and 
measurements  related  to  circles.  Not  open  to 
mathematics  majors. 

4930.  Foundations  of  Arithmetic/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  properties  of  integers,  rational 
numbers,  and  real  numbers  through  a  postula- 
tional  treatment.  Included  is  a  study  of  logic,  pro- 
bability, and  elementary  statistics.  Not  open  to 
mathematics  majors. 

Graduate  Courses 

5120.  Introduction  to  Real  Variables  11/(3). S. 
A  rigorous  develoment  of  the  Riemann  (or  the 
Riemann-Stieltjes)    integral,    infinite    series,    se- 
quences and  series  of  functions,  and  uniform  con- 
vergence. Prerequisite:  MAT  4110. 

5140.  Real  Variables/  (3).  On  Demand. 
A  study  of  Lebesque  measure,  the  Lebesque  in- 
tegral,  and  an  introduction  to  Banach  spaces. 
Prerequisite:  5120  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

5160.  Complex  Variables/(3).  On  Demand. 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  complex  variables 
to  include  such  topics  as  line  integrals,  the  Cauchy 
theorem,  the  Cauchy  integral  formula,  Morera's 
theorem,  and  the  Laurent  series. 

5230.  Linear  Algebra/(3).F. 

A  study  of  finite  dimensional  vector  spaces. 
Among  the  topics  covered  are  matrices,  linear 
transformations,  change  of  basis,  eigenvalues, 
canonical  forms,  quadratic  forms  and  quasi- 
inverses.  Prerequisites:  MAT  2240  or  3110. 


4610.  Foundations  of  Geometry/(2).S;SS. 

A  treatment  of  projective  geometry  including  both 
the  synthetic  and  the  analytic  approach.  Also  to 
be  considered  is  a  study  of  the  relation  to  Eucli- 
dean, affine  and  hyperbolic  geometries  to  projec- 
tive geometry.  Prerequisites:  MAT  2240  and 
3610. 

4710.  Introduction  to  Topology/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  of  general 
topological  space  including  such  topics  as  com- 
pactness, connectedness,  project  spaces,  metric 
spaces,  and  continuous  functions.  Prerequisite: 
MAT  3110. 

4910.  Geometry  for  Elementary  School 
Teachers/(3).S;SS. 

An  informal  treatment  of  aspects  of  geometry 
which  are  relevant  to  the  elementary  school  cur- 


5240.  Field  Theory/(3).  On  Demand. 

A  study  of  field  theory  including  an  introduction  to 
Galois  theory.  Several  of  the  classical  theorems  on 
solvability  of  equations  by  radicals  and  construc- 
tibility  will  be  covered.  Prerequisite:  MAT  5220. 

5310.  Numerical  Analysis  with  Computer  Ap- 
plications/^).F. 

A  study  of  methods  of  solving  systems  of  linear 
and  non-linear  equations,  differential  equations 
and  numerical  integrations  with  emphasis  on  con- 
vergence properties  and  error  analysis.  Prere- 
quisites: Linear  algebra,  Real  Analysis  Computer 
programming.  CS  1400  or  1440,  MAT  2240;  cor- 
equisite  4110. 

5330.  Mathematical  Models/(3).S. 

A  problems  oriented  course.  The  student  uses 
mathematics  to  model  a  number  of  different  situa- 


Mathematical  Sciences 


119 


tions.  Among  the  tools  used  will  be  statistics, 
linear  programming,  differential  equations,  and 
computer  simulation.  Prerequisites:  CS  1400  or 
1440  and  background  in  at  least  two  of  the  utilized 
tools. 

5340.   Introduction  to  Operations  Research/ 

(3).S. 

Begins  with  a  thorough  study  of  linear  programm- 
ing including  duality  and  sensitivity  analysis,  after 
which  the  transportation  and  assignment  pro- 
blems will  be  studied.  As  time  allows,  topics  from 
game  theory  and  network  analysis  will  be 
covered. 

5410.  Computer  Applications/(3).S. 

Prepares  the  student  ot  use  the  computer  as  a  tool 
in  applying  mathematics.  Topics  will  include 
numerical  problems,  some  problems  requiring 
graphic  output,  and  a  simulation.  Good  program- 
ming organization  will  be  emphasized.  The  editor, 
job  control  language,  file  manipulation,  and  in- 
troductory data  structures  will  be  introduced  as 
needed.  Prerequisites:  CS  1400  or  1440  and  con- 
sent of  the  instructor. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

Prerequisite:  12  hours  of  graduate  mathematics. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

5720.  Topology/(3).S. 

A  study  of  topology  to  include  such  topics  as 
general  project  spaces,  complete  metric  spaces, 
compatifications,  embedding,  metrization 
theorems,  and  quotient  spaces.  Prerequisite: 
MAT  4710. 

5910.  Investigations  in  the  Teaching  of 
Mathematics/(2).SS. 

An  examination  of  recent  research  and  ex- 
perimental programs  in  the  teaching  of  secondary 
school  mathematics.  Students  are  encouraged  to 
write  experimental  designs  for  potential  research 
problems.  Prerequisite:  Undergraduate 
mathematics  major  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

5920-5921.  Linear  Algebra  for  Teachers/(2-2). 
SS. 

A  study  of  elementary  concepts  of  linear  algebra 
extending  to  a  rigorous  level  of  algebraic  proof. 
Prerequisite:  Undergraduate  major  in 
mathematics. 

5930-5931.  Analysis  for  Teachers/(2-2).SS. 

A  rigorous  study  of  elementary  calculus  extending 
to  a  treatment  of  fundamental  concepts  of  analysis 


involving  functions  of  a  real  variable.  Prerequisite: 
Undergraduate  major  in  mathematics. 

5933.  Topics  in  Algebra  and  Analysis  for 
Teachers/(2).SS. 

An  extension  of  5921  and  5931  with  a  treatment 
which  investigates  the  unifying  concepts  of  algebra 
and  analysis. 

5941.  Microcomputer  Programming  for  Secon- 
dary Schools/(3).SS. 

Students  will  use  the  BASIC  programming 
language  to  apply  microcomputers  to  a  number  of 
areas,  such  as  graphics,  word-processing,  data 
management,  sorting  and  simulations.  Some 
previous  exposure  to  computing  is  helpful  but  not 
required.  Prerequisite:  Undergraduate 
mathematics  major  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

5960.  Mathematical  Applications  in  the  High 
School  Disciplines/(2).SS. 

An  examination  of  mathematical  theories  with 
respect  to  their  applications  to  other  high  school 
disciplines  such  as  biology,  chemistry  and  physics. 
Prerequisite:  Undergraduate  major  in 
mathematics. 

5980.  Special  Topics  in  Mathematics  Educa- 

tion/(l-3).F;S;SS. 

A  flexible  program  of  reading,  study,  planning, 
and  writing  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  in- 
dividual teachers  or  groups  of  teachers  in  the  field 
of  secondary  school  mathematics.  Prerequisite: 
Undergraduate  major  in  mathematics  and  recom- 
mendation of  graduate  advisor.  "May  be  taken  up 
to  a  total  of  fifteen  semester  hours. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 

COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

1400.  FORTRAN  Programming/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  first  course  in  FORTRAN  programming  intend- 
ed for  any  student  having  a  need  for  computer 
assistance.  The  course  uses  flowcharts  and  FOR- 
TRAN IV  language  for  a  set  of  programs  introduc- 
ing commonly  encountered  applications. 

1410.  Introduction  to  Computing/(2).F;S;SS. 

This  course  includes  an  introduction  to  BASIC 
language,  use  of  the  software  editor  on  the  local 
mainframe  computer  and  word  processing  on  a 
microprocessor,  and  packages  on  both  types  of 
computers.  Not  intended  for  computer  science 
majors.  Prerequisite:  Must  pass  placement  test  or 
MAT  0010. 


Mathematical  Sciences 


120 


1430.  COBOL  Programming/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  first  course  in  COBOL  programming  with 
primary  objective  a  basic  competence  in  writing 
and  running  programs  in  standard  COBOL  for  a 
variety  of  applications. 

1440.  Programming  Fundamentals/(3). 
F;S;SS. 

This  course  will  provide  an  introduction  to  pro- 
gramming in  a  block  structured  language,  such  as 
FASCAL.  It  is  intended  to  be  the  initial  course  for 
computer  science  majors  and  will  be  a  prerequisite 
for  the  next  sequence  of  courses.  Prerequisite: 
Must  pass  placement  test  or  MAT  0010. 

2440.  Algorithms  and  Programming/(4).F. 

A  course  in  various  programming  concepts,  in- 
cluding compiler  characteristics  and  operating 
systems  as  needed,  but  with  emphasis  on 
algorithms  using  flowcharts.  Original  algorithms 
are  developed,  programmed,  and  documented. 
Use  is  made  of  subroutines,  disc  files,  arrays,  and 
the  various  programming  paraphernalia  during 
the  course.  Prerequisites:  CS  1400  and  MAT 
1100. 

2450.  Assembly  Language  and  Machine 
Operation/(4).S. 

This  course  includes  data  representation  in  the 
computer,  computer  logic,  and  a  brief  look  at  cir- 
cuits, hexadecimal  and  binary  numerals  and 
arithmetic  with  emphasis  on  the  study  and  prac- 
tice of  assembly  language  programming.  Prere- 
quisite: CS  2440. 

2460.     Files:     Structure    and    Processing/ 

(3).S. 

A  study  of  important  types  of  file  organization 
together  with  problems  involved  in  their 
maintenance  and  use.  Topics  in  addressing 
techniques  as  well  as  sorting  and  searching  are  in- 
cluded. Prerequisites:  CS  1430  and  CS  1410  or 
1440. 

3440.  Microcomputer  Systems/(3).F. 

A  hands-on  study  of  the  software-hardware  rela- 
tionships used  to  create  computer  systems,  with 
emphasis  on  readily-available  micro-processors 
and  operating  systems.  The  student  will  in- 
vestigate systems  of  increasing  complexity,  from 
minimal  configurations  for  running  short  machine- 
language  programs  through  multi-use  disk 
operating  systems.  Prerequisites:  SC  2450  and 
PHY  3700  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3441.  Microprocessor  Applications/(3).S. 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  develop  software 
to  apply  microprocessors  to  a  variety  of  useful 


tasks  utilizing  families  of  support  chips  devices. 
Students  will  write  device-  and  task-level  software 
to  control  available  hardware.  Sample  individual 
projects  may  involve  music  or  voice  synthesis, 
communication,  process  control  or  graphics, 
prerequisite:  CS  3440. 

3460.  Data  Structures/(3).F. 

The  use  and  implementation  of  various  informa- 
tion structures  is  studied,  including  arrays, 
records,  stacks,  queues,  linked  lists,  and  trees. 
Prerequisite:  CS  2450. 

3470.  Current  Computer  Use/(l-6).  On  De- 
mand. 

Work  experience  which  contributes  to  the 
student's  background  in  the  computing  field,  such 
as  working  as  a  programmer  for  a  faculty  member 
engaged  in  research  or  working  in  a  computer  in- 
stallation for  a  period  of  time.  The  responsibility 
for  arranging  such  work  rests  with  the  student  with 
final  approval  given  by  the  department  chairper- 
son. Graded  on  an  S/U  basis. 

3481.  Computer  Systems  1/(3). F. 

The  hardware  and  software  components  of  com- 
puter systems  are  studied.  Included  are  pro- 
cessors, memories,  input/output  devices,  inter- 
rupts, microprogramming,  suitable  description 
languages,  and  the  elements  and  structures  of 
multiprogrammed  operating  systems.  Significant 
projects  are  undertaken  by  each  student.  Lecture 
two  hours,  laboratory  three  hours.  Prerequisite: 
CS  2450.  Corequisite:  CS  3460. 

3482.  Computer  Systems  1I/(3).S. 

Continuation  of  CS  3481.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  three  hours.  Prerequisites:  CS  3481 
3460.  Corequisites:  CS  3490,  ST  4850. 

3490.  Programming  Languages/(3).S. 

Comparison  of  user  and  implementation  aspects 
of  several  programming  languages,  e.g.,  ALGOL 
60,  SNOBOL,  lists  processing  languages  and  ex- 
tensible languages.  The  concept  of  metalanguage 
is  included.  Prerequisite:  CS  3460. 

3500.  Independent  Study  in  Computer 
Science/(l-3).On  Demand. 

This  course  helps  the  student  advance  through 
study  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member,  in 
the  area(s)  of  special  interest  in  computer  science. 
It  may  be  taken  only  after  a  minor  in  computer 
science  is  completed. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 


Mathematical  Sciences 


121 


ticipation  in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: Junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549.    Selected 
mand. 


Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


Senior/Graduate  Courses 

4510.    Programming   Language   Translation/ 

(4).F. 

Techniques  for  the  translation  of  programming 
languages  into  machine  or  assembly  language. 
Each  student  will  participate  in  the  writing  of  a 
compiler.  Prerequisite:  CS  3482,  3490. 

4520.  Operating  Systems/(4).S. 

Study  in  depth  of  the  various  parts  of  operating 
systems  including  schedulers,  memory  manage- 
ment, interrupt  handling  and  time  sharing.  Lec- 
ture three  hours,  laboratory  three  hours.  Prere- 
quisite: CS  3482,  STT  3810  or  STT  4850. 

STATISTICS 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: Junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


3810.  Statistical  Methods  I/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  statistical  methodology  including 
organization  and  presentation  of  data,  probability, 
statistical  distributions,  confidence  intervals  and 
hypothesis  testing.  Emphasis  will  be  on  computa- 
tional procedures  rather  than  theoretical  develop- 
ment. Prerequisite:  MAT  1020  or  the  equivalent. 

3820.  Statistical  Methods  II/(3).S;SS. 

A  continuation  of  Statistics  3810.  Topics  covered 
will  include  regression,  analysis  of  variance, 
analysis  of  covariance  and  experimental  design. 
Emphasis  will  be  on  computational  procedures 
rather  than  theoretical  development.  Prerequisite: 
STT  3810  or  4860. 

3840.  Elementary  Probability  and  Survey 
Sampling/(3).S. 

The  course  begins  with  an  introduction  to  discrete 
probabilities  and  related  applications.  In  par- 
ticular, the  application  of  probability  to  sampling  is 


studied  in  detail.  The  remainder  of  the  course  is 
devoted  to  the  theory  of  sampling  and  sampling 
techniques.  Applications  are  highlighted  through 
examples  and  illustrated  problems.  Prerequisite: 
STT  3810  or  STT  4860. 

Senior /Graduate  Courses 

4810.  Non-Parametric  Methods/ (3). F. 

A  study  of  non-parametric  methods  in  hypothesis 
testing.  Emphasis  will  be  on  applications  rather 
than  theoretical  development.  Prerequisite:  STT 
3810  and  consent  of  instructor  or  4860. 

4830.  Linear  Statistical  Models/(4).On  De- 
mand. 

A  study  of  regression  analysis,  analysis  of 
variance,  analysis  of  covariance,  and  associated 
tests  of  hypothesis  via  least  squares  theory.  Cann- 
ed computer  programs  will  be  utilized  and  inter- 
preted in  applications  of  the  above  topics.  Prere- 
quisites: MAT  2240  and  STT  3820. 

4850.  Probability  and  Mathematical  Statistics 
I/(3).F;SS. 

An  introduction  to  axiomatic  probability  theory. 
Topics  include  a  study  of  sample  spaces,  pro- 
bability theory,  random  variables  and  their  proper- 
ties, and  the  fundamental  limit  theorems.  Prere- 
quisite: MAT  1120. 

4860.  Probability  and  Mathematical  Statistics 
II/(3).S. 

An  introduction  to  the  mathematical  principles  of 
statisticsl  inference.  Topics  include  a  study  of 
sampling  theory,  point  and  interval  estimation, 
and  hypothesis  testing.  Prerequisite:  STT  4850. 

Graduate  Courses 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

5810.  Advanced  Experimental  Design/(3).S. 

Begins  with  review  of  general  statistical  inference 
including  estimation,  sampling  distributions,  and 
hypothesis  testing.  Proceeds  to  thorough  study  of 
single  and  multi-factor  designs  including  nesting, 
repeated  measures,  analysis  of  covariance,  and 
interaction  effect.  Prerequisite:  STT  3810  and 
PSY  5000,  or  STT  3820,  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. 

5850.  Mathematical  Statistics/(3).S. 

A  study  of  mathematical  statistics  to  include  such 
topics  as  sampling  distributions,  consistency,  best 
asymptotic  normal  estimators,  sufficiency,  max- 
imum likelihood  estimation,  Bayes'  estimators, 
confidence  intervals,  and  tests  of  hypothesis. 
Prerequisite:  STT  4850. 


Philosophy  and  Religion 


122 


Department  of 

Philosophy  and  Religion  (P&R) 

Alan  J.  Hauser,  Chairperson 

The  objectives  of  the  Philosophy  and  Religion  Department  are  to  acquaint  students  with 
the  religious  and  philosophical  history  of  humankind,  giving  special  attention  to  those 
aspects  of  tradition  having  most  to  do  with  the  shaping  of  the  modern  mind;  to  promote 
critical  examination  of  and  reflective  discourse  about  philosophical  and  religious  issues; 
and  to  promote  a  desire  for  advancing  the  skills  and  frontiers  of  knowledge  in 
philosophy  and  religion. 

In  keeping  with  these  objectives,  an  interdisciplinary  major  and  minor  in  philosophy  and 
religion  are  offered.  Within  the  framework  of  these  programs  one  may  choose  to  elect 
an  emphasis  in  philosophy  or  religion.  For  participants  in  the  graduate  program  a 
limited  amount  of  graduate  work  is  available,  including  an  eight  hour  graduate  minor. 
The  graduate  minor  is  designed  for  students  on  an  individual  basis.  For  further  informa- 
tion contact  the  department  chairperson. 

A  major  in  philosophy  and  religion  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  36 
semester  hours,  30  hours  of  which  must  be  above  the  freshman  level.  Students  must 
participate  in  the  following  core:  1030.  Philosophy  and  Religion  in  Life,  one  philosophy 
course  at  the  2000  level,  one  religion  course  at  the  2000  level;  one  philosophy  course 
at  the  3000  level  or  above;  one  religion  course  at  the  3000  level  or  above;  two  seminars 
(one  a  colloquium). 

A  minor  in  philosophy  and  religion  consists  of  18  semester  hours,  nine  of  which  must  be 
above  the  freshman  level  and  must  include  a  seminar  or  the  seminar  colloquium. 

A  student  majoring  or  minoring  in  the  department  must  obtain  credit  for  one  course  in 
literature  outside  the  department.  If  a  student  has  satisfied  the  general  education  re- 
quirement of  one  course  in  literature  by  taking  one  or  more  courses  in  religion  counting 
towards  this  requirement,  he  or  she  will  be  allowed  to  count  them  toward  the  major,  but 
must  obtain  additional  credit  in  literature  equal  to  that  counted  toward  the  major. 

To  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  the  student  must  complete  six  semester  hours  of 
the  second  year  of  a  foreign  language  or  higher.  The  department  recommends  that  a 
major  who  anticipates  graduate  studies  elect  a  second  foreign  language  in  addition  to 
the  one  required  (German  and  French  are  preferred) . 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Philosophy  and 
Religion 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 


Philosophy  and  Religion 


123 


appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 

(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 

page  35.) 


1000.  Introduction  to  Philosophy/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  general  introduction  to  the  basic  patterns  and 
methods  of  philosophy  as  presented  through 
representative  thinkers. 

1020.  Religions  of  the  World/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  the  major  living  religions  of  the 
world . 

1030.  Philosophy  and  Religion  in 
Life/(3).F;S;SS. 

Major  problems  in  contemporary  life  as  examined 
by  philosophy  and  religion.  Emphasis  will  be  plac- 
ed on  the  way  in  which  philosophy  and  religion 
clarify  the  individual  understanding  of  these  pro- 
blems. 

1100.  Logic  I:  Basic  Thinking 
Skills/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  critical  thinking,  including 
deductive  and  inductive  reasoning,  fallacy  iden- 
tification, the  careful  use  of  language,  identifying 
and  resolving  problems.  A  study  of  traditional 
Aristotelian  Logic  will  be  included. 

2000.  Clarifying  Values/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  the  application  of  ethical 
theories  to  the  identification,  clarification,  and 
criticism  of  values,  using  a  case  studies  approach. 

2010.  Old  Testament  Literature/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  analysis  of  the  Old  Testament  literature  as  the 
product  of  the  life  of  the  Hebrew  people .  Selected 
Old  Testment  documents  will  be  studied  in  terms 
of  their  literary  structure,  historical  context  and 
religious  perspective. 

2012.  Humanities:    Music,    Art,    and    Ideas 

I/(3).F. 

A  course  which  concentrates  on  the  interplay  of 
art,  music,  philosophy  and  religion  in  the  ancient 
through  medieval  cultures  and  their  influences  as 
manifested  in  other  centuries. 

2013.  Humanities:    Music,    Art,    and    Ideas 

II/(3).S. 

A  course  which  concentrates  on  the  interplay  of 
art,  music,  philosophy  and  religion  in  contem- 
porary culture. 

2020.  New  Testament  Literature/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  analysis  of  New  Testament  literature  as  the 
product  of  the  life  of  the  early  Christian  Church. 


Selected  New  Testament  documents  will  be 
studied  in  terms  of  their  literary  structure,  au- 
dience, historical  context,  religious  perspective, 
and  their  relation  to  the  broader  Christian  com- 
munity and  Western  culture. 

2030.  Islam/(3).S. 

A  selective  survey  of  the  religion  and  its  expres- 
sion in  Islamic  civilization  and  literature  from  the 
time  of  the  revelation  of  the  Quran  to  the  prophet 
Muhammad  to  the  Islamic  revival  of  the  current  oil 
age. 

2040.  Religions  of  Asia/(3).F;S. 

An  analysis  of  the  Hindu,  Buddhist,  Confucianist, 
and  Taoist  literatures  as  seen  in  the  life  of  the 
Asian  people.  Selected  literatures  will  be  studied 
in  terms  of  literary,  philosophical  and  religious 
perspectives. 

2050.  Religion  in  America/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  religious  beliefs  and  practice  in 
the  United  States. 

2100.  Logic  II/(3).S. 

A  study  of  some  major  systems  of  formal  logic, 
such  as  Boolean  Algebra,  Quantification  Theory, 
Modal  and  Inductive  Logics.  Discussions  of  the 
theory  of  Logic,  the  limits  of  the  axiomatic 
method,  and  the  relationship  between  Logic, 
computer  machine  languages  and  programming 
languages  will  be  included. 

2200.  Philosophy  of  Art  and  Beauty/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  nature  and  value  of  beauty,  uni- 
queness, and  creativity  in  art,  nature  and  human 
affairs. 

2500  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3000.  Ancient  Philosophy/(3).F. 

An  introduction  to  philosophy  through  the  study 
of  the  pre-Socratic  Philosophers  and  of  Plato  and 
Aristotle.  Prerequisite:  one  course  in  philosophy 
or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

3200.  Modern  Philosophy/(3).S. 

A  study  of  views  of  eminent  philosophers  of  the 
seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries,  including 
Descartes,  Hume,  and  Kant.  Prerequisite:  one 
course  in  philosophy  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 


Philosophy  and  Religion 


124 


3250.  Modern  Christian  Thought/ 
(3).S. 

An  examination  of  the  development  of  Christian 
thought  from  the  Protestant  Reformation  to  the 
present.  The  course  will  focus  on  important 
theologians  and  movements  among  the  Protes- 
tant and  Catholic  traditions. 

3300.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy/ (3). S. 

An  examination  of  major  continental  European 
and  Anglo-American  developments  in  philosophy 
during  the  twentieth  century.  Such  major  figures 
as  Russell,  Wittgenstein,  Moore,  Ayer,  Ryle  and 
Austin  in  the  analytic  tradition,  and  Heidegger, 
Husserl,  Sartre,  and  Merleau-Ponty  in  the  existen- 
tial tradition  will  be  examined. 

3410.  Religious  Awareness/(3).S. 

An  existential  approach  to  spirituality  based  on  the 
methods  and  insights  of  the  religious  traditions  of 
East  and  West.  Each  person  will  have  an  oppor- 
tunity for  inquiry  into  the  framework  of  a  religious 
tradition  of  his  or  her  choice. 

3420.  African  Religions/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  Folk  religion,  Christianity  and 
Islam  in  Africa.  Particular  attention  will  be  given  to 
symbol,  ritual,  belief  and  community  within  the 
African  religions. 

3430.  Judaism/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  the  history,  literature,  and  faith 
of  post-exilic  Judaism,  with  concentration  on 
selected  topics  and  periods. 

3440.  Zen  Buddhism/(3).S. 

An  exploration  of  the  impact  of  Zen  Buddhism 
upon  Western  cultures  through  materials  drawn 
from  Zen  literatures,  Western  writings  about  Zen, 
and  paintings. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 


3530-3549. 

mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


3600.  Philosophy  of  Science/(3).S. 

An  investigation  of  the  foundations,  structure,  ac- 
tual attainments,  and  ideals  of  the  sciences.  Prere- 
quisite: one  course  in  science  or  science  education 
or  philosophy  or  consent  of  instructor. 

3700.  Values  and  Sociery/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  sources  and  limits  of  moral  obliga- 
tions for  various  social  roles  such  as  parent, 
teacher,  politicians,  businessperson,  and  heatlh 
care  professional. 

4000.  Nature  of  Knowledge/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  traditional  problems  of  the  origin, 
nature,  and  limitations  of  knowledge.  What  do  we 
know  and  how  do  we  know  it?  Prerequisite:  one 
course  in  philosophy  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

Senior/Graduate  Courses 
4549.  Seminar/(3).F;S. 

An  intensive  study  of  special  problems,  topics,  or 
issues  related  to  the  study  of  philosophy  and/or 
religion.  The  subject  matter  of  this  course  will  vary 
and  barring  duplication  of  subject  matter  a  student 
may  repeat  the  course  for  credit.  Prerequisite:  one 
course  in  philosophy  and/or  religion  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

4900.  Internship/(3-6).  On  Demand.  Graded 
on  an  S/L)  basis. 

Graduate  Courses 

5400.  Religion  in  Appalachia/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  the  origins,  history,  contem- 
porary practices,  and  beliefs  of  the  people  of  the 
Southern  Appalachia  region.  Attention  will  be 
given  to  religion  within  the  formal  structure  of  the 
Church,  within  the  social  structures  of  mountain 
life  and  as  a  component  of  individual  identity. 


3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


5500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.     Selected    Topics    in     Philosopy 
and/or  Religion/(l-3).  On  Demand. 


Physics  and  Astronomy 


125 


Department  of  Physics 
and  Astronomy  (PHY) 

Karl  C.  Mamola,  Chairperson 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy  are: 

1.  to  prepare  students  for  a  variety  of  careers  which  require  a  technical  background, 
and 

2.  to  provide  service  courses  at  appropriate  levels  for  students  in  many  disciplines. 

The  versatility  of  physicists  is  a  result  of  a  basic  education  which  emphasizes  fundamen- 
tal phenomena  in  nature.  Understanding  these  fundamentals  allows  a  physicist  to  attack 
a  wide  range  of  problems  in  many  different  fields,  from  energy  resources  and  the  en- 
viroment  to  transportation  and  communications. 

By  taking  appropriate  physics  courses  one  can  simultaneously  learn  about  the  physical 
side  of  nature  in  a  most  general  way,  acquire  useful  specific  knowledge,  and  satisfy 
general  education  science  requirements. 

In  keeping  with  these  objectives,  three  undergraduate  major  programs  are  offered. 
Minor  programs  are  offered  for  both  the  undergraduate  and  the  graduate  student. 

A  major  in  physics  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  a  minimum  of  36 
hours  in  physics  including  1150-1151  or  1103-1104;  2010-2020,  3010-3020,  4210 
and  eight  to  10  hours  of  physics  electives.  A  physics  major  must  take  two  semesters  of 
chemistry  and  MAT  1110,  1120,  2130,  and  3130. 

An  undergraduate  minor  in  physics  consists  of  PHY  1103-1104,  or  1150-1151  and 
any  eight  hours  of  electives  in  physics. 

A  major  in  physics  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certification  in 
Science  Education  consists  of  a  minimum  of  32  hours  in  physics  (including  PHY 
1103-1104,  or  1150-1151,  2010-2020,  3520,  4210,  and  10  to  12  hours  of  physics 
electives-PHY  2100  or  2200,  3210,  and  2630  or  3630  being  recommended),  plus 
BIO  1101-1102,  CHE  1101-1102,  and  MAT  1110,  1120,  2130,  and  3130.  IET  2004 
is  also  recommended.  For  the  section  describing  the  Curriculum  in  Science  Education  , 
refer  to  index.  For  the  requirements  in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of 
Secondary  Education. 

A  major  in  physics  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  (without  teacher  certifica- 
tion) with  a  concentration  in  applied  physics  consists  of  a  minimum  of  28  hours  in 
physics  including  1150-1151  or  1103-1104;  2010-2020;  4210;  MAT  1110,  1120,  and 
19  to  44  hours  in  a  core  concentration.  The  mathematics,  physics  and  core  concentra- 
tion constitute  a  55  to  80  semester  hour  block.  General  education  requirements  and 
electives  complete  122  hours  required  for  graduation.  A  committee  consisting  of  two 


Physics  and  Astronomy 


126 


faculty  members  from  physics  and  one  from  each  of  the  other  disciplines  in  the  core 
concentration  must  advise  each  student  individually  and  approve  a  program  of  study 
and  any  subsequent  modifications.  Some  suggested  core  concentrations  are: 
astrophysics,  geo-physics,  engineering  electronics,  radiation  safety  physics,  medical 
physics,  technical  management,  industrial  physics,  computational  physics, 
mathematical  physics,  and  technical  writing.  The  technical  management  concentration 
includes  all  those  core  courses  that  are  prerequisite  to  the  Master  of  Business  Ad- 
ministration (MBA)  degree  program  in  the  College  of  Business.  (See  the  Graduate 
Catalog  for  details  regarding  the  MBA  Program).  Many  other  combinations  for  core 
concentrations  are  possible  and  will  be  developed  in  consultation  with  the  departmental 
chairperson  and  the  faculty  advisory  committee. 

Honors  Program  in  Physics  and  Astronomy 

The  department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy  offers  a  Senior  Honors  Research  and  Thesis 
Course  (PHY  4510)  open  only  to  majors  in  physics  and  astronomy  during  their  final 
undergraduate  semester  and  who  have  an  outstanding  undergraduate  record.  A  stu- 
dent who  wishes  to  enroll  in  the  Senior  Honors  Research  and  Thesis  course  should  con- 
tact the  department  chairperson  and  make  the  necessary  arrangements  during  the  first 
semester  of  his/her  senior  year. 

In  order  to  graduate  "with  honors  in  Physics  and  Astronomy"  or  "with  highest  honors  in 
Physics  and  Astronomy",  a  student  must  successfully  complete  PHY  4510.  Additional 
information  may  be  obtained  from  the  department  chairperson. 

A  graduate  (M.A.)  minor  in  physics  consists  of  8-12  hours  selected  from  physics  offer- 
ings numbered  4500  and  above. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Physics  and  Astronomy 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


1101.  Concepts  of  Physics/(3).F;S;SS. 

This  course  presents  a  broad  view  of  physics  and 
its  interrelations  with  other  subjects.  Some  ideas  of 
mechanics,  heat,  light,  sound,  electricity, 
magnetism,  and  quantum  physics  are  surveyed  at 
an  introductory  level,  with  energy  as  the  connec- 
ting theme.  A  second  semester  of  physics  (1105 
or  1106)  covers  certain  of  these  topics  in  more 
depth.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

1103-1104.  General  Physics/(4-4).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  physics  including 
mechanics,  thermodynamics,  sound,  electricity 
and  magnetism,  optics  and  modern  physics.  Cor- 


equisite  for  PHY  1103:  MAT  1020  or  MAT  1025 
or  equivalent.  Lecture  three  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours. 

1105.  Physics  of  Sound/ (3).F. 

Designed  for  music  majors  and  others  interested 
in  music,  this  course  applies  the  physics  of  wave 
behavior  to  the  understanding  of  musical  sounds 
and  instruments,  auditoriums,  high  fidelity  sound 
equipment,  electronic  sound  synthesizers  and  to 
the  ear  and  hearing.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 


Physics  and  Astronomy 


127 


1106.  Physics  of  Light  and  Color/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  introductory  course  intended  primarily  for 
students  of  the  fine  and  applied  arts  and  others  in- 
terested in  optical  phenomena.  Topics  include  the 
perception  of  light  and  color,  color  mixing, 
polarized  light,  photography,  lasers,  and 
holography.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours. 

1150-1151.  Analytical  Physics/(5-5).F-S. 

An  analytical  and  quantitative  treatment  of 
physics  at  a  somewhat  more  advanced  level  than 
the  1103-1104  sequence.  Students  who  should 
take  this  sequence  include  those  majoring  in 
mathematics,  chemistry,  physics,  and  pre- 
engineering,  as  well  as  any  others  whose  future 
work  will  benefit  from  practice  in  problem  solving. 
Topics  covered  include  mechanics,  heat,  light, 
sound  electricity,  magnetism  and  quantum 
phenomena.  Corequisite:  MAT  1110.  Lecture 
four  hours,  laboratory  three  hours. 


2200.  Stars,  Black  Holes,  and  Galaxies/(3).S. 

A  study  of  phenomena  beyond  the  solar  system, 
including  quasars,  pulsars,  nebulae,  black  holes, 
galactic  dynamics  and  systems,  cosmological 
models  for  the  origin  of  the  universe,  and  physical 
evidence  for  extraterrestrial  life.  There  are  also 
night  observations  and  photography  with  reflec- 
ting and  refracting  telescopes,  some  experiments 
with  optical  instruments  and  light  and  analysis  of 
celestial  data.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours. 

2210.  Intermediate  Physics  Laboratory/(l).S. 

A  course  designed  for  physics  and  astronomy  ma- 
jors emphasizing  experimental  techniques, 
measurements,  data  and  error  analysis,  experi- 
ment planning  and  evaluation,  and  report  writing. 
Intermediate  classical  experiments  with  both  oral 
and  written  reports.  Corequisite:  PHY  2020. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 


1700.  Personal  Computers  I/(2).F;S;SS. 

Introduction  to  small  computers,  their  features, 
their  applications  and  future  developments.  Pro- 
gramming in  elementary  BASIC  will  emphasize 
graphics  and  animation.  Demonstrations  of 
assorted  hardware  and  software.  No  prerequisite. 

1701.  Personal  Computers  II/(2).F;S;SS. 

Intermediate  BASIC  programming  to  include  the 
arithmetic  and  string  handling  functions  of  small 
computers  as  well  as  advanced  graphics. 
Demonstrations  of  assorted  hardware  and  soft- 
ware. Prerequisite:  PHY  1700. 

2010-2020.  Intermediate  Physics 
I-II/(4-4).F-S. 

A  study  of  basic  formulations  and  concepts  in 
classical  physics,  especially  mechanics,  static  and 
dynamic  electricity  and  magnetism,  but  also  heat, 
light,  sound  and  modern  physics.  Calculus,  vector 
methods  and  computer  techniques  are  used.  In- 
tended primarily  for  students  majoring  or  minor- 
ing  in  physics.  Prerequisite:  PHY  1104  or  1151 
and  Mathematics  1120.  Lecture  four  hours. 

2100.  Descriptive  Astronomy  of  the  Solar 
System/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  sun,  moon,  planets,  meteors,  com- 
ets, constellations,  zodiac  and  origin  of  the  solar 
system.  There  are  also  night  observations  and 
photography  with  reflecting  and  refracting 
telescopes,  some  experiments  with  optical  in- 
struments and  light  and  analysis  of  celestial  data. 
Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 


2630.*  Circuit  Analysis  and  Measurement/ 
(3).S. 

AC  &  DC  Circuit  Analysis.  Topics  include  discrete 
passive  components,  network  analysis, 
Thevenin's  &  Norton's  Theorems,  use  of  common 
electronic  instrumentation.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  three  hours.  Prerequisites:  PHY  1104 
or  1151.  MATH  1120. 

'Offered  in  even  numbered  years. 

2700.*  Computer  Interfacing/(3).F. 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  of  com- 
puter interfacing  and  machine  language  program- 
ming. Topics  to  be  covered  include  analog  to 
digital,  digital  to  analog,  voltage  to  frequency  con- 
version, data  transmissions  and  applications  of 
these  topics  using  departmental  microcomputers. 
Prerequisites:  PHY  1700  or  1701  and  PHY  1104 
or  1151. 

'Offered  in  even  numbered  years. 

3000.*  Microcomputer  Methods  in 
Physics/(2).F. 

A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
the  uses  of  microcomputers  in  physics  calcula- 
tions. Applications  will  be  selected  from  the  areas 
of  mechanics,  electricity  and  magnetism,  thermal 
physics,  optics  and  modern  physics.  Prerequisites: 
PHY  1701  (or  equivalent)  and  MAT  1120;  core- 
quisite: PHY  2010. 

'Offered  in  odd  numbered  years. 


Physics  and  Astronomy 


128 


3010-3020.  Classical  Physics  I-II/(3-3).F-S. 

A  continuation  of  PHY  2010-2020  into  the  formal 
methods  of  classical  physics  with  special  attention 
to  concepts  in  dynamics  and  electromagnetic 
theory.  Prerequisite:  PHY  2020;  MAT  3130  is 
also  recommended  as  prerequisite  or  corequisite. 
Lecture  three  hours. 

3100*.  Astrophysics/(3).S. 

An  introduction  to  the  scope  and  nature  of 
astrophysical  problems.  Topics  to  be  covered  in- 
clude astronomical  molecular  spectra,  the  emis- 
sion and  absorption  of  radiation,  spectral  line  for- 
mation, line  broadening  mechanisms,  the  energy 
balance  of  stellar  envelopes,  and  nuclear  energy 
generation.  Prerequisite:  PHY  2200  and  MAT 
1120;  or  PHY  1151.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 

"Offered  in  even  numbered  years. 

3200".  Astromechanics/(3).S. 

An  analytical  treatment  of  central  force  motion, 
conservation  theorems,  orbital  stability,  and  the 
computation  of  orbits.  Laboratory  meetings  will 
deal  primarily  with  computer  simulations  of  orbits, 
and  the  solution  for  the  elements  of  orbits  from 
limited  data.  Prerequisite:  PHY  1104  or  1151  and 
MAT  1120;  or  PHY  2020.  Suggested  corequisite: 
CS  2400  or  CS  2420.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 

"Offered  in  odd  numbered  years. 

3210.  Modern  Physics/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  theories  and  experiments  which 
have  led  to  current  models  in  special  relativity, 
atomic  structure,  lasers,  solid  state  physics,  x-rays, 
artificial  and  natural  radioactivity,  nuclear  struc- 
ture, nuclear  fusion  and  fission  and  particle  ac- 
celerators. Prerequisite:  PHY  1151  or  corequisite 
PHY  2010.  Lecture  three  hours. 

3220.  Waves  and  Oscillations/(3).S. 

A  study  of  systems  in  physics  described  by 
oscillatory  or  wavelike  motions.  Some  topics 
covered  are:  free  and  forced  vibrations  of  coupled 
systems,  electromagnetic  waves,  interference  and 
diffraction.  Corequisite:  PHY  2010.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  three  hours. 

3230.'  Thermal  Physics/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  laws  of  thermodynamics  and  their 
application  to  physical,  chemical  and  biological 
phenomena.  An  introduction  to  kinetic  theory 
and  statistical  mechanics  is  included.  Prere- 
quisites: PHY  1104  or  1151,  and  MAT  2130. 
Lecture  three  hours. 

'Offered  in  odd  numbered  years. 


3350.     Physical     Science     Investigations/ 

(3).F;SS. 

A  course  primarily  for  elementary  education  ma- 
jors who  choose  their  academic  concentration  in 
science.  Simple  demonstrations  and  laboratory 
experiments  will  emphasize  a  conceptual  ap- 
proach to  the  physical  ideas  usually  introduced  in 
the  elementary  science  curriculum.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours.  Required 
of  all  physics  majors  seeking  the  B.S.  degree  and 
teaching  certification  in  Science  Education. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

For  example:  Biomechanics/ (3),  a  study  of 
physics  as  applied  to  the  motion  of  the  human 
body,  particularly  in  various  sports.  Topics  include 
vectors  and  resolution  of  forces,  kinematics  and 
the  trajectories  of  balls,  momentum  and  energy 
and  power  with  applications  to  football  and  track, 
rotational  motion  and  torques  with  applications  to 
diving,  gymnastics  and  skating.  Photographic 
studies  and  demonstrations  will  be  emphasized. 
Lecture  three  hours. 

3630.  Digital  Electronics/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  and  circuits  based  on 
Boolean  algebra  as  applied  to  modern  day  digital 
equipment,  especially  microprocessors.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  integrated  circuits  TTL  and 
CMOS  sequential  and  combinational  logic  circuits 
and  will  include:  gates,  flip-flops,  counters,  shift- 
registers,  multiplexers,  decoders,  and  ROMS. 
Elements  of  digital  logic  design  including 
simplification  by  Boolean  algebra  will  be  covered. 
The  laboratory  will  consist  of  building  TTL  and 
CMOS  circuits  and  examining  their  electrical  and 
logic  properties.  Prerequisite:  PHY  1104  or  1151. 
Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  three  hours. 

3700.  Microprocessors/^). S. 

A  study  of  the  architecture  and  instruction  sets  of 
common  microprocessors  including  memory,  in- 
put/output and  support  integrated  circuits, 
assembly  and  high  level  languages.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  three  hours.  Prerequisites:  PHY 
2630,  3630. 


Physics  and  Astronomy 


129 


3850.  Environuclconics/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  interaction  of  atomic  and  nuclear 
radiation  with  Man  and  his  environment — with 
special  emphasis  on  the  technology  of  measure- 
ment and  criteria  for  evaluation.  Discussions  of 
basic  radiation  properties  and  radiation  detection 
as  well  as  special  analysis  techniques  such  as 
neutron  activation  and  X-ray  fluorescence  will  be 
integral  to  the  course.  Prerequisite:  PHY  1104  or 
1151.  Lecture  three  hours. 

3851.  Environucleonics  Laboratory /(1).S. 

Laboratory  investigation  and  skills  development 
aligned  with  the  methods  of  Physics  3850.  Basic 
detection  involving  GM,  gas  flow  and  scintillation 
detector  systems,  pulse  height  analysis,  statistical 
tests  and  treatment  of  data,  utilization  of  neutron 
activation  and  X-ray  fluorescence  will  be  featured. 
Field  trips  may  be  required.  Corequisite  or  prere- 
quisite: PHY  3850.  Laboratory  three  hours. 

4210.  Experimental  Physics  Seminar/(4).F. 

An  advanced  laboratory  course  in  classical  and 
modern  physics.  Results  of  experimental  in- 
vestigations will  be  presented  to  colleagues  and  to 
the  faculty.  Literature  searches,  written  reports, 
and  some  oral  reports  will  be  required.  Lecture 
one  hour,  lab  six  hours.  Prerequisite:  PHY 
2010-2020  or  equivalent. 

Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4510.  Senior  Honors  Research  and  Thesis/(3). 

On  Demand. 

Independent  in-depth  research  and  preparation  of 
a  thesis  on  a  significant  topic  in  physics,  directed 
by  a  member  of  the  physics  faculty.  A  thesis  is 
presented  orally  and  in  writing  to  the  department. 
Course  grade  assigned  by  the  departmental 
honors  committee.  Required  for  graduation  with 
honors  in  physics.  A  student  who  completes  this 
course  with  a  grade  of  B  and  who  graduated  with 
a  GPA  of  3.5  in  physics  courses  will  be  graduated 
with  "Honors"  in  physics;  with  a  grade  of  A  and  a 
GPA  of  3.7  in  physics  a  student  will  be  graduated 
with  "Highest  Honors"  in  physics.  Prerequisites: 
GPA  of  at  least  3.5  overall  and  3.5  in  physics 
courses.  Approval  of  proposed  research  topic  and 
methods  by  departmental  honors  committee,  and 
assignment  of  research  thesis  advisor  during  the 
semester  prior  to  enrollment  in  this  course.  Core- 
quisite: PHY  4640.  Open  only  to  majors  in 
physics  during  their  final  undergraduate  semester. 

4630.*  Electronics/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  analog  electronics.  Topics  include: 
operational  amplifiers,  wave-shaping  circuits, 
transducers,     optoelectric     isolators     and 


preamplifiers  and  power  amplifiers  necessary  to 
interface  input  and  output  transducers  to  digital 
equipment.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  three 
hours.  Prerequisite:  PHY  2630. 

'Offered  in  odd  numbered  years. 

4640.'  'Advanced  Modern  Physics/(3).S. 

A  study  of  quantum  mechanics  and  its  applica- 
tions to  statistical,  solid  state  and  nuclear  physics. 
The  major  experimental  and  theoretical  results 
that  led  to  the  development  of  the  quantum 
theory  are  discussed  in  deatil.  Corequisites:  PHY 
3010-3020,  3210,  or  3220,  and  MAT  3130. 

"Offered  in  even  numbered  years. 

4820.  Medical  Physics/ (3).F. 

A  study  of  the  various  applications  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  physics  to  functions  of  the  human  body. 
Topics  include:  mechanics  of  the  skeleton,  fluid 
mechanics  and  the  cardiovascular  system,  elec- 
trical signals  in  the  body  and  cardiology,  light  and 
vision,  sound  and  hearing,  radiation  in  diagnosis 
and  therapy.  Prerequisite:  PHY  1104  or  1151. 
Lecture  three  hours. 

4880.  Special  Topics  in  Physics/(3).On  De- 
mand. 

A  course  devoted  to  a  single  topic.  Current  ex- 
amples ar?  advanced  microprocessors  and  vector 
analysis.  For  example,  Advanced  Micropro- 
cessors/^), a  study  of  microprocessor  hardware 
and  software  with  emphasis  on  applications  to 
technical  problems  of  current  interest.  Prere- 
quisite: Consent  of  instructor. 

4900.  Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS. 

Supervised  work  in  applied  physics  in  an  industrial 
or  other  laboratory  setting.  Students  must  obtain 
approval  of  the  departmental  internship  coor- 
dinator prior  to  enrolling.  Graded  on  S/U  basis 
only. 

Graduate  Courses 

5160.  Astronomy/(3).SS. 

A  study  of  the  solar  system,  measuring  and  detec- 
ting instruments,  and  phenomena  beyond  our 
solar  system.  Stellar  evolution,  nebulae,  quasars, 
black  holes,  comets  and  physical  evidence  for  ex- 
traterrestrial life  are  also  discussed.  Lecture  three 
hours . 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics  in 
Physics/(l-3).On  Demand. 

An  intensive  study  of  a  single  topic  in  physics. 


Political  Science/Criminal  Justice 


130 


Department  of 
Political  Science/ 
Criminal  Justice  (PS/CJ) 

Carl  David  Sutton,  Chairperson 

The  purposes  of  the  Department  of  Political  Science/Criminal  Justice  are:  to  enable 
students  to  critically  observe,  analyze,  and  understand  the  complex  political  world  in 
which  they  live;  to  make  students  cognizant  of  the  fact  that  crime  is  only  one  of  a  variety 
of  the  nation's  problems;  to  prepare  individuals  to  recognize  and  to  meet  the  complex 
problems  of  our  society  which  affect  our  governmental  and  criminal  justice  systems;  and 
to  encourage  students  to  become  knowledgeable,  active  citizens  who  play  a  role  in  the 
political  processes  of  the  nation  and  the  world. 

A  major  in  political  science  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  33  hours 
including  PS  1100,  2100,  2115,  and  at  least  one  course  in  four  of  the  following  areas 
(1).  Theory  and  Methodology;  (2)  International  Relations;  (3)  American  Politics  and 
Government;  (4)  Comparative  Government;  (5)  Public  Law  and  Judicial  Behavior;  (6) 
Public  Administration;  (7)  Political  Behavior;  (8)  Public  Policy.  The  area  in  which  any 
particular  course  may  be  credited  is  indicated  by  the  third  digit  of  the  course  number. 
For  example,  Political  Science  3660  is  credited  to  area  (6)  Public  administration.  The 
remaining  12  hours  are  elective.  To  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  a  student  must 
complete  six  hours  of  the  second  year  of  a  foreign  language.  Normally,  an  internship 
will  not  be  offered  for  students  seeking  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

A  major  in  criminal  justice  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Criminal  Justice  (BSCJ) 
degree  consists  of  54  semester  hours  including  completion  of  CJ  1100,  2020,  3150, 
3400,  3430,  3551,  4552,  4900;  PS  1100;  PSY  4551;  and  15  semester  hours  of  elec- 
tives  to  be  taken  from  a  group  of  specified  courses  and  approved  by  the  advisor. 

A  minor  in  criminal  justice  shall  consist  of  eighteen  semester  hours  including  CJ  1100, 
2020,  3430,  3551,  and  six  hours  of  electives  in  criminal  justice. 

To  earn  a  Bachelor  of  Science  Criminal  Justice  degree  a  field  experience  in  the  form  of 
an  internship  for  12  semester  hours  is  required.  This  may  be  waived  if  the  student  has 
more  than  one  year  of  work  experience  in  a  criminal  justice  agency.  If  it  is  waived,  the 
student  will  complete  12  semester  hours  of  approved  criminal  justice  electives  as  a 
substitute.  In  addition,  the  student  must  complete  STT  3810  before  being  eligible  for  the 
awarding  of  the  degree. 

A  major  in  social  science  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  (without  teacher  cer- 
tification) with  a  concentration  in  political  science  consists  of  27  to  30  semester  hours  in 
the  social  sciences  to  include:  six  hours  of  HIS  from  2201,  2204,  2207-09;  ECO  2030 
and  2040;  SOC  1115;  and  three  additional  hours  in  sociology  or  anthropology  chosen 
with  the  approval  of  the  advisor;  PS  1100  and  2130;  three  to  six  hours  in  geography 


Political  Science/Criminal  Justice 


131 


approved  by  the  advisor;  and  a  professional  concentration  consisting  of  36  to  50 
semester  hours  which  will  normally  require  an  internship.  STT  3810  will  be  required  for 
all  concentrations.  Some  suggested  professional  concentrations  are  Public  Manage- 
ment; Town,  City  and  County  Management;  Political  Communications;  Public  Rela- 
tions; Political  Analysis;  Para-legal,  (legal  assistant);  and  American  Political  Manage- 
ment. 

All  programs  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  (non-teaching)  degree  must  be  planned 
in  consultation  with  the  departmental  chairperson  or  the  advisor  for  a  specific  concen- 
tration. Students  should  begin  planning  their  concentration  as  early  as  possible  in  their 
academic  career. 

The  department  also  provides  a  concentration  in  political  science  for  those  majors  in 
social  science  seeking  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certification.  Refer  to 
index  for  that  section.  For  the  requirements  in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department 
of  Secondary  Education. 

A  minor  in  political  science  consists  of  18  hours  including  PS  1100  or  2100.  The  re- 
maining 15  hours  are  elective  but  the  courses  must  come  from  at  least  three  of  the  areas 
of  political  science,  as  outlined  above,  and  nine  of  the  15  elective  hours  must  be  taken 
at  the  3000-4000  level. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  political  science  requires  PS  5000  and  a  minimum  of  30 
semester  hours  of  graduate  credit  with  a  thesis,  or  a  minimum  of  36  semester  hours  of 
graduate  credit  without  the  thesis.  Each  candidate  for  the  Masters  degree  will 
demonstrate  a  proficiency  in  reading  a  foreign  language  or  using  computer  science  and 
statistics  as  research  tools.  The  department  may  determine  the  proficiency  required.  A 
student  may  also  earn  a  Master  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  political  science  in  the 
program  for  secondary  teachers  or  the  program  for  junior  college  teachers.  The  depart- 
ment also  provides  a  concentration  in  political  science  for  those  majors  in  social  science 
seeking  a  Master  of  Arts  degree. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Political  Science 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 

1100.    American    National    Government    and  in  such  areas  as  labor,  education,  the  economy, 

Politics/(3).F;S;SS.  agriculture,  equal  rights,  foreign  relations  and  na- 

A  study  of  the  development  and  operation  of  the  tional  security  will  be  analyzed. 

American    National    government,     its    powers, 

organization  and  policies.  2100.  Introduction  to  Political  Science/(3).F; 

S;SS. 

1200.  Current  Political  Issues/(3).F;S.  A  study  of  Political  Science  as  a  discipline;  the 

A  study  of  the  current  political  issues  and  pro-  course  is  divided  into  two  parts.  The  first  part 

blems  facing  the  national  government.  Problems  familiarizes  the  student  with  the  scope  and  content 


Political  Science/Criminal  Justice 


132 


of  politics  and  introduces  the  main  approaches  us- 
ed to  study  political  phenomena.  The  second  part 
applies  the  general  knowledge  acquired  in  the  first 
part  to  the  study  of  a  selected  number  of  actual 
political  systems. 

2115.  Research  Methods/(3).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  the  logic  and  techniques  of 
social  science  research,  examination  of  the  struc- 
ture of  scientific  inquiry,  methods  utilized  to 
analyze  information,  with  emphasis  placed  upon 
the  interpretation  of  that  information. 

2130.  State  and  Local  Government/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

An  examination  of  the  organization,  problems  and 
powers  of  state  and  local  governments  in  the 
United  States,  focusing  upon  the  responses  of 
states,  counties,  and  municipalities  to  needs  caus- 
ed by  poverty,  growth, and  social  change. 

2160.  Introduction  to  Public  Administration/ 
(3).F;S. 

A  general  survey  course  aimed  at  introducing  the 
student  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  public  ad- 
ministration. The  course  includes  an  introduction 
to  organization,  theory,  personnel  and  financial 
administration  and  administrative  responsibility. 
The  principal  focus  is  on  American  public  ad- 
ministration, but  some  comparisons  and  illustra- 
tions from  other  administrative  systems  are  includ- 
ed. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

3110.  Political  Theory  Through  Sixteenth  Cen- 

tury/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  political  theory  from  approx- 
imately 300  B.C.  through  the  sixteenth  century. 
The  political  philosophers  studied  include  Plato, 
Aristotle,  Cicero,  St.  Augustine,  St.  Thomas 
Aquinas,  Machiavelli,  Luther,  Calvin,  and  Jean 
Bodin.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  historical  develop- 
ment of  political  philosophy.  Offered  alternate 
even  years. 

3120.  International  Politics  and  Foreign 
Policy/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  goals  of  foreign  and  national  securi- 
ty policy  and  of  the  means  by  which  they  are 
achieved. 

3130.  American  Political  Parties  and  Interest 
Groups/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  organization,  tactics  and  functions 
of  political  parties  and  interest  groups.  A  com- 
parison of  goals  and  methods  of  influencing  public 
policy  ranging  from  the  normal  to  the  revolu- 
tionary. Campaigning  techniques  discussed. 


3150.  The  Judicial  Process/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  the  development  and  powers 
of  the  judiciary  as  seen  through  selected  cases; 
and  an  examination  of  the  operation  and  behavior 
of  the  courts  and  their  personnel. 

3210.  Political  Theory  From  the  Seventeenth 
Century  to  the  Present/(3).S. 

A  study  of  political  thought  from  the  seventeenth 
century  to  the  present.  Political  philosophers 
studied  include  Hobbes,  Locke,  Rousseau, 
Burke,  Hegel,  Bentham,  Marx,  and  Lenin.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  the  development  of  na- 
tionalism, capitalism,  communism,  socialism,  and 
fascism. 

3230.  American  Legislative  Politics/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  the  structure,  functions  and 
behavior  of  Congress  and  state  legislatures,  with 
emphasis  on  how  composition,  leadership,  consti- 
tuency role  orientations  and  interest  groups  ac- 
tively influence  public  policy.  The  legislative  in- 
stitutions are  also  viewed  in  relationship  to  larger 
environments  and  inclusive  political  systems. 

3240.  Comparative  Politics/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  political  system  challenges  and 
development  patterns,  with  comparative 
reference  to  a  number  of  systems  including  the 
USSR,  Britain,  France,  and  selected  African  and 
Asian  countries. 

3280.  Public  Policy  Analysis/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  policy  making  process,  with  special 
attention  to  the  various  factors  that  influence 
policy  choices  in  the  American  government  and 
an  examination  of  the  procedures  for  evaluating 
actual  and  alternative  public  policy  programs. 

3328.  Socio-Political  Environment  of  Leisure/ 

(3).F. 

An  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  study  of  the 
development  of  and  participation  in  leisure  ac- 
tivities. A  practical  approach  through  the  integra- 
tion of  social  and  political  phenomena.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  standing.  (Same  as  SOC  3328.) 

3330.  Urban  Politics/(3).S. 

A  focus  upon  politics  in  urban  areas.  Topics  in- 
clude the  problems  of  urban  government,  politics 
within  metropolitan  areas,  community  power 
structures,  and  decision-making  structures. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 


Political  Science/Criminal  Justice 


133 


ticipation  in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  demand. 

3630.  Appalachian  Politics/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  the  fundamental  political  pro- 
blems and  possibilities  for  the  people  in  the  Ap- 
palachian Region.  The  interrelationships  of  Ap- 
palachia  with  the  larger  American  political  system, 
political  culture,  and  economy  will  also  be  studied. 
Offered  alternate  even  years. 


Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4540.     Studies     in     Regional     Political 

Patterns/(l-3).On  Demand. 

An  examination  of  selected  regions  of  the  world 
which  have  common  historical  and  cultural  pat- 
terns influencing  their  political  styles  and 
capabilities.  Topics  may  vary  from  semester  to 
semester. 

4550.  Law  and  Society/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  the  relationship  between  the 
values  and  culture  of  a  society  and  the  laws  which 
it  adopts;  how  law  interacts  with  and  responds  to 
change  in  social  values  as  seen  by  the  courts 
through  selected  cases. 


3660.  Administrative  Law/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  administrative  powers  and  pro- 
cedures in  the  United  States  and  of  the  relevant 
experiences  of  some  other  democracies  such  as 
Britain,  France  with  special  attention  to  the  legal 
and  administative  methods  of  achieving  a  respon- 
sible bureaucracy  and  of  balancing  public  interest 
with  private  rights. 

4175.  Public  Opinion/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  attitude  and  opinion  formation 
within  and  among  publics;  the  role  and  impact  of 
government  secrecy  on  opinion;  and  a  study  of 
media  as  influence  mechanisms. 

4230.  The  Presidency  and  the  Executive 
Branch/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  the  central  role  of  the 
American  presidency  in  the  political  process.  Em- 
phasis is  given  to  contemporary  responsibilities  of 
the  President  and  of  the  major  agencies  suppor- 
ting the  President. 

4270.  Political  Socialization/(3).S. 

Focuses  upon  the  process  by  which  political 
behavior  is  learned;  analyzes  the  role  of  socializa- 
tion agencies  throughout  the  life  cycle;  cross  na- 
tional comparisons;  political  elites  and  masses  ex- 
amined; discussion  of  counterculture  trends. 

4310.  American  Political  Theory/(3).S. 

A  survey  of  American  political  thought  from  the 
colonial  period  to  the  present.  Theorists  discussed 
include  Hamilton,  Jefferson,  Calhoun,  and 
Dewey.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  various 
modes  of  American  political  thought  in  the  twen- 
tieth century. 


4665.  Public  Management/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  organization  and  operation  of 
government  agencies  and  their  role  in  policy  mak- 
ing and  implementation  and  an  examination  of 
the  various  concepts  and  theories  pertaining  to 
administrative  behavior  and  to  the  performance  of 
the  basic  tasks  of  management. 

4720.     International     Organization     and 

Law/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  the  goals  and  structures  of 
multinational  organizations  created  to  solve  pro- 
blems between  nations,  and  the  ways  in  which 
disputes  between  nations  are  settled. 

4900.  Internship  in  Public  Affairs/ 
(3-12).F;S;SS. 

Field  work  in  government,  community,  profes- 
sional offices  and  agencies  and  involvement  in 
problem  solving  in  these  offices  and  agencies. 
Graded  on  S/U  basis. 

Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(3).F;SS. 

5030.  Seminar  in  American  Government  and 
Politics/(3).F;SS. 

Special  investigation  of  selected  topics  in 
American  government  and  politics.  The  tdpics 
may  vary  from  year  to  year. 

5050.  Seminar  in  Public  Law  and  Judicial 
Behavior/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  the  multiple  roles  of  law  and 
the  judicial  system  in  the  formulation  and  execu- 
tion of  public  policy,  to  include  the  role  of  the 
judiciary  in  politics  and  government  with  emphasis 
on  variables  affecting  judicial  decision  making. 


4400.  Selected  Topics  in  Political 
Science/(l-3).  On  Demand. 

An  intensive  examination  of  selected  topics. 


5120.  Readings  and  Research  in  International 
Relations/(3).F. 

The  problems  and  policies  of  developing  nations, 


Political  Science /Criminal  Justice 


134 


the  issues  of  colonialism,  imperialism,  na- 
tionalism, and  an  examination  of  current 
methodological  trends  in  the  exploration  of  these 
problem  areas. 

5130.     Appalachian     Political     Perspec- 

tives/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  the  political  process  in  the  Ap- 
palachian region.  The  fundamental  political  pro- 
blems, the  interrelationships  of  Appalachia  and  its 
people  with  the  larger  American  political  system, 
political  culture,  and  economy.  Offered  alternate 
odd  years. 

5160.  Problems  of  Public  Administration/ 
(3).S. 

An  examination  of  selected  problems  in  public  ad- 
ministration with  emphasis  on  analytical  case 
studies. 


and  their  critics.  The  topics  may  vary  from  year  to 
year. 

5240.  Seminar  in  Comparative  Government 
and  Politics/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  selected  topics  in  comparative 
political  analysis.  The  topics  may  vary  from  year 
to  year. 

5330.  Problems  in  State  and  Local  Govern- 
ment/(3).S. 

Research  on  selected  topics  and  American  state 
and  local  government.  The  topics  may  vary  from 
year  to  year. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 


5180.  Problems  in  Public  Policy 
Analysis/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  problems  focusing  on  the  pro- 
cess, politics  and  administration  of  public  policy- 
making, includes  agenda  setting,  formulation,  im- 
plementation and  evaluation,  and  surveys  the 
theoretical  bases,  methodological  tools  and 
political  manueuvers  available  to  policy-makers 


5900.  Internship  in  Public 

Affairs/(3-9).F;S;SS. 

Field  work  in  government,  community,  profes- 
sional offices  and  agencies  and  involvement  in 
problem  solving  in  these  offices  and  agencies. 
Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Criminal  Justice 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


1100.  Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice/ 
(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  development  and  operation  of  the 
criminal  justice  system  in  the  United  States.  In- 
cluded will  be  an  examination  of  the  components 
which  make  up  the  criminal  justice  system,  their 
roles  and  reponsibilities  as  a  part  of  the  system. 

2020.  Police  Process/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  social  and  historical  settings  of 
the  police;  police  role  and  career;  police  discre- 
tion; police  values  and  culture;  organization  and 
control. 

2050.  Introduction  to  the  Legal  System/(3).S. 

An  overview  of  the  development  of  law  and  law 
as  an  instrument  of  social  control;  an  examination 
of  the  different  types  of  law  and  the  nature  of 


each;  the  framework  within  which  the  American 
legal  system  operates;  an  introduction  to  the  basic 
terminology  of  law  and  the  judicial  system  and 
how  to  use  the  library  resources  dealing  with  the 
study  of  the  legal  system. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

3060.  Crime  Prevention/(3).F. 

A  study  of  comprehensive  crime  prevention  in- 
volving neighborhood  and  urban  design,  com- 
munity action,  law  enforcement  practices,  and  en- 
vironmental engineering. 

3080.  Security  Systems/ (3). S. 

An  examination  of  the  role  of  security  and  security 
industry  in  criminal  justice;  the  administrative, 
personnel,  and  physical  aspects  of  the  security 


Political  Science/Criminal  Justice 


135 


field;  loss  prevention  management  in  proprietary 
and  governmental  institutions;  and  variations  in 
physical  security  systems. 

3150.  The  Judicial  Process/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  the  development  and  powers 
of  the  judiciary  as  seen  through  selected  cases; 
and  an  examination  of  the  operation  and  behavior 
of  the  courts  and  their  personnel. 

3250.  Juvenile  Justice/(3).S. 

Legal  and  philosophical  basis  for  a  separate 
juvenile  justice  system,  with  a  focus  on  juvenile 
rights  and  will  include  such  topics  as  the  police 
role  in  delinquency,  due  process,  venue,  ad- 
judication and  disposition  hearings,  and  confiden- 
tiality in  the  juvenile  process. 

3330.  Social  Deviation/(3).S. 

The  course  emphasizes  the  social  factors  in  causa- 
tion. Review  is  made  of  the  leading  theories  in 
deviation  and  then  deviation  types  are  analyzed; 
homosexuality,  drug  use  and  addiction, 
alcoholism,  alienation,  etc.  Prerequisite:  SOC 
3400  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Same  as 
Sociology  3330) 

3400.  Criminology/(3).F. 

Study  of  origins  and  purposes  of  criminal  law; 
survey  of  the  various  theoretical  approaches  to  the 
study  of  crime  causation;  examination  of  various 
categories  of  criminal  behavior  including  violent 
crime,  occupational  crime,  political  crime, 
criminal  sexuality;  and  an  overview  of  the  criminal 
justice  system  which  seeks  to  deter,  convict  and 
punish  offenders.  (Same  as  Sociology  3400). 

3430.  Corrections/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  history  and  development  of  the 
adult  correctional  system  as  part  of  the  larger  adult 
criminal  justice  system.  Includes  overview  of  the 
criminal  justice  system,  a  review  and  analysis  of 
theories  of  punishment,  a  study  of  institutional 
treatment  in  a  total  institution  and  the  roles  of  in- 
mates and  staff,  and  a  study  of  alternatives  to  in- 
carceration such  as  parole  and  probation.  Prere- 
quisite: SOC  3400  or  3435  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. (Same  as  Sociology  3430). 

3435.  Delinquency  and  Juvenile 
Corrections/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  history  and  development  of  the 
juvenile  correctional  system  as  part  of  the  larger 
juvenile  justice  system.  Includes  definitions  of 
delinquency,  a  survey  of  various  theoretical  ap- 
proaches to  delinquency  causation  and  punish- 
ment, a  comparison  of  the  juvenile  and  adult 
systems  of  correction  and  an  overview  of  the 


special  problems  of  juvenile  offenders.  (Same  as 
Sociology  3435) . 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  on 
S/U  basis.  Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing. 
May  be  repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three 
semester  hours. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

An  opportunity  to  study  a  special  topic  or  com- 
bination of  topics  not  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
criminal  justice  curriculum.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit  when  content  does  not  duplicate. 

3551.  Criminal  Law/(3).F;SS. 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  concepts  of  criminal 
law,  definition  of  crime  and  defenses,  function 
and  purposes  of  substantive  criminal  law,  limits  of 
the  criminal  law,  case  study  approach. 

3552.  Criminal  Procedure/(3).S. 

An  analysis  of  constitutional  limitations  from  arrest 
to  release  in  the  administration  of  criminal  justice, 
including  arrest,  search  and  seizure,  interrogation, 
identification  procedures,  and  post  conviction 
relief,  case  study  approach. 

4020.  Police  Administration  and  Organization/ 
(3).S.  (Alternate  years.) 

An  examination  of  police  organization  and 
management,  allocation  of  police  resources,  infor- 
mation systems,  career  and  recruitment,  policy 
formulation,  and  community  relations  concerns. 

Senior/Graduate  Courses 
4550.  Law  and  Society/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  the  relationship  between  the 
values  and  culture  of  a  society  and  the  laws  which 
it  adopts  how  law  interacts  with  and  responds  to 
change  in  social  values  as  seen  by  the  courts 
through  selected  cases. 

4552.  Abnormal  Psychology/(3).F;SS. 

The  study  of  individuals  and  groups  who 
demonstrate  atypical  behaviors.  This  may  include 
historical  definitions  of  abnormality,  standard 
psychiatric  nosology  and  etiology,  prevention  and 
treatment  of  maladaptive  behaviors.  The  concept 
of  ultra-normal  behavior  may  also  be  explored. 
Theoretical  basis  for  the  courses  will  reflect  biases 
of  the  professor.  (Same  as  PSY  4552) 


Psychology 

136 


4580.  Private  Security/(3).F.  (Alternate  years). 

An  examination  of  unique  security  problems  in 
establishments,  industrial  establishments,  univer- 
sities and  colleges;  a  review  of  private  security 
regulatory  boards,  licensing,  registration  of  private 
security  businesses  and  personnel. 

4670.  Crime  Analysis  and  Criminal  Justice 
Planning/(3).S. 

An  examination  of  crime  analysis-functions, 
methodologies,  capabilities,  and  limitations;  an 
examination  of  the  function  of  planning  in  the 
criminal  justice  system  on  the  national,  state  and 
regional  levels  and  within  local  agencies.  Offered 
alternate  years. 

4700.  Behavior  Modification/(3).F;S. 

The  application  of  operant  contingency  manage- 
ment principles  to  personal,  interpersonal,  and 
learning  problems.  (Same  as  PSY  4700) 


4800.  Criminal  Justice  Administration 
/(3).  F.  (Alternate  years). 

A  discussion  and  evaluation  of  criminal  justice 
policies  and  practices  with  a  focus  upon  a  systems 
approach  to  criminal  justice,  interaction  of  theory, 
research  and  practice  into  preparation  of  a  senior 
research  paper. 

4900.  Internship  in  Criminal  Justice/(3-12). 
F;S;SS. 

Field  work  in  a  criminal  justice  agency,  office  or  in- 
stitution and  involvement  in  problem  solving  in 
these  agencies  and  offices.  Graded  on  S/U  basis. 

Graduate  Courses 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 


Department  of  Psychology  (PSY) 

Joyce  G.  Crouch,  Chairperson 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Psychology  are: 


1. 
2. 


3. 


4. 


5. 


To  provide  students,  majors  or  nonmajors,  with  excellent  instruction  in  psychology. 
To  prepare  students  for  specialization  in  psychology,  so  that  they  can  function  as 
bachelor  level  paraprofessionals,  master  level  professional  psychologists  or  con- 
tinue training  toward  doctoral  level  competence. 

To  create  interest  in  psychology— an  interest  that  will  be  paralleled  by  a  growing 
competency  in  the  discipline. 

To  provide  future  teachers  with  sound  psychological  principles  to  underlie  the 
teaching  methodology. 
To  advance  psychology  as  a  science  and  as  a  means  to  promote  human  welfare. 


A  major  in  psychology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  36  semester 
hours  including  PSY  2201,  3365,  4658,  and  STT  3810,  and  two  courses  from  each  of 
the  following  groups: 

Group  I-Psychology  3364,  4650,  4651,  4652,  4655 
Group  II-Psychology  3301,  4550,  4551,  4552 
Group  Ill-Psychology  3390,  4660,  4670,  4671,  4700 

An  additional  six  hours  of  psychology  electives  are  required.  These  courses  may  not  be 
taken  under  the  pass/fail  grading  system. 


Psychology 


137 


A  major  in  psychology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  (non-teaching)  degree  with  a 
psychology  career  orientation  consists  of  60  semester  hours.  This  includes: 

1.  A  core  area  in  psychology  consisting  of  PSY  2201,  STT  3810,  PSY  3390  and 
3640.  Twelve  hours  will  be  chosen  from  PSY  3301,  3364,  4550,  4551,  or  4658. 
The  major  consists  of  36  semester  hours,  including  12  semester  hours  of  electives. 

2.  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  his  career  oriented  concentration  with  courses 
drawn  from  various  departments  and  disciplines.  Examples  of  career-oriented  plan- 
ning are  Vocational  Rehabilitation,  Social  Services,  Corrections,  Child  Develop- 
ment, Employment  Counseling,  Personnel  Management,  and  various  paraprofes- 
sional  careers.  A  departmental  advisor  must  approve  the  student's  program  of 
study  before  admission  to  the  B.S.  program. 

A  minor  in  psychology  consists  of  15  semester  hours  of  psychology. 

Elementary  Education,  Home  Economics  and  Psychology  cooperate  to  offer  the  B.S. 
in  Child  Development  Degree  conferred  by  the  Department  of  Home  Economics  upon 
the  completion  of  the  required  20  semester  hours  multidisciplinary  core  curriculum  (EE 
3130  and  4590;  HEC  2201,  3101  and  4100;  and  Psy  3660  and  4560)  and  courses  in 
one  of  the  three  areas  of  concentration:  Psychology,  Elementary  Education  or  Home 
Economics.  Students  will  be  advised  in  their  department  of  concentration. 

Students  interested  in  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  may  complete  the  B.S.  in 
psychology  and  the  24  semester  hours  required  in  the  College  of  Business  Core.  (See 
College  of  Business  General  Undergraduate  Plan  Outline.)  Application  for  admission  to 
the  Master  of  Business  Administration  program  should  be  made  in  the  fall  of  the  stu- 
dent's senior  year  and  admission  will  be  contingent  upon  a  satisfactory  combination  of 
undergraduate  GPA  and  GMAT  and  three  favorable  references.  An  MBA  degree  with  a 
psychology  option  consists  of  24  semester  hours  from  the  College  of  Business  and 
12-15  semester  hours  of  psychology  including  Psychology  4655,  4660  (if  it  has  not 
been  taken  at  the  undergraduate  level)  and  nine  semester  hours  chosen  from  the 
following  courses:  PSY  5530,  5550,  5552  and  5590. 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  General-Experimental  psychology  consists  of  30  semester  hours 
including  PSY  5000,  5010,  5550,  5610,  5650,  5999;  STT  5810;  and  a  concentration 
of  six  semester  hours.  PSY  4650  and  4658  are  prerequisite  to  or  co-requisite  with 
courses  required  in  the  program.  Students  who  lack  an  undergraduate  major  Mn 
psychology  must  complete  45  hours  in  psychology,  nine  of  which  will  be  PSY  3364, 
3365,  and  STT  3810  or  the  undergraduate  equivalent.  Each  candidate  will 
demonstrate  proficiency  in  reading  a  foreign  language  or  using  computer  science 
and/or  statistics  as  a  research  tool. 

The  candidate  must  elect  a  concentration  in  an  approved  area.  A  student  may  elect  to 
take  a  sufficient  number  of  hours  above  those  required  for  the  degree  to  complete  a 
minor. 

Within  the  general-theoretical  framework,  a  candidate  may  choose  to  pursue  a  program 
for  junior  college  teaching.  The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Junior  College  Teaching  con- 


Psychology 


138 


sists  of  30  semester  hours  with  a  thesis  and  36  semester  hours  without  a  thesis.  The 
following  courses  must  be  completed:  PSY  4650,  4658,  5000,  either  5550  or  5650, 
STT  5810,  and  education  requirements  for  the  degree. 

Also  within  the  General-Theoretical  framework  is  a  program  in  Rehabilitation 
Psychology,  which  is  accredited  by  the  National  Council  on  Rehabilitation  Education. 
This  two  year  Master  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  45  semester  hours  and  has  two  concen- 
trations—Rehabilitation in  Psychology  and  Health  Psychology.  Core  courses  include 
PSY  5000  or  CR  5000,  PSY  4700  or  PSY  5710,  PSY  5010,  PSY  5591,  PSY  5592, 
and  PSY  5900.  Additional  requirements  for  the  General  Rehabilitation  concentration 
are  as  follows:  PSY  4655,  PSY  5711  or  CR  5220,  and  PSY  5595. 


Option  1:  Rehabilitation  Psychology 
Psychology  4655 
Psychology  5711 

or 
Counselor  Education  and  Research  5220 
Psychology  5595 

Approved  electives  to  complete  45  semester  hours 

Option  2:  Health  Psychology 
Psychology  5593 

Biology  4590  (or  approved  statistics  course) 
Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  5620 
Counselor  Education  and  Research  4570 

or 
Sociology  4570 
Physics  4820 
An  approved  nutrition  course 

Approved  electives  to  complete  45  semester  hours 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Industrial-Organizational  Psychology  consists  of  46 
semester  hours.  Prerequisites  for  admission  are  courses  in  introductory  psychology  ,  in- 
troductory statistics,  experimental  psychology  or  principles  of  learning,  accounting, 
principles  of  management,  and  macroeconomics.  Required  courses  for  the  degree  in- 
clude STT  3820,  PSY  5000,  PSY  5060,  PSY  5660,  PSY  5661,  PSY  5671,  PSY  5500 
or  PSY  5999,  MGT  4630,  MGT  5150,  MGT  5160,  MGT  5170,  and  approved  elec- 
tives to  complete  the  requirements. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Clinical  Psychology  consists  of  48  semester  hours  of 
graduate  credit.  Required  courses  include  PSY  5000,  5700,  5701,  5710,  5711,  5900, 
5999,  six  semester  hours  in  an  approved  concentration  and  eight  semester  hours  of  ap- 
proved electives.  Each  candidate  will  demonstrate  proficiency  in  reading  a  foreign 
language  or  using  computer  science  and/or  statistics  as  a  research  tool.  The  completion 
of  a  minor  in  statistics  or  computer  science  will  be  accepted  as  a  demonstration  of  profi- 
ciency. 


Psychology 


139 


A  two-year  master's  degree  program  is  offered  in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of 
Counselor  Education  and  Research.  This  program  is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements 
for  certification  as  a  Level  II  school  psychologist.  In  addition  to  the  MA  degree  a  Cer- 
tificate of  Advanced  Study  will  be  awarded. 

A  graduate  minor  in  Psychology  consists  of  9-12  semester  hours. 

Prerequisites  may  be  waived  by  permission  of  chairperson  and/or  instructor. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Psychology 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


2050.  Psychology  of  Personal  Adjustment/ 
(3).F;S. 

Psychology  of  Personal  Adjustment  is  a  course 
designed  to  increase  the  student's  level  of 
awareness  of  strategies  useful  in  meeting  a  wide 
variety  of  situations  encountered  throughout  life. 
Means  of  dealing  with  problems  of  motivation, 
self-identity,  conflicts,  and  life  goals  are  emphasiz- 
ed. 

2201.  General  Psychology/(3).F;S;SS. 

General  Psychology  introduces  students  to  the 
study  of  human  and  animal  behavior,  providing  a 
review  and  survey  of  basic  principles  and  widely 
cited  research.  A  first  course  in  psychology  sampl- 
ing from  the  following  areas  of  theoretical  and  ap- 
plied psychology:  experimental  design  and 
measurement;  physiological  aspects  of  behavior; 
learning  and  behavior  modification;  sensation  and 
perception;  personality;  social  psychology;  clinical 
psychology  and  psychotheraphy. 

PSY  2201  IS  PREREQUISITE  TO  ALL 
PSYCHOLOGY     COURSES     EXCEPT    AS 
NOTED  UNDER  3301  AND  3302  BELOW. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

3301.  Developmental  Psychology/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  aspects  of  human  growth  and 
development  from  conception  through  maturity. 
Attention  is  devoted  to  these  processes  as  they 
may  pertain  to  the  educational  setting.  Students 
accepted  into  a  teacher  education  program 
(Junior  level  or  above)  may  enroll  without  prere- 
quisite. 


3302.  Educational  Psychology/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  analysis  of  the  principles  of  classroom  learn- 
ing. The  major  concepts,  theories,  and  research  in 
the  acquisition  of  knowledge  and  interpersonal 
social  skills  are  emphasized.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  the  educational  application  of  these  prin- 
ciples. Students  accepted  into  a  teacher  education 
program  (Junior  level  or  above)  may  enroll 
without  prerequisite. 

3318.  Outdoor  Recreation:  An  Ecological  and 
Behavioral  Approach  (2). S. 
Teaches  the  recreation  manager  to  better  unders 
tand  the  complex  interactions  between  the  recrea- 
tion resource  and  the  human  user.  Recreation  is 
described  and  studied  as  need-fulfilling  behavior 
which  can  be  enhanced  by  an  understanding  of 
the  biological  entities  (flora  and  fauna)  and  their 
ecological  relationships.  (Same  as  BIO  3318). 

3364.  Principles  of  Learning/(3).F.S. 

Theories  and  evidence  concerning  the  nature  of 
learning  and  learning  phenomena.  Emphasis  is 
upon  relationships  between  characteristics  of 
learning  tasks  and  resultant  performance  of  both 
animals  and  humans. 

3365.  Experimental  Psychology/(3).F. 

An  introduction  to  basic  principles  and  methods  of 
conducting  psychological  experiments  is 
presented  through  lectures,  discussions,  and 
laboratory  experience  in  a  variety  of  problem 
areas,  such  as  perception,  learning,  and  social 
processes.  Recommended  for  those  preparing  for 
graduate  study.  Prerequisite:  STAT  3810.  Lec- 
ture two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 


Psychology 


140 


3390.  An  Introduction  to  and  Procedures  in  the 
Helping  Professions/(3).F.S. 

Historical,  philosophical,  and  legal  aspects  of  the 
helping  professions.  Emphasis  placed  on 
understanding  the  various  approaches  to  counsel- 
ing. Contributions  of  paramedical  and  other  areas 
are  discussed.  (Same  as  SPE  3390.) 

3392.  Medical  Aspects  of  Disability/(3).F. 

Medical  aspects  of  major  physical  disabilities  with 
implications  for  rehabilitation.  Opportunities  will 
be  provided  for  first-hand  observation  and  ex- 
perience in  an  institutional  setting.  (Same  as  SPE 
3392.) 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

Such  topics  as  hypnosis,  ethology, 
psychotherapy,  sex  role  differences,  verbal  learn- 
ing, philosophical  issues  have  been  taught. 

3640.  Applied  Research  Methodology. (3). S. 

A  practical  application  of  basic  research  concepts 
and  skills  useful  in  studies  conducted  in  human 
services  and  other  organizations.  The  course  will 
provide  familiarity  with  model  studies,  and  prac- 
tice in  reading  and  evaluating  research  literature. 
Prerequisite:  STT  3810  or  equivalent. 

3660.  Psychology  of  Parenting/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  psychological  impact  of  parenting 
upon  adults  and  children.  The  psychological 
bases,  the  effects  of  parenting,  styles,  and  the  in- 
fluence of  cultural  and  role  expectations  will  be  ex- 
amined as  a  background  for  analyzing  and  apply- 
ing parenting  skills.  Prerequisite:  PSY  3301  or 
equivalent. 

Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4510.  Senior  Honors  Seminar  1/(2). F. 

A  critical  examination  of  selected  contemporary 

issues  in  psychology.  During  the  first  seven  weeks 

of  the  semester  the  seminar  will  meet  with  an 

honors  team.  The  purpose  of  this  segment  is  to 

acquaint   students   with   areas  of  study  and/or 

research,     to    stimulate     student-student    and 

student-faculty    interaction,     and    to    provide 

guidance  in  the  selection  of  an  area  for  individual 


study.  During  the  remainder  of  the  semester,  each 
student  will  work  independently  on  a  research 
project  or  other  in-depth  study  and  will  regularly 
consult  with  a  designated  member  of  the  honors 
team.  Eligibility:  Rising  seniors,  either  BA  or  BS 
candidates  with  minimum  overall  GPA  of  3.2  and 
ranked  in  top  10-15  in  psychology,  will  be  invited 
to  enroll. 

4515.  Senior  Honors  Seminar  11/(2). S. 

The  second  segment  of  the  senior  honors  pro- 
gram. Students  will  work  under  the  direction  of 
the  designated  member  of  the  honors  team  and 
complete  the  project  during  the  first  seven  weeks 
of  the  semester.  The  seminar  will  meet  regularly 
for  seven  weeks  near  the  end  of  the  semester. 
Students  will  present  their  work  for  discussion  and 
evaluation  by  their  peers  and  the  honors  team. 
Students  who  complete  PSY  4510  and  4515  with 
a  grade  of  B  or  above  and  3.45  GPA  in 
Psychology  will  be  graduated  with  "Honors;"  with 
a  grade  of  B+  or  above  and  3.65  GPA  in 
Psychology  will  be  graduated  with  "High 
Honors;"  and  with  a  grade  of  A  and  3.85  GPA  in 
Psychology  will  be  graduated  with  "Highest 
Honors."  Prerequisite:  PSY  4510. 

4550.  Psychology  of  Personality/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  factors  involved  in  the  developmental 
and  applied  aspects  of  the  broad  area  of  personali- 
ty theory. 

4551.  Social  Psychology/(3).F;S;SS. 

Social  psychology  surveys  groups  phenomena 
and  the  effects  that  group  influence  has  on  in- 
dividual behavior.  Key  topics  reviewed  incude 
social  validation  processes,  conformity  and  obe- 
dience behavior,  cognitive  dissonance,  prejudice 
and  attitude  change,  group  differences,  and  a 
critique  of  intelligence  testing. 

4552.  Abnormal  Psychology/(3).F;S;SS. 

The  study  of  individuals  and  groups  who 
demonstrate  atypical  behaviors.  This  may  include 
historical  definitions  of  abnormality,  standard 
psychiatric  nosology  and  etiology,  prevention  and 
treatment  of  maladaptive  behaviors.  The  concept 
of  ultra-normal  behavior  may  also  be  explored, 
theoretical  basis  for  the  course  will  reflect  biases  of 
the  professor.  (Same  as  CJ  4552) 

4560.  Psychology  of  Early  Childhood/(3).F. 

An  intensive  study  of  the  physical,  social,  emo- 
tional and  intellectual  development  from  concep- 
tion to  the  beginning  school  years.  Emphasis  will 
be  placed  on  reviewing  relevent  research  from 
major  contributors  such  as  Piaget,  Erickson, 
White,  Bruner,  etc.  The  course  will  focus  on  the 


Psychology 

141 


interrelatedness  of  the  various  aspects  of 
development— the  "whole  child"  concept.  Prere- 
quisite: PSY  3301  or  equivalent. 

4562.  Psychology  of  Aging/(3).F. 

Focus  on  the  psychological  changes  associated 
with  the  process  of  aging.  Particular  attention  will 
be  devoted  to  cognitive  and  personality  fac- 
tors— stressing  the  elements  of  consistency  and 
change  in  each.  An  attempt  will  be  made  to 
separate  myth  and  reality  as  each  area  of  function- 
ing is  discussed.  Graduate  students  will  be  ex- 
pected to  become  involved  in  an  area  of  research 
at  some  level. 

4640.  Seminar  in  Critical  Issues  in 
Psychology/(l-3).On  Demand. 

Contemporary  research  issues  in  psychology.  Op- 
portunities to  consider  a  particular  aspect  of 
research  in  depth.  Topics  vary  from  year  to  year 
depending  upon  the  interests  of  students.  Prere- 
quisite: A  major  or  minor  in  psychology  and  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

4650.  Physiological  Psychology/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  the  physiological  correlates  of 
behavior.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  sensations,  emo- 
tions, memory,  and  the  basic  drives. 

4651.  Perception/ (3). S. 

A  survey  of  classical  and  contemporary  theories  of 
perception.  Visual  and  auditory  systems  are  em- 
phasized. 

4652.  Comparative  Psychology/ (3). S. 

Covers  psychological  processes  in  infrahuman 
oranisms.  The  plan  of  animal  experimentation  in 
pscyhology  and  animal  research.  Prerequisite: 
STAT  3810  or  equivalent. 

4655.  Advanced  General  Psychology/(3).S. 

A  critical  study  of  some  of  the  major  experimental 
and  research  findings  and  methods  in  contem- 
porary psychology.  Prerequisite:  15  hours  of 
Psychology  or  permission  of  the  chairperson  of 
the  Psychology  Department. 

4658.  History  and  Systems  of  Psychology/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

An  analysis  of  physiological  and  philosophical 
antecedents  for  modern  psychology,  and  the 
systems  which  emerge  from  these.  The  course 
provides  perspective  and  closure  relevant  to  the 
development  of  behaviorism,  neobehaviorism, 
psychoanalysis,  and  gestalt  psychology. 


4660.  Psychological  Tests  and 
Measurements/(3).S. 

A  critical  survey  of  measuring  devices  in  clinical, 
counseling,  and  educational  practice  emphasizing 
theory,  development  and  standardization. 
Laboratory  practice  in  methods  of  appraisal  to  in- 
clude their  administration,  scoring  and  interpreta- 
tion. Prerequisite:  STT  3810. 

4670.  Industrial  Psychology/(3).S. 

A  survey  of  potential  and  actual  applications  of 
psychological  principles  and  methods  to  the  pro- 
blems of  business,  indistrial  and  other  organiza- 
tions. Emphasis  on  personnel  functions,  the 
nature  and  etiology  of  behavioral  deviations,  and 
organizational  factors  related  to  these  deviations. 

4671.  Organizational  Psychology /(3).F. 

A  survey  of  potential  and  actual  applications  of 
psychological  principles  and  methods  to  the  prob- 
lems of  business,  industrial  and  other  organiza- 
tions. Emphasis  on  organizational  communica- 
tion, the  dynamics  of  work  groups  and  individual 
motivation. 

4700.  Behavior  Modification/(3).F;S. 

The  application  of  operant  contingency  manage- 
ment principles  to  personal,  interpersonal,  and 
learning  problems.  (Same  as  CJ  4700) 

4900.  Internship:  Field  Work  in  Applied 
Psychology/(3-12).F;S. 

Supervised  placement  in  a  setting  which  provides 
appropriate  opportunity  for  observing  and  practic- 
ing psychological  skills.  Among  the  settings  in 
which  such  skills  could  be  practiced  are  mental 
health  centers,  hospitals,  rehabilitation  centers, 
and  departments  in  which  personnel  services  are 
coordinated.  Students  must  seek  approval  of  their 
advisor  in  the  psychology  department  before 
enrolling.  Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 

Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Research  Problems/(3).F;SS. 

An  advanced  treatment  of  principles  and  pro- 
cedures for  conducting  psychological  research,  in- 
cluding problem  formulation,  sampling,  research 
design,  and  data  analysis.  Students  will  propose 
and  conduct  original  research  projects  which  will 
be  supplemented  by  concurrent  lectures  and 
discussions  concerning  selected  methodological 
and  substantive  issues. 

5010.  Research  Seminar/(1).F;S. 

The  seminar  on  selected  topics  in  research  is 
designed  to  handle  the  various  problem  en- 
countered by  students  in  their  research.  Students 
will  present  research  proposals  and  discuss  current 
research  in  various  areas  of  psychology. 


Psychology 


142 


5011.  Teaching  of  Psychology/(l).  On  De- 
mand. 

A  course  required  of  all  Graduate  Teaching 
Assistants  responsible  for  teaching  one  or  more 
sections  of  Psychology  2201.  Students  will  be  in- 
troduced to  alternative  teaching  approaches, 
guided  in  constructing  tests,  and  provided  infor- 
mation about  teaching  resources.  Students'  suc- 
cess in  teaching  will  be  evaluated.  Graded  on  an 
S/U  basis. 

5060.  Methods  of  Industrial-Organizational 
Psychology/ (3).  F. 

A  study  of  several  selected  methods  and  issues  in 
the  field  of  industrial-organizational  psychology 
such  as  systematic  job  analysis  techniques, 
criterion  development  and  validation,  job  design, 
as  well  as  the  legal,  ethical,  and  social  context  of 
practice  in  the  field.  Emphasis  on  practical  ap- 
plications within  a  variety  of  types  of  organiza- 
tions. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  demand. 

Altered  states  of  consciousness,  clinical  hypnosis, 
death  and  dying,  classroom  management,  ra- 
tional emotive  approach  to  marriage  and  family 
therapy,  psychophysiology,  rehabilitation  adjust- 
ment services,  and  research  in  and  the  use  of  tests 
such  as  the  MMPI,  Binet  and  Wechsler  have  been 
offered. 

5550.  Theories  of  Personality/ (3). F. 

A  study  of  contemporary  and/or  traditional 
theories  of  individual  personality  structure  and 
development.  Prerequisite:  PSY  4550  or 
equivalent. 

5552.  Advanced  Abnormal  Psychology/ (3). S. 

A  critical  examination  of  major  theories  and  data 
concerning  the  emotionally  handicapped.  Em- 
phasis placed  on  resent  findings  and  experimental 
research.  Alternative  ways  of  viewing  "abnormal" 
behaviors  may  be  presented.  Prerequisites:  PSY 
4550,  4552,  or  5550. 


tions,  development  of  capacity,  formation  of  in- 
terests, mental  hygiene,  and  physiological  facets 
of  behavior  which  have  particular  implications  for 
teachers,  counselors,  and  librarians. 

5565.  Adolescent  Psychology/(2-3).S;SS. 

A  study  of  students  of  high  school  age  in  the  light 
of  modern  investigations  of  the  physical,  intellec- 
tual, and  emotional  changes  as  well  as  the  relation 
of  physical  development  to  mental  growth, 
adolescent  interests,  personality  and  social  con- 
sciousness, and  the  adaptation  of  programs  of 
study  and  amusement. 

5590.  Evaluation  of  Exceptional  Children/(3). 
F;SS. 

A  study  of  special  diagnostic  procedures  with 
children  who  have  physical,  intellectual  and  sen- 
sory impairments. 

5591.  Principles  and  Practices  of  Rehabilita- 
tion Counseling/(3).F. 

Vocational  planning  and  work  preparation  for  the 
handicapped.  Includes  consideration  of  basic  oc- 
cupational skills,  work,  training,  and  sheltered 
workshop  programs.  (Same  as  SPE  5591). 

5592.  Medical  and  Psychosocial  Aspects  of 
Disability/(3).S;SS. 

What  constitutes  severe  disability;  its  effect  on  the 
individual,  and  multidisciplinary  approaches  to 
amelioration.  Disabilities  will  include  epilepsy, 
spinal  cord  and  brain  injuries,  degenerative 
diseases,  and  their  sequelae.  Prerequisite:  PSY 
3392.  (Same  as  SPE  5592.) 

5593.  Biofeedback/(3).F. 

This  course  will  review  the  historical  background 
of  biofeedback,  stressing  Biofeedback  as  an  aid  in 
stress  management,  treatment  of  psychosomatic 
disorders  and  in  muscle  relaxation,  and  the 
physiological  basis  of  self  regulation.  Students  will 
become  familiar  with  the  application  of  the  EMC, 
ST  trainer  and  other  biofeedback  instrumentation 
through  demonstration  and  practice.  Ethical 
issues  are  explored. 


5555.  Advanced  Educational  Psychology/(2)- 
3).F;S;SS. 

An  exploration  of  how  learning  theory  can  be  ap- 
plied in  the  school  environment  by  teachers, 
counselors,  and  administrators  to  enhance  the 
learning  experience. 

5560.  Child  Psychology/(2-3).F;SS. 

The  development  of  behavior  of  the  child.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  upon  growth  and  maturation 
of  structure,  the  acquisition  of  habits  and  emo- 


5595.  Evaluation  and  Placement  of  the  Excep- 
tional Individual/(3).S. 

A  study  of  evaluative  procedures  aimed  at 
assisting  handicapped  individuals  in  achieving  a 
more  satisfying  and  productive  life.  Exploration  of 
occupational  and  educational  opportunities  and 
resources.  Consideration  is  given  to  supportive 
services  including  education,  workshops,  job 
modification,  and  vocational  placement. 


Psychology 

143 


5610.  Advanced  Experimental  Psychology/ 
(3).F. 

A  critical  study  of  some  of  the  major  experimental 
findings  and  of  research  methodology  in  contem- 
porary psychology  is  the  major  focus.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  upon  problems  in  perception  and 
animal  conditioning. 

5640.  Seminar/(3). 

Consideration  of  contemporary  research  issues  in 
psychology.  Opportunity  for  graduate  students  to 
consider  a  particular  aspect  of  psychology  in 
depth.  Topics  vary  from  year  to  year  depending 
upon  the  interest  of  students.  Prerequisite:  Six 
graduate  hours  in  psychology. 

5650.  Learning,  Cognition,  and  Memory/(3). 
S. 

Classical  learning  theory  is  reviewed  and  ex- 
trapolations which  comprise  the  current  state-of- 
the-art  in  cognition  and  memory  are  examined  in 
depth.  Current  literature  relevant  to  contem- 
porary models  of  learning,  cognition,  and 
memory  is  reviewed,  and  specific  problems  are 
identified  and  examined  in  the  laboratory.  Lecture 
2  hours;  laboratory  2  hours. 


struments.  Supervised  practice  in  administration, 
scoring,  and  interpretation  is  provided. 

5701.  Psychological  Assessment  11/(3). S. 

Theory,  research  findings  and  clinical  applications 
of  major  projective  techniques  with  emphasis  on 
Rorschach  and  TAT.  Techniques  for  assessment 
of  family  interactions,  couples  dynamics,  and 
other  interactional  groups  may  also  be  included. 
New  and  developing  techniques  used  for  assess- 
ing individuals  may  be  included  at  the  professor's 
discretion.  Prerequisite:  PSY  5700  and  4552. 

5710.  Behavior  Change  I/(3).F. 

Theory  and  application  of  operant  and  respon- 
dent learning  principles  to  the  treatment  of 
maladaptive  behaviors  in  various  settings.  Self- 
management  and  the  acquisition  of  new  skills  are 
also  emphasized.  A  practicum  experience  is  pro- 
vided. 

5711.  Behavior  Change  H/(3).S. 

A  critical  evaluation  of  the  current  major  ap- 
proaches to  psychotherapeutic  behavior  change 
including  research  findings  applications.  Prere- 
quisite: PSY  5710. 


5660.  Personnel  Selection  and 
Placement/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  most  effective  techniques  of 
employee  selection  and  placement.  Consideration 
given  to  such  topics  as  legal  issues,  use  of 
biographical  data,  test  construction  and  employ- 
ment interviewing.  Prerequisite:  PSY  4660. 

5661.  Performance  and  Attitude 
Measurement/(3).S. 

A  study  of  employee  performance  appraisal 
systems  and  approaches  to  measuring  employee 
attitudes.  Consideration  given  to  such  topics  as 
legal  issues  in  performance  appraisal,  perfor- 
mance appraisal  techniques,  development  of  at- 
titude surveys  and  organizational  applications  of 
survey  generated  data.  Prerequisite:  PSY  4660. 

5671.  Human  Resources  Development/ (3). S. 

A  study  of  the  design  and  implementation  of  train- 
ing and  development  programs  in  business,  in- 
dustrial and  other  organizations.  Emphasis  on 
training  techniques  and  strategies  for  evaluating 
training. 

5700.  Psychological  Assessment  1/(3). F. 

A  practice  based  study  of  the  development,  stan- 
dardization, and  interpretation  of  variety  of 
cognitive  and  developmental  measures  including 
the  Wechsler  Scales,  Stanford-Binet  and  selected 
other  individually  administered  psychometric  in- 


5810.  Functions  of  the  School  Psychologist/ 

(3).F. 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  training  in 
several  areas  relevant  to  the  functioning  of  the 
school  psychologist.  This  will  be  accomplished 
both  didactically  and  experientially.  Among  the 
major  topics  to  be  covered  are  models  of  school 
psychology,  legal  issues,  relevant  research,  per- 
forming a  case  study,  and  interviewing  skills. 

5900.  Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS. 

Subject  areas  include  the  following  and  may  be 
combined  for  a  total  credit  of  15  semester  hours: 

Clinical  Practicum  1(3). F. 

A  group  process  oriented  experience  in  which  the 
study  participants  focus  on  the  development  of 
such  interpersonal  skills  as  communication  of  self 
to  others,  feedback,  self -disclosure;  and  construc- 
tive confrontation  of  others.  Graded  on  S/U  basis 
only. 

Rehabilitation  Counseling  Practicum/(3).S. 

Application  of  counseling  techniques  to  problems 
encountered  by  clients  with  various  disabilities. 
Students  cannot  take  both  this  practicum  and 
Clinical  Practicum  I  for  credit. 

Clinical  Practicum  II  and  III/(3-3).F;S. 

Progressive  assumption  of  responsibility  in  im- 
plementing   behavior    change,    psychological 


Sociology 

144 


assessment,  consultation  skills  and  other  profes- 
sional responsibilities  of  the  clinical  psychologist  or 
rehabilitation  psychologist.  Supervision  is  provid- 
ed by  staff  psychologists  and  other  area  profes- 
sionals in  settings  such  as  The  Counseling  and 
Psychological  Services  Center,  area  mental  health 
centers,  hospitals,  and  develomental  evaluation 
units.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  MA  program  in 
clinical  psychology  or  rehabilitation  psychology. 
Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 

Clinical  lnternship/(6).F;S. 
Six  months  full-time  placement  in  a  mental  health 
setting  under  professional  supervision;  to  include 
experience  with  psychological  ^valuation,  in- 
dividual and  group  psychotherapy  and  behavior 
change,  work  with  interdisciplinary  team;  con- 
sultation with  community  agencies  and  schools, 
and  work  in  institutional  settings.  Prerequisite: 
Approval  of  the  director  of  the  clinical  or 
rehabilitation  program.  Graded  on  an  S/U  basis 
only. 


5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(4).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 

6100.  Advanced  Developmental 

Psychology  /(3).S. 

An  advanced  study  of  how  developmental  pro- 
cesses influence  human  behavior  as  evidenced  by 
current  development  theories  and  current 
research  findings.  Special  attention  is  devoted  to 
these  processes  as  they  relate  to  school  settings. 

6900.  Internship:  School  Psychologist 
H/(6).F;S. 

Placement  in  a  school  setting  under  professional 
supervision;  to  include  experience  with 
psychological  evaluation,  individual  and  group 
counseling,  behavior  change  strategies,  work  with 
interdisciplinary  team;  consultation  with  com- 
munity agencies.  Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 


Department  of  Sociology  (SOC) 

Alfred  M.  Denton,  Jr.,  Chairperson 

The  purposes  of  the  Department  of  Sociology  are: 

1 .  To  help  the  student  gain  an  understanding  of  the  structures  and  processes  through 
which  the  individual  participates  in  society. 

2.  To  help  provide  a  mature  understanding  of  social  behavior. 

3.  To  prepare  students  for  post-graduate  programs  in  sociology. 

4.  To  help  prepare  future  teachers  in  colleges  and  in  primary  and  secondary  schools. 

5.  To  help  prepare  students  for  a  wide  variety  of  vocations  and  professional  careers. 

A  major  in  sociology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  30  semester 
hours  including  SOC  1115,  3885,  3950,  and  21  semester  hours  of  electives  in 
sociology.  In  addition,  STT  3810  and  ANT  1210  are  required.  MAT  1020  should  be 
the  course  taken  to  fulfill  the  mathematics  requirement  in  general  education. 


A  major  in  social  science  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  (without  teacher  cer- 
tification) with  a  concentration  in  Sociology  consists  of  27  to  30  semester  hours  in  the 
social  sciences  to  include:  history  2201,  2204;  ECO  2030  and  2040;  SOC  1115;  and 
three  additional  hours  in  sociology  chosen  with  the  approval  of  the  advisor;  PS  1100 
and  2130;  three  to  six  hours  in  geography  approved  by  the  advisor;  and  a  professional 
concentration  consisting  of  36  to  50  semester  hours.  STT  3810  will  be  required  for  all 
concentrations. 


Sociology 


145 


Some  suggested  professional  concentrations  are  Corrections,  Social  Services, 
Evaluative  Research.  Departmental  committees  will  be  established  to  approve  the  pro- 
fessional concentrations  and  make  recommendations  regarding  specific  courses  in  the 
concentration  and  in  the  social  science  sequence.  Every  student  will  be  assigned  an  ad- 
visor who  will  work  closely  with  the  committee  and  the  student  in  planning  the  pro- 
gram. Chairpersons  from  ancillary  departments  will  be  consulted  with  regard  to  courses 
that  fit  into  the  student's  professional  concentration. 

A  minor  in  sociology  consists  of  18  semester  hours  including  SOC  1115,  and  15 
semester  hours  of  electives  in  sociology. 

A  multidisciplinary  minor  in  gerontology  offered  on  the  baccalaureate  level  consists  of 
15-18  semester  hours.  The  student's  program  of  study  must  be  approved  by  the 
chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Sociology. 

For  the  section  on  the  curriculum  for  a  major  in  social  science  with  concentration  in 
sociology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certification,  refer  to 
index.  MAT  1020  should  be  the  course  taken  to  fulfill  the  mathematics  requirement  in 
general  education.  For" the  requirements  in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of 
Secondary  Education. 

The  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  has  three  tracks.  These  include  a  pro- 
gram for  junior  college  teachers  with  a  major  in  sociology,  a  program  for  secondary 
school  teachers  with  a  major  in  sociology,  and  an  academic  track  leading  to  the  Master 
of  Arts  in  sociology.  Any  one  of  these  consists  of  30  semester  hours  with  a  thesis  or  36 
hours  without  a  thesis.  The  following  courses  must  be  completed:  SOC  5000,  5100, 
5200,  STT  3820.  If  the  candidate  has  not  had  the  equivalent  of  SOC  3950  and  STT 
3810,  these  course  must  be  completed  and  graduate  credit  may  be  received  for  SOC 
3950.  The  program  for  junior  college  teachers  and  the  program  for  secondary  school 
techers  require  certain  courses  in  education.  For  further  information,  see  the  Graduate 
Catalog. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Sociology 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


1110.  Marriage  and  Family  Relations/(3).F;S. 

May  not  be  counted  toward  a  major  or  minor  in 
sociology  in  the  B.  A.  degree  program.  Analysis  of 
the  forms  and  functions  of  family  relationships; 
sex  roles,  marital  choice,  procreation,  and 
socialization;  history  of  American  family  patterns 
and  effects  of  contemporary  social  changes.  This 
course  is  for  freshmen  and  sophomores.  Others 
must  have  permission  of  instructor. 


1115.  Introduction  to  Sociology/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  the  field  of  sociology  and  the 
sociological  perspective.  Gives  students  a  basis  for 
understanding  how  society  operates.  Topics  in- 
clude, groups,  family,  bureaucracies,  social  class, 
power,  deviance,  minority  relations,  community 
and    social   change.    Required    for    majors   and 


Sociology 

146 


2000.  Social  Problems  in  American 
Society/(3).F;S. 

A  survey  course  which  examines  the  major  social 
problems  in  America  today,  such  as  poverty, 
racism,  sexism,  aging,  militarism  and  war,  en- 
vironmental abuse,  crime,  mental  illness, 
drug  abuse  and  alcoholism. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S. 

2850.  Sex  Roles/(3).S. 

This  course  looks  at  sex  roles  in  contemporary 
society  with  emphasis  on  the  changing  roles  of 
women.  Topics  include  socialization,  work,  law, 
interpersonal  power,  family  roles  and  sexuality. 
Other  topics  may  be  added  at  the  request  of  the 
students  or  initiative  of  the  instructor. 

3100.  Gerontology/ (3). F. 

This  course  will  provide  a  broad  overview  of  the 
physical,  psychological,  social,  and  cultural 
aspects  of  aging.  Major  concepts,  issues,  and  cur- 
rent research  on  aging  will  be  analyzed,  and  cur- 
rent and  proposed  federal,  state,  and  local  pro- 
grams impinging  on  the  aged  will  be  examined. 


mates  and  staff,  and  a  study  of  alternatives  to  in- 
carceration such  as  parole  and  probation.  Prere- 
quisite: SOC  3400  or  3435  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

3435.  Delinquency  and  Juvenile 
Corrections/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  history  and  development  of  the 
juvenile  correctional  system  as  part  of  the  larger 
juvenile  justice  system.  Includes  definitions  of 
delinquency,  a  survey  of  various  theoretical  ap- 
proaches to  delinquency  causation  and  punish- 
ment, a  comparison  of  the  juvenile  and  adult 
systems  of  correction  and  an  overview  of  the 
special  problems  of  juvenile  offenders. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3328.  Socio-Political  Environment  of  Leisure/ 
(3).F. 

An  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  study  of  the 
development  of  and  participation  in  leisure  ac- 
tivities. A  practical  approach  through  the  integra- 
tion of  social  and  political  phenomena.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  standing.  (Same  as  PS  3328.) 

3330.  Social  Deviation/(3).S. 

The  course  emphasizes  the  social  factors  in  causa- 
tion. Review  is  made  of  the  leading  theories  in 
deviation  and  then  deviation  types  are  analyzed; 
homosexuality,  drug  use  and  addiction, 
alcoholism,  alienation,  etc. 

3400.  Criminology/(3).F. 

Study  of  origins  and  purposes  of  criminal  law; 
survey  of  the  various  theoretical  approaches  to  the 
study  of  crime  causation ;  examination  of  various 
categories  of  criminal  behavior  including  violent 
crime,  occupational  crime,  political  crime, 
criminal  sexuality;  and  an  overview  of  the  criminal 
justice  system  which  seeks  to  deter,  convict  and 
punish  offenders. 

3430.  Corrections/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  history  and  development  of  the 
adult  correctional  system  as  part  of  the  larger  adult 
criminal  justice  system.  Includes  overview  of  the 
criminal  justice  system,  a  review  and  analysis  of 
theories  of  punishment,  a  study  of  institutional 
treatment  in  a  total  institution  and  the  roles  of  in- 


3530-3549.  Selected  Topics /(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

An  opportunity  to  study  a  special  topic  or  com- 
bination of  topics  not  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
sociology  curriculum.  May  be  repeated  for  credit 
when  content  does  not  duplicate. 

3750.  Propaganda/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  media  and  techniques  of  propagan- 
da as  an  instrument  of  public  opinion  formation. 
Concepts  from  political  science  and  sociology  will 
be  used  in  an  analysis  of  the  formation  and  nature 
of  public  opinion  and  pressure  groups. 

3885.  Research  Methods/(3).F;S. 

Relationship  of  theory  to  research;  research 
design,  sampling  procedures,  research  analysis. 
Required  of  majors. 

3920.  Panics,  Disasters  and  Social 
Movements/(3).F. 

A  study  of  crowd,  mass,  and  public  behavior  in 
panics,  disasters  and  social  movements.  Patterns 
of  leadership  and  social  control  are  considered  as 
are  the  effects  of  these  events  on  society.  Alter- 
nate years.  Offered  Fall,  1984. 

3950.  Sociological  Theory/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  various  explanations  of  how  society 
operates  and  major  ideas  and  assumptions  that 
have  made  the  greatest  impact  on  the  field  of 
sociology.    The    course    covers   both    the    early 


Sociology 


147 


history  of  sociology  as  well  as  contemporary  ideas 
and  recent  trends.  Required  of  majors. 

4000.  Religion  and  Society /(3).F. 
A  general  introduction  to  a  sociological  perspec- 
tive on  religion.  Examines  the  social  meaning  and 
consequences  of  religion  in  both  its  religious  and 
secular  roles  in  modern  society.  Alternate  years. 
Offered  Fall,  1985. 

4100.  The  Community  and 

Urbanization/ (3).  S. 

Analysis  of  the  structure  and  functioning  of  rural 
and  urban  communities;  social  organization  and 
change  within  and  among  communities. 

4300.  Population  and  Society/ (3). S. 

Systematic  study  of  the  growth  and  change  of 
populations  in  relation  to  their  cultural  setting; 
trends  in  fertility,  mortality,  migration,  composi- 
tion, and  population  policies,  national  and  inter- 
national implications  of  recent  population  growth 
trends.  Alternate  years.  Offered  Spring  1985. 

4400.  Social  Change/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  changing  nature  of  culture  and 
society.  Among  the  topics  covered  are:  the  social 
forces  and  processes  that  provide  the  setting  for 
change,  tactics  and  strategies  of  change, 
resistance  and  opposition  to  change,  and  the  ef- 
fects of  social  change.  Alternate  years.  Offered 
Spring,  1986. 

Senior /Graduate  Courses 

4550.  The  American  Social  Welfare  System/ 

(3).F. 

An  introduction  to  the  concept  of  social  welfare 
and  to  the  public  and  private  network  of  social 
programs,  systems  and  services  which  exist,  for- 
mally and  informally,  to  resolve  or  ameliorate 
those  personal  and  social  problems  which  in- 
terfere with  the  fulfillment  of  basic  human  needs. 
Analysis  of  major  issues,  problems,  strengths,  and 
philosophical  values  related  to  the  development, 
functioning,  and  evaluation  of  social  welfare  pro- 
grams. Agency  visit  required.  Prerequisite  for 
SOC  4552,  4554,  and  the  required  social  services 
internship. 

4552.  Professional  Social  Work  in  Contem- 
porary Society/(3).S. 

Designed  to  provide  the  student  with  essential 
beginning  and  basic  knowledge  about  social  work 
as  a  profession  and  social  work  practice  in  a 
changing  society.  Prerequisite:  SOC  4550  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 


4554.  Methods  of  Social  Work  Practice/(3).S. 

Opportunity  for  acquisition  of  knowledge, 
understanding  of  values,  and  development  of 
skills  consistent  with  those  needed  at  the  beginn- 
ing level  of  social  work  practice.  Experiential  lear- 
ning included.  Required  for  students  in  Social  Ser- 
vices or  Corrections  concentration.  Prerequisites: 
SOC  4550,  4552,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Taken  prior  to  the  social  services  internship. 

4560.  Race  and  Minority  Relations/(3).F;SS. 

Examination  of  intergroup  relations,  including 
racial,  ethnic,  and  women's  issues;  the  bases  of 
conflict,  accommodation,  and  assimilation;  the 
nature  and  consequences  of  prejudice  and 
discrimination;  evaluation  of  proposals  for  reduc- 
tion or  elimination  of  prejudice  and  discrimina- 
tion. 

4570.  The  Addictive  Process/(3).F;SS. 

An  examination  of  sociological  and  psychological 
contributants  to  alcohol  and  drug  addiction  and 
abuse  in  our  society.  The  addictive  process  and  its 
impact  on  the  individual  and  society  are  describ- 
ed, as  well  as  treatment  and  preventive  program 
efforts.  Students  will  also  examine  their  own  feel- 
ings and  attitudes  about  alcohol  and  drug  use  and 
abuse.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  1115  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

4600.  Political  Sociology/(3).F. 

Social  influences  on  political  behavior;  the  rela- 
tionship between  political  and  other  institutions. 

4750.  Class,  Power  and  Inequality/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  distribution  of  wealth,  power, 
privilege,  and  prestige.  The  course  examines  con- 
servative, liberal,  and  radical  explanations  of 
human  inequality.  Cross-cultural  and  comprative 
analysis  is  used  to  focus  on  various  problems  of  in- 
equality and  their  consequences. 

4800.  Sociology  of  the  Family/(3).S. 

The  origin  and  development  of  the  family  as  a 
social  institution;  the  contemporary  family  in 
various  cultures;  the  relationship  of  the  family  to 
the  economic,  political,  religious,  and  educational 
institutions  in  American  society. 

4900.  Field  Experience:  Internship  (variable 
credit)/F;S;SS. 

Supervised  placement  in  a  setting  which  provides 
an  opportunity  to  observe  and  practice 
sociological  skills.  Graded  on  an  S/U  basis. 

Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(3).S. 


Sociology 

148 


5025.  Concepts  in  Sociology/(3).F. 

Systematic  survey  and  critical  analysis  of  selected 
sociological  concepts  and  theories.  This  course  is 
for  graduate  students  who  have  only  a  limited 
background  in  sociology.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor  or  department  chairperson. 

5080.  Urban  Environment  and  the 
Individual/(3).F. 

This  course  is  devoted  to  an  examination  of  rela- 
tions between  the  individual  and  the  urban  en- 
vironment. It  is  an  attempt  to  present  the  urban 
environment  as  a  frame  of  reference  in  which  to 
understand  the  individual  within  the  home,  the 
neighborhood,  the  community,  and  other  aspects 
of  his/her  social  environment.  Specific  problem 
areas  will  be  suggested  with  an  opportunity  for  the 
students  to  explore  those  areas  of  practical  interest 
for  them. 

5100.  Theory  Construction/(3).F. 

This  course  will  provide  the  tools  for  analyzing 
both  the  classical  and  contemporary  forms  of 
social  theory  and  aid  students  in  the  develoment 
of  their  own  theories  and  conceptual  models  as 
part  of  an  integrated  research  process.  The  aim  is 
to  provide  a  background  in  the  logic,  structure, 
and  usage  of  sociological  theory,  prereqisite:  SOC 
3950  or  equivalent. 

5200.  Contemporary  Sociological  Theory/ 
(3).S. 

A  review  and  assessment  of  the  works  of  leading 
contemporary  sociologists  with  critical  analysis 
centering  around  the  nature  of  sociological  ex- 
planation. 


5270.  Complex  Organizations/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  theories  of  large  scale 
organizations  with  a  substantive,  comparative 
analysis  of  types  of  organization  such  as 
bureaucratic,  prison,  hospital,  industrial,  scientific, 
and  voluntary  organizations.  Offered  alternate 
years.  Offered  Fall,  1985. 

5350.  Contemporary  Social  Issues/(3).F. 

A  critical  analysis  of  some  of  the  major  social 
issues  in  American  society.  Emphasis  will  be  plac- 
ed upon  the  theoretical  and  empirical  implications 
of  social  attitudes  toward  the  explanation,  treat- 
ment, and  public  policy  decisions  related  to  these 
issues. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

An  opportunity  to  study  a  special  topic  or  com- 
bination of  topics  not  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
sociology  curriculum.  May  be  repeated  for  credit 
when  content  does  not  duplicate. 

5900.  Field  Experience:  Internship  (variable 
credit/F;S;SS. 

Supervised  placement  in  a  setting  which  provides 
an  opportunity  to  observe  and  practice 
sociological  skills.  Graded  on  an  S/U  basis. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(2-4).F;S. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 


The  College  of  Business 


149 


The  John  A.  Walker 
College  of  Business 


J.  Paul  Combs,  Dean 

Barry  W.  Elledge,  Assistant  Dean 

The  College  of  Business  has  as  its  primary  aim  the  development  of  future  leaders  for  the 
business,  industrial,  governmental  and  educational  communities.  Through  courses  of 
instruction  and  other  educational  programs,  an  attempt  is  made  to  develop  the 
analytical  skill  and  decision-making  ability  of  each  student;  to  enhance  one's  understan- 
ding of  economic  concepts;  to  increase  one's  knowledge  of  business  and  educational 
practices  and  innovations;  and  to  expand  one's  awareness  of  the  role  and  function  of 
industrial  organizations. 

Departments 

The  College  of  Business  consists  of  the  following  five  departments: 
Accounting  Finance,  Insurance  and 

Business  Education  and  Real  Estate 

Office  Administration  Management 

Economics  Marketing 

Degrees  Offered 

Through  the  College  of  Business,  students  can  obtain  the  following  degrees: 

1.  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration  (BSBA) ,  with  majors  in  accounting, 
banking,  economics,  finance,  health  care  management,  individually-designed,  in- 
formation systems,  management,  marketing,  real  estate  and  urban  analysis,  risk 
and  insurance. 

2.  Bachelor  of  Science  in  business  education  (with  teacher  certification)  or  in  office  ad- 
ministration . 

3.  Bachelor  of  Science  in  distributive  education  (with  teacher  certification). 

4.  A  Master  of  Business  Administration  (MBA). 

5.  A  Master  of  Science  in  Accounting. 

6.  A  Master  of  Arts  in  Economics  and  Business  with  a  major  in  Business  Teacher 
Education  (options  in  two-year  college  education  or  secondary  education) . 


The  College  of  Business 


150 


7.     A  Master  of  Arts  in  Economics. 

The  Department  of  Economics  offers  the  following  degrees  through  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences: 

1.  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Economics. 

2.  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Social  Science  (non-teaching)  with  a  concentration  in 
economics. 

Advisement 

Advisement  for  students  in  the  College  of  Business  is  available  through  the  Office  of  the 
Dean  of  the  College  of  Business.  Advisement  is  not  compulsory,  but  each  student  is 
urged  to  use  the  available  services  and  especially  to  visit  the  Dean's  Office  one  semester 
prior  to  graduation.  Note  that  neither  advisement  by  a  representative  of  the  College  of 
Business  or  transference  of  student  records  to  the  College  constitutes  admission  to  the 
College  of  Business. 


Internship  Programs 


The  College  of  Business  offers  internship  opportunities  for  juniors  or  seniors  (generally 
not  authorized  in  the  student's  last  semester)  who  have  a  declared  major  or  minor  in  the 
College  of  Business.  Such  internships  may  be  designed  in  the  areas  of  accounting, 
banking,  business  education,  economics,  finance,  health  care,  information  systems,  in- 
surance (actuarial  science),  management,  marketing  or  real  estate  with  the  permission 
of  the  Internship  Coordinator.  An  internship  course  is  offered  in  every  department  in 
the  College  of  Business.  See  courses  listed  as  3900. 


General  Undergraduate  Degree  Plan  Outline 

I.      A  minimum  of  50  semester  hours  as  follows: 
General  Education  requirements  with  MAT  1030 

being  the  Math  selection  39-4 1  s .  h . 

ECO  2030,  2040,  2100  9  s.h. 

Free  electives  0-2  s.h. 


(Math  1030  and  Economics  2030,  2040,  and  2100  max;  not 
be  taken  on  the  pass-fail  option  fay  College  of 
Business  majors.) 

TOTAL  50  s.h. 

II.      A  minimum  of  54  semester  hours  inside  the  College  of 
Business  as  follows: 
Core  requirements  (College  of  Business  majors  may  not  elect  the 
pass-fail  option  for  the  following  courses) 


The  College  of  Business 


151 


ACC  2100,  2110 

FIR  3680 

MGT  3151,  3650,  4750 

MKT  3050 

BE  2150, 2660 

ECO  3100  (B.S.B.A.  majors)  or 

PSY  3302  (BE  and  DE  majors)  or 

BE  3550  (Office  Admin,  majors) 

TOTAL  30s.h. 

Major  requirements  plus  College  of 
Business  electives  numbered  3000  or  above  24*  s.h. 


6s.h 
3s.h 
9s.h 
3  s.h 
6s.h 
3s.h 
3s.h 
3s.h 


TOTAL  54**  s.h. 

*30  s.h.  for  Accounting  majors 
*  * 60  s.h.  for  Accounting  majors 

III.      Completion  of  an  additional  18  semester  hours.  At  least 

9  semester  hours  must  be  outside  the  College  of  Business* 

(they  may  be  at  any  level).  At  least  9  s.h.  must  be  3000 

level  or  above  (they  may  be  taken  inside  or  outside  the 

College  of  Business) .  Total  18  s.h. 

Total  semester  hours  required  for  graduation 


TOTAL  122*  "s.h. 

*  *  *  128  s.h.  total  for  Accounting  majors 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 
(BSBA) 

In  order  for  a  student  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 
degree,  the  following  requirements  must  be  met: 

1.  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  122  semester  hours  (128  hours  for  the  accounting 
major)  with  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  at  least  2.00,  and  a  grade-point 
average  of  2.00  on  all  work  attempted  in  the  College  of  Business.  A  transfer  stu- 
dent must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  attempted  in  the 
College  of  Business  and  complete  at  ASU  a  minimum  of  eight  semester  hours  (14 
hours  for  the  accounting  major)  of  courses  in  the  major  field  of  study. 

2.  Completion  of: 

A.  A  minimum  of  50  semester  hours  outside  the  College  of  Business  including 
ECO  2030,  2040,  2100,  MAT  1030  and  the  university-wide  general  education 
requirements  as  outlined  in  the  General  College  section. 

B.  The  30  semester  hours  core  in  the  College  of  Business  as  follows:  ACC 
2100-2110;  FIR  3680;  MKT  3050,  MGT  3151,  4750;  BE  2150,  2660;  ECO 
3100. 


The  College  of  Business 


152 


C.  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  (32  hours  for  the  accounting  major)  in  the 
College  of  Business  at  the  3000  level  or  above  including  the  major  re- 
quirements. 

D.  An  additional  18  semester  hours.  One-half  of  these  hours  must  be  outside  the 
College  of  Business  (they  may  be  at  any  level) .  One-half  must  be  3000  level  or 
above  (they  may  be  taken  inside  or  outside  the  College  of  Business.) 

3.  No  minor  is  required  for  the  BSBA  degree. 

4.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 

5.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  the  settlement  of  all  expense  accounts. 

6.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty. 

Advising  and  counseling  assistance  is  available  to  each  student  to  help  select  and  plan 
an  academic  program.  However,  the  final  responsibility  for  meeting  all  academic  re- 
quirements remains  with  the  student. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Office 
Administration 

Degree  requirements  are  identical  to  the  BSBA  degree  program,  with  the  exceptions 
noted  in  the  College  of  Business  core. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Distributive 
Education 

In  order  for  a  student  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  distributive  education, 
the  following  requirements  must  be  met: 

1.  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  122  semester  hours,  with  a  cumulative  grade-point 
average  of  at  least  2.00,  and  a  grade-point  average  of  2.00  on  all  work  attempted 
in  the  College  of  Business.  A  transfer  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point 
average  on  all  work  attempted  in  the  College  of  Business  and  completed  a 
minimum  of  eight  semester  hours  in  his/her  major  at  ASU. 

2.  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  50  semester  hours  outside  the  College  of  Business  in- 
cluding ECO  2030,  2040,  2100,  MAT  1030  and  the  university-wide  general 
education  requirements  as  outlined  in  the  General  College  section. 

3.  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  54  semester  hours  in  the  College  of  Business,  in- 
cluding: 

A.  The  30  semester  hours  core  in  the  College  of  Business  as  follows:  ACC 
2100-2110,  FIR  3680,  MKT  3050,  MGT  3151,  3650,  4750;  BE  2150  and 
2660,  PSY  3302. 


The  College  of  Business 


153 


B.  Completion  of  the  20  semester  hour  major  requirements  for  teacher  certifica- 
tion. 

C.  A  minimum  of  four  semester  hours  in  the  College  of  Business  at  the  3000  level 
or  above. 

4.  Completion  of  professional  education  and  proficiency  requirements  as  outlined  in 
the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

5.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 

6.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  satisfactory  citizenship  and  the  settlement 
of  all  expense  accounts. 

7.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty. 

Advising  and  counseling  assistance  is  available  to  each  student  to  help  select  and  plan 
an  academic  program.  However,  the  final  responsibility  for  meeting  all  academic  re- 
quirements remains  with  the  student. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Education 

(approved  for  North  Carolina  teacher  certification)  * 

*//  a  student  is  planning  to  teach  in  another  state,  certification  requirements  may  differ  somewhat; 
therefore, please  consult  with  the  department  chairperson  or  appropriate  state  agency 

In  order  for  a  student  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  business  education,  the 
following  requirements  must  be  met: 

1.  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  122  semester  hours,  with  a  cumulative  grade-point 
average  of  at  least  2.00,  and  a  grade-point  average  of  2.00  on  all  work  attempted 
in  the  College  of  Business.  A  transfer  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point 
average  on  all  work  attempted  in  the  College  of  Business  and  completed  a 
minimum  of  eight  semester  hours  in  his/her  major  at  ASU. 

2.  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  50  semester  hours  outside  the  College  of  Business  in- 
cluding ECO  2030,  2040,  2100,  MAT  1030  and  the  university-wide  general 
education  requirements  as  outlined  in  the  General  College  section. 

3.  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  54  semester  hours  in  the  College  A  Business,  in- 
cluding: 

A.  The  30  semester  hours  core  in  the  College  of  Business  as  follows:  ACC 
2100-2110;  FIR  3680;  MKT  3050,  MGT  3151,  3650,  4750;  BE  2150,  2660; 
PSY  3302. 

B.  Completion  of  the  14  semester  hour  major  requirements  for  teacher  certifica- 
tion. 

C.  A  minimum  of  10  semester  hous  in  the  College  of  Business  at  the  3000  level  or 
above . 


The  College  of  Business 


154 


4.  Completion  of  professional  education  and  proficiency  requirements  as  outlined  in 
the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

5.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 

6.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  satisfactory  citizenship  and  the  settlement 
of  all  expense  accounts. 

7.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty. 

Advising  and  counseling  assistance  is  available  to  each  student  to  help  select  and  plan 
an  academic  program.  However,  the  final  responsibility  for  meeting  all  academic  re- 
quirements remains  with  the  student. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 


In  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Economics,  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  of- 
fers the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  economics.  For  the  requirements  for  this  major  see 
the  Department  of  Economics.  For  the  requirements  for  this  degree  programs,  refer  to 
that  section  in  the  index. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Social  Science 
(non-teaching) 

In  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Economics,  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  of- 
fers the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Social  Science  (non-teaching)  with  a  concentration  in 
economics.  For  requirements  see  the  Department  of  Economics. 

Undergraduate  Minor  in  Business 

Students  not  majoring  in  the  College  of  Business  may  earn  a  business  minor  by  comple- 
tion of  the  following  18  hours  of  coursework: 

Course 

ECO  2030  Principles  of  Economics-Micro 
ACC  2100  Principles  of  Accounting  I 
MGT  3010  Survey  of  Management 
MKT  3010  Survey  of  Marketing 
FIR  3010  Survey  of  Finance 

Plus  one  of  the  following  courses: 
ECO  2040  Principles  of  Economics-Macro 
ECO  2100  Economic  &  Business  Statistics  I 
ACC  2110  Principles  of  Accounting  II 
BE  2150    Law  and  Society 
BE  2660    Introduction  to  Data  Processing 

TOTAL  18  s.h. 


Credit 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

The  College  of  Business 


155 


All  2000-level  courses  should  be  taken  prior  to  the  3000-level  courses  in  the  minor. 
ECO  2030  can  also  be  used  as  a  social  science  credit  for  the  general  education  re- 
quirements. 

For  those  who  want  a  more  specialized  minor,  each  department  in  the  College  of 
Business  offers  a  departmental  minor.  For  more  information,  see  the  appropriate 
department. 


Graduate  Degrees 


The  College  of  Business  offers  four  master's  degrees:  the  Master  of  Business  Ad- 
ministration (MBA),  the  Master  of  Science  in  Accounting,  and  the  Master  of  Arts  in 
Economics  and  Business  (with  a  major  in  Business  Teacher  Education,)  and  the  Master 
of  Arts  in  Economics.  All  master's  programs  except  the  Master  of  Science  in  Accounting 
require  a  minimum  of  36  semester  hours.  The  Master  of  Science  in  Accounting  requires 
a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  for  persons  who  have  completed  the  BSBA/Acc- 
counting  major  at  ASU  or  an  equivalent  program.  No  foreign  language  is  required.  A 
thesis  option  which  receives  six  hours  of  credit  toward  the  degree  is  available  for  any  of 
the  four  degrees. 

Students  interested  in  graduate  work  in  the  College  of  Business  are  encouraged  to  talk 
with  the  Graduate  Coordinator  in  the  College  of  Business  or  to  inquire  at  the  Dean's  Of- 
fice for  additional  information. 


1.  Master  of  Business  Administration  (MBA) 

The  objective  of  the  MBA  program  is  to  provide  a  curriculum  which  offers  professional 
training  for  those  interested  in  executive  positions  for  business,  industry,  and  govern- 
ment. The  program  is  designed  for  those  who  hold  baccalaureate  degrees  in  business 
and,  with  additional  undergraduate  work  in  the  following  prerequisites,  for  those  who 
have  earned  degrees  in  other  disciplines.  Undergraduate  prerequisites  include  ECO 
2030,  2040,  ACC  2100,  2110,  FIR  3680,  MKT  3050,  MGT3151,  3650,  BE  2150, 
2660,  statistics,  and  calculus. 

Students  in  undergraduate  majors  outside  the  College  of  Business  may  be  able  to  in- 
tegrate these  MBA  prerequisites  with  their  undergraduate  major.  For  more  information, 
contact  the  Graduate  Coordinator. 

Any  or  all  of  these  courses  may  be  waived  if  the  student  has  taken  equivalent  work. 
Prerequisite  courses  may  also  be  waived  through  written  examination  if  the  student 
feels  academically  prepared  through  appropriate  business  experience.  There  is  a  $20 
fee  for  such  examinations.  Students  lacking  some  or  all  of  the  prerequisites,  if  otherwise 
qualified,  may  be  admitted  on  a  "provisional"  basis  until  the  prerequisites  are  com- 
pleted. 


The  College  of  Business 


156 


The  following  are  required  courses  for  the  MBA: 

MGT/ECO  5250     Statistical  Methods  for  Business  and  Economics 

MGT  5150  Behavioral  Applications  in  Business 

MKT  5020  Marketing  Strategy 

ECO  5200  Advanced  Microeconomic  Theory 

ECO  5180  Advanced  Macroeconomic  Theory 

(Note:  A  student  who  has  not  completed  intermediate  economic 
theory  as  an  undergraduate  would  substitute  ECO  5160 
Economic  Analysis  for  ECO  5180.  ECO  5160  would  be  taken 
prior  to  ECO  5200.) 

ACC  5190  Managerial  Accounting 

FIR  5010  Managerial  Finance 

MGT  5750  Business  Strategy  in  a  Dynamic  Environment 

In  addition  to  these  required  courses,  the  student  would  select  12  semester  hours  of 
electives,  with  the  approval  of  the  Graduate  Advisor,  to  complete  the  MBA  program. 
All  students  must  develop  a  program  of  study  with  their  Graduate  Advisor. 

Depending  upon  the  interests  of  the  student  and  permission  of  the  advisor,  electives 
may  be  taken  outside  the  College  of  Business.  Special  concentrations  for  MBA  students 
have  been  developed  in  chemistry  and  psychology.  Options  may  be  available  in  other 
departments  as  well.  For  more  information,  see  the  Graduate  Coordinator. 

All  MBA  students  will  take  an  oral  comprehensive  examination  during  their  last  term  of 
study. 

Application  for  admission  to  the  MBA  program  will  be  open  to  any  graduate  of  an  ac- 
credited four-year  baccalaureate  program.  Admission  will  be  on  a  competitive  basis, 
with  admission  granted  only  to  students  showing  high  promise  of  success  in  post 
graduate  business  study.  The  following  admissions  formula  will  be  used:  the  applicant 
must  generate  at  least  950  points  based  upon  the  GMAT  (Graduate  Management  Ad- 
missions Test)  score  plus  200  times  the  overall  GPA  (4.0  system),  or  at  least  1000 
points  based  upon  the  GMAT  score  plus  200  times  the  upper  division  GPA.  The  trend 
of  grades  during  undergraduate  schooling,  the  GPA  in  the  undergraduate  major,  and 
relevant  work  and  experience  may  also  be  considered  in  the  admission  process.  Three 
favorable  letters  of  reference  are  also  necessary  for  admission. 

The  GMAT  is  administered  by  appointment  four  times  a  year  at  the  testing  center  on  the 
campuses  of  major  colleges  and  universities. 

A  GMAT  information  bulletin  and  registration  materials  can  be  obtained  from  GMAT, 
Educational  Testing  Service,  Box  966,  Princeton,  NJ  08541. 

2.  Master  of  Science  in  Accounting 

The  College  of  Business,  through  the  Department  of  Accounting,  offers  the  Master  of 
Science  in  Accounting.  The  basic  educational  objective  of  the  MS  in  Accounting  is  to 
provide  advanced  education  to  meet  the  needs  of  persons  planning  careers  in  accoun- 
ting at  the  professional  level.  The  M.S.  in  Accounting  program  offers  courses  of  study 


The  College  of  Business 


157 


which  greatly  enhance  success  in  completing  certifying  examinations  needed  for 
designation  as  Certified  Public  Accountant  (CPA),  Certified  Management  Accountant 
(CMA),  Certified  Internal  Auditor  (CIA),  and  other  professional  designations.  Addi- 
tionally, the  program  broadens  the  general  business  knowledge  and  intensifies  accoun- 
ting knowledge  of  its  graduates  so  as  to  enhance  their  performance  beyond  the  en- 
try/certification stage  in  their  professional  careers. 

An  undergraduate  degree  in  accounting,  or  equivalent,  is  required  for  regular  admis- 
sion to  the  program.  For  students  without  adequate  preparation  in  accounting  and 
business,  undergraduate  prerequisite  courses,  as  outlined  in  the  following  section,  must 
be  completed. 

The  following  undergraduate  courses  are  prerequisite  to  graduate  study:  ECO  2030, 
2040,  ACC  2100,  2110,  FIR  3680,  MKT  3050,  MGT  3151,  3650,  BE  2150,  2660, 
statistics  and  calculus.  In  addition,  the  undergraduate  preparation  must  include  ACC 
3100,  3110,  3200,  3580,  and  4560. 

Any  or  all  of  these  course  may  be  waived  if  the  student  has  taken  equivalent  work. 
Prerequisite  courses  may  also  be  waived  through  written  examination  if  the  student 
feels  academically  prepared  through  appropriate  business  experience.  There  is  a  $20 
fee  for  such  examinations.  Students  lacking  some  or  all  of  the  prerequisites,  if  otherwise 
qualified,  may  be  admitted  on  a  "provisional"  basis  until  the  prerequisites  are  com- 
pleted. 

The  curriculum  for  the  M.S.  in  Accounting  includes  the  following  core  courses  (9 

semester  hours): 

FIR  5010  Managerial  Finance 

MGT  5150  Behavioral  Applications  in  Business 

MGT/ ECO  5250     Statistical  Methods  for  Business  and  Economics 

To  complete  the  program,  21  semester  hours  of  electives  must  be  selected  in  consulta- 
tion with  the  Graduate  Advisor  of  the  Department  of  Accounting.  Business  Strategy  in  a 
Dynamic  Environment,  (MGT  5750)  will  be  included  among  electives  for  students  who 
have  not  taken  Business  Policy,  (MGT  4750),  or  an  equivalent  course  for 
undergraduate  credit.  Most  electives  will  be  accounting  courses;  however,  students  are 
encouraged  to  select  courses  in  Information  Systems,  Law,  Economics,  Management, 
Quantitative  Methods,  or  other  areas. 

All  students  in  the  M.S.  in  Accounting  will  take  a  comprehensive  examination  prepared 
by  the  Department  of  Accounting,  which  may  be  oral  or  written  or  both,  during  their  last 
term  of  study. 

Application  for  admission  to  the  M.S.  program  will  be  open  to  any  graduate  of  an  ac- 
credited four-year  baccalaureate  program.  Admission  will  be  on  a  competitive  basis, 
with  admission  granted  only  to  students  showing  high  promise  of  success  in  post 
graduate  business  study.  The  following  admissions  formula  will  be  used:  the  applicant 
must  generate  at  least  950  points  based  upon  the  GMAT  (Graduate  Management  Ad- 
missions Test)  score  plus  200  times  the  overall  GPA  (4.0  system),  or  at  least  1000 


The  College  of  Business 


158 


points  based  upon  the  GMAT  score  plus  200  times  the  upper  division  GPA.  The  trend 
of  grades  during  undergraduate  schooling,  the  GPA  in  the  undergraduate  major,  and 
relevant  work  and  experience  may  also  be  considered  in  the  admission  process.  Three 
favorable  letters  of  reference  are  also  necessary  for  admission. 

3.  Master  of  Arts  in  Economics  and  Business 

Business  Teacher  Education.  The  objective  of  the  major  in  Business  Teacher  Educa- 
tion is  to  prepare  teachers  of  business  and  business  related  subjects.  Two  teaching  areas 
are  available:  Area  I  —  two-year  colleges,  and  Area  II  —  secondary  schools. 

Undergraduate  prerequisites  include  ECO  2030,  2040,  ACC  2100,  2110,  FIR  3680, 
MKT  3050,  MGT  3151,  MGT  3650,  BE  2150,  2660,  statistics,  and  calculus.  Any  or  all 
of  these  courses  may  be  waived  if  the  student  has  taken  equivalent  work.  Prerequisite 
courses  may  also  be  waived  through  written  examination  if  the  student  feels 
academically  prepared  through  appropriate  business  experience.  There  is  a  $20  fee  for 
such  examinations.  Students  lacking  some  or  all  of  the  prerequisites,  if  otherwise 
qualified,  may  be  admitted  on  a  "provisional"  basis  until  the  prerequisites  are  com- 
pleted. 

The  graduate  curriculum  requires  24  hours  of  the  College  of  Business  to  include: 
BE  5000  Bibliography  and  Research 

MGT  5150  Behavioral  Applications  in  Business 

ECO  5160  Economic  Analysis 

MGT  5750  Business  Strategy  in  a  Dynamic  Environment 

The  remaining  12  hours  are  approved  electives  to  be  chosen  in  consultation  with  the 
Graduate  Advisor. 

Twelve  hours  are  required  in  Business  Teacher  Education.  For  Area  I  (Two-Year  Col- 
lege Education),  required  courses  include: 

AH  5420  The  Community/Junior  College  and  Technical  Institute 

AH  5440  Instruction  in  Postsecondary  Institutions 

CR  4560  Measurement  and  Assessment 

and  five  to  six  hours  in  professional  business  education  as  recommended  by  th 
Graduate  Advisor. 

For  Area  II  (Secondary  Education),  required  courses  include: 
CR  4560  Measurement  and  Assessment 

AH  5060  Curriculum  Planning 

or 
SE  5620  Secondary  School  Curriculum 

AH  5470  Social  Foundations  of  Education 

or 
AH  5350  Philosophy  of  Education 

PSY  4555  Advanced  Educational  Psychology 

or 
PSY  5565  Psychology  of  Adolescence 


The  College  of  Business 


159 


plus  three  to  four  hours  in  professional  business  education  as  recommended  by  the 
Graduate  Advisor.  It  is  necessary  for  a  student  to  hold  a  Business  Teacher  Certificate  to 
complete  the  M.A.  option  in  Area  II  (Business  Secondary  Education). 

All  students  must  develop  a  program  of  study  with  the  Graduate  Advisor. 

All  students  in  the  M.A.  in  Economics  and  Business  Program  will  take  a  comprehensive 
examination  during  their  last  term  of  study. 

Application  for  admission  to  the  M.A.  in  Economics  and  Business  program  will  be  open 
to  any  graduate  of  an  accredited  four-year  baccalaureate  program.  Admission  will  be  on 
a  competitive  basis,  with  admission  granted  only  to  students  showing  high  promise  of 
success  in  post  graduate  business  study.  The  following  admissions  formula  will  be  used: 
the  applicant  must  generate  at  least  950  points  based  upon  the  GMAT  (Graduate 
Management  Admissions  Test)  score  plus  200  times  the  overall  GPA  (4.0  system),  or  at 
least  1000  points  based  upon  the  GMAT  score  plus  200  times  the  upper  division  GPA. 
The  trend  of  grades  during  undergraduate  schooling,  the  GPA  in  the  undergraduate 
major,  and  relevant  work  and  experience  may  also  be  considered  in  the  admission  pro- 
cess. Three  favorable  letters  of  reference  are  also  necessary  for  admission. 

4.  Master  of  Arts  in  Economics 

The  objective  of  the  major  in  Economics  is  to  prepare  students  for  career  opportunities 
in  economic  analysis  and  related  careers. 

The  program  is  designed  for  those  who  have  an  undergraduate  background  in 
economics.  Minimum  prerequisites  include  a  first  course  in  calculus,  a  course  in 
statistics,  and  at  least  12  semester  hours  in  economics  to  include  intermediate 
microeconomic  and  macroeconomic  theory. 

The  graduate  curriculum  for  the  economics  major  includes  the  following  required 
courses: 

MGT/ECO  5250     Statistical  Methods  for  Business  and  Economics 

ECO  5180  Advanced  Macroeconomic  Theory 

ECO  5200  Advanced  Microeconomic  Theory 

In  addition  to  the  above,  a  minimum  of  nine  additional  hours  in  economics  is  required. 

A  nine-hour  minor  is  required  in  some  functional  area  outside  the  department.  Ex- 
amples include  Planning,  Public  Administration,  and  Quantitative  Methods.  No  foreign 
language  is  required.  It  is  expected  that  most  students  in  this  program  will  write  a  thesis. 
The  thesis  will  count  for  six  hours  credit.  All  students  must  develop  a  program  of  study 
with  the  Graduate  Advisor.  At  least  21  hours  of  the  36-hour  program  must  be  taken  at 
the  5000  level  or  above.  All  students  in  the  M.A.  in  Economics  will  taken  an  oral  ex- 
amination during  their  last  term  of  study. 

Application  for  admission  to  the  M.A.  in  Economics  program  will  be  open  to  any 
graduate  of  an  accredited  four-year  baccalaureate  program.  Admission  will  be  on  a 


The  College  of  Business 


160 


competitve  basis,  with  admission  granted  only  to  students  showing  high  promise  of  suc- 
cess in  graduate  work.  A  score  from  either  the  GMAT  or  GRE  must  be  submitted  in  sup- 
port of  the  application  for  admission.  The  trend  of  grades  during  undergraduate  school- 
ing, the  GPA  in  the  undergraduate  major,  and  relevant  work  and  experience  may  also 
be  considered  in  the  admissions  process.  Three  favorable  letters  of  reference  are  also 
necessary  for  admission. 


Scholarships 


The  College  of  Business  offers  several  very  attractive  scholarships  to  interested  and 
qualified  students.  Information  about  these  scholarships  may  be  obtained  from  the 
assistant  dean. 


Individually  Designed  Major 


Any  student,  in  consultation  with  an  adviser  and  with  the  permission  of  the  Dean's  Of- 
fice, can  contract  to  pursue  an  individually  designed  major  in  the  BSBA  program.  The 
program  of  study  will  focus  on  courses  selected  to  fit  the  student's  particular  career  ob- 
jectives. Some  examples  are  athletic  administration,  actuarial  science,  personnel 
management,  commercial  law,  tourist  and  recreational  management,  transportation, 
and  countless  other  fields  of  specialization.  Such  a  program  will  constitute  a  contract 
between  the  student  and  the  College  of  Business  and  must  be  formulated  at  least  one 
academic  year  prior  to  expected  graduation.  Interested  students  should  confer  with  the 
Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  to  develop  a  specific  program  of  study. 

An  individually  designed  major,  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Ad- 
ministration degree,  may  be  obtained  by  completion  of  the  College  of  Business  core 
and  a  minimum  of  24  additional  semester  hours  numbered  3000  or  above  contracted 
individually  with  the  College  of  Business. 

Internship  in  Industry  Program 

Many  College  of  Business  students  each  semester  are  studying  off-campus  as  interns  in 
business,  industry  and  government.  This  program  recognizes  that  all  learning  cannot 
take  place  in  the  typical  classroom -lecture  situation.  Students  need  to  make  career 
plans  early  in  their  programs  at  Appalachian,  not  during  the  final  semester  before 
graduation.  Students  work  in  internships  usually  during  the  junior  year,  while  there  is 
plenty  of  time  for  them  to  change  their  course  of  study  based  on  the  internship  ex- 
perience. Generally,  internships  are  not  authorized  during  the  student's  last  semester. 
Internship  programs  are  coordinated  with  academic  programs  and  are  based  on  the 
principle  that  students  learn  by  doing. 

Students  receive  academic  credit  from  the  College  of  Business  and  generally  receive 
some  financial  assistance  from  the  participating  firms  for  the  internship  experience. 

Executive-in-Residence  Program 

Through  this  program,  an  executive  with  a  business  firm  becomes  a  full-time  member  of 
the  faculty  in  the  College  of  Business  for  a  semester  or  shorter  period  of  time.  Students 


The  College  of  Business 


161 


can  interact  with  active  businessmen  with  varied  backgrounds  adding  an  exciting  new 
dimension  to  the  educational  process,  as  well  as  gaining  valuable  insight  into  the  "real 
world"  of  business  prior  to  graduation. 

Admission  to  the  College  of  Business 
(Undergraduate) 

To  be  qualified  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Business  as  a  candidate  for  a  bac- 
calaureate degree,  a  student  must  have: 

1.  Completed  at  least  60  semester  hours. 

2.  A  grade-point  ratio  of  at  least  a  2.00. 

3.  Completed:  a.  ENG  1000,  1100 

b.  MAT  1030 

4.  Completed  the  following  College  of  Business  courses  with  a  grade-point  average  of 
at  least  2.00: 

ECO  2030,  2040,  2100 
ACC  2100,  2110 
BE  2150,  2660 

5.  Received  a  satisfactory  score  on  an  English  examination  as  designated  by  the  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Business,  currently  interpreted  as  a  minimum  grade  of  "C"  in 
English  1000. 

6.  Neither  advisement  by  a  representative  of  the  College  of  Business  or  transference 
of  student  records  to  the  College  of  Business  constitutes  admission  to  the  college  of 
Business. 

A  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  teaching  certificate  must  be  admitted  to  the  teacher 
education  program  by  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

SPECIAL  NOTE: 

Enrollment  by  undergraduates  in  3000  and  4000  level  courses  in  the  College  of 
Business  is  limited  to  those  students  admitted  to  a  degree-granting  college  (and  meeting 
the  listed  course  prerequisites) ,  or  by  special  permission  of  the  appropriate  department 
chairperson.  However,  the  College  of  Business  core  courses  of  FIR  3680,  MGT  3151, 
and  MKT  3050  are  limited  specifically  to  those  students  admitted  to  the  College  pf 
Business,  or  by  special  permission  of  the  appropriate  department  chairperson. 

Transfer  of  Credit  from  a  Two-Year  Institution 

Courses  substantially  equivalent  to  those  numbered  1000-2999  in  the  College  of 
Business  at  Appalachian  may  be  acceptable  for  transfer  from  an  accredited  two-year  in- 
stitution as  credit  toward  meeting  degree  requirements  within  the  College.  Credit  for 
upper-division  courses  (numbered  3000  or  above)  taken  at  a  two-year  institution  may 
be  earned  by  examination. 


Accounting 

162 

Department  of  Accounting  (ACC) 

James  F.  Jones,  Chairperson 

Accounting  students  are  encouraged  to  acquire  a  sound  liberal  education.  They  are  ex- 
pected to  demonstrate  a  grasp  of  the  broader  purposes  of  business  and  governmental 
organizations  so  that  their  accounting  studies  can  be  seen  in  the  perspective  of  those 
broader  purposes.  Accounting  courses  in  the  curriculum  are  designed  to  develop  strong 
professional  capabilities  which  enable  students  to  pursue  successfully  their  chosen 
career  paths  in  public  accounting,  managerial  accounting  and  accounting  for  not-for- 
profit  institutions  such  as  hospitals  or  governmental  entities. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  consider  planning  a  program  of  six  to  seven  semesters 
and/or  summer  sessions  of  study  beyond  the  sophomore  level  in  order  to: 

1.  Earn  both  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration  (BSBA)  and  the 
Master  of  Science  (M.S.)  degrees  in  Accounting. 

2.  Spend  one  semester  as  an  intern  (with  pay)  in  accounting  with  a  CPA  firm, 
business  firm,  governmental  entity,  or  not-for-profit  private  institution.  Internships 
are  optional. 

3.  Engage  in  a  concentration  of  study  in  a  selected  area  of  accounting  (for  example, 
auditing  or  taxation)  or  a  complementary  discipline,  such  as  electronic  data  pro- 
cessing, health  care  management  or  financial  analysis. 

Students  majoring  in  accounting  may  earn  the  BSBA  degree  in  four  to  five  semesters 
and/or  summer  sessions  of  study  beyond  the  sophomore  level.  Students  who  complete 
upper  level  studies  in  two  years  usually  must  take  some  courses  in  summer  session. 
Credit  toward  the  BSBA  is  given  for  approved  internships.  Prior  to  an  internship  the 
student  must  consult  with  the  department  chairperson  regarding  courses  to  be  taken 
following  the  internship.  A  special  option  for  accounting  majors  is  a  ten-week  winter  in- 
ternship for  six  semester  hours  of  credit.  Students  completing  the  special  winter  intern- 
ships return  to  campus  shortly  after  March  15  and  attend  special  "spring  minimester" 
accounting  courses  to  earn  an  additional  six  semester  hours  of  credit,  making  a  total  of 
12  hours  of  credit  for  the  entire  spring  semester.  The  10  week  winter  internships  and 
spring  "minimester"  constitute  a  unique  program  in  North  Carolina  offered  only  at 
ASU. 

The  BSBA  degree  with  a  major  in  accounting  may  be  obtained  by  completion  of  the 
following  courses  in  addition  to  the  required  College  of  Business  core  courses. 

ACC  3100-3110     Intermediate  Accounting  1  and  II  8s. h. 

ACC  3200               Cost  Accounting  3  s . h . 

ACC  3580               Individual  Income  Taxation  3s.h. 

ACC  4550               Accounting  Theory  3s.h. 

ACC  4560               Introduction  to  Auditing  3s.h. 

ACC  —  (Accounting  electives  approved  by 

ACC —                   department  chairperson  or  designee)  6s.h. 


Accounting 

163 


In  addition  to  these  requirements,  each  accounting  major  must  complete  a  minimum  of 
six  semester  hours  in  College  of  Business  courses  numbered  3000  or  above.  Students 
intending  to  qualify  for  one  of  the  professional  examinations  in  accounting  should  take 
the  following: 

CPA  Examination:  ACC  3550,  4580,  4590,  4660,  4710,  4990;  BE  3910,  3920. 

CM  A  Examination:  ACC  4580,  4660,  4710,  4990;  ECON  3020;  FIR  3690;  MGT 
3700;  BE  3680. 

(Two  of  these  courses  could  be  taken  for  above  electives.)  The  certifying  agency  should 
be  contacted  for  other  examination  requirements. 

Accounting  majors  are  advised  to  use  their  elective  hours  in  areas  such  as  law,  finance, 
data  processing,  mathematics,  statistics,  economic  theory,  additional  accounting 
courses,  and  management.  An  internship  (see  above)  may  be  elected  to  provide  prac- 
tical experience,  with  academic  credit,  in  the  field  of  specialization. 

A  minor  in  accounting  may  be  obtained  by  the  completion  of  15  semester  hours,  con- 
sisting of  ACC  2100-2110  and  nine  additional  semester  hours  of  electives  in  accoun- 
ting. 

A  Master  of  Science  in  Accounting  consisting  of  30  semester  hours  is  available.  For 
more  information,  refer  to  the  description  of  the  Master  of  Science  in  Accounting  pro- 
gram in  the  Graduate  School  section. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Accounting 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


2160.  Introduction  to  Individual 
Taxational  ).F. 

Preparation  of  state  and  federal  income  tax 
returns.  Topics  emphasized  include  gross  income, 
adjusted  gross  income,  deductions  and  exemp- 
tions, capital  gains  and  losses,  computation  of  tax 
liability,  audit  of  tax  returns,  tax  questions,  the  IRS 
and  the  courts.  Prerequisite:  None.  Not  available 
to  accounting  majors. 

2100.  Principles  of  Accounting  I/(3).F;S;SS. 

The  initial  course  in  the  theory  and  practice  of 
financial  accounting.  Topics  emphasized  include 
the  preparation,  reporting,  and  analysis  of  finan- 
cial data.  Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing. 

2110.  Principles  of  Accounting  11/(3). F;S;SS. 

A  course  dealing  with  the  concepts  and  develop- 


ment of  accounting  data  for  decision  making. 
Topics  emphasized  include  manufacturing  cost 
systems,  cost-volume-profit  analysis,  and 
budgeting  concepts.  Prerequisite:  ACC  2100. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3100.  Intermediate  Accounting  I/(4).F;S;SS. 

Financial  accounting  theory  and  practice  underly- 
ing the  accounting  process.  Topics  emphasized  in- 
clude asset  and  liability  accounts,  the  related  in- 
come measurement,  valuation,  and  reporting  pro- 
blems associated  with  these  accounts.  Prere- 
quisite: A  minimum  grade  of  C  in  ACC  2110. 

3110.  Intermediate  Accounting  11/(4). F;S;SS. 

A  continuation  of  Accounting  3100.  Topics  em- 
phasized include  analysis  of  stockholders'  equity 


Accounting 


164 


accounts,  income  determination  problems, 
changes  in  accounting  methods  and  estimates, 
fund  statements,  statement  analysis,  and  special 
problems.  Prerequisite:  A  minimum  grade  of  C-  in 
ACC  3100. 

3200.  Cost  Accounting/(3).F;S;SS. 

Introduction  to  cost  accounting,  definitions  and 
objectives.  Topics  emphasized  include  cost- 
volume-profit  relationships,  job-order  accounting, 
budgeting,  systems  design  and  human  motiva- 
tion, flexible  budgets,  standard  costs,  contribution 
approach  to  decisions,  cost  allocation,  joint  pro- 
duct and  by-product  costing,  process  costing. 
Prerequisite:  ACC  2110. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

3550.  Accounting  for  Non-Profit  Organi- 
zations/(3).S;SS. 

Application  of  principles  of  accounting,  budgetary 
control,  and  financial  management  to  nonprofit 
organizations.  Discussion  and  cases  will  be  drawn 
from  municipal  and  county  governmental  units, 
universities,  hospitals,  and  other  nonprofit 
organizations.  Prerequisite:  ACC  2110. 

3570.  Accounting  Systems  and  Internal  Con- 

trol/(3).S;SS. 

An  in-depth  treatment  of  internal  control  and 
related  accounting  procedures;  authorization  and 
documentation;  flowcharting  and  scheduling. 
Design  of  Accounting  Systems  to  provide  infor- 
mation for  financial  reports  and  to  meet  legal  re- 
quirements for  adequacy  of  accounting  records 
and  internal  controls.  Development  of  skills  and 
expertise  required  for  the  study  of  contemporary 
accounting  systems  and  internal  auditing. 
Knowledge  of  a  computer  programming  language 
is  desirable  but  not  essential.  Prerequisite:  ACC 
3100. 

3580.  Individual  Income  Taxation/(3).F;S;SS. 

Concepts  and  methods  of  determining  federal  in- 
come tax  liability  for  individuals.  Topics  emphasiz- 
ed include  personal  deductions,  tax  credits, 
capital  gain  and  loss  provisions  and  accounting 


methods.  Emphasis  is  also  placed  on  researc 
methodology  and  individual  tax  planning. 

3900.  Internship/(6  or  9).F;S;SS. 

A  full-time  work  situation  for  accounting  majors 
providing  an  in-depth  exposure  in  accounting 
practices.  Nine  hours  granted  for  15-week  intern- 
ship, six  hours  granted  for  10-week  summer  in- 
ternship or  the  special  senior  internship  scheduled 
during  a  mini-session  of  the  spring  term.  The  stu- 
dent must  report  on  his/her  experiences  and  will 
participate  in  individual  conferences  and/or 
seminars  related  to  the  experience.  Prerequisite: 
Junior  or  senior  standing  and  permission  of  the 
departmental  internship  coordinator.  Graded  on 
an  S/U  basis. 

Senior /Graduate  Courses 

4550.  Accounting  Theory/(3).F;S;SS. 

Study  of  the  history  and  development  of  accoun- 
ting principles  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
authoritative  pronouncements.  Prerequisite:  ACC 
3110. 

4560.  Introduction  to  Auditing/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  survey  course  introducing  the  student  to 
selected  auditing  standards,  types  of  services, 
analysis  of  reports,  legal  responsibility,  ethics,  in- 
ternal control  and  SEC  requirements.  Prere- 
quisite: ACC  3110. 

4580.  Income  Taxation  of  Corporations/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

Concepts  and  methods  of  determining  federal  tax 
liability  of  corporations.  Topics  include  ordinary 
income,  capital  gains  and  losses,  net  operating 
loss,  reorganizations,  contemporary  problems  in 
corporate  taxation  and  tax  research.  The  student 
will  also  be  introduced  to  estate,  gift  and  partner- 
ship taxation. 

4590.  Advanced  Accounting  I/(3).F;SS. 

An  examination  of  the  special  problems  in  ac- 
counting for  business  combinations  and  con- 
solidated corporate  entities.  Topics  also  include 
home  office/branch  and  foreign  operations  ac- 
counts. Prerequisite:  ACC  3110. 

4660.  Auditing  Concepts  and  Applications/ 
(3).F;S. 

An  indepth  study  of  ASB  pronouncements  and 
application  of  GAAS  to  an  audit  (public,  internal 
and  governmental)  engagement.  Greater  em- 
phasis on  system  analysis,  relationship  of  internal 
control  to  audit  objectives,  and  purpose  of 
selected  audit  procedures— cases  used  where  ap- 
plicable. Prerequisite:  ACC  4560. 


Accounting 


165 


4690.  Advanced  Accounting  11/(3). S. 

An  examination  of  special  problems  in  accoun- 
ting. Topics  include  partnership,  reorganization, 
estates  and  trusts,  and  other  current  practice 
topics.  Prerequisite:  ACC  3110. 

4710.  Advanced  Cost  Accounting/(3).S;SS. 

Cost  analysis  and  capital  budgeting.  Topics  em- 
phasized include  inventory  planning  and  control, 
spoilage  and  scrap,  systems  and  internal  control, 
performance  measurement,  transfer  pricing,  deci- 
sion models,  cost  behavior  patterns,  analysis  of 
variance,  mix  and  yield  variances,  operations 
research  techniques,  linear  programming.  Prere- 
quisite: ACC  3200. 

4810.  Seminar  in  Accounting/(3).On  Demand. 

4990.  Professional         Examination 

Preparation/(3).F;S. 

An  intensive  review  of  the  accounting  discipline, 
the  purpose  of  which  is  to  assist  the  student  to 
bring  together  his/her  coursework  in  accounting 
so  as  to  maximize  performance  on  a  professional 
examination.  All  coursework  is  updated  to  include 
the  latest  pronouncements  of  the  various  rule 
making  bodies.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  Instruc- 
tor. 

Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Accounting  Research  and  Data  Presen- 
tation/^).F  and/or  SS. 

Study  of  methods  used  in  research  and  data 
presentation  in  accounting;  practice  in  using  those 
methods. 

5190.  Managerial  Accounting/(3).F;SS. 

An  introduction  to  internal  accounting — manage- 
ment accounting— with  emphasis  on  planning  and 
control  and  on  product  costing  for  purposes  of  in- 
ventory valuation  and  income  determination. 
Subjects  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  not-for- 
profit,  retail,  wholesale,  selling,  and  administrative 
situations  as  well  as  manufacturing.  Of  the  three 
functions  of  accounting — scorekeeping,  attention 
directing,  and  problem  solving — attention  is  focus- 
ed on  the  latter  two  functions.  Prerequisite:  ACC 
2110  or  equivalent. 

5230.  International  Accounting/ (3). S. 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  students  with  a 
background  in  international  accounting.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  upon  the  fact  that  accounting  is  not 
just  a  doctrine  that  has  been  handed  down  from 
generation  to  generation,  but  is  actually  the  pro- 
duct of  the  environment  in  which  it  is  used. 


5310.  Auditing  Theory  Seminar/(3).S  and/or 
SS. 

An  auditing  case  study  oriented  course.  Current 
accounting  and  auditing  case  problems  are 
presented  and  evaluated.  Selected  contemporary 
auditing  topics  are  presented. 

5350.  Advanced  Accounting  Theory/(3).S 
and/or  SS. 

A  comparative  study  of  current  generally  accepted 
accounting  theory  and  alternative  concepts.  The 
course  encourages  students  to  consider  the  merits 
and  the  shortcomings  of  alternative  accounting 
concepts  rather  than  studying  only  those  concepts 
that  support  present  accounting  practices.  Prere- 
quisite: ACC  4550. 

5380.  State  and  Local  Income  Taxation/(3).S 
and/or  SS. 

A  study  of  income  tax  laws  of  state  and  local 
governments.  Objectives  and  impact  of  state  and 
local  income  taxation.  Emphasis  on  North 
Carolina  income  tax.  Prerequisite:  ACC  4580. 

5390.  Contemporary  Problems  in  Accounting/ 
(3).F  and/or  SS. 

A  seminar  approach  to  the  fringes  of  contem- 
porary thought.  Topics  include  cost-benefit 
analysis  and  the  environment,  social  accounting, 
managerial  auditing,  human  asset  accounting, 
behavioral  sciences  and  accounting,  in- 
dependence and  the  development  of  accounting 
principles,  quantitative  models  and  accounting, 
communication  theory  and  counting. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

5580.  Tax  Planning  and  Research/(3).F. 

A  research  oriented  course  designed  to  emphasize 
the  need  for  tax  planning.  The  student  will  be  re- 
quired to  research  and  to  make  class  presentations 
as  to  his  findings.  The  course  will  covet  income 
tax,  estate  tax  and  gift  tax  code  provision.  Prere- 
quisite: ACC  3580  and  ACC  4580. 

5999.  Master's  Thesis/(6).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


Business  Education  and  Office  Administration 


166 


Department  of  Business 
Education  and  Office 
Administration  (BE) 

Sidney  W.  Eckert,  Chairperson 

The  objectives  of  the  department  are  (1)  to  aid  students  in  becoming  effective  business, 
distributive  education,  data  processing,  economic,  and  occupational  teachers  on  all 
educational  levels,  (2)  to  prepare  students  to  become  efficient  office  administrators,  and 
(3)  to  prepare  students  for  careers  in  computer-based  business  systems  analysis,  design, 
and  implementation. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Business 
Education 

(with  teacher  certification) 

BSBE  majors  in  the  Department  of  Business  Education  and  Office  Administration  must 
complete  (1)  the  General  Education  course  requirements  including  EC  2030,  EC  2040, 
and  MAT  1030;  (2)  the  College  of  Business  core  course  requirements  with  the  excep- 
tion of  taking  PSY  3302  in  lieu  of  EC  3100;  (3)  the  Professional  Education  re- 
quirements as  shown  in  the  Secondary  Education  Department  section;  (4)  completion 
of  appropriate  tests  NTE  Common  and  Teaching  Area,  and  demonstrate  proficiencies 
in  English,  Reading,  and  Speech;  and  (5)  the  requirements  of  the  Business  Education 
major  shown  below: 

BE  1020  Intermediate  Typewriting  3  hrs. 

BE  1060  Business  Mathematics  2  hrs. 

BE  3340  Business  Communications  3  hrs. 

BE  3380  Adm .  Office  Systems  3  hrs . 

BE  3890  Princ.  of  Occup.  Business  Educ.  3  hrs. 

College  of  Business  electives  3000  or  above  10  hrs. 

Those  students  who  wish  to  be  granted  a  comprehensive  certificate  in  order  to  teach 
shorthand  must  elect,  in  lieu  of  six  (6)  hours  at  the  3000  level  or  above  in  the  College  of 
Business,  BE  2010,  2020,  and  3150. 

Students  who  have  not  had  400  hours  of  relevant  business  office  experience  within  the 
last  three  years  need  to  complete  BE  4030  or  3900.  The  business  office  experience 
must  be  approved  by  the  department  chairperson.  Students  who  wish  to  qualify  for  a 
Vocational  Business  and  Office  Certificate  must  complete,  in  addition  to  the  foregoing, 
BE  5100,  4610,  and  present  documentation  of  having  completed  one  year  of  recent 
business  experience  or  BE  3900. 


Business  Education  and  Office  Administration 


167 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in 
Distributive  Education 

(with  teacher  certification) 

BSDE  majors  in  the  Department  of  Business  Education  and  Office  Administration  must 
complete  (1)  the  General  Education  course  requirements  including  EC  2030,  EC  2040, 
and  MAT  1030;  (2)  the  College  of  Business  core  course  requirements  with  the  excep- 
tion of  taking  PSY  3302  in  lieu  of  EC  3100;  (3)  the  Professional  Education  re- 
quirements noted  in  the  Secondary  Education  Department  section;  (4)  completion  of 
appropriate  tests  NTE  Common  and  Teaching  Area,  and  demonstrate  proficiences  in 
English,  Reading,  and  Speech;  and  (5)  the  requirements  of  the  Distributive  Education 
major  as  shown  below: 

BE  1070  Intro,  to  Distributive  Education  2  hrs. 
BE  4610  Coord.  Tech.  and  Job  Analysis  for  Voc. 

Bus.  and  Dist.  Education  3  hrs. 

BE  4850  Management  of  Occup.  Educ.  Youth  Orgns.  3  hrs. 

BE  4851  Orgn.  and  Adm.  of  a  Dist.  Educ.  Program  3  hrs. 

BE  4852  Methods  in  Distributive  Education  3  hrs. 

MKT  3210  Retail  Management  3  hrs. 

MKT  3240  Advertising  Management  3  hrs. 

College  of  Business  Electives  3000  or  above  4  hrs. 

Internship  BE  3900  may  be  taken  for  those  students  who  have  not  had  two  years  of  full- 
time  retail  experience.  The  experience  must  be  approved  by  the  Distributive  Education 
Teacher  educator,  the  department  Internship  Coordinator,  and  the  chairperson. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 

(with  major  in  Information  Systems) 

BSBA  majors  in  the  Business  Education  and  Office  Administration  Department  must 
complete  (1)  the  General  Education  course  requirements  including  EC  2030,  EC  2040, 
and  MAT  1030;  (2)  the  College  of  Business  core  course  requirements;  and  (3)  the  re- 
quirements of  the  Information  Systems  major  shown  below: 

BE  3550  Systems  Analysis  and  Design  3  hrs. 

BE  3670  Applications  (COBOL)  in  Bus .  Data  Proc .  3  hrs . 

BE  3680  Modeling  and  Simulation  3  hrs. 

BE  3690  Adv .  Appl .  (COBOL)  in  Bus .  Data  Proc .  3  hrs . 

BE  4690  Data  Base  Processing  3  hrs . 

BE  4790  Current  Topics  in  Information  Systems  3  hrs. 

College  of  Business  electives  3000  and  above  6  hrs. 

A  minor  in  Information  Systems  requires  12  hours  of  course  work  including  BE  3550, 
3670,  3680,  and  3690.  In  addition  to  these  courses,  BE  2660  or  an  equivalent  course 
must  be  completed. 


Business  Education  and  Office  Administration 


168 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in 
Office  Administration 

BSOA  majors  in  the  Department  of  Business  Education  and  Office  Administration  must 
complete  (1)  the  General  Education  course  requirements;  (2)  the  College  of  Business 
core  course  requirements  with  the  exception  of  taking  BE  3550  in  lieu  of  EC  3100;  and 
(3)  the  requirements  of  the  Office  Administration  major  shown  below: 


BE  1020  Intermediate  Typewriting 

BE  2020  Intermediate  Shorthand 

BE  3150  Advanced  Dictation  and  Transcription 

BE  3340  Business  Communications 

BE  3380  Administrative  Office  Systems 

BE  4510  Office  Management 

BE  4220  Records  Management  and  Control 

College  of  Business  Electives  3000  or  above 


3  hrs. 
3hrs. 
3  hrs. 
3  hrs. 
3  hrs. 
3  hrs. 
3  hrs. 
3  hrs. 


A  minor  in  Office  Administration  requires  15  hours  in  Office  Administration  courses. 
The  recommended  courses  are:  BE  1020,  BE  3340,  BE  3380,  BE  4220,  and  BE  4510. 


Master  of  Arts  Degree 


A  Master  of  Arts  in  Economics  and  Business  with  a  major  in  Business  Teacher  Educa- 
tion is  available.  Options  are  available  in  either  two-year  college  business  teacher  educa- 
tion or  secondary  school  business  teacher  education.  For  more  information,  see  the 
graduate  catalog. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Business  Education 
and  Office  Administration 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


1010.  Typcwriting/(3).F;S. 

Keyboard  control,  technique,  simple  personal  and 
business  letters,  tabulation,  and  manuscripts. 

1020.  Typewriting/(3).F;S. 

Increased  speed  and  accuracy  in  typing  different 
styles  of  letters,  manuscripts,  statistical  reports, 
business  papers,  and  production  work.  Prere- 
quisite: BE  1010  or  equivalent. 

1060.  Business  Mathematics/(2).F;S;SS. 

The   fundamental   process  of  mathematics  and 


their  application  to  common  business  practices. 
Topics  included  are  trade,  merchandising,  valua- 
tion of  assets,  payrolls,  taxes,  insurance,  banking, 
investments,  credit,  business  ownerships  and 
distribution  of  earnings,  and  income  taxes. 

1070.  Introduction  to  Distributive 
Education/(2).F. 

An  introductory  course  to  give  prospective 
Distributive-Teacher-Coordinators  an  over-view 
of  the  Distributive  Education  Program;  its  history 
and  development,  its  aims  and  objectives,  and  ac- 


Business  Education  and  Office  Administration 


169 


tivities  of  a  Distributive  Education  Program  and  re- 
quirements for  persons  employed  in  this  field. 

1590.  Personal  Money  Manage- 
ment/(3).F;S;SS. 

Planning  and  managing  personal  finances.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  controlling  expenditures,  con- 
sumption, emergencies,  borrowing,  insurance, 
home  ownership,  taxes,  savings,  investing,  retire- 
ment, and  personal  estate  planning. 

2010.  Shorthand/(3).F. 

Basic  principles  of  Gregg  Shorthand,  including 
alphabet,  extensive  reading,  beginning  dictation 
and  transcription.  Five  meetings  per  week,  two  of 
which  are  laboratories.  Prerequisite  BE  1010. 

2020.  Shorthand/(3).S. 

Continued  study  of  fundamental  principles  with 
emphasis  on  increased  speed  and  accuracy  in  dic- 
tation and  transcription.  Five  meetings  per  week, 
two  of  which  are  laboratories.  Prerequisite:  BE 
2010  or  equivalent. 

2150.  Law  and  Society/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  the  legal  process  in  order  to 
demonstrate  its  effect  on  individuals  and 
businessmen.  A  philosophical  and  historical 
background  of  jurisprudence  and  of  the  American 
legal  system  is  supplied  as  well  as  a  larger  in-depth 
study  of  the  federal  and  state  court  systems.  Em- 
phasis is  also  placed  on  legislative,  administrative 
and  common  law,  stressing  specific  topics  affec- 
ting the  businessman,  such  as  contracts,  business 
crimes  and  torts,  government  regulations,  en- 
vironmental protection,  and  the  ethical  problems 
confronting  businessmen  in  both  the  national  and 
international  trade  settings. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

2600.  Computer  Survey  for  Non-Business  Ma- 
jors/^).On  demand. 

A  non-technical  survey  of  the  applications  of  com- 
puters in  a  wide  range  of  academic  disciplines. 
Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  new  and  in- 
novative applications  of  the  computer  to  his/her 
primary  field  of  study. 

2660.  Introduction  to  Business  Data  Process- 
ing/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  survey  of  computer  processes  and  equipment. 
The  course  includes  principles  of  data  processing, 
computer  language,  and  the  application  and  im- 
pact of  data  processing  on  business. 

3050.  Advanced  Shorthand/(3).F. 

Further  application  of  shorthand  theory  develop- 


ing skill  for  production  of  mailable  transcripts.  Five 
meetings  per  week,  two  of  which  are  laboratories. 
Prerequisite:  BE  2020. 

3150.  Advanced  Dictation  and 
Transcription/(3).S. 

Advanced  study  of  shorthand  dictation  and 
transcription  as  applied  to  office  situations. 
Students  may  select  special  areas  such  as  medical, 
legal,  court  reporting,  educational  and  law  en- 
forcement. Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  exper- 
tise in  writing  shorthand  and  transcribing.  Prere- 
quisite: BE  2020. 

3340.  Business  Communications/(3).F;S;SS. 

Education  to  develop  competence  in  business 
communications:  effective  business  organizational 
reports,  letter  and  memorandum  writing,  nonver- 
bal communication,  and  study  of  research, 
methods,  and  communication  analysis.  Course 
intended  primarily  for  Business  majors.  Prere- 
quisites: MM  3150  and  3050  or  equivalent  with 
permission  of  instructor. 

3350.  International  Business 

Transactions/(3).F;S. 

The  mechanics  of  international  trade  involving 
private  and  public  law  are  the  essentials  for  study. 
Emphasis  is  on  providing  the  exporter/importer 
with  legal  knowledge  to  facilitate  international 
trade  and  its  related  activities.  Basic  international 
agreements  for  trade  will  be  examined,  including 
GATT  and  its  implications  for  U.S.  importers 
under  American  law.  Legal  problems  of  multina- 
tional corporations,  technology  transfer,  and 
business  ethics  are  also  studied,  prerequisite:  BE 
2150  or  permission  of  instructor. 

3380.  Administrative  Office  Systems/(3).F;S. 

Electronic  office  systems  and  equipment  from  a 
management  and  practice  perspective.  Course 
covers:  management  of  computer-based  office 
systems,  office  systems  development/implemen- 
tation, hardware  and  software  evaluation,  selec- 
tion and  practice.  Laboratory  work  in  word  pro- 
cessing, computer  programming  for  document 
preparation  and  reprographics.  Prerequisite:  BE 
2660  or  equivalent. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


Business  Education  and  Office  Administration 


170 


3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  demand. 

3550.  Systems  Analysis  and  Design/(3).F;S. 

The  role  of  management  in  the  planning, 
development,  and  control  of  data  processing 
systems.  The  primary  activity  of  this  course  will  be 
to  prepare  and  present  for  discussion  case  studies 
in  the  development  of  management  information 
systems.  Prerequisite:  BE  2660  or  equivalent. 

3670.  Applications  in  Business  Data  Process- 

ing/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  problems  encountered  in  the  im- 
plementation of  business  systems.  The  COBOL 
language  is  used  in  order  to  complete  application 
type  programs.  Prerequisite:  BE  2660. 

3680.  Modeling  and  Simulations/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  data  processing  systems  to  satisfy 
business  systems  requirements.  The  techniques  of 
computer  based  and  non-computer  based  infor- 
mation systems  are  included.  The  design  of 
simulation  models  as  they  apply  to  business  and 
economics  is  studied.  Prerequisite:  BE  2660. 

3690.  Advanced  Applications  in  Business  Data 
Processing/(3).F;S. 

This  course  will  develop  the  necessary  skills  to 
plan  and  implement  computerized  systems  requir- 
ing both  sequential  and  direct  access  processing. 
File  organization  and  the  processing  of  files  using 
the  COBOL  language  will  be  emphasized.  Prere- 
quisite: BE  3670. 

3691.  Applications  in  RPG  II 
Programming/(3).  On  Demand. 

A  study  of  the  problems  encountered  in  the  im- 
plementation of  business  systems.  The  RPG  II 
language  is  introduced/taught  in  order  to  com- 
plete application  programs.  Prerequisite:  BE 
3550. 


3695.  Management  of  Computer 
Operations/(3).F;S. 

Practical  experience  with  the  operation,  supervi- 
sion, and  management  of  a  remote  computer  ter- 
minal installation.  Student  will  work  in  the  Univer- 
sity Computer  Center  operations  area  for  20 
hours  during  the  semester.  Prerequisite:  Approval 
by  instructor. 


3890.    Principles    of    Occupational    Business 
Education/(3).S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  history  and  philosophy  of  voca- 
tional business  and  office  education. 


3900.  lnternship/(6  or  9).F;S;SS. 

A  full-time  work  experience  in  business.  Nine 
semester  hours  of  credit  are  granted  for  a  normal 
15-week  internship  with  six  semester  hours 
granted  for  a  10-week  internship.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  do  internships  during  the  summer 
between  their  junior  and  senior  years  of  study. 
Prerequisites:  Full  admission  to  the  College  of 
Business,  junior  or  senior  standing,  and  permis- 
sion of  Department  Chairperson  and  Internship 
Coordinator.  Graded  on  an  S/U  basis. 

3910.  Business  Law  I/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  selected  traditional  areas  of  the  law  that 
affect  the  commercial  community.  Includes  law  of 
contracts,  commercial  paper,  agency,  personal 
property  and  bailments.  Common  law  concepts 
are  investigated  as  well  as  the  impact  of  the 
Uniform  Commercial  Code  on  commercial  tran- 
sactions. The  course  is  designed  to  give  students 
an  awareness  of  legal  problems  that  may  exist  in  a 
commercial  transaction,  and  to  develop  the 
analytical  skills  necessary  to  recognize  and  seek 
assistance  for  such  problems.  (A  special  objective 
of  this  course  is  to  assist  students  in  preparing  for 
the  CPA  examination.) 

3920.  Business  Law  11/(3). F;S. 

Includes  real  property,  estates,  sales,  security 
devices,  partnerships  and  corporations,  bankrupt- 
cy and  government  regulation  of  business.  Study 
is  devoted  to  an  understanding  of  the  common 
law,  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  and  other 
statutory  law  as  it  applies  to  these  areas.  Course 
objectives  include  aiding  the  students  in  becoming 
aware  of  special  legal  problems  of  business  and 
assisting  students  in  gaining  a  background  for  the 
CPA  examination.  Prerequisite:  BE  3910. 

3950.  Real  Estate  Law/(3).  On  Demand. 
(Same  as  FIR  3950) 

Legal  aspects  of  real  property  ownership, 
development,  transfer  and  brokerage.  Prere- 
quisite: FIR  2850. 

4030.  Cooperative  Office  Education/(2).  On 
Demand. 

Actual  work  in  an  office.  Group  conferences  to  be 
arranged.  (By  permission  only.)  Prerequisite:  BE 
1020  or  equivalent. 

4220.    Records    Management    and    Control/ 

(3).F. 

Study  of  the  planning,  implementation,  and 
maintenance  of  records  management  and  control 
programs  (creation,  distribution,  retention,  utiliza- 
tion, storage,  retrieval,  protection,  preservation, 
and  final  disposition)  in  organizations  in  order  to 


Business  Education  and  Office  Administration 


171 


reduce  costs  in  handling  records  and  to  develop 
efficient  systems  and  procedures  for  the  storage 
and  retrieval  of  records  at  the  corporate  level, 
public  governmental  units:  local,  state,  regional 
and  national  levels.  Prerequisites:  Senior  standing 
and  instructor  approval. 

Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4510.  Office  Management/(3).F. 

Study  of  the  responsibilities,  problems  and  duties 
of  the  office  manager  approached  from  a  manage- 
ment viewpoint;  study  made  in  managing  the 
modern  office  from  both  a  traditional  and  com- 
puterized office  systems  approaches;  study  of  ad- 
ministering systems  and  procedures  in  office  work 
and  expansion  of  knowledges  and  techniques  us- 
ed to  reduce  and  control  office  costs.  Prerequisite: 
BE  3380. 

4610.  Coordination  Techniques  and  Job 
Analysis  for  Vocational  Business  and 
Distributive  Education/(3).F;SS. 

An  analysis  of  the  job  in  which  prospective 
students  are  placed  in  a  cooperative  office  and/or 
distributive  education  program  and  methods  and 
techniques  of  coordinating  the  work. 

4690.  Data-Base  Processing/(3).F. 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  proper- 
ties, logic,  design,  implementation,  and  accessing 
of  business  data-bases  as  contrasted  to  conven- 
tional data  file  creation  and  maintenance  techni- 
ques, particular  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
CODASYL  approach  to  data-base  management 
and  processing,  which  focuses  more  on  the  logical 
nature  of  a  data-base  than  its  physical 
characteristics.  CODASYL  data-base  programm- 
ing assignments  are  drawn  from  the  fields  of 
business  and  government.  Prerequisite:  BE  3670. 

4750.  Management  Science 
Techniques/(2).On  Demand. 

A  study  of  the  interrelationships  between  manage- 
ment functions  and  the  data  processing  environ- 
ment. The  impact  of  automation  upon  operations 
management  is  included. 

4790.  Current  Topics  in  Information/(3).F;S. 

Advanced  topics  in  the  field  of  Business  Data  Pro- 
cessing will  be  studied.  These  topics  may  include 
but  are  not  limited  to  Data  Communications,  Ad- 
vanced Systems  Analysis,  Distributed  Processing 
Systems,  Micro-processing  and/or  Business  Soft- 
ware Packages.  Prerequisite:  BE  3550,  and  3670 
or  permission  by  instructor. 

4810.  Seminar/(3).On  Demand. 


4850.  Management  of  Occupational  Education 
Youth  Organizations/(3).S. 

A  study  of  how  to  organize  and  administer  youth 
organization  in  occupational  business  and 
distributive  education  in  order  to  establish  an  ex- 
cellent learning  situation. 

4851.  Organization  and  Administration  of  a 
Distributive  Education  Program/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  philosophy,  practices,  and  pro- 
cedures used  in  the  organization  and  administra- 
tion of  an  occupational  distributive  education  pro- 
gram. 

4852.  Methods  in  Distributive 
Education/ (3). S;SS. 

A  study  of  approved  methods  of  teaching 
distributive  education.  Prerequisites:  SE  3040  and 
PSY  3302. 

4910.  Seminar:  Hospital  and  Health  Law/(3). 
On  Demand. 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  students  with  a 
background  in  hospital  law  principles,  emphasiz- 
ing particularly  the  basis  of  liability  of  public  and 
private  hospitals. 

4920.  Law  and  Business  Regulation /(3).  On 
Demand. 

This  course  explores  the  legal  problems  created  by 
the  thrust  and  magnitude  of  the  governmental 
regulatory  agency.  Specific  agencies  such  as  the 
SEC,  the  FTC,  the  EEOC,  and  the  EPA  will  be 
examined.  Case  examples  will  be  used  to 
demonstrate  the  interaction  between  the 
regulatory  process  and  the  courts.  Prerequisite: 
BE  2150. 

Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(3).F. 

A  study  of  bibliographical  problems,  types  of 
research,  and  organization  and  reporting  of 
research. 

5050.  Current  Problems  in  Business  Educa- 
tion/^). On  Demand. 

Problems  in  organizing  and  administering  business 
education  programs. 

5060.  Instruction  in  the  Secretarial 
Subjects/(2).  On  Demand. 

Trends  and  research  in  the  teaching  of  shorthand, 
typewriting,  and  related  subjects. 

5070.  Instruction  in  the  Basic  Business  Sub- 
jects/^). On  Demand. 

Objectives,  organization  of  the  curriculum,  in 
structional  materials,  and  methods  of  instruction 
of  the  basic  business  subject. 


Economics 


172 


5080.  Business  Report  Writing/(2).On  de- 
mand. 

A  study  of  business  report  writing  required  of  men 
and  women  in  their  professional  careers  in 
business,  industry,  education,  and  government. 
Emphasis  is  on  concepts  in  creative  and  functional 
aspects  in  understanding  the  problems,  gathering 
and  organizing  data,  and  writing  reports  for 
management,  employees,  and  the  public. 

5100.  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Voca- 
tional Office  Education/(3).On  Demand. 

A  study  of  principles,  practices,  and  techniques  of 
organizing  and  supervising  vocational  office 
education  programs. 

5210.  Methods  of  Developing  Economic  Con- 
cepts/^).On  Demand. 

A  study  of  basic  economic  concepts  and  how  they 
can  be  developed  by  students  of  economics  and 
related  fields. 


5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S. 

5530-5549.  Selected  topics/(l-3).On  Demand. 

5650.  Automatic  Data  Processing  for  Business 
Teachers/(3).On  Demand. 

Emphasizes  the  problems  and  techniques  en- 
countered in  the  teaching  of  data  processing  at  the 
public  school,  technical  institute,  and  community 
college  levels.  This  course  will  cover  introductory 
data  processing  concepts,  unit  record  hardware, 
key-punch  operation,  flow-charting  techniques, 
and  elementary  terminal  communication.  Prere- 
quisite: graduate  standing. 

5999.  Master's  Thesis/(6).F;S. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


Department  of  Economics  (ECO) 

Garey  Durden,  Chairperson 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Economics  are: 

1.  to  provide  the  basic  institutional  and  theoretical  knowledge  required  for  the 
understanding  of  the  functioning  of  the  American  economy  and  the  world 
economy  and  for  the  understanding  and  analysis  of  current  economic  issues  and 
problems; 

2.  to  develop  the  institutional  and  theoretical  knowledge  and  analytical  abilities 
necessary  to  prepare  students  for  careers  in  business  and  government  as  managers 
and  researchers  on  social  and  business  problems;  and 

3.  to  prepare  students  for  graduate  school  and  to  provide  graduate  level  training  and 
experience  for  those  who  seek  to  become  professional  economists  and/or 
economic  educators. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 

BSBA  majors  in  the  Economics  Department  must  complete  (1)  the  General  Education 
course  requirements  and  ECO  2030,  2040,  and  2100;  (2)  the  College  of  Business  core 
course  requirements;  and  (3)  the  requirements  of  the  chosen  major  (listed  below). 


Economics 


173 


BSBA  in  Economics 

Economics  3010,  3020  (Intermediate  Theory) 6  s.h. 

Economics  Electives  (3000  and  above,  at  least  3  semester 

hours  at  the  4000  level)    9  s.h. 

College  of  Business  Electives  (3000  and  above)   9s. h. 


BSBA  in  Banking 


Economics  3010,  3020  (Intermediate  Theory) 6  s.h. 

Economics  3070,  Money  and  Banking 3  s.h. 

Economics  4620,  Commercial  Bank  Mgmt.  &  Operations    3s. h. 

BE  3670,  Applications  in  Business  Data  Processing   3  s.h. 

FIR  3790,  Financial  Markets;  or  FIR  4660,  Financial 

Decision-Making;  or  FIR  4610,  Management  of  Financial 

Intermediaries  3  s.h. 

College  of  Business  Electives  (3000  and  above)   6s. h. 

BSBA  Double  Major  in  Economics  and  Banking  requires  completion  of  re- 
quirements for  major  in  banking  and  including  one  Economics  course  (3000  or  above) 
among  the  College  of  Business  electives. 

BSBA  Double  Major  in  Economics  and  a  Functional  Area  of  Business  requires 
careful  selection  of  elective  courses  so  as  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  both  majors. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 


The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  economics  is  offered  in  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences  in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Economics.  Students  may  earn  a 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  economics  by  completing  the  following  requirements  in  addi- 
tion to  the  requirements  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences: 

ECO  2030/2040    Principles  of  Economics 6  s.h. 

ECO  3010  Microeconomic  Analysis    3  s.h. 

ECO  3020  Macroeconomic  Analysis 3  s.h. 

ECO  2100/3100    Business  and  Economic  Statistics  I  and  II   6  s.h. 

Electives  in  Economics 12  s.h. 

(3000  and  above,  at  least  6  s.h.  

at  4000  level) 

TOTAL  30  s.h. 

BS  in  Social  Science  (with  teaching  certification) 
with  a  Concentration  in  Economics 

For  the  curriculum  for  a  major  in  social  science  with  a  concentration  in  economics 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  refer  to  that  section  in  the  index.  For  the  re- 
quirements in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 


Economics 


174 


International  Economics  and  Business  Options 

International  economics  and  business  options  are  available  within  the  following  majors: 
Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  Economics,  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  double  major  in 
Economics  and  French  or  Spanish,  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 
with  an  individually  designed  major  in  International  Studies. 

Students  pursuing  this  option  and/or  the  B.A.  in  Economics  or  the  BSBA  individually 
designed  major  in  International  Studies  must  take  at  least  15  semester  hours  in  the 
chosen  language.  In  some  cases  more  than  15  semester  hours  will  be  required  to 
achieve  reading  and  speaking  proficiency  in  the  language. 

For  each  of  the  two  B.A.  majors,  students  will  take  the  required  courses  for  an 
economics  major,  ECO  4050,  and  ECO  4810,  Seminar  in  European  Economic  Institu- 
tions. In  addition,  they  will  take  ACC  2100  and  2110. 

For  the  BSBA  program,  the  College  of  Business  core  must  be  completed  including  in 
the  major  program  ECO  3010,  3020,  4050,  and  4810.  Seminar  in  European 
Economic  Institutions,  and  HIS  3134.  Under  each  option,  an  opportunity  will  be  of- 
fered for  a  summer  internship  abroad  if  possible. 

In  order  to  be  admitted  to  the  major  under  any  of  these  options  students  must  pass  a 
special  examination  demonstrating  reading  and  speaking  proficiency  in  the  language (s) 
chosen.  Also,  students  taking  any  of  these  options  will  choose  general  education 
courses  in  consultation  with  the  advisor  for  this  program. 

For  further  information,  students  should  consult  either  the  chairperson  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Foreign  Languages  or  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Economics. 

Minor  in  Economics 

Undergraduate:  A  minor  in  economics  consists  of  ECO  2030,  2040,  and  nine  semester 
hours  of  economics  electives  numbered  3000  or  above. 

Graduate:  A  graduate  student  can  obtain  a  graduate  minor  in  economics  by  completing 
nine  semester  hours  of  economics  courses  approved  by  the  Chairperson  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Economics. 

Honors  Program  in  Economics 

The  Department  of  Economics  offers  at  the  sophomore  level  two  Honors  Seminar 
courses  (ECO  2510  and  2515)  in  Principles  of  Economics,  open  by  invitation  only  to 
students  who  have  excellent  records  on  their  previous  college  courses.  Any  student 
who  has  not  been  invited  to  participate  in  these  sophomore-level  seminars  and  would 
like  to  be  considered  may  contact  the  department  chairperson  or  the  departmental 
honors  advisor. 


Economics 


175 


The  department  also  offers  a  Senior  Honors  Research  and  Thesis  course  (ECO  4510) 
open  only  to  majors  in  economics  during  their  final  undergraduate  semester  and  who 
have  an  outstanding  undergraduate  record.  A  student  who  wishes  to  enroll  in  the 
Senior  Honors  Research  and  Thesis  course  should  contact  the  department  chairperson 
or  the  departmental  honors  advisor  and  make  the  necessary  arrangements  during  the 
first  semester  of  his/her  senior  year. 

In  order  to  graduate  "with  honors  in  Economics"  or  "with  highest  honors  in  Economics" 
a  student  must  successfully  complete  ECO  4510. 

Additional  information  is  provided  in  the  course  descriptions  of  ECO  2510,  2515,  and 
4510,  and  may  be  obtained  from  the  department  chairperson,  or  the  departmental 
honors  advisor. 


Master  of  Arts  in  Economics 

A  Master  of  Arts  in  Economics  is  available.  For  more  information  consult  the  section  on 
Master  of  Arts  in  Economics  or  the  graduate  catalog. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Economics 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


1010.  Survey  of  Current  Economic  Issues/(3). 
F;S. 

Application  of  basic  economic  concepts  in  the 
analysis  of  current  issues  such  as:  unemployment, 
inflation,  energy,  pollution,  poverty,  government 
regulation,  etc.  Prerequisite:  None. 

2030.  Principles  of  Economics-Micro/(3). 
F;S;SS. 

A  brief  introduction  to  the  study  of  economics 
followed  by  an  in-depth  analysis  of 
microeconomics:  theories  of  supply  and  demand, 
the  price  mechanism,  income  distribution,  con- 
sumer choice,  cost  and  revenue  analysis  and  the 
theory  of  the  firm,  competition  and  monopoly  and 
antitrust  policy,  government  spending  and  taxing, 
agriculture,  labor,  and  big  business  in  the 
American  economy,  and  current  economic  pro- 
blems such  as  pollution,  population  expansion, 
urbanization,  poverty,  and  discrimination.  Prere- 
quisites: None. 


2040.  Principles  of  Economics-Macro/ (3). 
F;S;SS. 

A  brief  introduction  to  the  study  of  economics 
followed  by  an  in-depth  analysis  of 
macroeconomics:  the  circular  flow  of  the 
economy,  money  and  banking,  national  income 
analysis,  business  cycles,  monetary  and  fiscal 
policy,  and  including  an  introduction  to  interna- 
tional trade  and  finance  and  international 
economic  issues.  Prerequisites:  It  is  strongly 
recommended  that  ECO  2030  be  taken  prior  to 
taking  ECO  2040. 

2100.  Business  and  Economic  Statistics 
I/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  statistical  tools  used  to  analyze  business 
and  economic  problems.  The  major  subject  matter 
includes  descriptive  statistics,  the  concepts  of  pro- 
bability, confidence  intervals  and  hypothesis 
testing,  and  statistical  comparison  of  production 
and  marketing  methods.  Prerequisites:  MAT 
1030  or  MAT  1020. 


Economics 


176 


2500.  Independent  Study/(l-4). 

2510.  Honors  Seminar  in  Principles  of 
Economics-Micro/(3).F.  (Substitutes  for  ECO 
2030) 

Tutorial  instruction  in  the  functioning  of  a  market 
economy.  Topics  covered  include  supply  and  de- 
mand; market;  income  distribution;  production 
theory;  international  trade  and  financial  problems. 
Available  to  all  qualified  students.  Not  limited  to 
students  who  are  planning  to  major  in  Economics. 
Any  student  who  has  not  been  invited  to  par- 
ticipate in  this  course  and  who  would  like  to  be 
considered  should  contact  the  Economics  depart- 
ment Chairperson  or  departmental  honors  ad- 
visor. Prerequisites:  None.  Open  to  students  by 
invitation  only. 

2515.  Honors  Seminar  in  Principles  of 
Economics-Macro/(3).S.  (Substitute  for  ECO 
2040) 

Tutorial  instruction  in  the  formulation  and  execu- 
tion of  economic  policy  in  a  modern  market 
economy.  Topics  covered  include  the  basic  prin- 
ciples of  a  market  economy;  the  measurement  of 
macroeconomic  magnitudes;  income  determina- 
tion; fiscal  policy,  taxation,  and  government  ex- 
penditure; the  nature,  source,  and  control  of 
money;  monetary  policy.  Available  to  all  qualified 
students.  Not  limited  to  students  who  are  planning 
to  major  in  Economics.  Any  student  who  has  not 
been  invited  to  participate  in  this  course  and  who 
would  like  to  be  considered  should  contact  the 
Economics  department  Chairperson  or  depart- 
mental honors  advisor.  Prerequisites:  none.  Open 
to  students  by  invitation  only. 

3010.  Microeconomic  Analysis/(3).F;S. 

An  intermediate  course  in  economic  theory  with 
emphasis  on  the  theory  of  consumer  behavior, 
price  theory  and  resource  allocation.  Prere- 
quisites: ECO  2030,  2040. 

3020:  Macroeconomic  Analysis/(3).F;S. 

An  intermediate  course  in  economic  theory  with 
emphasis  on  the  analysis  of  the  determinants  of 
the  nation's  income,  output,  employment,  and 
general  price  level.  Prerequisites:  ECO  2030, 
2040. 

3040.  Economic  Growth  and 
Development/(3).S. 

Acquaints  the  student  with  the  traditional  and 
contemporary  literature  on  economic  growth  and 
development,  the  history  of  economic  develop- 
ment in  advanced  and  developing  countries,  alter- 
native strategies  in  economic  development  theory 


and  their  relevance  to  domestic  economic  issues. 
Prerequisite:  ECO  2030  and  2040  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

3050.  Industrial  Organization  and  Public  Policy 
Toward  Business/ (3). S. 

The  economics  of  competition  and  monopoly  in- 
cluding antitrust,  regulatory,  and  other  govern- 
ment policies  influencing  market  structure  and 
business  performance  in  the  American  economy. 
Prerequisites:  ECO  2030,  2040. 

3070.  Money  and  Banking/(3).F. 

An  institutional  and  theoretical  study  of  the  struc- 
ture and  functioning  of  the  central  and  commer- 
cial banking  systems  in  the  United  States,  money 
and  monetary  theory,  the  money  and  capital 
markets  and  financial  intermediaries,  and 
monetary  policy.  Prerequisites:  ECO  2030,  2040. 

3100.  Business  and  Economic  Statistics 
II/(3).F;S;SS. 

Applications  of  statistical  tools  to  a  variety  of 
business  and  economic  situations.  These  tools  in- 
clude survey  sampling  methods,  hypothesis 
testing  using  analysis  of  variance,  regression  and 
time-series  analysis,  and  non-parametric  statistics. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  computer  applications  us- 
ing available  programs.  Prerequisites:  ECO  2030, 
2040,  2100. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/ (1-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

Topics  covered  have  ranged  from  mathematical 
economics  to  economics  of  the  law.  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

3900.  Internship/(6  or  9).F;S;SS. 

A  full-time  work  experience  in  business.  Nine 
semester  hours  of  credit  are  granted  for  a  normal 
15-week  internship  with  six  semester  hours 
granted  for  a  10-week  internship.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  do  internships  during  the  summer 
between  their  junior  and  senior  years  of  study. 
Prerequisites:  Full  admission  to  the  College  of 
Business  or  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  junior 
or  senior  standing,  and  permission  of  Department 
Chairperson  and  Internship  Coordinator.  Graded 
on  an  S/U  basis. 


Economics 


177 


4050:  International  Economics/(3).F. 

A  survey  of  the  theory,  development,  and  prac- 
tice of  the  international  trade  and  payments 
system.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  basic  con- 
cepts and  different  mechanisms  which  have  been 
and  are  used  in  international  economic  affairs,  as 
well  as  to  governmental  policies  and  domestic  and 
international  institutions  regulating  them.  Prere- 
quisites: ECO  2030,  2040. 

Senior /Graduate  Courses 

4510.     Senior     Honors     Research     and 

Thesis/(3).On  Demand. 

Independent  in-depth  research  and  analysis  and 
preparation  of  a  thesis  on  a  significant  topic  in 
Economics,  directed  by  a  member  of  the  graduate 
faculty  in  Economics.  A  thesis  is  presented  orally 
and  in  writing  to  the  Economics  Department.  Oral 
examination  and  grade  assigned  by  the  depart- 
mental honors  committee.  Required  for  gradua- 
tion "with  honors  in  Economics."  A  student  who 
completes  this  course  with  a  grade  of  B  and  who 
graduates  with  a  GPA  of  3.5  in  Economics 
courses  will  graduate  with  honors  in  economics; 
with  a  grade  of  A  and  a  GPA  of  3.7  in  economics 
courses  a  student  will  graduate  "with  highest 
honors  in  Economics."  Prerequisites:  GPA  of  at 
least  3.5  overall  and  3.5  in  Economics  courses. 
Approval  of  proposed  research  topic  and  methods 
by  departmental  honors  committee  and  assign- 
ment of  research  thesis  advisor  during  the 
semester  prior  to  enrollment  in  this  course.  Open 
only  to  majors  in  Economics  during  their  final 
undergraduate  semester. 

4550.  Public  Finance  and  Taxation/(3).F. 

Economic  analysis  of  government  revenues  and 
expenditures,  impact  of  the  government  budget, 
shifting  and  incidence  of  taxation,  public  debt, 
fiscal  policies.  Prerequisites:  ECO  2030,  2040. 

4610:  Economics  of  Health  Care/(3).S. 

Economic  Theory  is  applied  to  the  health  care  in- 
dustry. Included  is  an  overall  perspective  of  the 
health  care  industry,  identification  of  the  factors 
influencing  the  demand  for  and  the  supply  of 
health  care;  identification  of  some  costs  and 
benefits  of  health  programs,  hospital  organization 
and  efficiency,  and  a  consideration  of  alternative 
methods  of  financing  health  care.  Prerequisites: 
ECO  2030,  2040,  and  2100. 

4620.  Commercial  Bank  Management  and 
Operations/ (3).  F. 

A  seminar  in  applied  banking.  The  student  is  guid- 
ed by  bankers  through  an  analysis  of  the  major 
functions  of  a  commercial  bank,  including  opera- 
tions, loans,  asset  management,  and  trusts.  Stu- 


dent research  project  involves  interviews  with 
bankers.  Prerequisites:  ECO  2030,  2040,  also 
ECO  3070  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

4630.  History  of  Economic  Thought/ (3). S. 

Origin,  development,  and  analysis  of  the  major 
trends,  contributions,  and  conflicts  in  the  develop- 
ment of  modern  economic  philosophy,  analysis, 
and  theory.  Prerequisites:  ECO  2030,  2040. 

4710:  Managerial  Economics/(3).S. 

Use  of  statistical  and  mathematical  concepts  and 
techniques  in  solving  problems  in  economics. 
Microeconomic  theory  is  reviewed  and  optimizing 
techniques  are  used  in  decision  making.  Prere- 
quisites: ECO  2030,  2040,  and  2100  or 
equivalent. 

4720:  Labor  Economics/(3).S. 

An  analysis  of  the  labor  market  including  the  de- 
mand and  supply  of  labor  under  various  market 
structures.  In  addition,  labor  unions  and  other 
market  constraints  are  analyzed  and  the  aggregate 
level  of  employment  is  considered.  Prerequisites: 
ECO  2030,  2040. 

4740.  Applications  for  Forecasting  Techni- 
ques/^).F. 

The  study  of  the  behavior  of  time  series  (data  col- 
lected over  a  period  of  time)  in  order  to  explain 
past  and  forecast  future  events  and  conditions  in 
business  and  economics.  Major  emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  understanding  and  application 
rather  than  the  theoretical  and  computational 
aspects  of  the  statistical  techniques.  This  will  be 
accomplished  through  heavy  usage  of  canned 
computer  programs.  Prerequisite:  ECO  3100,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

4750:  Econometrics/(3).S. 

Identification,  measurement,  and  interpretation  of 
demand,  production,  cost  and  consumption  rela- 
tionships, including  simple  and  multiple  regression 
analysis  of  time  series  and  cross  sectional  data. 
Prerequisites:  ECO  2030,  2040,  and  3100  or 
equivalent. 

4800:  Urban  and  Regional  Economics/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  the  institutional  background 
necessary  for  urban  and  regional  growth.  An  in- 
troduction to  theoretical  models  of  growth.  Prere- 
quisites: ECO  2030,  2040. 

4810.  Seminar  in  Economics/(3).On  Demand. 

Analysis  of  selected  economic  issues  and  pro- 
blems. Courses  subject  to  be  offered  at  various 
times  include:  economics  of  state  and  local 
government,  comparative  economic  systems,  cur- 


Finance,  Insurance  and  Real  Estate 


178 


rent  economic  issues,  American  or  European 
economic  history,  and  others.  Prerequisites: 
Senior  standing,  ECO  2030,  2040,  and  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor. 

Graduate  Courses 

5160:  Economic  Analysis/(3).F;SS. 

An  accelerated  survey  of  macro-  and  micro- 
economic  theory.  Topics  include  models  of  na- 
tional output  determination,  banking,  and  price 
and  production  decisions  under  different  condi- 
tions of  competition.  (This  course  is  not  available 
for  credit  to  economics  majors.)  Prerequisites: 
ECO  2030,  2040,  and  graduate  standing. 

5180.  Advanced  Macro-Theory/(3).S. 

A  review  of  the  literature  in  aggregate  economic 
theory  with  special  reference  to  the  prediction  of 
economic  activity  and  policy  formulation. 
Monetary  and  fiscal  policy  will  receive  special  at- 
tention. Prerequisites:  ECO  3020  (or  ECO  5160), 
graduate  standing,  and  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 

5200.  Advanced  Micro-Theory/(3).F;S. 

A  rigorous  treatment  of  the  theory  of  the  firm 
under  alternative  competitive  conditions.  Prere- 
quisites: ECO  3010  (or  ECO  5160),  a  first  course 
in  calculus,  and  graduate  standing. 

5250.  Statistical  Methods  for  Business  and 
Economics/(3).F;S. 

Provides  an  understanding  of  research 
methodology  and  the  available  statistical  tools. 
Specific  areas  include  descriptive  statistics,  pro- 


bability, sampling  techniques  and  distributions, 
estimation,  hypothesis  testing  (including  analysis 
of  variance) ,  non-parametric  statistics,  simple  and 
multiple  regression.  (Same  as  Management/ 
Marketing  5250.)  Prerequisite:  ECO  2100  and 
graduate  standing. 

5260.  Quantitative  Methods  for  Business  and 
Economics/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  application  of  optimization  techni- 
ques to  decision  making.  Available  computer  pro- 
grams will  be  used  for  problem-solving  and  short 
project  papers,  the  course  emphasizes  problem 
analysis  and  solution.  The  topics  covered  include 
linear  programming  (and  the  assignment  and 
transportation  problems),  network  models, 
calculus  opitimization,  and  dynamic  programm- 
ing. (Same  as  Management  5260.)  Prerequisite: 
ECO  5250  and  graduate  standing. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

An  analysis  of  selected  economic  problems. 
Courses  may  include  topics  such  as:  American 
Economic  History;  Advanced  Monetary  Theory; 
Analysis  of  Various  Current  Economic  Issues;  and 
advanced  courses  in  any  of  the  major  subject 
areas  in  Economics.  Prerequisite:  graduate  stan- 
ding. 

5999.  Master's  Thesis/(6).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


Department  of  Finance, 
Insurance  and  Real  Estate  (FIR) 

Harry  Davis,  Chairperson 

The  objective  of  the  Department  of  Finance,  Insurance  and  Real  Estate  is  to  develop 
responsibile  and  successful  business  leaders  by  providing  undergraduate  and  graduate 
education  in  the  fields  of  finance,  insurance,  and  real  estate. 

A  Master  of  Business  Administration  (MBA)  consists  of  a  minimum  of  36  semester 
hours.  For  more  information,  see  the  section  on  graduate  programs. 

The  Department  of  Finance,  Insurance  and  Real  Estate  houses  the  North  Carolina 
Savings  Institution  Chair,  the  Risk  and  Insurance  Center  and  the  Real  Estate  Research 
Center. 


Finance,  Insurance  and  Real  Estate 


179 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 

(with  a  major  in  Finance) 

A  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration  degree  (BSBA)  with  a  major  in 
Finance  consists  of  18  hours  in  addition  to  the  College  of  Business  core  courses  re- 
quired for  the  BSBA  degree.  Twelve  hours  come  from  the  structured  finance  core  and 
six  hours  from  the  sub-area. 

Finance  Core 

FIR  3690  Financial  Management  3s.h. 

FIR  3790  Financial  Markets  and  Intermediaries  3s.h. 

FIR  3890  Survey  of  Investments  3  s .  h . 

FIR  4660  Financial  Decision  Making  3s.h. 

Sub-Area  (Take  two  of  the  following  courses) : 

FIR  4610  Management  of  Financial  Intermediaries  3  s.h. 

FIR  4400  Savings  and  Loan  Management  3  s.h. 

FIR  4620  Investment  Management  3  s.h. 

FIR  4630  Working  Capital  Management  3  s.h. 

FIR  4750  International  Business  Finance  3  s.h. 

Finance  majors  are  advised  to  use  their  elective  hours  in  areas  such  as  accounting, 
data  processing,  insurance,  and  real  estate  and  additional  finance  courses.  An  intern- 
ship may  be  elected  to  provide  practical  experience,  with  academic  credit,  in  the  field 
of  specialization. 

A  minor  in  finance  may  be  obtained  by  completion  of  12  semester  hours,  consisting  of 
FIR  3680,  FIR  3690  and  six  additional  semester  hours  of  electives  in  finance. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 

(with  a  major  in  Risk  and  Insurance) 

A  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration  (BSBA)  with  a  major  in  Risk  and  In- 
surance consists  of  18  hours  in  addition  to  the  College  of  Business  core  courses  re- 
quired for  the  BSBA  degree.  The  course  requirements  for  the  Risk  and  Insurance  ma- 
jor are:  Nine  hours  from  the  structured  risk  and  insurance  core  and  six  hours  from  the 
sub-area. 
Risk  and  Insurance  Core 

FIR  3071  Principles  of  Risk  Management  and  Insurance  3  s.h. 

FIR  3690  Financial  Management  3  s.h. 

FIR  3790  Financial  Markets  and  Intermediaries  3  s.h. 

FIR  3890  Survey  of  Investments  3  s.h. 

Sub-Area  (Take  two  of  the  following  courses) : 

FIR  3072  Life  and  Health  Insurance  3  s .  h . 

FIR  3073  Property  and  Liability  Insurance  3  s.h. 

FIR  4576  Insurance  in  Business  and  Estate  Planning  3  s.h. 


Finance,  Insurance  and  Real  Estate 


180 


Risk  and  Insurance  majors  are  advised  to  use  their  elective  hours  in  areas  such  as  ac- 
counting, economics,  finance,  management,  mathematical  sciences,  law,  real  estate, 
and  additional  risk  and  insurance  courses.  An  internship  may  be  elected  to  provide 
practical  experience,  with  academic  credit,  in  the  field  of  specialization. 

A  minor  in  Risk  and  Insurance  may  be  obtained  by  completion  of  nine  semester  hours, 
consisting  of  FIR  3071,  FIR  3072,  and  FIR  3073. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 

(with  a  major  in  Real  Estate  and  Urban  Analysis) 

A  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration  (BSBA)  with  a  major  in  Real  Estate 
and  Urban  Analysis  consists  of  18  hours  in  addition  to  the  College  of  Business  core 
courses  required  for  the  BSBA  degree.  The  course  requirements  for  the  Real  Estate 
and  Urban  Analysis  major  are  12  hours  from  the  structured  Real  Estate  and  Urban 
Analysis  core  and  six  hours  from  the  sub  area. 

Real  Estate  and  Urban  Analysis  Core 

FIR  3790  Financial  Markets  and  Intermediaries  3s.h. 

FIR  2850  Real  Estate  Principles  and  Practices  3  s.h. 

FIR  3890  Survey  of  Investments  3  s.h. 

FIR  3940  Real  Estate  Financial  Analysis  3  s.h. 

Sub-Area  (Take  two  of  the  following  courses) : 

FIR  3860  Real  Estate  Appraisal  3  s .  h . 

FIR  3950  Real  Estate  Law  3  s . h . 

FIR  4560  Real  Estate  Investments  3  s.h. 

FIR  4704  Property  Development  Planning  3  s.h. 

Real  Estate  and  Urban  Analysis  majors  are  advised  to  use  their  elective  hours  in  areas 
such  as  data  processing,  statistics,  geography,  finance,  insurance,  management,  law 
and  economics.  An  internship  may  be  elected  to  provide  practical  experience,  with 
academic  credit,  in  the  field  of  specialization. 

The  course  FIR  2850  is  required  for  a  North  Carolina  Real  Estate  Salesperson  license. 
Also,  students  must  take  FIR  2850,  3940  and  3950  to  obtain  a  North  Carolina  Real 
Estate  Brokers  licences. 

A  minor  in  Real  Estate  and  Urban  Analysis  may  be  obtained  by  completion  of  nine 
semester  hours,  consisting  of  FIR  2850,  and  six  additional  semester  hours  of  electives  in 
Real  Estate  and  Urban  Analysis. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Finance,  Insurance  and 
Real  Estate 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 


Finance,  Insurance  and  Real  Estate 


181 


(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

2850.  Real  Estate  Principles  and  Practices/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

The  economics  of  real  estate,  legal  instruments, 
marketing,  and  management  are  the  subjects 
covered.  Includes  valuation,  appraisal  and  en- 
trepreneurship. 

2860.  Personal  Finance/ (3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  key  concepts,  tools,  and  techniques 
of  personal  financial  management.  Focus  is  plac- 
ed on  the  financial  statements  of  the  individual. 
The  balanch  sheet  model  includes  a  discussion  of 
personal  assets  -  both  financial  and  non -financial, 
personal  liabilities  including  all  types  of  loans,  and 
personal  net  worth.  The  implications  of  the  cur- 
rent financial  environment  (i.e.,  changing  tax 
laws,  savings  instruments,  interest  rates,  etc.)  is 
also  considered  from  the  standpoint  of  the  in- 
dividual. 

3010.  Survey  of  Finance/(3).F;S. 
May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  elective  re- 
quirements within  the  College  of  Business  for 
the  BSBA  degree.  An  introduction  to  the  field  of 
finance  in  the  private  sector.  The  student  is  in- 
troduced to  financial  management  in  the  business 
firm  to  the  principles  of  investment  and  valuation, 
and  to  financial  markets  and  prices.  Prerequisites: 
ECO  2030,  ACC  2100. 

3071.  Principles  of  Risk  Management  and  In- 
surance/^).F;S;SS. 

Covers  risk  management,  general  principles  of  in- 
surance, economic  security,  individual  life  in- 
surance, health  insurance,  social  insurance,  pro- 
perty insurance  and  liability  insurance.  Prere- 
quisite: Admission  to  the  College  of  Business. 

3072.  Life  and  Health  Insurance/(3).F;S;SS. 

Provides  a  comprehensive  examination  of  life  and 
health  insurance  including  economic  security, 
group  and  individual  coverages,  life  insurance 
law,  mathematics  of  life  insurance,  social  in- 
surance, pension  planning,  business  insurance 
and  estate  planning.  Prerequisite:  FIR  3071. 

3073.  Property  and  Liability  Insurance/(3). 
F;S. 

Provides  a  comprehensive  examination  of  proper- 
ty and  liability  insurance  including  personal  and 
commercial  property  and  commercial  liability  risk 
management  and  insurance;  the  legal  environ- 


ment of  property  and  liability  insurance;  and  pro- 
perty and  liability  insurance  function,  practices 
and  issues.  Prerequisite:  FIR  3071. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  the  classroom  situation.  Grading  will 
be  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only. 
Prerequisite:  Junior  or  Senior  standing.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


3680.  Introduction  to  Finance/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  the  field  of  finance  in  the 
private  sector.  The  student  is  introduced  to  finan- 
cial management  in  the  business  firm  to  the  prin- 
ciples of  investment  and  valuation,  and  to  finan- 
cial markets  and  prices.  Prerequisite:  Admission 
to  the  College  of  Business. 

3690.  Financial  Management/(3).F;S;SS. 

Study  of  financial  functions  of  a  business  enter- 
prise conducted  from  the  standpoint  of  the  finan- 
cial manager.  Emphasis  on  analysis,  planning, 
and  control;  working  capital  management;  capital 
budgeting;  long-term  financing;  financial  structure 
and  valuation;  and  required  return.  Prerequisite: 
FIR  3680. 

3790.  Financial  Markets  and  Intermediaries/ 
(3).F;S. 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  markets  in  which  savers 
and  borrowers  of  short  and  long-term  funds  come 
together.  Focus  is  on  the  supply  and  demand  for 
funds,  the  resulting  yields  and  effects  on  capital 
formation,  and  evaluation  of  market  perfor- 
mance. Course  coverage  will  also  include  an  ex- 
amination of  the  various  intermediaries  that 
operate  within  financial  markets.  Prerequisite:  FIR 
3680. 

3860.  Real  Estate  Appraisal/(3).F;S. 

Approaches  and  methods  of  property  valuation. 
Comparable  sales  analysis,  cost-depreciation 
analysis,  and  income  capitalization  techniques  are 
emphasized.  Prerequisite:  FIR  2850. 

3890.  Survey  of  Investments/(3).F;S. 

A  survey  of  investment  media  and  investment 


Finance,  Insurance  and  Real  Estate 


182 


goals,  with  emphasis  upon  their  economic  effects 
and  relationships  to  the  private  investor.  In- 
vestments media  covered  include  money-market 
instruments;  government  issues,  corporate  debts 
issues,  preferred  and  common  stock,  convertible 
securities,  securities  options,  real  estate,  mor- 
tages,  commodities,  gold,  silver,  gems,  art,  anti- 
ques, coins,  stamps,  business  ventures,  invest- 
ment companies,  other  financial  institutions,  and 
foreign  investment.  Prerequisite:  FIR  3680. 

3900.  Internship/(6  or  9).F;S;SS. 

A  full-time  work  experience  in  business.  Nine 
semester  hours  of  credit  are  granted  for  a  normal 
15-week  internship.  Six  semester  hours  are 
granted  for  a  10-week  internship  which  is  general- 
ly during  the  summer  only.  Prerequisite:  Admis- 
sion to  the  College  of  Business  and  permission  of 
the  department  chairperson.  Graded  on  an  S/U 
basis. 

3940.  Real  Estate  Financial  Analysis/(3).F;S. 

Real  Estate  Financial  Analysis  as  applied  to 
various  types  of  property.  Includes  the  under- 
writing process,  sources  of  funds,  portfolio  pro- 
blems, and  governmental  programs.  Money  and 
mortgage  market  analysis  and  the  use  of  modern 
creative  finance  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  FIR 
2850. 

3950.  Real  Estate  Law/(3).F;S.  (Same  as  BE 
3950) 

Legal  aspects  of  real  property  ownership, 
development,  transfer,  and  brokerage.  Prere- 
quisite: FIR  2850. 

4400.  Savings  and  Loan  Management/(3).SS. 

Views  the  management  of  the  savings  and  loan 
association  from  the  perspective  of  its  competitive 
position  with  other  financial  intermediaries,  and 
from  the  prospective  of  internal  management  of 
savings  and  loan  associations  Prerequisite:  FIR 
3680. 

Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4560.  Real  Estate  Investment/(3).F. 

Analysis  of  real  estate  investments,  using  modern 
tools  such  as  the  computer.  Current  issues  as  well 
as  analytical  methods  are  presented.  Includes 
financing  and  income  tax  considerations.  An  in- 
vestment analysis  will  be  required.  Prerequisite: 
FIR  2850. 

4576.  Insurance  in  Business  and  Estate  Plann- 
ing/(3).S. 

Covers  the  orderly  and  efficient  disposition  of  per- 
sonal and  commercial  interests  in  property,  in- 
cluding business  insurance  and  the  taxation  of 
estates,  gifts  and  trusts.  Prerequisite:  FIR  3072. 


4610.  Management  of  Financial  In- 
termediaries/(3).  F. 

A  study  of  the  intermediaries  who  function  in  the 
money  and  capital  markets  bringing  together 
savers  and  borrowers.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
competitive  structure  of  the  industry  and 
managerial  problems  of  the  several  institutions. 
Prerequisite:  FIR  3680. 

4620.  Investment  Management/(3);F;S;SS. 

A  survey  of  investment  media  and  investment 
goals,  with  emphasis  upon  their  economic  effects 
and  relationships  to  the  private  investor.  Tradi- 
tional (fundamental  and  technical)  and  modern 
(randomized  selection  and  efficient  diversification) 
approaches  are  used  for  investment  decision  mak- 
ing Prerequisite:  FIR  3680. 

4630.  Working  Capital  Management/(3).F. 

Considers  the  day-to-day  decisions  of  the  financial 
manager  with  regards  to  the  firm's  working  capital 
position.  Topics  examined  in  detail  include  cash 
and  marketable  securities  management,  accounts 
receivable  management  and  inventory  manage- 
ment. Practical  problems  and  decisions  are 
simulated  through  use  of  the  case  method.  Prere- 
quisite: FIR  3680. 

4660.  Financial  Decision  Making/(3).F;S. 

The  capstone  study  of  the  application  of  financial 
policy.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  problem  solving 
through  the  use  of  cases.  This  course  integrates  all 
financial  areas.  Prerequisite:  FIR  3690. 

4704.  Property  Development  Planning/(3).S. 

An  analysis  of  the  major  elements  of  community 
growth  and  their  relation  to  a  proposed  real  estate 
development.  Included  is  an  examination  of  local, 
state,  and  federal  development  regulations  as  well 
as  the  relationship  of  the  proposed  development 
with  several  contemporary  intraurban  problems 
such  as:  Pollution,  transportation,  public  utilities, 
and  the  local  political  environment.  Prerequisite: 
FIR  2850. 

4750.  International  Business  Finance/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  financial  decision-making  process 
of  a  multinational  enterprise  when  funds  are 
transferred  over  national  borders  and  from  one 
economy  and  currency  system  to  another.  Prere- 
quisite: FIR  3680. 

4810.  Seminar/(l-3).On  Demand. 

Graduate  Courses 

5010.  Managerial  Finance/(3).S;SS. 

An  intensive  study  of  the  instruments  and  pro- 
cedures of  managerial  finance.  Financial  theory 


Management 


183 


and     techniques     for     financial     decisions     are  are   accomplished    using   the   computer.    Prere- 
presented.  Students  are  expected  to  use  financial  quisite:  FIR  3680. 
models  and/or  methods  in  solving  financial  pro- 
blems. Integration  of  desciplines  is  encouraged.  5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5100.  Portfolio  Management/(3).S.  5530-5549.     Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 

A  study  of  portfolio  management  with  heavy  em-  mand. 

phasis  on  the  composition  of  portfolios  of  private 

and  public  institutions.  Current  theory  is  reviewed  5999.  Master's  Thesis/(6).F;S;SS. 

with   its   implication   for   portfolio   management.  Graded  on  S/U  basis. 

Analysis  and  evaluations  of  investment  securities 


Department  of  Management 
(MGT) 

James  Overstreet,  Chairperson 

The  objective  of  the  Department  of  Management  is  to  develop  responsible  and  suc- 
cessful business  leaders  by  providing  undergraduate  and  graduate  education  in  the 
fields  of  management  and  health  care  management  (undergraduate  only). 

A  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration  degree  with  a  major  in  management 
or  health  care  management  may  be  obtained  by  completion  of  the  following  courses,  in 
addition  to  the  College  of  Business  core  courses  required  for  the  BSBA  degree. 

Major  in  Management 

MGT  3620  Personnel  Administration  3s.h. 

MGT  3630  Introduction  to  Organizational  Behavior  3s.h. 

MGT  4651  Production  and  Operations  Management  3s.h. 

MGT  4700  Organization  Theory  3  s .  h . 

and  one  of  the  following  courses: 
MGT  4570  Compensation  Administration  3s.h. 

MGT  4630  Labor  Relations 3  s.h. 

MGT  4770  Social  Responsibilities  of  Management 3  s.h. 

Major  in  Health  Care  Management 

MGT  3110               Health  Care  Organizations  and  Administration  3  s.h. 

MGT  3130               U.S.  Health  Care  System  Resources  3  s.h. 

MGT  3920              Health  Care  Policy  3  s . h . 

MGT  4430               Planning  and  Marketing  of  Health  Care  Services  3  s.h. 

MGT  4440  Health  Care  Financing 3  s.h. 

In  addition  to  the  above  requirements,  each  management  or  health  care  managment 
major  must  complete  a  minimum  of  9  semester  hours  respectively  in  College  of 
Business  courses  numbered  3000  or  above.  Majors  in  these  areas  are  advised  to  use 
their  elective  hours  in  mathematics,  statistics,  finance,  economic  theory,  additional 


Management 


184 


marketing  and  accounting;  and  in  the  case  of  health  care  management  majors,  the 
social  sciences.  An  internship  may  be  elected  to  provide  practical  experience,  with 
academic  credit  in  the  field  of  specialization. 

A  Master  of  Business  Administration  (MBA)  degree  consisting  of  36  semester  hours  is 
available.  For  more  information,  refer  to  either  the  Graduate  Degrees  described  earlier 
under  College  of  Business  programs,  or  the  Graduate  Catalog. 

Minor  in  Management 

Students  not  majoring  in  the  College  of  Business  may  earn  a  minor  in  Management 
completing  18  hours  in  the  following  areas: 

a.  Required  Courses 

ECO  2030  Principles  of  Economics  -  Micro  3s.h. 

ACC  2100  Principles  of  Accounting  I  3s.h. 

MGT  3010  Survey  of  Management  3s.h. 

MGT  3020  Introduction  to  Personnel  Administration  3s.h. 

MGT  3030  Introduction  to  Small  Business  Management  3s.h. 

b.  and  one  course  from  the  following:  3  s.h. 
ACC  2110               Principles  of  Accounting  II 

ECO  2040  Principles  of  Economics  -  Macro 

ECO  2100  Business  and  Economic  Statistics 

BE    2150  Law  and  Society 

BE    2660  Introduction  to  Business  Data  Processing 

MKT  3010  Survey  of  Marketing 


18  s.h. 

Office  of  Health  Care  Management 

As  a  major  component  of  the  Department  of  Management,  the  Office  of  Health  Care 
Management  assists  in  planning  and  coordinating  major  programs  of  study  in  the 
management  of  health  care  delivery  systems.  In  consultation  with  an  adviser,  students 
may  elect  a  major  in  health  care  management  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Business  Administration  degree.  Programs  may  be  planned  leading  to  careers  in  a 
variety  of  inpatient,  ambulatory  and  other  health  care  settings,  to  include  general  and 
mental  hospitals,  primary  care  facilities,  group  practices,  long  term  care  facilities,  public 
health  organizations,  health  insurance  companies,  federal,  state  and  local  agencies  and 
other  health-related  organizations  and  services. 

The  health  care  management  programs  are  strongly  interdisciplinary,  reflecting  the 
broad  economic  and  social  base  of  the  profession.  Courses  in  health  care  management 
are  available  in  each  department  within  the  College  of  Business  and  include: 

ACC  3550,  Accounting  for  Non-Profit  Organizations 

BE  4910,  Seminar  in  Hospital  and  Health  Law 

ECO  4610,  Economics  of  Health  Care 

MGT  3110,  Health  Care  Organization  and  Administration 

MGT  3130,  U.S.  Health  Care  System  Resources 


Management 

185 


MGT  3920,  Health  Care  Policy 

MGT  4150,  Ambulatory  Health  Care  Systems 

MGT  4430,  Planning  and  Marketing  of  Health  Care  Service 

MGT  4440,  Health  Care  Financing 

MGT  4560,  Issues  in  Health  Care  Administration 

In  addition,  many  academic  departments  outside  the  College  of  Busines  offer  courses 
which  closely  complement  the  health  care  management  major.  These  are  found 
especially  in  the  departments  of  sociology,  psychology,  political  science,  and  health 
education. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Management 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


1050.  Elements  of  American  Business/(2). 
F;S. 

The  relationship  and  responsibility  of  business  to 
its  economics,  social  and  political  environment. 
Available  to  freshmen  only. 


2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3010.  Survey  of  Management/(3).F;S. 
May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  elective  re- 
quirements within  the  College  of  Business  for 
the  BSBA  degree.  An  introduction  to  traditional 
and  contemporary  functions  and  concerns  of 
management,  including  the  history  of  manage- 
ment; planning,  organizing,  and  controlling; 
decision-making  fundamentals;  information 
systems;  motivation,  communications,  and 
leadership;  international  management;  and  social 
responsibilities  of  management. 

3020.  Introduction  to  Personnel  Administra- 
tion/^).F;S. 

May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  elective  re- 
quirements within  the  College  of  Business  for 
the  BSBA  degree.  A  study  of  basic  personnel 
policies,  practices,  objectives,  functions  and  the 
organization  of  personnel  programs.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  recruiting,  selection,  placement,  train- 
ing and  development,  employee  evaluation,  com- 
pensation, accident  prevention,  and  union 
management  relations  in  modern  business  cor- 
porations. 


3030.     Introduction     to     Small     Business 

Management /(3).S. 

May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  elective  re- 
quirements within  the  College  of  Business  for 
the  BSBA  degree.  A  study  of  the  unique  pro- 
blems involved  in  managing  a  small  business  in  a 
modern  complex  economy.  The  course  in- 
vestigates the  role  of  the  small  firm  in  a  changing 
environment,  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of 
small  business,  and  the  procedures  for  starting  a 
new  business.  Specific  attention  is  given  to  the 
uniqueness  of  the  small  business  in  areas  such  as 
financing,  risk  and  insurance,  personnel, 
marketing,  and  government  regulation. 

3070.  Small  Business  Management/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  unique  problems  involved  in 
managing  a  small  business  in  a  modern  complex 
economy.  The  course  investigates  the  role  of  the 
small  firm  in  a  changing  environment,  the 
strengths  and  weaknesses  of  small  business,  and 
the  procedures  for  starting  a  new  business. 
Specific  attention  is  given  to  the  uniqueness  of  the 
small  business  in  areas  such  as  financing,  risk  and. 
insurance,  personnel,  marketing,  and  govern- 
ment regulation.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the 
College  of  Business. 

3110.  Health  Care  Organization  &  Administra- 

tion/(3).F;S. 

This  course  shall  focus  on  the  organization  and 
administration  of  health  care  services  in  the  U.S. 
with  occasional  reference  to  foreign  service 
systems.  The  course  will  examine  health  system 


Management 

186 


structure  and  administration  at  the  Federal,  state 
and  local  level  and  will  also  differentiate  between 
public  and  private  sector  health  care  efforts.  The 
course,  in  addition,  is  designed  to  provide  an 
elementary  understanding  of  the  various  forces 
which  shape  the  health  care  system  and  those 
issues  of  relevance  to  the  future  of  health  care. 

3130.  U.S.  Health  Care  System 
Resources/(3).S. 

This  course  shall  focus  on  the  service  and  person- 
nel resources  which  make  up  the  U.S.  health  care 
system.  Considerable  attention  shall  be  devoted  to 
the  nature  of  the  various  U.S.  health  care  service 
settings  to  include  detailed  presentations  on  all 
forms  of  inpatient,  ambulatory,  home  and  com- 
munity based  care.  In  addition  the  course  will  pro- 
vide an  introduction  to  the  various  types  of  health 
care  personnel  and  their  service  system  functions. 
Finally  the  course  shall  identify  new/emerging 
health  care  settings  and  health  care  personnel. 

3151.  Introduction  to  Management/(3). 
F.S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  traditional  and  contemporary 
functions  and  concerns  of  management,  including 
the  history  of  management;  planning,  organizing, 
and  controlling;  decision-making  fundamentals; 
information  systems  motivation,  communications, 
and  leadership;  international  management;  and 
social  responsibilities  of  management.  Prere- 
quisite: Admission  to  the  College  of  Business. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/ (1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  the  classroom  situation.  Grading  will 
be  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only. 
Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  demand. 

3620.  Personnel  Administration/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  basic  personnel  policies,  practices,  ob- 
jectives, functions  and  the  organization  of  person- 
nel programs.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  recruiting, 
selection,  placement,  training  and  development, 
employee  evaluation,  compensation,  accident 
prevention,  and  union  management  relations  in  a 
modern  business  corporation.  Prerequisite:  MGT 
3151. 

3630.  Introduction  to  Organizational 
Behavior/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  individual  and  small  group  behavior  in 


a  work  setting  with  focus  on  how  this  knowledge  is 
reflected  in  current  management  theories.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  understanding  why  employees 
behave  the  way  they  do,  and  how  to  use  this 
understanding  to  either  maintain  or  change  this 
behavior.  Prerequisite:  MM  3151.  Management 
majors  are  encouraged  to  take  this  course  before 
or  concurrently  with  MM  3620. 

3650.  Production  and  Operations 
Management/(3).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  functions  and  con- 
cepts involved  in  managing  the  production  and 
operations  function  of  an  organization.  Topics  in 
operations  system  design,  and  analysis  at  the  in- 
troductory level  are  included.  Prerequisite:  MAT 
1030  and  ECO  2100. 

3900.  Internship/(6-9).F;S;SS. 

A  full-time  work  experience  in  business  and  health 
care,  usually  limited  to  College  of  Business  ma- 
jors. Nine  semester  hours  of  credit  are  granted  for 
a  normal  15- week  intership.  Six  semester  hours 
are  granted  for  a  10-week  internship  which  is 
usually  in  the  summer  only.  Prerequisites:  Admis- 
sion to  the  College  of  Business,  and  permission  of 
Department  Chairperson  and  Internship  Coor- 
dinator. Graded  on  an  S/U  basis. 

3920.  Health  Care  Policy/(3).S. 

Health  Care  in  the  U.S.  is  embodied  within  loose- 
ly configured  systems  which  operate  on  different 
levels  within  both  the  public  and  private  sector. 
Within  these  multilevel  systems  various  political 
decision-making  bodies  promulgate  policy  which 
greatly  affects  the  operation  and  growth.  This 
course  will  examine  the  political  decision-making 
machinery  in  the  U.S.  and  the  process  by  which 
health  care  policy  is  formulated  and  implemented. 
Specific  examples  of  major  health  policy  issues 
will  be  drawn  from  Federal  and  state  sector  and 
will  focus  on  personnel,  financing  and  health  care 
program  development.  Prerequisites:  MGT  3110 
and  MGT  3130. 

4150.  Ambulatory  Health  Care  Systems/(3).S. 

Description  and  organization  of  those  emerging 
health  care  delivery  systems  which  provide  alter- 
natives to  traditional  health  delivery.  Among 
those  considered  will  be  health  maintenance 
organizations,  outpatient  clinics,  and  medical 
group  practice  settings.  Both  cost  control  and 
quality  assurance  will  be  emphasized.  Prere- 
quisite: MGT  3110  or  permission  of  instructor. 

4430.  Planning  and  Marketing  of  Health  Care 
Services/(3).F. 

This  course  shall  initially  focus  on  the  various 


Management 

187 


methods  used  in  planning  for  health  care  services 
and  will  then  review  the  Federal  comprehensive 
health  planning  program  in  the  1960s  and  the 
Health  System  Agency  approach  in  the  1970s. 
Concepts  of  marketing  and  their  application  to  the 
health  care  industry  shall  be  examined.  The 
course  shall  require  the  student  to  participate  in  a 
marketing  exercise  involving  an  emerging  health 
care  setting  such  as  a  hospice,  health  maintenance 
organization,  home  health  care  agency,  etc. 
Prerequisites:  MGT  3110  and  MGT  3130. 

4440.  Health  Care  Financing/(3).S. 

This  course  focuses  on  the  variety  of  public  and 
private  third  party  mechanisms  for  financing  of  the 
treatment  of  physical  and  mental  illness.  A  review 
shall  be  made  of  the  various  trends  and  constraints 
associated  with  each  mechanism.  Particular  atten- 
tion shall  be  paid  to  the  developing  role  of  private 
health  insurance  and  the  potentialities  of  national 
health  insurance.  Prerequisites:  MGT  3110  and 
MGT  3130. 

Senior  /Graduate  Courses 
4560.  Issues  in  Health  Care 
Administration/(2).F. 

An  examination  of  topical  environmental  and 
managerial  issues  having  current  impact  on  the 
health  care  industry,  with  particular  emphasis 
upon  administrative  implications. 

4570.  Compensation  Administration/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  economic,  legal,  psychological  and 
social  aspects  of  employee  compensation  with 
consideration  given  to  Federal  and  N.C.  laws; 
techniques  for  analyzing,  evaluating  and  pricing 
jobs.  Planning  for  and  administering  a  total  com- 
pensation program  including  incentives  and  fringe 
benefits.  Prerequisite:  MGT  3620  or  MGT  3020. 
(This  course  may  not  be  taken  on  an  individual 
study  basis.) 

4630.  Labor  Relations/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  labor-management  relations  with  em- 
phasis on  management's  relations  with  organized 
labor.  Lecture,  discussion  and  cases  are  used  to 
study  the  reasons  employees  join  unions,  the  laws 
that  apply,  and  the  process  of  working  out  a  labor 
contract  after  it  is  negotiated.  Prerequisite:  MGT 
3620,  MGT  3020  or  permission  of  instructor. 
(This  course  may  not  be  taken  on  an  individual 
study  basis.) 

4651.    Applied    Operations    Management/ 

(3).F;S. 

A  study  and  application  of  quantitative  tools  of 
analysis  used  in  production  and  operations 
management.    Specific   topics    include    decision 


theory  and  mathematical  modeling,  linear  pro- 
gramming, queuing  theory,  network  models,  in- 
ventory analysis,  and  operations  processes.  Cases 
and  projects  are  widely  used.  Prerequisites:  MGT 
3650,  and  ECO  3100. 

4700.  Organizational  Theory /(3).F;S. 

The  development  and  maintenance  of  organiza- 
tional effectiveness  are  studied  in  terms  of  en- 
vironmental effects,  systems  aspects,  communica- 
tions, structure,  and  the  dynamics  of  problem 
solving,  goal  setting,  politics,  conflict,  and  gover- 
nance. Organizations  are  treated  as  behavioral 
units  from  the  macro  perspectives  of  general 
managers  and  organization  planners.  Prere- 
quisite: MM  3151  or  MGT  3010. 

4750.  Business  Policy/(3).F;S;SS. 

Comprehensive  analysis  of  administrative  policy 
making  from  a  total  organization  point  of  view; 
use  of  case  analysis  and  simulation  to  develop  in- 
tegrative decision  skills.  Prerequisites:  All  College 
of  Business  core  courses.  (This  course  may  not  be 
taken  on  an  individual  study  basis.) 

4770.  Social  Responsibilities  of 
Management/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  economic,  legal,  political,  and 
social  environment  within  which  business  process 
takes  place;  how  such  environment  affects  the 
decisions  managers  must  make.  Prerequisite: 
MGT  3151  or  MGT  3010. 

4810.  Seminar/(l-3).  On  Demand. 

Graduate  Courses 

5150.  Behavioral  Application  in 

Business/(3).F;S. 

This  course  aims  to  give  the  student  practice  in  ap- 
plying concepts  and  techniques  useful  in  solving 
managerial,  organizational  and  human  behavior 
problems.  It  will  highlight  current  research  and 
theoretical  background  in  social  sciences  oriented 
to  the  solutions  of  business  problems.  Prere- 
quisite: Graduate  standing. 

5160.  Applied  Personnel 
Administration/(3).S. 

The  study  of  problems  in  a  field  of  personnel 
management  emphasizing  development  of  the 
ability  to  analyze  problems  and  to  apply  manag- 
ment  fundamentals  to  specific  behavior  problems. 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

5170.  Organization  Design  and  Development/ 

(3).F. 

A  study  of  traditional  and  contemporary  ap- 
proaches to  the  design  and  evolution  of  organiza- 


Marketing 

188 


tions.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  impact  of 
organizational  elements  on  overall  organizational 
behavior,  the  concepts  of  formal  and  informal 
organizations,  the  dynamics  of  change  in 
organizational  environments,  new  matrix  struc- 
ture, and  the  emerging  discipline  of  organization 
development.  Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

5180.  Systems  Management/(3).F. 

A  nonquantitative  introduction  to  General 
Systems  Theory  and  its  application  to  the  analysis, 
design,  and  operation  of  complex  socio- 
technological/organizational  systems.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  the  design  and  management  of 
information  technology,  cybernetics,  real-time 
systems,  models  and  simulations,  mechanistic 
control  systems,  and  man-machine  systems 
(Ergonomics),  and  ongoing  social  institutions 
(business,  government,  education,  and  service). 
Prerequisite:  Graduate  standing. 

5250.  Statistical  Methods  for  Business  and 
Economics/(3).F;S. 

This  course  gives  the  student  a  better  understan- 
ding of  research  methodology  and  the  quan- 
titative tools  available.  Specific  areas  include 
hypothesis-testing,  statistical  estimation,  sampling 
distributions,  regression  and  correlation  analysis, 
time  series  analysis  and  forecasting,  linear  pro- 
gramming, nonparametric  statistics,  and  selected 
topics.  Also,  this  course  will  use  a  number  of  in- 
teractive computer  programs  to  solve  business 
oriented  problems.  (Same  as  Economics  5250.) 
Prerequisite:  ECO  3100  and  Graduate  Standing. 


5260.  Quantitative  Methods  for  Business  and 
Economics/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  application  of  optimization  techni- 
ques to  decision-making.  Available  computer  pro- 
grams will  be  used  for  problem-solving  and  short 
project  papers.  The  course  emphasizes  problem 
analysis  and  solution.  The  topics  covered  include 
linear  programming  (and  the  assignment  and 
transportation  problems),  network  models, 
calculus  optimization,  and  mathematical  program- 
ming. (Same  as  Economics  5260).  Prerequisite: 
ECO  5250  and  Graduate  Standing. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

5750.  Business  Strategy  in  a  Dynamic  En- 
vironment/(3). S;SS. 

An  applied  problem  solving  approach  to  business 
strategy.  Seminars,  case  analysis,  business  games, 
field  studies,  or  other  methods  will  be  used.  The 
course  focuses  on  defining,  assessing  and  resolv- 
ing corporate-wide  problems  which  affect  a  firm's 
long-run  performance,  with  particular  emphasis 
on  the  impact  of  public  policy  and  enviromental 
factors.  Prerequisite:  Completion  of  twenty-one 
hours  of  graduate  course  work  in  the  College  of 
Business. 

5999.  Master's  Thesis/(6).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


Department  of  Marketing  (MKT) 

James  H.  Barnes,  Jr.,  Chairperson 

The  objective  of  the  Department  of  Marketing  is  to  develop  responsible  and  successful 
business  leaders  by  providing  undergraduate  and  graduate  education  in  the  field  of 
marketing. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration 

(with  a  major  in  Marketing) 

A  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Administration  (BSBA)  degree  with  a  major  in 
Marketing  consists  of  18  hours  in  addition  to  the  College  of  Business  core  courses  re- 
quired for  the  BSBA  degree.  Fifteen  hours  come  from  the  structured  Marketing  core 
and  three  hours  from  Marketing  elective  courses. 


Marketing 

189 


Marketing  Core 

MKT  3220  Sales  Management  3s.h. 

MKT  3240  Advertising  Management  3s.h. 

MKT  4230  Distribution  and  Transporation  Management  3s.h. 

MKT  4250  Marketing  Research  3s.h. 

MKT  4610  Consumer  Behavior  3s.h. 

One  elective  chosen  from  the  following: 

MKT  3210  Retail  Management  3s.h. 

MKT  3230  Industrial  Marketing  3s.h. 

MKT  4100  Marketing  Management  3s.h. 

MKT  4550  International  Marketing  3s.h. 

In  addition  to  the  above  requirements,  each  marketing  major  must  complete  a 
minimum  of  six  semester  hours  respectively  in  College  of  Business  courses  numbered 
3000  or  above.  These  elective  hours  may  be  in  additional  marketing  courses,  accoun- 
ting, business  communications,  data  processing,  management,  finance  or  economic 
theory.  An  internship  may  be  elected  to  provide  practical  experience,  with  academic 
credit,  in  the  marketing  field. 

Undergraduate  Minor  in  Marketing 

A  minor  in  Marketing  for  non-business  majors  may  be  obtained  by  completing  the 
following  18  hours  of  requirements: 

I.  Required  Courses: 

ECO  2030  Principles  of  Economics  -  Micro  3s.h. 

ACC  2100  Principles  of  Accounting  I  3s.h. 

MKT  3010  Survey  of  Marketing  3s.h. 

II .  One  course  from  the  following :  3  s .  h . 

ACC  2110  Principles  of  Accounting  II 

ECO  2100  Business  and  Economic  Statistics 

BE    2150  Law  and  Society 

BE    2660  Introduction  to  Business  Data  Processing 

III .  Two  courses  from  the  following :  6  s .  h . 

MKT  3052  Personal  Selling 

MKT  3239  Survey  of  Advertising 

MKT  4609  Survey  of  Consumer  Behavior 

MGT  3030  Introduction  to  Small  Business  Management 

Total  Hours  for  the  Minor  in  Marketing  18  s .  h . 

It  should  be  noted  that  ECO  2030,  Principles  of  Economics  -  Micro  can  also  count  for 
Social  Science  credit  in  general  education  requirements.  It  is  strongly  recommended 
that  the  2000  level  courses  be  completed  in  the  Sophomore  year.  The  courses  at  the 
3000  and  4000  level  should  be  taken  in  the  Junior  or  Senior  year  after  the  student  has 
been  admitted  to  one  of  the  degree-granting  colleges. 


Marketing 


190 


A  Master  of  Business  Administration  (MBA)  degree  consisting  of  36  semester  hours  is 
available.  For  more  information,  refer  to  either  the  Graduate  Degrees  described  earlier 
under  College  of  Business  programs,  or  the  Graduate  Catalog. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Marketing 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3010.  Survey  of  Marketing/(3).F;S. 
May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  elective  re- 
quirements within  the  College  of  Business  for 
the  BSBA  degree.  An  introductory  study  of  the 
marketing  process  in  advanced  market 
economies.  Consideration  of  psychological 
theories  and  determinants  of  buyer  behavior.  A 
background  in  the  elements  of  the  marketing  mix, 
the  product  distribution  structure,  the  price 
system,  and  promotional  activities.  Survey  of 
marketing  in  special  fields.  Planning  and 
evaluating  the  marketing  effort.  (Prerequisite: 
ECO  2030). 

3050.  Principles  of  Marketing/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  introductory  study  of  the  marketing  process  in 
advanced  market  economics.  Consideration  of 
psychologial  theories  and  determinants  of  buyer 
behavior.  A  background  in  the  elements  of  the 
marketing  mix;  the  product  distribution  structure, 
the  price  system,  and  promotional  activities. 
Survey  of  marketing  in  special  fields.  Planning 
and  evaluating  the  marketing  effort.  Prerequisite: 
Admission  to  the  College  of  Business. 

3052.  Personal  Selling/(3).F. 
May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  elective  re- 
quirements within  the  College  of  Business  for 
the  BSBA  degree.  The  principles  of  salesman- 
ship and  their  application  to  sales  situations,  the 
economic  and  psychological  motivations  underly- 
ing customer  purchases  and  product  performance 
as  they  affect  sales  of  industrial  and  consumer 
goods  and  services. 

3210.  Retail  Management/(3).F;S;SS. 

Focus  is  on  operational  problems,  retail  store 
organization,  location  analysis,  buying,  selling, 
sales  promotion,  service,  and  merchandise  handl- 
ing. Case  analysis  of  managerial  problems  in 
retailing  establishments.  Prerequisite:  MKT  3050. 


3220.  Sales  Management/(3).S. 

Management  of  sales  force:  Quantitative  techni- 
ques and  behavioral  research  applied  to  planning, 
organizing,  directing,  and  controlling  field  sales  ef- 
fort. Prerequisite:  MKT  3050. 

3230.  Industrial  Marketing/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  nature  and  importance  of  the  in- 
dustrial market  to  include  classification  of  in- 
dustrial products,  characteristics  and  determinants 
of  industrial  market  demand  and  applications  of 
marketing  strategy  of  industrial  marketing.  Prere- 
quisite: MKT  3050. 

3239.  Survey  of  Advertising/(3).S. 

May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  elective  re- 
quirements within  the  College  of  Business  for 
the  BSBA  degree.  Intensive  investigation  of  the 
field  of  advertising,  to  include  a  review  of  the 
history  and  economics  of  advertising,  research, 
copy,  layout,  production,  budgeting,  organiza- 
tion. Theory  and  application  are  stressed.  Prere- 
quisite: MKT  3010. 

3240.  Advertising  Management/(3).F;S;SS. 

Intensive  investigation  of  the  field  of  advertising, 
to  include  a  review  of  the  history  and  economics 
of  advertising,  research,  copy,  layout,  production, 
budgeting,  and  advertising  organization.  Theory 
and  application  are  stressed.  Prerequisite: 
MKT3050. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  the  classroom  situation.  Grading  will 
be  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only. 
Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3). On  demand. 


Marketing 


191 


3900.  Internship/(6  or  9).F;S;SS. 

A  full-time  work  experience  in  business,  usually 
limited  to  College  of  Business  majors.  Nine 
semester  hours  of  credit  are  granted  for  a  normal 
15-week  internship.  Six  semester  hours  are 
granted  for  a  10-week  internship  which  is  usually 
in  the  summer  only.  Prerequisites:  Admission  to 
the  College  of  Business,  and  permission  of 
Department  Chairperson  and  Internship  Coor- 
dinator. Graded  on  an  S/U  basis. 

4100.  Marketing  Management/(3).S. 

An  integrated  course  in  marketing,  systematically 
oriented  with  emphasis  on  the  marketing  mix,  the 
formulation  of  competitive  strategies,  and  special 
attention  to  market  analysis,  marketing  informa- 
tion, and  sales  forecasting.  Case  analysis  is  stress- 
ed. Prerequisites:  MKT  3050  and  Senior  stan- 
ding. 

4230.  Distribution  and  Transportation 
Management/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  analysis  of  the  subsystems  of  physical  distribu- 
tion including  transportation,  warehousing,  inven- 
tory control,  material  handling,  industrial  packag- 
ing, order  processing,  and  location  analysis. 
Prerequisite:  MKT  3050  and  ECO  3100. 

4250.  Marketing  Research/(3).F;S. 

Techniques  involved  in  the  collection,  tabultion 
and  analysis  of  marketing  information.  The 
analysis  will  include  experimental  design,  factorial 
analysis,  and  regression  analysis.  Prerequisites 
MKT  3050  and  ECO  3100. 

Senior /Graduate  Courses 

4550.  International  Marketing/(3).F;S. 

An  analysis  of  cultural,  legal,  political,  and 
economic  factors  affecting  marketing  in  world 
markets.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  differences 
in  life  styles,  beliefs,  attitudes,  behaviors,  and  their 
influence  upon  the  marketing  decisions  of  the 
foreign  firm.  Prerequisites;  MKT  3050  and  Senior 
standing. 

4609.  Survey  of  Consumer  Behavior/(3).S. 
May    not    be    used    to    satisfy    elective    re- 
quirements within  the  College  of  Business  for 
the    BSBA    degree.    An    examination    of    the 


psychological,  sociological,  and  economic 
theories  of  buyer  behavior.  Prerequisite:  MKT 
3010. 

4610.  Consumer  Behavior/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  examination  of  the  psychological,  sociological, 
and  economic  theories  of  buyer  behavior.  This  is 
followed  by  analysis  of  the  major  current  and 
classical  empirical  research  studies  designed  to  test 
the  different  theories  of  buyer  behavior.  Prere- 
quisite: MKT  3050  and  ECO  3100  (or  its  approv- 
ed alternative). 

4810.  Seminar/(l-3).  On  Demand. 

Graduate  Courses 

5020.  Marketing  Strategy/(3).F. 

Market-oriented  problems  of  the  firm;  identifica- 
tion and  selection  of  marketing  opportunities;  for- 
mulation of  competitive  strategies;  marketing 
policies  and  programs.  Prerequisite:  Graduate 
standing. 

5030.  Marketing  Theory/ (3). S. 

An  investigation  of  the  development  and  current 
state  of  the  theoretical  and  conceptual  constructs 
of  marketing  principles,  institutions,  and  pro- 
cesses. The  course  develops  an  understanding 
and  appreciation  of  the  philosophy  of  science  and 
the  contributions  of  other  disciplines  to  marketing 
theory  and  practice.  Prerequisite:  MKT  3050  and 
graduate  standing. 

5040.  Market  Segmentation/(3).F. 

A  comprehensive  and  critical  review  of  the 
segmentation  research  and  methodologies  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  use  of  market  segmenta- 
tion as  a  management  strategy.  Prerequisite: 
MKT5020. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

5999.  Master's  Thesis/(6).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


The  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts 


192 


The  College  of  Fine 
and  Applied  Arts 

Nicholas  Erneston,  Dean 
Noyes  C.  Long,  Assistant  Dean 

In  cooperation  with  other  colleges  of  the  University,  the  College  of  Fine  and  Applied 
Arts  strives: 

1.  To  provide  for  varied  interests,  desires,  needs,  and  abilities  of  students. 

2.  To  provide  a  liberal  education  for  all  Appalachian  students. 

3.  To  expand  cultural  horizons  and  develop  appreciation  of  ethical  and  aesthetic 
values. 

4.  To  prepare  students  for  certain  professions. 

5.  To  prepare  students  for  entrance  into  certain  professional  schools. 

6.  To  provide  sound  foundations  for  students  capable  and  desirous  of  advanced 
study. 

7.  To  prepare  students  for  graduate  study  and  research. 

Departments 

The  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts  consists  of  the  following  seven  departments: 

Art  Home  Economics 

Communication  Arts  Industrial  Education  and  Technology 

Health,  Physical  Education  Military  Science 

and  Recreation  Music 

Degrees  Offered 

The  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  the  Bachelor  of 
Science,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degrees.  In  cooperation  with  the  College  of  Learn- 
ing and  Human  Development  it  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  teacher  cer- 
tification in  art,  health  and  physical  education,  home  economics  education,  industrial 
arts,  music  (Bachelor  of  Music  in  Music  Education),  and  communication  arts. 

To  be  admitted  to  the  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts  as  a  candidate  for  a  bac- 
calaureate degree  a  student  must  have: 

1.  Completed  at  least  60  semester  hours. 

2.  A  grade-point  of  at  least  2.00,  which  must  be  maintained. 

3.  Completed  ENG  1000  and  1100. 


The  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts 


193 


4.  Been  accepted  by  a  department  in  the  college  as  a  major  in  that  department. 

5.  Students  moving  from  the  General  College  to  the  Degree  Granting  Department 
must  see  the  Department  Chairperson  for  the  purpose  of  being  assigned  a  faculty 
advisor. 

A  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  teaching  certificate  must  be  admitted  to  the  teacher 
education  program  by  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

Advisement 

The  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts  considers  student  advisement  one  of  its  most  im- 
portant responsibilities  and  priorities.  Through  annual  advising  seminars  for  college 
faculty,  we  seek  to  foster  a  commitment  on  the  faculty  advisor's  part  to  render  accurate, 
appropriate,  and  timely  advisement.  The  college  office  provides  a  graduation  check  for 
all  majors  during  the  semester  immediately  preceding  the  student's  last  semester.  We 
urge  all  students  in  our  college  to  avail  themselves  of  this  service,  as  well  as  that 
available  at  the  departmental  level. 


Independent  Study 


Students  intending  to  pursue  independent  study  in  the  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts 
are  reminded  of  the  existence  of  deadline  dates  for  applying  for  independent  study.  For 
information  and  details  pertaining  to  independent  study  procedures  established  by  the 
college  contact  the  department  chairperson  or  the  assistant  dean  of  the  college. 

Pass-Fail 

Students  majoring  in  programs  in  the  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts  are  not  permit- 
ted to  take  any  course  on  the  pass/fail  option  that  is  a  major,  minor,  departmental,  or 
professional  requirement,  even  if  the  course  also  fulfills  part  of  the  general  education 
program. 


Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 


In  order  for  a  student  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  the  College  of  Fine  and  Ap- 
plied Arts,  the  following  requirements  must  be  met: 

1.  Completion  of  at  least  122  semester  hours  with  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least 
2.00.  A  transfer  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work 
at  Appalachian. 

2.  Completion  of  general  education  requirements. 

3.  Completion  of  six  semester  hours  of  a  second  year  of  foreign  language  or  higher. 
The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  places  students  at  the  level  at  which  they 
are  prepared  to  perform  regardless  of  previously  earned  units. 


The  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts 


194 


4.  Completion  of  a  major  consisting  of  39  to  40  semester  hours  from  one  of  the  fields 
listed  below: 

Art  Music  Communication  Arts 

Students  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  in  the  major. 
Transfer  students  must  complete  at  least  eight  semester  hours  of  work  in  their  major 
at  Appalachian  and  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  in 
the  major  at  Appalachian. 

Specific  requirements  for  each  departmental  major  preface  the  list  of  courses  of- 
fered by  the  department. 

5.  Completion  of  a  minor  consisting  of  12  to  18  semester  hours  from  a  department 
other  than  the  departments  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education, 
Elementary  Education,  Counselor  Education  and  Research,  Reading  Education, 
and  Secondary  Education.  Transfer  students  must  complete  at  least  four  semester 
hours  in  their  minor  at  Appalachian.  The  choice  of  a  minor  should  be  made  under 
the  guidance  of  the  student's  advisor. 

Specific  requirements  for  each  departmental  minor  preface  the  list  of  courses  of- 
fered by  the  department. 

6.  Completion  of  electives  to  total  122  semester  hours. 

7.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 

8.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  the  settlement  of  all  expense  accounts. 

9.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty. 

Meeting  graduation  requirements  is  the  student's  responsibility. 

A  candidate  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  may  qualify  for  a  teacher's  certificate  by  ad- 
mission to  professional  education  courses  through  the  Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences 
and  by  completing  all  academic  and  professional  educational  requirements  for  certifica- 
tion. 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

(without  teacher  certification) 

In  order  for  a  student  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  College  of  Fine  and 
Applied  Arts,  the  following  requirements  must  be  met: 

1.  Completion  of  at  least  122  semester  hours  with  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least 
2.00.  A  transfer  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work 
at  Appalachian. 

2.  Completion  of  the  general  education  requirements. 


The  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts 


195 


3.  Completion  of  a  major  as  described  by  the  various  departments  offering  Bachelor 
of  Science  programs  without  teacher  certification: 

Art  Music  Merchandising 

Communication  Arts  Physical  Education 

Home  Economics  Recreation 
Industrial  Arts 

In  addition,  a  student  may  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Communica- 
tions Media.  Required  is  completion  of  a  specified  core,  plus  an  option  selected 
from  one  of  the  following  areas: 

Media  Advertising,  Broadcasting,  and  Public  Relations  (Communication  Arts) 

Graphics  (Art) 

Printing  Production  Management  (Industrial  Arts) 

The  core  in  the  Communications  Media  Program  is  required  in  lieu  of  a  minor  in 
the  media  advertising,  broadcasting,  public  relations,  and  graphics  options.  The 
Printing  Production  Management  option  requires  a  minor  in  Management. 

In  conjunction  with  the  Colleges  of  Education  and  Arts  and  Sciences,  the  College 
of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Child  Develop- 
ment. Participating  departments  in  the  Child  Development  Degree  program  are 
Elementary  Education  with  teacher  certification  (College  of  Education), 
Psychology  without  teacher  certification  (Arts  and  Sciences),  and  Home 
Economics  without  teacher  certification  (Fine  and  Applied  Arts) .  The  degree  pro- 
gram is  housed  in  the  Department  of  Home  Economics.  For  information  regar- 
ding degree  requirements  for  these  three  tracks,  refer  to  the  respective  depart- 
ment. 

Students  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  in  the  major. 
Transfer  students  must  complete  at  least  eight  semester  hours  of  work  in  their  ma- 
jor at  Appalachian  and  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work 
in  the  major  at  Appalachian. 

Specific  requirements  for  each  department  major  preface  the  list  of  courses  of- 
fered by  the  department. 

4.  Completion  of  a  minor  consisting  of  12  to  18  semester  hours  (with  the  exception 
of  the  Communications  Media  Programs  in  Media  Advertising,  Broadcasting, 
Public  Relations,  and  Graphics)  from  a  department  other  than  the  departments  of 
Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education,  Elementary  Education, 
Counselor  Education  and  Research,  Reading  Education,  and  Secondary  Educa- 
tion. (Transfer  students  must  complete  at  least  four  semester  hours  in  their  minor 
at  Appalachian.)  The  choice  of  a  minor  should  be  made  under  the  guidance  of  the 
student's  advisor. 

Specific  requirements  for  each  departmental  minor  preface  the  list  of  courses  of- 
fered by  the  department. 

5.  Completion  of  electives  to  total  122  semester  hours. 

6.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 


The  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts 


196 


7.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  the  settlement  of  all  expense  accounts. 

8.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty. 

Meeting  graduation  requirements  is  the  student's  responsibility . 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

(with  teacher  certification) 

For  the  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  teacher  certification,  refer 
to  that  section  in  the  index. 

Bachelor  of  Music 

In  order  for  a  student  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  in  the  College  of  Fine  and 
Applied  Arts,  the  following  requirements  must  be  met. 

1.  Completion  of  at  least  122  semester  hours  with  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least 
2.00.  A  transfer  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all 
work  at  Appalachian. 

2.  Completion  of  general  education  requirements. 

3.  Completion  of  a  major  in  the  following  fields: 
Music  Education 

Performance: 
Church  Music 
Composition/Theory 
Piano  Pedagogy 
Vocal  or  Instrumental 

4.  A  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  in  the  major. 
Transfer  students  must  complete  at  least  eight  semester  hours  of  work  in  their  ma- 
jor at  Appalachian  and  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work 
in  the  major  at  Appalachian. 

Specific  requirements  for  each  departmental  major  preface  the  list  of  courses  of- 
fered by  the  department.  ' 

5.  Completion  of  a  32  semester  hour  block  in  education  (Music  Education  majors 
only) . 

6.  Completion  of  electives  to  total  122  semester  hours. 

7.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 

8.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  the  settlement  of  all  expense  accounts. 

9.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty. 

For  the  specific  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  programs,  consult  the 
section  dealing  with  degree  programs  in  the  section  of  this  catalog  which  discusses  the 
Department  of  Music. 


The  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts 


197 


Opportunities  are  available  for  students  to  become  involved  in  internships  associated 
with  the  academic  disciplines  represented  by  all  the  departments  in  the  College  of  Fine 
and  Applied  Arts.  These  internships  provide  students  with  on-the-job  experiences  in 
many  areas  of  endeavor,  and  allow  them  to  earn  academic  credit  which  is  applicable 
toward  their  degree  programs.  Students  interested  in  pursuing  this  valuable  educational 
opportunity  should  contact  either  their  departmental  advisor  or  the  Student  Internship 
Office.  Consult  the  catalog  statement  which  describes  the  Student  Internship  Program. 

Dual-Degree  Engineering  Program 
with  Auburn  University 


A  Dual-Degree  Program  offered  in  cooperation  with  Auburn  University  is  designed  to 
give  students  the  opportunity  to  attend  Appalachian  State  University  for  three  years  and 
Auburn  University  for  two  years.  This  three-two  program  results  in  two  college  degrees. 

Study  during  the  first  three  years  would  include  course  work  in  mathematics  and  the 
sciences  and  also  courses  chosen  to  meet  ASU's  general  education  requirements.  Dur- 
ing the  last  two  years,  the  student  is  involved  in  course  work  in  one  of  the  many 
engineering  disciplines  at  Auburn  University. 

Upon  completion  of  this  three-two  program,  the  graduate  is  awarded  a  baccalaureate 
degree  from  Appalachian  State  University  and  an  engineering  bachelor's  degree  from 
Auburn  University.  The  Dual-Degree  Program  also  contains  a  provision  enabling  highly 
qualified  students  to  obtain  a  Master's  Degree  in  Engineering  after  obtaining  the  liberal 
arts  undergraduate  degree. 

Dual-Degree  candidates  from  Appalachian  State  University  are  eligible  to  seek  any  of 
the  following  degrees  from  Auburn  University: 

Bachelor  of  Aerospace  Engineering 
Bachelor  of  Aviation  Management 
Bachelor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
Bachelor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Bachelor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Bachelor  of  Industrial  Engineering 
Bachelor  of  Materials  Engineering 
Bachelor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Bachelor  of  Textile  Chemistry 
Bachelor  of  Textile  Engineering 
Bachelor  of  Textile  Management 

For  additional  information  contact  Donald  W.  Sink,  Assistant  Dean,  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences. 


Art 

198 

Department  of  Art  (ART) 

Warren  C.  Dennis,  Chairperson 

The  Department  of  Art  believes  that  a  visual  base  of  understanding,  articulation,  and 
respect  is  not  only  essential  for  the  majors  in  this  department  but  for  all  men  and  women 
who  desire  a  full  and  enriching  living  experience. 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Art  are  twofold.  One  objective  is  to  provide  the  best 
preparation  and  training  of  teachers  of  art  for  public  schools.  The  second  objective  is  to 
provide  the  best  professional  training  in  order  that  the  art  student,  whether  planning  to 
teach  or  not,  may  make  a  creative  contribution  to  the  visual  arts  of  our  culture. 

In  addition,  the  general  community  will  have  the  opportunity  to  increase  its  knowledge 
and  appreciation  of  art  through  service  courses  and  the  major  professional  exhibitions 
of  art  sponsored  by  the  department. 

A  major  in  art  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  consists  of  43-52  semester 
hours  with  three  areas  of  study  available,  two  of  which  are  teacher  certification  and 
commercial  art.  The  third  area,  communications  media  with  graphics  option  is  discuss- 
ed on  the  next  page.  The  core  requirements  for  the  degree  consist  of  ART  1000,  1001, 
1002,  1003,  2004,  and  3002. 

The  area  of  concentration  in  Teacher  Certification  consists  of  the  core  and  ART  2000, 
2002  or  2003,  2005,  2006,  2007,  2008  or  2009,  3006,  3007,  and  two  semester  hours 
of  independent  study  or  art  electives  (approved  by  chairperson)  and  one  of  the  follow- 
ing areas  of  specialization:  ART  2001,  3000,  4000;  or  ART  2002  or  2003,  3001, 
4001;  or  ART  3003,  3004,  4003.  Students  seeking  specialization  in  constructive  design 
must  complete  ART  2008  and  2009  with  a  minimum  of  six  semester  hours  to  be  taken 
from  ART  3005,  3012,  4004,  and  4008.  In  addition  the  art  major  must  satisfy  specified 
professional  education  requirements.  For  the  requirements  leading  to  secondary  cer- 
tification, see  that  department. 

The  area  of  concentration  in  Commercial  Art  consists  of  the  core  and  one  of  the  follow- 
ing two  options: 

OPTION  I  Commercial  Design:  ART  2005,  2006,  2015,  2017,  3003,  3010,  3011, 
4009,  4010,  4011;  IET  1002,  and  LM  4760.  It  is  recommended  that  the  minor  re- 
quirements be  met  in  the  Departments  of  Management,  Marketing,  or  Industrial  Arts. 

OPTION  II  Art  Marketing  and  Production:  ART  1000,  1001,  1002,  1003,  2006,  4008, 
4900  (6  semester  hours),  and  IET  3530  (Room  Planning).  In  addition,  six-seven  s.h. 
from  ART  2004,  3002,  4002,  4007,  4552  and  eight  s.h.  from  ART  2000,  2002  or 
2003,  2005  or  3003,  2007,  2008,  2009,  2017.  An  additional  five-six  s.h.  in  art 
beyond  first  studio  courses  is  required.  A  minimum  of  two  s.h.  of  an  art  elective  approv- 
ed by  the  advisor  is  required.  CMA  1100  is  required.  A  minor  in  management  or 
marketing  is  recommended. 


Art 


199 


A  major  in  art  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  consists  of  40  semester  hours,  in- 
cluding ART  1000,  1001,  1002,  1003,  2000,  2002  or  2003,  2004,  2005,  2006, 
3002,  4002,  4007;  and  a  minimum  of  eight  semester  hours  from  one  of  the  following 
areas  of  specialization:  ART  2001,  3000,  4000;  or  ART  2002  or  2003,  3001,  4001;  or 
ART  3003,  3004,  4003.  Students  seeking  specialization  in  constructive  design  must 
complete  ART  2007,  2008,  and  2009,  with  a  minimum  of  two  semester  hours  from 
ART  3012,  3005,  4004,  4008.  The  art  major  must  also  take  two  semester  hours  of  art 
electives.  Six  hours  are  required  of  a  second  year  foreign  language.  A  minor  of  12-18 
s.h.  is  required. 

The  Art  Department,  in  conjunction  with  the  Departments  of  Industrial  Education  and 
Technology  and  Communication  Arts,  offers  a  B.S.  Degree  in  Communications  Media 
with  an  option  in  Graphics.  For  the  Graphics  option  the  student  must  meet  the  12-13 
semester  hour  core  requirements  of  CMA  2300  and  CMA  2305  and  one  course  from 
each  of  the  following  two  areas:  CMA  2600  or  CMA  2316;  and  IET  1001  or  IET  1002. 
In  addition  to  the  core,  the  student  will  complete  36-39  semester  hours  from:  ART 
1001,  1002,  1003,  2015,  2017,  3010,  3011,  4009;  MKT3010,  MKT4609;  PS  4175; 
IET  4582.  One  to  two  semester  hours  of  independent  study  in  Art  and  an  internship  of 
four-six  semester  hours  is  also  required.  The  12-13  semester  hour  core  is  required  in 
lieu  of  a  minor.  In  addition  Economics  2030  is  required  for  General  Education. 

Students  majoring  in  an  art  degree  program  will  not  receive  credit  for  art  courses  in  the 
major  unless  a  grade  of  "C"  (2.00)or  higher  is  received. 

Students  wishing  to  transfer  art  credits  will  be  expected  to  submit  a  representative  port- 
folio (slides)  of  work  and  transcript  for  review  by  the  department  chairperson.  Approval 
of  transfer  credits  must  be  completed  prior  to  registration.  Students  planning  to  register 
for  a  Fall  Semester  should  submit  their  portfolio  and  transcript  by  May  1;  those  planning 
to  enter  for  a  Spring  Semester  should  submit  their  portfolio  and  transcript  by  December 
1.  Students  planning  to  register  for  Summer  Term(s)  should  submit  their  portfolio  and 
transcript  by  May  1.  Particularized  information  concerning  these  procedures  can  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  the  chairperson. 

The  Art  Department  requires  that  each  senior  art  major  (except  those  majoring  in  Com- 
munications Media/Graphics  option)  participate  in  an  exhibit,  with  other  seniors,  of 
new  work  during  their  final  spring  semester  at  Appalachian  State  University.  The  dates 
of  this  exhibit  will  be  established  one  year  in  advance.  Participation  in  this  exhibit  is  a 
departmentally  recognized  requirement  for  graduation. 

A  minor  in  art  consists  of  16  semester  hours  including  ART  1001,  1002,  and  1003  and 
a  remainder  of  eight  semester  hours  to  be  taken  through  consultation  with  and  approval 
by  the  chairperson.  ART  2011,  2016,  4550,  and  4551  are  not  approved  for  com- 
pleting requirements  for  an  art  major,  minor,  or  concentration. 

An  undergraduate  concentration  in  art  for  elementary  education  majors  consists  of  12 
semester  hours,  including  ART  1001,  1002  and  1003  and  a  remainder  of  four  semester 
hours  to  be  taken  through  consultation  with  and  approval  by  the  chairperson. 


Art 


200 


The  Master  of  Arts  in  Art  Education  degree  at  Appalachian  is  a  30-36  semester  hour 
program.  There  are  three  track  options:  (l)Master  teacher,  K-12,  (2)Community  Col- 
lege teacher,  and  (3) Art  or  Cultural  Arts  Supervisor.  Within  each  of  these  track  struc- 
tures the  student  has  the  opportunity  to  develop  highly  individualized  goals  and  career 
options.  Within  the  tracks  are  opportunities  to  prepare  for  art  therapy,  teacher  training, 
community  service,  program  directing,  arts  for  aging,  research,  museum  education  and 
arts  for  special  groups. 

The  department  is  concerned  both  with  educational  and  individual  art  skills  prepara- 
tion. A  core  curriculum  of  art  education,  studio,  and  art  history  is  provided  with  varying 
professional  education  courses  and  electives. 

Individual  advising  and  course  emphasis  enables  the  designing  of  each  program  for  op- 
timum professional  value  to  the  student. 

An  academic  minor  in  art  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  for  elementary  school 
teachers  consists  of  nine  semester  hours  including  ART  5009,  5010;  two  semester 
hours  of  graduate  level  studio  courses  selected  from  the  areas  of  painting  or  printmak- 
ing,  or  sculpture  or  constructive  design,  and  three  semester  hours  in  graduate  level  art 
history. 

Students  must  attend  the  first  meeting  of  each  class  in  order  to  assure  themselves  a  seat 
in  the  class. 

Additional  professional  requirements  for  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  for  elementary 
school  teachers  are  listed  in  the  Graduate  School  catalog.  Unless  specifically  designated 
as  scheduled  during  summer  sessions,  art  courses  are  available  on  demand  during  sum- 
mer terms. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Art 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


1000.  Equipment  and  Materials/(2).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  equipment  and  materials  necessary  in 
the  production  of  art.  Study  and  use  of  hand  and 
power  tools,  materials  and  processes  as  related  to 
diverse  studio  needs.  Lecture  and  studio  four 
hours. 

1001.  Foundations  1/(3).  F;S;SS. 

First  half  of  basic  studio  problems  in  the  visual  arts. 
Basic  introduction  to  the  structural  elements  of  art 
and  an  exploration  of  the  organizational  principles 
with  emphasis  on  two-dimensional  space.  Struc- 
tural analysis  of  selected  examples  of  the  visual 


arts  will  be  included  toward  the  development  of  a 
critical  approach.  Students  are  advised  to  com- 
plete Foundations  I  and  II  with  the  various  faculty 
involved.  Lecture  and  studio  6  hours. 

1002.  Foundations  H/(3).F;S;SS. 

Second  half  of  basic  studio  problems  in  the  visual 
arts.  In  depth  work  with  the  structural  elements  of 
art  including  color  and  an  exploration  of  the 
organizational  principles  with  an  emphasis  on 
three-dimensional  space.  Structural  analysis  of 
selected  examples  of  the  visual  arts  will  be  includ- 
ed toward  the  development  of  a  critical  approach. 


Art 


201 


Students  are  advised  to  complete  Foundations  I 
and  II  with  the  various  faculty  involved.  Prere- 
quisite: Art  1001.  Lecture  and  studio  6  hours. 

1003.  Foundations  111/(2).  F;S;SS. 

Introduction  to  the  drawing  experience  with  em- 
phasis on  developing  eye-hand  coordination 
through  improvisational,  perceptual,  and  concep- 
tual experiences.  Exploration  will  be  directed 
toward  establishing  a  dialogue  among  artistic  sur- 
face, and  media.  Should  be  taken  concurrently 
with  Art  1001.  Lecture  and  studio  4  hours. 

2000.  Painting/(2).F;S. 

Basic  course  in  handling  of  a  variety  of  painting 
media  and  the  exploration  of  pictorial  solutions. 
Prerequisites:  ART  1000,  1001,  1002,  and  1003. 
Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 

2001.  Painting/(2).S. 

Intermediate  studies  with  a  variety  of  media. 
Prerequisite:  ART  2000.  Lecture  and  studio  four 
hours. 

2002.  Sculpture/(2).F. 

An  introduction  to  sculptural  ideas  and  concepts 
with  emphasis  on  modeling  and  casting.  Prere- 
quisites: ART  1000,  1001,  1002,  and  1003.  Lec- 
ture and  studio  four  hours. 

2003.  Sculpture/(2).S. 

An  introduction  to  constructive  and  subtractive 
processes.  Prerequisites:  Art  1000,  1001,  1002, 
and  1003.  Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 

2004.  Ancient  Through  Renaissance  Art/(3).F. 
A  survey  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture 
from  prehistoric  times  through  the  sixteenth  cen- 
tury. Sophomore  standing  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Lecture  three  hours. 

2005.  Printmaking/(2).F;S. 

General  introduction  to  and  involvement  with 
basic  printmaking  processes.  Emphasis  on  relief 
printing.  Prerequisites:  ART  1000,  1001,  1002, 
and  1003.  Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 

2006.  Drawing/(3).F;S. 

Involvement  with  a  variety  of  drawing  concepts 
and  media.  Work  from  the  human  figure,  land- 
scape, still  life.  Prerequisites:  ART  1000,  1001, 
1002,  and  1003.  Lecture  and  studio  six  hours. 

2007.  Constructive  Design  (Clay)/(2).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  clay  and  clay  bodies  through 
constructive  techniques,  emphasizing  form  and 
design.  Prerequisites:  ART  1000,  1001,  1002, 
and  1003.  Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 


2008.  Constructive  Design  (Fibers)/(2).F;S. 

Basic  skills  in  fiber  construction  with  emphasis  on 
design  development.  Prerequisites:  ART  1000, 
1001,  1002,  and  1003.  Lecture  and  studio  four 
hours. 

2009.  Constructive  Design  (Alloys)/(2).S. 

Introduction  to  alloys  and  related  media  through 
the  synthesis  of  aesthetic  concepts  and  skills. 
Prerequisites;  ART  1000,  1001,  1002,  and  1003. 
Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 

2011.  Art  Introduction/(3).F;S;SS. 

Analysis  of  selected  examples  of  architecture, 
sculpture,  painting,  crafts,  and  industrial  design  in 
relation  to  their  historic  time  and  need.  Three 
hours  lecture. 

2012.  Humanities— Music,  Art,  and  Ideas 

I/(3).F. 

A  course  which  concentrates  on  the  interplay  of 
art,  music,  philosophy  and  religion  in  the  ancient 
through  medieval  cultures  and  their  influences  as 
manifested  in  other  centuries. 

2013.  Humanities— Music,  Art,  and  Ideas 
II/(3).S. 

A  course  which  concentrates  on  the  interplay  of 
art,  music,  philosophy  and  religion  in  contem- 
porary culture. 

2015.  Photographic  Design  I/(2).F.;S. 
Fundamentals   of   photographic   design   are    in- 
vestigated using  student-made  pinhole  cameras 
with  emphasis  on  aesthetic  images.  Prerequisites: 
ART  1001.  Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 

2016.  Studio  For  Non-Art  Majors/(2).S. 

Studio  course  for  the  non-art  major  wishing  to 
pursue  the  art  experiences  in  varied  studio  areas, 
(painting,  sculpture,  printmaking,  etc.).  Course 
may  be  repeated  barring  duplication  of  ex- 
periences. May  be  offered  on  a  satisfactory/failure 
basis.  No  prerequisites.  Lecture  and  studio  four 
hours. 

2017.  Commercial  Design  I/(2).F;S. 

Fundamentals  of  commercial  design  with  an  in- 
troduction to  layout  design,  color,  and 
typography  as  they  relate  to  modern  graphic  pro- 
blems. Prerequisites:  ART  1000,  1001,  1002, 
and  1003.  Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Majors  in  art  may  broaden  and  intensify  their  pro- 
gram through  individual  research  and  involve- 
ment in  a  given  area  of  art.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  department  chairperson. 


Art 


202 


3000.  Painting/(3).F. 

Advanced  problems  in  painting  with  emphasis  on 
the  human  figure.  Individual  experimentation  and 
expression  stressed.  Prerequisites:  ART  2001  and 
2006.  Lecture  and  studio  six  hours. 


3011.  Commerical  Design  1II/(2).F;S. 

A  wide  range  of  design  problems  with  emphasis 
on  the  development  of  conceptual  and  technical 
skills.  Prerequisites:  ART  3010,  2015,  1000, 
2017,  and  2006.  Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 


3001.  Sculpture/(3).S. 

Intermediate  exploration  into  theories  of  structur- 
ing sculptural  form  through  advanced  skills  and 
processes.  Emphasis  on  in-depth  individual  ex- 
ploration in  selected  areas.  Prerequisite:  ART 
2002  and  2003.  Lecture  and  studio  six  hours. 

3002.  Baroque  Through  Modern  Art/(3).F;S. 

A  survey  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture 
from  the  seventeenth  through  the  twentieth  cen- 
tury. Lecture  three  hours. 

3003.  Printmaking/(2).F;S. 

Basic  serigraphy  processes  with  emphasis  on 
technical  understanding  and  resolved  pictorial 
statements.  Prerequisites:  ART  2006.  Lecture 
and  studio  four  hours. 

3004.  Printmaking/(3).F. 

Involvement  with  the  intaglio  processes  with  em- 
phasis on  thorough  technical  understanding  and 
resolved  pictorial  statements.  To  be  offered  alter- 
nate Fall  semesters  beginning  1978.  Prerequisites: 
ART  2005  and  2006.  Lecture  and  studio  six 
hours. 


3012.  Constructive  Design  (Fibers)/(2).S. 

Constructive  design  in  fibers  with  advanced  ex- 
ploration of  techniques.  Prerequisite:  ART  2008. 
Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 

3013.  Introduction  to  New  York  Art  Scene/ 
(1).F;S. 

Introduction  to  growth  and  development  of  New 
York  art  scene  as  present  center  of  historical  and 
contemporary  art  in  the  world.  In-depth  research; 
will  become  familiar  with  New  York  galleries, 
museums,  and  artists.  Experiences  will  include 
personal  confrontation  with  art  works,  resultant 
written  analyses  and  criticisms.  All  experiences 
organized  and  personally  supervised  by  the  New 
York  Director  with  student  assuming  primary 
responsibility  for  communication.  The  one-hour 
course  may  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  three 
hours  credit. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Majors  in  art  may  broaden  and  intensify  their  pro- 
gram through  individual  research  and  involve- 
ment in  a  given  area  of  art.  Prerequisite:  permis- 
sion of  the  department  chairperson. 


3005.  Constructive  Design  (Alloys)/(2).F. 

Advanced  concentration  in  specific  alloys  with 
emphasis  on  in-depth  exploration  in  alloys  em- 
phasizing individual  aesthetic  statements.  Prere- 
quisite: ART  2009.  Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 

3006.  Interdisciplinary  Arts  Education/ (1).F. 
Involvement  with  concepts  from  interdisciplinary 
arts  using  direct  experiences.    Prerequisite:    EE 
2021.  Two  hours  laboratory.   Should  be  taken 
concurrently  with  SE  3150. 


3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours.  Approv- 
ed contract  required. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


3007.  Curriculum  Methods  and  Materials  in 
Art  Education/(3).S. 

Curriculum  and  lab  planning,  purchasing,  and 
media  translation  in  terms  of  aesthetic  concepts 
for  Elementary  and  Secondary  Art.  Prerequisites: 
EE  2021,  ART  3006  and  SE  3150. 

3010.  Commercial  Design  II/(2).F;S. 

A  concentration  in  the  study  of  typography. 
Course  includes  a  survey  of  major  typographical 
trends,  analysis  of  letterforms,  hot  and  cold  type 
methods,  use  of  type  in  layout  design.  Prere- 
quisites: ART  1001,  1002,  and  1003.  Lecture 
and  studio  four  hours. 


4000.  Painting/(3).F. 

Advanced  painting  emphasizing  the  solution  of 
problems  to  be  planned  by  the  students.  Prere- 
quisites: ART  2006  and  3000.  Lecture  and  studio 
six  hours. 

4001.  Sculpture/(3).S. 

Advanced  study  in  sculpture  with  emphasis  on  in- 
depth  individual  exploration  in  one  area  of 
sculptural  concern.  Prerequisite:  ART  3001.  Lec- 
ture and  studio  six  hours. 

4002.  Art  as  Visual  Language/(3).S. 

A  course   in   art  criticism   where  techniques  of 


Art 


203 


analysis  are  approached  through  readings  and 
demonstrations.  Major  emphasis  will  be  placed 
upon  interpretation  and  the  developing  of  a 
critical  approach.  Prerequisites:  ART  2004  or 
3002  or  consent  of  instructor.  Lecture  three 
hours.  Offered  alternate  spring  semesters  beginn- 
ing 1979. 

4003.  Printmaking/(3).F. 

The  basic  chemistry  and  related  techniques  of 
lithography  with  emphasis  on  technical  understan- 
ding and  resolved  pictorial  statements.  To  be  of- 
fered alternate  fall  semesters  beginning  1977. 
Prerequisites:  ART  2006.  Lecture  and  studio  six 
hours. 

4004.  Constructive  Design  (Clay)/(2).S. 

Advanced  clay  techniques  including  indepth  study 
in  one  area  of  concentration,  with  strong  em- 
phasis on  form  and  design,  Prerequisite:  ART 
2007.  Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 

4007.  Seminar/(2).S. 

A  special  course  offering  based  upon  faculty  and 
student  interest  in  advanced  studies  in  art,  art 
history,  art  education,  research  and  inter- 
disciplinary art.  Courses  may  be  repeated  barring 
duplication  of  content.  Times  to  be  arranged. 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  department 
chairperson . 


Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4550.  Art  Education  Workshop/(2).SS.  On 
Demand. 

An  intensive  two  week  course  devoted  to  art  in- 
struction in  grades  one  through  twelve,  including 
the  correlation  of  art  with  teaching  at  all  levels.  Art 
materials  and  supplies  for  grade  levels  are  examin- 
ed. Each  student  pays  for  materials  used,  and  all 
articles  made  by  the  student  become  the  student's 
property.  Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 

4551.  Workshop  in  Studio/(2).SS.  On  De- 
mand. 

An  intensive  two  week  course  to  be  offered  in 
selected  media:  i.e.,  painting,  sculpture,  print- 
making,  etc.  Not  for  the  Art  major.  Lecture  and 
studio  four  hours. 

4552.  American  Art  History/(3).S. 

To  acquaint  the  student  with  the  evolution  of  art  in 
the  United  States  from  colonial  times  until  the  pre- 
sent. Offered  alternate  Spring  Semesters,  begin- 
ning 1978.  Lecture  three  hours. 

4553.  Photographic  Art  Reproduction/(l).  On 
Demand. 

Basic  instruction  in  taking,  developing,  and  prin- 
ting both  slides  and  prints  of  art  work  for  portfolio 
for  educational  purposes.  Prerequisites:  Art  1001, 
1002,  and  1003. 


4008.  Practicum  of  the  Artisan/(2).S. 

Understanding  of  theoretical  and  practical  issues 
encountered  by  the  artisan.  Prerequisite:  two-four 
semester  hours  above  2000  level  or  permission  of 
the  instructor. 


4554.  Fibers/(3).S. 

Advanced  study  in  fiber  construction  with  em- 
phasis on  in-depth  individual  exploration  in  one 
area  of  fiber  concern.  Prerequisites:  Art  3012. 
Lecture  and  studio  six  semester  hours. 


4009.  Commercial  Design  IV/(3).F;S. 

Advanced  graphic  design  problems  combining  ex- 
perimentation with  practical  limitations  applicable 
to  mass  reproduction  techniques.  Prerequisite: 
ART  3011,  4010.  Lecture  and  studio  six  hours. 


4900.  Internship:  Field  Experience/(3-6).SS. 

An  on-the-job  experience  with  artists,  museums, 
galleries,  and  businesses  related  to  the  promotion 
of  art  professions.  Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


4010.  Photographic  Design  II/(2).F;S. 

Advanced  work  with  both  pinhole  and  35mm 
photography  with  emphasis  on  aesthetic  image 
manipulation  and  darkroom  procedures  and- 
techniques.  Prerequisite:  ART  2015.  Lecture  and 
studio  four  hours. 

4011.  Senior  Portfolio/(2).F;S. 

Commercial  design  students  may  further  their 
design  study  for  additional  portfolio  work.  Each 
student  is  responsible  for  the  development  and 
completion  of  a  specific  design  problem ,  resulting 
in  a  class  exhibition  and  faculty  jurying  of  work. 
Prerequisites:  Art  3011  and  4010.  Lecture  and 
studio  four  hours. 


Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(2-3).SS. 

A  study  of  research  in  art  and  art  education, 
bibliographical  problems,  research  types,  tools 
and  resources,  evaluating,  organizing,  and  repor- 
ting. The  student  will  develop  a  documented 
research  proposal.  Those  earning  3  semester 
hours  credit  will  complete  a  research  study  and 
prepare  a  final  report  for  publication.  Lecture  2-3 
hours. 

5001.  Sculpture/(2).S. 

Emphasis  on  individual  student  experimentation 
on  the  graduate  level.  Lecture  and  studio  four 
hours. 


Communication  Arts 


204 


5002.  Ancient  Through  Renaissance  Art/ 
(3).F. 

An  intensive  investigation  of  art  forms  from  An- 
cient through  Renaissance  Art.  A  graduate 
research  paper  will  be  required.  Emphasis  upon 
critical  methods  of  evaluation.  Lecture  three 
hours. 

5003.  Baroque  Through  Modern  Art/(3).F;S. 

An  intensive  investigation  of  art  forms  from  Baro- 
que through  Modern  Art.  A  graduate  research 
paper  will  be  required.  Emphasis  upon  methods 
of  critical  evaluation.  Lecture  three  hours. 

5004.  Art  As  Visual  Language/(3).S. 

An  intensive  course  in  art  criticism  where  techni- 
ques of  analysis  are  approached  through  readings 
and  demonstrations.  A  graduate  research  paper 
will  be  required.  Emphasis  upon  developing  a 
critical  approach.  Lecture  three  hours. 

5005.  Printmaking/(2).S. 

Advanced  studio  work  in  printmaking.  Designed 
to  develop  an  individual  sense  of  graphic  form 
Lecture  and  studio  four  hours. 

5006.  Constructive  Design  (Fibers)/(2).S. 

Design  with  fibers  on  the  graduate  level.  Broad 
range  and  in-depth  exploration  of  fibers  with 
research  involving  the  place  of  fibers  as  both 
historical  and  contemporary  art  forms.  Lecture 
and  studio  four  hours. 

5007.  Constructive  Design  (Clay)/(2).S. 

Individual  problems  in  plastic  media  on  the 
graduate  level.  Theoretical  and  practical  problems 
of  the  craftsman  are  carried  out  to  practical  solu- 
tion. Conventional  or  creative  means  of  reporting 
based  on  thorough  research.  Lecture  and  studio 
four  hours. 

5008.  Constructive  Design  (Alloys)/(2).F. 

Design  with  alloys  on  the  graduate  level.  Broad 


range  and  in-depth  exploration  of  alloys  with 
research  involving  the  place  of  alloys  as  both 
historical  and  contemporary  art  forms.  Lecture 
and  studio  four  hours. 

5009.  Teaching  and  Learning  Processes  in  Art 
Education/(2).F. 

A  study  of  aesthetic  and  perceptual  development 
of  the  child;  aesthetic  content  in  the  work  of  the 
artist  and  of  the  child;  teaching  methodology, 
historical  and  contemporary,  through  a  study  of 
writings,  philosophies  and  research.  Lecture  two 
hours. 

5010.  History  and  Philosophy  of  Art  Educa- 
tion/^)^. 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  historical  philosophies 
and  concepts  of  art  education  in  western  civiliza- 
tion which  provide  the  basis  for  contemporary  ap- 
proaches to  art  education.  Emphasis  on  the  effects 
upon  secondary  and  higher  education.  Lecturtwo 
hours. 

5011.  Painting/(2).F. 

Graduate  courses  in  painting.  Emphasis  on  a  pro- 
fessional level  of  accomplishment.  Lecture  and 
studio  four  hours. 

5012.  Seminar  in  Art  Education/(2).SS. 

A  required  course  for  the  MAAE  degree.  Content 
based  upon  selected  current  issues  in  art  educa- 
tion. A  graduate  research  project/paper  will  be  re- 
quired. Prerequisites:  Art  5009,  5010.  Lecture  2 
hours. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Graduate  students  may  broaden  and  intensify 
their  program  through  individual  research  and  in- 
volvement in  a  given  art  area. 


5530-5549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/ (1-3).    On    de- 


Department  of 
Communication  Arts  (CMA) 

Charles  E.  Porterfield,  Chairperson 


The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Communication  Arts  are  to  prepare  those  who  are 
planning  careers  as  teachers  in  the  areas  of  speech  communication  or  theatre;  to 
prepare  those  interested  in  a  career  in  broadcasting  and  public  relations;  to  provide  a 


Communication  Arts 


205 


broad  background  of  information  and  develop  speech  skills  needed  by  those  students 
planning  to  enter  other  professions;  to  provide  for  the  University  and  community  the 
cultural  influence  and  entertainment  of  good  theatre,  debates  and  discussions  of  current 
issues,  and  the  informative  and  entertaining  programs  of  radio. 

The  Department  of  Communication  Arts  offers  a  diversified  program  of  courses  in  the 
areas  of  drama,  speech  communication,  radio  and  television  broadcasting,  journalism, 
and  oral  interpretation.  The  department  supports  co-curricular  programs  including 
competitive  intercollegiate  forensics,  the  University  Theatre,  and  the  ASU  radio  station, 
WASU-FM.  Also,  the  department  actively  supports  student  organizations  which  are 
related  to  speech,  such  as  the  American  Theatre  Student  League,  Alpha  Psi  Omega 
Dramatics  Society,  Forensics  Union,  and  Pi  Kappa  Delta  Forensics  Society.  Com- 
munication Arts  majors  are  expected  to  participate  in  dramatics,  forensics,  and  broad- 
casting activities. 

A  minor  in  Communication  Arts  consists  of  14  semester  hours  above  the  1000  level 
selected  in  consultation  with  and  approval  of  the  chairperson. 

The  Department  of  Communication  Arts  offers  a  program  which  permits  a  major  to  ac- 
quire a  degree  in  Communications  Media  or  Speech  Communication  and  qualify  for 
entrance  into  the  MBA  program  in  the  College  of  Business.  For  information  on  this  pro- 
gram see  the  department  chairperson. 

For  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  concentration  in  general  speech,  a  major  consists 
of  39  semester  hours  above  the  1000  level.  This  must  include:  CMA  2101,  2102, 
2106,  2110,  2406,  3105,  3109,  3110,  3111,  3152,  3155,  3406,  4180,  4182,  4406; 
and  SOC  3750.  A  minor  of  12-18  s.h.  is  required  and  also  six  semester  hours  of  a  se- 
cond year  foreign  language  or  higher. 

For  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  concentration  in  theatre,  a  major  consists  of 
CMA  1200  and  38  semester  hours  above  the  1000  level.  This  must  include:  2102, 
2200,  2201,  2203,  2208,  2209,  2210,  2212,  2406,  3202,  3203,  3210,  3212,  3406, 
4202;  and  one  semester  hour  from  PE  1028,  1030  or  Stage  Movement;  and  ENG 
2100.  A  minor  of  12-18  s.h.  is  required  and  six  semester  hours  of  a  second  year  foreign 
language  or  higher. 

For  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Speech  and  certification  in  speech  communica- 
tion, a  major  consists  of  48  semester  hours  above  the  1000  level.  This  must  include: 
CMA  2101,  2102,  2106,  2110,  2203,  2208,  2316,  2406,  3105,  3109,  3110,  3111, 
3155,  3202,  3316,  3406,  4175,  4180,  4182  and  4256.  For  the  requirements  in 
teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

For  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Speech  and  certification  in  Theatre  Arts,  a  major 
consists  of  CMA  1200  and  48  additional  semester  hours  above  the  1000  level.  These 
must  include:  2102,  2106,  2200,  2201,  2203,  2208,  2209,  2210,  2212,  2316,  2406, 
3202,  3203,  3210,  3212,  3316,  3406,  4175,  4202,  4256,  and  one  semester  hour 
from  PE  1028,  1030,  or  Stage  Movement.  For  the  requirements  in  teacher  education, 
see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 


Communication  Arts 


206 


For  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  (non-teaching)  in  Communications  Media,  a  major 
consists  of  a  core  curriculum  of  12-13  semester  hours  with  an  option  in  either  Broad- 
casting, Media  Advertising,  or  Public  Relations. 

An  option  in  Broadcasting  consists  of  a  core  curriculum  of  13  semester  hours.  The  core 
consists  of  CMA  2300,  CMA  2305,  ART  1001;  and  IET  1001  or  IET  1002.  In  addition 
to  this  core,  36  semester  hours  are  required.  Included  must  be  CMA  2101,  2102, 
2203,  2309,  2316,  2600,  3155,  3301,  3316,  4315,  4316,  LM  4740,  4760.  The  13 
semester  hour  core  is  required  in  lieu  of  a  minor. 

An  option  in  Media  Advertising  consists  of  a  core  curriculum  of  12  semester  hours.  The 
core  consists  of  CMA  2300,  2305,  2600  and  IET  1001  or  IET  1002.  In  addition  to  this 
core,  43  semester  hours  are  required.  Included  must  be:  MKT  3010,  3239,  4609,  PSY 
4551,  three  semester  hours  approved  by  department  chairperson,  CMA  1100,  2110, 
2316,  3155,  3301,  3316,  4180,  4315,  ART  1001,  and  ART  1002.  The  12  semester 
hour  core  is  required  in  lieu  of  a  minor.  In  addition,  students  are  required  to  take  ECO 
2030  as  a  general  education  requirements. 

An  option  in  Public  Relations  consists  of  a  core  curriculum  of  13  semester  hours.  The 
core  consists  of  CMA  2300,  2305,  Art  1001,  IET  1002.  In  addition  to  this  core  43 
semester  hours  are  required.  Included  must  be  MKT  3010,  3239,  4609;  MGT  3020; 
ENG  3100;  CMA  2101,  2102,  2316,  2600,  2610,  3110,  3155,  3300,  3301,  3316, 
3600.  The  13  semester  hour  core  is  required  in  lieu  of  a  minor.  In  addition,  students  are 
required  to  take  ECO  2030  and  Psychology  2201  as  a  general  education  requirement. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Communication  Arts 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


1100.  Introduction  to  Speech  Communication/ 
(2).F;S;SS. 

Introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  speech 
communication.  A  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  this 
course  fulfills  the  speech  proficiency  requirement 
for  teaching  majors. 

1200.  Stage  Arts  I/(1).F. 

Research  techniques  and  materials  in  theatre  and 
related  fields.  Play  analysis  and  criticism.  Re- 
quired of  all  students  planning  to  concentrate  in 
theatre . 

2011.  Introduction  to  Theatre/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  nontechnical  course  for  students  with  little  or  no 
theatrical  background.  A  survey  of  all  phases  of 
theatre. 


2101.  Public  Speaking/(2).F;S;SS. 

Intensive  practice  in  composition  and  delivery  of 
various  types  of  speeches  with  emphasis  on 
speech  structure  and  style. 

2102.  Voice  and  Diction/(2).F;S;SS. 

Instruction  and  practice  in  voice  production  and 
articulation;  analysis  of  regional  speech  dif- 
ferences and  standards. 

2106.  Argumentation  and  Advocacy/(3).F. 

Study  of  the  theory  of  argumentation  including 
the  reasoning  process;  the  use,  discovery,  and 
evaluation  of  evidence;  refutation;  advocacy 
situation  analysis  and  adaptation.  Practice  in 
speaking  in  a  variety  of  advocacy  situations  and 
types. 


Communication  Arts 


207 


2110.  Introduction  to  Nonverbal  Communica- 
tion/(2).F;S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  nonverbal  behavior  as  a  form 
of  communication,  with  emphasis  upon  nonverbal 
communication  in  the  classroom,  in  the  business 
world,  and  in  general  interpersonal  relations.  Ex- 
amination will  be  made  of  such  areas  of  nonverbal 
behavior  as  kinesics  (body  language),  haptics 
(communication  through  touch),  proxemics  (use 
of  space  and  communication),  paralinguistics 
(vocal  cues  in  communication),  and  nonverbal 
factors  in  communication  between  variant  ethnic 
groups  and  cultures. 

2115.  Speech  Activity/(1).F;S;SS. 

Participation  in  activities  of  the  Forensic  Union  or 
other  projects  approved  by  the  department.  The 
student  will  contract  with  the  appropriate  staff 
member  for  the  activities  of  this  course.  May  count 
four  (4)  hours  toward  graduation. 

2121.  Interpersonal  Communication/(3).F;S. 

Study  and  application  of  basic  communication 
concepts  to  interactive  communication  situations 
and  problems.  Students  will  be  involved  in  various 
activities  pertinent  to  understanding  these  con- 
cepts. 


Units  on  scenic  history,  styles  of  scenery,  and  the 
use  of  design  principles.  Prerequisite:  CMA  2208. 

2210.  Stage  Lighting/(2).F;S. 

Introduction  to  the  use  of  stage  lighting  in- 
struments and  control.  Includes  units  on  in- 
struments, lighting  design,  and  control.  Prere- 
quisite: CMA  2208.  One  hour  lecture,  two  hours 
lab. 

2212.  Survey  of  Dramatic  Literature/(3).S. 

The  study  of  selected  plays  from  the  classical 
period  to  the  rise  of  realism  in  terms  of  their 
literary  and  production  qualities. 

2215.  Theatre  Activity/(1).F;S;SS. 

Participation  in  theatre  activities.  Students  will 
contract  to  act  or  work  in  necessary  technical  and 
management  areas  for  the  particular  plays  done 
during  the  semester.  Maximum  of  four  hours  may 
apply  toward  graduation. 

2256.  Children's  Theatre/(3).S. 

Techniques  of  performance  for  a  child  audience. 
Participation  in  a  production  touring  to  local 
schools  during  the  term.  Prerequisite:  permission 
of  instructor. 


2200.  Theatrical  Costume/(2).F. 

Introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice  of 
theatrical  costume  including  costume  construc- 
tion, organization,  and  maintenance.  Work  will  in- 
clude practical  application  of  theory  performance 
during  the  semester.  One  hour  lecture,  two  hours 
laboratory. 

2201.  Stage  Make-up/(l).S. 

The  theory  and  practice  of  theatrical  make-up 
design,  and  application  of  make-up  theory  on  per- 
formances during  the  semester.  Two  hours 
laboratory. 


2300.  Introduction  to  Mass  Communications/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

Study  of  the  forms  of  mass  communication  in- 
cluding newspaper,  magazine,  radio,  television, 
books,  and  film. 

2305.  Law  and  Ethics  of  Communication 
Media/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  legal  sanctions  and  constitutional 
freedoms  affecting  the  communications  media. 
Consideration  is  given  to  the  principles  of  profes- 
sional ethics  and  social  responsibility  of  the  mass 
communicator. 


2203.  Introduction  to  Acting  Techniques/ 
(2).F;S. 

Study  of  breath,  voice  and  body  control.  Em- 
phasis on  development  of  self-control,  concentra- 
tion, and  use  of  theatre  environment.  One  hour 
lecture,  two  hours  lab. 


2309.  Scenic         Technology         for 

Broadcasters/(3).F;S. 

A  course  designed  to  introduce  broadcasting 
students  to  basic  scenic  and  lighting  techniques  us- 
ed in  the  television  studio.  Students  receive  prac- 
tical experience  by  working  in  the  TV  area. 


2208.  Stagecraft/(3).F;S. 

Introduction  to  the  techniques  used  in  construc- 
ting stage  scenery.  Includes  units  on  use  of  tools, 
hardware,  types  of  scenery,  painting,  and  basic 
lighting. 

2209.  Scene  Design/(2).S. 

Introduction  to  scene  design.  Application  of 
elementary   design   principles   to   scene   design. 


2315.  Mass  Communication  Activity/ 
(1).F;S;SS. 

Participation  in  broadcasting  or  journalism  activi- 
ty. Students  will  contract  with  the  appropriate 
faculty  member  to  work  in  radio,  TV,  or  jour- 
nalism. Maximum  of  four  hours  may  be  applied  to 
graduation. 


Communication  Arts 


208 


2316.  Radio  Production/(3).F;S;SS. 

Radio  broadcast  procedures;  program  types  and 
standards;  social  and  programming  aspects; 
laboratory  practice  in  radio,  use  of  facilities  of 
radio  station  WASU-FM. 

2406.  Oral  Interpretation/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  literature  through  performance.  Em- 
phasis on  compiling  and  reading  aloud  poetry  and 
short  story  programs. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-2).F;S;SS. 

2600.  Introduction  to  Journalism/(2).F;S;SS. 

Introduction  to  news  gathering,  writing,  and 
editing  processes. 

2610.  Basic  Newswriting/(2).S. 

Study  of  newswriting  for  newspapers  and 
magazines.  Emphasis  on  techniques  of  interview- 
ing, newsgathering,  newswriting,  and  typing  news 
stories.  Prerequisite:  Reasonable  typing  skill, 
CMA  2600  or  the  consent  of  the  instructor. 

3105.  Ethics  and  Freedom  of  Speech/(2).S. 

An  examination  of  theories  of  ethics  of  persua- 
sion; an  examination  of  theories,  cases,  and  issues 
related  to  the  First  Amendment  and  freedom  of 
speech;  analysis  of  issues  related  to  social  protest, 
dissent,  artistic  freedom,  academic  freedom,  and 
other  related  areas.  Offered  in  odd  numbered 
years. 

3109.  Parliamentary  Procedure/(l).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  of 
parliamentary  procedure,  with  emphasis  upon 
types  of  motions,  procedural  rules  in  the 
deliberative  process,  functions  of  a  chairperson, 
formalities  of  parliamentary  debate,  order  of 
business,  the  typical  association's  constitution,  etc. 
The  course  involves  both  theory  and  practice, 
closing  with  a  mock  assembly  conducted  under 
Robert's  Rules  of  Order. 

3110.  Small  Group  Communication/(2).F. 

The  theory  and  practice  of  small  group  com- 
munication, with  emphasis  upon  the  psychology 
of  small  group  interaction,  styles  and  methods  of 
leadership,  environments  and  small  group  interac- 
tions, and  problem/solution  methodologies  in 
small  group  interactions.  Students  are  provided 
the  opportunity  to  apply  theory  in  actual  small 
group  projects. 

3111.  Theory  and  Criticism  of  Rhetorical  Com- 
munication/^).F. 

Study  of  the  classical  foundation  of  rhetorical 
theory  with  emphasis  on  Greek  and  Roman  con- 


tributions and  theorists.  A  study  of  methodologies 
of  rhetorical  criticism  including  those  of  the 
classical-traditional,  experiential,  new  rhetoric  and 
contemporary.  Application  of  rhetorical  theory 
and  criticism  to  actual  rhetorical  events  and  situa- 
tions. 

3152.  Communication  in  Organizations/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

Examines  communication  within  organizational 
structures;  develops  skill  in  language,  observation 
and  listening;  teaches  improved  communications 
skill  through  interview  and  formal  presentations. 
Oriented  to  the  speech  communication  re- 
quirements of  the  contemporary  business  and 
professional  community. 

3155.  Theory  and  Practice  of  Persuasion/(3).S. 

Survey  of  the  theories  of  persuasion,  with  em- 
phasis upon  persuasive  forms  in  public  address, 
print  and  non-print  advertising,  and  all  general 
forms  of  public  suasion.  Practice  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  a  persuasive  campaign,  with  options  open 
for  that  campaign  to  be  developed  for  one  or 
more  media. 

3202.  Theatre  Directing  Techniques  1/(2). F;S. 

Basic  directing  techniques  including  script 
analysis,  production  planning  and  coaching  the 
actor.  Practical  applications  of  the  principles  of 
directing.  Prerequisite:  CMA  2203  &  CMA  2208. 

3203.  Acting  Techniques  11/(2). S. 

Study  of  character  development  in  relation  to  the 
play.  Explores  techniques  needed  in  a  variety  of 
theatre  styles.  Prerequisite:  CMA  2203. 

3208.  Advanced  Stagecraft/(2).On  Demand. 

Study  of  modern  stagecraft  techniques  in  use  in 
the  theatre.  Includes  study  of  latest  methods  and 
materials,  shapes  and  colors  in  both  stage  settings, 
costume,  and  makeup.  Prerequisite:  CMA  2208. 

3210.  Classical  Theatre  History/(3).F. 

Study  of  theatre  architecture,  production  techni- 
ques, and  dramatic  literature  from  primitive  ritual 
to  the  end  of  the  17th  Century.  Offered  in  odd 
numbered  years. 

3212.  Modern  Theatre  History/(3).F. 

Study  of  theatre  architecture,  production  techni- 
ques, and  dramatic  literature  during  the  eigh- 
teenth, nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.  Of- 
fered in  even  numbered  years. 

3220.  Theatre  Management/(2).S. 

The  theory  and  practice  of  business  management, 
promotion  principles  and  producing  as  applied  to 
the  theatre.  Offered  in  even  numbered  years. 


Communication  Arts 


209 


3256.  Advanced  Children's  Theatre/(3).S. 

Advanced  problems  in  performance  for  the  child 
audience.  Participation  in  a  production  touring  to 
local  schools  during  the  term.  Prerequisite:  CMA 
2256. 

3300.  Mass  Media  and  Society/(3).F. 

A  survey  of  the  social  impact  of  mass  media. 
Analysis  of  issues  such  as  mass  media  and  in- 
dividual behavior,  violence  and  TV,  media  and 
consumers,  and  mass  media  and  popular  culture. 

3301.  Writing  for  Radio  and  TV/(3).F;S. 

Formats  and  techniques  of  writing  for  the  broad- 
cast media. 

3316.  TV  Production/(3).F;S. 

Technical,  aesthetic,  organizational,  and  business 
aspects  of  television  production  with  an  emphasis 
on  current  equipment  and  production  techniques; 
laboratory  practice  in  television  production.  Prere- 
quisite: CMA  2316. 

3406.  Readers  Theatre/(2).S. 

Techniques  of  compiling,  adapting,  and  directing 
literature  for  group  performance.  Designed  to 
prepare  students  to  direct  readers  theatre  in  the 
public  schools.  Prerequisite:  CMA  2406  or  per- 
mission of  instructor. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours.  Approv- 
ed contract  required. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/ (1-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

A  program  involving  advanced  study,  a  research 
or  creative  project,  and  writing.  Adapted  to  serve 
students  who  have  exceptional  interests.  The  pro- 
posals for  this  work  must  be  approved  by  the  in- 
structor and  the  chairperson  of  the  department 
prior  to  registration. 

3600.  Advanced  Journalism/(3).S. 

Study  of  principles,  processes  and  techniques  of 
editorial  and  feature  writing  for  print  media.  In- 
tense practical  training  in  advanced  writing  styles 
and  skills.  Prerequisite:  CMA  2600,  2610,  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor. 

3900.  Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS. 

A  designed  work  experience  program  in  either 
broadcasting,  theatre,  or  speech  communication. 
Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


4175.  Directing  Co-Curricular  High  School 
Program/(2).F. 

Prepares  students  to  conduct  the  co-curricular 
programs  of  dramatics  and  forensics  in  high 
schools  and  junior  high  school. 

4180.  Communication  Theory /(3).F;S. 

Study  of  communication  theories,  systems, 
models,  formulations  and  measurements;  new 
dimensions  in  speech  criticism  and  research 
methodology;  critical  study  of  published  reports  in 
the  contemporary  literature  of  the  field. 

4182.  Speeches  on  American  lssues/(3).F. 

A  study  of  American  speakers  from  the  Revolu- 
tionary Period  to  the  present,  with  special 
reference  to  the  influence  of  their  rhetoric  on  the 
issues  of  the  period.  Offered  odd  numbered  years. 

4202.  Theatre  Directing  Techniques  11/(2). 
F;S. 

Advanced  directing  techniques  including  inter- 
pretation, composition  and  picturization.  Practical 
application  of  directing  principles  through  the  pro- 
duction of  a  one-act  or  full  length  play.  Prere- 
quisite: CMA  3202. 

4256.  Creative  Dramatics/(2).F. 

Aids  the  potential  teacher  in  using  drama  as  a 
creative  teaching  technique.  Practice  in  selecting 
and  acting  out  stories  and  poems. 

4315.  Broadcast  Programming  and  Manage- 
ment/(3).F;S. 

A  seminar  approach  to  contemporary  programm- 
ing techniques  for  broadcasting  including  pro- 
gramming analysis,  development,  and  implemen- 
tation in  real  and  hypothetical  situations.  Em- 
phasis on  management  functions  of  audience 
analysis,  selection  of  formats,  financial  considera- 
tions, engineering  problems,  and  personnel  plan- 
ning. 

4316.  Advanced  TV  Production/(4).F;S. 

Advanced  Problems  in  dramatic  and  non- 
dramatic  television  for  producer,  director,  and 
performer;  professional  level  production.  Prere- 
quisite: CMA  3316. 

4406.  Advanced  Oral  Interpretation/^). F. 

Survey  of  interpretation  history  and  theory;  per- 
formance emphasis  on  programming,  book 
reviewing,  and  adapting  prose  and  poetry.  Prere- 
quisite: CMA  2406.  Offered  odd  numbered  years. 


5530-5549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).    On    De- 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


210 


Department  of  Health,  Physical 
Education  and  Recreation 
(HED/PE/REC) 

E.  Ole  Larson,  Chairperson 

The  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  Department,  as  part  of  the  College  of 
Fine  and  Applied  Arts,  assumes  the  responsibility  for  educating  students  to  understand 
the  significance  of  human  movement,  quality  leisure,  optimal  health,  and  personal  safe- 
ty. The  department  offers  instruction,  research  and  services  to  meet  these  needs  and 
respond  to  current  societal  trends.  Consequently,  the  student  is  prepared  to  develop 
and  lead  related  activities  and  programs  in  a  variety  of  community  settings,  having  ac- 
quired knowledge  and  skills  to  plan  and  implement  programs  for  diverse  populations. 
The  Department  also  offers  ongoing  services  for  all  students,  faculty  and  staff,  and  ac- 
tively supports  the  following  student  organizations:  Health  Educators  and  Professionals 
Club,  Physical  Education  Academy  (ZAPEA),  and  Professional  Recreators  Association. 

Physical  Education  -  Degree  Program 

Graduates  earning  a  BS  degree  in  physical  education  will  have  an  understanding  of:  the 
relationship  of  the  structure  and  the  function  of  the  human  body  to  effective  living, 
methods  and  techniques  used  to  develop  motor  skills,  the  implementation  of  programs 
and  services,  and  the  use  of  evaluative  techniques. 

A  major  in  physical  education  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  without  teacher 
certification  consists  fo  51  to  54  semester  hours  in  addition  to  the  general  education  re- 
quirements. The  student  must  select  six  semester  hours  of  biology  or  chemistry  or 
physics,  PE  1120  and  1121  as  activity  courses.  History  1101  and  1102  and  Math  1020 
or  higher.  Core  courses  in  the  major  include  HED  1105  or  3110,  3100;  PE  1550 
(minimum  grade  of  "C",  2.0,  required  for  admission  into  P.E.  program),  1220  and 
1221  (or  1320  and  1321  for  the  transfer  student) ,  2000,  2010,  and  2020,  2556,  2560, 
3510,  3550,  4000.  The  student  who  is  interested  in  the  adolescent  and  adult  popula- 
tion selects  courses  in  the  secondary  school  emphasis:  PE  3580;  4010;  four  to  five 
semester  hours  from  Core  1,  Individual  and  Dual  Skill  and  Technique  courses;  four 
semester  hours  from  Core  II,  Team  Sport  Skill  and  Technique  courses;  and  two 
semester  hours  from  Core  III,  Recreational  Sport  Skill  and  Technique  courses.  The  stu- 
dent who  is  interested  in  the  child  population  selects  courses  in  the  elementary  school 
emphasis:  PE  3010,  3020,  3030,  3560,  4050,  4060.  A  minor  in  another  academic 
area,  as  well  as  electives  to  total  122  s.h.  minimum  are  required  for  graduation. 

A  major  in  physical  education  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  cer- 
tification consists  of  51  to  54  semester  hours  in  addition  to  the  general  education  re- 
quirements. As  part  of  the  general  education  requirements,  the  student  must  select  six 
semester  hours  of  biology  or  chemistry  or  physics,  PE  1120  and  1121  as  activity 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


211 


courses,  History  1101  and  1102,  and  Math  1020  or  higher.  Core  courses  in  the  major 
include  HED  1105  or  3110,  3100,  PE  1550  (minimum  grade  of  "C",  2.0,  required  for 
admission  into  the  P.E.  program),  1220  and  1221  (or  1320  and  1321  for  the  transfer 
student),  2000,  2010,  2020,  2556,  2560,  3510,  3550,  4000.  The  student  who  is  in- 
terested in  teaching  at  the  secondary  school  level  selects  courses  in  the  secondary 
school  emphasis:  PE  3580;  4010;  four  to  five  semester  hours  from  Core  I,  Individual 
and  Dual  Skill  and  Technique  courses,  four  semester  hours  from  Core  II,  Team  Sport 
Skill  and  Technique  courses;  and  two  semester  hours  from  Core  III,  Recreational  Sport 
Skill  and  Technique  courses.  The  student  who  is  interested  in  teaching  at  the  elemen- 
tary school  level  selects  courses  in  the  elementary  school  emphasis:  PE  3010,  3020, 
3030,  3560,  4050,  4060.  HED  3110  should  be  substituted  for  HED  1105  if  receiving  a 
double  major  in  Health  Education  and  Physical  Education  or  if  minoring  in  Health 
Education.  For  the  requirements  in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of  Secon- 
dary Education. 

A  Minor  in  Physical  Education 

A  minor  in  physical  education  consists  of  20  semester  hours.  The  program  is  designed 
individually  according  to  the  student's  interests  and  designated  major,  and  in  consulta- 
tion with  the  department  chairperson  and  the  physical  education  area  coordinator. 

Minor  in  Athletic  Coaching  (Non-PE  Major) 

A  minor  or  concentration  of  22  semester  credits  in  athletic  coaching  is  open  to  non- 
physical  education  majors.  Courses  required  include:  HED  3100;  PE  1320,  1321, 
2505,  3510,  3550,  4010,  4045;  one  course  from  Core  I,  Individual  and  Dual  Skill  and 
Technique  courses;  one  course  from  Core  II,  Team  Sport  Skill  and  Technique  courses. 
Recommended  courses  include:  PE  2560,  3098,  4550,  4560.  Six  semester  hours  of 
biology  or  chemistry  or  physics  are  also  required. 

Minor  in  Athletic  Training  (Non-PE  Major) 

A  minor  or  concentration  in  Athletic  Training  for  the  student  planning  to  enter  the 
athletic  training  profession  consists  of  the  following:  PE  2000,  2010,  3550,  4000, 
4010,  4030  (six  semester  hours),  4570,  HED  1105,  3100,  and  HEC  2202.  Any  two  of 
the  following:  CHE  1101,  1102,  1110,  or  PHY  1101,  or  1103,  or  1103  and  1104;  or 
3530  (Biomechanics),  4820  (Medical  Physics).  In  addition,  the  student  must  be  in  a 
teacher  certification  program  and  spend  a  minimum  of  two  academic  years  (minimum 
800  clock  hours)  in  the  training  room  under  the  supervision  of  a  certified  trainer. 

Minor  in  Athletic  Training  (Physical  Education  Major) 

The  Athletic  Training  minor  or  concentration  for  the  physical  education  major  in 
teacher  certification  who  is  planning  to  enter  the  athletic  training  profession  consists  of: 
PE  4030  (six  semester  hours),  4570,  HEC  2202.  Any  two  of  the  following:  CHE  1101, 
1102,  1110  or  PHY  1101,  or  1103,  or  1103  and  1104;  or  3530  (Biomechanics),  4820 
(Medical  Physics).  In  addition,  the  student  must  spend  a  minimum  of  two  academic 
years  (minimum  800  clock  hours)  in  the  training  room  under  the  supervision  of  a  cer- 
tified trainer. 

Minor  in  Dance 

A  minor  or  concentration  in  dance  consists  of  19  or  21  semester  hours  including  PE 
1026,  1400  or  2400,  1410  or  2410,  1420,  3073,  3420,  3430,  and  3440.  PE  2000  is 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


212 


required  of  physical  education  majors  and  PE  2505  is  required  of  non-physical  educa- 
tion majors  who  are  minoring  or  concentrating  in  dance. 

Health  Education 

Students  earning  a  BS  degree  in  Health  Education  will  have  the  competencies  needed 
to  provide  leadership  in  health  promotion  and  disease  prevention  for  communities, 
hospitals,  voluntary  agencies,  schools,  and  private  industry. 

A  major  in  health  education  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  with  teacher  certification 
consists  of  43  minimum  semester  hours  in  addition  to  the  general  education  re- 
quirements and  the  professional  education  courses  required  for  state  certification. 
These  courses  include:  HED  3000,  3100,  3110,  3120,  3130,  3530,  3655,  3900, 
4100,  4650,  4660;  TSE  3200;  HEC  2202;  EM  4750;  any  two  semester  hour  sociology 
or  psychology  course  at  or  above  the  3000  level  (not  counted  toward  general  or  profes- 
sional education);  and  CMA  3155.  Six  semester  hours  of  biology  or  chemistry  are  also 
required.  For  the  requirements  in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary 
Education. 

A  Minor  in  Health  Education 

A  minor  in  health  education  consists  of  16  semester  hours.  Required  courses  are:  HED 
3100,  3110,  3130  or  3120,  4650,  and  4660.  Six  semester  hours  of  biology  or 
chemistry  are  required.  Students  with  teacher  certification  may  take  HED  3655  instead 
of  HED  3120  or  3130  for  a  total  of  15  s.h. 

Recreation 

A  major  in  recreation,  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  offered  with  two  con- 
centration options:  RECREATION  PROGRAM  MANAGEMENT,  47  semester  hours 
required,  and  OUTDOOR  RECREATION  MANAGEMENT,  48  semester  hours  re- 
quired. A  minimum  grade  of  "C"  (2.00)  in  REC  2100  and  CMA  1 100  is  required  for  all 
recreation  majors. 

I.  Required  Courses  -  A.  Introductory  Courses:  REC  2100,  HED  3100,  REC 
2400,  REC  3900  (2  s.h.  min.),  CMA  1100;  B.  Core  Courses:  REC  3440,  REC 
3450,  REC  3860,  REC  4320,  REC  4850,  REC  4900  (3  s.h.  min.);  C.  Inter- 
disciplinary Courses:  (a  minimum  of  6  s.h.  required)  ACC  2100,  PS  2160, 
MGT  3010,  BIO  3302,  BIO/PSY  3318,  SOC/PS  3328,  GHY  3400,  PLN 
4430,  AH  4980. 

II.   Options  -  The  Student  will  complete  the  major  requirements  by  choosing  one  of 
the  two  following  options: 
A.    Recreation  Program  Management  Concentration  (10) 

Specialized  Areas  (a  minimum  of  5  semester  hours  is  required): 
REC  3310,  REC  3320,  REC  4600,  PE  3088,  PE  3089 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


213 


Leisure  Arts  (a  minimum  of  5  semester  hours  is  required): 
ANT  2235,  ANT  3400,  ART  2016,  PHY  2100,  PHY  2200,  IET  2005,  IET 
2006,  IET  2016,  IET  2026,  IET  2036,  HEC  1202,  HEC  1300,  CMA  2208, 
MUS  1042,  MUS  1100-1116,  ENG  3650,  ENG  3660,  EM  4740,  EM  3530, 
(intermediate  photography.) 

B.    Outdoor  Recreation  Management  Concentration  (11) 

REC  3300,  REC  4300,  PE  3088  or  PE  3089  and  one  course  from  the 
following:  REC  3310  or  REC  3320  or  REC  4600. 

A  minor  of  12-18  semester  hours  is  required. 

A  Minor  in  Recreation 

A  minor  in  recreation  is  offered.  Sixteen  semester  hours  are  required  to  include:  REC 
2100,  2400,  and  3900  (for  a  minimum  of  2  semester  hours),  REC  3440,  plus  5 
semester  hours  from  the  "Specialized  Areas"  of  the  major  in  recreation. 

Driver  and  Traffic  Safety  Education 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  Driver  &  Traffic  Safety  Education  will  have  the  com- 
petencies and  skills  needed  to  develop  and  provide  quality  high  school  Driver  Educa- 
tion and  school  safety  education  programs.  The  curriculum  also  serves  as  a  basis  for  in- 
dividuals desiring  employment  in  the  field  of  Safety  with  the  Armed  Forces,  industry, 
insurance  and  loss  prevention  companies  and  governmental  agencies. 

A  major  in  driver  and  traffic  safety  education  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
with  teacher  certification  consists  of  40  semester  hours.  Twenty-eight  semester  hours 
are  required  from  the  following:  HED  3100,  4650;  TSE  2200,  3200,  3210,  4200, 
4210,  and  4750;  SPE  2200.  Electives:  Nine  semester  hours  from  TSE  2500,  3500, 
3530,  3750,  3900;  LM  4750;  PE  2020;  IET  3017;  and  three  semester  hours  of 
psychology  or  sociology  (subject  to  stated  prerequisites  and  not  included  in  general 
education  or  professional  education  at  upper  division  level)  or  SPE  3370.  For  the  re- 
quirements in  teacher  education,  see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

A  satisfactory  driving  record  must  be  maintained  to  receive  teacher  certification  in 
Driver  and  Traffic  Safety  Education  in  North  Carolina. 

A  Minor  in  Driver  and  Traffic  Safety  Education 

A  minor  or  concentration  of  16  semester  hours  in  driver  education  is  open  to  all  majors 
and  requires:  TSE  2200,  3200,  3210,  4200,  and  4210. 

A  Master  of  Arts  Degree  in  Health  and  Physical 
Education 

An  academic  program  consisting  of  30  (thesis)  to  36  (non-thesis)  semester  hours  and 
leading  to  a  Master  of  Arts  in  Physical  Education  is  available  in  two  tracks:  (1)  teaching, 
and  (2)  non-teaching.  The  teaching  track  provides  the  options  of  secondary  education 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


214 


teaching  certification,  junior  college  specialization  or  both.  Several  areas  of  concen- 
trated study  are  available  in  the  teaching  track.  These  include  general  physical  educa- 
tion (secondary  education  certification  and  junior  college  specialization,  athletic  ad- 
ministration (secondary  education  certification  and  junior  college  specification),  and 
recreation  management  (junior  college  specialization  only  and  no  thesis  option).  Also 
available  is  an  individualized  program.  The  individualized  program  allows  the  student, 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  advisor,  to  develop  an  academic  program  geared  to 
the  needs  and  interest  of  the  student.  One  example  of  the  individualized  program  is 
physical  education  for  the  handicapped.  All  concentrations  require  a  common  core 
consisting  of  PE  5000,  PE  5560,  and  PE  5570.  Students  seeking  secondary  education 
teaching  certification  will  also  be  required  to  complete  CR  4560,  AH  5060,  AH  5350  or 
AH  5470,  and  PSY  5555  or  PSY  5565.  Students  seeking  junior  college  specialization 
will  be  required  to  complete  AH  5420  and  AH  5440  in  addition  to  other  core  re- 
quirements. The  remaining  hours  for  either  the  secondary  education  teaching  certifica- 
tion or  junior  college  specialization  will  be  elective  hours  (approved  by  advisor)  or 
courses  prescribed  for  each  concentration.  One  concentration  is  available  in  the  non- 
teaching  track.  This  concentration  is  in  the  area  of  Exercise  Science.  The  thesis  option 
within  the  Exercise  Science  concentration  requires  PE  5000  (3),  PE  5530  (3),  PE  5550 
(3),  PE  5596  (3),  PE  5610  (3),  PE  5620  (3),  PE  5900  (3),  PE  5999  (4),  BIO  5506  (3), 
and  BIO  6614  (3).  The  non-thesis  option  requires  PE  5000  (3),  PE  5530  (3),  PE  5550 
(3),  PE  5560  (2),  PE  5591  (2),  PE  5592  (3)  PE  5610  (3),  PE  5900  (3),  BIO  3300  (3), 
BIO  5506  (3),  BIO  6614  (3),  and  a  two  semester  hour  minimum  from  the  following:  PE 
4570  (2),  BIO  4590  (2),  CHE  4580  (3),  HEC  4200  (3),  PHY  4820  (3)  or  PSY  4650 
(3). 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Health  Education, 
Physical  Education,  and  Driver  and  Traffic  Safe- 
ty Education 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


Health  Education 

1105.  Fundamentals  of  Personal  and  Com- 
munity Health/(2).F;S;SS. 

Survey  course  for  non-health  majors.  Topics  to  be 
covered  include  basic  principles  of  personal  health 
including  diet,  weight  control,  mental  health, 
drugs,  degenerative  diseases,  personal  hygiene, 
smoking,  human  sexuality,  etc.  Analysis  will  also 
be  made  of  public  and  private  health  organiza- 
tions, environmental  health  and  basic  factors 
responsible  for  the  cause  and  spread  of  com- 
municable, chronic  and  stress  related  diseases. 
Course  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  prevention  of 
health-related  problems. 


2500.  Independent  Study/(l-4).  F;S;SS. 

3000.  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  A  Systems 
Perspective/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  structural  and  physiological  func- 
tions of  the  human  body  with  emphasis  on  the  en- 
docrine, reproductive  and  digestive  systems  and 
the  metabolic  pathways.  Required  of  health 
education  majors.  (A  student  may  not  receive 
credit  for  PE  2000  and  HED  3000.)  Lecture  three 
hours. 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


215 


3100.  First  Aid/(3).  F;S;SS. 

Principles  and  techniques  of  emergency  First  Aid 
including  CPR  with  emphasis  also  placed  on 
related  safety  consciousness.  American  Red  Cross 
certification  may  be  earned. 

3110.  Personal,  School  and  Community 
Health/(4).F. 

An  in-depth  study  course  designed  specifically  for 
health  majors  with  an  introduction  to  the  field  of 
health  education.  A  study  of  the  physical,  intellec- 
tual, emotional  and  social  factors  of  personal, 
school  and  community  health.  Topics  include 
methods  of  control  and  prevention  of  com- 
municable, chronic  and  stress-related  diseases, 
mental  health,  aging,  and  health  of  the  school-age 
child,  as  well  as  comprehensive  analysis  of  private 
and  public  health  organizations. 

3120.  Consumer  Health  Education/(3).F. 

A  study  of  advertising  techniques  and  claims  con- 
cerning a  variety  of  health  products.  Analysis  will 
also  be  made  of  various  health  care  services, 
quackery  and  the  role  of  the  FDA  and  FTC  and 
other  governmental  agencies  in  protecting  the 
consumer. 

3130.  Environmental  Health/(3).  S. 

Study  of  the  application  of  various  principles  of 
environmental  sciences  and  ecology  as  they  relate 
to  the  prevention  and  control  of  disease,  over- 
population, pollution  of  water,  air,  land,  solid 
waste  and  noise.  The  interdependence  of  man, 
the  environment,  and  disease  will  be  stressed. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(l-4).  F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours.  Approv- 
ed contract  required. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

Advanced  study  in  selected  current  health  topics. 
Topics  will  be  chosen  or.  the  basis  of  their  impact 
on   the    health   status   of   society   and   on   their 


relevance  to  students.  May  be  repeated  for  a  max- 
imum of  nine  (9)  hours  with  no  specific  topic  being 
taken  more  than  once. 

3655.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Educa- 
tion/(2).F;S;SS. 

The  theory  and  practice  of  planning  various  types 
of  health  education  programs  for  elementary  and 
secondary  levels;  including  development  of 
teaching  and  audiovisual  materials;  resources  and 
organizations  available  for  health  teaching.  A 
grade  of  2.00  is  required. 

3900.  Internship  in  Health  Education/(3-12). 
F;S;SS. 

The  internship  will  consist  of  the  student  being 
placed  in  health  centers,  public  departments  or 
community  action  health  for  one  semester  for  a 
portion  of  a  semester.  The  student  will  be  exposed 
to  duties  in  all  facets  of  the  organization  or  institu- 
tion, will  complete  a. comprehensive  term  paper 
based  on  the  internship  experience,  and  take  part 
in  a  minimum  of  two  seminars.  Graded  on  S/U 
basis. 

4100.  Biostatistics/(2).S. 

A  study  of  computational  techniques,  theoretical 
frameworks  and  methodology  used  in  the  applica- 
tion, measurement,  interpretation  and  evaluation 
of  statistics  in  the  health  sciences. 

4650  Drugs,  Alcohol  and  Tobacco/(3).S;SS. 

A  study  of  drug  use  and  abuse.  All  classes  of  drugs 
including  alcohol  and  tobacco  will  be  discussed. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  psychological  and 
sociological  factors  which  may  lead  to  drug  ex- 
perimentation and  heavy  drug  use.  Emphasis  will 
also  be  placed  on  methodology  and  techniques 
for  the  teaching  of  drug  education. 

4660.  Human  Sexuality  and  Family 
Living/(3).F;S;SS. 

Information  and  concepts  of  sex  education  in- 
cluding physiological,  social,  psychological,  and 
moral  aspects  of  human  sexuality  will  be  studied. 
Such  topics  as  dating,  marriage,  prenatal  and 
postnatal  care  and  interfamily  relationships 
leading  to  reduction  of  stress  on  family  members 
are  also  to  be  included.  Emphasis  will  also  be  plac- 
ed on  methodology  and  techniques  of  teaching 
and  organizing  a  sex  education  program. 


Physical  Education  -  General  Education  (Activity  Courses) 

All  students  are  required  to  elect  two  semester  hours  of  activity  courses  (numbered 
1000  to  1082) .  Nonswimmers  are  urged  to  take  PE  1000.  Courses  need  not  be  taken  in 
any  particular  sequence.  The  primary  aim  will  be  the  attainment  of  knowledge  and 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


216 


understanding  of  skills  for  the  enjoyment  of  lifetime  physical  activity.  The  physical 
education  activity  courses  will  provide  opportunities  for  skill  analysis,  skill  acquisition 
and  physical  fitness  development  through  skill  participation  which  will  afford  healthful 
experiences  for  both  the  present  and  the  future. 

Physical  education  attire  is  furnished  and  laundered  by  the  University  for  campus  activi- 
ty. Students  furnish  their  own  athletic  socks,  rubber-soled  shoes,  jackets,  and  swimming 
suits.  Towel  service  is  provided. 

Physical  education  attire  must  be  turned  in  after  the  last  period  class  is  required  to  "dress 
out".  A  fine  of  $10  will  be  assessed  for  turning  in  attire  late. 

The  following  activity  courses  (numbered  1000-1082)  are  open  to  all  students  to  fulfill 
the  general  education  requirements  of  two  semester  hours  of  physical  education  and  for 
those  electing  to  take  more  than  the  minimum: 


Aquatics  Courses 

1000  through  1005  are  graded  on  an  S/U  basis. 
1000.  Swimming  for  Nonswimmers        (1).F;S. 

1002.  Beginning  Swimming  (1).F;S;SS. 

1003.  Intermediate  Swimming  (1).F;S. 
1005.  Open  Water  Scuba  Diving  (1).F;S. 

(Fee  charged) 

Developmental  Courses 

1010  through  1016  are  graded  on  an  S/U  basis. 

1010.  Physical  Education  for  the  (1). 
Disabled.  On  demand. 

1011.  Lifestyles  (1).F;S. 

1013.  Jogging/Conditioning  (1).F;S. 

1014.  Weight  Training  (1).F;S. 
1016.  Self-Defense  (1).F;S. 

Individual  /Dual  Sports  Courses 

1018  through  1059  are  graded  on  an  S/U  basis. 

1018.  Racquetball  (1).F;S;SS. 

1024.  Handball  (1).F;S. 

1025.  Badminton  (1).F;S. 

1026.  Recreation  Dance  (1).F;S. 

1027.  Beginning  Tennis  (1).F;S;SS. 

1028.  Modern  Dance  (1).F;S. 

1029.  Intermediate  Tennis  (1).F;S. 

1030.  Fencing  (1).F;S. 

1031.  Squash  (1).F;S. 

1032.  Gymnastics  (1).F;S. 
1038.  Archery  (1).F;S;SS. 
1044.  Beginning  Skiing  (Fee  charged)       (1)-S. 

1046.  Intermediate  Skiing  (1).S. 
(Fee  charged) 

1 047 .  Cross  Country  Skiing  ( 1 ) .  S 
and  Snowshoeing  (fee  charged) 

1049.  Backpacking /Orienteering    (1).F;S;SS. 

1050.  Bowling  (Fee  charged)  (1).F;S. 


1055.  Horsemanship  (Fee  charged)  (1).  F.S. 

1057.  Canoeing  (1).F;S. 

1058.  Marksmanship  (1).F;S. 

1059.  Ice  Skating  (Fee  charged)  (1).F;S. 

Team  Sports 

1071  through  1082  are  graded  on  an  S/U  basis. 
1071.  Softball/Basketball  (1).F;S. 

1074.  Soccer  (1).F;S. 

1076.  Volleyball  (1).F;S. 

1080.  Field  Hockey  (1).F. 

1082.  European  Team  Handball  (1).F;S. 

Physical  Education  Majors 
Activity  Cores 

The  following  courses  will  be  graded  according  to 

the  regular  grading  scale  (A-F) : 

Core  A:     (1).F.    PE  1120. 

Fundamental  movements:  field  hockey,  soccer; 

for    physical    education    majors.    Three    hours 

laboratory 

Core  B:     (1).S.    PE  1121. 

Basketball,  stunts  and  tumbling,  modern  dance; 
for  physical  education  majors.  Three  hours 
laboratory 

Core  C:     (1).F.    PE  1220. 

Tennis,  track  and  field,  conditioning  and  weight 
training;  for  physical  education  majors.  Three 
hours  laboratory 


PE 


Core  D:     (1);S 

Swimming,   gymnastics,   volleyba.i,   iUi    t 

education  majors.  Three  hours  laboratory 


1221. 
for  physical 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


217 


Fundamental  Movements 
and  Sport  Skills 

The  following  courses  will  be  graded  according  to 
the  regular  grading  scale  (A-F): 

Intended  for  athletic  coaching  minor  students  and 
transfer  students  majoring  in  physical  education. 
The  addition  of  the  courses  Fundamental 
Movements  and  Sports  Skills,  parts  1  and  2  for 
the  major  student. 


Part  I:       (1).F. 

Fundamental  movements: 
hours  laboratory. 


PE  1320. 

tennis,  soccer.  Three 


Part  II:      (1).S.    PE  1321. 

Stunts  and  tumbling,  gymnastics,  modern  dance. 
Three  hours  laboratory. 

Physical  Education  Profes- 
sional Courses 

The  following  Physical  Education  Professional 
Courses  (numbered  1400-4570)  are  open  to 
Physical  Education  majors  and  as  electives  to  all 
students.  These  courses  may  NOT  be  used  to 
fulfill  the  general  education  requirement  of  two 
semester  hours  for  physical  education . 

1400.  Modern  Dance  I/(2).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  the  art  of  dance,  primarily  con- 
cerned with  the  development  of  technique  and 
the  basic  elements  in  dance,  force,  space,  direc- 
tion, time  and  rhythm. 

1410.  Ballet  I/(2).F;S. 

A  beginning  course  in  the  study  and  practice  of 
classical  ballet. 

1420.  Jazz  I/(2).F. 

A  study  and  exploration  of  jazz  technique  with  a 
strong  emphasis  on  rhythmic  awareness.  Prere- 
quisite: PE  1400  and/or  PE  1410. 

1550.  Introduction  to  Principles 

and  Philosophy  of  Physical  Education/(4).F;S. 

A  course  to  orient  beginning  majors  by  introduc- 
ing them  to  the  foundations,  principles,  and 
philosophies  of  physical  education  with  a  con- 
sideration of  professional  opportunities  and 
evaluation  of  the  competencies  needed  by  a 
physical  education  major.  Rigorous  testing  of 
basic  competencies  will  be  included.  Must  be 
taken  on  ASU  campus.  A  minimum  grade  of  C 
(2.0)  is  required  to  be  admitted  to  the  physical 


education  major  program.  Four  hours  lecture, 
one  hour  laboratory. 

1590.  Advanced  Life  Saving  and  Water 
Safety/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  course  designed  to  provide  an  opportunity  for 
an  individual  to  acquire  the  skills  and  knowledge 
necessary  to  save  his  own  life  the  life  of  another  in 
the  event  of  an  emergency  while  in,  on  or  about 
the  water.  American  Red  Cross  certification 
awarded  with  completion  of  American  Red  Cross 
requirements.  Prerequisite:  PE  1003  or 
equivalent. 

2000.  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology/(5). 
F;S. 

A  descriptive  study  of  the  systematic  and  regional 
structures  of  the  human  organism  and  of  the  basic 
life  functions  of  those  systems  for  a  better 
understanding  of  physical  activity.  Prerequisite: 
six  semester  hours  of  biology  or  chemistry  or 
physics.  Four  hours  lecture,  two  hours  lab. 

2010.  Physiology  of  Muscular  Activity/(3). 
S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  physiological  principles  as  applied 
to  muscular  activity  and  the  effects  of  muscular  ac- 
tivity on  the  human  organism.  Two  hours  lecture 
and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  PE  2000 
or  2505.  Two  hours  lecture,  two  hours  lab. 

2020.  Measurement  and  Evaluation  in  Physical 
Education/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  theory  and  methods  course  in  the  meaning  and 
application  of  measurement,  tests,  elementary 
statistical  procedures  and  evaluation  in  physical 
education.  Two  hours  laboratory  and  two  hours 
lecture.  Prerequisite:  MAT  1020  or  higher. 

2400.  Modern  Dance  H/(2).S. 

A  second  level  of  study  of  dance  technique  and 
basic  elements.  Prerequisite:  Modern  Dance  I  or 
equivalent  competency.  Two  hours  lecture,  one 
hour  lab. 

2410.  Ballet  II/(2).F. 

Study  and  practice  to  develop  skill,  grace,  preci: 
sion  and  facility  in  the  style  of  classical  ballet. 
Prerequisite:  Ballet  I  or  equivalent  competency. 
Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

2505.  Applied  Human  Anatomy  and 
Physiology/(3).F;S. 

A  course  for  non-physical  education  majors.  An 
overview    of    the    areas    of    human    anatomy, 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


218 


physiology,   and  physiology  of  exercise  will 
presented  with  an  emphasis  on  application. 


be 


2556.  The  Child:  Implications  for  Elementary 
Physical  Education/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  course  focusing  on  children  and  how  they  learn 
in  the  context  of  movement  experiences.  Three 
hours  lecture.  Pre/corequisites:  PE  1221  or 
1321.  (For  Physical  Education  majors.) 

2560.  Physical  Education,  Sport,  and  Civiliza- 
tion/(3).F;S. 

A  survey  of  the  development  of  world  civilization 
as  influenced  by  sport  and  physical  education;  to 
include  a  study  of  historical  backgrounds, 
systems,  organizations,  leaders,  movements,  con- 
cepts and  socio-cultural  processes.  Three  hours 
lecture.  Prerequisites:  HIS  1101-1102  or 
equivalent  sequence. 

3010.  Games  for  Children/(2).  Offered  every 
third  semester. 

A  study  and  application  of  the  movement  themes, 


which  provide  the  games  content  for  elementary 
school  physical  education  focusing  on  the  move- 
ment approach.  One  hour  lecture  and  two  hours 
laboratory.  Prerequisite:  PE  2556  or  3556. 


3020.  Gymnastics  for  Children/(2).  Offered 
every  third  semester. 

A  study  and  application  of  the  movement  themes 
which  provide  the  gymnastics  content  for  elemen- 
tary school  physical  education,  focusing  on  the 
movement  approach.  One  hour  lecture  and  two 
hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  PE  2556  or  3556. 


3030.  Dance  for  Children/(2).  Offered  every 
third  semester. 

A  study  and  application  of  the  movement  themes 
which  provide  the  dance  content  for  elementary 
school  physical  education,  focusing  on  the  move- 
ment approach.  One  hour  lecture  and  two  hours 
laboratory.  Prerequisite:  PE  2556  or  3556. 


Skill  and  Technique  Courses  (3072  through  3098) 

Each  course  will  emphasize  the  correct  movement  patterns  and  conditioning  necessary 
for  efficient  performance  and  will  encourage  the  prospective  teacher*  to  integrate 
teaching  strategies  into  lesson  organization  and  planning.  Each  future  teacher  will  be  re- 
quested to  demonstrate  proficiency  in  the  teaching  process  related  to  selected  aspects  of 
each  course.  The  skills  and  techniques  courses  are  designed  to  guide  the  prospective 
teacher  to  select  activities  based  upon  growth  maturation  levels  for  preschool,  elemen- 
tary, junior  high,  secondary  and  college  students.  The  prospective  teacher  will  apply 
basic  anatomical,  physiological,  kinesiological,  and  socio-psychological  concepts  as 
related  to  analysis,  and  evaluation  of  motor  performance.  When  applicable,  the  future 
teacher  will  also  synthesize  the  principles  relevant  to  the  construction,  selection,  pur- 
chase, and  maintenance  of  facilities,  equipment,  and  supplies. 

When  applicable,  the  student  is  to  complete  the  appropriate  physical  education  majors 
activity  core  prior  to  the  corresponding  skill  and  technique  course.  For  example,  PE 
1220  is  prerequisite  to  PE  3072.  For  the  student  in  the  athletic  coaching  minor  or  the 
junior  transfer  student  majoring  in  physical  education,  the  appropriate  fundamental 
movements  and  sports  skills  part  is  pre/corequisite  to  the  corresponding  skill  and 
technique  course.  For  example,  PE  1320  is  a  pre/corequisite  to  PE  3072. 


Each  skills  and  techniques  course  will  further  permit  the  prospective  teacher  to  judge 
the  appropriateness  of  measurement  procedures  and  evaluation  tools  devised  to  meet 
the  individual  needs  of  the  future  student. 

'Teaching  is  considered  to  be  synonomous  with  coaching— coaching  is  teaching. 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


219 


CORE  I. 

Individual  and  Dual  Skills  and  Techniques 
(Physical  education  majors  must  complete  four- 
five  semester  hours) 

3072.  Tennis  (2).F;S;SS. 
Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

3073.  Dance  (2).F;S. 
Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

3075.  Wrestling  (2).F. 
Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

3076.  Track  and  Field  (2).F;S. 
Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

3077.  Conditioning  and  Safety  (2).F;S. 
Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

3078.  Gymnastics  (3).F;S. 
Meets  250  minutes  per  week. 


CORE  II. 

Team  Sports  Skills  and  Techniques  (physical 
education  majors  must  complete  four  semester 
hours) . 

3080.  Volleyball  (2).F;S. 
Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

3081.  Field  Hockey  (2).F. 

3083.  Basketball  (2).F;S. 
Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

3084.  Football  (2).F;S. 
Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

3085.  Soccer  (2).F;S. 
Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

3087.  Softball  and  Baseball  (2).F;S;SS. 

Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 


CORE  III. 

Recreational  Sport  Skills  and  Techniques 
(physical  education  majors  must  complete  two 
semester  hours). 

3088.  Outdoorsmanship— Land  Related/(2). 
F;S;SS. 

Includes  archery,  backpacking,  hiking,  basic 
campcraft,  orienteering,  outdoor  survival  techni- 
ques. Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

3089.  Outdoorsmanship— Water  Related/(2). 
F;S;SS. 

Includes  canoeing,  tubing,  water  survival,  various 
boating  techniques.  Two  hour  lecture,  one  hour 
lab. 

3090.  Aquatics/Water  Safety 
Instructor/(2).F;S;SS. 

Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab.  Prerequisite  PE 
1590  or  equivalent.  May  be  taken  for  American 
National  Red  Cross  Certification. 


3092.  Skiing 

Intermediate    skiing    ability    required, 
teaching  skiing  and  ski  patroling. 


(2).S. 

Includes 


(2).F;S. 


3093.  Badminton,  Handball 
and  Racquetball 

Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 
3096.  Selected  Recreation  Activities /(1).S. 

Includes  cycling,  table  tennis,  shuffleboard, 
horseshoes,  deck  tennis.  One  hour  lecture,  one 
hour  lab. 

3098.  Officiating  (1-2).F;S. 

A  study  of  rules  and  rule  interpretations  of 
seasonal  sports  with  emphasis  on  the  proper 
mechanics,  role,  and  judgment  in  officiating.  Lec- 
ture and  laboratory. 

3099.  Golf  and  Archery  (2).F;S;SS. 

Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

Physical     Education     Professional 

Courses  (continued) 

3420.  Dance  Composition  and  Improvisation/ 

(3).F. 

Includes  the  study  of  space  and  design  elements 
used  in  choreography  and  the  exploration  of  mo- 
tion based  on  stimuli  such  as  sound,  space,  force, 
props  and  ideas.  Prerequisite:  Modern  Dance  I  or 
II. 

3430.  Dance  History/(2).S. 

The  study  of  the  history  and  motivation  of  dance 
from  primitive  through  present  time.  Two  hours 
lecture. 

3440.  Applied  Dance/(2).S. 

Application  of  learned  techniques  to  dance  perfor- 
mance. Recital.  Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3510.  Organization  and  Administration/(2). 
F;S;SS. 

The  organization,  administration,  supervision, 
planning,  budgeting,  and  evaluation  of  programs 
on  various  levels,  including:  use  of  facilities, 
maintenance,  purchasing,  insurance,  varsity  and 
intramural  programs,  leagues  and  tournaments, 
and  public  relations. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).  F;S;SS. 
A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


220 


for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours.  Approv- 
ed contract  required. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

3550.  Kinesiology/ (3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  neuromuscular  and  mechanical  prin- 
ciples of  motion  as  related  to  the  analysis  of  op- 
timum motor  skill  performance.  Two  hours  lecture 
and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  PE  2000 
or  2505;  1120  and  1121,  or  1320  (pre/core- 
quisite) . 

3556.  How  Children  Move:  Implications  for 
Elementary  Education/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  overview  of  movement  experiences  in  games, 
gymnastics,  and  dance  focusing  on  the  teaching  of 
children  K-8.  Three  hours  lecture.  (For  non-PE 
majors.) 

3560.  The  Process  of  Observing  Children  in 
Movement  Experiences/ (2).  Offered  every  third 
semester. 

A  study  and  practical  application  of  the  tool  of 
observation  based  on  knowledge  of  the  child, 
motor  development,  and  movement  content. 
Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  laboratory.  Prere- 
quisite: PE  2556  or  3556. 

3580.  Apprenticeship/d ).F;S;SS. 

A  practical  experience  in  the  teaching  of  physical 
education  activities  under  direct  supervision.  Re- 
quired prior  to  student  teaching.  The  appren- 
ticeship should  be  done  in  an  activity  in  which  the 
student  has  had  the  corresponding  course  from 
the  physical  education  majors  activity  cores  or 
fundamental  movements  and  sports  and  skiils 
parts  or  skill  and  technique  courses.  Pre/core- 
quisite:  PE  3550.  Two  hours  laboratory  with 
periodic  seminars.  (S/U)  May  be  repeated. 

4000.  Adapted  Physical  Education  and  Recre- 
ation/(4).F;S;SS. 

A  survey  of  abnormalities  and  atypical  cases; 
identification,  with  preventive,  corrective  and 
rehabilitative  techniques  and  activities.  Three 
hours  lecture  and  three  hours  lab.  Prerequisites: 
PE  2000,  PE  2010,  2506,  PE  3550,  or  by  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

4010.  Prevention  and  Care  of  Athletic  Injuries/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

A  theory  and  methods  course  in  the  prevention 
and  care  of  injuries,  including  safety  devices,  use 
of  wraps  and  supports,  massage,  taping, 
therapeutic  techniques,  and  conditioning  exer- 
cises.   Students    will    be    required    to    purchase 


minimum  training  supplies.  Two  hr.  lecture  &  two 
hr.  lab.  Prerequisites  for  the  PE  major:  HEd  3100; 
PE  2000,  2010,  and  3550.  For  non-PE  majors: 
HEd  3100,  PE  2505,  and  3550. 

4030.  Athletic  Training  Laboratory  Practice/ 
(2-2-2).F;S. 

A  course  for  the  student  minoring  in  athletic  train- 
ing. Included  are  the  following:  recognition  of  in- 
juries, care  and  rehabilitation,  modalities,  wrapp- 
ing and  strapping,  professional  ethics.  In  addition 
to  training  room  responsibilities,  the  student  will 
be  assigned  to  athletic  practices  and  games.  One 
hour  lecture  and  laboratory. 

4045.  Coaching  Leadership/(2).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  philosophical,  sociological  and 
psychological  problems  in  relation  to  leadership  in 
competitive  athletics.  The  organizational  ad- 
ministrative aspects  of  coaching  will  be  included. 
Required  of  students  with  coaching  concentration 
and  elective  for  physical  education  majors. 

4050.  Determining  Teaching  Styles  Ap- 
propriate for  Elementary  School  Physical 
Education/(3).  Offered  every  third  semester. 

Study  of  the  effective  techniques  of  teaching, 
designing,  and  evaluating  movement  experiences 
for  elementary  school  age  children.  Three  hours 
lecture.  Prerequisite:  PE  2556  or  3556. 

4060.  Developing  a  Physical  Education  Cur- 
riculum for  the  Elementary  School  Child/(3). 
Offered  every  third  semester. 

A  study  of  the  significance  of  physical  education 
and  its  role  in  a  school  curriculum.  Three  hours 
lecture.  Prerequisite:  PE  2556  or  3556. 

Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4550.  Seminar  in  Individual  and  Dual  Sports/ 

(2).S. 

A  study  of  individual  and  dual  sports  excluding 
aquatics,  track  and  field.  Consists  of  practical 
application,  analysis  of  skills,  problems  en- 
countered in  implementation  in  curriculum,  and 
current  trends  associated  with  each  sport. 

4560.  Seminar  in  Team  Sports/(2).F;SS. 

A  study  of  team  sports  excluding  basketball  and 
football.  Consists  of  practical  application,  analysis 
of  skills,  problems  encountered  in  implementation 
in  curriculum,  and  current  trends  associated  with 
each  sport. 

4570.  Advanced  Athletic  Training  and  Condi- 
tioning/(2).F;SS. 

Conditioning,  advanced  therapy  techniques, 
rehabilitative   exercises,   professional  ethics,   ad- 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


221 


vanced  taping  and  bandaging,  specific  advanced 
first-aid  techniques  used  in  the  care  of  athletic  in- 
juries, and  the  legal  aspects  of  athletic  training. 
Prerequisite:  PE  4010  or  equivalent. 

4580.  Workshop/(2).  On  Demand. 

Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  bibliographical  problems  in  the  field, 
types  of  research,  research  tools,  resources, 
organization  and  reporting,  documentation  of 
graduate  writing  and  application  to  term  projects. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On 
Demand. 

Courses  may  include  topics  such  as:  Adult  Fitness 
and  Cardiac  Rehabilitation;  Perceptual  Motor 
Development;  Motor  Development;  Physical 
Education  for  the  handicapped;  Motor  Assess- 
ment and  Interpretation. 

5550.  Sports  Science/(3).F;SS. 

An  integration  of  principles  from  various  scientific 
disciplines  such  as:  homokinetics,  physiology, 
anatomy,  psychosomatics  and  the  social  sciences 
and  their  application  in  human  movement  perfor- 
mance. 

5560.  Research  Project/(2).F;S;SS. 

Selected  broad  research  topical  area  of  student's 
choice  concerned  with  conceiving  and  carrying  to 
completion  a  research  project.  Each  student  will 
have  an  advisor  for  the  thesis  style  project  and  will 
present  the  findings  to  peers  in  a  colloquy  situa- 
tion. 

5570.  Current  Trends  and  Literature  in 
Physical  Education/(2).S;SS. 

Identification  and  discussion  of  current  issues, 
concepts,  objectives,  programs,  methodologies, 
evaluation  techniques  and  leaders  as  expressed  in 
current  physical  education  literature. 

5580.  Philosophical  and  International  Physical 
Education/ (3).S. 

Philosophical  process  of  sport  and  life  with  em- 
phasis on  history,  education,  physical  education, 
Olympics  and  international  sport.  This  is  a 
readings,  practical  applications  and  problem  solv- 
ing course. 

5591.  Laboratory  Measurement  Techniques/ 
(2).F. 

Study  and  practical  application  of  many  tests, 
measurement   techniques,    and    instruments   for 


determining  status  of  man  in  those  qualities  of  im- 
portance to  the  physical  educator.  One  hour  lec- 
ture and  two  hours  laboratory. 

5592.  Statistics  in  Physical  Education/(3).S. 

The  mechanics  of  handling  data  from  descriptive 
through  inferential  statistics.  The  emphasis  of  the 
course  is  directed  toward  the  application  of  simple 
and  paired  T-tests,  analysis  of  variance,  and  sim- 
ple post  hoc  tests  that  are  most  often  encountered 
in  physical  education  research. 

5600.  Organization,  Administration  and 
Supervision  of  Physical  Education  and 
Athletics/(3).F;SS. 

Analysis  of  problems,  theory  and  practices  of 
physical  education  and  athletic  programs  in 
schools  and  colleges.  Includes  the  study  of  ad- 
ministrative process,  liability,  public  relations,  of- 
fice management,  legalities,  personnel  manage- 
ment, travel,  schedules,  budgets  and  equipment. 

5610.  Analysis  of  Human  Movement/ 
(3).F;SS.* 

Theory  and  techniques  for  analyzing  motor  per- 
formance, including  cinematography,  segmental 
analysis,  and  sport  skill  fundamentals  based  on 
the  laws  and  principles  of  mechanical  and 
neuromuscular  action. 

5620.  Physiology  of  Exercise/(3).S. 

Integration  of  theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of 
acute  and  chronic  adaptations  occurring  within 
the  cardiovascular,  musculoskeletal  and  in- 
tegrative systems  in  response  to  the  stress  of  exer- 
cise. Two  hours  lecture,  one  hour  lab. 

5630.  Dance  Pedagogy/(3).On  Demand. 

Lecture  discussions,  practical  analysis  of  dance 
movements  including  folk,  square,  ethnic,  social 
and  modern.  Theoretical  aspects  of  dance  and 
their  relationships  to  various  movement  patterns. 

5640.  Physical  Education  for  the  Mentally 
Retarded/(2).On  Demand. 

Developmental,  therapeutic  and  recreational  pro- 
grams for  the  mentally  retarded  with  the  outcome 
directed  towards  the  improvement  of  the  adaptive 
behavior  of  the  retarded  individual. 

5650.  Theoretical  Concepts  in  Elementary 
Physical  Education/(2).On  Demand. 

An  interdisciplinary  approach  concerned  with 
theory,  curriculum,  practice  and  current 
developments  in  elementary  school  physical 
education.  Movement  exploration,  lead  up  and 
skill  development  concepts,  problems  and 
teaching  trends  are  included. 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


222 


5660.  Psychology  of  Motor  Learning/ 
(2).S;SS.* 

Theory  and  problems  concerned  with  learning 
concepts,    practice,    motivation,    methodology, 
transfer  and  distribution  as  applied  to  motor  per- 
formance. 
"May  be  scheduled  every  other  summer. 

5670.  Social  and  Psychological  Dimensions  of 
Sport/(3).F;SS. 

Current  psychological  and  sociological  theory  and 
findings  relative  to  movement  including  group  in- 
teraction, perception,  maturation,  culture, 
feminism,  racial  backgrounds,  and  economic 
status. 

5680.  Planning  and  Developing  Physical 
Education  and  Athletic  Facilities/(2).SS.* 

The  planning,  construction,  budgeting,  and 
maintenance  of  indoor  and  outdoor  facilities  for 
athletics,  physical  education  and  recreation. 

5690.  Application  of  Creativity  to  Physical 
Education/(2).F;SS." 

The  study,  analysis,  and  demonstration  of 
teaching  physical  education,  health,  receation, 
and  athletic  coaching  employing  creative  and  in- 
novative techniques.  Recent  trends  and  research 
findings  of  creative  techniques  in  teaching  physical 
education  will  be  presented. 
"Scheduled  alternate  summers. 

5900.  Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS. 


2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 


to 


Outdoor 


Recreation 


2100.  Introduction  to  Recreation  and 
Leisure/(3).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  the  concepts  of  recreation  and 
leisure  and  a  survey  of  the  recreation  profession. 
A  study  of  the  history  of  leisure  and  the  recreation 
movement.  Development  of  a  personal 
philosophy  related  to  discretionary  time  an  related 
choices. 

2400.  Leadership  and  Group 

Dynamics/(3).F;S. 

This  is  a  practical  course  in  the  development  of 
leadership  styles,  techniques,  responsibilities  and 
liabilities  in  working  with  various  recreational 
groups.  Includes  lecture  and  laboratory  situations 
regarding  individual  qualities,  leadership,  com- 
munication and  group  process  skills.  Will  also  in- 
clude new  games  and  other  recreational  activity 
areas. 


3300.        Introduction 
Recreation/(3).F. 

A  survey  of  outdoor  recreation  in  local,  county, 
state,  and  federal  agencies  with  emphasis  on  ob- 
jectives, philosophies,  problems,  trends,  and 
modes  of  operational  procedures. 

3310.  Aquatics  Management/(3). 

A  survey  of  the  nature,  diversity,  and  extent  of 
aquatic  programs  and  organizations  including  and 
examination  of  the  community,  agency,  and 
group  needs  and  interests.  Planning  and  develop- 
ment of  aquatic  programs  and  facilities.  The  ex- 
amination of  operational  problems  through  obser- 
vation and  examination  of  a  variety  of  aquatic 
facilities  and  programs.  Three  hours  lecture.. 

3320.  Camp  Management/(3).F. 

The  relationship  of  organized  camping  to  pro- 
gramming, facilities,  and  the  individual  needs  of 
the  camper.  Identification  of  administrative  prin- 
ciples, methodology,  and  problems  relative  to 
staff,  programming,  resources,  development,  and 
management.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
health,  safety,  enjoyment,  and  legal  aspects  of 
organized  camping. 

3440.  Organization  and  Administration/ 
(3).F;S. 

The  organization,  administration,  supervision, 
planning,  budgeting,  and  evaluation  of  recrea- 
tional operations  within  most  types  of  recreational 
agencies.  Prerequisite:  REC  2100. 

3450.  Development  and  Maintenance  of 
Recreation  Facilities/(3).F;S. 

A  course  dealing  with  the  developing,  planning, 
organizing,  scheduling,  and  maintenance 
management  of  indoor  and  outdoor  recreation 
areas  and  facilities. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours.  Approv- 
ed contract  required. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 


223 


3860.  Recreation  Program  Planning/(3).F;S. 

Planning  recreation  and  leisure  activities  through 
the  use  of  human  and  material  resources  in  public, 
private,  and  commercial  recreation  programs.  A 
study  in  the  process  of  planning  recreation  ac- 
tivities for  various  recreation  agencies  and  for  all 
ages  of  the  population  to  be  served. 

3900.  Internship  I/(1-12)F;S;SS. 

A  guided  practical,  direct  leadership  experience  in 
elected  organized  recreational  settings.  Credit  is 
determined  by  the  degree  of  engagement  over  a 
program  season.  Post-experience,  identification, 
and  evaluation  by  the  student  concerning  per- 
sonal and  professional  capabilities,  goals,  and  a 
recommitment  to  a  plan  for  continuous  prepara- 
tion. A  minimum  of  2  s.h.  is  required  of  recreation 
majors  and  minors.  Graded  on  S/U  basis.  Prere- 
quisite: REC  2100  and  HEd  3100. 


and  managerial  requirements,  facility  develop- 
ment, promotion  and  marketing  strategies, 
sources  of  technical  assistance,  and  evaluation 
techniques. 

4600.  Ski  Area  Management  Seminar/(3).S. 

The  study  of  planning  and  managing  alpine  ski 
areas.  Frequent  field  trips  to  ski  areas  will  be  re- 
quired. Prerequisite:  beginning  skiing  or 
equivalent. 

4850.  Senior  Seminar/(3).F;S. 

Planning  for  continuing  individual  professional  ac- 
tivity and  growth  in  the  leisure  delivery  services 
field.  A  series  of  discussions,  conferences  and  role 
playing  experiences  related  to  the  various  aspects 
of  organized  recreation  as  a  career.  A  review  of  in- 
ternships, employment  opportunities,  ethical  con- 
duct and  other  related  topics  will  be  included. 


4300.  The  Management  of  Outdoor  Recreation 
/(3).S. 

This  course  is  in  sequence  to  Introduction  to  Out- 
door Recreation.  Topics  addressed  include  the 
management  process,  recreation  resource 
management,  visitor  management,  management 
of  intensive-use  sites,  management  of  dispersed 
recreation  areas,  and  special  contemporary 
management  problems.  Prerequisite:  REC  3300. 

4320.  Special  Populations/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  and  practical  application  of  principles  in 
the  provision  of  recreation  services  to  populations 
limited  in  their  access  to  normal  recreation  pro- 
grams. Attention  of  the  course  will  focus  on  in- 
dividual populations  and  the  respective  barriers  to 
participation,  the  process  of  program  planning 
and  resource  development  that  alter  these  limita- 
tions, and  the  practical  experience  of  application 
of  a  particular  plan.  Attention  will  also  be  devoted 
to  a  study  of  successful  international,  national, 
local,  and  institutional  programs.  Prerequisite: 
Junior  or  Senior  standing. 

4550.  Travel  and  Tourism/(3).F. 

This  course  provides  an  in-depth  study  of  tourism 
and  recreational  travel.  Topics  include  the  origin, 
present  characteristics,  importance  to  state  and 
federal  economies,  societal  impacts,  and  implica- 
tions of  non-business  travel  in  the  United  States; 
international  travel;  current  issues,  and  manage- 
ment problems. 

4560.  Commercial  Recreation/(3).S. 

This  course  examines  the  private-commercial  side 
of  recreation.  Topics  covered  include  analysis  of 
resource  characteristics,  location  and  planning 
aspects,  analysis  of  development  potential,  capital 


4900.  Internship  II/(1-12).F;S;SS. 

A  guided,  practical,  supervisory  leadership  ex- 
perience of  the  "middle  level"  in  the  conduct  of 
recreation  within  a  choice  of  recreational  organiza- 
tion. Credit  is  determined  by  a  preplanned  degree 
of  engagement  over  a  program  season.  Post- 
experience,  identification  and  evaluation  by  stu- 
dent of  professional  capabilities  and  goals  and 
recommitment  to  a  plan  for  continuing  prepara- 
tion. A  minimum  of  3  s.h.  is  required  of  recreation 
majors.  Graded  on  S/U  basis.  Prerequisite:  REC 
3440,  3900. 

Driver  and  Traffic  Safety 
Education 

2200.  Introduction  to  Driver  Education/ 
(3).F;S. 

Introductory  course  to  prepare  teachers  of  driver 
education.  Classroom  and  laboratory  instruction 
in  driver  education  is  presented  in  a  correlated 
and  integrated  manner  to  increase  the  knowledge 
and  skill  of  the  driver  education  teacher.  Driving 
skills  and  abilities  of  future  teachers  are  evaluated. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3200.  Safety  Education/(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  broad  area  of  safety  content, 
techniques,  and  programs  and  their  relationship 
to  the  school  safety  program.  Examination  of 
OSHA  and  selected  areas  of  industrial  safety. 

3210.  Traffic  Safety/(3).S. 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  content,  methods, 
techniques,  and  materials  in  behind-the-wheel  in- 


Home  Economics 


224 


struction  in  driver  education.  In-car  teaching  ex- 
perience provided.  Prerequisite:  TSE  2200  or 
permission  of  instructor,  valid  driver's  license. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours.  Approv- 
ed contract  required. 


3530-3549. 

mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


3750.  Recreational  Vehicles/(3).  On  Demand. 

Safety,  the  functions,  handling,  and  operational 
characteristics  of  various  recreational  vehicles  will 
be  provided  with  laboratory  experience  in  the 
operation  of  these  vehicles  and  their  special 
equipment.  Prerequisite:  Valid  driver's  license. 

3900.  Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS. 

The  student  will  be  assigned  to  an  educational  in- 
stitution, safety,  or  traffic-related  organization  to 
gain  in-depth  experience  in  various  areas  of  safe- 
ty. The  student  will  provide  a  written  report  on  the 
experiences  and  will  participate  in  several 
seminars,  small  group,  and/or  individual  con- 
ferences, related  to  these  experiences.  Graded  on 
S/U  basis. 


4200.  Transportation  Systems/(3).F. 

An  overview  of  the  broad  area  of  transportation 
systems  with  emphasis  on  the  highway  transporta- 
tion system.  The  basic  characteristics  and  func- 
tions of  traffic  engineering  applicable  to  driver  and 
traffic  safety  education  are  considered. 

4210.  Laboratory  Programs  in  Driver  Ed- 
ucation/^).F. 

A  study  of  the  content,  methods,  techniques,  and 
materials  in  simulation  and  off-street  multiple-car 
driving  range  instruction.  Simulation  and  range 
teaching  experience  provided.  Prerequisite:  TSE 
3210  or  permission  of  instructor. 

4750.  Administering  the  School  Safety  and 
Driver  Education  Programs/(3).S. 

Administrative  and  supervisory  aspects  of  the 
driver  and  safety  education  programs  at  the  local, 
state,  and  national  level.  Includes  federal  pro- 
grams in  driver  and  safety  education.  Prere- 
quisites: TSE  4210  or  permission  of  instructor, 
junior  standing  or  higher. 

4800.  Emergency  Medical  Technician  Train- 
ing/(3-6).F;S. 

The  Department  of  Transportation's  Emergency 
Medical  Technician  curriculum  is  presented  in  an 
individualized  competency  based  module  format. 
Hospital  emergency  room  experience  is  required. 
Other  experiences  may  include:  Basic  rescue 
techniques,  extrication,  field  experience  in  am- 
bulances, communication,  and  emergency  vehicle 
operation.  Eight  hours  laboratory. 


Department  of  Home  Economics 
(HEC) 

John  J.  Beasley,  Chairperson 

Home  economics  is  concerned  with  food  quality,  safety  and  adequacy;  nutrition  and 
diet;  consumer  welfare  and  safety;  child  care;  family  economics  and  management; 
clothing;  shelter;  and  other  issues  related  to  individual  and  family  well-being.  The 
Department  of  Home  Economics  is  accredited  by  the  American  Home  Economics 
Association  and  offers  undergraduate  degree  programs  leading  to  the  B.S.  Degree  in 
the  following: 

Child  Development 

Clothing  and  Textiles  Merchandising 

Foods  and  Nutrition 


Home  Economics 


225 


General  Concentration 

Food  Systems  Management  Concentration 
Home  Economics  Education  (teaching  certificate) 
Housing  and  Interiors 

The  Foods  and  Nutrition  general  dietetics  concentration  is  approved  by  the  American 
Dietetic  Association.  Upon  graduation  the  student  is  qualified  for  an  internship  or 
traineeship  in  an  accredited  hospital  or  other  acceptable  institution,  thus  becoming  eligi- 
ble for  ADA  membership  and  Registered  Dietitian  status. 

A  common  core  of  subjects  in  liberal  education,  as  well  as  home  economics,  is  required 
of  all  majors.  The  general  education  curriculum  is  designed  to  provide  instruction  in  the 
natural  and  social  sciences,  the  arts  and  humanities,  and  in  general  home  economics 
areas.  In  all  programs,  families  and  families  as  consumers  are  the  primary  foci.  The  cur- 
riculum, based  on  the  general  education  studies,  relates  basic  knowledge  to  an 
understanding  of  familial  needs  with  regard  to  food,  clothing,  housing,  management  of 
resources  and  human  interactions  and  relationships.  The  program  offers  educational 
preparation  for  professional  careers,  entry  into  continuing  education  programs  and 
graduate  study. 

The  Lucy  Brock  Child  Development  Center,  located  adjacent  to  the  Lillie  Shull 
Dougherty  Building,  serves  as  a  laboratory  for  home  economics  majors  and  child 
development  students.  It  also  provides  observational  opportunities  for  students  enrolled 
in  courses  in  other  departments. 

Home  Management  Residence  is  offered  each  semester  and  is  a  requirement  for  Home 
Economics  Education  and  Housing  and  Interiors  majors.  The  residence  course  may  be 
elected  by  majors  in  other  home  economics  areas  when  space  is  available. 

A  minor  in  home  economics  consists  of  16-18  semester  hours  scheduled  in  conference 
with  the  department  chairperson.  Courses  for  the  minor  will  be  designed  predominantly 
in  specialized  areas. 

Students  majoring  in  home  economics  (with  the  exception  of  Child  Development  ma- 
jors) are  required  to  make  of  grade  of  "C-,"  (1.7)  or  better  in  all  home  economics 
courses. 

CHILD  DEVELOPMENT:  Elementary  Education,  Home  Economics  and  Psychology 
cooperate  to  offer  the  B.S.  Degree  in  Child  Development  conferred  by  the  Department 
of  Home  Economics  upon  the  completion  of  the  required  20  semester  hours 
multidisciplinary  core  curriculum  (EE  3130  and  4590;  HEC  2201,  3101  and  4100;  and 
PSY  3660  and  4560)  and  courses  in  one  of  the  three  areas  of  concentration:  Elemen- 
tary Education,  Home  Economics,  or  Psychology. 

The  Home  Economics  concentration  includes  20  semester  hours  of  Core  Re- 
quirements (EE  3130  and  4590;  HEC  2201,  3101,  and  4100;  PSY  3660  and  4560), 
and  34-40  semester  hours  of  Major  Requirements:  HEC  1000,  1100,  1202,  1300, 
1400,  2101,  2103,  2202,  2600,  4101,  4400,  and  4900  (6-12  s.h.). 


Home  Economics 


226 


In  addition,  the  following  general  education  courses  are  required:  PSY  2201;  BIO  1101 
and  1102;  HIS  1101  and  1102;  and  SOC  1115. 

CLOTHING  AND  TEXTILES  MERCHANDISING:  56-62  semester  hours  Home 
Economics/ 1000,  1100,  1202,  1300,  1400,  2000,  2001,  2103,  2202,  2300,  2600, 
3001,  3002,  3003,  4000,  4002,  4003,  4400,  and  4900  (6-12  s.h.);  and  10  semester 
hours  in  the  following  related  areas:  ART  1001  and  2008;  MGT  3010;  and  CMA  1100. 
The  student  should  also  complete  PSY  2201  as  part  of  the  general  education  format  to 
meet  departmental  requirements.  A  minor  in  Management  or  Marketing  (18  s.h.)  is  re- 
quired. 

FOODS  AND  NUTRITION  [General  Dietetics  Concentration]:  51-57  semester  hours  in 
Home  Economics/ 1000,  1202,  1300,  1400,  2103,  2202,  2203,  2204,  2600,  3202, 
3204,  3205,  4200,  4202,  4203,  4205,  4400,  4900  (6-12  s.h.);  33  semester  hours  in 
the  following  science  courses:  BIO  1101-1102,  and  3308;  CHE  1101-1102, 
2201-2202,  and  CHE  4580-4581;  HED  3000;  and  14  semester  hours  in  the  following 
related  courses:  ACC  2100;  PSY  3302;  ANT  2215  or  SOC  1115;  CS  1430  or  STT 
3810;  and  CMA  1100.  The  Chemistry  minor  for  this  major  may  be  satisfied  by  comple- 
tion of  CHE  2201,  2202,  and  4580-4581. 

[Food  Systems  Management  Concentration]:  39-45  semester  hours  in  Home 
Economics/ 1000,  1202,  1300,  1400,  2103,  2202,  2203,  2204,  3202,  3204,  3205, 
4205,  4400,  and  4900  (6-12  s.h.);  19  semester  hours  of  professional  requirements 
which  include  BIO  3308;  ECO  2040;  2100;  ACC  2100  and  2110;  and  BE  2150;  14 
semester  hours  in  the  following  natural  science  courses:  BIO  1101  and  1102,  CHE 
1101  and  1102.  A  minor  in  Management  includes:  MGT  3151,  MKT  3050,  MGT 
3620,  MGT  4700  and  MGT  4570. 

The  student  should  also  complete  PSY  2201  and  ECO  2040  as  part  of  the  general 
education  format  to  meet  departmental  requirements  for  General  Dietetics  concentra- 
tion (Foods  and  Nutrition).  Student  should  complete  PSY  2201  and  ECO  2030  as  part 
of  the  general  education  format  to  meet  departmental  requirements  for  Food  Systems 
Management  Concentration. 

HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION:  A  major  in  Home  Economics  Education  leading 
to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certification  requires  54  semester  hours 
in  Home  Economics/ 1000,  1100,  1202,  1300,  1400,  2000,  2001,  2103,  2202, 
2204,  2300,  2350,  2600,  2700,  3001,  3205,  4350,  4400,  4700,  4701  with  suggested 
electives  4709  and  4719;  12-14  semester  hours  in  the  following  related  courses:  ART 
1001;  science  sequence  (6-8);  ECO  2040;  and  31  semester  hours  of  professional 
courses:  SE  3040,  3050,  3130,  4900;  PSY  3301  and  3302;  and  CMA  1100,  and  RE 
4630.  The  student  majoring  in  home  economics  education  must  also  complete  profi- 
ciency requirements  in  reading,  speech  and  English  and  take  both  the  Core  Battery  and 
Specialized  Area  of  the  National  Teachers  Examination  (NTE) . 

HOUSING  AND  INTERIORS:  59-65  semester  hours  in  Home  Economics/ 1000, 
1100,  1202,  1300,  1400,  2000,  2103,  2202,  2300,  2350,  2600,  3300,  3310,  4000, 
4310,  4315,  4320,  4350,  4400,  and  4900  (6-12  s.h.). 


Home  Economics 


227 


General  education  requirements  for  the  Housing  and  Interiors  Degree  include  a  science 
sequence  (6-8  s.h.),  ECO  2030,  and  either  Psy  2201  or  SOC  1115  as  part  of  the 
general  education  format  to  meet  departmental  requirements. 

Professional  requirements  for  the  Housing  and  Interiors  Degree  include  ART  1001  and 
1002,  MKT  3010,  and  CMA  2600. 

A  required  minor  for  this  degree  could  be  Communication  Arts,  Industrial  Arts, 
Sociology,  Art,  Management,  Marketing,  or  related  area  depending  on  the  interests  of 
the  student. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Home  Economics 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


1000.  Clothing  and  Consumer 
Behavior/(3).F;S. 

An  introductory  study  of  the  nature  and  impor- 
tance of  life  styles;  communication,  economics, 
psychology,  sociology,  design  and  concepts  of 
manufacturing,  marketing  and  retailing  as  factors 
which  influence  consumer  acceptance  and  utiliza- 
tion of  fashions.  Lecture  three  hours. 

1100.  Development  and  Relationships:  Con- 
ception through  Middle  Years/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  development  of  children  from  con- 
ception through  middle  school  age,  incorporating 
the  psycho-social,  physical  and  cognitive  com- 
ponents of  development  and  relationships.  Lec- 
ture two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

1202.  Meal  Management  in  Introductory 
Foods/(3).F;S. 

Integration  of  the  introduction  of  food  study,  with 
emphases  on  the  scientific  principles  involved  in 
the  identification  and  conservation  of  nutrients  in- 
to a  meal  management  format.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

1300.  Housing  and  Man/(3).F;S. 

Introductory  study  of  the  nature  of  man's  relation- 
ship to  his  spatial  environment.  An  historical  and 
international  overview  leading  to  an  understan- 
ding of  the  present  conditions  of  contemporary 
housing.  Study  and  discussion  of  physiological, 
psychological,  social  and  economics  aspects  of 
housing  needs  as  well  as  the  dynamics  and  com- 


ponents of  construction.  Exploration  of  the  con- 
sumer's energy  source  and  housing  alternatives. 
Lecture  three  hours. 

1400.  Professional  Orientation:  Freshmen/ 
(1).F;S. 

Factors  and  personalities  influencing  the  history  of 
home  economics;  present  status  of  the  discipline, 
future  responsibilities  and  career  opportunities. 
Lecture  one  hour.  Required  for  all  Home 
Economics  majors. 

2000.  Consumer  Textiles/(3).F;S. 

Consideration  of  textile  fibers  and  fabrics  from  the 
viewpoint  of  the  consumer.  Factors  related  to  raw 
materials,  comparative  quality,  serviceability  and 
cost  of  textiles  used  in  apparel  and  home  fur- 
nishings. Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours. 

2001.  Clothing  Construction/(3).F;S. 

Theories  and  principles  of  garment  design  and 
structure  in  relation  to  figure  types  and  posture, 
including  their  application  in  construction  and  fit 
of  apparel  for  men  and  women.  Prerequisite: 
HEC  2000.  Laboratory  six  hours. 

2101.  Infancy/(2).F. 

Basic  concepts,  principles  and  theories  of  infant 
development  and  relationships.  Review  of 
research  of  infant  programs.  Assessment  of  and 
involvement  in  infant-toddler  programs.  Lecture 
one  hour;  laboratory  two  hours. 


Home  Economics 


228 


2103.  Family  Development  Over  the  Life 
Cycle/(3).F;S. 

A  study,  using  the  life  span  approach,  of  factors 
affecting  individual  and  family  development. 
Theories,  patterns,  structures  and  function  of 
diverse  family  groupings  and  interactions/rela- 
tionships in  family  processes  and  development  will 
be  considered  in  relation  to  current  research.  Lec- 
ture three  hours. 

2201.  Foods  and  Nutrition  for  Children/(2).S. 

A  study  of  relationships  between  nutrition  and 
emotional,  mental  and  physical  wellbeing  of  in- 
fants and  children.  Diet  planning,  food  prepara- 
tion, food  purchasing,  storage,  sanitation  and 
safety  standards  in  child  development  programs. 
Lecture  one  hour;  laboratory  two  hours. 

2202.  Nutrition  and  Man/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  nutrients  required  by  humans  for 
normal  physiological  function  with  emphasis  on 
nutrient  requirements,  sources,  digestion,  absorp- 
tion, metabolism,  and  functions.  Consideration  of 
contemporary  nutritional  issues  to  include: 
overweight;  malnutrition;  health;  natural  and 
organic  foodstuffs;  athletics'  diets;  and  nutrient  re- 
quirements throughout  life.  Emphasis  on  nutrition 
consumerism.  Lecture  three  hours. 


2350.  Equipment  For  The  Home/(2).F;S. 

A  study  of  equipment  in  relation  to  production, 
selection,  arrangement,  and  use  for  home  living. 
Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  two  hours. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S. 

2600.  Family  Economics/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  management  of  human  and 
material  resources  designed  to  develop  com- 
petence as  consumers  of  goods  and  services  in  a 
modern  economic  society.  Lecture  three  hours. 

2700.  Orientation  to  Teaching  of  Home 
Economics/(l).S. 

Observation  of  actual  school  activities  as  home 
economics  classes,  classroom  record-keeping, 
planning  done  by  teachers,  faculty  meetings,  pro- 
fessional meetings,  and  preparation  for  classes  for 
eight  full  school  days.  Participation  of  student  op- 
tional with  cooperating  teachers. 

3001.  Flat  Pattern  Design/(3).F;S. 

The  use  of  commercial  basic  patterns  in  develop- 
ing slopers  for  use  in  designing  garments  in  rela- 
tion to  figure  problems  and  current  fashion  trends. 
Prerequisite:  HEC  2001.  Lecture  one  hour, 
laboratory  four  hours. 


2203.  Organization  and  Management  in  Food 
Service/(3).F. 

Factors  involved  in  business  policies,  organization 
theory,  and  principles  of  management  applicable 
to  foodservice  institutions.  Administrative 
development  including  management  experience; 
job  analysis,  and  evaluation;  salary  and  wage 
structure;  employee  benefits;  personnel  selection 
and  employment  practices  including  allocation  of 
labor.  Exposure  to  major  leadership-styles,  effec- 
tive communication  management  functions, 
employee  motivation,  formal-informal  work 
groups,  organizational  charts,  business  social 
responsibility,  and  management  in  the  future  in 
food  instructions.  Lecture  three  hours. 

2204.  Advanced  Foods  and 
Consumerism  /  (3 ).  S . 

Aesthetics  of  food  as  related  to  family  meals;  ad- 
vanced meal  management  considerations;  ap- 
plication of  scientific  principles  in  distinctive 
cuisine;  food  consumerism.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  HEC  1202. 

2300.  Furnishings  and  Interiors/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  furnishings,  material,  and  accessories 
for  individual  and  family  living  space.  Prere- 
quisites: HEC  1300,  2000.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours. 


3002.  Apparel  Design  and  Production/ (3). S. 

Interrelationship  of  historic  costume,  textile 
materials,  design  and  fashion  drawing  and  illustra- 
tion as  tools  of  apparel  design  and  production.  A 
study  of  apparel  design  and  manufacturing  pro- 
cesses. Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

3003.  Fashion  Merchandising/(3).S. 

Fashion  fundamentals  applicable  to  merchandis- 
ing. Emphasis  on  the  study  of  materials  used  in 
fashion  merchandise.  Lecture  three  hours.  Prere- 
quisite: HEC  2000. 

3101.  Enriching  Experience  for  Young 
Children/(2).F. 

Planning,  developing  and  evaluating  creative  ac- 
tivities to  meet  the  total  needs  of  young  children  in 
preschool  program.  Lecture  one  hour;  laboratory 
two  hours. 

3202.  Quantity  Food  Production  I/(3).F. 
Application  of  food  preparation  principles  to 
quantity  production,  menu  planning,  use  and  care 
of  institutional  equipment,  standardized  recipes, 
and  service  to  the  public.  Lecture  one  hour, 
laboratory  from  hour.  Prerequisite:  HEC  2203  or 
permission  from  instructor. 


Home  Economics 


229 


3204.  Quantity  Food  Production  II/(3).S. 

In-depth  study  and  practice  in  planning,  prepar- 
ing, and  service  of  food  in  institutions  such  as 
school  foodservice,  commercial  restaurants, 
fastfood  operations,  hospitals,  and  college  feeding 
facilities.  Emphasis  on  food  service  purchasing  to 
involve  principles  and  practices.  Lecture  one 
hour,  laboratory  four  hours.  Prerequisite:  HEC 
3202. 

3205.  Nutrition  and  the  Life  Cycle/(3).S. 

The  study  of  nutritional  needs  and  concerns  in  the 
various  physiological  ages  of  humanity.  Applica- 
tion of  the  principles  of  nutrition  to  pregnancy, 
lactation,  infancy,  preschool  and  school  age 
years,  adolescence,  adulthood,  and  later  maturity 
with  discussions  of  nutrition  services  and  pro- 
grams available.  Lecture  three  hours.  Prere- 
quisite: HEC  2202  and  Biology  recommended. 

3300.  Living  Space:  Planning  and  Design/ 

(3).F. 

Communicating  effectively  on  the  professional 
level  ideas  and  designs  of  intelligently  planned 
space.  Includes  a  mastery  of  drafting  techniques 
and  equipment,  a  firm  knowledge  of  construction 
techniques  and  procedures,  and  site  and  structure 
planning  with  regard  to  terrain,  orientation  and 
energy  conservation.  Culminates  in  the  execution 
of  a  full  set  of  working  drawings  which  includes 
foundation,  floor,  elevation,  detail,  and  wiring 
plans.  Laboratory  six  hours.  Prerequisites:  HEC 
1300  and  2300  or  permission  from  instructor. 

3310.  Housing,  Furnishings,  and  Equipment 
Needs  of  Children,  the  Elderly,  and  Handicap- 
ped/^). On  Demand. 

A  study  of  the  special  housing,  furnishings,  and 
equipment  needs  of  children,  the  elderly,  and  the 
handicapped.  Emphasis  is  on  the  assessment  of 
these  needs  and  the  design  or  alteration  of  hous- 
ing, furnishings,  and  equipment  necessary  to  pro- 
mote satisfying  and  worthwhile  living.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  HEC 
1300,  2300,  3300,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours.  Approv- 
ed contract  required. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 


4000.  Textiles  Merchandising:  Apparel  and 
Furnishings/(3).F. 

A  study  of  factors  influencing  the  merchandising 
of  textiles  for  apparel  and  furnishings.  Emphasis 
on  the  market  structure  and  major  fabric  resources 
for  apparel  and  furnishings.  Lecture  three  hours. 
Prerequisite:  HEC  2000. 

4002.  Merchandise  Display  and  Promotion/ 

(3).S. 

A  study  of  promotion  of  merchandise  through  the 
use  of  displays  and  diversified  media.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  HEC 
3003. 

4003.  Fashion  Buying  and  Merchandising/ 
(3).F. 

The  planning,  buying  and  selling  of  fashion  mer- 
chandise. Emphasis  on  knowledge  and  skills 
needed  for  effective  decision  making  in  fashion 
merchandising.  Lecture  three  hours.  Prerequisite: 
HEC  3003. 

4100.  Administration  of  Preschool  Programs/ 
(3).S. 

A  study  of  the  role  of  preschool  program  ad- 
ministratios  in  development  of  interpersonal  rela- 
tionships among  staff  members,  planning  for 
parent  involvement,  assessing  facility  and  equip- 
ment needs,  determining  adequate  guidelines  for 
financial  management  and  funding,  and  studying 
legislation  and  regulations  affecting  preschool  pro- 
grams. Lecture  two  hours;  laboratory  two  hour. 
Prerequisite:  HEC  3101  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. 

4101.  Families  in  Later  Life/(3).S. 

In-depth  study  of  factors  influencing  interrelation- 
ships in  family  development  in  the  later  years. 
Lecture  three  hours. 

4200.  Advanced  Nutrition/(3).F. 

The  role  of  nutrients  at  the  specialized  cellula 
level.  Emphasis  on  intermediary  metabqlism  of 
carbohydrates,  proteins  and  fats.  Scientific  plann- 
ing of  adequate  dietaries  for  normal  individuals  of 
different  economic  levels  as  related  to  health  and 
efficiency.  Lecture  three  hours.  Prerequisites: 
HEC  3205,  CHE  2201,  2202. 

4202.  Experimental  Food  Study/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  theories  of  food  preparation,  the  ef- 
fect of  processing  on  food,  the  interrelationship  of 
various  aspects  of  food  science  to  nutrition  and 
the  judgment  of  products  and  establishing  of  stan- 
dards. Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  four  hours. 
Prerequisite:  HEC  1202. 


Home  Economics 


230 


4203.  Diet  in  Disease/(3).S. 

Study  of  nutrition  in  the  treatment  of  disease. 
Changes  in  metabolism  and  relationship  of 
changes  to  dietary  requirements  and  food  intake. 
Prerequisite:  HEC  4200,  Biochemistry  4580, 
4581.  Lecture  three  hours. 

4204.  Community  Nutrition/(3).S. 

An  introduction  to  nutrition  needs  of  the  com- 
munity and  nutrition  services  provided  to  the 
public  through  various  agencies  and  organiza- 
tions; techniques  for  determining  nutrition  needs 
and  methods  of  extending  services  to  various 
groups  in  the  community  and  factors  affecting  ac- 
ceptance of  these  services.  Lecture  three  hours. 
Offered  even  numbered  years. 

4205.  Seminar  in  Food  Systems 
Management/(1).S. 

A  consideration  of  contemporary  topics  in  food 
systems  management  via  seminar  format.  Prere- 
quisite: Senior  Status. 

4310.  Residential  Interior  Design/(3).S. 

Exposure  to  and  study  of  good  design.  Applica- 
tion of  design  principles  and  elements  through 
composition  and  critiquing  processes.  Exploration 
of  presentation,  drafting  and  rendering  techni- 
ques. Development  of  awareness  of  sociological, 
psychological  and  economic  influences  on  design 
and  market  trends  and  resources.  Instruction  in 
career  opportunities,  business  practices,  profes- 
sional conduct,  and  designer-client  interaction. 
Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  four  hours.  Prere- 
quisites: HEC  1300,  2300,  and  3300  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

4315.  Habitats  and  Public  Policy/(3).S. 

Historical  and  current  politico-economic  climates 
and  their  influences  on  the  physiological, 
psychological  and  sociological  aspects  of  housing. 
The  interrelationships  of  the  physical  environment 
with  people  in  urban,  suburban,  and  rural  housing 
situations.  Current  developments  in  housing  with 
emphasis  on  private  and  federal  programs.  Lec- 
ture three  hours. 

4320.  Contract  Interior  Design/(3).F;S. 

Study  of  principles  and  procedures  essential  to  the 
contract  interior  design  profession.  The  analysis 
and  solution  of  contract  design  problems  with  em- 
phasis on  logistics  necessary  for  systemization  and 
control  of  operations,  money,  materials,  and 
commitments.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  four 
hours.  Prerequisite:  HEC  3300. 


4350.  Management  Within  the  Home/(4).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  theory  and  application  of  manage- 
ment principles  with  emphasis  on  experiences  in 
the  management  of  resources  to  realize  individual 
and  group  goals.  Prerequisites:  HEC  1201,  2200, 
2350,  and  2600.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  six 
hours. 

4400.  Senior  Seminar/(1).F;S. 

Home  economics  in  the  professional  world  and 
continuing  education  job  opportunities,  inter- 
views, and  professional  ethics.  Development  of 
credentials  and  portfolios.  Lecture  one  hour.  Re- 
quired of  all  seniors  majoring  in  home  economics. 

4700.  Occupational  Education/(3).F;S. 

A  survey  and  analysis  of  occupations  related  to 
home  economics  with  emphasis  on  program  plan- 
ning and  techniques  of  teaching.  Prerequisites:  SE 
3040,  3050;  and  PSY  3301.  Lecture  three  hours. 

4701.  Techniques  and  Materials/(3).S. 

The  selection,  development,  and  use  of  pro- 
cedures and  materials  for  instruction  and 
guidance.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  four 
hours.  Prerequisites:  HEC  1202,  2350. 

4709.  Middle  Grades  Occupational  Explora- 
tion/^). On  Demand. 

A  study  of  the  newer  conceptual  and  pragmatic 
models  of  middle  grades  occupational  explora- 
tion. Development  of  competencies  of  teachers  in 
relation  to  the  development  of  models,  integration 
of  cluster  concepts,  Occupational  Information 
Centers,  and  resources  which  might  be  utilized  in 
occupational  explorations.  Meets  requirements  for 
certification  and  certificate  renewal  credit  for 
teachers  involved  in  middle  grades  occupational 
education,  service  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  HEC 
4709  or  equivalent.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory 
two  hours. 

4719.  Middle  Grades  Occupational  Exploration 
Service  Lab/(3).  On  Demand. 

Second  course  in  Middle  Grades  Occupational 
Exploration.  In-depth  study  of  the  occupational 
clusters  related  to  consumer  and  homemaking, 
health,  personal  and  public  service,  and  hospita- 
lity and  recreation.  Meets  requirements  for  cer- 
tification and  certificate  renewal  credit  for  teachers 
involved  in  middle  grades  occupational  educa- 
tion, service  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  HEC  4709 
or  equivalent.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours. 


Industrial  Education  and  Technology 


231 


4900.  Internship/(6-12).F;S;SS. 

In-the-field  experience  or  employment  in  the  area 
of  the  student's  interest:  (a)  clothing  and  textile 
merchandising;  (b)  institutional  administration; 
child  and  family;  (c)  housing,  interiors  and  equip- 
ment. Supervision  and  evaluation  by  the  employer 
and  faculty  member.  Prerequisite:  completion  of 
all  junior  level  courses.  Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

Subject  matter  content  may  vary  and  is  dependent 
on  interests  and  needs  of  students.  Students  may 
enroll  more  than  once  in  a  selected  topics  course 
provided  that  the  content  does  not  duplicate  that 
of  the  previous  course. 


Department  of  Industrial 
Education  and  Technology  (IET) 

Ming  Land,  Chairperson 

The  Department  of  Industrial  Education  and  Technology  provides  study  programs  of 
the  technology  of  our  industrial  society.  The  curriculum  consists  of  a  series  of  courses 
which  include  learnings  related  to  planning  and  design,  manufacturing,  servicing,  com- 
munications, power,  and  construction.  Through  the  pursuit  of  these  areas,  the  student 
develops  a  high  degree  of  skill  in  the  performance  of  the  processes  involved  in  these 
areas.  These  experiences  result  in  practices  that  are  relevant  to  the  learner  and  consis- 
tent with  identifiable  needs  of  an  individual. 

The  Industrial  Education  and  Technology  curriculum  includes  those  kinds  of 
knowledge,  experiences,  and  concepts  which  develop  the  learner's  capacity  to  interpret 
and  manage  the  technological  society  of  the  future  rather  than  knowledge  and  ex- 
periences peculiar  to  a  time  or  place.  Industrial  Education  and  Technology,  therefore,  is 
predicated  on  the  following: 

1.  The  need  to  understand  and  manage  the  systems  and  products  of  technology. 

2.  The  need  to  include  motivational  activity  as  an  integral  process  of  education. 

3.  The  need  to  be  an  informed,  productive,  and  involved  citizen. 

4.  The  need  to  have  a  positive  sense  of  oneself,  which  relates  to  good  mental  health 
and  personal  well-being. 

The  Industrial  Education  and  Technology  Department  offers  the  following  degree  pro- 
grams: 

Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  teacher  certification  in  industrial  arts  (industrial  arts 

and/or  trade  and  industry) 

Bachelor  of  Science  degree  without  teacher  certification 

Bachelor  of  Technology  degree  for  graduates  of  two-year  technical  institutes 

Minor  in  industrial  arts  on  the  undergraduate  level 


Master  of  Arts  degree  for  secondary  school  teachers 


Industrial  Education  and  Technology 


232 


Master  of  Arts  degree  for  junior  college  teachers 

Minor  in  industrial  arts  on  the  graduate  level 

A  major  in  industrial  arts  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  cer- 
tification in  industrial  arts  consists  of  49  semester  hours  including  1001;  1002;  2004; 
2005;  2023;  four  semester  hours  from  2006-2016-2026-2036;  4609;  4619;  4629;  six 
semester  hours  in  advanced  courses  from  each  of  at  least  two  areas,  or  12  semester 
hours  in  advanced  courses  from  one  area:  and  four  semester  hours  of  industrial  educa- 
tion and  technology  electives.  Required  courses  from  other  departments  (not  included 
in  the  49  semester  hour  major)  are:  one  year  of  physics  or  chemistry  (must  be  a  se- 
quence); MAT  1020;  and  CMA  1100.  For  requirements  for  teacher  certification  see  the 
Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

A  major  in  industrial  arts  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  cer- 
tification in  trade  and  industry  consists  of  49  semester  hours  including:  1001,  4609; 
4619;  4629;  4639;  4900  (6-12  s.h.);  a  minimum  of  16  semester  hours  from  one  of  the 
following  skill  areas:  drafting,  electronics,  graphic  arts,  industrial  crafts,  metals,  woods; 
and  5-11  semester  hours  of  industrial  arts  electives.  Required  courses  from  other 
departments  (not  included  in  the  49  semester  hour  major)  are:  one  year  of  physics  or 
chemistry  (must  be  a  sequence);  MAT  1020;  and  CMA  1100.  For  requirements  for 
teacher  certification  see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

A  major  in  industrial  education  and  technology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  technical  education  (without  teacher  certification)  consists  of  a  minimum  of  50 
semester  hours  including:  1001;  2011;  3029,  3039;  18  semester  hours  selected  from 
1002,  2004;  2005;  2008;  2023;  3007;  including  2-4  semester  hours  selected  from: 
2006;  2016;  2026;  2036;  12  semester  hours  in  advanced  courses  from  one  technical 
area:  9-12  semester  hours  of  IE/T  electives,  which  may  include  an  internship.  Required 
courses  from  other  departments  (not  included  in  the  minimum  50  semester  hour  major) 
are:  one  year  of  physics  or  chemistry:  MAT  1020  and  CMA  1100.  A  minor  of  12-18 
semester  hours  is  required. 

A  major  in  industrial  arts  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  technical  educa- 
tion with  a  concentration  in  manufacturing  technology  (without  teacher  certification) 
consists  of  50-60  semester  hours  including:  1001;  2004;  2005;  2008  or  2016;  2011; 
2023;  3039;  3607;  3807;  4407;  4557;  4563;  8-12  semester  hours  of  IE/T  electives; 
and  4900,  an  approved  internship  or  approved  IE/T  electives  of  6-12  semester  hours. 
Required  courses  from  other  departments  (not  included  in  the  50-60  semester  hour 
major)  are:  one  year  of  physics  or  chemistry  (must  be  a  sequence);  MAT  1020;  and 
CMA  1100.  A  required  minor  of  12-18  semester  hours  is  to  be  selected  in  consultation 
with  an  advisor. 

A  major  in  industrial  arts  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  technical  educa- 
tion with  a  concentration  in  electronics  technology  (without  teacher  certification)  con- 
sists of  46-58  semester  hours  including:  1001;  2011;  2023;  3033;  3043;  4003;  4023; 
4563;  4583;  18  semester  hours  of  approved  IE/T  electives;  and  4900,  an  approved  in- 
ternship (optional)  of  6-12  semester  hours.  Required  courses  from  other  departments 


Industrial  Education  and  Technology 


233 


(not  included  in  the  46-58  semester  hour  major)  are:  one  year  of  physics  or  chemistry 
(must  be  a  sequence);  MAT  1020;  and  CMA  1100.  A  required  minor  of  12-18 
semester  hours  is  to  be  selected  in  consultation  with  an  advisor. 

The  Department  of  Industrial  Education  and  Technology,  in  conjunction  with  the 
departments  of  Art  and  Communication  Arts,  offers  a  B.S.  degree  (non  teaching)  in 
Communications  Media  with  an  option  in  printing  production  management.  The  core 
requirements  consist  of  11-12  semester  hours  from  the  following:  CMA  2300,  CMA 
2305  and  one  course  from  each  of  the  following  two  areas:  CMA  2316  or  CMA  2600 
and  ART  1001. 

The  printing  production  management  option  consists  of  the  above  core  of  11-12 
semester  hours  and  45-49  semester  hours  of  IE/T  courses  including:  1001,  1002, 
2012;  2023;  2042;  3012;  3022,  3042;  3520;  4552;  4562;  4572;  4582;  4592;  and 
4900,  an  "approved"  internship  of  8-12  semester  hours.  A  minor  in  management  is  re- 
quired. Required  courses  from  other  departments  (not  included  in  the  45-49  semester 
hour  major)  are:  one  year  of  physics  or  chemistry  (must  be  a  sequence);  MAT  1020; 
and  CMA  1100. 

A  minor  in  printing  production  management  consists  of  16  semeter  hours,  the  courses 
to  be  selected  by  the  student  in  conference  with  the  chairperson  or  designated  advisor. 

A  minor  in  industrial  education  and  technology  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  non- 
teaching  degree  consists  of  16  semester  hours,  the  courses  to  be  selected  by  the  student 
in  conference  with  the  chairperson  or  designated  advisor. 

The  requirements  for  a  Bachelor  of  Technology  degree  are  listed  under  the  General 
College. 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  industrial  arts  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  total 
24  semester  hours  in  industrial  arts,  and  include  5009,  5019,  5039,  and  5570.  The 
minor  determines  the  kind  of  teacher  certification:  secondary  or  junior  college.  A  minor 
in  secondary  education  is  needed  for  G  certification. 

The  requirements  for  a  minor  in  Industrial  Arts  on  the  graduate  level  include  5009, 
5019,  5039,  and  electives  to  total  16  semester  hours. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Industrial  Education 
and  Technology 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  schol  (S)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


Industrial  Education  and  Technology 


234 


1001.  Technical  Drawing/(4).F;S;SS. 

Fundamentals  of  technical  drawing  including:  let- 
tering, projection;  sections  and  sketching;  size  and 
shape  descriptions;  orthographic  projection;  sec- 
tions and  conventions;  auxiliary  views;  dimen- 
sions; developments;  and,  pictorial  and  working 
drawings.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  four 
hours. 


2011.  Technical  Design/(2).F;S. 

Processes  and  methods  of  design  with  emphasis 
on  the  designer's  role  in  industry.  Included  are 
principles  of  design  applied  to  planning,  sket- 
ching, drawing  and  construction  of  projects 
and/or  problems  for  all  areas  of  Industrial  Educa- 
tion and  Technology.  Lecture  one  hour, 
laboratory  two  hours. 


1002.  Graphic  Arts/(4).F;S;SS. 

An  exploration  of  basic  areas  of  letter-press  prin- 
ting and  photo-offset  lithography.  Auxiliary  areas 
are  the  study  of  type  styles,  comporition  techni- 
ques, paper  technology,  printing  mathematics,  in- 
dustrial photography,  plate  manufacture,  copier 
technology  and  binding  techniques.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  four  hours. 

2001.  Technical  Illustration/(2).F;S. 

Techniques  of  pictorial  illustration  including:  sket- 
ching; inking  and  shading;  airbrush  techniques; 
airbrush  rendering;  and  finished  illustrations.  Lec- 
ture one  hour,  laboratory  two  hours.  Prerequisite: 
IET  1001  or  permission  of  instructor. 

2004.  Introduction  to  Metals  Manufacturing/ 

(4).F;S. 

Experience-centered  exploration  into  the  sub- 
fields  of  metals  manufacturing  with  emphasis 
given  to  both  the  unique  and  supportive  roles  the 
metals  industry  plays  in  the  total  industrial 
scheme.  Specific  areas  to  be  covered  are:  the 
nature  and  characteristics  of  metals,  machine  tool 
operations,  sheetmetal  work,  foundry,  forging, 
heat  treatment,  welding,  and  bench  operations. 
Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  four  hours. 

2005.  Wood  Technology/(4).F;S. 

Introduction  to  woodworking  with  wood  and  the 
woods  industry;  care  and  use  of  basic  woodwork- 
ing tools  and  machines;  processes  and  techniques 
involved  in  the  planning,  designing,  jointing, 
shaping,  and  finishing  of  wood  materials  in  the 
furniture  industry.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory 
four  hours. 

2006.  Leather/(2).F;S;SS. 

Basic  processes  and  techniques  involved  in  work- 
ing with  leather,  with  emphasis  on  design  and 
skill.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  two  hours. 

2008.  Plastics  Technology/(2).S. 

An  introduction  to  Industrial  Plastics  with  a  con- 
centration on  thermoplastic  materials.  Processes 
include  materials  identification,  injection  molding, 
rotational  molding,  lamination,  thermoforming, 
foaming,  fabricating,  and  finishing.  Lecture  one 
hour,  laboratory  two  hours. 


2012.  Production  Techniques  in  Graphic  Arts/ 
(3).S. 

Theory  and  application  of  different  production 
techniques  in  photo  offset  lithography  and  aux- 
iliary areas.  The  course  will  operate  in  the  same 
manner  as  a  commercial  print  shop.  Lecture  one 
hour,  laboratory  four  hours. 

2016.  Ceramics/(2).F;S;SS. 

Basic  processes  and  techniques  involved  in  work- 
ing with  ceramics  with  emphasis  on  design  and 
skill.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  two  hours. 

2023.  Introduction  to  Electricity/Electronics/ 
(4).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  electricity  and  electronics 
through  applied  AC  and  DC  theory.  Course  con- 
tent will  include  Ohm's  Law,  Kirchhoff's  Laws, 
Power  Laws,  Network  Theorems,  discrete  elec- 
tronic components  and  schematic  diagrams. 
Theory  to  be  reinforced  by  practical  laboratory  ex- 
perimentation emphasizing  the  use  of  the  volt- 
ohm-meter  and  oscilloscope.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  four  hours. 

2026.  Art  Metal/(2).S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  metal  craft  techniques  used  to 
design  and  construct  utensils  and  functional  pro- 
ducts. Units  included  are:  design,  cold  forging, 
spinning,  casting,  and  finishing  techniques.  The 
materials  used  will  be  copper,  brass,  and  pewter. 
Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  two  hours. 

2036.  Jewelry/(2).F;S;SS. 

An  introduction  to  the  materials,  processes  and 
techniques  used  in  the  design  and  construction  of 
contemporary  jewelry.  Units  included  are:  design, 
fabrication,  forging,  forming,  enameling  and 
finishing  techniques.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory 
two  hours. 

2042.  Bookbinding/(2).F;S. 

An  exploration  of  the  methods  of  construction  of 
standard  types  of  books,  pamphlets,  and 
magazines.  Emphasis  is  on  common  practices  and 
materials.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  two 
hours. 


Industrial  Education  and  Technology 


235 


2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Approved  contract  is  required. 

3004.  Welding/(2).S. 

This  course  covers  the  basic  information  and  skill 
in  the  areas  of  arc  and  oxy  acetylene  welding. 
Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  two  hours. 

3007.  Introduction  to  Power  Mechanics/(4).F. 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  the  power  genera- 
tion sources  including  power  producing  and  con- 
trol devices.  Emphasis  is  on  the  small  two  and  four 
cycle  engines  typical  of  lawnmowers,  outboard 
engines,  motorcycles,  and  overhaul  and  tune-up 
procedures.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  four 
hours. 

3012.  Screen  Process  Printing/(2).F;S. 

An  exploration  of  the  construction  of  silk  screen 
printing  equipment  and  various  methods  and 
techniques  of  printing  on  different  materials 
through  various  media.  Lecture  one  hour, 
laboratory  two  hours. 

3017.  Transportation/(2).On  Demand. 
A  study  of  the  history  and  development  of 
transportation  devices  and  systems  on  the 
technology  and  society.  Implications  of  transpor- 
tation systems,  land,  sea,  and  air.  Examination  or 
regulations,  economics  and  the  emerging  con- 
cerns for  economical  transportation  of  people  and 
goods.  Discussions,  research,  and  field  trips  as 
practicable.  Lecture  two  hours. 

3021.  Architectural  Standards  and  Pro- 
cedures/(3).F;S. 

Introduction  to  and  application  of  information 
resources  in  architectural  planning  and  pro- 
cedures. Lecture  one  hour,  lab  four  hours.  Prere- 
quisite: IET  2001,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

3022.  Beginning  Photography/(2).F;S;SS. 

An  introductory  course  in  black  and  white 
photography  which  will  cover  cameras,  films, 
printing,  and  processes  as  related  to  graphic 
reproduction.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  two 
hours. 

3025.  Advanced  Wood  Technology/(4).F;S. 

Advanced  machine  tool  operations,  furniture  con- 
struction, and  a  study  of  general  materials  used  in 
the  furniture  industry.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  four  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  2005. 

3029.  Man,  Society,  and  Technology/(3).On 
Demand. 

The  effects  of  technology  upon  man.  Aids  in 
developing  a  degree  of  technological  literacy  and 


understanding  of  our  complex  society.  Lecture  3 
hours. 

3033.  Active  Circuits/(3).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  solid  state  electronics  including 
diodes,  bi-polar  transistors,  and  junction  field  ef- 
fect transistors.  Circuit  theory  to  include  power 
supplies,  amplifier  circuits,  oscillator  circuits,  and 
switching  circuits.  Theory  to  be  reinforced  through 
practical  laboratory  experimentation.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET 
2023  or  equivalent. 

3039.  Materials/(2).S. 

The  structure,  characteristics,  testing,  and  applica- 
tion of  common  industrial  materials.  Also  includes 
examination  of  strength  of  materials  as  it  applies  to 
all  industrial  areas.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory 
arranged.  Prerequisites:  MAT  1010  and  either 
PHY  1103  and  1104  or  CHE  1101  and  1102  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

3042.  Cold  Type  Composition/(2).F;S. 

The  study  of  cold  type  composing  machines.  The 
course  includes  several  cold  type  strike-on 
machines  and  photo  composing  machines  with 
the  basics  of  producing  mechanicals.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

3043.  Integrated  Circuits/(3).S. 

An  introduction  to  Metal  Oxide  Semiconductor 
theory  and  Integrated  Circuits,  including  Op- 
toelectronic devices  and  members  of  the  Thyristor 
family.  The  course  will  include  theory  and  applica- 
tion for  analog  integrated  circuits,  the  MOSFTE, 
UJT,  PUT,  SCS,  SCR,  Diac,  and  Triac.  Theory  to 
be  reinforced  through  practical  design  and 
laboratory  experimentation.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  3033  or 
equivalent. 

3054.  Metals  Technology/(3).F  of  odd  years. 

An  indepth,  experience-centered  examination  of 
metal  processing  techniques.  This  course  concen- 
trates on  advanced  machine  and  non-machine 
metal  manufacturing  techniques.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  individual  problem  solving.  Lecture  one 
hour,  laboratory  three  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET 
2004. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Approved  contract  is  required. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 


Industrial  Education  and  Technology 


236 


quisite:  junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours.  Approv- 
ed contract  is  required. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

3607.  Machine  Systems  and  Controls/(3).F. 

A  study  of  mechanical  systems  and  controls  used 
in  industry  today.  Basic  mechnical,  electrical, 
hydraulic,  and  pheumatic  systems  and  their  com- 
ponents will  be  included  in  the  classroom  ac- 
tivities. Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 
Prerequisite:  IET  2004,  1ET  2005  and  2023. 

3807.  Industrial  Maintenance  and 
Safety/(2).S. 

The  study  and  application  of  maintenance  and 
safety  procedure  that  relate  to  manufacturing. 
Classroom/laboratory  problems  will  include  units 
on  state  and  federal  safety  regulations  pertaining 
to  manufacturing,  preventive-emergency 
maintenance  problems  that  include:  shafts,  bear- 
ings, belts  and  pulleys,  sharpening  and  grinding, 
electrical  and  mechanical  problems.  Lecture  one 
hour,  laboratory  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET 
2004  and  2005. 

4003.  Linear  Systems/(3).F. 

The  course  will  revolve  around  linear  integrated 
circuits  including  voltage  regulators,  voltage 
reference,  voltage  comparators,  timers,  opera- 
tional amplifiers,  industrial  applications, 
automotive  applications,  and  consumer  products 
applications.  Theory  to  be  reinforced  by 
laboratory  construction  of  circuits  utilizing  linear 
IC'S.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 
Prerequisite:  IET  3033  or  equivalent. 

4021.  Residential  Drafting/(3).S. 

A  professional  approach  to  preparing  client 
centered  review  drawings  for  approval  and  sales 
purposes.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  four 
hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  3021. 

4023.  Digital  Systems/(3).S. 

An  introduction  to  combinational  and  sequential 
digital  logic  with  an  emphasis  on  TTL  and  CMOS 
integrated  circuits.  The  course  will  include  gates, 
flip-flops,  multiplexers,  encoders,  decoders,  shift 
registeres,  counters,  arithmetic  logic  units, 
memory  units,  and  an  introduction  to 
microprocessors.  Circuit  simplication  by  Boolean 
algebra  and  Karnaugh  mapping.  Theory  to  be 
reinforced  by  practical  design  and  laboratory  ex- 
perimentation. Prerequisite:  IET  3033  or 
equivalent. 


4407.  Production  Planning  and  Control/(3).F. 

An  applied  study  of  process  planning  and  produc- 
tion control  systems  used  in  modern  manufactur- 
ing. To  include  such  topies  as:  production  plann- 
ing, automation,  time  and  motion  study,  order 
control,  flow  control  and  quality  control,  and  plant 
layout.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 
Prerequisite:  IET  2011  and  3607,  or  permission 
of  the  instructor. 

Senior/Graduate  Courses 

4552.  Printing  Estimating/(2).F. 

The  study  of  the  many  facets  of  a  printing 
estimator  including  estimating  paper,  ink,  art- 
work, copy  preparation,  copyfitting,  composition, 
photocopy,  image  assembly,  platemaking, 
presswork,  binding  and  finishing.  Also  included  is 
the  marketing  analysis  of  the  pricing  procedure 
and  production  standards.  Lecture  two  hours. 

4553.  Research  in  Modern  Electronics/(2). 
F;S;SS. 

Individual  problems  in  modern  electronics  to  be 
determined  by  need,  experience,  and  interest. 
Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  two  hours.  Prere- 
quisite: IET  3023. 

4555.  Contemporary  Industrial  Finishing/(2). 
On  Demand. 

Care  and  maintenance  of  finishing  equipment; 
selection  and  use  of  spray  equipment;  preparation 
of  the  surface  to  be  finished,  staining  and  filling 
undercoating,  top  coating,  oil  finishes,  application 
of  simple  and  synthetic  finishes.  Lecture  one 
hour,  laboratory  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET 
2005. 

4556.  Problems  in  Leather  Techniques/ 
(2-4).F;S;SS. 

An  analysis  of  functional  design  and  production 
methods  of  leather  work.  Individual  projects 
designed  to  employ  various  technical  and  com- 
mercial methods  of  production.  Lecture  one  or 
two  hours,  laboratory  two  or  four  hours.  Prere- 
quisite: IET  2006. 

4557.  Manufacturing  Production 
Techniques/(3).S. 

The  design,  development,  and  mass  production 
of  a  manufactured  product.  To  include  market 
survey,  design  selection,  prototype  construction, 
development  of  jibs  and  fixtures,  implementation 
of  process  planning  and  control  systems,  and  the 
actual  production  of  a  product.  Lecture  one  hour, 
laboratory  four  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  4407  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 


Industrial  Education  and  Technology 


237 


4560.  Problems  and  Processes  of  Industrial 
Arts  and  Technical  Education/(l-2).F;S;SS. 

Individual  research  on  problems  determined  by 
the  student's  need. 

4562.  Paper  and  Printing  Substrates/(2).S. 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with 
an  understanding  of  how  printing  substrates  are 
produced,  the  many  different  types  and  for  what 
purpose  they  have  been  designed.  Lecture  two 
hours. 

4563.  Computer  Programming  and  Instrumen- 
tation/(3).  F. 

A  study  of  computer  application  and  programm- 
ing concepts  utilizing  the  BASIC  and  PASCAL 
languages.  Elementary  skills  in  user-written  pro- 
grams will  be  developed  as  well  as  an  understan- 
ding of  the  use  and  application  for  manufacturer 
supplied  software.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory 
two  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  4023  or  equivalent. 

4564.  Introduction  to  Metallurgy/(2).F  of  even 
years. 

Study  of  ferrous  and  non-ferrous  metals  and  their 
alloys,  physical  characteristics,  phase  diagrams, 
relation  of  properties  to  micro-structure.  Lecture 
three  hours,  laboratory  arranged. 

4565.  Applied  Furniture  Design  and  Construc- 
tion/^).S. 

The  study  of  traditional  and  contemporary  fur- 
niture, and  its  importance,  design,  and  construc- 
tion procedures.  The  student  may  design  and 
construct  a  piece  of  traditional  or  contemporary 
furniture.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  four 
hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  2015. 

4566.  Problems  in  Ceramic  Techniques/ 
(2-4).F;S;SS. 

An  analysis  of  functional  design  and  production 
methods  of  ceramics.  Individual  projects,  design- 
ed to  employ  various  technical  and  commercial 
methods  of  production.  Lecture  one  or  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  or  four  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET 
2016. 

4571.  Analysis  of  Drafting  Problems/(2).  On 
Demand. 

Individualized  instruction  devoted  to  the  study  of 
special  problems  in  drafting  and  design.  Problems 
growing  from  individual  needs  of  the  student  and 
meeting  approval  of  the  instructor  are  preferred. 
Lecture  and  laboratory  arranged.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor. 


4572.  Printing  Production  Management/(3).S. 

Practical  management  techniques  and  experience 
in  the  areas  of  sales,  finance  and  high,  middle, 
and  lower  level  personnel  management  in  an  ac- 
tive printing  production  facility.  This  course  will  be 
taught  concurrently  with  IET  2012  Production 
Techniques  in  Graphic  Arts.  Lecture  one  hour, 
laboratory  four  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  2012. 

4582.  Industrial  Photo-Lithography /(3). 
F;S;SS. 

Advanced  studies  in  cold-type  composition  (both 
photographic  and  mechanical)  and  offset  press 
operation.  A  major  emphasis  is  the  area  of  in- 
dustrial photography  up  to  four  color  separation 
and  printing;  auxiliary  areas  are  the  use  of  test 
equipment  for  negatives,  plates,  and  the 
technology  of  paper  and  its  uses  in  the  industrial 
scheme.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  four  hours. 
Prerequisite:  IET  2002. 

4583.  Microprocessor  Technology/(3).S. 

A  detailed  study  of  the  architecture  of  the 
microprocessor  and  microcomputer.  The  course 
will  include  computation,  machine  representation 
of  information,  storage  structure,  buses,  in- 
put/output, interfacing,  peripheral  devices,  and 
instruction  sets.  Theory  to  be  reinforced  by  hands 
on  experience.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two 
hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  4023  or  equivalent. 

4586.  Problems  in  Jewelry  Techniques/ 
(2-4).F;S. 

An  analysis  of  functional  design  and  production 
methods  of  jewelry.  Individual  projects  designed 
to  employ  various  technical  and  commercial 
methods  of  production.  Lecture  one  or  two  hours, 
laboratory  two  or  four  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET 
2036. 

4592.  Advanced  Screen  Process 
Printing/(3).F;S;SS. 

Advanced  laboratory  practice  in  transfer  and 
direct  photographic  screen  printing  with  emphasis 
on  multicolor  printing,  cylinder  printing  'and 
finishing  techniques.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory 
four  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  3012. 

4601.  Advanced  Technical  Illustration/(3).F. 

Indepth  exploration  in  technical  illustration  and 
sketching.  Included  will  be  freehand  and  template 
isometric  drawing.  Units  will  include:  layout  and 
construction  methods,  perspective,  airbrush  ap- 
plications, and  finished  illustrations.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET 
2001  or  equivalent. 


Industrial  Education  and  Technology 


238 


4609.  Introduction  to  Vocational  and  Industrial 
Education/(3).F. 

Vocational  and  industrial  education  in  the  modern 
school  and  how  they  affect  general  education. 
Historical  and  legal  impacts  and  development. 
Organization  for  effectiveness  in  public  education. 
Lecture  three  hours. 

4611.  Advanced  Technical  Design/(3).S. 

The  design  process  through  problem  identifica- 
tion. Projects  to  include:  preliminary  ideation, 
drafting  standards,  and  design  refinement.  Units 
to  include:  processes,  identification,  refinement, 
finalization,  and  implementation  of  design.  Lec- 
ture two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours.  Prere- 
quisite: IET  2011  or  equivalent. 

4619.  Curriculum  Development  in  Vocational 
and  Industrial  Education/  (3). S. 
Procedures  for  identifying  and  developing  cur- 
ricular  materials  for  vocational  and  industrial 
education.  Techniques  of  revising  existing  cur- 
riculum to  satisfy  current  or  emerging  technology. 
Sources  and  resources  used  in  developing  valid 
curriculum.  Lecture  three  hours. 

4629.  Safety  and  Management  in  Vocational 
and  Industrial  Education/(3).F;SS. 

Industrial  management,  safety  and  maintenance 
and  their  effect  on  vocational  and  industrial 
education.  Organization  for  effective  and  safe 
maintenance  of  an  occupational  laboratory  within 
the  confines  of  OSHA  and  local  regulatory  man- 
dates. Lecture  three  hours. 

4639.     Vocational    and    Industrial    Student 

Organization/ (3).  S. 

Vocational  student  club  organization  and  manage- 
ment. Leadership  training  through  student 
organization.  Lecture  three  hours. 


Graduate  Courses 

5001.  Industrial  Design /(2).  On  Demand. 
The  design  process  through  problem  identifica- 
tion. Problems  will  include  preliminary  ideas  and 
drafting  standards.  Units  will  include:  the  design 
process;  problem  identification;  design  refine- 
ment; design  finalization;  and,  implementation  of 
design.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. Lec- 
ture one  hour,  laboratory  two  hours. 

5002.  Photo-Offset  Lithography/(3).On  De- 
mand. 

Individual  problems  in  the  advanced  phases  of  in- 
dustrial photography,  film  and  lithographic  plate 
preparation,  cold-type  composition,  and  offset 
press  techniques.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory 
four  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  4582. 

5004.  Machine  Design  and  Construction/ 
(3).S. 

The  study  of  the  machine  design  system,  to  in- 
clude kinematics,  simple  machines,  machine  com- 
ponents, and  strength  of  materials  factors  which 
effect  the  design  and  construction  of  machines. 
Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours.  Prere- 
quisite: IET  2004  or  equivalent. 

5005.  Specialty  Woodworking/(4).On  De- 
mand. 

Wood  carving  on  flat,  turned,  and  curved  sur- 
faces. Inlaying  and  marquetry  with  synthetic  and 
natural  woods.  Veneering  flat  and  curved  sur- 
faces. Laminating  with  wood  veneer,  both  flat  and 
curved.  The  design  and  construction  of  jigs  and 
fixtures  for  machines  commonly  found  in  in- 
dustrial education  shops.  The  use  of  common 
school  shop  machines  for  production  by  adapting 
the  jigs  and  fixtures  and  special  cutters.  Design  of 
projects  using  the  above.  Lecture  two  hours, 
laboratory  four  hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  4565. 


4649.  Cooperative  Vocational  and  Industrial 
Education/  (3).  S;SS. 

Organization  and  administration  of  a  cooperative 
program  for  vocational  or  interdisciplinary  areas. 
Included  are  locating  and  maintaining  training  sta- 
tions and  developing  training  plans.  Lecture  three 
hours. 

4781.  Advanced  Drafting  Analysis/(2).S. 

Objectives,  course  content,  procedures  and 
materials  for  all  units  of  drafting.  Specific  problems 
in  descriptive  geometry  and  machine  drafting  are 
developed.  One  hour  lecture,  two  hours  lab. 
Prerequisite:  IET  2001  or  equivalent. 


5009.  Philosophy  of  Industrial  Arts  and 
Technical  Education/(2).F;SS. 

The  philosophy  of  industrial  education  from  its 
beginning  in  manual  training  through  contem- 
porary programs  in  industrial  arts  and  vocational 
education.  Lecture  two  hours. 

5011.  Industrial  Ulustration/(2).  On  Demand. 

Freehand  and  template,  axonometric  drawing. 
Units  to  include:  layout  and  construction 
methods;  perspective  and  isometric  drawings;  air- 
brush and  shading  techniques.  Lecture  one  hour, 
laboratory  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor. 


4900.  Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


Military  Science 

239 


5012.  Problems  in  Screen  Process  Printing/ 
(3).On  Demand. 

Individual  problems  in  the  advanced  phases  of  silk 
screening  multicolor  on  various  media  using 
photographic  techniques  and  other  current 
technology.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  four 
hours.  Prerequisite:  IET  4592. 

5016.  Advanced  Jewelry/(2-4).F;S. 

Individual  problems  in  the  advanced  phases  of 
jewelry  design,  production,  and  finishes.  Lecture 
one  or  two  hours,  laboratory  two  or  four  hours. 

5019.  Methods  and  Techniques  for  Industrial 
Arts  and  Industries  Laboratories/(2).S;SS. 

The  role  of  methods  as  a  vehicle  for  learning. 
Preparation  of  instructional  materials,  requisition- 
ing of  supplies.  Lecture  two  hours. 

5036.  Advanced  Leather/(2-4).F;S;SS. 

Individual  problems  in  the  advanced  phases  of 
leather  design,  production,  and  finishes.  Lecture 
one  or  two  hours,  laboratory  two  or  four  hours. 
Prerequisite:  IET  4556. 

5039.  Industrial  Arts  and  Technical  Education 
Curriculum  and  Facilities  Development/ 
(2).S;SS. 

Planning  and  development  of  course  content  for 
the  major  areas  of  industrial  arts,  incorporating  the 
prevailing  philosophy  and  objectives  of  school 


systems.  Factors  of  school  laboratory  planning, 
equipment  selection,  layout  and  arrangement  and 
architectural  considerations.  Lecture  two  hours. 

5066.  Advanced  Ceramics/(2-4).F;S;SS. 

Individual  problems  in  the  advanced  phases  of 
ceramic  design,  production,  and  finishes.  Lecture 
one  or  two  hours,  laboratory  two  or  four  hours. 
Prerequisite:  IET  4566. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Approved  contract  required. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

5560.  Special  Problems  in  Industrial  Educa- 
tion/(l-2).F;S;SS. 

Individual  research.  Areas  to  be  determined  by 
need,  background,  and  interest.  Prerequisite: 
Must  have  been  admitted  to  candidacy. 

5570.  Skill  Development  in  Major  Areas/ 
(2-4).F;S;SS. 

Individual  or  group  work  in  area  competence. 
Technique  and  process  in  the  craftsmanship  of  the 
transformation  of  materials.  Prerequisite:  Must 
have  been  admitted  to  candidacy. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(2-4).F;S. 


Department  of  Military  Science 
(MS) 

Charles  B.  Michael,  Chairperson 

The  Army  ROTC  program  has  been  developed  to  give  college  men  and  women  train- 
ing and  experience  in  the  art  of  organizing,  motivating,  and  leading  others.  This  pro- 
gram includes  instruction  to  develop  self-discipline,  physical  stamina,  and  bearing 
qualities  that  are  an  important  part  of  leadership  and  that  contribute  to  success  in  any 
career. 


The  first  two  years  of  military  training  in  the  Reserve  Officer  Training  Corps  are  strictly 
voluntary  for  any  student  who  is  a  United  States  citizen.  An  individual  taking  these 
ROTC  courses  incurs  absolutely  no  obligation  to  future  military  service.  These  two  years 
comprise  the  Basic  course,  which  is  normally  completed  during  the  freshman  and 
sophomore  years. 


Military  Science 


240 


Students  completing  their  sophomore  year  may  attend  the  ROTC  Basic  Camp  of  six 
weeks  duration  in  lieu  of  completing  the  Basic  Course.  However,  selection  for  atten- 
dance at  this  camp  is  competitive  nationally. 

The  Advanced  Course  is  offered  on  a  voluntary  basis  during  the  junior  and  senior  years 
to  those  cadets  meeting  the  necessary  qualifications.  Upon  successful  completion  of  the 
Advanced  Course,  which  includes  the  ROTC  Advanced  Camp,  which  is  six  weeks' 
duration  at  Fort  Bragg,  North  Carolina  and  usually  taken  between  the  junior  and  senior 
year,  each  cadet  is  commissioned  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  U.S.  Army.  Outstanding 
students  designated  as  Distinguished  Military  Students  may  be  selected  for  direct  ap- 
pointment in  the  Regular  Army. 

A  minor  consists  of  16  semester  hours  in  military  science  including  3001,  3002,  3003, 
4001,  4002,  and  three  semester  hours  from  a  3000  or  4000  level  course  in  political 
science,  psychology,  or  sociology.  A  semester  of  student  teaching  or  student  internship 
may  be  substituted  for  the  latter  three  hours. 

Two-,  three-,  and  four-year  scholarships  are  offered  by  the  Department  of  the  Army. 
These  scholarships  pay  the  full  cost  of  tuition,  textbooks,  lab  fees  and  other  educational 
expenses  for  the  duration  of  the  award.  They  also  provide  a  subsistence  allowance  of 
$100  a  month  up  to  10  months  of  each  academic  year  for  which  the  award  is  in  effect, 
and  pay  for  the  students'  first  trip  from  home  to  the  university.  Participation  in  the  Army 
ROTC  scholarship  program  does  not  preclude  the  holding  of  other  scholarships.  More 
information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Professor  of  Military  Science. 

Basic  Course  Requirements 

A  candidate  for  ROTC  training  must: 

a.  Be  of  good  moral  character. 

b.  Be  a  citizen  of  the  United  States. 

c.  Be  able  to  graduate  before  30  years  of  age. 

d.  Be  physically  able  to  participate  in  the  program  of  instruction. 

e.  Meet  other  entrance  requirements  as  determined  by  the  department  chairperson, 
current  Army  regulations,  and  University  policies. 

A  student  who  does  not  meet  all  of  the  above  requirements  should  consult  with  the 
Department  of  Military  Science  to  determine  if  waivers  can  be  granted. 

A  waiver  of  attendance  of  Military  Science  I,  and/or  Military  Science  II  may  be  granted 
for  previous  ROTC  training  or  military  service  upon  application. 


Texts  and  Uniforms 

Basic  Course  students  do  not  receive  monetary  allowances.  Texts  and  uniforms  are  fur- 
nished by  the  government.  Students  will  be  required  to  reimburse  the  government  for 
loss  of  uniform  items  or  other  equipment. 


Military  Science 

241 


Advanced  Course  Requirements 


A  candidate  must: 


a. 

b. 
c. 
d. 
e. 
f. 


h. 


Have  a  minimum  of  two  years  remaining  at  the  University. 

Meet  all  other  requirements  for  the  Basic  Course. 

Meet  medical  requirements  for  Advanced  Course. 

Possess  qualifications  for  becoming  an  effective  Army   officer. 

Achieve  a  passing  score  on  ROTC  qualifying  examination. 

Have  satisfactorily  completed  the  Basic  Course,  received  a  waiver  in  lieu  thereof, 

or  have  satisfactorily  completed  the  Basic  Camp,  or  have  served  as  an  enlisted 

person  in  the  armed  forces  with  an  honorable  discharge. 

Have  satisfactorily  completed  loyalty  requirements. 

Agree  to  enlist  in  the  United  States  Army  Reserve,  accept  a  commission  if  offered, 

and  serve  three  years  on  active  duty  if  required. 

Meet  other  requirements  as  determined  by  the  department  chairperson,  current 

Army  regulations,  and  University  policies. 


A  student  who  does  not  meet  all  of  the  above  requirements  should  consult  with  the 
Department  of  Military  Science  to  determine  whether  waivers  can  be  granted. 


Texts  and  Allowances 

Each  cadet  enrolled  in  the  Advanced  Course  receives  subsistence  pay  at  the  rate  of 
$100  per  month.  Textbooks  and  uniforms  are  furnished  to  all  cadets.  They  are  paid  a 
travel  allowance  to  and  from  Advanced  Camp.  While  at  camp,  cadets  are  paid  approx- 
imately $700  per  month.  The  pay  and  allowances  received  while  in  the  Advanced 
Course  total  approximately  $2,700. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Military  Science 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


1001-1002.  Military  Science  I,  Basic  Course/ 
(1-1).F;S;SS. 

Basic  military  subjects  with  emphasis  on  US  Army 
and  ROTC  organization,  objectives  of  the  Army, 
leadership  and  management,  individual  weapons 
and  marksmanship,  principles  of  war,  evolution  of 
weapons  and  tactics,  rules  of  warfare. 

Leadership  Laboratory  (2  hours)  Consists  of  skill 
training  and  confidence  building  in  subjects  such 
as  rappelling,  stream  crossing,  assault  boat  train- 
ing, aircraft  orientation,  military  weapons  firing, 
and  night  compass  course,  orienteering,  and 
other  selected  subjects. 


2001-2002.  Military  Science  II,  Basic  Course/ 
(2-2).F;S;SS. 

Use  of  maps  and  compass  for  land  navigation  and 
orienteering  techniques.  American  military  history 
with  emphasis  on  modern  strategy  and  world 
situation.  Prerequisites:  MS  1001-1002  or  permis- 
sion of  department  chairperson.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

2003.  ROTC  Summer  Camp,  Basic  Course/ 
(5).SS. 

Taken  summer  following  sophomore  year.  Train- 
ing conducted  at  designated  US  Army  installation. 


Music 


242 


This  training  provides  cadets  with  practical  ex- 
perience in  leadership  and  management  and  the 
subjects  covered  in  Military  Science  I  and  Military 
Science  II  with  the  exception  of  American  Military 
History  the  following  school  year.  Prerequisite: 
Completition  of  sophomore  year  of  college. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3001-3002.  Military  Science  HI,  Advanced 
Course/(3-3).F;S. 

Leadership,  military  principles  of  instruction,  small 
unit  tactics,  communication  and  pre-camp  orien- 
tation. Prerequisite:  successful  completion  of  the 
Basic  Course  or  its  equivalent  as  approved  by  the 
pr  economic  influences  on  design  and  market 
trends  and  resources.  Instruction  in  career  oppor- 
tunities, business  practices,  professional  conduct, 
and  designer-client  interaction.  Lecture  one  hour, 
laboratory  four  hours.  Prerequisites:  HEC  1300, 
2300,  and  3300  or  consent  of  instructor. 

3003.  ROTC  Summer  Camp,  Advanced 
Course/(4).SS. 

Usually  taken  summer  following  junior  year. 
Training  conducted  as  designated  US  Army  in- 
stallation. This  training  provides  cadets  with  prac- 
tical experience  in  leadership,  military  teaching, 
weapons,  qualifications,  and  communications.  To 


receive  credit,  a  student  must  register  and  pay  a 
fee  at  the  University.  Prerequisite:  Successful 
completion  of  MS  III. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours.  Aproved 
contract  required. 


3530-3549.    Selected    Topics/ (1-3). 
mand. 


On    De- 


4001-4002.  Military  Science  IV,  Advanced 
Course/(3-3).F;S. 

A  study  of  the  officer  personnel  management 
system,  Army  administration,  military  law,  staff 
operations  and  procedures,  logistics,  personal  af- 
fairs, service  customs,  and  officer  orientation.  MS 
IV  cadets  normally  serve  as  cadet  officers  in  the 
cadet  corps  and  are  responsible  for  the  leadership 
laboratory  instruction.  Prerequisite:  MS 
3001-3002  or  permission  of  Professor  of  Military 
Science.  Lecture  two  hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 


Department  of  Music  (MUS) 


B.G.  McCloud,  Chairperson 

The  Department  of  Music  is  a  full  member  of  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of 
Music.  The  requirements  set  forth  in  this  catalog  are  in  accordance  with  the  published 
regulations  of  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music. 

The  Department  of  Music  sees  as  its  objectives  the  development  of  those  elements 
which  relate  to  the  teaching,  creation,  business,  and  appreciation  of  music.  The 
teaching  objective  is  partially  realized  through  those  curricula  leading  to  state  certifica- 
tion in  either  general  music  or  instrumental  music,  through  the  junior  college  and 
teaching  and  supervision  curricula  found  in  the  graduate  programs  offered  by  the 
department,  and  through  the  curricula  designed  to  accommodate  those  who  desire  to 
be  private  studio  teachers  or  church  musicians.  The  creative  objective  is  satisfied  by  any 
of  the  performance  programs  along  with  those  opportunities  which  are  available  for 
prospective  composers.  The  business  objective  relates  to  those  who  desire  to  combine 
music  with  the  numerous  aspects  of  the  music  business.  The  department  also  makes 
every  effort  to  fulfill  its  role  as  the  prime  purveyor  of  music  for  the  University  by  presen- 
ting numerous  performances  by  soloists  and  ensembles  along  with  music  courses  of  a 
general  nature  which  may  be  of  interest  to  the  non-musician. 


Music 


243 


Entrance  Requirements  for  Freshmen 

Applied  Music:  An  audition  in  the  principal  or  major  performing  area  is  required  of  all 
incoming  students.  Should  the  appropriate  performance  level  not  be 
met,  those  students  who  are  deficient  will  be  required  to  do  remedial 
applied  music  until  the  proper  level  has  been  attained. 

Theory:  All  new  students  will  take  a  theory  placement  examination.  The  results 

of  this  examination  will  determine  the  level  to  which  the  new  student 
will  be  assigned. 

Entrance  Requirements  for  Graduate  Students 

All  entering  graduate  music  majors  will  demonstrate  by  examination  their  understand- 
ing and  achievement  levels  in  music  theory,  music  history  and  literature,  performance 
and  music  education  where  it  applies.  Any  deficiency  noted  may  require  courses  or  in- 
dividual study  in  the  area  of  the  deficiency  prior  to  admission  to  candidacy  for  the 
degree. 

Degree  Programs 

The  Department  of  Music  offers  programs  under  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of 
Science,  Bachelor  of  Music  and  Master  of  Arts  degrees.  In  addition  to  the  general 
education  requirements  of  the  University  the  following  music  courses  are  required  for 
the  various  curricula. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  music  consists  of  40  semester  hours  in  music  in  the  following 
areas:  music  history  and  theory  24  semester  hours  (MUS  1001-1002,  2001-2002, 
2611-2612,  3611-3612);  eight  semester  hours  of  applied  music  and  eight  semester 
hours  of  ensembles.  Also,  six  semester  hours  of  a  second  year  foreign  language  or 
higher  is  required.  A  minor  of  12-18  s.h.  is  required. 

The  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  in  music  education  consists  of  a  minimum  of  59-60 
semester  hours  of  music  in  the  following  areas:  music  history  and  theory,  24  semester 
hours  (MUS  1001-1002,  2001-2002,  2611-2612,  3611-3612);  applied  principal  14 
semester  hours;  ensembles  seven  semester  hours;  MUS  1030,  3020,  and  specific  re- 
quirements as  follows  (piano  principals:  MUS  1037-1038,  2030,  2037-2038,  3022, 
3040,  4031-4032)  (Voice  principals:  1040-1041,  1044,  2030,  2040-2041,  3022, 
4031-4032)  (Instrumental  principals:  1028,  1029,  1031,  1032,  1035-1036,  1037, 
1040-1041,  2040-2041,  3021). 

All  students  enrolled  in  teacher  education  programs  are  required  to  meet  certification- 
criteria  as  set  by  the  North  Carolina  State  Department  of  Public  Instruction  prior  to  their 
graduation  from  Appalachian  State  University.  For  requirements  in  teacher  education, 
see  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

The  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  in  performance  is  built  around  64-79  semester  hours  with 
the  following  tracks: 


Music 


244 


Church  Music  is  comprised  of  76-79  semester  hours  of  music  courses  in  the 
following  areas:  music  history  and  theory,  24  semester  hours  (MUS  1001-1002, 
2001-2002,  2611-2612,  3611-3612);  applied  principal  24  semester  hours;  eight 
semester  hours  of  ensembles;  other  music  courses  as  follows:  (MUS  1040-1041, 
2040-2041  Vocal  majors  only);  (MUS  1037-1038,  2037-2038,  3004  organ  majors 
only);  MUS  1044,  2004,  4031-4032,  3020-3022,  4004  and  a  minimum  of  two 
semester  hours  of  MUS  2900. 

Theory/Composition  consists  of  a  minimum  of  76  semester  hours  of  music  as 
follows:  Music  theory,  22  semester  hours  (MUS  1001-1002,  2001-2002,  six 
semester  hours  of  selected  topics  MUS  3530);  applied  principal  16  semester  hours; 
composition  12  semester  hours  (MUS  2003  and  10  semester  hours  of  applied  com- 
position) ;  a  minimum  of  four  semester  hours  must  be  taken  in  secondary  applied 
and/or  methods  (MUS  1040-1041,  2040-2041  or  piano  proficiency);  eight 
semester  hours  of  ensembles;  music  history  and  literature  eight  semester  hours 
(MUS  2611-2612,  3611-3612);  and  MUS  3020-3021  or  3022,  and  a  three 
semester  hour  independent  study  in  orchestration.  Senior  Recital,  half  will  be  in  ap- 
plied principal  and  half  will  be  in  composition.  Required  courses  from  other  depart- 
ments (not  included  in  the  76  semester  hour  major)  are  PHY  1105  and  ART 
2012-2013. 

Piano  Pedagogy  requires  a  minimum  of  64  semester  hours  in  music  from  the 
following  areas:  music  history  and  theory,  24  semester  hours  (MUS  1001-1002, 
2001-2002,  2611-2612,  3611-3612);  applied  principal  24  semester  hours; 
ensembles  eight  semester  hours  (four  semester  hours  must  be  accompanying  and 
two  semester  hours  must  be  piano);  MUS  3020,  4619;  piano  pedagogy  (indepen- 
dent study  minimum  of  two  semester  hours),  and  supervised  teaching  (indepen- 
dent study  minimum  of  two  semester  hours). 

Vocal  and  Instrumental  consists  of  65-71  semester  hours  of  music  in  the  following 
areas:  music  history  and  theory  24  semester  hours  (1001-1002,  2001-2002, 
2611-2612,  3611-3612);  applied  principal  32  semester  hours:  ensembles  eight 
semester  hours;  MUS  3020;  for  non-pianists,  MUS  1040-1041;  for  vocal  majors 
MUS  2040-2041  and  MUS  1044. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  Music  Merchandising  requires  a 
minimum  of  50  semester  hours  from  the  following  areas:  music  theory,  four  to  seven 
semester  hours  (MUS  1000  and  1001  or  1001);  four  semester  hours  in  music  literature 
electives;  four  semester  hours  in  one  applied  music  concentration  and  the  achievement 
of  Level  I;  six  semester  hours  of  ensembles;  and  the  following  courses:  MUS 
1040-1041  or  1042-1043  and  1030,  1032,  1028  or  1029,  1035  or  1036,  2400  or 
2401,  3420,  1410,  4900  (8-12  semester  hours)  and  6  s.h.  from:  PSY  4551,  4670  or 
4671;  and  CMA  1100  and  3152.  Also,  a  minor  of  18  semester  hours  is  required  in 
Marketing.  Economics  2030  and  Psychology  2201  are  required  for  General  Education. 


Graduate  Programs 


The  Department  of  Music  offers  two  degree  programs  under  the  Master  of  Arts  degree: 
the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Music  Teaching  and  Supervision  and  the  Master  of  Arts 
degree  in  community/junior  college  teaching. 


Music 


245 


The  music  requirements  for  the  music  teaching  and  supervision  degree  with  thesis  are 
MUS  5000,  5006,  5032,  5999;  three  semester  hours  in  music  literature  and  three 
semester  hours  in  music  theory.  Without  a  thesis  the  requirements  are  MUS  5000, 
5006,  5032;  six  semester  hours  in  music  literature  and  six  semester  hours  in  music 
theory. 

The  music  requirements  for  those  pursuing  a  major  in  community/junior  college 
teaching  with  thesis  are  MUS  5000,  5006,  5999;  six  semester  hours  of  music  literature 
and  three  semester  hours  of  music  theory.  Without  a  thesis  the  requirements  are  MUS 
5000,  5006;  nine  semester  hours  of  music  literature  and  six  semester  hours  of  music 
theory. 


Applied  Music 


Applied  music  majors  and  principals  are  required  to  take  a  jury  examination  before  the 
faculty  in  their  applied  area  at  the  end  of  each  semester.  The  jury  functions  as  an  ad- 
visory group  as  far  as  the  applied  music  grade  is  concerned.  Students  will  also  be 
evaluated  as  to  the  level  they  have  attained  at  the  end  of  each  semester.  The  level  of 
achievement  required  in  order  to  complete  an  applied  music  major  or  principal  in  the 
various  areas  is  as  follows: 

Music  Merchandising  Level  I 

Music  Education  Level  IV 
Performance 

Church  Music  Level  VI 

Composition/Theory  Level  IV 

Piano  Pedagogy  Level  VI 

Vocal  or  Instrumental  Level  VIII 

All  music  majors  except  those  in  the  merchandising  curriculum  will  further  demonstrate 
satisfactory  proficiency  in  their  major  or  principal  performing  medium  by  presenting, 
during  the  senior  year,  either  an  individual  recital  or  a  joint  program  with  no  more  than 
three  participants. 

Students  presenting  recitals  which  are  used  to  fulfill  departmental  requirements  must  be 
students  of  applied  music  faculty  members  in  the  Department  of  Music  at  Appalachian 
State  University  at  the  time  of  the  recital. 


Piano  Proficiency 


All  music  education  majors  must  satisfy  piano  proficiency  requirements  before  doing 
their  student  teaching.  Satisfaction  of  this  requirement  is  usually  achieved  by  passing 
MUS  2041. 


Recitals  and  Concerts 

The  Department  of  Music  presents  a  large  and  varied  number  of  solo  and  ensemble 
programs  throughout  the  year.  Other  programs  are  regularly  brought  in  to  the  Universi- 


Music 


246 


ty  through  the  Artist  and  Lecture  Series.  Students  are  urged  to  attend  as  many  pro- 
grams as  possible.  All  music  majors  are  required  to  register  for  and  successfully  com- 
plete MUS  1500  (Performance  Seminar)  for  each  semester  in  which  they  are  enrolled 
as  a  music  major. 


Ensembles 

Music  majors  are  required  to  be  enrolled  either  for  credit  or  non-credit  in  an  appropriate 
ensemble  each  semester  in  which  they  are  full-time  students.  No  music  major  will  be 
allowed  to  participate  in  more  than  three  ensembles  in  any  semester  in  which  they  are 
full-time  students.  No  music  major  will  be  allowed  to  participate  in  more  than  three 
ensembles  for  non-credit  or  for  which  they  are  not  enrolled. 


Minor  in  Music 

A  minor  in  music  consists  of  16  semester  hours  above  general  education  requirements, 
the  courses  to  be  selected  in  conference  between  the  student  and  the  department 
chairperson. 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Music 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


Applied  Music  (Secondary)  1301-1399;  2301- 
2399;  3301-3399;  4301-4399/(l-l).F;S;SS. 

One  30-minute  individual  lesson  and  six  practice 
hours  per  week.  Additional  fee. 

Applied  Music  (Major-Principal)  0401-0499; 
1401-1499;  2401-2499;  3401-3499;  4401- 
4499;  6401-6499/(2-4);  6301-6399/(1). 
F;S;SS. 

Two  30-minute  individual  lessons  or  equivalent  in 
individual  and/or  class  lessons  and  six  practice 
hours  per  week  for  each  semester  hour  credit.  Ad- 
ditional fee. 

1000.  Elements  of  Music  Theory/(3).F. 

Designed  for  students  below  the  freshman  level 
theory  and  carries  Elementary  Education  and 
music  minor  credit  but  no  credit  toward  music  ma- 
jor programs.  Lecture  and  demonstration  five 
hours. 


1001-1002.  Basic  Musicianship  I  and  11/ 
(4-4).F;S. 

A  course  in  the  fundamentals  of  music  integrating 
basic  materials  and  skills.  Aural  training,  sightsing- 
ing  correlated  with  chord  progression,  modula- 
tion, secondary  chords,  elements  of  form,  and  in- 
strumentation are  approached  through  integrated 
avenues  of  writing  and  performing.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  five  hours. 

1028.  Brass  Class  I:  Trumpet  and  French 
Horn/(l).F;S. 

Group  instruction  in  the  fundamental  principles  of 
trumpet  and  French  horn  technique.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours. 

1029.  Brass  Class  II:  Trombone,  Euphonium 
and  Tuba/(1).F;S. 

Group  instruction  in  the  fundamental  principles  of 
trombone,  euphonium  and  tuba.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours. 


Music 


247 


1030.  String  Class/(1).F. 

A  presentation  of  the  fundamental  principles  in- 
volved in  playing  and  teaching  stringed  orchestral 
instruments.  Lecture  and  demonstration  two 
hours.  Be  enrolled  in  or  have  completed  Music 
1001. 

1031.  Advanced  String  Class/(1).S. 

A  continuation  of  the  fundamentals  involved  in 
playing  and  teaching  stringed  orchestral  in- 
struments with  the  addition  of  stringed  and  full  or- 
chestra music  reading.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  ex- 
ploration of  string  literature  and  bowing  problems 
found  in  the  music  of  elementary  and  secondary 
schools.  Prerequisite:  MUS  1030.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours. 

1032.  Percussion  Class/(1).F;S. 

Group  instruction  in  the  fundamental  principles  of 
performance  on  the  standard  percussion  in- 
struments. Lecture  and  demonstration  two  hours. 

1035.  Woodwind  Class  I:  Clarinet  and  Saxo- 
phone/(l).F;S. 

Group  instruction  in  the  fundamental  principles  of 
clarinet  and  saxophone  technique.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours. 

1036.  Woodwind  Class  II:  Flute,  Oboe  and 
Bassoon/(l).F;S. 

Group  instruction  in  the  fundamental  principles  of 
flute,  oboe  and  bassoon  technique.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours. 

1037.  Voice  Class/(1).F;S. 

A  presentation  of  the  fundamentals  of  singing  for 
teaching  and  performance.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours. 

1038.  Voice  Class  11/(1). S. 

A  continuation  of  materials  covered  in  Music  1037 
but  with  more  emphasis  on  individual  problems. 
Lecture  and  demonstration  two  hours.  Prere- 
quisite: MUS  1037. 


charged  each  semester  for  the  use  of  the  guitar. 
Lecture  and  demonstration  two  hours. 

1043.  Guitar  Class  11/(1). S. 

Group  instruction  in  intermediate  level  guitar.  A 
special  rental  fee  of  $13.50  is  charged  each 
semester  for  the  use  of  the  guitar.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  MUS 
1042  or  equivalent  background. 

1044.  Diction/(2).S. 

The  principles  and  practice  of  Italian,  German  and 
French  pronunciation  as  applied  to  vocal  music  in 
regard  to  performing  and  teaching.  Lecture  three 
hours. 

1410.  Introduction  to  Instrument  Repair:  Wind 
Instruments  or  Strings/(2).F;SS. 

The  use  of  proper  equipment  and  the  develop- 
ment of  those  skills  necessary  for  the  solution  of 
basic  problems  in  instrument  repair.  Lecture  two 
hours,  laboratory  two  hours. 

1500.  Performance  Seminar/(0).F;S. 

A  weekly  seminar  in  solo  recitals  covering  all 
aspects  and  problems  of  public  appearances.  Re- 
quired of  all  music  majors.  Graded  on  S/U  basis. 
Laboratory  one  hour. 

2001-2002.     Basic     Musicianship     III     and 

IV/(4-4).F;S. 

A  continuation  of  Basic  Musicianship  II. 
Chromaticism,  writing  and  analysis  of  16th  Cen- 
tury and  18th- 19th  Century  Counterpoint,  the 
larger  forms,  and  the  contemporary  techniques  of 
music  composition  are  correlated  with  aural  train- 
ing and  sightsinging.  Lecture  and  demonstration 
five  hours.  Prerequisite  MUS  1002. 

2003.  Fundamentals  of  Composition/(2).  On 
Demand. 

Provides  writing  experience  in  the  important 
musical  forms.  Prerequisite:  MUS  1002.  Lecture 
and  demonstration  two  hours. 


1040.  Piano  Class  I/(1).F. 

Group  instruction  in  the  fundamental  principles  of 
piano  technique.  Lecture  and  demonstration  two 
hours. 

1041.  Piano  Class  II/(1).S. 

Group  instruction  in  piano  technique.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  MUS 
1040. 

1042.  Guitar  Class  I/(1).F;S. 

Group  instruction  in  the  fundamental  principles  of 
playing  the  guitar.  A  special  rental  fee  of  $13.50  is 


2004.  Liturgies  and  Hymnody/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  history  of  worship  in  the  Jewish, 
Eastern  Orthodox,  Roman  Catholic,  and  Protes- 
tant traditions.  Included  will  be  a  study  of  the 
hymn  as  it  is  used  in  the  church's  worship.  Alter- 
nate years.  Lecture  three  hours. 

2011.  Introduction  to  Music/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  nontechnical  course  for  students  with  little  or 
not  musical  background.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  style  and  form  of  music  as  perceived  by  the 
listener.  (Humanities)  Lecture  three  hours. 


Music 


248 


2012.  Humanities:  Music,  Art  and  IdeasI/ 
(3).F. 

A  course  which  concentrates  on  the  interplay  of 
art,  music,  philosophy  and  religion  in  the  ancient 
through  medieval  cultures  and  their  influences  as 
manifested  in  other  centuries. 

2013.  Humanities:  Music,  Art  and  Ideas  11/ 
(3).S. 

A  course  which  concentrates  on  the  interplay  of 
art,  music,  philosophy  and  religion  in  contem- 
porary culture. 

2014.  Jazz  Music  in  American  Society/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

Jazz  may  be  the  United  States'  only  original  con- 
tribution to  music.  Due  to  its  comparatively  recent 
emergence  as  a  recognized  art  form,  a  great  deal 
of  confusion  exists  as  to  the  meaning,  origins, 
development,  and  the  place  of  jazz  relative  to 
other  areas  of  music.  This  course  will  define  jazz  as 
precisely  as  possible  and  show  its  evolution  in  the 
historical  background  of  the  United  States.  Lec- 
ture three  hours. 


2038.  Advanced  Voice  Class  II/(1).S. 

Continued  study  of  literature  and  attention  to  the 
specific  needs  of  each  student.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  MUS 
2037. 

2040.  Advanced  Piano  ClassI/(l).F. 

Group  instruction  in  piano  technique.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  MUS 
1041. 

2041.  Advanced  Piano  Class  11/(1). S. 

Group  instruction  in  piano  technique.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours.  Satisfaction  of  course 
requirements  will  constitute  passage  of  piano  pro- 
ficiency. Prerequisite:  MUS  2040. 

2400.  History  and  Construction  of  Wind  and 
Percussion  Instruments/(3).F. 

A  comprehensive  course  dealing  with  the 
development  of  these  instruments  and  their  effect 
upon  music  performance.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
upon  design  techniques,  materials  used,  and 
manufacturing  procedures.  Lecture  three  hours. 


2020.  Creative  Music  for  the  Classroom 
Teacher  (Humanities)/  (3). F. 

Designed  for  the  student  who  plans  to  become  a 
classroom  teacher  in  the  elementary  school.  It  in- 
volves an  integrated  approach  to  developing  func- 
tional musicianship  through  listening,  reading  and 
writing  musical  notation,  analyzing  and  creating 
music.  The  emphasis  is  on  understanding  music 
and  being  able  to  make  use  of  this  knowledge  in 
the  classrooms.  Lecture  three  hours. 

2021.  Music  Methods  for  the  Classroom 
Teacher/(3).S. 

The  music  elements  learned  in  Music  2020  will  be 
used  in  studying  materials  and  methods  in  the 
elementary  classroom.  A  variety  of  musical  ac- 
tivities will  be  presented  which  are  suitable  for  all 
ages  of  elementary  children.  Prerequisite:  MUS 
2020.  Lecture  three  hours. 

2030.  Instrumental  Playing  Techniques  (For 
General  Music  Education  Majors)/(l).S. 

Group  instruction  in  the  fundamental  principles  of 
playing  on  representative  orchestral  instrument  in 
each  of  the  following  categories:  woodwind, 
brass,  percussion  and  string,  lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours. 

2037.  Advanced  Voice  Class  I/(1).F. 

A  continuation  of  first  year  voice  class  with  ap- 
propriate vocal  literature  adapted  to  each 
student's  needs  and  progress.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  MUS 
1038. 


2401.  History  and  Construction  of  String  and 
Keyboard  Instruments/(3).S. 

This  course  will  have  the  same  structure  a  Music 
2400,  but  will  be  concerned  with  string  and 
keyboard  instruments.  Lecture  three  hours. 

2410.  Production  Technique  in  Instrument 
Repair/(2).F;S. 

Adaptation  to  professional  tools  and  techniques  in 
repair  of  musical  instruments.  Prerequisite:  MUS 
1410.  Lecture  one  hour,  laboratory  four  hours. 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

2611.  Music  History  and  Literature  1/(2). F. 
The  history  of  music  from  the  ancient  Greeks 
through  the  17th  century  will  be  studied.  Ex- 
amples from  the  music  literature  of  the  thirteenth 
through  the  seventeenth  centuries  (Renaissance 
and  early  Baroque)  will  be  analysed  in  detail. 
Prerequisite:  MUS  1002.  Lecture  and  demonstra- 
tion three  hours. 

2612.  Music  History  and  Literature  II/(2).S. 

The  music  of  the  late  Baroque  (including  Bach 
and  Handel)  and  of  the  classic  era  (including 
Beethoven)  will  be  studied.  Selected  examples 
will  be  used  for  detailed  analysis.  Prerequisite: 
MUS  1002.  Lecture  and  demonstration  three 
hours. 

2900.  Internship/(0-2).F;SS. 

Subject  areas  include: 


Music 


249 


Church  Music  Field  Work  1  and  II/(0-l).On  De- 
mand. 

The  student  will  be  responsible  for  all  or  part  of  a 
music  program  in  an  organized  local  church. 
Periodic  visits  to  the  church  will  be  made  by  the 
professor  who  will  attend  rehearsals  or  services, 
and  evaluate  the  student's  work.  Private  or  group 
conferences  will  be  held  with  the  professor,  who 
will  give  guidance  to  the  student.  Graded  on  S/U 
basis. 

Apprenticeship  in  Instrument  Repair/(2).F;S. 

Students  will  participate  as  apprentices  in  the 
routine  operation  of  a  manufacturing  or  repair 
facility.  Prerequisite:  MUS  2410.  Graded  on  S/U 
basis. 

3004.  Organ  Literature  and  Service  Playing/ 
(3).F. 

A  survey  of  the  main  stream  of  organ  literature 
from  the  15th  Century  to  the  present.  Laboratory 
experience  in  playing  for  services  of  worship  in- 
cluding chant  accompaniment,  hymn  playing,  an- 
them accompaniment  and  simple  improvisation. 
Lecture  three  hours. 

3007.  Counterpoint/(3).S.  (Alternate  years) 

A  comprehensive  course  in  the  fundamentals  of 
18th-19th  Century  counterpoint.  Writing  and 
analysis  is  stressed  and  required.  Prerequisite: 
MUS  2002. 

3008.  Form  and  Analysis/ (3). F.  (Alternate 
years) 

A  detailed  study  of  formal  principals  in  music. 
Music  scores  from  several  historical  periods  will  be 
analyzed;  attention  will  be  given  to  aural  percep- 
tion of  various  structures  of  music.  Prerequisite: 
MUS  2002. 

3020.  Conducting/(l).F. 

Fundamentals  of  conducting  technique  and  in- 
troduction to  score  reading.  Lecture  and 
demonstration  two  hours.  Prerequisite:  MUS 
1002  or  permission  of  instructor. 

3021.  Instrumental  Conducting 
Practicum/(2).S. 

Supervised  conducting  experience  with  an  in- 
strumental ensemble.  Score  preparation  and 
rehearsal  techniques.  Lecture  and  practicum  three 
hours.  A  minimum  of  five  hours  of  rehearsal 
observations.  Prerequisites:  1002,  3020. 

3022.  Choral  Conducting  Practicum/(2).S. 

Supervised  conducting  experience  with  a  choral 
ensemble.  Score  preparation  and  rehearsal 
techniques.  Lecture  and  practicum  three  hours.  A 


minimum  of  five  hours  of  rehearsal  observations. 
Prerequisites:  1002,  3020. 

3031.  Instrumental  Techniques  and 
Materials/(2).S. 

A  survey  of  the  materials  and  methods  in  in- 
strumental class  teaching.  Prerequisite:  PSY 
3302.  (Same  as  SE  3031.) 

3032.  Choral  Techniques  and  Materials/  (2). S. 
A  survey  of  the  materials  and  methods  in  choral 
teaching.  Prerequisite:  PSY  3302.  (Same  as  SE 
3032.) 

3035.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School/(2).F. 
S. 

Materials  and  methods  in  the  field  of  music 
teaching  in  the  elementary  school.  Music  in  the  in- 
tegrated program;  emphasis  on  the  creative 
phases  and  the  development  of  musicianship; 
observation  of  teaching  procedures  with  children. 
Designed  for  music  majors.  (Same  as  EE  3035.) 

3036.  Music  in  the  Middle/  Junior  High 
School/(2).F.S. 

A  study  of  the  organization  and  direction  of  the 
music  program  in  the  Middle/ Junior  High  School. 
Materials  for  the  changing  voice,  elementary 
theory,  music  appreciation,  operettas  and  pro- 
gram building  are  surveyed.  Designed  for  music 
majors.  (Same  as  EE  3036.) 

3040.  Class  Piano/ (1).S. 

Provides  the  piano  principal  with  those  practical 
competencies  which  most  directly  relate  to 
classroom  musical  activities  such  as  improvisation, 
accompanying  and  related  skills.  Required  of 
music  education  majors  with  a  piano  principal. 
Lecture  and  demonstration  two  hours. 

3420.  Music  Industry  Seminar/(l-l-l).S. 

A  series  of  lectures,  panel  discussions  and  field 
observations  with  persons  and  firms  in  the  music 
industry.  This  course  serves  as  a  catalytic  ex- 
perience, bridging  academic  work  and  practical 
application.  The  course  will  be  a  focal  point  for 
merchandising  majors  during  their  entire  program 
cycle.  Must  be  repeated  for  a  minimum  of  three 
hours  credit.  Lecture  and  demonstration  three 
hours. 

3500.  Independent  Study  in  Music,  (1-4). 
F;S;SS. 

3510.  Honors  Independent  Study  in  Music/ 
(1-3).F;S;SS. 

Special  research  or  projects  which  the  honors  stu- 
dent in  music  will  pursue  in  lieu  of  required 
courses  in  the  music  curriculum. 


Music 


250 


3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).F;S. 

Variable  content  which  may  be  repeated  for 
credit.  Topics  will  include  special  areas  of  music 
theory,  music  literature,  and  music  education. 

3611.  Music  History  and  Literature  HI/ 
(2).F. 

A  comprehensive  study  of  the  history  and 
literature  of  music  from  Beethoven  through  Post- 
Romanticism.  Prerequisite:  MUS  1002.  Lecture 
and  demonstration  three  hours. 


4611.  American  Music/(2).SS. 

The  development  of  American  music  from  the 
Puritan  psalm  singers  to  contemporary  jazz  with 
particular  attention  given  to  those  musical  con- 
cepts and  practices  which  are  distinctly  American. 
Lecture  two  hours. 

4615.  Concert  Band  Literature/ (2). On  De- 
mand.SS. 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  wind  band  and 
its  literature.  Significant  original  compositions  and 
transcriptions  with  emphasis  on  Twentieth  Cen- 
tury works.  Lecture  two  hours. 

4616.  Opera  Literature/(2).  On  Demand. SS 

Operatic  development  and  literature  from  the 
Baroque  period  to  the  present  day.  Represen- 
tative works  will  be  studied  visually  and  aurally. 
Lecture  two  hours. 


3612.  Music  History  and  Literature  IV/ 
(2).S. 

A  survey  of  the  history  and  literature  of  the  early 
20th  Century  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  MUS 
1002.  Lecture  and  demonstration  three  hours. 

4004.  Organization  and  Philosophy  of  Church 
Music/(2).F. 

Organizational  principles  of  a  comprehensive 
church  music  program,  including  a  study  of  the 
philosophy  of  the  art  form  of  music  as  it  relates  to 
theological  concepts.  Alternate  years.  Lecture  two 
hours. 


4617.  Chamber  Music  Literature/(2).On  De- 
mand.SS. 

Instrumental  ensemble  music  from  the  early  Eigh- 
teenth Century  to  the  present,  with  special  em- 
phasis on  the  string  quartet  as  a  musical  form. 
Lecture  two  hours. 

4618.  Symphonic  Literature/(2).On  Demand. 
SS. 

A  comphrenesive  study  of  the  development  of  the 
symphony  from  the  Mannheim  School  to  the  pre- 
sent through  an  analysis  of  selected  works.  Lec- 
ture two  hours. 


4031.  Choral  Literature  1/(2). F. 

A  survey  of  representative  choral  literature  from 
the  Renaissance  through  the  Baroque  with  special 
emphasis  upon  materials  suitable  for  secondary 
and  college  groups.  Lecture  two  hours. 

4032.  Choral  Literature  II/(2).S. 

A  continuation  of  Choral  Literature  I  covering  the 
periods  from  the  Classic  through  the  Modern. 
Lecture  two  hours. 


4619.  Keyboard  Literature/(3).F. 

A  survey  of  the  music  literature  for  keyboard  writ- 
ten from  1450  to  the  present.  Selected  examples 
will  be  studied  in  detail.  Lecture  three  hours. 

4630.  Problems  in  Elementary  School 
Music/(2).S;SS. 

Music  teaching  in  the  primary  and  grammar 
grades;  research  and  demonstrations  of  methods 
of  teaching  elementary  school  children.  Lecture 
two  hours. 


4510.  Honors  Project  in  Music/(2-3).F;S. 

Appropriate  research  for  the  senior  honors 
students  in  music. 

Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4610.  Marching  Band  Techniques/(2).S. 

A  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  marching,  preci- 
sion drill,  formations  and  maneuvering;  the  plan- 
ning of  football  shows  and  parades.  Lecture  two 
hours. 


4900.  Internship  in  Music  Merchandising/ 
Technology/(8  or  12).F;S. 

The  internship  will  be  performed  off  campus  in  the 
employ  of  a  cooperating  music  sales,  manufactur- 
ing, or  repair  firm.  Interns  will  receive  compensa- 
tion and  will  be  responsible  for  certain  duties  in 
return.  Cooperating  firms  will  work  closely  with 
ASU  faculty  in  training  and  evaluating  the  intern. 
Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


Music 


251 


Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Bibliography  and  Research/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  bibliographical  problems,  types  of 
research,  and  organization  and  reporting  of 
research.  Required  in  the  first  semester  of  all 
beginning  graduate  music  students.  Lecture  three 
hours. 

5001.  Analytical  Technique/(3).S;SS. 

The  development  of  techniques  for  analysis  of 
music  from  the  Baroque  to  Mozart  through 
counterpoint,  melodic  structure,  harmony  and 
form.  Lecture  three  hours. 

5002.  Pedagogy  of  Music  Theory/(3).F;SS. 

A  comprehensive  review  of  basic  theory  with 
special  emphasis  placed  upon  the  various 
methods  of  approach  and  the  means  of  determin- 
ing a  personal  philosophy.  Lecture  three  hours. 

5006.  Philosophy  of  Music/(3).F;SS. 

An  investigation  of  the  major  philosophies  of 
music  in  both  historical  and  contemporary 
perspective.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on 
aesthetic  theory.  The  relationship  between 
aesthetics  of  music  educational  methodology  will 
be  examined.  Lecture  three  hours. 

5014.  Medieval  and  Renaissance 
Music/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  development  of  polyphony  from  its 
monophonic  origins  with  emphasis  on  the 
religious,  political,  economic  and  social  forces 
which  helped  to  shape  the  forms  and  practices  of 
the  Baroque.  Alternate  years.  Three  hours  lec- 
ture. 

5015.  Music  of  the  Baroque/(3).S;SS. 

Originating  from  a  study  of  Renaissance,  reforma- 
tion and  other  influences  which  led  to  the  rise  of 
accompanied  monody,  separate  instrumental 
practices  and  new  secular  and  sacred  forms,  this 
course  explores  the  experimental  attitudes  and 
techniques  of  the  Baroque  period.  Alternate 
years.  Three  hours  lecture. 

5016.  Classic  and  Romantic  Music/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  codification  of  the  Baroque-derived 
concepts  of  tonality  and  form  and  the  expansion 
of  these  concepts  in  accordance  with  the  underly- 
ing philosophies  of  Classic  and  Romantic  com- 
posers. Alternate  years.  Three  hours  lecture. 

5017.  Twentieth  Century  Music/(3).S;SS. 

Includes  a  study  of  the  dissolution  of  tonality  and 
the  utilization  of  new  technical  opportunities 
(especially  electronic)  along  with  the  new  spirit  of 
experimentation  which  characterizes  much  20th 


Century  music.  Alternate  years.  Three  hours  lec- 
ture. 

5021.  Grants  Funding  in  the  Fine  Arts/ 
(3).SS. 

Acquaints  students  with  federal,  state,  and  private 
sources  of  outside  funding  for  arts  programs  in 
educational  institutions  at  all  levels.  Previous  pat- 
terns of  agency  and  foundation  funding  will  be  ex- 
amined and  current  guidelines  will  be  made 
available.  Techniques  of  proposal  writing  will  be 
studied  along  with  procedures  proven  to  be 
helpful  in  securing  and  negotiating  grants.  This 
course  will  culminate  in  each  student  preparing  a 
grant  proposal  which  may  actually  be  submitted 
for  funding  or  serve  as  a  model  for  future  submis- 
sions. Lecture  three  hours. 

5030.  Advanced  Conducting/(2).S;SS. 

Emphasis  upon  the  critical  examination  of  both 
choral  and  instrumental  scores,  with  development 
of  conducting  skills  necessary  in  securing  the 
desired  effects.  Lecture  two  hours. 

5032.  Organization  and  Supervision  of  School 
Music/(2).S;SS. 

The  responsibilities  of  the  music  supervisor  in  rela- 
tion to  the  classroom  teacher,  the  music  teacher 
and  the  school  administration.  (Same  as  SE 
5032.)  Lecture  two  hours. 

5500.  Independent  Study  in  Music/(l-4). 
F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

Variable  content  which  may  be  repeated  for 
credit.  Topics  will  include  special  areas  of  music 
theory,  music  literature  and  music  education. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


Performing  Groups 

1100.  Marching  Band/(0-l).F. 

The  marching  band  works  in  cooperation  with  the 
athletic  program  during  the  fall  semester.  It  ap- 
pears in  pep  rallies,  all  home  games,  parades  and 
at  several  away  games.  Membership  is  open  to  all 
students  who  play  hand  instruments.  The  band 
usually  meets  for  several  days  prior  to  the  opening 
of  fall  semester.  All  students  interested  in  perform- 
ing should  write  to  the  band  director.  Majorette 
tryouts  are  held  in  the  spring  prior  to  the  fall  term. 
Tuesday  and  Thursday  two  hours  each  day,  one 
dress  rehearsal  before  each  game. 


Music 


252 


1101.  Symphonic  Band/(0-l).S. 

The  Symphonic  Band  is  open  to  all  students  who 
have  had  experience  playing  band  instruments. 
The  group  plays  standard  literature  and  presents 
two  concerts  each  year  on  campus.  Rehearsal 
three  hours. 

1102.  Wind  Ensemble/(0-l).F;S. 

Membership  in  the  Wind  Ensemble  is  limited  to 
wind  and  percussion  players  who  have  attained 
the  highest  level  of  performing  ability.  This  usually 
includes  music  majors,  although  non-majors  can 
qualify.  The  group  performs  twice  each  year  on 
campus  and  occasionally  tours  to  schools  in  North 
Carolina  and  surrounding  states.  Rehearsal  three 
hours. 

1103.  Brass  Choir/(0-1).F;S. 

The  Brass  Choir  is  limited  in  members  to  25  and  is 
augmented  with  a  percussion  section  for  various 
numbers.  Rehearsal  three  hours. 

1104.  Stage  Band/(0-l).F;S. 

This  group  is  open  to  all  students  by  audition.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  developing  a  variety  of  popular 
music  styles.  Concerts  are  given  on  the  campus 
and  occasionally  at  schools  off  campus.  Rehearsal 
three  hours. 

1105.  Appalachian  Symphony 
Orchestra/(0-1).F;S. 

The  orchestra  is  open  to  all  students  who  have 
ability  and  experience  in  playing  any  orchestral  in- 
strument. Emphasis  is  placed  on  securing  good 
ensemble  as  well  as  the  technical,  dynamic  and  in- 
terpretive demands  of  the  composition  perform- 
ed. The  orchestra  appears  in  concert  several  times 
during  the  year.  Rehearsals  three  hours  with  addi- 
tional sectional  rehearsals. 


1108.  University  Singers/(0-l).F;S. 

The  Singers  accept  students  who  read  music  and 
sing  well.  Auditions  are  open  to  all  students.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  fine  choral  literature  of  all 
periods,  with  particular  emphasis  given  to  the 
works  of  outstanding  composers.  Rehearsal  three 
hours. 

1109.  Appalachian  Chorale/(0-1).F;S. 

A  large  group  of  200-300  which  is  open  to  all 
students  and  members  of  the  community.  A  major 
oratorio  is  presented  each  semester.  Rehearsal 
two  hours  on  Monday  evening. 

1110.  Treble  Choir/(0-1).F;S. 

This  organization  is  open  by  audition  to  all 
students  capable  of  and  interested  in  singing 
literature  for  soprano  and  alto  voices.  Rehearsal 
three  hours. 

1111.  ASU  Glee  Club/(0-l).F;S. 

This  organization  is  open  to  all  students  capable  of 
and  interested  in  singing  literature  for  tenor, 
baritone  and  bass  voices.  Rehearsal  three  hours. 

1112.  Chamber  Singers/(0-l).F;S. 

A  select  group  usually  consisting  of  16  voices 
which  specializes  in  the  performance  of  chamber 
literature  of  all  periods.  Selection  is  based  on  audi- 
tion. Rehearsal  three  hours. 

1113.  Opera  Workshop/(0-1).F;S. 

A  select  group  of  singers  who  design,  plan  and  ex- 
ecute an  opera  each  semester.  Rehearsal  three 
hours. 

1114.  Piano  Ensemble/(0-l).F;S. 

Supervised  study  and  performance  of  duo  and 
four-hand  piano  literature.  Rehearsal  two  hours. 


1106.  Chamber  Orchestra/(0-1).F;S. 

The  Chamber  Orchestra  is  open  to  qualified 
students  who  have  the  ability  and  experience  to 
perform  music  literature  of  the  most  select  and 
demanding  type.  Due  to  the  small  size  of  the 
ensemble,  each  musician  must  be  prepared  to 
play  solo  passages.  The  group  appears  in  concert 
each  semester.  Rehearsal  three  hours. 

1107.  Small  Ensembles/(0-l).F;S. 

Small  Ensembles  are  open  to  all  qualified  students 
upon  audition.  Typical  ensembles  are  the  clarinet 
choir,  string  quartet  and  baroque  ensemble. 
Rehearsal  two  hours. 


1115.  Accompanying/(0-1).F;S. 

Supervised  study  of  accompanying  vocal  and  in- 
strumental solos.  Rehearsal  three  hours. 

1116.  Percussion  Ensemble/(1).F;S. 

The  function  of  this  ensemble  is  to  introduce  the 
student  to  the  wide  area  of  percussion  ensemble 
literature  and  to  give  the  student  small  ensemble 
experience  in  his  principal  area  of  performance 
Rehearsal  three  hours. 


The  College  of  Education 


253 


The  College  of 
Education 


Benjamin  F.  Strickland,  Acting  Dean 
J.  Pat  Knight,  Acting  Assistant  Dean 
Mae  Reck,  Acting  Coordinator  of  Planning  and  Curriculum 

The  College  of  Education  has  primary  responsibility  for  the  preparation  of  elementary 
teachers,  secondary  teachers,  teachers  in  special  subject  areas,  library  media  coor- 
dinators, reading  teachers,  reading  specialists,  special  educators,  speech  pathologists, 
supervisors,  audiovisual  specialists,  counselors,  teachers  of  higher  education,  ad- 
ministrators for  the  public  schools  and  institutions  of  higher  education,  and  related 
human  development  specialists  for  community  agencies.  One  goal  of  the  college  is  to 
provide  an  efficient  delivery  system  of  preservice  and  inservice  preparation  to  in- 
dividuals pursuing  a  career  in  any  of  the  above  listed  areas.  Additionally,  the  college 
houses  a  national  resource  center  for  developmental  educators  and  the  Bachelor  of 
Technology  program. 

Center  for  Developmental  Education 

Milton  G.  Spann,  Director 

The  Center  for  Developmental  Education,  originally  founded  by  a  grant  from  the  W.K. 
Kellogg  Foundation,  offers  a  variety  of  resources  and  services  to  college  and  university 
personnel  concerned  with  the  educational  needs  and  problems  of  academically  under- 
prepared  students. 

The  Center  resources  include  a  specialized  library  and  a  people-to-people  linking  ser- 
vice composed  of  persons  from  across  the  nation  knowledgeable  in  the  ways  of 
teaching,  counseling  and  motivating  underachievers.  The  Center  offers  conferences, 
workshops  and  seminars  for  practitioners  in  the  field;  conducts  occasional  research,  and 
works  closely  with  the  Department  of  Administration,  Supervision,  and  Higher  Educa- 
tion in  the  implementation  of  the  University's  graduate  programs  in  Developmental 
Education.  The  Center  also  sponsors  the  nationally  recognized  Kellogg  Institute  for  the 
Training  and  Certification  of  Developmental  Educators,  which  provides  advanced  train- 
ing to  selected  practitioners  from  across  the  United  States.  In  addition,  the  Center 
publishes  the  leading  periodical  in  the  field,  the  Journal  of  Developmental  and 
Remedial  Education  as  well  as  a  bi-monthly  newsletter,  Research  in  Developmental 
Education.  The  Center  also  provides  consultation  and  technical  assistance  to  colleges 
and  universities  seeking  to  improve  their  program  and  services  to  students  with 
academic  deficiencies. 


The  College  of  Education 


254 


Bachelor  of  Technology  Program 

Joe  Widenhouse,  Coordinator 

The  Bachelor  of  Technology  Program,  which  is  housed  in  the  Department  of  Ad- 
ministration, Supervision  and  Higher  Education,  is  offered  to  graduates  of  technical  in- 
stitutes, community  colleges  or  technical  colleges  who  hold  the  Associate  in  Applied 
Science  degree  in  business  or  industrial  technology  from  a  technical  institute,  communi- 
ty college  or  technical  college. 

All  students  making  application  to  the  BT  program  must  meet  the  following  re- 
quirements: 

1.  Show  evidence  that  they  have  mastered  the  basic  technical  skills  in  their  areas  by 
satisfactorily  completing  the  requirements  for  an  Associate  in  Applied  Science 
degree  or  its  equivalent  in  a  business  or  industrial  technology  program. 

2.  Have  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.5  in  their  AAS  work  and  recommendation  from  the 
degree-granting  institution,  or  a  minimum  of  2.2  with  an  outstanding  recommenda- 
tion from  the  AAS  school,  and  an  interview  with  the  ASU-BT  staff. 

3.  Submit  an  official  transcript  from  the  two-year  school. 

4.  Submit  a  letter  of  endorsement  from  the  president,  dean  or  other  comparable  of- 
ficial, from  the  AAS  institution. 

5.  Submit  a  Student  Application-Data  Sheet,  including  a  nonrefundable  $15  process- 
ing fee. 

6.  Submit  a  medical  form  after  admission  to  the  BT  program  is  granted. 

In  no  case  will  transfer  credit  be  given  for  more  than  62  semester  hours.  Applicants  ac- 
cepted into  this  program  are  eligible  only  for  the  Bachelor  of  Technology  Degree.  Ap- 
plications should  be  directed  to:  Admissions  Officer,  Appalachian  State  University. 

To  earn  a  Bachelor  of  Technology  degree,  the  following  requirements  must  be  met: 

1.  Completion  of  at  least  60  semester  hours  at  Appalachian  after  admission  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Technology  degree  program.  Student  must  maintain  at  least  a  2.00 
grade  point  average  throughout  the  program. 

2.  Completion  of  the  following  general  education  requirements: 
Humanities 

One  course  in  literature  (at  2000  or  3000  level)  3  s.h. 

Two  courses  from  Art  2011,  English  2170, 

Music  2011,  Communication  Arts  2011  6  s.h. 

One  course  in  philosophy  or  religion  3  s.h. 

Social  Science 

History  1101  and  1102  or  proficiency  at  the  level  of  these  courses 
demonstrated  by  examination.  If  proficiency  is  demonstrated  by 
examination ,  appropriate  credit  will  be  given  without  grade .  6  s .  h . 

If  a  student  has  completed  a  year  of  European  or  World  History 
in  high  school  with  an  average  of  "B"  or  better,  the  requirement 
in  history  may  be  met  by  electing  History  2301,  2302;  or  2401, 
2402;  or  American  History  2201,  2204. 


The  College  of  Education 


255 


8s 

.h. 

3s 

.h. 

2s 

.h. 

2s 

.h. 

3s 

.h. 

Psychology  2201  or  Psychology  3301  3  s.h. 
One  course  in  Sociology,  Anthropology,  Political  Science 

or  Criminal  Justice  ls.h. 
(If  the  equivalent  of  one  semester  hour  of  an  appropriate  social  science  has  been 
completed  prior  to  entrance  in  the  BT  Program,  this  requirement 

is  considered  completed . )  

TOTAL  22  s.h. 

3.  Completion  of  professional  education  requirements  as  follows: 
Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education  3060, 

4950  and  4970  9  s.h. 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education  4900 

(internship) 
Secondary  Education  3040 
Educational  Media  4750 
Counselor  Education  and  Research  4840 
Psychology  3302 

TOTAL  27  s.h. 

4.  Biological  and  Physical  Sciences  6-8  s.h. 
Biology  1101-1102; 

Chemistry  1101-1102;  1101-1110; 

Geology  1101-1102;  1101-1103; 

Physical  Science  1001-1002; 

Physics  1103-1104;  1101,  1105;  1101,  1106 

1150-1151;  2100;  2200 
If  six  semester  hours  of  a  natural  science  have  been  completed  prior  to  the  entrance 

of  the  BT  program,  this  requirement  is  considered  completed.  

TOTAL        6-8  s.h. 

5.  Completion  of  an  area  of  concentration  consisting  of  a  minimum  of  12  semester 
hours.  The  courses  in  the  area  of  concentration  are  chosen  with  the  approval  of 
the  student's  advisor  from  departments  whose  offerings  are  related  to  the 
student's  field  of  study.  The  student  in  business  technology  will  choose  courses  in 
accounting,  office  administration,  business  education,  economics,  finance  or 
marketing  or  management,  taking  up  to,  but  not  more  than,  14  semester  hours  in 
the  College  of  Business  during  the  BT  Program.  Business  Technology  students 
must  complete  six  semester  hours  of  principles  of  economics  and  six  semester 
hours  of  principles  of  accounting  if  prior  credit  has  not  been  earned.  If  taken  on 
the  ASU  campus  during  the  BT  Program  these  hours  count  toward  the  required 
hours  for  graduation  and  fulfill  the  business  concentration.  The  student  in  in- 
dustrial technology  will  choose  from  the  courses  in  industrial  arts,  the  physical 
sciences,  and  mathematics.  The  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point 
average  on  all  work  in  the  12  hour  concentration  and  the  27  hours  of  professional 
education  requirements. 

6.  Demonstration  of  proficiency  in  reading,  speech,  and  written  English.  Proficiency 
tests  must  be  taken  the  first  semester  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled. 

7.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 


The  College  of  Education 


256 


8.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  settlement  of  all  expense  accounts. 

9.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty. 

The  Bachelor  of  Technology  degree  program  is  not  designed  to  prepare  students 
for  secondary  school  vocational  certification.  Those  who  wish  to  pursue  secondary 
vocational  certification  should  consult  their  advisor. 

Meeting  graduation  requirements  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student. 

Departments 

The  College  of  Education  consists  of  the  following  departments: 

Administration,  Supervision  Reading  Education 

and  Higher  Education  Secondary  Education 

Counselor  Education  and  Research  Special  Education 

Elementary  Education  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology. 
Library  and  Media  Studies 


Degree  Programs 


The  College  of  Education  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  leading  to  teacher  cer- 
tification in  the  fields  of  child  development  (K-4),  elementary  education  (K-6),  middle 
grades  education  (6-9),  and  K-12  certification  in  art,  health  education,  library  media 
coordination,  physical  education,  reading  education,  special  education  (in 
mild/moderate  handicapping  conditions  or  severe/profound  handicapping 
conditions).  A  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  habilitative  science,  which  is  a 
nonteaching,  noncertification  program,  is  offered  by  the  Department  of  Special  Educa- 
tion. The  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  with  K-12  teacher  certification  is  available  in  music. 
The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  teacher  certification  (9-12)  may  be  earned  in: 
business  education;  distributive  education;  driver  and  traffic  safety;  English;  French; 
history;  home  economics  education;  industrial  arts;  mathematics;  Spanish;  speech; 
theatre  arts;  science  (with  concentration  in  biology,  chemistry,  earth  science,  or 
physics);  social  science  with  concentration  in  anthropology,  economics,  geography, 
history,  political  science  or  sociology. 

For  graduate  degree  offerings  see  the  graduate  section  of  this  bulletin  and  the  Graduate 
Bulletin . 

The  College  of  Education  offers  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Technology 
degree  which  are  administered  by  the  College  of  Education.  These  programs  are  for 
graduates  of  technical  institutes  and  community  colleges  who  desire  careers  in  business, 
industry  or  teaching  in  technical  institutes  and  community  colleges. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 

(with  teacher  certification) 

To  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  teacher  certification,  the  following  re- 
quirements must  be  met: 


The  College  of  Education 


257 


1.  Completion  of  at  least  122  semester  hours  with  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least 
2.00.  A  transfer  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade  point  average  on  all  work 
at  Appalachian. 

2.  Completion  of  the  general  education  requirements. 

3.  Demonstration  of  proficiency  in  reading,  speech,  and  written  English. 

4.  Completion  of  a  major  consisting  of  24  to  56  semester  hours  from  one  of  the  fields 
listed  below: 

Art  Reading 

Business  Education  Special    Education    (Mild/Moderate 

Communication  Arts  Handicapping     Conditions     or 

Distributive  Education  Severe/Profound    Handicapping 

Driver  and  Traffic  Safety  Conditions) 

Elementary  Education  Science,     with     concentration     in 

English  Biology,  Chemistry,  Earth  Science, 

French  or  Physics 

Health  Education  Social  Science,  general  or  with  con- 
History  centration  in-  Geography,  Political 
Home  Economics  Education  Science,  Sociology,  Anthropology, 
Industrial  Arts  Economics  or  History 
Library  Science  Spanish 
Mathematics 
Physical  Education 

A  student  must  have  at  least  a  2.20  grade-point  average  to  enter  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion and  must  maintain  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  in  the  major.  Transfer 
students  must  complete  at  least  eight  semester  hours  of  work  in  the  major  at  Ap- 
palachian and  have  at  least  a  2.00  grade-point  average  on  all  work  at  Appalachian  in 
the  major.  With  the  exception  of  the  science  and  social  science  majors,  specific  re- 
quirements for  each  major  preface  the  list  of  courses  offered  by  the  department.  Re- 
quirements for  the  interdepartmental  majors  of  science  and  social  science  may  be  found 
by  referring  to  those  sections  of  the  index. 

5.  Completion  of  professional  education  requirements  as  follows  (five  to  six  semester 
hours) : 

Elementary  Education  (See  departmental  requirements) 
Special  Education:  SE  3040  and  SE  3050 
Secondary  Education  (9-12):  SE  3040  and  SE  3050 

Special  Subject  Majors  (K-12):  EE  3010  and  EE  3020 

or 
SE  3040  and  SE  3050 

or 
EE  3010  and  SE  3050 

or 
SE  3040  and  EE  3020 

PSY  3301,  3302 6  semester  hours 

Reading  Education  Course 2-3  semester  hours 

Methods  course  or  courses See  Departmental  Requirements 

EE  4900  or  SE  4900 12  semester  hours 


The  College  of  Education 


258 


Students  must  earn  12  semester  hours  credit  for  student  teaching. 

A  grade  of  2.00  or  higher  must  be  made  in  each  professional  education  course. 

These  courses  may  not  be  taken  under  the  pass-fail  grading  system. 

6.  Electives  to  complete  122  semester  hours. 

7.  Completion  of  residence  requirements. 

8.  Compliance  with  regulations  concerning  settlement  of  all  expense  accounts. 

9.  Recommendation  of  the  faculty. 

10.  State  certification  requires  the  successful  completion  of  competencies  in  the 
teaching  of  reading.  The  departmental  advisor  should  be  consulted  as  to  how  the 
student's  program  meets  this  requirement. 

11.  Take  the  Core  Battery  III  examination  and  the  Specialty  Area  Examination,  if 
available  in  the  student's  field,  of  the  National  Teacher  Examinations.  (The  North 
Carolina  State  Board  of  Education  has  designated  the  National  Teacher  Examina- 
tions as  the  standard  examinations  required  for  initial  certification. 

Procedure  for  Applying  to  the  College  of 

Education  and  to  the 

Undergraduate  Teacher  Education  Program 

1.  When  students  have  completed  60  semester  hours,  including  ENG  1000  and 
1100,  and  have  obtained  at  least  a  2.00  G.P.A.,  they  will  be  notified  to  officially 
declare  their  major.  After  the  major  is  declared,  the  student's  academic  and  ad- 
visement records  will  be  forwarded  to  the  degree  granting  college.  The  college  will 
then  forward  these  records  to  the  appropriate  academic  department. 

2.  The  chairperson  of  the  academic  department  will  be  responsible  for  processing  the 
application  for  admission  into  the  department. 

3.  Students  enrolled  in  child  development  (K-4)  secondary  education  (9-12),  art 
education,  health  education,  physical  education,  and  music  education  (K-12)  will 
be  notified  of  their  academic  department  acceptance  (or  rejection)  and  asked  to 
complete  an  application  form  for  entry  into  the  College  of  Education.  The  applica- 
tion must  be  completed  and  returned  to  the  appropriate  department  in  that  col- 
lege. 

4.  Students  enrolled  in  elementary  education,  (K-6,  or  middle  grades  education 
(6-9);  library  science,  reading  education,  special  education,  or  speech  pathology 
and  audiology,  will  be  notified  when  their  records  are  sent  to  the  College  of 


The  College  of  Education 


259 


Education  and  when  to  report  to  the  College  for  advisement  procedures.  (Child 
development  majors  see  #3  above.) 

5.      Transfer  students  will  follow  the  procedures  above. 

Admission  to  the  College  of  Education  and  to 
the  Undergraduate  Teacher  Education  Program 

To  be  admitted  to  the  College  of  Education  and  to  the  teacher  education  program  a  stu- 
dent must  have: 

1.  Completed  at  least  60  semester  hours. 

2.  A  grade-point  average  of  at  least  2.20  (a  grade-point  average  of  at  least  2.0  must 
be  maintained  thereafter) .  Transfer  students  must  have  the  ASU  Admissions  Of- 
fice certify  that  they  have  maintained  at  least  a  grade-point  average  of  2.20  at  the 
school  from  which  they  transferred.  Such  certification  will  be  submitted  to  the 
Dean  of  the  College  of  Education  prior  to  enrollment  in  the  teacher  education 
program  at  ASU. 

3.  Demonstrated  proficiency  in  reading,  speech,  and  written  English. 

4.  Been  accepted  by  a  department  as  a  major  in  that  department. 

5.  A  recommendation  from  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the  student 
is  majoring  and  for  secondary  education  majors,  acceptance  by  the  chairperson  of 
the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

6.  All  freshmen,  sophomores,  and  incoming  transfers  enrolling  in  the  teacher  train- 
ing program  as  of  the  Fall  semester  of  1983  and  for  all  following  semesters  will: 

I.  At  the  end  of  their  sophomore  year  and  before  they  may  be  formally  enrolled 
with  the  College  of  Education,  take  and  satisfy  testing  requirements  for  Core  Bat- 
tery I  (Communication  Skills)  and  Core  Battery  II  (General  Education)  of  the  Na- 
tional Teacher's  Exam  (NTE) . 

II.  College  of  Education  policies  operate  to  limit  the  progression  of  potential  can- 
didates in  teacher  education  programs  to  introductory  courses  only  until  all  formal 
admission  requirements  (including  Core  Batteries  I  and  II)  have  been  satisfied. 


Advisement 

Advisement  for  teacher  education  students  is  available  through  the  office  of  the  Dean  of 
the  College  of  Education  and  in  each  instructional  department.  Complete  advisement 
information  may  be  secured  from  the  office  of  the  Director  of  Field  Experiences  of  the 
College  of  Education.  Advisement  is  compulsory  and  students  are  urged  to  check  with 
the  Office  of  the  Dean  immediately  upon  their  decision  to  become  a  teacher. 


The  College  of  Education 


260 


Proficiency  Requirements 


All  students  who  are  candidates  for  baccalaureate  level  teacher  certification  must  pass 
proficiencies  in  reading,  speech,  and  written  English.  These  proficiencies  should  be 
completed  during  the  freshman  and/or  sophomore  years.  Transfer  students  in  teacher 
education  also  must  pass  these  proficiencies  during  their  first  semester  at  ASU.  Only 
students  who  have  completed  their  proficiencies  will  be  admitted  to  the  teacher  educa- 
tion program.  Specific  information  on  meeting  requirements  is  presented  below: 

Native  Students  (defined  as  students  who  begin  careers  at  ASU) 


Speech  Proficiency 


Completion  of  CMA  1100,  two  semester  hours  with  a  2.00  or 
better. 


English  Proficiency 


Completion  of  ENG   1000,  three  semester  hours,  Freshman 
English  course  with  a  2.00  or  better. 


Reading  Proficiency 


Taking  the  Nelson-Denny  Test  upon  entering  ASU  and  scoring 
64  or  better.  If  the  score  is  less,  a  student  must  enroll  in  RE 
1000,  one  semester  hour.  Upon  sucessful  completion  of  this 
course  with  a  2.00  or  better,  the  student  will  be  declared  profi- 
cient. 


Transfer  Students 

Speech  Proficiency 


If  a  student  has  had  a  comparable  speech  course  (CMA  1100)  at 
her/his  former  school  the  student  must  make  an  appointment 
with  the  Speech  Pathology  Department  to  be  tested  in  com- 
munication. It  the  student  has  not  had  a  speech  course,  she/he 
must  enroll  in  CMA  1100.  Upon  successful  completion  of  this 
course  with  a  2.00  or  better,  the  student  will  be  declared  profi- 
cient. 


English  Proficiency 


If  the  student  has  transferred  Freshman  English  she/he  must 
take  the  test  administered  by  the  Testing  Center.  If  the  raw  score 
is  below  30,  the  student  must  enroll  in  ENG  2000,  one  semester 
hour.  Upon  successful  completion  of  this  course,  the  student  will 
be  declared  proficient. 


Reading  Proficiency 


The  student  must  take  the  Reading  Test  administered  by  the 
Testing  Center.  If  she/he  scores  64  or  better,  the  student  is 
declared  proficient.  If  the  score  is  below  64,  the  student  must 
take  RE  1000.  Upon  successful  completion  of  this  course  with  a 
2.00  or  better,  the  student  will  be  declared  proficient. 


Student  Teaching 


During  the  sixth,  seventh  or  eighth  semester  students  who  are  taking  undergraduate 
programs  of  study  leading  to  teacher  certification  will  student  teach  for  one  semester  in 


The  College  of  Education 


261 


the  area,  at  the  level  for  which  they  have  been  preparing,  and  in  a  local  educational 
agency.  This  work  will  consist  of  full-time  teaching  under  the  guidance  of  a  competent 
and  experienced  teacher.  Student  teaching  provides  the  student  professional  laboratory 
experience  in  the  same  activities  in  which  the  regular  teacher  engages.  There  is  no  pro- 
vision to  fulfill  the  student  teaching  requirement  during  the  Summer  Session. 

Students  will  be  notified  in  advance  concerning  the  semester  and  location  in  which  they 
will  student  teach.  Student  teaching  assignments  in  off-campus  schools  will  conform  to 
the  local  schools  schedule  with  reference  to  holidays,  workdays,  etc. 

Special  field  experience  programs  may  be  available  during  the  sophomore,  junior  and 
senior  years.  Information  may  be  obtained  from  the  appropriate  department  chairper- 
son or  the  Director  of  Field  Experiences  in  the  College  of  Education. 


Internship 


Students  planning  to  take  internships/practica  should  contact  individual  departments  in 
the  College  of  Education  to  inquire  about  requirements  and  procedures  for  entering 
these  experiences. 

Conditions  Prerequisite  to  Student  Teaching 

The  following  requirements  must  be  met  prior  to  student  teaching: 

1.  All  proficiencies  and  professional  education  courses  including  methods  courses 
must  have  been  completed  satisfactorily  with  a  grade  of  2.00  or  better. 

2.  A  student  who  has  completed  all  prerequisites  for  student  teaching  will  be  uncon- 
ditionally placed.  Others  may  be  tentatively  placed  until  all  prerequisites  have 
been  satisfied.  However,  no  student  will  be  permitted  to  student  teach  unless  all 
prerequisites  have  been  satisfied. 

3.  Child  Development  majors  (K-4)  must  have  the  approval  of  the  chairperson  of  the 
Department  of  Home  Economics  and  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of 
Elementary  Education.  Prior  to  student  teaching,  child  development  majors  must 
take  and  satisfactorily  complete  EE  2900,  3120,  4030,  4590,  PSY  3301,  3302, 
RE  3900,  and  GS  4401. 

4.  Elementary  education  (K-6) .  A  student  must  have  the  approval  of  the  chairperson 
of  the  Department  of  Elementary  Education.  Prior  to  student  teaching,  elemen- 
tary majors  must  have  satisfactorily  completed  EE  2900,  3110,  3120;  RE  3900, 
EE  4000,  EE  4030,  PSY  3301,  PSY  3302;  and  GS  4401.  Middle  grade  educa- 
tion majors  must  have  EE  2900,  3900;  RE  4620;  PSY  3301,  PSY  3302;  EE 
4130,  and  required  method  (s)  course  (s). 

5.  Secondary  majors  (9-12).  Students  must  have  the  approval  of  the  chairperson  of 
the  Department  of  Secondary  Education  and  the  chairperson  of  their  academic 
department.  Prior  to  student  teaching,  secondary  majors  will  have  completed  pro- 
ficiencies in  reading,  speech,  and  written  English;  SE  3040  and  3050;  PSY  3301 
and  3302,  and  the  required  Methods  courses.  RE  4630  may  be  taken  after  stu- 


The  College  of  Education 


262 


dent  teaching.  English  majors  are  required  to  take  RE  4620  in  lieu  of  RE  4630 
prior  to  student  teaching. 

6.  Students  may  qualify  under  either  the  elementary  or  secondary  requirements,  if 
they  are  majors  in  a  special  subject  (art,  health  education,  library  science,  music, 
physical  education,  reading  education  and  special  education)  leading  to  K-12 
teacher  certification.  Special  subject  students  must  refer  to  departmental  re- 
quirements concerning  prerequisites  for  student  teaching. 

7.  Each  applicant  must  agree  to  student  teach  full  time  for  one  semester. 

8.  Students  seeking  multiple  certifications  must  make  particular  arrangements  with 
the  Director  of  Field  Experiences. 

Steps  in  Application  for  Student  Teaching 

I.  Students  must  have  been  released  from  General  College  and  must  have  been 
admitted  to  both  the  College  of  Education  and  the  Teacher  Education  Program 
before  they  will  be  allowed  to  student  teach.  (See  the  appropriate  section  of  this 
catalog  for  specifics.) 

II.  Those  students  planning  to  student  teach  in  either  the  Fall  or  Spring  semester  of 
the  1985-86  academic  year  must  attend  the  Student  Teaching  Orientation 
Meeting  on  October  2,  1984,  at  5:00  P.M.  in  Whitener  Auditorium. 

A.  Students  attending  the  Orientation  Meeting  will  receive: 

1.  Copies  of  App/icarion  for  Student  Teaching  forms. 

2.  A  copy  of  the  Teacher  Education  ■  Information  Sheet. 

This  sheet  lists  the  requirements  for  admittance  to  the  Teacher 
Education  Program,  requirements  in  the  Teacher  Education  Pro- 
gram and  prerequisite  courses  for  student  teaching. 

3.  A  Placement  Information  card. 

This  card  supplies  the  Office  of  Field  Experiences  with  tentative  infor- 
mation concerning  preferred  semester  and  geographic  areas  of 
placement. 

Note: 

The  application  forms  and  the  placement  information  card  must  be 
completed  by  the  student  and  returned  to  the  Office  of  Field  Ex- 
periences (EDH  212)  by  5:00  P.M.  on  Friday,  November  5,  1984. 

B.  Additional  information  presented  at  the  orientation  meeting  will  include: 

1.  Identification  of  possible  geographic  placement  areas; 

2.  Identification  of  student  teacher  supervisors  within  each  placement 
area;  and 

3.  General   procedures/rules   concerning   placement,    course   prere- 
quisites, and  advising  procedures. 

Students  having  questions  concerning  particular  student  teaching  situa- 
tions should  contact  the  Director  of  Field  Experiences  in  Edwin  Duncan 
Hall,  Room  212. 


The  College  of  Education 


263 


Teacher  Certification 


All  Appalachian  State  University  teacher  education  programs  have  received  ap- 
propriate approval  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  lead  to  North  Carolina  teacher 
certification. 

Persons  who  are  college  graduates  with  nonteaching  degrees  or  who  wish  to  certify  in  a 
second  teaching  area  and  who  desire  to  receive  teacher  certification  from  Appalachian 
State  University  will  indicate  this  in  writing  to  the  office  of  the  Dean  of  the  College  of 
Education  prior  to  arrival  on  campus.  At  the  same  time,  they  will  indicate  the  area  and 
level  in  which  they  desire  certification  and  will  send  complete  transcripts  of  all  previous 
college  study.  No  certification  commitments  will  be  made  by  the  University  until 
transcripts  have  been  received  and  reviewed  by  the  chairperson  of  the  involved 
academic  department  (where  applicable)  and  the  appropriate  records  advisor  of  the 
Dean  of  the  College  of  Education.  A  person  seeking  such  certification  may  expect  to 
meet  the  same  certification  requirements  and  demonstrate  proficiencies  required  of 
regular  Appalachian  State  University  students  seeking  similar  certification. 

The  certification  process  begins  and  ends  in  the  office  of  the  Dean  of  the  College  of 
Education.  Planning  conferences  with  all  persons  involved  in  determining  the  program 
of  study  will  be  necessary.  Certification  commitments  will  be  finalized  only  upon  com- 
pletion of  these  conferences. 

Interdepartmental  Majors  Leading  to  Teacher 
Certification  Curriculum  in  Science  Education 

A  curriculum  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  certification  in 
Science  Education  consists  of  professional  education  requirements  as  described  in  that 
section  of  the  catalog  and  one  of  the  following  options: 

A  major  in  biology  consists  of  26  semester  hours  above  the  1100  level  (including  BIO 
2201-2202,  2204-2205,  3300,  3308,  3520,  4554,  4555  or  3301),  plus  CHE 
1101-1102,  PHY  1103-1104,  and  MAT  1020-1110  or  1110-1120  or  1040-(STT) 
3810. 

A  major  in  chemistry  consists  of  23  semester  hours  above  the  freshman  level  (including 
CHE  2201,  2210,  3301,  3303,  3404,  3520,  and  seven  hours  selected  from  other 
chemistry  courses),  plus  PHY  1103-1104  or  1150-1151,  six  to  eight  hours  in  biology, 
and  MAT  1110  and  1120. 

A  major  in  earth  science  consists  of  27  semester  hours  in  Geology  (GLY  1101,  1102 
and  1103,  1200,  2450,  3300  and  4850),  plus  GHY  3100,  3110,  CHE  1101-1102  or 
PHY  1103-1104,  MAT  1020  or  1025  and  3910  or  3920,  BIO  1101-1102,  PHY  2100 
and  2200,  and  3  hours  of  geology  electives.  Geology  3520,  3  semester  hours  total,  will 
be  required  for  one  semester  of  Instructional  Assistance  in  each  of  the  following: 
Geology  1101,  Geology  1102,  and  Geology  1103.  (SE  2900  may  be  substituted  for 
one  hour  of  GLY  3520). 


The  College  of  Education 


264 


A  major  in  physics  consists  of  a  minimum  of  32  semester  hours  in  physics  (including 
PHY  1103-1104  or  1150-1151,  2010,  2020,  3520,  4210,  and  10  to  12  hours  of 
physics  electives-PHY  2100  or  2200,  3210,  and  2630  or  3630  being  recommended), 
plus  BIO  1101-1102,  CHE  1101-1102,  and  MAT  1110,  1120,  2130,  and  3130.  IET 
2004  is  also  recommended. 

Curriculum  in  Social  Science  (Undergraduate) 

A  major  in  social  science  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  teacher  cer- 
tification consists  of  60  semester  hours  in  social  science  including  general  education  re- 
quirements in  social  science.  These  requirements  must  include  a  core  (51  semester 
hours)  consisting  of  ANT  1210  and  2215;  ECO  2030  and  2040;  GHY  1010,  1020, 
and  4200;  HIS  1101,  1102,  2201,  2204,  and  3728;  PS  1100,  2130,  and  3240;  SOC 
1115  and  2000;  and  a  concentration  of  nine  additional  semester  hours  in  one  of  the 
above  areas.  In  addition  the  social  science  major  must  complete  STT  3810  (student 
concentrating  in  economics  may  complete  either  SST  3810  or  ECO  2100  but  cannot 
count  both  towards  the  major).  It  is  suggested  that  the  student  take  P&R  1020.  A  stu- 
dent majoring  in  social  science  should  select  MAT  1020  to  satisfy  the  mathematics  re- 
quirement in  general  education. 

A  concentration  in  anthropology  for  the  social  science  major  must  include  nine 
semester  hours  in  anthropology  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  departmental  advisor. 

A  concentration  in  economics  for  the  social  science  major  must  include  ECO  3010, 
3020,  and  three  additional  semester  hours  in  economics  numbered  3000  or  above. 
MAT  1030  is  recommended. 

A  concentration  in  geography  for  the  social  science  major  must  include  GHY  2400, 
3200,  3210,  and  4250. 

A  concentration  in  history  for  the  social  science  major  must  include  nine  semester  hours 
in  history  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  departmental  advisor. 

A  concentration  in  political  science  for  the  social  science  major  must  include  one  three 
semester  hour  course  from  each  of  the  three  following  groups:  (A)  3110,  3210,  4310, 
4270;  (B)  3130,  3150,  3230,  4230;  (C)  2115,  3280,  3630,  4175. 

A  concentration  in  sociology  for  the  social  science  major  must  include  nine  semester 
hours  in  sociology  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  departmental  advisor. 

Graduate  Curricula 

I.  The     Master    of    Arts    degree    for    Secondary    School     Preparation:     An 

undergraduate  major  in  the  teaching  field;  a  North  Carolina  A  Certification  in 
the  proposed  "G"  area,  or  its  equivalent  in  another  state. 
The  Master  of  Arts  degre  with  a  multidisciplinary  major  in  social  science  for 
secondary  school  teaching  requires: 


The  College  of  Education 


265 


1.  The  following  courses  in  education  and  psychology: 

CR  4560  Measurement  and  Assessment 2  s.h. 

AH  5060  Curriculum  Planning 2  s.h. 

or  SE  5620  Secondary  School  Curriculum 3  s.h. 

AH  5470  Social  Foundations  of  Education   2  s.h. 

or  AH  5350  Philosophy  of  Education 
PSY  5555  Advanced  Educational  Psychology 2  s.h. 

or  PSY  5565  Adolescent  Psychology 

2.  Twenty-two  to  28  semester  hours  in  the  social  sciences  (anthropology, 
economics,  geography,  history,  political  science,  and  sociology) 
distributed  as  follows: 

With  Thesis  (22  semester  hours) : 

a.  A  concentration  of  14  semester  hours  in  one  of  the  social  science 
disciplines,  including  5000,  Bibliograpy  and  Research  (2-3)  and  5999, 
Master  of  Arts  Thesis  (4) . 

b.  Six  semester  hours  selected  from  two  additional  social  science 
disciplines. 

c.  HIS  5450,  History  and  Social  Studies  Education  (3). 
Without  Thesis  (28  semester  hours) : 

a.  A  concentration  of  14  semester  hours  in  one  of  the  social  science 
disciplines  including  5000,  Bibliograpy  and  Research  (2-3). 

b.  Twelve  semester  hours  selected  from  two  additional  social  science 
disciplines. 

c.  HIS  5450,  History  and  Social  Education  (3).  Students  will  work  out 
their  program  of  study  in  consultation  with  their  advisor. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  for  community /junior  college  teaching.  Prerequisite: 
An  undergraduate  major  in  the  teaching  field. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  with  a  multidisciplinary  major  in  social  science  for 
community/junior  college  teaching  requires: 

1.  The  following  courses  in  education 
AH  5420  Community,  Junior  and 

Technical  Colleges 2-3  s.h. 

AH  5440  Instruction  in  Post-Secondary  Institutions   2-3  s.h. 

2.  Twenty-six  to  32  semester  hours  in  the  social  science  (anthropology, 
economics,  geography,  history,  political  science,  and  sociology) 
distributed  as  follows: 

With  Thesis  (26  semester  hours) 

a.  A  concentration  of  18  semester  hours  in  one  of  the  social  science 
disciplines,  including  5000,  Bibliograpy  and  Research  (2-3)  and  5999, 
Master  of  Arts  Thesis  (4) . 

b.  Eight  semester  hours  from  another  social  science  discipline. 
Without  Thesis  (32  semester  hours) 

3.  a.     A    concentration     of    22-24    semester     hours,     including     5000; 

Bibliography   and    Research    (2-3),    in    one    of   the   social    science 
disciplines, 
b.     Eight  to  10  semester  hours  in  another  social  science  disciplines. 


Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education 


266 


III.  The  M.A.  degree  in  counselor  education  is  offered  in  three  areas:  agency 
counseling,  school  counseling,  and  student  development.  In  addition,  the  M.A. 
degree  is  also  offered  in  educational  media;  elementary  education;  reading 
education;  special  education  with  concentrations  in  emotional  disturbance,  lear- 
ning disabilities,  mental  retardation,  and  gifted  and  talented;  educational  ad- 
ministration; educational  supervision,  and  higher  education. 

IV.  The  Specialist  Degree  is  offered  in  counselor  education,  curriculum  and  instruc- 
tion, educational  administration,  educational  media,  elementary  education, 
higher  education,  reading  education,  special  education,  and  science  education 
(biology) . 

V.  The  M.A.  and  CAS  in  School  Psychology,  Level  II  is  offered  jointly  through  the 
departments  of  counselor  education  and  research  and  psychology. 

Students  will  work  out  their  programs  of  study  in  consultation  with  their  ad- 
visors. See  the  Graduate  Bulletin  for  programs  of  study  and  additional  informa- 
tion. 


Department  of  Administration, 
Supervision  and  Higher 
Education  (AH) 

Ralph  G.  Hall,  Chairperson 

The  Department  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education  is  responsible 
for  organizing  and  providing  graduate  instructional  programs  in  public  school  ad- 
ministration and  supervision,  higher  education,  and  community  education.  The 
undergraduate  Bachelor  of  Technology  Program  is  also  administered  by  the  depart- 
ment. 

The  department  offers  courses  of  instruction  leading  to  a  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  the 

following  areas: 

1.  Educational  Administration— prepares  persons  for  a  school  principalship 
at  elementary  or  secondary  level.  Such  a  program  leads  to  administration 
certification  in  North  Carolina.  Students  majoring  in  public  school  ad- 
ministration may  concentrate  in  community  education.  (Prerequisite  for 
administration  certification:  Class  "A"  Teaching  Certificate  and  three  years 
of  successful  teaching  experience.)  Students  seeking  only  certification  in 
Educational  Administration  should  contact  the  Chairperson  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education  for  a  list  of  the 
required  prerequisites  and  courses. 


Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education 


267 


2.  Educational  Supervision— prepares  public  school  persons  for  curriculum 
supervisory  roles  in  public  school  systems.  Such  a  program  leads  to  educa- 
tional supervision  (curriculum  specialist)  certification  in  North  Carolina. 
(Prerequisite  for  supervision  certification:  Class  "A"  Teaching  Certificate 
and  three  years  of  successful  teaching  experience.)  Students  seeking  only 
certification  in  Supervision  should  contact  the  Chairperson  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education  for  a  list  of  the 
required  prerequisites  and  courses. 

3.  Higher  Education— prepares  students  who  wish  to  work  in  post-secondary 
educational  settings.  Students  must  select  one  of  the  following  four  tracks 
for  a  program  of  study: 

a.  Administration 

b.  Teaching 

c.  Developmental  Studies 

d.  Adult  Education 

The  teaching  track  is  designed  to  prepare  students  to  teach  in  com- 
munity, junior,  and  technical  colleges. 

The  degree  in  Higher  Education  does  not  lead  to  N.C.  administra- 
tion and  supervision  certification. 

4.  Community  Education— an  interdisciplinary  Master  of  Arts  Degree  Pro- 
gram based  upon  competencies  identified  by  educational  and  recreational 
leaders  and  which  are  needed  to  work  in  the  field  of  community  educa- 
tion. The  program  is  served  by  an  inter-departmental  faculty  committee 
which  assists  students  in  developing  a  program  of  study  based  upon  the 
student's  current  levels  of  competence  in  all  required  areas. 

The  Educational  Specialist  degree  (Ed.S.)  in  the  Department  of  Administration,  Super- 
vision and  Higher  Education  is  a  30  semester  hour  degree  program  offered  in  the 
following  areas: 

1.  Educational  Administration— provides  advanced  graduate  work  for  public 
school  administration.  This  degree  leads  to  sixth  year  certification. 

2.  Curriculum  and  Instruction— provides  advanced  graduate  work  in  supervi- 
sion for  public  school  personnel.  This  degree  leads  to  sixth  year  certifica- 
tion. 

3.  Higher  Education— provides  advanced  graduate  work  in  the  area  of  post- 
secondary  education. 

Students  pursuing  or  holding  graduate  degrees  in  other  departments,  and  also  seeking 
administration  and  supervision  certification,  must  take  the  necessary  courses  and  in- 
ternship prescribed  by  the  Department  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher 
Education. 

A  student  working  toward  a  degree  and/or  certification  in  the  Department  of  Ad- 
ministration, Supervision  and  Higher  Education  must  develop  his/her  program  of  study 
in  consultation  with  an  approved  advisor.  Candidacy  forms  must  be  submitted  to  the 
Graduate  Office  before  the  student  has  completed  twelve  hours  of  course  work.  Degree 
students  taking  courses  without  being  officially  assigned  an  advisor  and  receiving  the 


Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education 


268 


advisor's  approval,  do  so  at  the  risk  of  not  having  the  courses  approved  as  part  of  the 
degree  program. 

Students  who  want  to  minor  in  the  Department  of  Administration,  Supervision  and 
Higher  Education  should  contact  the  Chairperson  of  the  Department. 

A  minor  consists  of  9-12  semester  hours  of  designated  courses  from  the  program  track 
concentration  selected  (Community  Education;  Higher  Education,  Developmental 
Education;  Higher  Education,  Adult  Education;  Higher  Education,  Administration; 
Higher  Education,  Teaching). 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Administration 
Supervision  and  Higher  Education 


It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


Administration  and 
Supervision 

Graduate  Courses 

4980.  Introduction  to  Adult  and  Community 

Education/(3).F. 

The  principal  goal  of  this  is  to  give  students  an  ap- 
preciation of  the  evolution  of  the  concepts, 
philosophies,  and  programs  of  adult  and  com- 
munity education.  The  course  is  intended  to  serve 
as  an  introduction  of  the  numerous  populations, 
agencies,  and  delivery  systems  involved  in  the 
process  of  providing  lifelong  learning  experiences. 

5010.  Public  School  Administration/(3).F;SS. 

An  introductory  study  of  basic  structure,  organiza- 
tion, and  philosopohical  theories  and  administra- 
tion of  public  schools  of  the  U.S. 

5030.  The  Principalship/(3).F;S;SS. 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  help  students  bet- 
ter understand  the  functions  and  purposes  of  the 
principalship.  Theories,  principles,  and  practices 
applicable  to  the  organizational  components  of 
schools  will  be  emphasized. 

5050.  Supervision  of  Instruction/(2-3).S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  nature  and  function  of  supervision, 
recent  trends,  teacher  involvement  in  policy  for- 
mation, the  organization  and  techniques  used  in 
supervision . 


5060.  Curriculum  Planning/(2-3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  principles,  effective  practices,  and 
techniques  appropriate  for  overall  curriculum 
planning. 

5250.  Conflict  Management  in  Educational  Ad- 
ministration/(3). S;SS. 

Sources  of  conflict  for  the  administrator  are 
analyzed  including  communications  and  profes- 
sional negotiations.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  basic 
problem-solving  techniques. 

5300.  Community  Education  and  the  Public 
School  Administrator/(2).F. 

Designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the  variety 
of  models  of  community  education  and  communi- 
ty schools  together  with  the  underlying  philosophy 
of  each.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
administration  of  community  education  from  the 
point  of  view  of  the  public  school  administrator. 

5350.  Philosophy  of  Education/(2).S;SS. 

A  study  of  philosophies  and  their  effects  on 
education.  Current  educational  issues  and  deci- 
sions are  analyzed  from  the  philosophical  bases 
which  may  underlie  them. 

5470.  Social  Foundations  of  Education/(2). 
F;SS. 

Acquaints  students  with  the  role  of  educational  in- 
stitutions in  relation  to  its  social  setting. 


Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education 


269 


5491.  Planning  School  Facilities/(2).F. 

Emphasis  upon  educational  planning  of  teaching 
space  and  facilities,  planning  buildings  for  newer 
instructional  equipment,  power  requirement,  effi- 
cient use  of  existing  facilities,  economical  house- 
keeping and  maintenance  programs. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Subject  matter  may  vary  depending  on  student  in- 
terest and  need.  A  student  may  enroll  more  than 
once  provided  the  content  does  not  duplicate  that 
of  the  previous  course. 


5530-5549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/ (1-3).    On    De- 


5600.  School  Law/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  underlying 
the  relationship  of  the  state  to  education  and  the 
laws  which  are  applicable  to  practical  problems  of 
school  organization  and  administration. 

5700.  Educational  Leadership/(2-3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  process  of  leadership  with  activities 
designed  to  improve  skill  in  planning,  decision- 
making, organizing,  communicating,  and 
evaluating.  Research  on  leadership  and  the  pro- 
cesses of  implementing  change  will  be  analyzed. 

5770.  Seminar  in  Community  Education/ 
(3).S. 

A  seminar  designed  to  complement  a  basic 
understanding  of  community  education  through 
the  development  of  competencies  in  the  following 
areas:  assertiveness  training,  facilitating  change, 
effective  communications,  governmental  rela- 
tions, and  evaluation  techniques. 

5780.  Grantsmanship  in  Education/(3).S;SS. 

A  study  of  fiscal  resources  available  to  researchers 
and  practitioners  in  professional  education,  in- 
volving identification  of  funding  sources,  an 
understanding  of  proposal  requirements  and 
strategies  for  proposal  development,  competence 
in  proposal  evaluation,  experience  in  the  drafting 
and  submission  of  a  specific  proposal  to  an  ap- 
propriate agency. 

5880.  School  Community  Relations/(2).S. 

Considers  community  education  in  developing  an 
educational  program.  Studies  means  of  securing 
cooperative  education  planning,  public  relations 
responsibilities  of  members  of  the  school  board 
and  members  of  the  school  staff,  and  major 
techniques  and  media  in  educational  public  rela- 
tions. 


6050.  Seminar  in  School  Supervision/(2).SS. 

A  course  for  students  preparing  for  positions  as 
general  county  or  city  school  supervisors.  Includes 
methods  of  evaluating  staff  and  the  planning  of 
staff  development  programs  for  the  improvement 
of  instruction. 

6180.  School  Finance/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  principles  which  contribute  to  an 
understanding  of  public  school  finance.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  budget  making,  fiscal  management, 
and  business  operations. 

6300  Personnel  Administration  in 
Education/(3).F;SS. 

This  course  will  provide  the  student  with  a  broad 
array  of  tools  for  administering  the  human 
resources  in  a  school  or  school  system.  Particular 
attention  will  be  paid  to  issues  such  as  tenure, 
grievances,  evaluation,  interviewing,  and  recruit- 
ment. Appropriate  statutory  law  will  be  examined. 

6491.  Seminar  in  Operation  and  Maintenance 
of  School  Facilities/(3).S. 

Planning  the  modern  school  plant,  design  and 
nature  of  functional  educational  facilities,  person- 
nel involvement,  maintenance,  determining  the 
needs  of  the  community,  factors  in  the  selection  of 
sites,  architectural  and  contractual  services. 

6500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Subject  matter  may  vary  depending  on  student  in- 
terest and  need.  A  student  may  enroll  more  than 
once  provided  the  content  does  not  duplicate  that 
of  the  previous  course. 

6530-6549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

Topics  considered  may  include  the  following: 
Seminar  in  Educational  Leadership;  and  Seminar 
in  College  Administration,  etc. 

6600.  Seminar  in  Legal  Problems/(3).S;SS. 

Current  legal  issues  and  problems  related  to 
organization  and  administration  of  public  and 
private  educational  institutions. 

6700.  Politics  in  Administration/(3).F;SS. 

Politics  in  Administration  will  focus  on  those  less 
obvious  processes  that  accompany  the  decision- 
making process.  Particular  attention  will  be  paid  to 
concepts  such  as  power  brokering,  in- 
terdependence of  agencies,  and  agency  politics. 

6900.  School  Administration  and  Supervision 
Internship/Field  Study/(2-8).F;S. 

Supervised  experiences  of  leadership  and  man- 


Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education 


270 


agement  under  the  direction  of  competent  per- 
sonnel or  study  of  problems  in  a  public  school, 
public  school  system,  or  other  appropriate  agen- 
cies. Offered  on  S/U  basis. 

Higher  Education 

3060.  Community  and  Technical 
Colieges/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  philosophy,  goals,  and  purposes  of 
community  and  technical  colleges.  Special  em- 
phasis is  given  to  study  of  the  historical  develop- 
ment, student  characteristics,  role  of  faculty  and 
administration,  and  instructional  and  curriculum 
development  in  occupational  technical  and 
human  service  programs. 


and  issues  related  to  community  colleges, 
technical  colleges,  and  technical  institutes. 
Research  of  recent  trends  of  two  year  colleges  are 
studied.  This  course  is  also  designed  to  comple- 
ment the  internship  by  assisting  the  students  with 
course  planning  and  development. 

4980.  Introduction  to  Adult  and  Community 
Education/(3).F. 

The  principal  goal  of  this  course  is  to  give  students 
an  appreciation  of  the  evolution  of  the  concepts, 
philosophies,  and  programs  of  adult  and  com- 
munity education.  The  course  is  intended  to  serve 
as  an  introduction  of  the  numerous  populations, 
agencies,  and  delivery  systems  involved  in  the 
process  of  providing  lifelong  learning  experiences. 


3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 

mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


Senior/ Graduate  Courses 

4900.  Internship  in  Community  and  Technical 

Colleges/(2-8).F;S. 

A  teaching  and/or  administrative  internship  in  a 
community  college,  technical  college,  or  technical 
institute  under  the  direct  supervision  of  experienc- 
ed instructors  and  administrators.  Students  teach 
courses  in  vocational,  technical,  or  human  service 
programs  and/or  perform  administrative, 
research,  and  training  functions  in  area  of  adult 
and  continuing  education.  Grade  is  on  an  S/U 
basis  only. 


Graduate  Courses 

5250.  Conflict  Management  in  Educational  Ad- 
ministration/(3). S;SS. 

Sources  of  conflict  for  the  administrator  are 
analyzed  including  communications  and  profes- 
sional negotiations.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  basic 
problem-solving  techniques. 

5350.  Philosophy  of  Education/(2).S;SS. 

A  study  of  philosophies  and  their  effects  on 
education.  Current  educational  issues  and  deci- 
sions are  analyzed  from  the  philosophical  bases 
which  may  underlie  them. 

5420.  Community,  Junior,  and  Technical  Col- 
leges/(2-3).F;S;SS. 

An  analysis  of  public  and  private  two-year  educa- 
tional institutions  in  the  United  States.  An  over- 
view is  given  to  the  study  of  historical  develop- 
ment, student  characteristics,  role  of  faculty  and 
administration,  curriculum  and  instructional 
development,  adult  education  programs,  and 
research  in  recent  trends  in  these  institutions. 


4950.  Teaching  in  Technical  and  Occupational 
Career  Programs/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  effective  strategies  and  methods  of 
teaching  vocational,  technical  and  human  service 
subjects.  Attention  is  given  to  systematic  instruc- 
tion including  classroom  planning,  preparing  in- 
structional objectives,  using  alternative  teaching 
methods,  and  student  evaluation.  Special  effort  is 
placed  on  students  developing  learning  modules 
and  practicing  teaching  methods.  Should  be  taken 
prior  to  the  internship. 

4970.  Seminar  on  Community  and  Technical 
Colleges/(3).F;S. 

Study  and  analysis  of  teaching, 
administrative, planning  and  leadership  problems 


5430.    Organization    and    Administration    of 

Postsecondary  Education/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  concepts  of  organization  and  ad- 
ministration as  applied  to  post-secondary  educa- 
tional institutions  and  agencies.  Emphasis  is  plac- 
ed on  understanding  organizational  structure  and 
the  functions  of  management  in  educational  and 
agency  environments. 

5440.  Instruction  in  Post-Secondary  Insti- 
tutions/(2-3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  various  theories  of  instruction  with  em- 
phasis on  the  merger  of  theory  and  practice  in  the 
development  of  learning  strategies  for  higher 
education. 


Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Education 


271 


5451.  Teaching  Practicum  in  Higher  Educa- 
tion/(l-3).F;S;SS. 

A  course  study  designed  specifically  for  graduate 
teaching  assistants  at  Appalachian  State  Universi- 
ty as  part  of  a  preservice  and  inservice  instruc- 
tional development  program.  Attention  is  given  to 
specific  problems  and  issues  relating  to  teaching  in 
higher  education.  Resources  are  drawn  from  the 
faculty  of  the  department  and  disciplines 
represented  on  campus  to  help  the  teaching 
assistants  improve  their  teaching  skills. 

5470.  Social  Foundations  of 

Education/(2).F;SS. 

Acquaints  students  with  the  role  of  educational  in- 
stitutions in  relation  to  its  social  setting. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Subject  matter  may  vary  depending  on  student  in- 
terest and  need.  A  student  may  enroll  more  than 
once  provided  the  content  does  not  duplicate  that 
of  a  previous  course. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

5630.  The  Adult  Learner/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  characteristics  of  adults  as  learners. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  review  of  research  on 
adult  learning  and  to  the  role  of  the  adult  educator 
as  a  facilitator  in  the  learning  process. 

5700.  Educational  Leadership/(2-3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  process  of  leadership  with  activities 
designed  to  improve  skill  in  planning,  decision- 
making, organizing,  communicating,  and 
evaluating.  Research  on  leadership  and  the  pro- 
cesses of  implementing  change  will  be  analyzed. 

5750.  Planning  and  Conducting  Adult  Learning 
Experiences/(3).S;SS. 

An  analysis  of  the  role  of  the  adult  educator  in 
planning  and  conducting  experiences  designed  to 
facilitate  particular  learning  outcomes.  Special  at- 
tention is  given  to  the  creation  of  a  learning  en- 
vironment within  which  the  adult  educator  works 
with  individuals  and  groups.  Prerequisite:  AH 
5630  or  consent  of  instructor. 

5770.  Seminar         in         Community 

Education/(3).S. 

A  seminar  designed  to  complement  a  basic 
understanding  of  community  education  through 
the  development  of  competencies  in  the  following 
areas:  assertiveness  training,  facilitating  change, 
effective  communications,  governmental  rela- 
tions, and  evaluation  techniques. 


5780.  Grantsmanship  in  Education/(3).S;SS. 

A  study  of  fiscal  resources  available  to  researchers 
and  practitioners  in  professional  education,  in- 
volving identification  of  funding  sources,  an 
understanding  of  proposal  requirements  and 
strategies  for  proposal  development,  competence 
in  proposal  evaluation,  experience  in  the  drafting 
and  submission  of  a  specific  proposal  to  an  ap- 
propriate agency. 

5810.  Planning  Educational 

Programs/(3).F;SS.       v 

The  principles  and  processes  involved  in  program- 
ming, including  basic  theories  and  concepts  sup- 
porting the  programming  process  for  adult 
clientele.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  determin- 
ing needs  for  specific  training  in  a  community  and 
developing  programs  appropriate  to  meet  those 
needs. 

5840.  College  Finance  and  Personal  Ad- 
ministration/^).S. 

A  study  of  financial  and  personal  management 
principles  as  related  to  higher  education.  Con- 
sideration is  given  to  sources  of  funds,  budgeting, 
purchasing,  and  financial  accountability  in  higher 
education.  Personnel  policies,  issues,  and  pro- 
blems relating  to  the  educational  management 
function  are  studied. 

5861.  History  of  Postsecondary  Education  in 
America/(3).F. 

The  study  of  the  development  of  colleges  and 
universities;  community,  junior,  and  technical  col- 
leges; and  the  adult  and  community  education 
movements.  The  impact  of  movements  in  educa- 
tion, internationally,  on  the  development  of  post- 
secondary  education  in  America  are  explored. 
The  study  of  current  issues  and  problems  in 
postsecondary  education  is  included. 

5890.  Developmental  Studies  in  Post- 
Secondary  Institutions/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  role  of  developmental  studies  pro- 
grams in  the  community /junior  college.  Special 
emphasis  is  given  to  characteristics  of  students  and 
approaches  to  instruction. 

5990.  The  Law  of  Higher  Education/(3).S 

An  overview  of  the  law  as  it  affects  the  ad- 
ministrator in  higher  education.  The  accent  is  on 
learning  general  concepts  and  sources  of  the  law 
and  regulations.  Additionally,  students  select  in- 
dividual problem  areas  for  detailed  study. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS. 


Counselor  Education  and  Research 


272 


6040.  Readings  in  Post-Secondary 
Education/  (3).  S;SS. 

Emphasis  is  given  to  understanding  the  concep- 
tual framework  of  adult  education,  community 
education,  developmental  education,  teaching, 
and  administration  through  the  study  of  relevant 
literature.  Each  student  will  conduct  a  study  of  the 
literature  in  one  of  these  areas. 

6500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Subject  matter  may  vary  depending  on  student  in- 
terest and  need.  A  student  may  enroll  more  than 
once  provided  the  content  does  not  duplicate  that 
of  the  previous  course. 

6530-6549.  Selected  Topics/(3).On  Demand. 

6550.  Seminar  in  Comparative  Education/ 
(2-3).F.  •    ■ 

A  comparative  study  of  post-compulsory  institu- 
tions in  other  countries.  Emphasis  on  the  gover- 
nance, administrative,  curricular  and  instructional 
issues,  concerns,  and  processes  as  they  relate  to 
the  role  of  post-compulsory  institutions.  The  study 
of  an  educational  system  is  normally  done  in  con- 
junction with  seminars  and  visitations  to  educa- 
tional institutions  as  well  as  travel  throughout  the 
countries  under  consideration. 

6600.  Seminar  in  Legal  Problems/(3).S;SS. 

Current  legal  issues  and  problems  related  to 
organization  and  administration  of  public  and 
private  educational  institutions. 


6631.  Teaching  and  Learning  in  Post- 
Secondary  Education/(3).S. 

An  in-depth  study  of  learning  concepts  with  im- 
plications for  instructional  models.  Special  em- 
phasis is  given  to  the  process  of  structuring  learn- 
ing experiences.  Prerequisite:  AH  5440  or  5630 
or  consent  of  advisor. 

6650.  Seminar  in  Post-Secondary  Education/ 
(3).S;SS. 

To  provide  an  opportunity  in  which  the  student 
can  integrate  the  knowledge  and  skills  gained  in 
the  program  of  study.  This  is  a  summative  ex- 
perience which  is  designed  to  be  incorporated 
toward  the  end  of  the  graduate  program  and  will 
emphasize  the  personal  and  professional  develop- 
ment of  post-secondary  personnel.  Prerequisites: 
AH  6631,  6861  or  consent  of  advisor. 

6840.  The  General  Education  Program  for 
Higher  Education/(2).S;SS. 

An  overview  of  general  education  and  its  place  in 
post-secondary  education.  Emphasis  is  given  to 
building  on  earlier  educational  experiences  in  con- 
structing a  viable  college  general  education  pro- 
gram. 

6900.  Higher  Education  Internship/Field 
Study/(2-8).F;S;SS. 

Supervised  experiences  of  teaching  and/or  ad- 
ministration under  the  direction  of  competent  per- 
sonnel or  study  of  problems  in  post-secondary 
educational  institutions  or  other  appropriate  agen- 
cies. Offered  on  S/U  basis. 


Department  of  Counselor 
Education  and  Research  (CR) 

Fred  T.  Badders,  Chairperson 

The  Department  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research  is  responsible  for  organizing 
and  providing  instructional  programs  in  counselor  education  and  educational  research. 
The  department  offers  courses  of  instruction  leading  to  a  Master  of  Arts  degree  in 
Counselor  Education  (42-48  semester  hour  programs)  with  the  following  options: 


1.  The  Agency  Counseling  program  is  designed  to  prepare  counselors  and  other 
"helping"  professionals  to  work  in  a  wide  variety  of  human  service  agencies  (in- 
cluding mental  health  centers,  social  service  agencies,  employment  and  rehabilita- 
tion centers,  business  and  industry  employee  assistance  programs,  etc.).  Various 
specialized  course  emphases  are  available. 


Counselor  Education  and  Research 


273 


2.  The  Certified  School  Counseling  program  is  designed  to  meet  state  certification 
requirements  and  to  prepare  counselors  for  elementary,  middle,  and  secondary 
schools.  (Prerequisite:  a  North  Carolina  "A"  teaching  certificate,  its  equivalent,  or 
a  supervised  public  school  internship.) 

3.  The  Student  Development  program  is  designed  to  prepare  counselors  and  other 
student  development  (student  personnel/student  affairs)  specialists  who  wish  to 
work  in  a  post-secondary  educational  setting  (universities,  four-year  colleges, 
community  colleges,  and  technical  institutes/colleges) . 


A  School  Psychologist  Program,  Level  II  option,  a  60-66  semester  hour  joint  program 
with  the  Psychology  department,  leads  to  a  Master  of  Arts  in  School  Psychology  (in- 
cluding a  Certificate  of  Advanced  Study)  and  is  designed  to  meet  state  certification  re- 
quirements for  Level  II  school  psychologists. 

The  Educational  Specialist  degree  (Ed.S.)  in  Counselor  Education  is  a  degree  program 
for  persons  holding  a  master's  degree  or  its  equivalent  in  school  counseling  or  student 
development.  Programs  are  individualized  to  take  into  consideration  the  number  and 
type  of  courses  in  the  applicant's  master's  degree  program  with  a  total  of  66  semester 
hours  of  approved  courses  required  in  the  combination  of  master's  degree  program  plus 
Ed.S.  program.  A  minimum  of  18  semester  hours  of  approved  courses  are  required  in 
the  Ed.S.  program  at  Appalachian  State  University.  Concentrations  are  available  in 
school  counseling  (public  school  K-12)  and  student  development  (post-secondary  in- 
stitutions) . 

The  programs  in  Agency  Counseling  (M.A.),  Certified  School  Counseling  (M.S.  & 
Ed.S.),  and  Student  Development  (M.A.  &  Ed.S.)  are  accredited  by  the  Council  for 
Accreditation  of  Counseling  and  Related  Educational  Programs  (CACREP) .  Graduates 
are  eligible  to  take  the  examination  of  the  National  Board  for  Certified  Counselors,  Inc. 
with  successful  completion  qualifying  the  individual  to  become  a  National  Certified 
Counselor.  The  Certified  School  Counselor  tracks  are  also  accredited/approved  by  the 
National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education  (NCATE)  and  the  North 
Carolina  Department  of  Public  Instruction. 

The  department  also  provides  the  courses  in  educational  research,  measurement  and 
assessment,  and  human  relations  for  the  College  of  Education.  These  research  courses 
and  several  of  the  other  counselor  education  courses  are  valuable  for  majors  in  other 
departments.  A  course  in  life  and  career  planning  is  offered  for  university 
undergraduate  students. 

A  student  proposing  to  major  in  any  of  the  counselor  education  programs  or  to  seek 
certification  through  the  department  must  be  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  and/or 
be  advised  by  the  advisors  in  the  Department  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research 
prior  to  taking  any  course.  See  the  Graduate  School  catalog  for  a  listing  of  course  re- 
quirements in  each  program. 


Counselor  Education  and  Research 


274 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Counselor  Education 
and  Research 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


2200.  Life/Career  Planning/(2).F;S. 

This  individually  oriented  study  helps  students 
consider  those  career  choices  and  related  factors 
contributing  to  satisfaction  and  happiness  in  life. 
The  process  of  goal  setting  and  self-management 
by  objectives  will  be  studied  in  order  for  the  stu- 
dent to  plan  systematically  for  a  career.  Offered 
on  a  S/U  basis  only. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/ (l).On  De- 
mand. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On     De- 


Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4560.  Measurement  and  Assessment/(2). 

F;S;SS. 

Basic  course  for  elementary,  secondary,  and 
junior  college  teachers  which  stresses  the  con- 
struction and  use  of  teacher-made  tests. 

4570.  The  Addictive  Process/(3).F;SS. 

An  examination  of  sociological  and  psychological 
contributants  to  alcohol  and  drug  addiction  and 
abuse  in  our  society.  The  addictive  process  and  its 
impact  on  the  individual  and  society  are  describ- 
ed, as  well  as  treatment  and  preventive  program 
efforts.  Students  will  also  examine  their  own  feel- 
ings and  attitudes  about  alcohol  and  drug  use  and 
abuse. 

4600.  Educational  Statistics/(2).F. 

A  study  of  the  basic  statistical  procedures  in 
education  including  measures  of  reliability, 
variability,  correlation,  central  tendency,  and  pro- 
blems of  sampling. 


4680.  Counseling  the  Aging/(3).F. 

This  course  is  designed  to  aid  individual 
undergraduate  and  graduate  students  interested 
in  gerontology  to  understand  and  appreciate  ag- 
ing as  a  lifelong  process;  pay  attention  to  three 
phases  of  adulthood  with  concomitant 
"developmental  tasks"  and  problems,  and  to 
understand  counseling  strategies  applicable  to 
each  phase  of  life  being  studied. 

4790.  Group  Methods  and  Processes/(3). 
F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  group  dynamics,  experimentation  in 
groups,  leadership  roles,  and  applicability  to  other 
settings. 

4840.  Human  Relations  and  Interaction/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

Examines  the  key  elements  in  effective  interper- 
sonal communication.  Students  will  be  exposed  to 
one  or  more  human  relations  models  that  are 
designed  to  improve  their  communication  skills, 
such  as  Carkhuff/Gazda  scales,  Parent  Effec- 
tiveness Training,  Teacher  Effectiveness  Training, 
Transactional  Analysis,  values  clarification, 
psychodramatic  techniques,  etc.  Emphasis  will  be 
given  to  applying  constructive  methods  of  human 
relations  in  a  variety  of  settings  including  business, 
schools,  and  social  service  agencies. 

4870.  Guidance  Services  in  the  Elementary 
School/(2).  On  demand. 

Designed  primarily  for  those  who  are  preparing  to 
become  counselors  at  the  elementary  school.  Em- 
phasis is  given  to  philosophy,  organization, 
maintenance  and  use  of  records,  variety  and  use 
of  tests,  play  therapy  concepts,  consultation  with 
teachers  and/or  parents. 

4900.  Internship  in  Public  Schools/(l-9).On 
Demand. 

Designed  for  school  counselor  graduate  students 
who  do  not  possess  an  "A"  teaching  certificate 
and  who  must  have  an  extended  internship  in  a 
public  school  setting  prior  to  obtaining  a  "G"  cer- 
tificate.  Each  internship  is  arranged  and  coor- 


Counselor  Education  and  Research 


275 


dinated  on  an  individual  basis  consistent  with  state 
policies.  This  course  will  be  limited  to  students  ac- 
cepted into  the  school  counselor  program  and  the 
course  credit  will  not  count  toward  the  graduate 
degree.  Graded  on  the  S/U  basis  only. 


studied  in  depth,  emphasizing  primary  sources. 
Other  theories  will  be  studied,  giving  breadth  to 
this  area  of  knowledge.  Interrelationships  of  per- 
sonality development,  learning  and  "problems" 
will  be  stressed. 


Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Research  in  Education/(2-3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  various  types  of  research  and  the 
logical  organization  of  research  and  reporting.  In 
addition  to  becoming  acquainted  with  the  primary 
educational  resources  for  research,  the  student 
will  develop  a  research  proposal.  Those  taking  the 
course  for  three  semester  hours  credit  will  have 
additional  exposure  on  statistical  concepts  involv- 
ed in  educational  research.  This  course  is  required 
(usually  in  the  first  semester)  for  all  persons  work- 
ing for  Master  of  Arts  degrees  in  any  area  of 
education  and  industrial  arts. 

5100.  The  Teacher  as  a  Counselor  of  Early 
Adolescents/(2).  On  Demand. 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  teachers  of 
early  adolescent  youth  with  appropriate  counsel- 
ing techniques  and  other  interactional  processes 
needed  to  become  effective  teachers.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  the  special  needs  of  middle 
school  youth. 

5120.  Introduction  to  Agency  Counseling/  (3). 
F. 

An  introduction  to  the  issues,  functions  and  scope 
of  the  work  being  done  in  various  human  service 
agencies.  Helping  approaches  with  selected  client 
populations  and  related  professional  concerns  will 
be  examined. 

5140.  Psychological  and  Educational  Testing/ 
(3).S;SS. 

A  study  of  representative  psychological  and 
educational  tests/inventories  including  the  ra- 
tionale which  underlies  testing.  Prerequisite:  CR 
4600  or  previous  course  in  statistics. 

5210.  Life/Career  Planning:  Information  and 
Skills/(3).F;S;SS. 

Assists  counselors  and  others  in  various  work  set- 
tings to  attain  knowledge  and  skills  essential  in 
helping  individuals  to  consider  possible  careers 
and  life  style  options.  Approaches  to  career 
development,  sources  of  informational  materials, 
and  the  life  planning  needs  of  particular  clientele 
are  emphasized. 

5220.  Counseling  Theory  and  Techniques/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

Several  selected  theories  of  counseling  will  be 


5270.  Theories  of  Marriage  and  Family 
Counseling/(3).S. 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  basic  theoretical  ap- 
proaches to  marriage  and  family  counseling  in- 
cluding psychodynamic  systems,  behavioral,  and 
eclectic  approaches.  Prerequisite:  a  course  in  the 
development  of  the  family  (e.g.  Sociology  4800) 

5310.  Theory  and  Practice  of  Guidance/ 
(3).F.  (Alternate  years) 

A  study  of  public  school  guidance  and  counseling 
programs,  including  methods  of  guiding  students, 
and  purposes,  organization,  present  status,  and 
evaluation  of  guidance  and  counseling  activities. 

5410.  Student  Development  Functions/(3). 
F. 

A  basic  course  introducing  the  issues  and  pro- 
cesses involved  in  working  with  college  students  in 
a  non-instructional  capacity.  Attention  is  given  to 
the  philosophy,  organization,  staffing,  resources, 
and  functions  (admissions,  registration,  financial 
aid,  health,  counseling,  co-curricular  activities, 
housing,  and  placement)  which  comprise  effective 
student  personnel/development  programs. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4)F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

Subject  matter  may  vary  from  term  to  term  depen- 
ding on  student  interest  and  need.  A  student  may 
enroll  more  than  once  in  a  selected  topics  course 
provided  that  the  content  does  not  duplicate  that 
of  the  previous  course.  Limit  of  six  hours  credit. 

5570.  Counseling  the  Addicted  Person/(3).F. 

An  indepth  study  of  the  various  intervention  and 
therapeutic  models  utilized  with  addicted  clients, 
including  individual,  group,  and  family  counseling 
approaches.  Unique  aspects,  demands,  and  im- 
peratives of  the  addiction  vis-a-vis  the  helping 
relationship  are  discussed.  Prerequisite:  CR  4570. 

5660.  Psychoeducational  Assessment  and  In- 
terpretation/^).S. 

A  study  of  various  individually  administered 
educational,  intelligence,  and  psychomotor 
assessment  techniques  used  in  the  public  schools 
(excluding  the  Weschler  and  Stanford-Binet 
Scales) .  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  administration 
and  interpretation  of  the  instruments  and  on  the 


Counselor  Education  and  Research 


276 


writing  and  legal  implications  of  psychological 
evaluations.  Supervised  practice  in  test  ad- 
ministration will  be  provided. 

5710.  Helping  the  Troubled  Employee/(3).S. 

An  introduction  to  employee  assistance  program- 
ming in  a  wide  variety  of  settings.  Historical 
development,  current  issues  and  trends,  program 
structure,  implementation,  administration  and 
evaluation  are  stressed.  Visiting  practitioners,  stu- 
dent projects,  and  field  trips  will  emphasize  prac- 
tical skills  development  in  this  helping  model 
based  in  the  work  setting. 

5750.  Legal  and  Ethical  Issues  in  Counseling 
and  Student  Development/(3).S;SS. 

A  study  of  current  legal  and  ethical  issues  confron- 
ting the  counselor,  teacher,  administrator,  and 
other  student  development  specialists.  Topics  in- 
clude tort  liability,  confidentiality,  privacy,  libel 
and  slander,  due  process,  and  other  important 
concepts  and  actions  resulting  in  legal  and  ethical 
questions. 

5870.  Statistical  Applications  in  Education/ 

(2).F. 

Advanced  statistical  methods  and  analysis  as  ap- 
plied to  education. 

5900.  Internship  Practicum/(1-9).F;S;SS. 

Internships  are  available  in  the  areas  given  below 
according  to  the  chosen  curriculum  and  are  grad- 
ed on  the  S/U  basis  only.  Some  internships  may 
be  repeated  for  additional  credit  when  there  is 
space  and  upon  approval  of  advisor  and  depart- 
ment chairperson. 

Practicum  in  Counseling/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  counseling  and 
therapeutic  process  and  the  nature  of  the  counsel- 
ing relationship.  These  factors  will  be  examined  in 
relationship  to  the  application  of  basic  theoretical 
principles.  Prerequisites:  CR  5120  or  CR  5310  or 
CR  5410  and  CR  5220;  prior  approval  of  depart- 
ment chairperson. 

Practicum     in     Student     Development/ 

(2).F;S. 

An  opportunity  for  on-the-job  observation  which 
provides  an  overview  of  student 
development/student  personnel  functions  either 
on  the  ASU  campus  or  in  an  area  post-secondary 
institution.  Open  only  to  student  development 
majors.  Prerequisite:  To  be  taken  concurrent  with 
or  subsequent  to  CR  5410;  and  prior  approval  of 
department  chairperson. 


Practicum  in  School  Psychology/(2-4).F;S. 

This  course  is  limited  to  persons  seeking  certifica- 
tion as  a  school  psychologist,  level  II.  The  student 
will  be  placed  in  a  public  school  setting  under  pro- 
fessional supervision  and  will  observe  and  practice 
the  application  of  psycho-educational  theories 
and  techniques.  Prerequisite:  CR  5140,  CR 
5660,  PSY  5700  and  prior  approval  of  depart- 
ment chairperson. 

Practicum  in  Group  Leadership/(3).  On  De- 
mand. 

Supervised  practice  in  group  leadership.  Prere- 
quisites: CR  4790,  CR  6720,  and  prior  approval 
of  department  chairperson. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 

6000.  Seminar  in  Research  Design/(l-3). 
F;S;SS. 

The  application  of  research  techniques  in  the  in- 
vestigation of  educational  problems.  This  course  is 
of  particular  value  in  the  definition  and  design  of 
the  research  required  for  advanced  graduate 
degrees. 

6270.  Marriage  and  Family  Counseling: 
Clinical  Issues/(3).F. 

An  in-depth  examination  of  basic  issues  and 
special  problems  in  the  therapeutic  intervention  in 
families.  Prerequisite:  CR  5270. 

6350.  Body/Mind/(3).F. 

A  study  of  the  interrelationship  of  physical  and 
mental  functioning  as  it  pertains  to  counseling,  in- 
cluding the  mind/body  problem  as  a  systematic 
issue  in  psychology,  and  exploration  of  the  cur- 
rent resurgence  of  interest  in  mind/body  function- 
ing relative  to  total  well-being,  and  an  overview  of 
current  uses  of  mind/body  experiences  as 
therapeutic  techniques. 

6450.  Seminar/(3).F;S. 

A  seminar  on  the  identification  and  analysis  of 
current  issues/trends  in  the  counseling  and  stu- 
dent development  field  organized  and  offered  by 
program  tracks  within  the  Department  of 
Counselor  Education  and  Research  as  listed 
below.  Available  primarily  for  ASU  counselor 
education  degree  candidates. 

Seminar  in  Agency  Counseling/(3).F. 

An  examination  of  current  issues  and  trends  in 
agency  counseling,  focusing  specifically  on  the 
areas  of:  (1)  psychosocial  assessment;  (2)  preven- 
tion/education/intervention techniques  with  cer- 


Counselor  Education  and  Research 


277 


tain  target  populations;  and  (3)  legal/ethical,  ad- 
ministration, and  supervision  issues  in  agencies. 
Prerequisite:  CR  5120. 

Seminar  in  School  Counseling/(3).F. 

A  seminar  on  the  identification  and  analysis  of 
current  issues  and  trends  in  school  counseling  with 
special  attention  given  to  the  changing  needs  of 
pupils  at  various  developmental  levels  and  with 
changing  social,  multicultural,  and  environmental 
circumstance.  Students  may  choose  elementary, 
middle,  or  secondary  emphasis.  Prerequisite:  CR 
5310  and  CR  5900  (Practicum  in  Counseling). 

Seminar  in  Student  Development/(3).S. 

A  seminar  on  the  identification  and  analysis  of 
current  issues/trends  in  the  student  development 
field  with  special  attention  given  to  problem- 
solving  skills,  conflict  resolution,  and  per- 
sonal/fiscal management  relating  to  human 
development  programming.  Emphasis  will  also  be 
placed  on  the  design  and  application  of  the  stu- 
dent development  model  including  its  com- 
ponents of  organizational  development,  assessing 
personal  competencies,  skill  building,  leadership 
development,  management  techniques,  change 
strategies,  and  evaluation.  Prerequisite:  CR  5410. 

6500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 


6530-6549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


6620.  Consultation  with  Parents  and 
Teachers/(3).S  (odd-numbered  years);  SS 
(even-numbered  years). 

For  school  psychologists,  counselors,  and  other 
human  service  personnel  in  various  fields  who 
deal  with  parents  and/or  teachers  in  a  con- 
sultative and  educational  capacity.  The  course  will 
include  a  review  of  consultation  models  and 
theories  of  both  a  group  and  triadic  nature.  It  will 
also  provide  an  opportunity  for  role  play  which 
reflects  actual  consulting  situations.  Emphasis  will 
be  placed  on  concerns  related  to  academic  deficit, 
behavioral  problems  in  the  school  and  home,  and 
family  stress. 

6700.  Individual  Behavior/(2).  On  Demand. 

A  survey  of  the  literature  pertaining  to  the  percep- 
tual approach  to  the  study  of  the  individual's 
behavior.  Efforts  will  be  made  to  show  the  applica- 
tions of  this  approach  to  education  and  counsel- 
ing. 


6710.  Human  Sexuality/(3).F;SS. 

Classical  and  contemporary  theories  of  sexual 
identity  and  behavior,  family  planning,  reproduc- 
tion, emotionality,  intimacy,  and  values  are 
studied.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  work  of 
Kinsey,  Hooker,  and  Masters  and  Johnson,  and 
most  recent  researchers.  Attention  is  given  to 
futurity,  especially  as  it  pertains  to  current  prac- 
tices and  values  regarding  family  planning, 
general  health,  sexuality  and  one's  self-esteem. 
Counseling  strategies  will  be  considered  pertaining 
to  many  currently  reported  sexual  dysfunctions 
such  as  impotence,  premature  ejaculation  and 
lack  of  sexual  response. 

6720.  Group  Counseling/Therapy/(3).S. 

Theory  and  practice  of  group  counseling/therapy, 
including  group  process,  leadership  style,  and 
outcome.  Prerequisite:  CR  4790. 

6900.  Advanced  Internship/Practicum/(l-9). 
F;S;SS. 

Advanced  students  in  counselor  education  will 
have  supervised  experiences  in  specific  functions 
of  the  counselor  education  field  in  a  public  school 
system,  post-secondary  institution,  or  other  ap- 
propriate agency.  In  addition  to  those  listed 
below,  other  specific  experiences  will  be 
developed  and  approved  by  the  student  and  the 
student's  Advisory  Committee.  Graded  on  S/U 
basis  only.  Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  of  depart- 
ment chairperson. 

Internship  in  School  Counseling/(5).F;S. 

Practice  in  the  application  of  skills  used  in  counsel- 
ing elementary/middle/secondary  school  youth. 
Setting  to  be  decided  upon  in  consultation  with  in- 
ternship supervisor.  Available  only  for  ASU 
school  counselor  degree/certification  candidates. 
Prerequisite:  CR  5310,  5220,  5900  (Practicum  in 
Counseling),  and  prior  approval  of  department 
chairperson. 

Internship  in  Agency  Counseling/(6).F;S;SS. 

On-the-job  experience  will  be  emphasized 
through  placement  of  students  in  appropriate 
human  service  agencies.  Includes  practice  in  the 
counseling  and  other  helping  skills  used  in  various 
agencies.  Available  primarily  for  Agency  Counsel- 
ing majors.  Prerequisites:  CR  5120,  5220,  5900 
(Practicum  in  Counseling),  and  prior  approval  of 
department  chairperson. 


Elementary  Education 


278 


Internship  in  Student  tain   assistantship   and   other   regular   work   ex- 

Development/(l-4).F;S;SS.  periences  may  be  considered  as  appropriate  set- 

On-the-job     experience     will     be     emphasized  tings.  Available  primarily  for  student  development 

through  placement  of  students  in  specific  student  majors.  Prerequisite:  CR  5410,  CR  5900  (Prac- 

development  functions/offices  either  on  the  ASU  ticum  in  Counseling  and  Practicum  in  Student 

campus  or  in  an  area  post-secondary  institution.  Development),  and  prior  approval  of  department 

This  full  time  experience  will  provide  an  oppor-  chairperson, 
tunity  for  both  observation  and  participation.  Cer- 


Department  of  Elementary 
Education  (EE) 

C.  Kenneth  McEwin,  Chairperson 

The  Department  of  Elementary  Education  offers  undergraduate  and  graduate  degree 
programs  with  options  available  in  child  development  (K-4),  elementary  education 
(K-6),  and  middle  grades  education  (6-9).  Through  programs  of  classroom  instruction, 
direct  experiences  in  classrooms,  and  advising,  the  department  prepares  students  for 
certification  in  the  various  curriculum  areas  and  grade  levels  in  pre-kindergarten, 
elementary,  middle  and  junior  high  schools.  In  addition  to  meeting  requirements  for 
certification,  the  department  maintains  programs  of  instruction,  research,  and  field  ser- 
vices for  the  continuous  improvement  of  curriculum  materials,  school  organization,  and 
methods  of  teaching. 

Undergraduate  majors  must  complete  EE  2900,  and  reading,  English,  and  speech  pro- 
ficiencies before  admittance  to  the  Department  of  Elementary  Education.  Transfer 
students  must  complete  these  requirements  during  their  first  semester  at  Appalachian 
State  University. 

At  the  time  of  entering  the  College  of  Education,  elementary  education  majors  must  fill 
out  an  application  for  admittance  to  the  Department  in  Room  212,  Edwin  Duncan  Hall. 
Upon  completion  of  application,  students  are  assigned  advisors  by  the  Department  of 
Elementary  Education. 

Elementary  Education,  Home  Economics  and  Psychology  cooperate  to  offer  the  B.S. 
Degree  in  Child  Development  conferred  by  the  Department  of  Home  Economics  upon 
the  completion  of  the  required  20  semester  hours  multidisciplinary  core  curriculum  (EE 
3130  and  4590;  HEC  2201,  3101,  and  4100;  and  PSY  3660  and  4560)  and  courses 
in  one  of  the  three  areas  of  concentration:  Psychology,  Elementary  Education  or  Home 
Economics. 

Child  Development  majors  electing  the  Elementary  Education  option  must  complete 
the  following  courses:  CMA  HOOT;  PHS  1001,  1002;  (or  PHY  1101  and  1105  or 
1 106,  or  CHE  1 101  and  1 102) ;  ART  201 1* ;  MUS  2020 * ;  BIO  1 107 *  or  GS  4401* ; 
HED  3100* ;  HEC  2201T;  EE  2900,  2020T,  2023T;  HIS  2201*  or  2204*;  EE  3010T, 


Elementary  Education 


279 


3120T,  3130T,  4030T,  4590T,  4900;  HEC  3101T,  4100*;  PSY  3301t,  3302T, 
3660T,  4560T;  RE  3900T;  HED  3100;  SOC  4800;  LM  3040*.  Child  Development 
majors  are  required  to  take  the  Core  Battery  III  and  the  Early  Childhood  Education 
Area  of  the  National  Teacher  Examination.  NOTE:  Students  should  check  with  the  Of- 
fice of  Laboratory  Experiences  prior  to  making  application  for  Core  Battery  III. 
(t  Must  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  "C"  (2.00)  or  better.  'May  not  be  taken  on 
pass-fail  option.) 

Students  preparing  to  teach  in  kindergarten  through  grade  six  must  complete  the 
following  courses:  EE  2900;  CMA  1100*;  PHS  1001,  1002,  (or  PHY  1101,  1105  or 
1106,  or  CHE  1101,  1102);  HED  1105*;  BIO  1107*;  GHY  1020*;  HIS  2201*  or 
2204*,  HIS  2207*;  ART  2011*;  MAT  1910*;  MUS  2020t;  PS  1100*;  EE  2020T, 
3010t ,  3110t,  4900;  MUS  202 It;  PE  3505T;  HED  3655T;  PSY  3302T;  SPE  2200T; 
LM  3040* ;  and  12  semester  hours  of  academic  electives  from  the  following  areas,  with 
not  more  than  6  semester  hours  from  any  one  area:  art,  music,  English,  Spanish, 
French,  mathematics,  science,  and  social  studies.  The  following  courses  are  to  be  taken 
concurrently  in  the  junior  year:  EE  3120T,  4000,  4030T;  RE  39001";  PSY  3301 1,  GS 
4401T.  Majors  preparing  for  grades  K-6  are  required  to  take  the  Core  Battery  III  and 
the  Early  Childhood  Education  Area  of  the  National  Teacher  Examination.  NOTE: 
Students  should  check  with  the  Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences  prior  to  making  ap- 
plication for  Core  Battery  III. 

('May  not  be  taken  on  pass-fail  option.  TMust  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  "C" 
(2.00)  or  better.) 

Students  preparing  to  teach  in  the  middle  grades  (six  through  nine)  must  complete  the 
following  courses:  EE  3010T,  3270T,  3900,  41201,  4150T,  46401,  4900;  PSY 
3301T,  33021";  SPE  22001";  RE  4620T;  and  academic  concentrations  from  any  two  of 
the  following  areas  with  the  two  appropriate  methods  courses  (EE  3110T,  3120T, 
4030T,  GS  44011"):  language  arts,  mathematics,  science,  social  studies.  A  minimum  of 
15  semester  hours  is  required  in  each  of  the  two  selected  concentrations.  Middle  grades 
majors  are  required  to  take  the  Core  Battery  III  and  the  Education  in  the  Elementary 
School  Area  of  the  National  Teacher  Examination.  NOTE:  Students  should  check  with 
the  Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences  prior  to  making  application  for  Core  Battery  III. 
('May  not  be  taken  on  pass-fail  option.  tMust  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  "C" 
(2.00)  or  better.) 

Master's  degree  candidates  selecting  a  non-thesis  program  must  complete  36  semester 
hours  of  graduate  work.  Early  Childhood  candidates  must  complete  at  least  10 
semester  hours  from  art,  English,  French,  mathematics,  music,  reading,  science,  and 
social  studies.  Candidates  for  the  middle  grades  program  for  grades  six  through  nine 
select  from  nine  to  12  semester  hours  from  one  academic  area.  Approved  areas  in- 
clude: art,  language  arts,  mathematics,  music,  reading,  science,  or  social  studies. 

Candidates  for  the  Educational  Specialist  Degree  must  complete  30  semester  hours 
beyond  the  Master's  degree.  Those  electing  the  thesis  option  must  complete  24 
semester  hours  of  course  work  and  the  six  hour  thesis.  Those  electing  the  non-thesis 
option  must  complete  30  semester  hours  of  course  work  as  approved  by  their  advisory 
committee.  Graduate  level  certification  at  the  K-4,  4-6,  and  6-9  levels  is  available 
depending  on  previous  certification  levels  and  course  work  selected  for  the  degree. 


Elementary  Education 


280 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Elementary  Education 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


0200.  Handwriting/(0).F;S. 

A  lab  for  cursive  and  manuscript  writing.  Offered 
on  S/U  basis. 

2020.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School/ (3). 
F;S;SS. 

Experiences  developing  understanding  of  percep- 
tual growth  of  the  child,  aesthetic  content  in  art, 
concepts  from  elements  in  art  forms,  teaching 
methodology,  and  the  teaching  of  an  art  unit  in  a 
laboratory  situation.  No  prerequisite.  Two  hours 
per  week  lecture.  Laboratory  will  include  art  ex- 
periences designed  to  increase  the  students' 
understanding  of  the  artist's  use  of  elements  in  art 
forms,  media  selected  for  adaptability  into  the 
elementary  classroom,  both  two  and  three  dimen- 
sional work.  Two  hours  per  week  laboratory. 

2021.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School  for  Art  Ma- 
jors/(3).F;S. 

Experiences  developing  understanding  of  percep- 
tual growth  of  the  child,  aesthetic  content  in  art, 
teaching  methodology,  and  the  teaching  of  an  art 
unit  in  a  laboratory  situation.  Two  hours  per  week 
lecture.  Laboratory  will  include  art  experiences 
designed  to  increase  the  students'  understanding 
of  the  artist's  use  of  elements  in  art  forms,  media 
selected  for  adaptability  into  the  elementary 
classroom,  both  two  and  three  dimensional  work. 
Two  hours  per  week  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  Art 
1001,  1002,  and  one  beginning  studio  course. 

2023.  Movement,  Drama,  and  Play/(3).S. 

The  planned  integration  of  movement,  dance, 
drama,  and  constructive  play  in  curricula  for 
children  0-8  years,  including  those  with  excep- 
tional needs. 

2900.  Internship:  Orientation  to  Teaching/ 
(2).F;S. 

A  sophomore  practicum  for  prospective  teachers 
in  which  the  student  spends  three  or  more  hours  a 
week  serving  as  a  teacher's  assistant  in  a  school 
and  attends  planned  seminars  on  campus.  Of- 
fered on  a  satisfactory-failure  basis  only.  To  be 
taken  before  admission  to  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion. 


3010.  Elementary  Education  in  the  United 
States/(2).F;S;SS. 

An  appraisal  of  the  elementary  school  program 
with  a  critical  study  of  curriculum  and  instructional 
practices.  The  course  stresses  continuity  in  the 
education  of  children  from  kindergarten  through 
grade  nine  with  emphasis  on  the  historical 
sociological  and  philosophical  foundations  of 
education,  structure  of  the  elementary  school, 
current  trends  and  issues,  and  classroom  manage- 
ment and  evaluation. 

3020.  Curriculum  Design  in  Elementary 
School/(3).F;S. 

A  study  of  elementary  school  curriculum  as  it 
relates  to  current  social  forces,  human  develop- 
ment, human  learning  and  the  nature  of 
knowledge.  Exemplary  models  for  alternative 
designs  will  be  explored. 

3035.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School/ 
(2).S. 

Materials  and  methods  in  the  field  of  music  teach- 
ing in  the  elementary  school.  Music  in  the  in- 
tegrated program;  emphasis  on  the  creative 
phases  and  the  development  of  musicianship; 
observation  of  teaching  procedures  with  children. 
Designed  for  music  majors.  (Same  as  MUS  3035) . 

3036.  Music  in  the  Middle/Junior  High 
School/(2).S. 

A  study  of  the  organization  and  direction  of  the 
music  program  in  the  Middle/ Junior  High  School. 
Materials  for  the  changing  voice,  elementary 
theory,  music  appreciation,  operettas  and  pro- 
gram building  are  surveyed.  Designed  for  music 
majors.  (Same  as  MUS  3036). 

3110.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary 
School/(3).F;S;SS. 

The  place  of  social  studies  in  the  elementary  cur- 
riculum; objectives,  instructional  procedures, 
materials,  and  evaluation  criteria. 

3120.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary 
School/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  communication  skills:  listening,  speak- 


Elementary  Education 


281 


ing,  reading,  composition,  handwriting,  spelling; 
a  comparison  of  current  teaching  methods  and 
materials;  emphasis  on  the  language  arts  as  the 
core  of  the  elementary  school  curriculum. 

3130.  Methods  of  Teaching  for  Cognitive 
Development/(3).F. 

Major  cognitive  development  theories  applied  to 
curriculum  planning  for  children  with  diverse 
needs.  Design,  organization,  construction,  and 
evaluation  of  learning  environments  and  activities 
for  promoting  cognitive  growth.  Should  be  taken 
concurrently  with  PSY  4560. 

3270.  Literature  for  the  Early  Adolescent/ 
(2).S;SS. 

A  survey  of  literature  with  emphasis  placed  on  the 
reading  interests  of  middle  school  and  junior  high 
school  students. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


3900.  Internship  in  the  Middle  Grades/(3).F;S. 

A  junior  practicum  experience  with  teachers  and 
students  in  the  middle  grades.  Four  or  more  con- 
tact hours  per  week  will  be  required.  Weekly 
seminars  will  be  held.  Offered  on  a  satisfactory- 
unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prerequisite;  EE  2900. 

4000.  Elementary  School  Curriculum  and  In- 
struction/^).F;S. 

The  basic  principles  of  curriculum  and  instruction 
as  applied  to  five  to  twelve  year  old  children  are 
examined.  Attention  is  given  to  tranditional  as 
well  as  innovative  programs.  Selecting,  planning, 
and  utilizing  materials,  methods,  activities,  and 
facilities  suited  to  elementary  children  are  em- 
phasized. Learning  programs  are  planned  for 
specific  classroom  situations,  and  are  im- 
plemented and  evaluated  during  the  course.  Lec- 
ture 45  hours;  laboratory  minimum  of  90  hours. 
Prerequisite:  EE  2900. 

4030.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary 
School/(2).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  how  children  develop  basic  number 


concepts  and  learn  to  perform  operations  with 
natural  numbers  and  fractions.  Consideration  of 
sequential  learning  experiences  appropriate  to 
each  grade  level. 

4120.  Nature  of  the  Middle/ Junior  High 
School  Learner/(3).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  nature  of  the  early  adolescent 
learner  and  the  implications  for  teachers  that  can 
be  drawn  from  that  knowledge.  Emphasis  is  plac- 
ed on  the  guidance  and  counseling  function  of  the 
teacher. 

4150.  Interdisciplinary  Seminar/(3).S. 

Acquaints  teachers  of  early  adolescents  with  the 
techniques  of  teaching  as  a  member  of  an  inter- 
disciplinary team.  The  role  of  the  individual  team 
members  in  planning  and  implementing  realistic 
programs  which  integrate  subjects  taught  in  the 
middle/junior  high  school  is  emphasized.  Prere- 
quisite: EE  2900. 

Senior /Graduate  Courses 

4590.  Early  Childhood  Curriculum  and  Instruc- 

tion/(4).F;S. 

The  basic  principles  of  curriculum  and  instruction 
as  applied  to  early  childhood.  Development  and 
organization  of  the  curriculum  with  emphasis  on 
integrating  the  multiple  aspects.  Selecting,  plann- 
ing, and  utilizing  materials,  methods,  activities  and 
facilities  suited  to  the  young  child.  Course  includes 
60  hours  of  practical  experience  in  an  early 
childhood  classroom  and  45  hours  of  lecture. 
Prerequisite:  EE  2900  (Child  Development  ma- 
jors only). 

4640.  Middle  School  Curriculum  and  Instruc- 
tion (Grades  6-9)/(3).F;SS. 

Development  and  organization  of  the  curriculum 
with  emphasis  placed  on  communicative  skills,  the 
humanities,  the  social  studies,  and  exploratory 
career  education;  selection  and  use  of  materials, 
methods,  activities  and  facilities  for  programs 
suited  to  the  early  adolescent. 

4900.  Internship /Student  Teaching:  Elemen- 
tary School/(6  or  12).F;S. 

Teaching  experiences  under  supervision  for  one 
semester  for  students  who  plan  to  teach  in  grades 
K-8  of  the  elementary  school  and  K-12  for  those 
students  who  plan  to  teach  special  subjects,  such 
as  art,  physical  education  and  health,  library 
science,  music,  special  education,  etc.  Offered  on 
S/U  basis. 


Elementary  Education 


282 


Graduate  Courses 

5010.  Foundations  of  Early  Childhood  Educa- 

tion/(3).F;SS. 

An  examination  of  concepts  in  early  childhood 
education.  Relates  the  social  and  educational 
history  of  the  young  child  to  contemporary  educa- 
tional practices.  Significant  trends  and  issues  will 
be  emphasized  along  with  foundations  of  early 
childhood  education. 

5120.  Advanced  Seminar  in  Social  Studies 
Education/ (3). SS. 

An  analysis  of  the  historical/philosophical 
antecedents  of  the  social  studies  movement  in 
American  education  with  particular  attention  to 
current  trends  and  practices  in  elementary  school 
social  studies. 

5130.  Teaching  the  Language  Arts/(3). 
F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  latest  research,  practices,  inter- 
pretation, methods,  materials  and  strategies  in 
teaching  the  language  arts. 

5140.  Advanced  Seminar  in  Science  Educa- 
tion/(3).SS. 

The  nature  of  science  and  its  integration  into  the 
curriculum  of  the  elementary  school;  teaching 
basic  communication  skills  through  science 
resources  for  both  conventional  and  innovative 
approaches. 

5150.  Advanced  Study  in  Elementary 
Mathematics  Instruction/(3).SS. 

A  comprehensive  mathematics  instructional 
model  for  use  in  the  elementary  grades  will  be 
developed  from  a  study  of  the  theoretical  under- 
pinnings of  mathematics  learning.  Teacher-made 
and  commercial  resources  and  materials  will  be 
evaluated  to  determine  their  appropriateness  to 
the  model.  Individualized  instruction  will  be  em- 
phasized. 

5170.  Teaching  the  Emerging  Adolescent/(3). 
S;SS. 

Study  of  the  middle  school  student,  examining 
cognitive,  physical,  emotional,  social  and 
aesthetic  development.  An  interdisciplinary  in- 
vestigation drawing  upon  sources  in  the  biological, 
behavioral,  and  social  sciences.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  child-in-school  situation  and  on  cur- 
rent research,  especially  in  school  settings. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-2).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

Subject  matter  may  vary  from  term  to  term  depen- 


ding on  student  interest  and  need.  A  student  may 
enroll  more  than  once  in  a  selected  topics  course 
provided  that  the  content  does  not  duplicate  that 
of  the  previous  course.  (Limit  of  six  hours  credit.) 

5580.  Middle  Level  Curriculum  and  Instruc- 
tion /  (3-4).  F;SS. 

The  study  of  a  variety  of  curriculum  designs  and 
instructional  strategies  utilized  at  the  middle 
grades  level.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  traditional  and 
innovative  programs  and  practices  at  the  middle 
level.  Trends  and  issues  regarding  middle  level 
education  are  examined.  Students  selecting  the 
four-hour  option  serve  a  minimum  of  twenty 
hours  in  a  practicum  in  the  middle  grades. 

5590.  Advanced  Study  in  Early  Childhood  Cur- 
riculum and  Instruction/(4).F;SS. 

An  intensive  study  of  curriculum  and  instruction  in 
early  childhood  education,  with  emphasis  on 
planning  and  evaluating  learning  experiences, 
organizing  materials,  structuring  the  environment, 
and  encouraging  the  learning  process.  Includes 
study  of  alternative  curriculum  models  in  early 
childhood  education.  Recent  research  in  child 
development  and  learning  as  applied  to  the 
classroom  setting.  Twenty  hours  practicum  ex- 
perience required. 

5600.  Advanced  Teaching  Strategies  in  Early 
Childhood  Education/(3).S;SS. 

An  exploration  of  significant  alternative  ap- 
proaches to  teaching  in  the  early  childhood  years. 
Use  of  standard  and  non-standard  materials  and 
resources  will  be  emphasized,  along  with  a  variety 
of  organizational  structures. 

5900.  Internship/Practicum/(3).F;S. 

Provides  direct  experiences  with  9-15  year-old 
students.  Educators  with  two  years  of  successful 
middle  grades  experience  engage  in  action 
research  projects  or  design  and  implement  in- 
novative curricular  programs  or  practices.  Those 
without  appropriate  experience  spend  a  minimum 
of  180  hours  in  a  supervised  middle  grades 
teaching  experience.  Offered  on  S/U  basis  only. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

6160.  Field  Study  in  Curriculum 
Problems/(3).F;S. 

Students  develop  a  conceptual  framework  based 
on  general  system  theory  for  guiding,  developing, 
and  evaluating  elementary  school  curriculum  im- 
provements. Students  conduct  a  research  project 
analyzing  the  design  and  development  of  school 
curriculum  planning  with  emphasis  on  current 
trends  and  issues  in  elementary  school  curriculum 
(K-9). 


Library  and  Media  Studies 


283 


6310.  Analysis  of  the  Teaching  Process/(3). 
S;SS. 

Examination  of  the  teacher-pupil  and  pupil-pupil 
interaction  in  the  classroom  through  study  of 
original  relevant  research  disciplines  concerning 
human  behavior  and  society.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  the  efforts  of  teacher  approaches  to 
children,  the  organization  of  curriculum  materials 
and  the  structure  of  the  classroom  society  on  the 
accomplishment  of  education  objectives. 

6360.  A  Survey  of  Research  in  Child  Develop- 
ment and  Its  Implication  for  Teaching/ 
(4).SS. 

The  physiological,  sociological,  and  psychological 
bases  of  human  behavior  with  emphasis  upon 
research  dealing  with  the  normal  school  child  in 
his/her  environment. 


6460.  Issues,  Trends,  and  Problems  in  Cur- 
riculum/(3).F;SS. 

Analysis  of  current  practices,  problems,  and 
trends  in  elementary  education  with  emphasis  on 
improved  programs. 

6500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

6530-6549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).  On  De- 
mand. 

Consideration  of  group  and  individual  investiga- 
tions in  elementary  education. 

6999.  Educational  Specialist  Thesis/(l-6). 
F;SS. 

Offered  on  an  S/U  basis  only. 


Department  of  Library  and 
Media  Studies  (LM) 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree:  Library  Science 

This  degree  program  is  designed  to  prepare  a  student  for  certification  as  an  Associate 
Media  Coordinator  (K-12.)  Associate  Media  Coordinators  assist  in  and/or  manage 
school  library  media  centers. 

The  major  course  of  study  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  comprised  of  31 
semester  hours.  The  following  courses  are  required:  LM  3015,  3020,  3040,  3070, 
4700,  4730,  4820,  4850,  plus  six  elective  hours  in  library  and  media  studies. 

Other  requirements  for  certification  include:  EE  3030  or  SE  2900,  which  provide  the 
student  with  an  introductory  team  teaching  experience;  EE  3010  and  SE  3050  or  EE 
3020  and  SE  3040;  EE  4900  or  SE  4900  which  provides  student  teaching  experience 
in  a  school  media  center;  PSY  3301  and  PSY  3302;  RE  3900;  and  CR  4840;  proficien- 
cy in  English,  speech,  and  reading;  and  a  passing  score  on  the  Core  Battery  of  the  Na- 
tional Teachers  Examination. 


The  department  undergraduate  advisor  will  provide  each  student  with  advice  in  plann- 
ing a  program  of  electives.  It  is  possible  and  beneficial  for  students  in  library  science  to 
double  major  by  using  the  elective  hours  available  toward  meeting  requirements  in 
another  area  of  study. 

Alternate  Certification 

Teachers  with  "A"  certification  in  other  fields  who  wish  to  obtain  certification  in  Library 
Science  are  advised  to  enroll  in  the  Master's  Degree  program. 


Library  and  Media  Studies 


284 


Minor  in  Library  Science 

Students  choosing  to  minor  in  Library  Science  are  required  to  complete  the  courses: 
EM  3015,  3020,  4730,  4820,  4850,  plus  four  to  six  elective  credit  hours  of  Library  and 
Media  courses  appropriate  to  each  student's  goals. 


Courses  of  Instruction 


It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


3015.  Introduction  of  the  Media  Profession/ 
(3).F;SS. 

Survey  of  professional  roles  in  libraries  and  in- 
structional technology;  professional  literature;  ob- 
jectives of  modern  media  services  and  bases  from 
which  they  have  evolved;  audio-visual  equipment 
operation  and  possible  futures  for  libraries,  infor- 
mation services,  and  educational  uses  of  media. 

3020.  Information  Sources  and  Services/ 
(3).F;SS. 

Examination  and  use  of  basic  reference  materials; 
citation  and  bibliographic  form;  human  interaction 
techniques;  procedures  in  reference  work  in- 
cluding community  and  network  information 
referral. 

3040.  Children's  Literature/(4).F;S;SS. 

Survey  of  literature  of  the  field;  criteria  for  selec- 
tion and  use  with  children;  methods  for  presenting 
literature  to  children. 

3070.  Media  for  Young  People/(3).S;SS. 

Survey  of  literature,  films  and  television  for 
adolescents;  criteria  for  selection  and  use; 
methods  of  encouraging  critical  use  of  media  by 
young  people. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

Supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  process 
on  the  university  level  through  direct  participation 
in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  on  satisfactory/ 
unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prerequisite:  junior  or 
senior  standing.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  credit 
of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

Senior/Graduate  Courses 

4550  Storytelling  and  Programs  for  Youth/ 
(2-3).S;SS. 

Development  of  student's  competency  in  storytel- 
ing,  booktalks,  discussion  group  leading,  and 
other  program  activities  using  a  variety  of  media. 

4560.  Multicultural  Literature  for  Children  and 
Young  People/(3).F;SS. 

Identification  of  Appalachian,  Black  and  Indian 
literature  and  the  writing  of  other  ethnic  authors  in 
the  USA;  evaluation  and  selection  criteria  for 
books  and  film;  applications  for  children  and  the 
learning  process. 

4630.  Collection  Development:  Science  and 
Technology/(3).S;(alternate  SS). 

Survey  of  special  reference  works,  bibliographies, 
landmark  books  in  the  pure  and  applied  sciences. 

4640.  Collection  Development:  Humanities 
and  Social  Sciences/(3).F;(alternate  SS). 

Survey  of  special  reference  works,  bibliographies 
and  landmark  books  in  the  humanities  and  social 


4700.  Organization  of  Media  Programs  and 
Services/(3).F;S;SS. 

Identification  of  and  practice  in  the  organizational 
systems  of  media  centers:  Personnel,  Resources, 
Facilities,  Budgets,  Management,  Technical  Ser- 
vices, Role  of  Media  Personnel  in  the  Educational 
Setting.  Field  Experience. 


Library  and  Media  Studies 


285 


4730.  Organization  of  Media  Collections/  (3). 
S;SS. 

Application  of  classification  and  indexing  systems 
to  print  and  non-print  materials,  adaptation 
techniques  for  purchased  indexing  services. 

4740.  Photography/(3).F;S;SS. 

Basic  theory,  principles  and  techniques  of  black 
and  white  and  color  photography.  Laboratory  fee. 

4750.  Audiovisual  Instruction/(2).F;S;SS. 

The  primary  focus  of  the  course  is  upon  media  in 
relation  to  the  activity  of  learning.  Students  will 
have  opportunity  for  "hands-on"  experience  with 
transparencies,  slides,  recordings,  tapes, 
photography,  and  video.  Some  activity  in  a  lab 
situation  with  major  emphasis  on  "doing  the 
media"  to  learn  basic  skills  and  concepts.  Basic  in- 
formation is  presented  on  television  and  program- 
med instruction.  Since  media  technology  is  view- 
ed as  a  means  to  enhance  the  instructional  pro- 
cess, this  course  is  applicable  to  most  subject  fields 
and  to  all  levels  of  instruction. 

4760.  Cinematography/(3).F;S. 

Introduction  to  the  knowledge  and  technical  skills 
needed  to  create  films  that  communicate  effective- 
ly. Application  of  these  skills  to  the  production  of 
Super  8  sound  films.  Exposure  to  each  of  the 
three  stages  in  the  filmmaking  process: 
preproduction,  production,  and  post-production. 
Laboratory  fee. 

4800.  Advanced  Projects  in  Educational 
Media/(1-3).F;S. 

Design,  production,  and  evaluation  of  individual 
student  projects  involving  media.  Consent  of  in- 
structor. 

4820.  Instructional  Technology/(3).F;S;SS. 

Involvement  in  the  process  of  using  a  wide  variety 
of  teaching  and  learning  resources  in  improving 
instruction;  introduces  major  audiovisual  media; 
the  systems  approach;  laboratory  experiences  in 
the  operation  of  equipment  and  the  production  of 
basic  visual  materials.  Emphasizes  the  location, 
selection  and  evaluation  of  materials;  the  role  of 
instructional  materials  in  teaching  and  learning; 
preparation  and  administration  of  instructional 
materials. 

4840.  Production  of  Educational  Videotapes/ 
(3).F;S. 

Introduction  to  the  knowledge  and  technical  skills 
needed  to  create  effective,  low-budget  single 
camera  video  programs.  Exposure  to  the  different 
equipment  and  program  formats  commonly  used 


in  schools,  training  programs,  and  media  centers. 
Experience  in  each  of  the  three  stages  in  the  pro- 
duction process:  pre-production,  production,  and 
post-production. 

4850.  Educational  Applications  of  T.V.  and 
Film/(3).F;S. 

Survey  of  the  broad  range  of  ways  that  television 
and  film  can  help  achieve  educational  goals  in  a 
variety  of  settings.  Major  topics  include  selection 
criteria;  utilization  techniques  for  professionally 
produced  educational  television  programs  and 
films;  incorporating  television  and  film  study  in  the 
curriculum  to  improve  visual  literacy;  skills  needed 
to  produce  simple  V2"  video  tapes  and  Super  8 
silent  films;  scope,  structure,  and  services  of  public 
television. 

4900.  Internship/Practicum/(1-3).F;S. 

Field  experience  in  various  types  of  libraries, 
selected  to  meet  individual  needs  of  students. 

Graduate  Courses 

5010.  Media  Collection  Development/(3) 
F;SS. 

Analysis  of  the  process,  policy  and  tools  of  the  ac- 
quisition system  in  media  centers.  Evaluation  of 
learning  materials,  budgeting,  maintenance  and 
weeding  of  collections,  purchasing  practices,  and 
supplementing  collections  through  networks. 

5015.  Introduction  to  the  Media 
Profession/  (3).F;SS. 

Survey  of  professional  roles  in  libraries  and  in- 
structional technology;  professional  literature;  ob- 
jectives of  modern  media  services  and  bases  from 
which  they  have  evolved;  audio-visual  equipment 
operation  and  possible  futures  for  libraries,  infor- 
mation services  and  educational  uses  of  media. 
Weekly  bibliographic  seminar  required. 

5020.  Information  Sources  and 
Services/(3).F;SS. 

Examination  and  use  of  basic  reference  materials; 
citation  and  bibliographic  form;  human  interaction 
techniques;  procedures  in  reference  work  in- 
cluding community  and  network  information 
referral.  Weekly  bibliographic  seminar  required. 

5030.  Reading,  Viewing,  and  Listening 
Guidance/(3).S;SS. 

Study  of  strategies  and  techniques  for  helping 
young  people  develop  better  reading,  viewing, 
and  listening  skills.  Methods  for  determining  in- 
terest and  needs.  Activities  that  can  be  used  to 
heighten  understanding  of  media. 


Library  and  Media  Studies 


286 


5040.  Advanced  Reference  and  Information 
Services/(3).F;(a!ternate  SS). 

Investigation  of  reference  problems,  methods, 
materials,  and  services;  inter-library  cooperation, 
networks  and  automation  information.  Referral 
sources  and  methods. 

5050.  Advanced  Cataloging  and  Classifica- 
tion/(3).S;(alternate  SS). 

Analysis  of  cataloging  codes  and  classification 
systems  with  special  emphasis  on  Library  of  Con- 
gress classification.  Current  problems  and  trends. 

5070.  Books  and  Printing/(3).F;SS. 

Development  of  books  and  other  records  from  an- 
cient times  to  the  present.  Including:  history  of 
writing  materials,  alphabet,  manuscripts,  printing, 
illustrating,  and  publishing. 

5080.  Contemporary  Issues  in 
Librarianship/(3).F;SS. 

Survey  of  organization,  procedures  and  services 
in  various  types  of  libraries;  their  similarities,  dif- 
ferences and  problems;  intellectual  freedom, 
financing,  interlibrary  relationships.  Study  of 
periodical  literature  of  the  field. 

5100.  Organization  and  Administration  of  the 
Two-Year  College  Learning  Resource 
Center/(3).F;SS. 

Professional  management  of  personnel, 
budgeting,  programs,  facilities,  and  collections. 
Leadership  factors  in  developing  dynamic  service 
programs. 

5150.  Critical  Analysis  of  Contemporary 
Children's  Literature/(3).S;SS. 

Examination  of  criteria  for  evaluation  of  the  works 
of  current  authors.  Titles  read  will  be  discussed  for 
their  possible  appeal  and  value  to  children  and 
school  curriculum. 

5170.  Contemporary  Resources  for  the 
Adolescent/(3).F;SS. 

The  materials  and  sources  of  information  used  by 
adolescents  and  available  to  them  will  be  examin- 
ed. Criteria  for  evaluation  will  be  introduced  as 
well  as  the  services  provided  by  libraries. 

5330.  Maintenance  of  Materials  and 
Equipment/(3).S;SS. 

Preventive  maintenance  and  minor  repair  of  print 
and  non-print  materials  and  equipment. 

5340.  Organization  and  Administration  of 
Media  Programs/(3).S;SS. 

Investigation  of  theories  and  problems  in  ad- 
ministering media  programs.  Emphasis  on  role  of 


media  specialist  and  interaction  with  other  profes- 
sionals; trends  and  issues  in  media  management. 

5360.  Programmed  Learning  and  Instructional 
Design/(2).S. 

Introduction  to  the  design,  preparation,  and 
validation  of  instructional  materials;  provides 
laboratory  experience  in  programmed  learning. 

5400.  Seminar/(3).F;S;SS. 

5410.  Computer  Applications  in  Media  Ser- 
vices/(3).S;SS. 

Concepts  of  computer  applications  to  acquisi- 
tions, inventory  circulation,  data  banks, 
bibliography,  and  management  systems. 

5420.  Collection  Development  for  Two  Year 
Colleges/(3).On  Demand. 

Principles  of  collection  development  related  to 
curriculum;  emphasis  on  technical  materials  for 
occupational  programs;  evaluation  of  print  and 
non-print  materials,  weeding  of  collections; 
sources  for  books,  pamphlets,  micro  and 
audiovisual  materials. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

Subject  matter  may  vary  from  term  to  term  depen- 
ding on  student  interest  and  need.  A  student  may 
enroll  more  than  once  in  a  selected  topics  course 
provided  that  the  content  does  not  duplicate  that 
of  a  previous  course. 

5550.  Television  in  Instruction/(3).SS. 

Design,  production,  and  evaluation  of  multi- 
camera  studio  television  productions;  design  of 
television  production  and  distribution  systems  for 
a  wide  variety  of  educational  settings;  administra- 
tion of  an  instructional  television  service;  role  of 
cable  television  and  public  access  in  instructional 
delivery  systems. 

5640.  Advanced  Production  of  Audiovisual 
Materials/(3).S;SS. 

Production  of  individual  student  projects  utilizing  a 
variety  of  media.  Consent  of  instructor. 

5820.  Organization  of  Learning 
Laboratories/(3).On  Demand. 

Introduction  of  the  nature  of  learning  laboratories. 
Emphasis  on  the  organization  and  individualized 
instruction  centers  in  two  year  community  col- 
leges. 


Library  and  Media  Studies 


287 


5900.  Internship/Practicum/(3).F;S;SS. 

Field  experience  for  students  to  evaluate  their  own 
competencies. 

5920.  Communications  Theory  and  Media/ 
(2).F;SS. 

Examination  of  communications  models  and  lear- 
ning theory.  Special  emphasis  on  the  influences  of 
educational  communications  in  instructional 
leadership  situations. 

5930.  Instructional  Graphics/(2).On  Demand. 

Examination  of  basic  design  principles  and  con- 
cepts in  the  selection,  preparation,  and  evaluation 
of  graphic  materials.  Course  includes  laboratory 
experience  in  layout,  mechanical  lettering,  color- 
ing, transparency  production,  and  graphic 
duplicating  processes. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS. 

6040.  Reading  and  Research  in  Children's 
Literature/(3). (Alternate  F). 

Reading  and  examination  of  research  in  the  areas 
of  response  to  literature,  use  of  literature  in  the 
teaching  process,  content  analysis,  and  selection 
policies. 

6050.  History  of  Children's  Literature/ (3). On 
Demand. 

Survey  of  the  origins  and  development  of 
literature  for  children.  Critical  analysis  of  what  has 
endured  and  why. 


6100.  Personnel  Management  Library/Media 
Centers/(2-3).    On  Demand. 

Principles  of  personnel  management  as  they  relate 
to  LRC  operation.  Differentiated  staffing  patterns; 
staff  development;  evaluation  of  personnel;  alter- 
native management  styles. 

6101.  Planning  Learning  Environments/(2-3). 
On  Demand. 

Concepts  of  educational  facilities  planning  as  they 
relate  to  learning  resources  centers.  Writing 
educational  specifications;  physical  realtionships 
of  spaces,  work  flow;  furniture  and  equipment 
planning,  OSHA  requirements. 

6500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

6530-6549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

6550.  Advanced  Seminar  in  Educational  Com- 
munication/^).S. 

Individual  study  of  selected  problems.  Prere- 
quisites: basic  courses  in  communication  theory. 

6560.  Instructional  Systems  Design/  (2). F. 
Theory  and  design  of  instructional  systems.  In- 
cludes   cybernetics,    noncomputerized    program 
development,  task  analysis  and  behavioral  objec- 
tives. 


Librarianship  and  Instructional  Technology 

The  professions  of  librarianship  and  audiovisual  specialist  are  distinguished  by  their  con- 
cern for  the  individual  and  her/his  need  for  knowledge  and  information.  Information  is 
found  in  a  variety  of  media  that  includes  print,  audiovisual,  and  electronic  formats.  The 
librarian  provides  the  necessary  link  between  the  information  and  the  individual  by 
selecting,  organizing,  retrieving  and  prescribing  information.  The  audiovisual  specialist 
creates,  or  selects,  designs,  and  produces  media.  Both  present  and  evaluate  media  to 
meet  instructional,  information  and  developmental  needs. 

The  integration  of  two  disciplines,  audiovisual  technology  and  library  science,  provides 
the  basis  for  the  program  equipped  to  prepare  students  for  professional  positions  in 
educational  settings. 


The  program  provides  the  opportunity  for  students  to  become  library/media  profes- 
sionals and  therefore  able  to:  assume  leadership  in  society  as  an  information  expert; 
identify,  evaluate,  and  select  media  appropriate  for  specific  audiences  and  instructional 
objectives;  manage  systems  of  information  organization  and  retrieval;  develop 
strategies  by  which  information  needs  of  users  are  met;  stimulate  creative  and  effective 


Library  and  Media  Studies 


288 


utilization  of  media;  design,  produce  and  present  media  for  the  teaching/learning  pro- 
cess; design  and  manage  a  media  center  program;  evaluate  and  research  professional 
goals  and  activities. 

After  students  are  accepted  for  admission  to  Graduate  School,  they  will  be  provided  a 
faculty  advisor.  With  the  assistance  of  the  advisor  students  will  have  the  opportunity  to 
demonstrate  their  entering  competencies  and  to  plan  their  Master's  Degree  program  in 
order  to  achieve  needed  competencies  in  the  above  areas. 

Three  educational  programs  are  available  from  the  Department  of  Library  and  Media 
Studies  which  prepare  students  as  either  audiovisual  specialists,  school  media  librarians 
or  two  year  college  librarians.  A  thesis  is  an  option  for  all  three  programs.  Thirty  six 
credit  hours  are  required.  Knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  is  not  a  requirement  of  the 
department.  Comprehensive  examinations  (written  and/or  oral)  are  held  during  the 
student's  last  term  at  ASU.  Students  are  required  to  register  for  a  one  credit  seminar 
during  the  last  term  of  their  program. 

The  purpose  of  the  department  is  to  provide  an  educational  program  which  will  prepare 
participants  for  media,  information  and/or  library  services  to  people  within  a  variety  of 
institutions.  Specific  goals  include: 

1.  To  be  responsible  to  needs  of  the  environment  both  local  and  societal  in  develop- 
ment of  the  program. 

2.  To  create  a  learning  environment  for  students  and  working  environment  for  faculty 
and  staff  which  will  encourage  individual  development  and  group  cooperation. 

3.  To  assume  responsibility  for  contributing  to  the  improvement  of  environments  serv- 
ed by  graduates  of  the  program. 

4.  To  tailor  educational  expectation  to  meet  individual  differences  of  students  within 
professional  standards. 

5.  To  provide  opportunities  for  students  to  effect  change  in  themselves. 

6.  To  provide  courses  and  content  which  reflect  the  needs  of  institutions  hiring 
graduates  of  the  program  and  of  society  for  information  specialists. 

7.  To  continuously  evaluate  curriculum  intent  and  teaching  methods  in  light  of  projec- 
tions of  future  societal  needs. 

8.  To  provide  well  organized  adequately  equipped  laboratories  to  meet  the  needs  of 
the  curriculum. 

AUDIOVISUAL  SPECIALIST:  Media  Production 

Students  in  the  audiovisual  specialist  program  acquire  the  knowledge  and  skills  fun- 
damental to  the  design,  production,  utilization,  and  evaluation  of  instructional  media 
presentations.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  selection  of  the  appropriate  media  format  to 
achieve  specific  instructional  objectives  and  on  the  integration  of  all  media  in  a 
systematic  approach  to  teaching  and  learning.  Students  also  learn  to  purchase,  operate, 
and  maintain  the  equipment  needed  to  use  or  produce  transparencies,  photographs, 
videotapes,  films,  audiotapes,  and  slide-tape  presentations  for  instructional  purposes  in 
public  schools,  community  colleges,  educational  institutions,  libraries,  hospitals,  in- 
dustry, and  the  military.  This  program  allows  for  up  to  14  semester  hours  of  electives  in 
order  for  students  to  supplement  existing  competencies  and  to  design  an  educational 
program  to  meet  their  individual  goals.  Graduates  of  this  program  will  receive  a  Master 
of  Arts  degree. 


Library  and  Media  Studies 


289 


Prerequisite:  LM  4820. 

LM  4740.  Photography 3 

LM  5330.  Maintenance  of  Materials  and  Equipment 3 

LM  5340.  Organization  and  Administration  of  Media  Programs 3 

LM  5550.  Television  in  Instruction 3 

or 

LM  4850.  Educational  Applications  of  T.V.  and  Film 3 

LM  5640.       Advanced  Production  of  Audiovisual  Materials 3 

15s.h. 
CR  5000.        Research  in  Education 2 

One  of  the  following: 

AH  5020.       The  Secondary  School 3 

AH  5040.       The  Elementary  School 3 

AH  5420.       Community,  Junior  and  Technical  Colleges 2-3 

One  of  the  following: 

AH  5350.  Philosophy  of  Education 2 

AH  5470.  Social  Foundations  of  Education 2 

SE  4800.  Education  of  the  Culturally  Diverse 3 

SE  4810.  Education  in  Appalachian  America 3 

SE  4820.  Education  in  Urban  America 3 

SE  5800.  History  of  American  Education 3 


AH  5700.  Educational  Leadership 2-3 

8-  11  s.h. 

Electives:  See  Courses  of  Instruction  for  Library  and  Media  Studies  for  list  of  courses 
available.  A  faculty  advisor  will  assist  in  the  choice  of  electives 11-14 


11  -  14  s.h. 


PROGRAM  SUMMARY: 

Library  and  Media  Studies  Requirements 14  -  T5  s.h. 

Allied  Departments  Requirements 8-10  s.h. 

Electives .11-14  s.h. 


36  s.h. 


THE  SCHOOL  MEDIA  LIBRARIAN 

The  Graduate  Program  for  School  Media  Librarians  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for 
professional  careers  to  work  with  children  and  young  people  in  educational  settings. 
School  media  librarians  manage  library  media  centers  and  are  responsible  for  the  media 


Library  and  Media  Studies 


290 


program.  In  educational  settings,  school  media  librarians  create  programs  for  children 
and  young  people  in  order  to  provide  information,  to  teach  media  literacy,  to  teach 
information-seeking  skills,  and  to  introduce  the  best  in  literature  and  other  media. 
Librarians  concerned  with  children  and  young  people  must  also  provide  professional 
services  to  parents,  teachers  and  other  adults  who  serve  the  needs  of  youth.  Positions 
for  supervisor  of  media  services  for  total  school  systems  are  also  open  to  school 
librarians. 

Certification:  The  program  in  School  Media  Librarianship  leads  to  graduate  certifica- 
tion as  a  "media  coordinator"  in  North  Carolina,  a  K-12  certification.  This  certification  is 
generally  reciprocal  with  most  other  states.  Prerequisites  include  "A"  certification  in  any 
field,  plus  LM  5015,  5020,  3040  or  3070,  4730,  and  4820.  A  practicum  is  required  for 
a  student  without  prior  experience  in  libraries. 

Competencies  needed  by  school  media  coordinators  have  been  determined  by  the 
North  Carolina  State  Department  of  Public  Instruction.  The  Department  of  Library  and 
Media  Studies  has  developed  a  program  which  will  enable  the  student  to  meet  these 
competencies.  A  North  Carolina  teaching  certificate,  "A"  level,  or  its  equivalent,  is  a 
prerequisite  to  North  Carolina  "G"  certification.  Students  must  complete  the  MA  in 
Library  Science,  including  8  to  10  semester  hours  in  education  courses  and  a  minimum 
of  24  semester  hours  in  library  studies.  In  addition,  a  practicum  of  3-6  semester  hours 
will  be  required  of  students  with  no  previous  school  library  experience.  Students  should 
consult  with  their  advisor. 

School  Library  Media  Core: 

LM  5010.  Media  Collection  Development 3 

LM  5030.  Reading,  Viewing,  and  Listening  Guidance 3 

LM  5040.  Advanced  Reference  and  Information  Services 3 

LM  5150.  Critical  Analysis  of  Contemporary  Children's  Literature 3 

LM  5340.  Organization  and  Administration  of  Media  Programs 3 

15s.h. 

Allied  Departments  Core: 

AH  5060.  Curriculum  Planning 2 

One  of  the  following: 

AH  5350.  Philosophy  of  Education 2 

AH  5470.  Social  Foundations  of  Education 2 

SE  4800.  Education  in  the  Culturally  Diverse 3 

SE  4810.  Education  in  Appalachian  America 3 

SE  4820.  Education  in  Urban  America 3 

SE  5800.  History  of  American  Education 3 

AH  5700.  Educational  Leadership 2 

CR  5000.  Research  in  Education 2 

PSY  5560.  Child   Psychology 2 

or 
PSY  5565.  Adolescent  Psychology 2 

8-  lOs.h. 


Library  and  Media  Studies 


291 


Electives: 

Electives  are  dependent  on  the  student's  entering  competencies  and  individual  goals. 
Graduates  of  this  program  will  receive  a  Master  of  Arts  degree 8-13 


36s.h. 

TWO-YEAR  COLLEGE  LEARNING  RESOURCES 
SPECIALIST 

The  Two-Year  College  Learning  Resources  Graduate  Program  is  designed  to  prepare 
graduate  students  for  professional  careers  in  libraries  and  learning  resources  centers  of 
junior  and  community  colleges  and  technical  institutes.  Two-Year  College  Librarian 
positions  may  be  in  information  service,  media  production,  developmental  learning 
centers,  instructional  design  or  administration. 

This  is  not  a  certification  program.  Prerequisites  are  EM  4730,  4820,  5015  and  5020  or 
equivalents. 

Library  and  Media  Studies  Core: 

LM  4640.        Collection  Development:  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 3 

LM  4850.        Educational  Applications  of  TV  and  Film 2 

LM  5050.        Advanced  Cataloging  and  Classification 3 

LM  5100.        Organization  and  Admininstration  of  the  Two-Year  College 

Learning  Resource  Center 3 

LM  5410.        Computer  Applications  in  Media  Centers 3 

LM  5420.        Collection  Development  for  Two-Year  Colleges 3 

LM  5820.        Organization  of  Learning  Laboratories 3 

LM  5900.        Internship/Practicum 3 

23s.h. 

Allied  Department  Core: 

AH  5420.       Community,  Junior  and  Technical  Colleges 2 

One  of  the  following: 

AH  5630.       The  Adult  Learner 3 

AH  5890.       Developmental  Studies  in  Post  Secondary  Institutions 3 

CR  5000.        Research  in    Education 2 


4-  5s.h. 


Electives:  A  faculty  advisor  will  assist  in  the  choice  of  electives  to  meet  student  interests 
and  needs 6 

TOTAI 36 

Specialist  in  Library  and  Media  Studies 

A  sixth  year  program  in  library  and  media  studies  provides  the  opportunity  for  in- 
dividuals with  work  experience  to  update  and  expand  their  professional  knowledge. 
Often  students  will  use  this  degree  program  to  develop  a  specialty  within  the  profession; 


Library  and  Media  Studies 


292 


such  as  Two-Year  College  Learning  Resource  Center  Administration,  School  Library 
Media,  production  specialist,  or  instructional  development  and  design. 

Students  with  Master's  Degrees  in  other  disciplines  may  also  redirect  their  career  poten- 
tial with  a  concentration  in  library  and  media  studies. 

The  curriculum  for  the  Specialist  Degree  is  planned  for  individual  students  with  the  aid 
of  a  faculty  advisor  or  committee.  The  program  can  be  heavily  interdisciplinary,  and 
should  include  a  strong  component  of  research  or  evaluation  methods. 

Thirty  hours  are  required  in  the  sixth  year  program.  The  core  curricula  in  the  depart- 
ment are  as  follows: 

Instructional  Technology 

CR  6000.        Seminar  in  Research  Design 1-3 

Either 

AH  5430.       Organization  and  Admininistration  of  Community, 

Junior  and  Technical  Colleges 3 

or 

AH  6050.       Seminar  in  School  Supervision 2 

Either 

AH  6861.       Post  Secondary  Education  in  America 3 

or 
RE  6600.        Historical  Survey  of  Reading  Education 3 

One  of  the  following: 

AH  6631.       Teaching  and  Learning  in  Post-Secondary  Education 3 

RE  5010.        Foundation  of  Early  Childhood  Education 3 

EE  5170.        Teaching  the  Emerging  Adolescent 3 

LM  6560.        Instructional  Systems  Design 2 

LM  6550.        Advanced  Seminar  in  Educational  Communications 2 

Electives 15-17 


LEARNING  RESOURCES  CENTER  ADMINISTRATION 

CR  6000.        Seminar  in  Research  Design 1-3 

Either 

AH  5430.  Organization  and  Administration  of  Community, 

Junior  and  Technical  Colleges 3 

or 

AH  5700.       Educational  Leadership 2-3 

AH  6861.       Post-Secondary  Education  in  America 3 

AH  6631 .       Teaching  and  Learning  in  Post-Secondary  Education 3 

LM  6100.        Personnel  Management  Library/Media  Centers 2-3 

LM  6101.        Planning  Learning  Environments 2-3 

Electives 9 


Reading  Education 


293 


SCHOOL  LIBRARY  MEDIA 

CR  6000.        Seminar  in  Research  Design 1-3 

Either 

AH  6050.       Seminar  in  School  Supervision 2 

or 

AH  5700.        Educational  Leadership 2-3 

Either 

RE  5111.        Issues,  Trends,  and  Practices  in  Reading 2-3 

or 

RE  6730.        Advanced  Seminar  in  Reading 3 

Either 

EE  5010.        Foundation  of  Early  Childhood  Education 3 

or 
EE  5170.        Teaching  the  Emerging  Adolescent 3 

LM  6040.        Reading  and  Research  in  Children's  Literature 3 

LM  6050.        History  of  Children's  Literature 3 

LM  6550.        Advanced  Seminar  in  Educational  Communications 2 

Electives 10-13 

For  certification  as  a  supervisor  see  your  advisor  for  special  requirements. 


Department  of  Reading  Education 


(RE) 


Thomas  W.  Childress,  Chairperson 

The  Department  of  Reading  Education  is  responsible  for  developing,  organizing,  and 
delivering  instructional  programs  in  reading  for  professional  educators  at  all  levels.  In 
addition,  the  department  is  responsible  for  conducting  research  and  evaluation  which 
makes  a  significant  impact  on  the  field  of  reading  education. 

In  order  to  obtain  certification,  elementary  teachers,  secondary  teachers,  and  special 
subject  teachers  must  include  a  reading  education  course  in  their  program  of  study.  The 
Department  of  Reading  Education  is  responsible  for  the  courses  which  meet  the 
guidelines  for  certification  in  the  professional  roles  described  above.  The  courses  offered 
to  meet  these  guidelines  are:  RE  3900,  RE  4620,  RE  4630. 

The  Department  of  Reading  Education  also  offers  an  approved  program  of  study  which 
leads  to  reading  teacher  certification.  Certification  requires  that  the  student  take  a 
minimum  of  18  semester  hours  which  meet  guidelines  set  by  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion. 


Reading  Education 


294 


An  undergraduate  student  preparing  to  teach  kindergarten  through  grade  four  who 
wishes  to  add  reading  education  to  an  A  certificate  must  complete  the  following 
courses:  CR  4560;  RE  4591;  RE  4710;  RE  4620;  RE  4720;  and  RE  4650  or  RE  4200. 

The  undergraduate  major  in  reading  education  prepares  the  student  for  certification  to 
teach  reading  from  kindergarten  through  grade  twelve. 

At  the  time  of  completing  the  General  College  requirements,  a  major  in  reading  educa- 
tion should  make  an  appointment  with  the  Coordinator  of  the  Undergraduate  Major  in 
reading  education  to  plan  a  program  of  study.  A  two-year  program  of  study  must  be  ap- 
proved by  the  Coordinator  before  the  student  can  be  admitted  as  a  major. 

An  undergraduate  student  preparing  to  teach  reading  (K-12)  should  complete  the 
following  courses  after  meeting  the  general  education  requirements:  RE  3900,  RE 
4200,  RE  4591,  RE  4600,  RE  4620,  RE  4650,  RE  4710,  RE  4720;  RE  4900;  SPE 
2200;  PSY  3301,  PSY  3302;  EE  3010,  EE  3110,  EE  3120;  LM  3040,  LM  3070,  LM 
4750;  SE  3050;  CR  4560,  and  EE  or  SE  4900. 

Majors  are  required  to  take  the  Common  Examination  and  Area  Examination  of  the 
National  Teachers'  Examination. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  reading  education  is  a  minimum  of  36  semester  hour  pro- 
gram. This  program  is  approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  provides  the  stu- 
dent with  Reading  Teacher  Certification  Graduate  Level.  (See  the  graduate  courses 
section  of  this  catalog  and  the  Graduate  Bulletin  for  additional  information) . 

The  Educational  Specialist  degree  in  reading  education  is  an  intermediate  degree  be- 
tween master's  study  and  doctoral  study.  The  in-depth  preparation  received  by  the 
students  in  this  program  prepares  them  for  roles  as  teachers,  clinicians,  supervisors  of 
reading  programs,  directors  of  reading  clinics,  and  other  top  level  admininstrative  posi- 
tions. (See  the  graduate  courses  section  of  this  catalog  and  the  Graduate  Bulletin  for  ad- 
ditional information.) 

Each  program  in  reading  education  is  planned  by  the  student  and  his/her  advisor  ac- 
cording to  the  background  and  professional  goals  of  the  student.  However,  there  is  a 
core  requirement. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Reading  Education 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


Reading  Education 


295 


1000.  College  Reading  and  Study 
Skills/(1).F;S;SS. 

Designed  to  afford  immediate  improvement  of 
reading  skills  and  study  habits  to  enable  students 
to  carry  out  the  academic  requirements  of  college. 
A  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  this  course  fulfills  the 
reading  proficiency  requirement  for  teaching  ma- 
jors. 

2000.  Advanced  College  Reading  and  Study 
Skills/(1).F;S;SS. 

Enriches  the  student's  reading  and  study  techni- 
ques, including  flexibility  and  improvement  of 
reading  rate,  and  the  establishment  of  lifelong 
reading  habits. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 

3530-3549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

To  meet  the  needs  of  special  interest  groups  such 
as  associate  of  arts  graduates  working  as 
paraprofessionals  wanting  to  learn  specific  areas 
and  skills.  May  be  interdisciplinary  in  content  or 
methodology. 

3900.  Principles  of  Reading  Instruction  for  the 
Classroom  Teacher/(3).F;S;SS. 

This  course  is  a  major  professional  course  which 
prepares  teachers  to  teach  reading  in  grades  K-12. 
Knowledge  objectives  of  the  course  focus  on  the 
developmental  nature  of  language  and  reading 
ability,  along  with  some  major  issues  and  instruc- 
tional materials  and  practices  associated  with 
reading  instruction.  Performance  objectives  are 
designed  to  develop  skills  in  (l)diagnosing  in- 
dividual differences,  (2)  setting  goals  and  objec- 
tives for  reading  instruction,  (3)  evaluating  reading 
behavior,  (4)  developing  instructional  strategies, 
and  (5)  utilizing  resources  for  reading  instruction. 
(This  course  may  be  used  to  meet  certification  re- 
quirements for  teachers  in  grades  K-6,  teachers 
being  certified  in  Special  Education,  Library  and 
Media  Studies,  and  Speech  Pathology  and 
Audiology.) 

4200.  Psychology  of  Reading  for  the 
Classroom  Teacher/(3).F. 

Provides  classroom  teachers  with  a  comprehen- 
sive overview  of  modern  learning  theories  as  they 


apply  to  the  psychology  of  reading  behavior  and 
the  psychology  of  reading  instruction.  The  course 
is  organized  in  such  a  way  that  students  are  guided 
into  critical  evaluation  and  analysis  of  reading 
practices  in  relation  to  prevalent  theories  of  learn- 
ing. Students  are  encouraged  to  formulate  ways  in 
which  learning  theories  can  be  translated  into 
reading  behavior  and  used  to  develop  teaching 
strategies  for  teaching  instruction. 

Senior  /Graduate  Courses 

4591.    Advanced    Study   in   the  Teaching   of 

Reading/(3).F;SS. 

The  intent  of  this  course  is  to  help  reading  educa- 
tion majors  expand  their  knowledge  of  the 
parameters  of  reading  instruction  and  the  total 
school  reading  program.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
increased  knowledge  of  the  reading  process,  in- 
structional methods  and  techniques,  scope  and 
sequence  of  reading  skills,  instructional  materials, 
instruments  for  measuring  reading  ability,  and 
sources  of  information  on  reading. 

4600.  Philosophical,  Educational,  and  Socio- 
political Issues  Related  to  Reading 
Education/(3).F. 

This  course  takes  a  look  at  reading  education  pro- 
cesses, deficits,  structures,  and  functions  from  the 
perspectives  of  philosophy,  education,  society 
and  politics.  In  addition,  the  course  considers  re- 
cent changes  in  the  above  areas  that  affect  the 
reading  education  of  children. 

4620.  Reading  Instruction  in  the  Middle/Junior 
and  Senior  High  School/(3).F;S;SS. 

In  addition  to  covering  the  content  and  skills 
presented  in  RE  4630,  this  course  covers  the 
following;  (1)  the  developmental  reading  pro- 
gram, (2)  organizing  and  administering  the  high 
school  reading  program,  (3)  reading  interests  and 
tastes,  (4)  providing  reading  instruction  for  special 
groups,  (5)  meeting  needs  of  the  individual 
reader.  (Same  as  SE  4620) 

4630.  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas/(2). 
F;S;SS. 

This  course  prepares  content  area  teachers  to 
utilize  reading  as  an  instructional  process  in  their 
classrooms.  In  addition  reading  is  used  to  gain 
perspective  on  broader  learning  processes. 
Course  topics  include:  (1)  Classroom  assessment 
procedures,  including  textbook  evaluation  and 
selection,  and  classroom  diagnostic  techniques. 
(2)  Accommodating  individual  differences.  (3) 
General  lesson  and  unit  planning  strategies.  (4) 
Focused  instructional  strategies,  which  include 
specific  teaching  activities  for  reading  and  learn- 
ing. (This  course  may  be  used  to  meet  certification 


Reading  Education 


296 


requirements  for  special  subject  teachers  in  grades 
7-12  who  teach  subjects  such  as:  English,  Social 
Studies,  Math,  Science,  Biology,  Health  and 
Physical  Education,  Sociology,  Geography, 
Drivers  Education,  Business,  Music,  Art,  Foreign 
Language,  and  so  on.) 

4640.  Workshop  in  Teaching  Reading/(2). 
SS. 

4650.  Linguistics  and  Reading/(3).F;SS. 

Relates  these  areas  of  linguistics  to  the  process  of 
reading:  phonetics,  syntax,  semantics,  rhetoric 
and  dialect. 

4710.  Informal  Classroom  Diagnosis  and  Cor- 
rective Reading  Communication,  (3). F;S;SS. 
Prepares  students  to  administer  and  interpret 
commonly  used  informal  reading  tests  and  other 
instruments  in  order  to  plan  effective  classroom  in- 
struction for  remedial,  developmental  and  gifted 
pupils.  Prerequisites:  RE  3900,  RE  4591,  RE 
4620,  or  RE  4670. 

4720.  Diagnostic  and  Remedial  Reading  1/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

The  course  deals  with  commonly  used  reading 
tests  and  how  to  locate  causes  of  reading  dif- 
ficulties and  to  prescribe  corrective  procedures  for 
the  severely  disabled  reader.  Prerequisites:  RE 
3900,  RE  4710,  RE  4620  or  RE  4591. 

4730.  Diagnostic  and  Remedial  Reading  11/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

Students  are  assigned  to  individual  or  small 
groups  for  diagnostic  and  remedial  teaching. 
Prerequisite:  RE  4720. 

4890.  Reading  and  Communications/(2).On 
Demand. 

Centers  on  reading  as  it  relates  to  mass  media  and 
communications. 

4900.  Field  Experience/(3).F. 

Students  register  only  by  permission  of  advisor  in 
reading. 

Graduate  Courses 

5080.  Clinical  Problems  in  Reading/(2-6). 

S;SS. 

Deals  with  clinical  techniques  used  in  the 
diagnosis  and  treatment  of  reading  problems 
Prerequisite:  RE  4720,  and  majors. 

5111.  Issues,  Trends,  and  Practices  in 
Reading/(2-3).F;S;SS. 

Provides  students  with  an  in-depth  study  of  signifi- 
cant issues,  trends,  and  practices  in  reading  at  all 


educational  levels.  The  course  is  designed  to  deal 
with  questions  and  problems  of  the  type  facing 
key  teachers,  supervisors,  and  administrators. 
Because  the  course  is  concerned  with  current 
trends  and  issues,  it  is  assumed  that  the  course  will 
undergo  periodic  changes  in  terms  of  what  is  cur- 
rent. 

5120.  Psychological  Bases  of  Reading/(3). 
F;SS. 

The  thrust  of  this  course  is  toward  providing  ad- 
vanced reading  majors  with  a  comprehensive 
overview  of  contemporary  theories  of  psychology 
and  instruction  as  they  can  be  applied  to  ex- 
plicating the  complex  processes  underlying 
reading  behavior.  Basically,  the  course  deals  with 
the  following  areas:  (1)  definitions  of  reading,  (2) 
reading  as  verbal  behavior,  (3)  perception  and 
sensation  in  reading,  (4)  reading  and  cognition, 
(5)  learning  and  reading,  (6)  growth  and  develop- 
ment and  reading,  (7)  attention,  motivation,  and 
reading  (8)  personality  and  reading,  (9)  learning 
from  written  materials  and  (10)  individual  dif- 
ferences and  reading. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Open  to  majors  only  and  by  permission  of  ad- 
visor. 

5510.  Field  Experience  in  Teaching 
Reading/(1-6).F;S;SS. 

Students  register  only  by  permission  of  advisor. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-4).On  De- 
mand. 

Subject  matter  may  vary  from  term  to  term  depen- 
ding on  student  interest  and  need.  Students  may 
enroll  more  than  once  in  a  selected  topics  course 
provided  that  the  content  does  not  duplicate  that 
of  the  previous  course.  Limit  of  four  hours  credit. 

5570.  Reading  Curriculum:  Organization, 
Supervision  and  Assessment/(3).S;SS. 

Studies  are  made  of  the  following:  reading  cur- 
riculum designs,  implementation,  supervision  and 
evaluation  of  reading  programs.  Prerequisites:  18 
hours  in  reading  or  permission  of  advisor  in 
reading. 

5591.  Advanced  Course  in  the  Selection  and 
Design  of  Reading  Materials  and  Methods  of 
Instruction/(3).S;SS. 

The  major  thrust  of  this  course  is  on  enabling 
students  to  evaluate  and  select  appropriate 
methods  and  materials  to  meet  particular  instruc- 
tional needs.  In  addition  the  course  emphasizes 
exploration  of  the  reading  materials  appropriate 
for  various  school  settings  and  populations,  along 


Reading  Education 


297 


with  the  design,  development,  and  try  out  of  in- 
structional materials.  Prerequisite:  18  hours  in 
reading  or  permission  of  graduate  advisor  in 
reading. 

5670.  Research  in  Current  Literature  in 
Reading/(3).S;SS. 

Research  and  critical  analysis  are  made  in  current 
periodicals,  journals,  and  recent  books  on  critical 
areas  of  reading.  Prerequisite:  18  hours  in  reading 
or  permission  of  advisor  in  reading. 

5710.  Seminar  in  Reading/(3).S;SS. 

This  course  is  planned  to  meet  the  needs  of 
specific  groups  in  reading.  Students  can  register 
only  by  permission  of  advisor. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 

6100.  Theoretical  Models  and  Processes  of 
Reading/(3).S;SS. 

Provides  the  Ed.S.  candidate  in  reading  education 
with  an  in-depth  knowledge  of  models  and  pro- 
cesses of  reading  behavior,  language  develop- 
ment, and  psycholinguistics.  Explicit  with  this 
course  is  the  expectation  that  students  will  read 
extensively  the  primary  sources  of  theories  on 
language  development  and  psycholinguistics. 
Unlike  previous  courses,  where  theories,  prin- 
ciples and  postulates  were  accepted  as  such  for 
analytic  purposes  and  application,  this  course  will 
deal  with  the  analysis,  description,  and  evaluation 
of  theories  as  theories.  Theories  will  be  evaluated 
against  such  criteria  as  level  of  development,  in- 
ternal consistence,  degree  of  formalization  and 
usability. 

6200.  Interdisciplinary  Approaches  to  Reading 
Disability/(3).S;SS. 

Provides  students  with  interactive  experiences  and 
knowledges  based  on  the  assumptions  that  an  in- 
terdisciplinary effort  maximizes  utilization  of 
resources  and  that  the  exclusion  of  information 
from  relevant  disciplines  limits  the  diagnosis,  pro- 
gnosis, and  treatment  of  reading  disability. 

6300.  Decision-Oriented  Research  and  the 
Management  of  Reading  Instruction  and  the 
Reading  Program/(3).F;SS. 

Reading  instruction  and  its  effects  are  among  the 
most  intensely  evaluated  subject  matter  areas  in 


the  schools.  This  course  provides  advanced 
students  with  an  understanding  of  philosophical 
issues  related  to  valuing,  and  teaches  skills  for  im- 
plementing specific  models  of  evaluation  and 
decision  strategies. 

6400.  Evaluating  Reading  Personnel  and  Im- 
plementing In-Service  Education  Based  Models 
ofTeaching/(3).S;SS. 

Focuses  on  issues  and  methods  of  evaluating 
teachers  of  reading.  Students  also  have  an  oppor- 
tunity to  study  various  models  of  teaching  and 
their  implications  for  the  teaching  of  reading  and 
in-service  education  for  teachers  of  reading. 

6500.  Independent  Study/(3).F;S;SS. 

Provides  students  with  an  opportunity  to  pursue 
an  in-depth  study  of  a  topic  in  reading.  This 
course  is  conducted  on  an  individual  basis  by 
reading  faculty  who  have  an  interest  in  the  topic 
pursued  by  the  student. 

6530-6549.  Selected  Topics/(3).On  Demand. 

6600.  Historical  Survey  of  Reading  Education/ 
(3).F;SS. 

Provides  student  with  breadth  and  depth  in  the 
evolution  of  the  field  of  reading.  History  of  the 
field  will  be  studied  along  the  following  sub- 
divisions: (1)  sociology  of  reading,  (2)  physiology 
and  psychology  of  reading,  and  (3)  pedagogy  of 
reading. 

6730.  Advanced  Seminar  in  Reading/(3).On 
Demand. 

Brings  faculty  and  students  together  to  inquire  into 
the  "real  world"  problems  of  reading.  The  course 
will  provide  students  with  an  opportunity  to  ac- 
quire and  refine  inquiry  skills  and  to  interact  with 
members  of  other  disciplines  having  an  interest  in 
reading.  In  addition,  students  will  have  oppor- 
tunities to  attend  major  professional  conferences 
and  to  interact  with  professionals  in  the  field. 

6900.  Field  Experience  in  Teaching  Reading/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

Enables  advanced  majors  in  reading  to  obtain  ex: 
periences  of  leadership,  management,  research, 
and  teaching  in  areas  of  reading  at  all  educational 
levels. 


Secondary  Education 


298 


Department  of  Secondary 
Education  (SE) 

W.  Thomas  Jamison,  Chairperson 

The  Department  of  Secondary  Education  offers  undergraduate  and  graduate  courses 
leading  to  certification  in  the  various  fields  of  instruction  in  the  secondary  school, 
(grades  9-12).  In  addition  to  meeting  the  requirements  for  certification  the  department 
maintains  programs  of  instruction,  research,  and  field  services  for  the  continuous  im- 
provement of  curriculum  development,  educational  materials,  and  methods  of 
teaching.  The  department  also  provides  service  to  majors  other  than  those  in  secondary 
teaching  programs.  All  students  seeking  secondary  education  certification  should  con- 
tact the  department  for  an  advisor  in  the  professional  core  prior  to  registering  for  profes- 
sional courses.  SE  3040  is  open  to  sophomores  who  are  considering  careers  in  educa- 
tion. 

The  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  CERTIFICATION  in  Secondary  Education  are  as  follows 
(these  courses  should  also  be  taken  in  the  following  recommended  sequence): 

I.   SE  3040  Public  Education  in  the  United  States (3) 

concurrent  with 

PSY  3301  Developmental  Psychology 3 

II.   SE  3050  Principles  of  Secondary  Education (3) 

concurrent  with 
PSY  3302  Educational  Psychology 3 

III.  Methods  Course/s  in  area  of  teaching  specialty (2-3) 

IV.  RE  4630  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas (2) 

(English  majors  take  SE  4620  (3)  in  lieu  of  RE  4630) 
V.   SE4900  Student  Teaching (12) 

All  professional  course  requirements  (with  the  exception  of  RE  4630;  SE  4620)  must  be 
completed  prior  to  the  Student  Teaching  experience.  Students  must  also  pass  proficien- 
cy tests  in  reading,  speech,  and  written  English  prior  to  student  teaching. 

A  student  preparing  to  teach  a  special  area  (art,  health  and  physical  education,  library 
science,  or  music)  must  complete  EE  3010,  3020  or  SE  3040,  3050;  RE  4630;  PSY 
3301,  3302;  methods  course  or  courses  in  the  field  of  concentration;  and  SE  4900. 
Any  course  in  the  professional  sequence  transferred  from  another  institution  must  be 
cleared  by  the  department. 

Courses  of  Instruction  in  Secondary  Education 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  department  that  courses  at  the  undergraduate  or  graduate  level 
leading  to  teacher  certification  should  not  be  taken  on  an  independent  or  individual 
study  basis.  Exceptions  to  this  policy  must  be  approved  by  both  the  instructor  and 
department  chairperson. 


Secondary  Education 


299 


It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


2900.  Orientation  to  Teaching/(1-2).F;S. 

A  laboratory  experience  for  sophomores  in  public 
schools.  Students  spend  30  hours  each  semester 
as  teacher  aides.  One  semester  is  spent  K-6  and 
one  semester  7-12.  One  hour  credit  is  earned 
each  semester  on  a  satisfactory-failure  basis.  Elec- 
tive course  for  all  prospective  secondary  educa- 
tion majors. 


3090.  Teaching  High  School  Science/(2). 
F;S. 

Students  will  have  30  hours  of  teamed  ex- 
periences in  public  school  classrooms  in  addition 
to  class.  It  is  strongly  advised  that  all  other  re- 
quirements for  certification  (except  Student 
Teaching)  be  completed  prior  to  the  methods 
course. 


3031.  Instrumental  Techniques  and  Materials/ 
(2).S. 

A  survey  of  the  materials  and  methods  in  in- 
strumental class  teaching.  Prerequisite:  PSY 
3302.  (Same  as  MU  3031). 

3032.  Choral  Techniques  and  Materials/ 
(2).S. 

A  survey  of  the  materials  and  methods  in  choral 
teaching.  Prerequisite:  PSY  3302.  (Same  as  MU 
3032). 

3040.  Public  Education  in  the  United  States/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

Required  for  secondary  majors.  Open  as  an  elec- 
tive for  non-education  majors.  A  study  of  educa- 
tion in  America.  Includes  investigating  the  nature 
of  education,  American  education  from  a 
historical  perspective,  philosophies  of  education, 
the  structure  and  finance  of  American  education, 
socio-economic  class  and  education  and  crucial 
issues  in  education. 

3050.  Principles  of  Secondary  Education/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

Required  for  secondary  education  majors.  In- 
cludes the  American  adolescent  today,  a  review  of 
learning  theories,  problems  and  issues  in  cur- 
riculum development,  evaluating  student  progress 
and  an  introduction  to  various  media  and 
methods  of  instruction.  SE  3040  should  preceed 
SE  3050. 

3080.   Teaching   High   School  Mathematics/ 

(2).F;S. 

Students  will  have  30  hours  of  teamed  experience 
in  public  school  classrooms  in  addition  to  class. It  is 
strongly  advised  that  all  other  requirements  for 
certification  (except  Student  Teaching)  be  com- 
pleted prior  to  the  methods  course. 


3100.  Teaching  High  School  Social  Science/ 
(2).F;S. 

Students  will  have  30  hours  of  teamed  experience 
in  public  school  classrooms  in  addition  to  class.  It 
is  strongly  advised  that  all  other  requirements  for 
certification  (except  Student  Teaching)  be  com- 
pleted prior  to  the  methods  course. 

3110.  Teaching  High  School  English/(2).F;S. 

Students  will  have  30  hours  of  teamed  experience 
in  public  school  classrooms  in  addition  to  class. 
Prerequisite:  English  3200  &  3300.  It  is  strongly 
advised  that  all  other  requirements  for  certification 
(except  Student  Teaching)  be  completed  prior  to 
the  methods  course. 

3120.  Teaching  Foreign  Languages/(2).S. 

Students  will  have  30  hours  of  teamed  ex- 
periences in  public  school  of  classrooms  in  addi- 
tion to  class.  It  is  strongly  advised  that  all  other  re- 
quirements for  certification  (except  Student 
Teaching)   be  completed  prior  to  the   methods 


3130.  Teaching  Home  Economics/(3).F;S. 

Students  will  have  30  hours  of  teamed  experience 
in  public  school  classrooms  in  addition  to  class.  It 
is  strongly  advised  that  all  other  requirements  for 
certification  (except  Student  Teaching)  be  com- 
pleted prior  to  the  methods  course. 

3140.  Teaching  Physical  Education/(2).F;S. 

Students  will  have  30  hours  of  teamed  ex- 
periences in  public  school  classrooms  in  addition 
to  class.  It  is  strongly  advised  that  all  other  re- 
quirements for  certification  (except  Student 
Teaching)  be  completed  prior  to  the  methods 
course. 


Secondary  Education 


300 


3150.  Art  in  the  Secondary  School/(2).F. 

Provides  the  student  with  experiences  in  prepara- 
tion for  teaching  art  at  the  secondary  level,  stress- 
ing the  use  of  aesthetic  concepts.  A  study  will  be 
made  of  the  historical  and  contemporary  theories 
of  art  education  through  an  examination  of  the 
literature.  Two  hours  lecture  per  week. 
Laboratory  will  provide  experiences  in  observa- 
tion and  participation  of  secondary  level  art 
classes.  A  minimum  of  ten  hours  is  to  be  spent  in 
the  classroom.  Prerequisites:  EE  2020;  Art  3006. 
It  is  strongly  advised  that  all  other  requirements  for 
certification  (except  Student  Teaching)  be  com- 
pleted prior  to  the  methods  course. 

3160.  Methods  of  Teaching  Industrial  Educa- 
tion/(3).F;S. 

An  introduction  to  methods,  instructional 
strategies,  organization  and  administration  for 
teaching  classroom  and  laboratory  activities  in  In- 
dustrial Education  subjects.  Experiences  will  in- 
clude development  of  unit  and  lesson  plans, 
demonstrations,  presentations,  discussion  techni- 
ques and  field  observation.  Lecture  three  hours. 

3170.  Teaching  Business  Education/(2).S. 

Students  will  have  30  hours  of  teamed  ex- 
periences in  public  school  classrooms  in  addition 
to  class.  It  is  strongly  advised  that  all  other  re- 
quirements for  certification  (except  Student 
Teaching)    is   completed   prior   to   the   methods 


3180.  Teaching  Speech  Communication  and 
Theatre  Arts/(2).S. 

Prerequisities:  SE  3040  and  PSY  3302.  It  is 
strongly  advised  that  all  other  requirements  for 
certification  (except  Student  Teaching)  be  com- 
pleted prior  to  the  methods  course. 

3190.  Classroom  Methods  and  Materials  in 
Driver  and  Traffic  Safety  Education/(2).F;S. 

It  is  strongly  advised  that  all  other  requirements  for 
certification  (except  Student  Teaching)  is  com- 
pleted prior  to  the  methods  course. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  an  S/U  basis  only.  Prerequisite:  junior  or 
senior  standing.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  credit 
of  three  semester  hours. 


Senior /Graduate  Courses 

4620.  Reading  Instruction  in  the  Middle/ Junior 
and  Senior  High  School/(3).F;S;SS. 

Reading  problems  encountered  on  the  high 
school  level;  reading  in  the  content  areas  of  the 
curriculum;  the  total  school  responsibility  in 
reading  improvement.  Opportunities  for  practical 
application  provided.  (Same  as  RE  4620) 

4621.  Club/Co-Curricular    Activities/ (3). SS. 

A  study  of  clubs/co-curricular  activities  as  they 
function  in  high  schools  today.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  faculty  members  role  as  sponsor  and  direc- 
tor of  clubs.  This  course  is  also  structured  for  trade 
and  industry  education  and  is  a  requirement  for 
certification  for  teachers  in  occupational  educa- 
tion. 

4800.  Education  of  the  Culturally  Diverse/ 
(3).F;SS. 

A  general  survey  of  situations  encountered  by  the 
teacher  in  a  culturally  diverse  society.  An  em- 
phasis on  the  development  of  the  empathetic 
teacher  and  the  creation  of  teacher  strategies  and 
materials.  Open  to  graduates  and  seniors. 

4810.  Education  in  Appalachian  America/ 
(3).S;SS. 

A  course  designed  to  assist  the  teacher  of  moun- 
tain children  in  understanding  the  pupil  and 
school  in  the  Appalachian  culture.  Various  Ap- 
palachian cultural  descriptors  and  their  effect  on 
schooling  will  be  discussed  with  attention  to  the 
creation  of  teaching  strategies  and  materials. 
Open  to  graduates  and  seniors. 

4820.  Education  in  Urban  America/(3).S;SS. 

A  course  to  assist  those  who  are  or  plan  to  teach  in 
the  urban  setting.  An  in-depth  examination  of  the 
urban  society  and  its  relation  to  the  schooling  pro- 
cess with  attention  to  the  creation  of  teaching 
strategies  and  materials.  Open  to  graduates 
and  seniors. 

4900.  Internship:  Student  Teaching  High 
School/(6  or  12).F;S. 

Full-time  teaching  experience  under  supervision 
for  one  semester  or  part-time  teaching  experience 
under  supervision  for  one  year.  This  includes 
students  majoring  in  art,  physical  education  and 
health,  library  science,  music,  and  special  educa- 
tion grades  K-12  and  students  who  plan  to  teach 
secondary  school  subjects  grades  7-12.  Offered 
on  S/U  basis. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


Special  Education 


301 


Graduate  Courses 

5032.  Organization  and  Supervision  of  School 

Music/(2).S;SS. 

The  responsibilities  of  the  music  supervisor  in  rela- 
tion to  the  classroom  teacher,  the  music  teacher, 
and  the  school  administration.  (Same  as  MUS 
5032.) 

5150.  Organizing  and  Planning  Student 
Teaching/(2).F;SS. 

A  study  of  the  origin  and  development  of  student 
teaching,  including  present  status  and  trends,  ex- 
periences prior  to  student  teaching,  selection  of 
schools  and  supervising  teachers,  selection  and 
placement  of  student  teachers. 

5160.  Supervision  of  Student  Teaching/ 
(3).SS. 

A  study  of  general  techniques  of  a  supervising 
teacher,  including  observation,  guiding  student 
teachers  in  planning,  orientation  of  student 
teachers,  student  teacher  participation,  and 
evaluation.  Available  as  a  workshop  by  invitation. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 


5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

Subject  matter  may  vary  from  term  to  term  depen- 
ding on  student  interest  and  need.  A  student  may 
enroll  more  than  once  in  an  selected  topics  course 
provided  that  the  content  does  not  duplicate  that 
of  the  previous  course.  Limit  of  four  hours  credit. 

5620.  Secondary  SchoolCurriculum/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  modern  secondary  school  cur- 
riculum; development,  recent  trends,  and 
organization;  including  the  philosophy  and 
psychology  upon  which  these  practices  are  based. 

5800.  History  of  American  Education/ 
(3).S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  historical  development  of  education 
in  the  United  States.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to 
educational  concepts  and  practices  as  they  relate 
to  political,  social,  and  cultural  developments  in 
the  growth  of  a  system  of  public  education. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS. 

Graded  on  S/U  basis. 


Department  of  Special  Education 
(SPE) 

The  Department  of  Special  Education  offers  undergraduate,  cross-categorical  program- 
ming leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

Completion  of  this  degree  leads  to  certification  of  cross-categorical  mild/moderate  han- 
dicapping conditions  with  an  emphasis  in  resource  room  instruction  for  mentally  retard- 
ed, learning  disabled  and  emotionally  disturbed  (behaviorally  disordered).  Categorical 
certification  in  mental  retardation,  learning  disabled  and  emotional  disturbance 
(behaviorally  disordered)  is  offered  by  the  department  through  participatiori  in  special 
institutes  only.  A  categorical  course  of  study  is  not  available  through  the  regular 
academic  program. 

The  objectives  of  the  undergraduate  programs  in  the  Department  of  Special  Education 
are  to  prepare  personnel  who  can  diagnose,  prescribe  for,  and  remediate  the  deficien- 
cies of  the  exceptional  child;  interpret,  program  for,  and  change  the  behaviors  and  the 
environments  of  the  exceptional  child;  and  understand  and  effectively  cope  with  the  af- 
fective dimensions  of  the  child's  behavior. 

The  Department  of  Special  Education  has  mandatory  advisement  for  majors.  Students 
desiring  to  major  in  special  education  must  declare  their  major  in  the  General  College. 


Special  Education 


302 


The  student's  records  will  be  sent  from  the  General  College  to  the  Special  Education 
Department.  The  chairperson  will  appoint  an  advisor  from  the  faculty.  The  advisor  will 
review  the  student's  background  of  college  training  and  assist  in  the  development  of  a 
program  of  study  for  each  semester.  It  should  be  noted  that,  although  the  department 
advises  all  students  identifying  special  education  as  their  major,  no  student  will  be  ad- 
mitted to  the  Department  of  Special  Education  until  he/she  has  completed  General 
College  requirements,  has  been  admitted  to  the  College  of  Education,  and  perfor- 
mance is  reviewed  for  the  core  courses  listed  below: 

SPE  2200  Orientation  to  Human  Exceptionality 

SPE  3370  Introduction  to  Mental  Retardation 

SPE  4571  Introduction  to  Emotional  Disturbance 

SPE  4576  Introduction  to  Learning  Disabilities 

RE     3900  Principles  of  Reading  Instruction  for  the  Classroom  Teacher 

In  addition  to  the  core  requirements  specified  above,  students  seeking  teacher  certifica- 
tion in  all  areas  are  required  to  complete  the  necessary  professional  education  courses. 

A  major  in  Habilitative  Science  consists  of  an  individualized  program  of  study  that  meets 
the  student's  particular  career  objectives  in  the  area  of  special  education.  Any  student, 
in  consultation  with  an  advisor  and  with  the  permission  of  the  chairperson,  may  elect  to 
adopt  the  major  with  a  minimum  of  36  semester  hours  plus  the  departmental  core.  Cer- 
tification is  not  offered  with  this  major. 

A  student  may  earn  an  undergraduate  minor,  which  generally  consists  of  a  minimum  of 
15  semester  hours  of  credit  from  courses  offered  by  the  Department  of  Special  Educa- 
tion. Each  minor  is  individually  designed  by  the  student  and  the  special  education  ad- 
visor for  minors.  A  minor  will  be  contracted  for  prior  to  the  senior  year  or  the  last  two 
semesters  of  residence  at  Appalachian.  Approval  must  be  granted  by  the  student's 
"home"  college  prior  to  contracting  for  a  minor  in  special  education. 

At  the  graduate  level,  the  Department  of  Special  Education  offers  four  programs  that 
lead  to  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Special  Education.  The  programs  are:  1)  the  Master  of  Arts 
mild/moderate  with  concentration  in  mental  retardation,  emotional  disturbance,  or 
learning  disabilities;  b)  the  Master  of  Arts  in  severe/profound  impairments;  c)  the 
Master  of  Arts  in  gifted/talented;  and  d)  the  Master  of  Arts  in  teaching-parent  specialty. 
This  degree  carries  no  teacher  certification.  A  program  of  studies  leading  to  an  Educa- 
tional Specialist  degree  (Ed.S)  is  available  through  the  Department  of  Special  Educa- 
tion. This  degree  program  is  designed  for  the  individual  student,  by  the  student  and 
his/her  assigned  advisor.  The  program  itself  is  designed  to  meet  the  expressed  needs  of 
the  student  and  is  highly  individual  in  nature.  The  student  should  contact  the  chairper- 
son of  Special  Education  for  further  details. 

For  details  regarding  these  programs  contact  the  department  chairperson  or  see  the 
Graduate  Bulletin. 


Special  Education 

303 


Courses  of  Instruction  in  Special  Education 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


2200.  Orientation  to  Human  Exceptionality/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

An  overview  of  the  types  of  exceptional  children 
and  adults  including  gifted,  speech  handicapped, 
physically  handicapped,  sensory  handicapped, 
emotionally  disturbed,  mentally  retarded  and  the 
learning  disabled.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
characteristics,  identification,  educational  pro- 
gramming, and  management. 


2500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 


to 


Mental 


3370.  Introduction 

Retardation/(3).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  individuals  who  have  problems  of  retar- 
dation with  regard  to  characteristics,  behavior, 
and  general  nature  and  needs  in  the  home,  com- 
munity, and  learning  environment. 

3374.  Diagnostic  Prescriptive  Teaching/(3). 
F;S. 

Deals  with  specific  teaching  techniques  or 
academic  subjects  for  the  exceptional  child. 
Academic  areas  to  be  covered  include  arithmetic, 
reading,  art,  music,  physical  activities,  and  recrea- 
tion, social  studies,  general  health  and  grooming 
and  therapeutic  arts  and  crafts. 

3390.  An  Introduction  to  Procedures  in  the 
Helping  Professions/(2).S. 

Historical,  philosophical,  and  legal  aspects  of  the 
helping  professions.  Emphasis  placed  on 
understanding  the  various  approaches  to  counsel- 
ing contributions  of  paramedical  and  other  areas 
are  discussed.  (Same  as  PSY  3390.) 

3392.  Medical  Aspects  of  Disability/(3).F. 

Medical  aspects  of  major  physical  disabilities  with 
implications  for  rehabilitation.  Opportunities  will 
be  provided  for  first-hand  observation  and  ex- 
perience in  an  institutional  setting.  (Same  as  PSY 
3392.) 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S;SS. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 


ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  only.  Prere- 
quisite: junior  or  senior  standing.  May  be  repeated 
for  a  total  credit  of  three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


4100.  Educational  Assessment  and  Curriculum 
Development  for  the  Exceptional  Infant  and 
Young  Child/(3).  On  Demand. 

Evaluation,  methods  and  materials  used  with  the 
very  young  and  preschool  child  with  mild  to 
moderate  conditions. 

4101.  Educational  Assessment  and  Curriculum 
Development  for  the  Primary  and  Intermediate 
Exceptional  Child/(3).F;S;SS. 

Evaluation,  methods  and  materials  used  with  the 
primary  and  intermediate  (K-8)  school-aged  child 
with  mild  to  moderate  handicapping  conditions. 
This  course  must  be  taken  in  sequence  with 
Special  Education  4102,  4551,  4601,  and  4900. 

4102.  Educational  Assessment  and  Curriculum 
Development  for  the  Secondary  and  Adult  Ex- 
ceptional Person/(3).F;S;SS. 

Evaluation,  methods  and  materials  used  with  the 
high  school  and  adult  aged  exceptional  person 
with  mild  to  moderate  handicaps.  This  course 
must  be  taken  in  sequence  with  Special  Education 
4101,  4551,  4601,  and  4900. 

Senior/ Graduate  Courses 

4562.  Language  and  Speech  Disorders  of  Ex- 
ceptional Children/(3).F;S;S. 

Studies  of  the  habilitation  of  language  and  speech 
disorders  of  the  preschool  and  school  age  child. 
Specific  competencies  developed  in  the 
behavioral  evaluation  and  habilitation  of  language 
and  speech  disorders  frequently  associated  with 
exceptional  children,  i.e.,  the  mentally  retarded, 
learning  disabled,  and  emotionally  disturbed.  This 
course  must  be  taken  concurrently  with  3374, 
4600,  4900  by  Special  Education  majors. 


Special  Education 


304 


4550.  The  Exceptional  Child  in  the  Home, 
School  and  Community/(2).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  psychological  and  sociological  con- 
siderations of  exceptionality  as  they  are  expressed 
in  the  home,  school  and  community. 

4551.  Cooperative  Planning  with  Exceptional 
Students,  Parents  and 
Professionals/(2).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  processes  and  procedures  used  in  plan- 
ning educational  programs  for  exceptional 
students.  The  encouragement  of  parent  and  pro- 
fessional involvement  in  special  education  is 
stressed.  This  course  must  be  taken  concurrently 
with  SPE  4101,  4102,  4601,  by  Special  Educa- 
tion majors. 

4571.  Introduction  to  Emotional  Disturbance/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

An  introductory  course  in  the  education  of  the 
emotionally  handicapped  child.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  upon  the  psychological,  sociological,  and 
educational  implications  in  the  education  of  emo- 
tionally handicapped  children. 

4576.  Introduction  to  Learning  Disabilities/ 
(3).F;S;SS. 

The  identification  and  education  of  youth  with 
learning  disabilities,  including  programs,  teaching 
strategies,  and  theories. 

4592.  Nature  and  Nurture  of  the  Gifted  and 
Talented/(3).F;S;SS. 

An  introductory  course  related  to  the 
characteristics,  nature,  nurture  and  identification 
of  the  gifted/talented  child  in  the  educational  en- 
vironment. 

4593.  Curriculum  for  Gifted/Talented/(3). 
F;SS. 

A  study  of  trends  and  design  of  the  curriculum  in 
modern  elementary  and  secondary  schools,  unit 
construction,  communication  skills,  and  historical 
perspective.  An  intensive  study  course  dealing 
with  the  interpretation,  design,  development  and 
implementation  of  methods  and  materials  which 
are  used  with  gifted/talented  children  with  em- 
phasis on  curriculum  development  and  teaching 
techniques. 

4600.  Behavior  Management/(2).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  the  background,  procedures,  and  ap- 
plication of  behavior  management  in  a  learning 
situation  for  the  exceptional  child.  It  moves  from 
theory  and  the  laboratory  into  the  classroom, 
home  and  community.  Various  approaches  will 
be  discussed.  Must  be  taken  concurrently  with 
3374,  4900,  4562  by  Special  Education  majors. 


4601.  Classroom  Management  and  Interven- 
tion Strategies/(2).F;S. 

A  study  of  practical,  on-the-job  techniques  of 
classroom  management,  at  the  application  level. 
Various  methodologies  and  intervention  strategies 
will  be  introduced.  Must  be  taken  concurrently 
with  4101,  4102,  4900  and  4551. 

4700.  Introduction  to  the  Teaching-Family 
Model/(3).  On  Demand. 

An  introduction  to  the  philosophy  and  implemen- 
tation of  the  Teaching-Family  Model  treatment 
approach.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  meeting  the 
needs  and  remediating  problems  of  the  emo- 
tionally disturbed  and  delinquent  youth. 

4900.  Practicum  in  Special 
Education/(l-9).F;S;SS. 

Supervised  practicum  experience  in  educational 
settings;  basically  for  habilitative  science  majors. 
Prerequisite:  approval  of  chairperson. 

4900.  Practicum  in  Educational  Assessment 
and  Curriculum  Development  for  the  Excep- 
tional Child/(3).F;S. 

Field  experiences  designed  to  give  practice  in 
evaluation,  methods  and  materials  in  all  age 
groups.  This  course  is  taken  concurrently  with 
SPE  3374,  SPE  4600  and  SPE  4562.  Graded  on 
S/U  basis  only. 

4900.  Practicum  in  Mild  and  Moderate  Han- 
dicapping Conditions/(l-4).F;S. 

Field  practice  in  school  settings  of  techniques  used 
in  the  education  of  the  mildly  and  moderately 
handicapped  individual.  Graded  on  S/U  basis  on- 
ly. This  course  must  be  taken  concurrently  with 
SPE  4101,  4102,  4601,  and  4551. 

Graduate  Courses 

5000.  Research  and  Bibliography/(2).F;S;SS. 

A  study  of  procedures,  designs,  and  methods  of 
reporting  in  human  resources.  Required  in  the  first 
semester  of  graduate  study. 

5100.  Field  Training  in  the  Teaching  Family 
Model/(3).  On  Demand. 

A  field  oriented  course  involving  supervised  im- 
plementation of  the  Teaching  Family  Model  treat- 
ment approach.  Evaluations  by  both  consumers 
and  professionals  in  the  field  will  be  utilized  as  part 
of  the  training  sequence.  Prerequisite  to  Advanc- 
ed Field  Training  in  the  Teaching  Family  Model. 

5101.  Advanced  Field  Training  in  the 
Teaching-Family  Model/(3).  On  Demand. 

This  field  oriented  course  is  offered  for  those  suc- 
cessfully completing  the  prerequisite  field  training 


Special  Education 

305 


course.  The  course  is  aimed  at  helping  the  student 
refine  and  modify  his/her  use  of  the  Teaching- 
Family  Model  Treatment  program.  Prerequisite: 
SPE  5100. 

5200.  Teaching  Communication  and  Problem 
Solving  Strategies  Within  the  Teaching-Family 
Model/(3).  On  Demand. 

Basic  counseling  strategies  and  problem-solving 
skills  especially  related  to  the  Teaching-Family 
Model  will  be  offered.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
working  with  emotionally  disturbed  and  delin- 
quent youths  and  their  families  in  the  context  of 
residential  treatment. 

5400.  Advanced  Readings  in  Organization  and 
Administration  of  Community-Based  Treat- 
ment Programs/(3).  On  Demand. 

To  expand  the  student's  knowledge  of  the 
organization  and  administration  of  community 
based  programs.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
process  of  organizing,  administering,  and  im- 
plementing treatment  programs  for  troubled 
youths. 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-3).F;S;SS. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

Offered  in  any  area  of  concentration  within  the 
Department.  The  purpose  and  objectives  will  vary 
with  the  content  of  the  course. 

5540.  A  Study  of  Child  Variance/(3).F;S;SS. 

Child  maladaptation  is  viewed  as  interaction  bet- 
ween the  characteristics  of  the  individual  child  as  a 
variant  in  the  environmental  systems  involved 
with  his  development  and  care.  Specific  emphasis 
on  the  labeling  and  treatment  process  and  its  pro- 
gramatic  and  theoretical  alternatives  will  be  under- 
taken from,  but  not  limited  to,  legal,  educational, 
psychological,  ethical  and  social  perspectives. 

5550.  Creativity/(3). 

A  course  to  discover  activities,  skills  and  talents  in 
the  fostering  of  creativity.  Emphasis  will  be  given 
to  readings  and  to  designing  models  for  program- 
ming creativity  in  the  classroom. 

5560.  The  Severely  and  Profoundly  Handicap- 
ped/(3).F;SS. 

A  historical  perspective  of  the  social  and  cultural 
antecedents  to  contemporary  adjustments  for  the 
severely/profoundly  handicapped.  Historical 
events  that  lead  to  social  attitudes,  academic 
theories,  and  operative  definitions  are  studied  and 
evaluated.  The  general  and  characteristic 
behavior,    and   nature   and   needs  of  these   in- 


dividuals are  presented  within  a  developmental 
frame-work.  Current  issues  are  examined  as  cur- 
rent research  is  discussed. 

5562.  Methods  for  Educating  the  Severely 
Handicapped/(3).F. 

Principles  and  procedures  used  to  program  in- 
struction for  the  severely  handicapped  are 
presented  and  evaluated  as  to  their  effectiveness. 
Students  are  required  to  design  and  implement  an 
instructional  program  with  a  severely  handicap- 
ped person.  To  be  taken  concurrently  with  SPE 
5564. 

5564.  Curriculum  for  the  Severely  Handicap- 
p  e  d 

/(3).F. 

The  selection  of  instructional  programs  ap- 
propriate for  use  with  the  severely  handicapped  is 
emphasized.  The  student  identifies  strengths  and 
weaknesses  of  educational  programs  and  makes 
recommendations  for  their  use  with  severely  han- 
dicapped persons.  To  be  taken  concurrently  with 
SPE  5562. 

5565.  Applied  Behavior  Analysis  with  the 
Severely  Handicapped/(3).S. 

The  appropriateness  and  importance  of  utilizing 
applied  behavior  analysis  in  education  settings 
with  the  severely  handicapped  is  stressed.  Single 
subject  research  designs  and  alternative  designs 
are  reviewed  as  to  the  evaluation  of  the  effec- 
tiveness of  intervention  programs. 

5567.  Problems  and  Issues  in  the  Education 
of  the  Severely  Handicapped/(3).S. 

An  indepth  study  of  significant  issues,  trends,  and 
practices  in  the  education  of  severely  handicap- 
ped persons.  Deals  with  the  problems  and  issues 
that  master  teachers  and  supervisors  may  en- 
counter with  this  population.  Because  the  course 
is  concerned  with  current  trends  and  issues,  it  is 
assumed  that  the  course  will  undergo  periodic 
changes  in  terms  of  what  is  discussed. 

5574.    Instructional    Strategies    in    Learning 

Disabilities/ (3). S:SS. 

Trains  teachers  to  be  effective  in  structuring  the 
learning  situation  and  to  develop  a  sequence  of 
remedial  activities  and  materials.  Application  of 
appropriate  remedial  techniques  to  individual 
deficiencies  or  disorders. 

5576.  Advanced  Diagnostic-Prescriptive 
Teaching/(4).S;SS. 

Rationale,  operational  models,  techniques  used 
on  the  implementation  of  the  diagnostic- 
prescriptive     approach.     Supervised     field     ex- 


Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 


306 


periences  in  the  actual  diagnostic-prescriptive  ap- 
proach. 

5579.  Identification  and  Evaluation  of  Learning 
Disabilities/(3).F;SS. 

Acquaints  the  student  with  tests  and  assessment 
techniques  of  learning  disabled  children.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  developing  the  skills  to 
use  test  and  assessment  techniques. 

5580.  Advanced  Curriculum  Design/(3).F;S. 

The  physiological  and  psychological  basis  of  learn- 
ing. Curriculum  development  for  various  excep- 
tionalities and  the  rationale  and  development  to 
meet  their  needs. 

5582.  Teaching  the  Emotionally  Disturbed/ 
(3).S;SS. 

An  advanced  course  designed  to  study  the  opera- 
tional models  and  techniques  to  be  utilized  in  a 
variety  of  settings  with  the  emotionally  disturbed. 

5583.  Education  and  Behavioral  Aspects  of 
Emotional  Disturbance/(3).F;SS. 

An  investigation  of  the  theoretical  explanations  of 
behavior  and  the  ways  these  explanations  find  ex- 
pression in  interventions  with  children.  Students 
will  be  required  to  justify  their  own  interventions 
by  relating  them  to  alternate  explanations  of  child 
behavior. 

5584.  Organization  and  Administration  of 
Special  Education/(3).F;SS. 

The  implementation  of  special  education  pro- 
grams at  the  national,  state,  and  local  levels.  Ef- 
fective public  school  programming. 


5585.  Assessment  and  Development  of  Adap- 
tive Abilities/(3).F;SS. 

A  review  of  the  literature  in  infant  and  early 
childhood  development  concerning  the  assess- 
ment, evaluation,  and  programming  for  the 
development  of  adaptive  abilities  leading  to 
cognitive  development. 

5591.  Rehabilitation  Services/(2).S. 

Vocational  planning  and  work  preparation  for  the 
handicapped.  Includes  consideration  of  basic  oc- 
cupational skills,  work,  training,  and  childhood 
workshop  programs.  (Same  as  PSY  5591.) 

5592.  Advanced  Medical  Aspects  of 
Disability/(3).F. 

What  constitutes  severe  disability,  its  effect  on  the 
individual  and  multidisciplinary  approaches  to 
amelioration.  Disabilities  will  include  epilepsy, 
spinal  cord  and  brain  injuries,  degenerative 
diseases,  and  their  sequelae.  (Same  as  PSY 
5592.) 

5600.  Seminar  in  Special  Education/(3).F;SS. 

An  advanced  course  designed  to  deal  with  the 
current  issues  and  controversies  relating  to  the 
major  categorical  areas  of  special  education. 

5900.  Internship/(3-9).F;S;SS. 

Supervised  experience  with  exceptional  children. 
Graded  on  S/U  basis.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
Department  Chairperson. 

5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Study  of  the  various  types  of  research  and  the 
logical  organization  and  reporting.  Graded  on 
S/U  basis. 


Department  of  Speech  Pathology 
and  Audiology  (SPA) 

Edward  Hutchinson,  Chairperson 

The  Department  of  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology  offers  programs  of  study  for  the 
preparation  of  speech  pathologists  and  audiologists  at  the  undergraduate  and  graduate 
levels.  The  pre-professional  undergraduate  program  is  designed  primarily  to  prepare 
students  for  entry  to  the  professional  graduate  program  (leading  to  the  M.A.  degree). 
The  objective  of  the  program  is  to  meet  requirements  for  state  and  national  certification 
(American  Speech,  Language,  and  Hearing  Association  Certificate  of  Clinical  Com- 
petence) . 


Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 


307 


Prospective  students  are  required  to  arrange  a  personal  interview  with  the  departmental 
chairperson  prior  to  declaring  a  major  in  this  department.  Each  student  accepted  into 
the  program  will  arrange  a  plan  of  study  with  a  departmental  academic  advisor.  Initial 
certification  in  the  North  Carolina  schools  requires  a  G  (graduate)  level  certificate. 


The  typical  sequence  of  courses  in  the  major  is: 

Fall  Semester 

Second  Year:  SPA  2259 

SPA  2264 


Third  Year: 


Fourth  Year: 


SPA  2260 
SPA  3364 

SPA  3365 
SPA  3368 
SPA  4564 


Spring  Semester 

SPA  3360 
SPA  2261 
SPA  2563 

SPA  2263 
SPA  3367 

SPA  4365 
SPA  4366 
SPA  4564 
SPA  4565 


Graduate  Programs  of  Study 

Students  should  consult  the  graduate  school  catalog  and  see  the  department  chairper- 
son. 


Courses  of  Instruction 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  indication  of  a  course  being  offered  in  summer  school  (SS)  is 
tentative  and  subject  to  a  minimum  enrollment.  Students  are  advised  to  check  with  the 
appropriate  chairperson  regarding  a  specific  course  being  offered. 
(For  a  description  of  the  course  abbreviations  used  in  the  following  list  of  courses,  see 
page  35.) 


2259.  Communication  Disorders/ (3). F;S. 

An  introduction  to  the  disorders  of  human  com- 
munication in  children  and  adults.  (Meets  ASHA 
B-2). 

2260.  Communication  Development/(3).S. 

Verbal  and  non-verbal  development  of  the  child. 
(Meets  ASHA  B-l). 

2261.  Phonetics/(3).S. 

The  phonetic/phonemic  systems  of  English  con- 
centrating on  I. P. A.  transcription  skills.  (Meets 
ASHA  B-l). 

2263.  The  Clinical  Process/(3).S. 

The  ethics,  standards  and  methods  that  are  re- 
quired within  a  clinical  setting.  (Meets  ASHA 
B-8).  Prerequisite:  SPA  2259. 


2264.  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Speech 
and  Hearing  Mechanisms/(3).F. 

The  anatomical  and  physiological  processes  in- 
volved in  verbal  and  auditory  communication. 
(Meets  ASHA  B-l). 

2500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S. 

2563.  Clinical  Observation/(l).F;S;SS. 

Direct  observation  of  the  various  procedures  in- 
volved in  a  clinical  program  in  speech-language 
pathology  and  audiology.  (Meets  ASHA  B-8). 
Prerequisite:  SPA  2259,  2261. 

3360.  Basic  Speech  Science/(3).S. 

The  study  of  speech  production  and  perception. 
Concentrations  on  basic  production  processes  of 
cerebration,   respiration,   phonation,   articulation 


Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 


308 


and  resonance.  Studies  on  speech  perception 
related  to  auditory  production  of  frequency,  inten- 
sity, and  duration.  (Meets  ASHA  B-l).  Prere- 
quisite: SPA  2264. 


quired.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  6*s.h. 
Prerequisite:  Approval  of  department  chairper- 
son. Graded  on  S/U  basis  only.  Required  of  all 
students.  (Meets  ASHA  B-8.) 


3364.  Audiology/(3).F. 

The  science  of  hearing  and  the  etiologies  of  hear- 
ing impairment.  (Meets  ASHA  B-3.)  Prerequisite: 
SPA  2259,  SPA  2264. 

3365.  Disorders  of  Articulation/(2).F. 

Etiology,  evaluation,  and  management  of 
disorders  of  articulation  in  children  and  adults. 
(Meets  ASHA  B-2).  Prerequisite:  SPA  2259,  SPA 
2261,  SPA  2264. 

3367.  Aural  Rehabilitation/(3).S. 

Therapeutic  and  educational  methods  and  the  use 
of  amplification  wth  the  hearing  impaired.  (Meets 
ASHA  B-3).  Prerequisite:  SPA  3364. 

3368.  Disorders  of  Voice/(2).F. 

The  etiology,  evaluation  and  management  of 
disorders  of  voice  in  children  and  adults.  (Meets 
ASHA  B-2).  Prerequisite:  SPA  2259,  SPA  2264. 

3500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

3520.  Instructional  Assistance/(1).F;S. 

A  supervised  experience  in  the  instructional  pro- 
cess on  the  university  level  through  direct  par- 
ticipation in  a  classroom  situation.  Grading  will  be 
on  a  S/U  basis  only.  Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior 
standing.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  credit  of 
three  semester  hours. 


3530-3549. 
mand. 


Selected    Topics/(l-3).On    De- 


4365.  Disorders  of  Fluency/(2).S. 

The  etiology,  evaluation,  and  management  of 
disorders  of  fluency  (including  stuttering)  in 
children  and  adults.  (Meets  ASHA  B-2).  Prere- 
quisite: SPA  2259. 

4366.  Disorders  of  Language/(2).S. 

The  etiology,  evaluation  and  management  of 
language  disorders  in  children  and  adults.  (Meets 
ASHA  B-2).  Prerequisites:  SPA  2259,  SPA 
2260. 

Senior/Graduate  Courses 

4564.  Clinical  Practicum/(1-3).F;S. 

Supervised  clinical  practicums  in  evaluation  and 
therapy  techniques  in  speech  pathology  and 
audiology.  For  each  semester  hour  of  credit,  forty- 
five  clock  hours  of  practicum  experiences  are  re- 


4565.  Public  School  Methods  in  Speech 
Pathology  and  Audiology/(3).S. 

Methods  for  providing  speech,  language,  and 
hearing  services  to  public  school  children,  (Meets 
ASHA  B-8).  Prerequisites:  SPA  2259,  2260,  and 
2263. 

4600.  Communication  Problems  of  the 
Aged/(3).F. 

The  dynamics  of  normal  communicative  pro- 
cesses in  the  geriatric  population  and  the 
psychobiological  changes  that  occur  as  human  be- 
ings age. 

4900.  Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS. 

Supervised  therapy  with  emphasis  on  individualiz- 
ed therapy  techniques.  (Meets  ASHA  B-8.)  Prere- 
quisite: Approval  of  department  chairperson. 
Graded  on  S/U  basis. 

Graduate  Courses 

5500.  Independent  Study/(1-4).F;S. 

5530-5549.  Selected  Topics/(l-3).On  De- 
mand. 

5578.  Neurological  Disorders/ (3).  On  De- 
mand. 

A  study  of  children  who  have  learning  disabilities 
due  to  neurological  or  unknown  causes  and 
techniques  required  for  their  education.  (Meets 
ASHA  B-2). 

5661.  Advanced  Diagnostics/(l-4).F;S. 

Evaluation  and  diagnostic  lectures,  demonstra- 
tion, and  practicum  in  articulation,  voice,  cleft 
palate,  laryngectomy,  language  and  hearing 
disorders.  (Meets  ASHA  B-8) . 

5662.  Aural  Rehabilitation/^). F. 

Studies  of  the  habilitation  of  the  preschool  and 
school  age  hearing  impaired.  Emphasis  on 
prescriptive  and  resource  curricular  management. 
Includes  advanced  auditory  training  and  speech 
reading  methods.  Survey  of  hearing-aid  orienta- 
tion and  monitoring  techniques.  (Meets  ASHA 
B-3).  Required  of  all  graduate  students. 

5663.  Stuttering/(3).F. 

Concentrated  studies  of  the  biological, 
physiological,  and  psychological  theories  and  the 
etiologies,  evaluations  and  habilitation  of  stutter- 


Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 


309 


with  disorders  of  language.  (Meets  ASHA  B-2). 
Required  of  all  graduate  students. 

5669.  Phonologic  Disorders/(3).S. 

Clinical  application  of  current  research  in 
disorders  of  the  phonologic  (sound)  system. 
(Meets  ASHA  B-2).  Required  of  all  graduate 
students. 

5670.  Aphasia/(3).  On  Demand. 

The  effects  of  cerebrovascular  accidents  on  the 
language  systems  of  children  and  adults.  (Meets 
ASHA  B-2). 

5900.  Internship/(3-9).F;S;SS. 

Supervised  experience  with  communication  han- 
dicapped persons.  Graded  on  S/U  basis  only. 
(Meets  ASHA  B-8). 


5999.  Master  of  Arts  Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS. 

Study  of  the  various  types  of  rsearch  and  the 
logical  organization  and  reporting.  Required  of  all 
graduate  students.  Graded  on  S/U  basis.  (Meets 
ASHA  B-7). 


ing  and  allied  fluency  disorders.  (Meets  ASHA 
B-2).  Required  of  all  graduate  students. 

5665.  Advanced  Audiology/(2).S. 

Advanced  audiological  procedures  and  techni- 
ques. Concentration  on  advanced 
neurophysiological  auditory  measurement, 
research  and  applications  to  theory.  (Meets 
ASHAB-3). 

5666.  Voice  Disorders/(3).S. 

Study  of  the  biological  and  physiological  theories 
related  to  the  etiology,  evaluation  and  habilitation 
of  voice.  (Meets  ASHA  B-2).  Required  of  all 
graduate  students. 

5667.  Advanced  Speech  Science/(3).On  De- 
mand. 

Psychoacoustic  theory  and  application  to  the 
measurement  of  human  sound  production, 
perception,  and  reaction.  (Meets  ASHA  B-l). 


5668.  Language  Disorders/(3).F. 

Linguistic  theory  and  its  application  to  persons 


The  Division  of  Continuing  Education 


310 


Division  of  Continuing 
Education 


Richard  B.  Parrott,  Assistant  Dean 

In  cooperation  with  each  of  the  colleges  of  the  university,  the  Division  of  Continuing 
Education  strives: 

To  provide  educational  experiences  for  those  outside  the  confines  of  the  University 

through  field-based  courses,  conferences,  and  camp  programs. 

To  offer  educational  experiences  to  graduate  and  undergraduate  students,  along 

with  persons  seeking  enrichment  or  certificate  renewal  credit,  during  the  university 

summer  sessions. 
Although  the  Division  of  Continuing  Education  does  not  grant  degrees,  the  offices 
within  the  Division  of  Continuing  Education  work  closely  with  all  other  academic 
departments  and  divisions  of  the  university  in  order  to  better  serve  the  various  groups 
and  populations  calling  upon  the  university  for  its  services.  The  offices  within  the  Divi- 
sion of  Continuing  Education  are: 

The  Office  of  Summer  Sessions 

The  University  Center  for  Continuing  Education 

The  Office  of  Conferences  and  Camp  Programs 
Camp  Broadstone 
The  Office  of  Outdoor  Adventure  Programs 

The  Office  of  Extension  and  Non-Credit  Programs 

The  Office  of  Summer  Sessions 

Summer  sessions  at  Appalachian  have  experienced  steady  growth,  not  only  in  size,  but 
also  in  depth  of  programs  offered.  Besides  offering  courses  allowing  undergraduates  to 
work  toward  their  degree  requirements,  the  university  schedules  workshops,  seminars, 
and  standard  courses  for  teachers  and  other  professional  persons  to  gain  enrichment  or 
to  work  toward  advanced  degrees. 

Terms  of  varying  lengths  are  offered  to  allow  students  to  fit  their  summer  studies  into 
other  summer  plans.  Summer  sessions  at  Appalachian  offer  an  alternative  to  the  typical 
summer  school. 

The  University  Center  for 
Continuing  Education 

Appalachian's  University  Center  for  Continuing  Education  is  located  at  an  elevation  of 
3,535  feet  at  the  top  of  the  west  campus.  The  Center  contains  approximately  75,000 
square  feet  with  20  multipurpose  meeting  rooms  (including  a  small  auditorium),  a 


The  Division  of  Continuing  Education 


311 


library,  and  exhibition  areas.  It  provides  complete  living  accommodations  for  guests, 
with  84  bedrooms,  a  spacious  dining  hall  and  banquet  rooms. 

The  Center  also  contains  the  most  up-to-date  audiovisual  and  learning  resources  equip- 
ment, as  well  as  special  lighting.  Besides  these  facilities,  there  are  lounges,  cable  color 
TV,  and  a  large  lobby.  Well-lighted  parking  areas  are  available  for  cars  and  buses. 

The  Center  was  created  to  respond  to  the  newly  articulated  needs  of  adults  and  is 
dedicated  to  the  proposition  that  all  people  have  the  inherent  right  to  educational  op- 
portunities. While  recognizing  the  need  for  change,  the  Center  is  at  once  committed  to 
the  pursuit  of  academic  excellence,  to  more  adequately  meet  the  educational  needs  of 
adults  by  offering  new,  imaginative,  and  exciting  programs  in  keeping  with  the  goals 
and  objectives  of  the  University.  The  Center  has  increased  the  University's  capability  to 
fulfill  its  responsibilities  as  a  regional  institution  by  offering  a  variety  of  programs  that  are 
designed  to  enrich  the  lives  of  those  who  participate. 

Office  of  Conferences  and  Camp  Programs 

The  university  encourages  the  use  of  its  facilities  during  the  summer  months  by  groups 
that  are  interested  in  providing  educational  and/or  recreational  workshops,  clinics, 
camps,  retreats,  conferences  and  seminars.  The  Office  of  Conferences  and  Camp  Pro- 
grams is  responsible  for  the  development,  coordination,  promotion  and  management 
of  non-credit  residential  summer  programs.  Programs  are  offered  to  individuals  from  8 
to  80  years  of  age.  Some  typical  opportunities  are  Elderhostel,  sports  camps  for  boys 
and  girls,  music  camps,  institutes  and  workshops,  enrichment  programs  for  gifted 
students,  and  cheerleading  clinics. 

The  Office  of  Conferences  and  Camp  Programs  offers  year-round  program  support 
with  the  facilities,  equipment  and  staff  at  Camp  Broadstone  and  the  Office  of  Outdoor 
Adventure  Programs. 

For  information  concerning  summer  residential  non-credit  programs,  contact  the  Direc- 
tor of  Conferences  and  Camp  Programs,  University  Hall,  Appalachian  State  University, 
Boone,  NC  28608.  Phone  (704)  262-3045. 

Camp  Broadstone.  In  an  effort  to  encourage  learning  and  appreciation  of  the  natural 
world  through  discovery  and  participation  in  firsthand  encounters,  Appalachian  State 
University  provides  the  facilities  and  resources  of  Camp  Broadstone  to  groups  seeking 
outdoor  learning  experiences  during  the  fall,  winter  and  spring.  The  53-acre  camp  is 
located  in  Valle  Crucis  alongside  the  Watauga  River,  only  six  miles  from  the  main  cam- 
pus. The  camp  facilities  provide  year-round  housing  for  70  people  and  a  multipurpose 
dining  hall  capable  of  feeding  150.  During  the  summer  months  the  camp  operates  a 
four-week  enrichment  program  for  gifted  and  talented  children. 

The  university  encourages  the  use  of  the  camp  by  students,  faculty,  staff,  community 
and  civic  groups,  and  constituents  of  the  university's  service  region. 

For  information,  contact  the  Director  of  Camp  Broadstone,  Route  1,  Box  447,  Banner 
Elk,  NC  28604.  Phone  (704)  963-4640  or  262-3045. 


The  Division  of  Continuing  Education 


312 


Outdoor  Adventure  Programs.  This  office  is  a  support  service  which  sponsors  and 
equips  experiential  components  of  academic  courses  that  desire  such  a  dimension  to 
their  curriculum.  The  office  also  offers  organized  clinics  to  interested  faculty,  staff, 
students,  and  regional  educational  groups  in  backpacking,  bicycle  touring  and 
maintenance,  canoeing,  cross  country  skiing  and  snow  shoeing,  group  interaction  and 
high  ropes  courses,  spelunking,  and  technical  rock  climbing  and  rappelling. 

The  office  administers  a  selected  amount  of  backpacking  equipment  offered  to  universi- 
ty persons  at  a  nominal  rental  fee. 

Through  the  Office  of  Outdoor  Adventure  Programs  and  the  General  College,  ASU  of- 
fers four  semester  hours  (graduate  and  undergraduate)  credit  for  completion  of  U.S. 
4559,  Wilderness  Education  Practicum,  or  completion  of  a  23-day  program  at  one  of 
the  several  Outward  Bound  Schools  in  the  United  States  and  abroad. 

For  further  information,  contact  the  Director  of  Outdoor  Adventure  Programs,  Ap- 
palachian State  University,  Boone,  NC  28608.  Phone  (704)  262-4077  or  262-3045. 

Office  of  Extension  and  Non-Credit  Programs 

The  office  serves  as  a  liaison  between  the  region  served  and  all  colleges,  divisions,  and 
departments  of  the  university  in  delivering  educational  services  in  a  field-based  setting 
and  in  acting  in  consortial  arrangements  with  other  institutions  or  agencies  in  service- 
oriented  projects. 

These  educational  services  are  offered  on  an  as-needed  basis  throughout  ASU's  service 
region.  This  service  includes  the  delivery  of  courses/programs  in  an  off-campus  setting 
at  a  time  and  location  which  provides  ease  of  access  for  non-traditional  students  in- 
terested in  continuing  their  education. 

Three  basic  delivery  approaches  are  employed  by  Appalachian  State  University  in  pro- 
viding these  educational  services: 

1.  The  individual  course  delivery  approach  has  traditionally  been  offered  as  a  basic 
means  of  delivering  graduate/undergraduate  credit  away  from  the  ASU  campus. 
Prior  to  registration  for  each  semester  a  schedule  of  individual  course  offerings  is 
mailed  to  some  twenty  thousand  individuals,  schools,  and  related  agencies.  This 
schedule  provides  information  regarding  location,  time,  and  dates  of  all  individual 
courses  which  will  be  offered  during  the  upcoming  term. 

2.  The  cluster  program  is  another  means  of  delivering  field-based  course  work.  A 
cluster  is  a  group  of  courses  usually  taken  on  a  two-course-per-semester  basis.  A 
group  of  individuals  with  similar  educational  objectives  will  begin  a  cluster  pro- 
gram as  a  group  and  continue  through  a  complete  degree  program.  Each  cluster 
group  is  assigned  an  academic  coordinator  who  serves  as  advisor  to  each  student 
and  is  responsible  for  providing  academic  leadership  to  the  cluster.  All  degree  pro- 
grams have  a  minimum  requirement  of  ten  semester  hours  of  residency  credit. 


The  Division  of  Continuing  Education 


313 


3.  Non-credit  programs  and  workshops  can  be  offered  to  groups  of  individuals  in 
ASU's  service  region.  Examples  of  these  types  of  programs  are  Common  Literacy 
for  Non-Computer  Programmers,  Alternative  Careers  for  Teachers,  Motivating 
People,  Retirement  Plans  for  the  25-50  Year  Old,  etc. 

The  Continuing  Education  Unit  (CEU) 

Appalachian  State  University  awards  the  Continuing  Education  Unit  (CEU)  of  credit. 
One  Continuing  Education  Unit  is  defined  as:  10  contact  hours  of  participation  in  an 
organized  continuing  education  experience  under  responsible  sponsorship,  capable 
direction,  and  qualified  instruction.  Increasingly  business,  industry  and  professional 
associations,  among  others,  are  requiring  their  members  to  periodically  return  to  school 
to  maintain  a  high  level  of  currency  in  their  field.  The  CEU  is  a  system  designed  to 
document  this  participation  in  non-credit  courses.  CEU  records  are  maintained  at  the 
Office  of  Extension  and  Non-Credit  Programs. 

For  further  information,  contact  the  director,  Extension  and  Non-Credit  Programs,  Ap- 
palachian State  University,  Boone,  NC  28608,  or  phone  (704)  262-3113. 


The  Graduate  School 


314 


The  Cratis  D.  Williams 
Graduate  School 


Joyce  V.  Lawrence,  Dean  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 
Thomas  C.  Rhyne,  Assistant  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies' 
Gregory  G.  Reck,  Assistant  Dean  for  Research  and  Grants 

Modest  graduate  programs  began  at  Appalachian  State  Teacher's  College,  as  it  was 
then  known,  in  1943,  and  in  1949,  Appalachian's  graduate  school  (organized  in  1948) 
was  sanctioned  by  the  American  Association  of  Colleges  for  Teacher  Education.  Then 
in  1957,  legislation  was  enacted  to  give  Appalachian  permission  to  depart  from  its 
single-purpose  role  as  a  teacher-training  institution.  Since  1965,  the  institution  has  of- 
fered programs  leading  to  nonteaching  degrees  as  well.  On  the  30th  anniversary  of  Ap- 
palachian's master  of  arts  program,  the  Graduate  School  was  named  in  honor  of  Cratis 
D.  Williams,  who  served  as  graduate  dean  from  1958,  when  there  were  42  resident 
students  in  the  program,  until  his  retirement  from  the  deanship  in  1975,  when  the  resi- 
dent graduate  enrollment  had  grown  to  its  present  number  of  over  900. 

The  purposes  of  graduate  study  at  Appalachian  include  encouraging  academic  inquiry, 
providing  opportunities  and  facilities  for  advanced  study  and  research,  developing  or 
extending  academic  or  professional  specializations,  and  preparing  master  teachers, 
supervisors,  and  administrators.  Accordingly,  the  Cratis  D.  Williams  Graduate  School 
offers  programs  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degrees  with  educational  certification  for 
teachers  and  the  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Science  degrees  in  purely  academic 
areas.  There  are  also  programs  leading  to  the  Master  of  Business  Administration,  the 
Educational  Specialist's  degree  and  to  the  Certificate  of  Advanced  Study,  all  of  which 
are  offered  during  the  two  semesters  of  the  regular  session  and  the  summer  session. 
Students  may  also  attend  courses  scheduled  for  late  afternoons,  evenings,  and  Satur- 
days, or  participate  in  field-based  programs. 

The  Graduate  School  has  general  supervision  of  all  graduate  work  carried  out  in  the 
departments,  schools,  and  colleges  of  the  University.  It  consists  of  a  graduate  faculty 
represented  by  the  Dean,  who  is  the  administrative  officer,  and  the  Graduate  Council. 
The  Dean  reports  to  the  Vice-Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs  and  is  responsible  for 
research  and  graduate  studies.  The  Graduate  Council  formulates  and  recommends 
policies  and  standards  for  the  Graduate  School,  approves  all  teaching  personnel  for 
graduate  courses,  and  appraises  and  recommends  new  graduate  degree  programs  and 
changes  in  existing  programs. 

Degree  Requirements 

Degree  requirements  are  listed  showing  the  minimum  for  each  degree.  Credentials  of 
each  applicant  are  reviewed  and  a  program  of  study  is  devised  for  each  individual. 


The  Graduate  School 


315 


Therefore,  students  may  be  required  to  take  course  work  above  the  minimum.  For 
specific  information  about  programs  and  requirements,  direct  correspondence  to  the 
Graduate  Student  Advisor  of  the  particular  department. 


Summary  of  Procedures  for 
Graduate  Degree  Students 


Successive  Steps 

1.  Application  for  admission  to  Grad- 
uate School. 

2.  GRE,  or  GMAT.  The  GMAT  is 
required  for  graduate  programs  in 
the  College  of  Business.  The  GRE 
advanced  examination  is  also  re- 
quired for  students  in  psychology. 

3.  Scores  for  the  NTE  for  those  seek- 
ing initial  teacher  certification  at 
the  graduate  level. 

4.  Consultation  with  departmental 
advisor. 

5.  File  with  the  departmental  advisor 
copies  of  the  program  of 

study  leading  to  the  degree. 

6.  Clearance  and  application  for 
degree.  Obtain  necessary  forms 
and  instructions  from  the  Graduate 
Office.  If  an  internship  is  involved, 
internship  fees  of  $3.00  per  hour 
must  be  paid  before  clearance  is 
given.  Obtain  necessary  forms  and 
instructions  from  the  Graduate  Of- 
fice. 

7.  Comprehensive  examination. 


8.  Completion  and  defense  of  thesis. 

9.  Filing  of  unbound  copies  of  thesis 
and  abstracts  in  the  university 
library. 


Time 

At  least  one  month  prior  to 
student's  first  registration. 
Concurrent  with  admission  to 
graduate  school. 


3.  During  the  first  semester  of  grad- 
uate work. 

4.  During  registration  and  about  two 
weeks  later. 

5.  Prior  to  the  close  of  the  first  semes- 
ter. 

6.  F/7e  application  for  degree 
by  end  of  the  first  week  of 
final  semester. 


10.  Conferring  of  degree. 


7.  During  last  semester  and  at  least 
14  calendar  days  before  gradua- 
tion. 

8.  Completed  at  least  one  month  prior 
to  date  set  for  defense  of  thesis. 

9.  Immediately  after  approval  of  thesis 
committee  and  acceptance  by  the 
Dean  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Research. 

10.  May  or  August  commencement. 


The  Graduate  School 


316 


Advisors.  Students  admitted  to  a  program  of  graduate  study  at  Appalachian  State 
University  are  assigned  an  academic  advisor  or  advisory  committee  from  the  depart- 
ment or  curriculum  program  in  which  the  students  plan  to  complete  the  major  portion 
of  their  work.  Students  are  expected  to  meet  with  their  advisors  during  the  first  term  on 
campus  for  the  purpose  of  developing  their  programs.  Changes  in  this  program  may  be 
made  only  with  the  approval  of  the  advisor  and  the  Dean  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Research.  Course  work  taken  without  the  approval  of  the  advisor  will  not  automatically 
be  applicable  towards  the  degree. 

Student  Responsibility.  Graduate  students  are  entrusted  with  the  responsibility  for 
their  own  progress.  They  keep  an  up-to-date  record  of  the  courses  taken  in  their  pro- 
posed programs  and  check  periodically  with  their  advisors.  Responsibility  for  errors  in 
their  programs  or  in  meeting  requirements  rests  entirely  with  the  students. 


Admission  to  Candidacy 


Admission  to  graduate  study  does  not  carry  with  it  admission  to  candidacy  for  the 
graduate  degree.  Admission  to  candidacy  requires  one  semester  of  graduate  study  in 
the  University. 

1.  Admission  to  candidacy  is  contingent  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  applicant's 
advisory  committee.  If  the  candidate's  advisor  and  committee  cannot  recommend 
the  student  for  admission  to  candidacy  after  the  student  has  completed  8  to  12 
semester  hours,  the  student  may  not  be  permitted  to  register  for  further  coursework 
leading  to  a  graduate  degree.  If  the  student  is  permitted  to  continue,  the  advisor  will 
inform  the  student  in  writing  of  the  reasons  for  not  recommending  the  student  for 
candidacy.  If  the  student  does  not  qualify  for  candidacy  before  the  completion  of  18 
hours,  the  student  will  not  normally  be  permitted  to  continue  as  a  degree  student. 

2.  Before  being  accepted  as  a  candidate  for  the  degree,  an  applicant  will  be  expected  to 
have  demonstrated  ability  to  do  satisfactory  and  creditable  work  at  the  graduate 
level.  A  student  must  have  at  least  a  3.00  average  at  the  time  the  application  for  can- 
didacy is  presented. 

3.  Students  shall  file  with  their  advisor  a  proposed  program  of  study  before  the  end  of 
the  first  semester.  Forms  for  this  purpose  may  be  obtained  either  from  the  advisor  or 
from  the  Graduate  School.  The  program  of  study  is  presented  to  the  Graduate 
School  by  the  advisor  immediately  upon  approval  by  the  advisory  committee. 

4.  The  student  may,  in  certain  circumstances,  be  permitted  to  construct  a  program  of 
study  which  will  lead  to  the  completion  of  more  than  one  major  under  the  same 
graduate  degree.  The  advisors  and  advisory  committee,  to  be  appointed  by  the 
chairperson (s)  of  the  department(s)  offering  the  majors,  will  be  composed  of 
graduate  faculty  members  from  each  of  the  majors  involved  to  insure  that  the  stu- 
dent's program  of  study  fully  meets  all  of  the  requirements  in  each  of  the  majors. 
The  student  should  be  aware  that  more  than  the  minimum  number  of  hours  may  be 
required  to  complete  such  a  program,  and  that  a  comprehensive  examination  will  be 
administered  for  each  of  the  majors  involved. 


The  Graduate  School 


317 


5.  Applicants  planning  to  pursue  a  North  Carolina  State  Department  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion certification  program  are  required  to  present  a  minimum  of  18  semester  hours  of 
undergraduate  credit  in  public  school  education  and  related  courses.  The  applicant's 
academic  field  shall  be  based  upon  a  prerequisite  of  an  undergraduate  major  in  that 
field. 

6.  At  the  time  the  student  is  recommended  for  admission  to  candidacy,  the  committee 
will  indicate  the  specific  language  proficiency  (French  or  German)  for  students  in 
English  and  history,  and  the  specific  proficiency  (French,  German,  statistics,  or  com- 
puter science)  for  students  in  Appalachian  Studies,  economics,  geography, 
mathematics,  political  science,  psychology,  and  sociology.  (See  also  the  section 
following  on  proficiency  requirements.) 

7.  After  the  student  has  been  admitted  to  candidacy,  the  program  of  study  must  be 
followed  unless  a  change  is  approved  by  the  advisor  and  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research. 

Requirements  For  Graduation 

The  degree  of  Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Business  Administration,  Master  of  Science, 
Specialist  in  Education,  Specialist  in  Science,  or  Certificate  of  Advanced  Study  may  be 
conferred  upon  a  student  who  has  successfully  completed  the  program  of  work. 


Master  of  Arts  Degree 


Except  in  nonteaching  M.A.  programs  in  Appalachian  Studies,  English,  geography, 
history,  psychology,  and  the  teaching  M.A.  programs  in  chemistry,  the  candidate  may, 
with  the  approval  of  the  advisor  and  the  Graduate  Council,  elect  not  to  write  a  thesis. 
Hence,  either  of  two  programs  for  a  master's  degree  may  be  followed: 

THESIS  PROGRAM 

1.  Twenty-six  acceptable  semester  hours  of  graduate  course  work,  exclusive  of  the 
thesis,  22  of  which  must  be  completed  in  residence  at  Appalachian.  At  least  22 
semester  hours,  including  the  thesis,  must  be  completed  within  the  major.  In  the  Col- 
lege of  Business,  the  M.S.  in  Accounting  requires  24  semester  hours  plus  thesis,  and 
other  College  of  Business  masters  programs  require  30  semester  hours  plus  thesis,  in 
contrast  to  the  26  hours  required  in  all  nonbusiness  programs.  For  varying  re- 
quirements in  the  Department  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research,  see  that  sec- 
tion of  this  bulletin. 

2.  A  minimum  residence  of  one  academic  year  or  its  summer  equivalent. 

3.  A  thesis  in  the  major  field  of  interest,  for  which  the  candidate  shall  register  for  credit 
not  exceeding  four  semester  hours  (six  hours  in  the  College  of  Business) . 

4.  All  graduate  credit  offered  for  the  degree  must  have  been  earned  within  a  limit  of  six 
calendar  years,  or  if  earned  within  a  limit  of  10  years,  validated  by  examination. 


The  Graduate  School 


318 


Graduate  credit  transferred  from  another  institution  may  not  be  validated  by  ex- 
amination. All  work  to  be  credited  toward  the  degree,  except  that  being  taken  cur- 
rently, must  be  completed  and  grades  recorded  at  least  four  weeks  before  the  degree 
is  awarded. 

5.  Not  more  than  10  semester  hours  (12  semester  hours  for  the  M.S.  in  Accounting)  of- 
fered toward  the  degree  may  be  credit  earned  in  courses  with  catalog  numbers  below 
5000. 

6.  Grades  on  course  work  may  not  average  lower  than  3.00.  No  graduate  course  with  a 
grade  of  F  will  be  credited  toward  the  degree. 

7.  An  acceptable  performance  on  a  comprehensive  examination,  either  oral  or  written 
or  both,  is  required  of  every  candidate  for  the  degree.  The  comprehensive  must  be 
scheduled  during  the  last  one-third  of  the  residence  period  and  at  least  14  calendar 
days  prior  to  the  date  on  which  the  candidate  receives  the  degree.  The  candidate 
must  have  been  admitted  to  candidacy  prior  to  taking  the  comprehensive  examina- 
tion. This  examination  is  evaluated  by  at  least  three  members  of  the  graduate  faculty, 
all  of  whom  sign  the  report  forwarded  to  the  Dean  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Research. 

It  is  expected  that  the  thesis  will  represent  the  culmination  of  an  independent  research 
project  conducted  by  the  student,  and  will  show  command  of  the  bibliography  and 
research  methodology  of  his  or  her  specialty.  The  thesis  is  expected  to  be  written  in 
English  and  in  conformity  with  accepted  standards  of  form  used  in  research  writing.  In 
special  cases  languages  other  than  English  may  be  used;  the  substitution  is  not  permit- 
ted as  a  matter  of  the  student's  convenience,  but  may  be  allowed  when  the  student  has 
sufficient  skill  at  composition  and  has  a  thesis  topic  that  is,  in  the  judgment  of  the  ad- 
visor, especially  suited  to  treatment  in  the  second  language.  The  Dean's  approval  of  the 
use  of  a  language  other  than  English  must  be  obtained  in  advance. 

The  student  must  have  presented  a  prospectus  to  the  thesis  advisor  and  received  ap- 
proval of  the  proposed  topic  before  being  permitted  to  register  for  the  thesis.  The  can- 
didate's thesis  advisor  and  two  graduate  faculty  members  of  the  department  will  con- 
stitute the  thesis  committee.  The  department  chairperson  may  appoint  any  member  of 
the  department  graduate  faculty  to  act  as  chairperson  of  the  thesis  committee  and  to 
supervise  the  writing  of  the  thesis. 

NON-THESIS  PROGRAM 

1.  Thirty-six  acceptable  semester  hours  of  graduate  course  work,  28  of  which  must  be 
completed  in  residence  at  Appalachian.  At  least  24  semester  hours  must  be  com- 
pleted within  the  major.  A  candidate  may,  with  the  permission  of  the  advisor  and  the 
approval  of  the  Graduate  School,  offer  up  to  eight  semester  hours  of  graduate  credit 
from  another  graduate  school  or  eight  semester  hours  of  graduate  field-based  credit 
from  Appalachian  or  a  combination  of  up  to  eight  semester  hours,  but  in  no  case 
may  the  residence  at  Appalachian  be  less  than  one  academic  year.  See  the  section 
on  the  Department  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research  for  varying  requirements. 


The  Graduate  School 


319 


For  students  pursuing  the  M.S.  in  Accounting  30  acceptable  semester  hours  of 
graduate  course  work,  24  of  which  must  be  completed  in  residence  at  Appalachian. 

2.  All  graduate  credit  offered  toward  the  degree  must  have  been  earned  within  a  limit  of 
six  calendar  years,  or,  if  earned  within  a  limit  of  10  years,  validated  by  examination. 
Graduate  credit  transferred  from  another  institution  may  not  be  validated  by  ex- 
amination. All  work  to  be  credited  toward  the  degree,  except  that  being  taken  cur- 
rently, must  be  completed  and  grades  recorded  at  least  four  weeks  before  the  degree 
is  awarded. 

3.  Not  more  than  12  semester  hours  offered  toward  the  degree  may  be  credit  earned  in 
courses  with  catalog  numbers  below  5000. 

4.  Grades  on  course  work  may  not  average  lower  than  3.00.  No  graduate  course  with  a 
grade  of  F  will  be  credited  toward  the  master's  degree. 

5.  An  acceptable  performance  on  a  comprehensive  examination,  either  oral  or  written 
or  both,  is  required  of  every  candidate  for  the  degree.  The  comprehensive  must  be 
scheduled  during  the  last  one-third  of  the  residence  period  and  at  least  14  calendar 
days  prior  to  the  date  on  which  the  candidate  receives  the  degree.  The  candidate 
must  have  been  admitted  to  candidacy  prior  to  taking  the  comprehensive  examina- 
tion. This  examination  is  evaluated  by  at  least  three  members  of  the  graduate  faculty, 
all  of  whom  sign  the  report  forwarded  to  the  Dean  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Research. 


Proficiency  Requirements 


Candidates  for  the  following  Master  of  Arts  degrees  will  be  expected  to  demonstrate 
proficiency  in  either  a  foreign  language  or  statistics  and/or  computer  science. 

Foreign  Language.  A  reading  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language,  normally  French  or 
German.  A  language  other  than  one  normally  required  may  be  substituted  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  student's  advisor  and  the  Dean  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Research.  Two 
years  of  successful  college  study  in  a  language  will  meet  the  requirements.  One  who  has 
not  completed  two  years  of  college  credit  must  take  a  language  examination. 

The  student  should  apply  for  the  language  examination  directly  to  the  chairperson  of 
the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  not  later  than  three  weeks  before  the  date  the  ex- 
amination is  scheduled.  The  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages, 
after  reviewing  the  student's  examination  paper,  will  submit  to  the  Dean  of  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research  a  report  of  the  student's  performance.  The  Dean  of  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research  will  inform  the  student  and  the  student's  advisor  by  mail  whether 
the  student  has  passed  the  examination.  The  student  must  have  passed  the  examina- 
tion in  a  foreign  language  before  being  permitted  to  file  an  application  for  a  master's 
degree. 

Computer  Science,  Statistics.  The  student  electing  to  demonstrate  proficiency  in 
statistics  or  computer  science  should  confer  with  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of 


The  Graduate  School 


320 


Mathematical  Sciences.  Usually  three  courses  in  statistics,  if  satisfactorily  completed, 
will  meet  the  requirements.  Generally  these  courses  and  a  machine-use  course  will 
meet  the  computer  requirements.  Generally  these  courses  should  be  from  departments 
of  Mathematics,  Statistics,  and/or  Computer  Science.  At  Appalachian  State  University 
it  is  the  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences. 

Proficiencies  required  by  departments  are  as  follows: 

(1)  In  English,  a  reading  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language. 

(2)  In  Appalachian  studies,  a  reading  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  or  demonstrated 
competence  in  statistics  and/or  computer  science,  subject  to  the  approval  by  the  stu- 
dent's advisor. 

(3)  In  economics,  ECO  5250  satisfies  the  proficiency  requirement  in  statistics. 

(4)  In  geography,  a  minor  in  statistics  or  computer  science. 

(5)  In  history,  a  reading  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language,  or  demonstrated  proficiency 
in  statistics  and  computer  science  as  a  research  tool,  subject  to  departmental  approval. 

(6)  In  mathematics,  demonstrated  proficiency  in  computer  science,  statistics,  or  another 
academic  area,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  academic  graduate  committee  in 
mathematics. 

(7)  In  political  science,  demonstrated  proficiency  in  statistics  and  computer  science  as  a 
research  tool,  subject  to  departmental  approval. 

(8)  In  psychology,  demonstrated  competence  in  statistics  and/or  computer  science. 

(9)  In  sociology,  demonstrated  competence  in  statistics  and/or  computer  science,  sub- 
ject to  departmental  approval. 

Graduate  Minors.  A  graduate  (MA)  minor  consists  of  8-12  semester  hours  selected 
from  courses  numbered  4500  and  above  in  certain  approved  subjects.  Those  areas 
which  offer  approved  minors  are:  Appalachian  Studies;  Community  Education;  Junior 
College  Teaching  (if  8-12  semester  hours  are  taken);  English;  French;  Higher  Educa- 
tion, Administration;  Higher  Education,  Adult  Education;  Higher  Education, 
Developmental  Studies:  Higher  Education,  Teaching;  History;  Philosophy  and 
Religion;  Physics;  Psychology;  Secondary  Education;  Sociology;  and  Spanish. 


Master  of  Science  Degree 


The  Master  of  Science  degree  is  offered  with  majors  in  accounting,  biology,  and 
chemistry.  Requirements  for  this  degree,  essentially  the  same  as  for  the  academic 
Master  of  Arts  degree,  include: 

1.  A  thesis  (optional  for  accounting  majors). 

2.  A  reading  knowledge  of  German,  French,  or  Russian  (not  required  for  accounting 
majors) . 


The  Graduate  School 


321 


3.  An  orientation  examination  during  the  first  two  weeks  of  the  program  (not  required 
for  accounting  majors) . 

4.  A  comprehensive  examination. 

5.  An  oral  defense  of  the  thesis. 

The  student  is  responsible  for  meeting  regulations  and  other  minimum  degree  re- 
quirements as  set  up  by  the  Graduate  School  for  graduate  study. 

Master  of  Business  Administration 

The  Master  of  Business  Administration  program  provides  a  curriculum  offering  profes- 
sional training  for  executive  positions  in  business,  industry,  and  government.  The 
degree  also  prepares  students  for  doctoral  study  leading  to  careers  in  teaching  and 
research.  The  program  is  both  for  those  who  hold  baccalaureate  degrees  in  business 
and  for  those  who  have  earned  degrees  in  other  disciplines.  The  student  is  responsible 
for  meeting  general  regulations  and  minimum  degree  requirements  as  set  up  by  the 
Graduate  School  for  graduate  study.  For  students  with  satisfactory  undergraduate 
preparation  in  business,  the  MBA  program  consists  of  a  minimum  of  36  semester  hours 
of  advanced  course  work.  For  students  without  adequate  undergraduate  preparation, 
prerequisite  courses  must  be  completed. 


Second  Master's  Degree 


A  student  holding  a  master's  degree  may  earn  a  second  master's  degree  in  another 
discipline,  following  the  same  admission  procedures  as  stated  for  the  master's  degree. 
During  the  first  semester  of  study  for  a  second  master's,  students  plan  with  their  advisors 
a  program  of  study  to  include  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  which  may  or  may  not 
include  a  thesis  for  four  hours  of  credit.  If  a  thesis  is  included,  at  least  26  semester  hours 
of  the  work  must  be  completed  at  Appalachian.  If  a  thesis  is  not  written,  the  student 
may  include  up  to  eight  semester  hours  of  graduate  work  not  more  than  six  years  old 
from  another  approved  graduate  school  or  eight  semester  hours  of  field-based  work 
completed  through  Appalachian.  An  application  for  candidacy  must  be  filed  during  the 
first  semester  and  a  comprehensive  examination  will  be  taken  near  the  close  of  the  last 
semester  of  the  program. 


The  Specialist's  Degree 


The  specialist's  degree  is  intermediate  between  the  master's  and  the  doctoral  degree. 
Admission  to  the  specialist's  degree  program  is  based  upon  the  applicant's  holding  a 
master's  degree  from  an  accredited  institution.  Regulations  and  procedures  governing 
the  master's  degree  also  apply  to  the  specialist's  degree.  Eight  semester  hours  taken 
beyond  the  master's  degree  at  an  approved  institution  may  be  transferred.  Course  re- 
quirements range  from  30  to  36  semester  hours  of  graduate  work  beyond  the  master's 
degree.  For  varying  requirements  in  the  Department  of  Counselor  Education  and 
Research,  see  that  section  of  this  bulletin. 


The  Graduate  School 


322 


Certificate  of  Advanced  Study 

Upon  completion  of  the  requirements  in  the  joint  program  in  School  Psychology,  a  stu- 
dent earns  both  a  Master  of  Arts  degree  and  a  Certificate  of  Advanced  Study.  This 
60-66  semester  hour  program  is  administered  jointly  by  the  departments  of  psychology 
and  counselor  education  and  research.  Regulations  and  procedures  governing  the 
Master's  degree  also  apply  to  the  certificate  of  advanced  study. 


Field-Based  Option 


Designed  primarily  for  other  than  full-time  students,  the  field-based  master's  or 
specialist's  degree  programs  provide  the  opportunity  for  students  to  extend  or  update 
their  academic  credentials  with  only  short,  conveniently  scheduled,  on-campus  ex- 
periences. Except  for  10  hours  of  resident  credit,  students  attend  classes  in  communities 
that  have  requested  such  programs  or  pursue  individual  courses.  In  either  case,  the  stu- 
dent is  responsible  for  meeting  regulations  and  degree  requirements  as  set  up  by  the 
Graduate  School  for  graduate  study  with  the  exception  of  resident  credit. 


Application  for  the  Degree 


The  graduate  student  must  file  with  the  Dean  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Research  an  ap- 
plication for  the  master's  or  specialist's  degree  the  first  week  of  the  final  registration 
period.  The  application  form  may  be  secured  from  the  Graduate  Office.  If  qualified  to 
apply  for  a  certificate  to  teach  in  North  Carolina,  the  candidate  may  also  file  an  applica- 
tion for  a  certificate.  This  form,  too,  may  be  secured  from  the  Graduate  Office. 

All  students  must  be  admitted  to  Graduate  School  at  least  three  months  before  the  date 
of  anticipated  graduation.  Students  may  not  file  for  a  degree  during  the  term  in  which 
they  are  admitted. 

Commencement 

Candidates  for  graduate  degrees  are  expected  to  be  present  at  any  commencement  to 
receive  the  degree  in  person.  Candidates  may  graduate  in  absentia  by  filing  a  notifica- 
tion with  the  Graduate  School. 


The  Register 


323 


The  Register 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 
Sixteen  Constituent  Institutions 

WILLIAM  C.  FRIDAY,  B.S.,  LL.B.,  LL.D.,  D.C.L.  -  President 
ROY  CARROLL,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.  -  Vice  President-Planning 
RAYMOND  H.  DAWSON,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.  -  Vice  President-Academic 

Affairs 
EDGAR  WALTON  JONES,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.  -  Vice  President-Research 

and  Public  Service 
L.  FELIX  JOYNER,  A.B.  -  Vice  President-Finance 

CLEON   FRANKLYN  THOMPSON,   JR.,   B.S.,   M.S.,   Ph.D.,   -  Vice  President- 
Student  Services  and  Special  Programs 
JOHN  P.  KENNEDY,  JR.,  S.B.,  B.A.,  M.A.,  J.D.  -  Secretary  of  the  University 
TRUDY  ATKINS,  A.B.,  M.F.A.  -  Assistant  to  the  President  for  Public  Information 
GARY  T.  BARNES,  B.A.,  Ph.D.  -  Associate  Vice  President-Planning 
HUGH  S.  BUCHANAN,  JR.,  B.A.  -  Associate  Vice  President-Finance 
JOHN  F.  COREY,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.  -  Associate  Vice  President-Student  Services 

and  Special  Programs 
JOHN  W.  DUNLOP,  B.A.  -  Director,  The  University  of  North  Carolina  Center  for 

Public  Television 
DAVID  N.  EDWARDS,  JR.,  B. A.,  J.D.  -  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 
KENNIS  R.  GROG  AN,  B.S..M.B.A.  -  Associate  Vice  President-Finance 
ELLEN  H.  KEPLEY  -  Associate  Vice  President-Finance 
ARNOLD  K.  KING,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.  -  Assistant  to  the  President 
PAUL  B.  MARION,  JR.,  B. A.,  M. A.,  Ph.D.  -  Associate  Vice  President-Student 

Services  and  Special  Programs 
R.    D.    McMILLAN,    JR.,    B.S.    -    Assistant   to    the    President   for    Governmental 

Affairs 
JEFFREY  H.  ORLEANS,  B. A.,  J.D.  -  Special  Assistant  to  the  President 
ARTHUR  PADILLA,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.  -  Associate  Vice  President-Academic 

Affairs 
RICHARD  H.  ROBINSON,  JR.,  A. B.,  LL.B.  -  Assistant  to  the  President 
DONALD  J.  STEDMAN,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.  -  Associate  Vice  President  -Academic 

Affairs 
ROBERT  W.   WILLIAMS,   JR.,   A.B.,   M.A.,   Ph.D.    -   Associate  Vice   President 

Academic  Affairs 

Board  of  Governors 

The  University  of  North  Carolina 

John  R.  Jordan,  Jr.,  Chairman 
Mrs.  Hugh  Morton,  Vice  Chairman 
Louis  T.  Randolph,  Secretary 


The  Register 


324 


Class  of  1985 

F.P.   Bodenheimer Raleigh 

Laurence  A.  Cobb Charlotte 

John  E.  Davenport Nashville 

Charles  Z.  Flack,  Jr Forest  City 

James  E.  Holmes Winston-Salem 

Reginald  F.  McCoy Laurinburg 

Mrs.  John  F.  McNair Winston-Salem 

Maceo  A.  Sloan Durham 


Class  of  1987 

B.  Irvin  Boyle Charlotte 

Mrs.  Robert  H.  Bullock Shelby 

William  A.  Dees,  Jr Goldsboro 

Jacob  H.  Froelich,  Jr High  Point 

James  E.  Holshouser,  Jr Southern  Pines 

William  A.  Johnson Lillington 

Robert  L.  Jones Raleigh 

E.B.    Turner Lumberton 


Class  of  1989 

Mrs.  Geneva  J.  Bowe Murfreesboro 

Philip  G.  Carson    Asheville 

Walter  R.  Davis   Midland,  TX 

R.  Phillip  Haire Sylva 

Mrs.  Hugh  Morton Linville 

Asa  T.  Spaulding,  Jr Durham 

David  J.  Whichard,  II Greenville 

William  K.  Woltz Mount  Airy 


Class  of  1991 

Irwin   Belk Charlotte 

Wayne   Corpening Winston-Salem 

J.  Earl  Danieley Elon  College 

Mrs.  Stanley  H.  Fox Oxford 

John  R.  Jordan,  Jr Raleigh 

Samuel  H.  Poole Southern  Pines 

J.  Aaron  Prevost Hazelwood 

Louis  T.  Randolph Washington 


Board  of  Trustees 

Mr.  George  Collins,  Chairman North  Wilkesboro,  North  Carolina 

Mrs.  Ruby  Daniel,  Vice  Chairman Waynesville,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  Donald  R.  Lineberger,  Secretary Gastonia,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  E.  Miles  Annas Charlotte,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  James  G.  Babb,  Jr Charlotte,  North  Carolina 

Mrs.  Faye  Broyhill Lenoir,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  Richard  N.  Davis Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina 


The  Register 

325 


Mrs.  Mariam  Cannon  Hayes   Concord,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  Seby  B.  Jones Raleigh,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  William  S.  Jones Pleasant  Garden,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  James  P.  Marsh Boone,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  M.  Randolph  Phillips Boone,  North  Carolina 

President  of  the  Student  Government  Association 
Chairperson  of  the  Faculty  Senate 
President  of  the  Alumni  Association 


Honorary  Members 


Mr.  F.P.  Bodenheimer,  Jr Raleigh,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  B.  Irvin  Boyle Charlotte,  North  Carolina 

Dr.  Hugh  Daniel Waynesville,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  John  P.  Frank Mt.  Airy,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  Lester  P.  Martin,  Jr Mocksville,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  Dwight  W.  Quinn Kannapolis,  North  Carolina 

Mrs.  Jean  Rivers Boone,  North  Carolina 

Mr.  Gordon  Goodson Lincolnton,  North  Carolina 


Administrative  Officers 


John  E.  Thomas,  B.A.,  M.S.,  D.B.A.,  Chancellor 

Harvey  R.  Durham,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 

Ned  R.  Trivette,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Business  Affairs 

Dave  Mclntire,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 

Robert  E.  Snead,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Development  and  Public  Affairs 


Office  of  the  Chancellor 

Mr.  Jim  Garner Athletic  Director 

Dr.  Richard  Howe University  Equal  Opportunity  Officer 

Mr.  Larry  T.  Nance Director  of  Personnel  Services 

Dr.  Cratis  D.  Williams Special  Assistant  to  the  Chancellor 


Academic  Affairs 

Dr.  Tom  Bohannon Director  of  Institutional  Research 

Dr.  Alvis  L.  Corum Dean  of  Learning  Resources 

Dr.  Nicholas  Erneston Dean  of  the  College  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts 

Mr.  Ernest  Jones Director  of  the  Office  of  Computer  and  Management  Services 

Dr.  Joyce  Lawrence Dean  of  the  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 

Mr.  Brooks  McLeod Registrar 

Dr.  Clinton  Parker Associate  Vice  Chancellor 

Dr.  Richard  Parrott Assistant  Dean  of  the  Division  of  Continuing  Education 

Dr.  Judith  Pulley   Coordinator,  Long  Range  Planning 

Dr.  Ben  F.  Strickland Acting  Dean  of  the  College  of  Education 

Dr.  William  C.  Strickland Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Mr.  Joseph  Watts Director  of  Admissions 

Dr.  O.K.  Webb Dean  of  General  College 


The  Register 


326 


Business  Affairs 

Mr.  Richard  D.  Arnold Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for  Business  Operations 

Mr.  William  Winkler Physical  Plant  Administrator 

Mr.  Carroll  Brookshire Director  of  Audits  and  Systems 

Mr.  Ted  S.  Hagaman Director  of  Administrative  Support  Services 

Mr.  Lynn  E.  Holaday Controller 

Mrs.  Lynda  Rankins Director  of  Auxiliary  Services 

Mr.  Roy  A.  Tugman Director  of  Security 


Development  and  Public  Affairs 


Ms.  Gay  Clyburn Director  of  Office  of  Public  Information 

Ms.  Barbara  Poovey Director  of  Alumni  Affairs 

Mr.  Sam  Howie Director  of  Publications 

Mr.  Wayne  Clawson Director  of  Resource  Development 

Mr.  Fred  Robinette   Director  of  the  Annual  Fund 


Student  Affairs 


Dr.  Evan  Ashby Director  of  Health  Services 

Dr.  Sally  Atkins   Director  of  Counseling  and  Psychological  Services 

Dr.  James  Avant   Director  of  Campus  Recreation  and  Intramurals 

Dr.  David  Ball Director  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement 

Mr.  Ronny  Brooks Dean  of  Students  and  International  Student  Advisor 

Mrs.  Barbara  Daye Assistant  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 

Dr.  William  Derrick Assistant  Director  of  Health  Services 

Mr.  Dino  DiBernardi Director  of  Campus  Programs 

Mr.  Bob  L.  Dunnigan Director  of  Residence  Life 

Mr.  Archie  Ervin Director  of  Minority  Student  Affairs 

Mr.  Bob  Feid Director  of  Administrative  Operations 

Mr.  Steve  Gabriel Director  of  Student  Financial  Aid 

Ms.  Louise  Garrison Assistant  Director  of  Student  Financial  Aid 

Mr.  Richard  L.  Geis Assistant  Director  of  Residence  Life/Programming 

Dr.  Jon  Hageseth Assistant  Director  of  Counseling  and  Psychological  Services 

Mr.  Lee  H.  McCaskey Director  of  Complementary  Education 

Ms.  Jane  Olson Assistant  Director  of  Residence  Life/ Assignments 

Mr.  Ed  Pilkington Director  of  Cultural  Programs 

Mr.  Wes  Weaver Assistant  Director  of  Student  Financial  Aid 

Ms.  Linda  Whisenant Assistant  Director  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement 


Faculty 


RICHARD  N.  ABBOTT,  JR.  (1979)  ROBERT  ADLER  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Geology  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Education 

B.A.,  Bowdoin  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Maine,  and  Office  Administration 

Orono;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University.  Graduate  Faculty  B.S.  State  University  College  at  Buffalo,  New  York; 

M.A.  University  of  Northern  Colorado,  Greeley 


The  Register 


327 


EDWARD  MARTIN  ALLEN,  JR.  (1971) 

Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Tennessee.  Graduate  Faculty 


MICHAEL  G.  ALLEN  (1978) 

Associate  Professor  of  Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  Castleton  State  College,  M.A.T.,  St.  Michael's 
College;    Ed.D.,    University    of    Maine    at    Orono. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


THOMAS  REESE  ALLEN,  JR.  (1977) 

Professor  of  Business  Education 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute:   Ed.D. 

University  of  Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ELIZABETH  T.  ANDERSON  (1982) 

Adjunct  Clinical  Instructor 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro; 

M.T.,  Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medical  Technology 


ALLEN  L.  ANTONE  (1978) 

Assistant  Professor  and  Reference  Librarian 

B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University;  M.A.,  Appalachian  State 

University. 


GEORGE  PETER  ANTONE  (1967) 

Professor  and  Chairperson  of  Department  of  History 
A.B.,  Brown  University;  Ed.M.,  Rutgers  University: 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University.  Graduate  Facul- 
ty. 


EDWIN  T.  ARNOLD,  III  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 
A.B.,  University  of  Georgia:   M.A.,  Georgia  State 
University;    Ph.D.,    University   of   South   Carolina. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


JOAN  ASKEW  (1965) 

Associate  Professor  of  Health, 
and  Recreation 

B.S.,  Auburn  University;  M.S. 
nessee;  Ed.D.,  University  of 
Greensboro.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Physical  Education 

University  of  Ten- 
North    Carolina    at 


SALLY  S.  ATKINS  (1978) 

Associate  Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and 
Research  and  Director  of  Counseling  and 
Psychological  Services 

A.B.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel 
Hill:  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina 
at  Greensboro.  Graduate  Faculty. 


BETTY  ATTERBURY  (1981) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  State  University  Teachers  College  at  Potsdam, 

N.Y.;  M.S.,  Hunter  College. 


GELENE  ANDREWS  ATWOOD  (1956) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro; 

M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


JOHN  TRUMBULL  AUSTON  (1968) 

Professor  of  Communication  Arts 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Denver.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


JAMES  L.  AVANT  (1975) 

Associate  Professor  of  Health,   Physical  Education 
and  Recreation 

B.S.,  University  of  Florida;  M.S.,  Indiana  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah. 


DEAN  MASON  AYDELOTT  (1971) 

Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  University  of  Florida:  M.F.A.,  University  of 

Nebraska.  Graduate  Faculty. 


EVAN  H.  ASHBY  (1970) 

Associate  Professor  of  Health,   Physical  Education 
and  Recreation  and  Director  of  Health  Services 
B.S.,  Randolph  Macon  College;  M.D.,  University  of 
Virginia  School  of  Medicine. 


HARVARD  G.  AYERS  (1970) 

Professor  of  Anthropology 

B.A.,   University  of  Texas:   M.A.,   Ph.D.,   Catholic 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 

328 


FRED  T.  BADDERS  (1973) 

Professor  and   Chairperson   of  the   Department  of 

Counselor  Education  and  Research 

B.A.,  Furman  University;  B.D.,  Southeastern  Baptist 

Seminary;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


JOANNA  R.  BAKER  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Management 

B.A.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maine;  Ph.D.,  Clemson 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


STEVEN  J.  BALDWIN  (1981) 

Instructor  of  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


ROBERT  ARTHUR  BANZHAF  (1966) 

Professor  of  Industrial  Education  and  Technology 
B.S.,     M.Ed.,     Miami     University;     Ed.D.,     North 
Carolina  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


LARRY  BARR  (1981) 

Associate  Professor  of  Library  and  Media  Studies 
B.A.,  Lincoln  Memorial  University;  M.A.,  M.S.L.S., 
University  of  Kentucky;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 

MELISSA  E.  BARTH  (1982) 

Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Washington  State  University;  Ph.D.  Pur- 
due University. 


JEAN  G.  BASCH  (1978) 

Adjunct  Clinical  Instructor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  North  Georgia  College;  M.T.,  Bowman  Gray 

School  of  Medical  Technology. 


JOHN  J.  BEASLEY  (1981) 

Chairperson    and    Associate    Professor    of    Home 

Economics 

B.A.,  East  Carolina  University,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Virginia 

Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


ROBERT  W.  BARCLAY  (1975) 

Professor  of  Management  and  Marketing 

A.B.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.,  Indiana  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


PATRICIA  D.  WHITE  BEAVER  (1974) 

Associate  Professor  of  Anthropology  and  Director  of 

the  Appalachian  Studies  Center 

B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JAWAD  I.  BARGHOTHI  (1969) 

Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.A.,    M.A.,    Ph.D.,    Southern    Illinois   University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


ROBERT  BEHAN  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,    Sacred   Heart   Seminar;    S.T.B.,    Gregorian 

University. 


RICHARD  THOMAS  BARKER  (1956) 

Associate  Professor  and  University  Librarian 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 

JAMES  H.  BARNES,  JR.  (1983) 

Associate  Professor  and  Chairperson  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Marketing 

B.S.B.A.,     M.B.A.,     Auburn     University;     Ph.D., 
University  of  Oregon.  Graduate  Faculty. 


DEBORAH  ELLEN  BELL  (1965) 

Assistant  Professor  and  Assistant  Catolog  Librarian 
B.A.,   Louisiana  State  University;   M.L.S.,   George 
Peabody  College. 

BRIAN  CAREY  BENNETT  (1971) 

Professor  and  Acting  Chairperson  of  Anthropology 
B.A.,  Beloit  College;  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  Univer- 
sity. Graduate  Faculty. 


JANET  L.  BARR  (1981) 

Associate  Professor  of  Library  and  Media  Studies 
B.A.,  Hanover  College;  M.S.L.S.,  University  of  Ken- 
tucky; Ph.D.,  Indiana  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ANNIE  MAE  BLACKBURN  (1956) 

Associate  Professor  of  Business  Education  and  Office 
Administration  and  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


The  Register 

329 


CHARLES  B.  BLACKBURN  (1969) 

Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Ball  State  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


JOHN  JAMES  BOND  (1971) 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.A.,  Centre  College;  M.S.,  East  Tennessee  State 
University;  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


LINDA  P.  BLANTON  (1975) 

Professor  of  Special  Education 
B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University;  M.Ed.,  Ed.S., 
University  of  Georgia;    Ed.D.,    Indiana  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


MARK  A.  BONN  (1982) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 

B.A.,  Furman  University;  M.A.,  ASU;  Ph.D.,  Texas 

A.M.  University. 


WILLIAM  E.  BLANTON  (1975) 

Professor  of  Reading  Education 

B.S.,   M.A.,   Appalachian  State  University;   Ed.D. 

University  of  Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


BEN  GESS  BOSWORTH,  JR.  (1960) 

Professor  of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Virginia.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


TOMMY  R.  BOHANNON  (1976) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences  and 
Director  of  Statistics/Computer  User  Services 
M.A.,  Wake  Forest  University;  Ph.D.,  Texas  A&M 
University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ELBERT  V.  BOWDEN  (1977) 

Professor  of  Economics  and  Holder  of  the  Banking 

Chair 

B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Duke 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


EFFIE  J.  BOLDRIDGE  (1979) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.S.,    Kansas    University;    M.A.,    Ph.D.,    Missouri 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


HERBERT  LOUIS  BOWKLEY  (1965) 

Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.C.,  University  of  Michigan;  M.S.,  Missouri 
School  of  Mines;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  Universi- 
ty. Graduate  Faculty. 


GERALD  M.  BOLICK  (1969) 

Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher 

Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University;  Ed.D., 

Duke  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ZOHARA  M.  BOYD  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Douglass  College;  M.A.,  Columbia  Teachers 

College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts. 


ELIZABETH  B.  BOND  (1973) 

Assistant  Professor  of  History  and  Coordinator  of  Of- 
fice of  Archives  &  Records  Management 
B.A.,  Centre  College;  M.A.,  North  Carolina  State 
University. 


HUNTER  REED  BOYLAN  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision 
and  Higher  Education  and  Director  of  the  Kellogg  In- 
stitute for  Developmental  Education 
B.A.,  Miami  University;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University; 
Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University.  Graduate 
Faculty. 


HUGH  LAWRENCE  BOND  (1970) 

Professor  of  History 

B.A.,    Lambuth    College;    B.D.,    Duke    University 

Divinity  School;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


MADELINE  E.  BRADFORD  (1964) 

Professor  of  Elementary  Education  and  Director  of 
the  Winston  Salem/Forsyth  Teaching  Center 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


The  Register 


330 


JAMES  A.  BRAKEFIELD  (1971) 

Adjunct  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation 

B.A.,  Centre  College;  M.A.,  William  and  Mary  Col- 
lege. 


JAMES  W.  BUCHANAN  (1977) 

Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  M.S.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Florida;  M.B.A.,  Wake  Forest  Universi- 
ty. Graduate  Faculty. 


RENNIE  W.  BRANTZ  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,    Doane    College;    M.A.,    Ph.D.,    Ohio   State 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


PATRICIA  ANN  BUCHANAN  (1978) 

Instructor  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recrea- 
tion and  Athletic  Trainer 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill; 
M.A.,  Indiana  State  University. 


LUCY  MOORE  BRASHEAR  (1967) 

Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Florida;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MARGARET  M.  BREEDLOVE  (1979) 

Associate  Professor  of  Home  Economics 

Hunter  College  of  City  of  New  York 


B.A. 

Teachers  College,  Columbia  University. 


M.S. 


DONNA  L.  BREITENSTEIN  (1975) 

Assistant  Professor  in  Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 

B.A.,   Catawba  College;   M.A.,  Appalachian  State 

University. 


WILLARD  LEON  BRIGNER  (1968) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  DePauw  University;  M.S.,  Purdue  University. 

PH.D.,  Duke  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

WENDELL  S.  BROADWELL  (1981) 

Instructor  of  Political  Science  /Criminal  Justice 
B.A.,  M.G.A.,  Georgia  State  University 


O.  MELL  BUSBIN,  JR.  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Library  and  Media  Studies 
A.B.,  High  Point  College;  M.A.L.S.,  Appalachian 
State  University;  Sp.A.,  Western  Michigan  Universi- 
ty; Advanced  Masters  in  Library  Science,  Florida 
State  University;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


F.  EUGENE  BUTTS  (1977) 

Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,   M.A.,   Appalachian  State  University;   Ed.D., 

University  of  Northern  Colorado.  Graduate  Faculty. 

CPA. 


JEFFREY  A.  BUTTS  (1981) 

Associate  Professor  and  Chairperson  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Biology 

A.B.,  Albion  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green 
State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JOHN  EDWARD  CALLAHAN  (1970) 

Professor  of  Geology 

A.B.,  M.Ed.,  State  University  of  New  York;  M.S. 
University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill;  Ph.D., 
Queens  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


RONNY  L.  BROOKS 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation,  and  Dean  of  Students 
B.S.,  N.C.  State  University 

LAWRENCE  E.  BROWN  (1982) 

Professor  and  Chairperson   of  the   Department  of 
Chemistry 

B.S.,    M.S.,    University   of   Dayton;    Ph.D.,    Penn- 
sylvania State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


DANIEL  SCOTT  CAMPAGNA  (1981) 

Assistant    Professor    of    Political    Science /Criminal 

Justice 

B.A.,    Northern   Illinois   University;    M.S.,    Georgia 

State  University 


HELEN  EARLENE  CAMPBELL  (1970) 

Assistant  Professor  and  Circulation  Librarian 

B.S.,  M.A.,  East  Tennessee  State  University;  Ed.S. 

Appalachian  State  University. 


The  Register 

331 


KEVIN  W.  CANTWELL  (1977) 

Instructor  of  Health ,  Physical  Education,  and  Recrea- 
tion and  Head  Basketball  Coach 
B.A.,UNC-Asheville;     M.A.,     Appalachian    State 
University. 


JUDITH  B.  CARLSON  (1981) 

Associate  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education 
and  Recreation 

B.S.,  UW  Eau  Claire;  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota; 
M.S.,  University  of  Colorado;  Ed.D.,  UNC- 
Greensboro.  Graduate  Faculty. 


IRVIN  WATSON  CARPENTER,  JR. 
(1953) 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,    M.S.,    Ph.D.,   Purdue   University.    Graduate 

Faculty. 

JESSIE  LUELLA  CARPENTER  (1954) 

Associate    Professor    of    Speech    Pathology    and 

Audiology 

A.B.,  DePauw  University;  M.S.,  Purdue  University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

HAROLD  WILMER  CARRIN  (1970) 

Professor  of  Art 

B.M.Ed.,    M.S.,    Florida    State    University;    Ed.D., 

Arizona  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


VERNON  H.  CARROLL  (1976) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Communication  Arts 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Southwest  Texas  State  University. 


TERRY  MARTIN  CHAMBERS 

Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing 

B.S.,  MB.  A.,  Appalachian  State  University;  DBA. 

Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute. 


THOMAS  WINSTON  CHILDRESS 
(1976) 

Associate   Professor   and    Chairperson    of  Reading 

Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida;  M.R.E.,  Southwestern 

Baptist  Theological  Seminary;  M.S.,  Barry  College; 

Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


VAUGHN  KYLE  CHRISTIAN  (1971) 

Associate  Professor  of  Health,   Physical  Education 
and  Recreation 

B.A.,  M.A.,  George  Peabody  College;  Ed.D.,  Loui- 
siana State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MICHAEL  W.  CHURTON  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education  and  Health 
Physical  Education  and  Recreation 
B.S.,  Murray  State  University,  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Missouri  at  Columbia;  Ed.D.  University  of  Southern 
Mississippi.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MARY  ANN  CARROLL  (1973) 

Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 

B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  The 

University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate 

Faculty. 

ROY  CARROLL  (1969) 

Professor  of  History  and  Vice  President  for  Planning, 

General   Administration,    The    University    of  North 

Carolina. 

B.A.,    Ouachita    Baptist   University;    M.A.,    Ph.D., 

Vanderbilt  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


DONALD  L.  CLARK  (1969) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  George  Washington  University;  B.D., 
Southeastern  Baptist  Theological  Seminary;  M.A., 
Appalachian  State  University;  Ed.D.,  University  of 
Florida.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JUDITH  ALTA  CLARKE  (1972) 

Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recrea- 
tion and  Assistant  Director  of  Athletics 
B.S.,  Central  Missouri  State  College;  M.A.,  Colorado 
State  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa.  Graduate 
Faculty. 


TERRY  N.  CARROLL  (1983) 

Instructor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University;   M.S., 

University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro. 


The 


JOHN  ROBERT  COBLENTZ  (1973) 

Assistant  Professor  and  Reference  Librarian 
B.A.,  M.S.L.S.,  Wayne  State  University;  M.A.,  Ap- 
palachian State  University. 


The  Register 


332 


JAMES  MONROE  COLE  (1963) 

Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Cincinnati. 

SUSAN  S.  COLE  (1975) 

Associate  Professor  of  Communication  Arts 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Stanford  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Oregon. 


TERRY  WAYNE  COLE  (1971) 

Associate  Professor  of  Communication  Arts 

B.A.,    M.A.,    California    State    College   at   Fresno; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon. 

WALTON  SMITH  COLE  (1951) 

Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Southwestern  at  Memphis;  M.M.  University  of 

Arizona.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JOHN  PAUL  COMBS  (1971) 

Professor  of  Economics  and  Dean  of  the  College  of 

Business 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

MARY  G.  (Christina)  CONDIT  (1982) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Economics 
B.S.,    State    University    College    of    New    York    at 
Brockport;   M.S.,   Oregon  State  University;   Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro. 


MICHAEL  P.  COOK  (1982) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Tennessee  at  Knoxville.  Graduate  Faculty. 


LELAND  ROSS  COOPER  (1967) 

Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher 

Education 

B.S.,  Clemson  College;  M.Ed.,  University  of  North 

Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Florida. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

ALVIS  L.  CORUM  (1970) 

Professor  and  Dean  of  Learning  Resources 

B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D., 

University  of  Miami. 


A.  RONALD  COULTHARD  (1968) 

Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Concord  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JEAN-PIERRE  COURBOIS  (1968) 

Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  Lycee  Henri  IV;  B.S.,  Georgetown  University; 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  American  University.  Graduate  Facul- 
ty- 


PERRY  C.  CRABTREE  (1980) 

Adjunct  Instructor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Tusculum  College;  M.S.,  William  and  Mary 

College. 


MARY  URSULA  CONNELL  (1974) 

Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  M.S.,  Marshall  University;  Ph.D.,  Kent  State 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


WALTER  CURTIS  CONNOLLY  (1963) 

Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Miami  University  of  Ohio;  M.S.,  University  o  Il- 
linois; Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


DAVID  CONSIDINE  (1982) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Library  and  Media  Studies 
B.A.,    B.Ed.,    La    Trobe    University,    Melbourne, 
Australia;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin. 


ALBERT  L.  CRAVEN  (1972) 

Professor  of  Accounting 

B.A.,  Louisiana  College;  M.B.A.,  University  of 
Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Alabama.  Graduate 
Faculty.  CPA. 

ARTHUR  H.  CROSS  (1979) 

Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education 
B.S.,  Birmingham  Southern  College;  M.Ed.,  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois;  Ph.D.,  UNC-Chapel  Hill.  Graduate 
Faculty. 

LEE  S.  CROSS  (1979) 

Instructor  of  Special  Education 

B.A.,  Hanover  College;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Illinois. 


The  Register 

333 


JOYCE  G.  CROUCH  (1967) 

Professor  and   Chairperson   of  the   Department  of 

Psychology 

B.S.,    M.A.,    Tennessee   Technological    University; 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Tennessee.  Graduate  Faculty. 


EDELMA  P.  de  LEON  (1978) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  Philippine  Union  College;  M.A.,  West  Texas 
State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southwestern 
Louisiana.  Graduate  Faculty. 


RICHARD  CRUTCHFIELD  (1978) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies  and 
Director  of  International  Studies 
B.A.,  Washington  &  Lee  University;  M.A.,  Indiana 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas. 


JAMES  RUSSELL  DENI  (1972) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Youngstown  State  University;  M.Ed. 

Baylor  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Ed.D. 


RUDY  L.  CURD  (1969) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,    Lincoln   Memorial   University;    M.A. 

University  of  Kentucky.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Ph.D. 


WARREN  CAMERON  DENNIS  (1965) 

Professor  and  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Art 
B.A.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi;  M.F.A., 
University  of  Mississippi.  Graduate  Faculty. 


CHARLES  THOMAS  DAVIS  III  (1967) 

Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 
B.S.Ed.,    University    of   Alabama;    B.D.,    Candler 
School    of    Theology;    Ph.D.,    Emory    University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


ALFRED  MAXEY  DENTON,  JR.  (1962) 

Professor  and   Chairperson   of  the   Department  of 

Sociology 

B.S.,    Oklahoma    State    University;    M.A.,    Ph.D., 

University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


HARRY  M.  DAVIS  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  Finance,  Insurance  and  Real 
Estate,  Savings  and  Loan  Chairholder 
A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt 
University;    Ph.D.,    University    of   Georgia-Athens. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


WILLIAM  C.  DEWEL  (1972) 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.A.,    State   University   of   Iowa;    M.A.,    Wesleyan 

University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Houston.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


JERRY  L.  DAVIS  (1975) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Mississippi  State  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


RAMON  DIAZ-SOLIS  (1970) 

Professor  and   Chairperson   of  the   Department  of 
Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,     M.A.,     Ph.D.,     University     of     Barcelona. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


BARBARA  DAYE 

Lecturer  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recrea- 
tion, and  Assistant  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Af- 
fairs 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University 

ERIS  DEDMOND  (1968) 

Professor  of  Reading  Education 

B.S.,    Western    Carolina    University;    M.S.,    Ph.D. 

Florida  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MacWILLIAM  DISBROW  (1966) 

Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,    M.M.,    Cincinnati    Conservatory    of    Music. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

DON  DODSON  (1978) 

Professor  of  Management  and  Director  of  the  Center 
for  Management  Development 

B.S.,    M.S.,    East   Texas   State   University;    Ph.D.. 
University  of  Tennessee-Knoxville.  Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 


334 


C.  HOWARD  DORGAN  (1971) 

Professor  of  Communication  Arts 

Texas  Western  College;  M.F.A.,  University  of 


B.A. 

Texas;  Ph.D. 

Faculty. 


Louisiana  State  University.  Graduate 


MICHAEL  J.  DOTSON  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing 

B.A.,    M.B.A.,    Nicholls   State   University;    DBS., 

Mississippi  State  University. 


BOYD  MAX  DOWELL  (1967) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Bob  Jones  University;  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  University 

of  Tennessee.  Graduate  Faculty. 

EUGENE  CHRISTOPHER 
DROZDOWSKI  (1961) 

Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Alfred  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Duke  Universi- 
ty. Graduate  Faculty. 

JOSEPH  B.  DUDLEY  (1978) 

Adjunct  Clinical  Professor  of  Biology 
B.S.,  Davidson  College;  M.D.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. 

LENORE  W.  DUDLEY,  (1980) 

Assistant    Professor    and    Assistant    Acquisitions 
Librarian 

B.A.,  University  of  New  Orleans;  M.A.,  M.L.S.,  Ap- 
palachian State  University. 

JOHN  DANIEL  DUKE  (1968) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at 

Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


BOBBYE  K.  DUNLAP  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  Marketing  and  Graduate  Coor- 
dinator for  the  College  of  Business 
B.S.B.A,;     M.A.,     Appalachian    State    University; 
Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MARY  MONTGOMERY  DUNLAP  (1970) 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Converse  College;  M.A.,  Appalachian  State 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


GAREY  C.  DURDEN  (1982) 

Associate  Professor  of  Economics  and  Chairperson  of 
the  Department  of  Economics 

B.S.,  Georgia  State  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Florida 
State  University 


HARVEY  RALPH  DURHAM  (1965) 

Professor     of    Mathematical     Sciences     and     Vice 
Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 
B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


G.  MARVIN  EARGLE  (1969) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill; 
M.S.,     Ph.D.,     North    Carolina    State    University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 

PATRICIA  BONIN  EARGLE  (1969) 

Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

A.B.,    University    of    Chattanooga;    M.A.,    Ph.D., 

University  of  Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


THERESA  E.  EARLY  (1976) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
B.A.,    M.S.,    Florida    Atlantic    University;    Ph.D., 
Florida  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

SIDNEY  W.  ECKERT  (1981) 

Professor  and   Chairperson   of  the   Department  of 
Business  Education  and  Office  Administration 
B.S.,     M.A.,     Ph.D.,     University     of     Minnesota. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


BARRY  ELLEDGE  (1969) 

Professor  of  Economics  and  Assistant  Dean  of  the 
College  of  Business 

B.S.,  Berea  College;  M.S.,  University  of 
Massachusetts;  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  Universi- 
ty. Graduate  Faculty. 


LARRY  V.  ELLIS  (1978) 

Associate    Professor    of   Economics    and    Director, 
Center  for  the  Study  of  Private  Enterprise 
B.S.,  Missouri  Valley  College;  M.A.,  Central  Missouri 
State    University;    Ph.D.,    University    of    Missouri- 
Columbia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 

335 


ALI  EMDAD  (1982) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Library  and  Media  Studies 
B.S.,    College   of   Mass   Communications;   M.L.S., 
Pahlavi  University. 

RONALD  J.  ENSEY  (1969) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.A.,    Hardin-Simmons    University;    M.S.,    Ph.D., 

New  Mexico  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

TERRY  ELMER  EPPERSON,  JR.  (1962) 

Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  East  Tennessee  State  University;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Kentucky;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


PATRICIA  FARTHING  (1972) 

Assistant  Professor  and  Instructional  Materials  Center 

Librarian 

B.A.,  M.S.L.S.,  Louisiana  State  University;  Ed.S., 

Appalachian  State  University. 

STEPHEN  M.  FERGUSON  (1972) 

Instructor  of  Learning  Resources 
B.A.,     Eastern    Kentucky    University;    M.A.,    Ap- 
palachian State  University. 

MICHAEL  FIMIAN  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.S.,  Boston  College;  M.S.  University  of  Oregon; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut. 


NICHOLAS  ERNESTON  (1948) 

Professor  of  Music  and  Dean  of  the  College  of  Fine 
and  Applied  Arts 

B.M.Ed.,  Shenandoah  Conservatory  of  Music; 
M.M.,  Cincinnati  Conservatory  of  Music;  Ph.D., 
Florida  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ARCHIE  W.  ERVIN  (1978) 

Instructor  of  Political  Science  and  Director  of  Minority 
Student  Affairs  and  Admissions  Counselor 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University 


A.  FUAT  FIRAT  (1983) 

Associate  Professor  of  Marketing 

Licencie  en  Economie,  Istanbul  University;   Ph.D., 

Northwestern  University. 

KATHY  E.  FITZPATRICK  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Management 
B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro; 
M.S.    in    Recreation    Therapy,    The    Florida    State 
University;  M.S.  in  Management,  Clemson  Universi- 
ty- 


ALAN  W.  EWERT  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 

B.S.,     University     of    Wisconsin;     M.S.,     Eastern 

Washington  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon. 

JOAN  O.  FALCONER  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  and  Music  Librarian 

B.A.,  Cornell  University;  M.A.,  Columbia  University; 

M.A.,    University    of    Chicago;    Ph.D.,    Columbia 

University. 

EDWARD  B.  FALLON  (1981) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies 
B.A.,  Georgetown  University;  M.A.,  Yale  University 


JEFFERY  FLETCHER  (1974) 

Associate  Professor  of  Library  and  Media  Studies 
B.S.,   M.A.,   Appalachian  State  University;   Ed.D., 
Auburn  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

WENDY  BEHRENDT  FLETCHER  (1977) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 

B.M.,  Florida  State  University. 

LORRAINE  FORCE  (1968) 

Professor  of  Art 

B.S.,  Southwest  Missouri  State  University;  M.Ed., 
University  of  Miami;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


MARJORIE  F.  FARRIS  (1970) 

Professor  of  Reading  Education 
B.Ed.,  University  of  Miami;  M.S.,  Kansas  State  Col- 
lege; Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


SILVIA  P.  FORGUS  (1974) 

Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Lake  Forest  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

of  Illinois  at  Urbana.  Graduate  Faculty. 


University 


The  Register 


336 


PAUL  A.  FOX  (1970) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Hofstra  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

linois  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Southern  II- 


ALLIE  G.  FUNK  (1976) 

Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,    M.A.,    Ph.D.,    Emory   University. 

Faculty. 


Graduate 


WILLARD  FOX  (1981) 

Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher 
Education 

B.A.,  Southeast  Missouri  State  University;  M.A. 
University  of  Wyoming;  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  Univer- 
sity. Graduate  Faculty. 


VIRGINIA  A.  FOXX  (1972) 

Part-time  Instructor  in  Sociology  and  Coordinator, 
Office  of  Transfer  Students 

A.B.,   M.A.C.T.,    University  of  North   Carolina   at 
Chapel  Hill. 

ERNEST  JACKSON  FREEMAN  (1979) 

Lecturer  of  Special  Education 

A. A.,  Wingate  College;  B.S.,  University  of  Georgia. 


STEVE  GABRIEL 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation,  and  Director  of  Student  Financial  Aid 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 

OLE  GADE  (1970) 

Professor  and   Chairperson   of  the   Department  of 
Community  Planning  and  Geography 
B.A.,     M.S.,     Florida     State     University;     Ph.D., 
Michigan  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

SAMMIE  GATLIN  GARNER  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Economics 

B.S.H.E.,    M.S.,    University   of  North   Carolina   at 

Greensboro;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee— Knox- 


MARY  H.  FREEMAN  (1978) 

Lecturer/Social  Research  Assistant  in  Special  Educa- 


tion 


GEORG  M.A.  GASTON  (1974) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Texas  A&M  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Auburn 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


VIRGINIA  T.  FREEMAN  (1977) 

Instructor  of  Special  Education 

B.A.,  Longwood  College;  M.A.,  Appalachian  State 

University. 


PATRICIA  ELLEN  GAYNOR  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  Stetson  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Miami.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ULRICH  R.  FROEHLICH  (1981) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at 

Albany. 

FRANCES  STONE  FULMER  (1961) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
A.B.,  Winthrop  College;  M.S.,  C.A.S.,  Appalachian 
State  University. 

WILLIAM  EDMUND  FULMER  (1955) 

Professor  of  Secondary  Education  and  Coordinator 

of  Field  Experiences  for  Watauga  County 

A.B.,  Catawba  College;  Ed.M.,  University  of  South 

Carolina;   Ed.D.,   University  of  Missouri.   Graduate 

Faculty. 


JOHN  P.  GEARY  (1976) 

Associate  Professor  of  Business  Education  and  Office 
Administration 

A.B.,  University  of  Alabama,  J.D.,  Samford  Univer- 
sity; M.A.,  Ph.D.,  George  Peabody  College. 
Graduate  Faculty. 

LESLIE  E.  GERBER  (1975) 

Associate  Professor  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies 
B.A.,    Raymond    College;    M.A.,    Ph.D.,    Emory 
University. 


DANIEL  BERNARD  GERMAN  (1972) 

Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.A.,   M.A.,   University   of  South   Dakota;   Ph.D. 

Georgetown  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 


337 


SANDRA  JEAN  GLOVER  (1969) 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,   Northwestern  State   University  of  Louisiana; 

M.Ed.,    Ph.D.,    University    of    Georgia.    Graduate 

Faculty. 

ROBERT  D.  GODDARD,  III  (1978) 

Associate  Professor  of  Management 
B.S.,  Florida  Atlantic  University;  M.B.A.,  University 
of    North    Florida;     Ph.D.,     University    of    South 
Carolina.  Graduate  Faculty. 

SUSAN  L.  GOLDEN  (1981) 

Instructor  and  Instructional  Materials  Center  Librarian 
B.A.  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo;  M.S., 
Drexel  University. 

GAYE  WAGONER  GOLDS  (1964) 

Associate  Professor  and  Instructional  Materials  Center 

Librarian 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.S.,  Appalachian  State  University. 

TED  W.  GOODMAN  (1981) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
B.S.,    Appalachian   State   University;    M.A.,    Wake 
Forest;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 
University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

WILLIAM  A.  GORA  (1976) 

Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,    University   of   Miami;    M.Ed.,    University   of 

Florida; 

Faculty. 


D.M.A.,    University    of    Miami.    Graduate 


RAY  LOGAN  GRAHAM  (1963) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,  West  Texas  State  University;  M.A.T.,  Ph.D., 

New  Mexico  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

WILLIAM  DAVID  GRAHAM  (1972) 

Professor  of  Industrial  Education  and  Technology 
A.B.,  M.A.,  Montclair  State  College;  Ed.D.,  Indiana 
University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

FOREST  B.  GREEN  (1981) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing 
B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  M.S.,  George 
Washington  University;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute  and  State  University. 


EDGAR  D.  GREENE,  JR.  (1971) 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,   M.A.,   Appalachian  State  University;   Ph.D. 

Florida  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JAMES  ALBERT  GREENE  (1973) 

Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research  and 

Sociology 

B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University;  M.S.S.W..  University 

of  Tennessee.  Graduate  Faculty. 


WILLIAM  C.  GRIFFIN  (1978) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies  and 
Assistant  Director  of  Watauga  College 
B.A.,    University    of    North    Carolina;    M.A.,    Ap- 
palachian   State    University;    Ph.D.,    University    of 
Alabama. 


KENNETH  J.  GRUBER  (1978) 

Lecturer  and  Special  Projects   Director  of  Special 

Education 

B.A.,    University   of  Virginia;    M.A.,    University   of 

North  Carolina  at  Greensboro. 


CLEMENS  A.  GRUEN  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Education  and 
Technology 

B.S.,  Southeast  Missouri  State  University;  M.S., 
Southern  Illinois  University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Nor- 
thern Colorado.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MELVIN  H.  GRUENSFELDER  (1969) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation  and  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois. 

WILLIAM  G.  GUTHRIE,  III  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A.,  Western  Michigan  University;  MA.  Western 
Michigan    University;    Ph.D.,    University    of    North 
Carolina.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JON  A.  HAGESETH  (1981) 

Assistant    Professor    of   Psychology    and    Assistant 

Director  of  Counseling  and  Psychological  Services 

Center 

B.A.,  Augsburg  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 


338 


RALPH  G.  HALL  (1974) 

Professor  and  Chairperson  of  Administration,  Super- 
vision and  Higher  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee;  M.A.,  Memphis  State 
University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Tennessee.  Graduate 
Faculty. 

STEPHEN  FRANCIS  HALL  (1972) 

Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,    M.A.,    Ph.D.,    Southern    Illinois   University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


JEROME  B.  HALLAN  (1981) 

Professor  of  Management  and  Director  of  Health 

Care  Management 

B.S.P.H.;   M.S. PH.;   Dr. PH.   University  of  North 

Carolina 


SHELDON  HANFT  (1969) 

Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  New 

York  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


WILLIAM  C.  HANNER  (1970) 

Assistant    Professor    of    Industrial    Education    and 

Technology 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 

J.  EDWARD  HARRILL  (1961) 

Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research 
B .  A . ,  Berea  College ;  M .  A . ,  Peabody  College ;  Ph .  D . , 
University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate 
Faculty. 


J.  BRAXTON  HARRIS  (1958) 

Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher 

Education 

A.B.,    Lenoir   Rhyne   College;    M.A.,   Appalachian 

State  University;  Ed.D.,  Indiana  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 

MARK  HARRIS  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
B.A.,  Dartmouth  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Massachusetts.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ERNEST  B.  HARTLEY  (1973) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Library  and  Media  Studies  and 

Director  of  Audiovisual  Services 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 

PEGGY  J.  HARTLEY  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,   M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  South  Carolina.  Graduate  Faculty. 

ERIC  J.  HATCH  (1979) 

Associate  Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and 
Research  /Psychology,  and  Coordinator  of  School 
Psychology  Program 

B.A.,  Montclair  State  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Penn- 
sylvania State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

JAMES  WINSLOW  HATHAWAY  (1971) 

Associate  Professor  of  Management 
A.B.,  Dartmouth  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. Graduate  Faculty. 

RICHARD  HERBERT  HAUNTON  (1972) 

Professor  of  History 

B.A.,    M.A.,    Indiana    University;    Ph.D.,    Emory 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

ALAN  JON  HAUSER  (1972) 

Chairperson  and  Professor  of  Philosophy  and 
Religion 

B.A.,  Concordia  Teachers  College;  M.A.R.,  Concor- 
dia Seminary;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa.  Graduate 
Faculty. 

JAMES  S.  HEALEY  (1983) 

Professor  and  Chairperson  of  Library  and  Media 
Studies 

B.A.,  Stonehill  College;  M.S.L.S.,  Simmons  Col- 
lege; D.L.S.,  Columbia  University.  Graduate  Faculty . 

JOHN  W.  HEATON  (1969) 

Assistant  Professor  and  Acquisition  Librarian 
B.A.,  Milligan  College;  M.A.L.S.,  East  Tennessee 
State  University;  Ed.S.,  Appalachian  State  Universi- 
ty. 

DAVID  L.  HEDDEN  (1976) 

Craftsman  /Technician-in-  Residence  in  Industrial 
Education  and  Technology 


The  Register 


339 


FRANK  ALFRED  HELSETH  (1968) 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,   Appalachian  State  University;   M.S.,   Ph.D., 

University  of  Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


BREVARD  MYERS  HENRY  (1978) 

Adjunct  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 

B.A.,  Hollins  College. 


LARRY  W.  HENSEL  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Military  Science 

M. A. -Criminal  Justice,  University  of  South  Florida. 


RICHARD  NELSON  HENSON  (1970) 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,   Lamar  State  College  of  Technology;   M.S. 

Ph.D.,  Texas  A&M  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

HANS  G.  HEYMANN  (1969) 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,    Friedrick    Wilheim    College;    M.A.,    Ph.D. 

University  of  Frankfurt.  Graduate  Faculty. 


LOYD  H.  HILTON  (1969) 

Professor  and   Chairperson   of  the   Department  of 

English 

B.A.,  Wayland  Baptist  College;  M.A.,  Texas  Tech 

University;    Ph.D.,    University   of  Texas.    Graduate 

Faculty. 


JOSETTE  C.  HOLLENBECK  (1976) 

Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,    M.A.,     Ph.D.,    University    of    Washington. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


OSCAR  DILE  HOLTON,  JR.  (1968) 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Wayland  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Texas  Tech 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


LAWRENCE  EDWARD  HORINE  (1968) 

Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recrea- 
tion 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Colorado.  Graduate 
Faculty. 


MARIE  LEACH  HICKS  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,   M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Tennessee.  Graduate  Faculty. 

ROBERT  GRIGGS  HIGBIE  (1973) 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Amherst  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Califor- 
nia at  Berkeley;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University.  Graduate 
Faculty. 


MAYNARD  JOHN  HIGBY  (1967) 

Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Clemson  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

South  Carolina.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JAMES  W.  HOSCH  (1974) 

Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education 
B.S.,  Auburn  University;  M.A.,  Florida  State  Univer- 
sity. 

DONNA  CAMPBELL  HOUCK  (1965) 

Lecturer  in  English 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


RICHARD  DAVIS  HOWE  (1973) 

Professor  of  History  and  Administration,  Supervision 
and  Higher  Education  and  University  Equal  Oppor- 
tunity Officer 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles.  Graduate 
Faculty. 


L.  KEITH  HILL  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  and  Reference  Librarian 

A.B.,  M.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel 

Hill;  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


GLENDA  T.  HUBBARD  (1974) 

Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University;  Ph.D. 
University  of  Miami.  Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 


340 


KENNETH  A.  HUBBARD  (1977) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  Pathology 
B.A.,    Clinch   Valley   College;    M.A.,    Appalachian 
State  University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
at  Greensboro.  Graduate  Faculty. 


WILLIAM  C.  HUBBARD  (1972) 

Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research  and 
Director  of  the  Center  for  Instructional  Development 
B.M.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Miami;  M.S.,  Indiana 
University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Miami.  Graduate 
Faculty. 


MARY  ALICE  HUFF  (1942) 

Assistant  Professor  and  Catalog  Librarian 


A.B.,     Limestone     College; 
Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 


B.S.L.S.,     George 


PEYTON  ALBERT  HUGHES  (1968) 

Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,    M.A.,    Ph.D.,    Mississippi    State    University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


JUDY  LUCILLE  HUMPHREY  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,    M.F.A.,    University  of  Georgia.    Graduate 

Faculty. 


DANIEL  F.  HURLEY  (1969) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,   The   Sulpician   Seminary   of  the   Northwest; 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


WILLIAM  M.  HUTCHINS  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 
B.A.,  Yale  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Chicago. 


WILLIAM  IMPERATORE  (1969) 

Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,   Slippery  Rock  State  College;   MA. 

University  of  Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Ed.D. 


CORDELIA  RUGELEY  INKS  (1970) 

Assistant  Professor  and  Assistant  Catalog  Librarian 
B.S.,    M.L.S.,    University    of    Texas;    M.A.,    Ap- 
palachian State  University. 


JAMES  W.  JACKSON  (1970) 

Professor  of  History  and  Administration,  Supervision 
and  Higher  Education 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Florida;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Miami.  Graduate  Faculty. 


CAROLYN  JAMISON  (1972) 

Assistant  Professor  and  Reference  Librarian 

A.B.,    M.S.L.S.,    University  of  North   Carolina  at 

Chapel  Hill. 


WILLIAM  THOMAS  JAMISON  (1970) 

Professor  and  Chairperson  of  Secondary  Education 
A.B.,  M.A.T.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at 
Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


KENNETH  D.  JENKINS  (1974) 

Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher 
Education 

B.A.E.,  University  of  Florida;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Miami.  Graduate  Faculty. 


BASIL  G.  JOHNSON,  JR.  (1967) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

University  of  Oklahoma;  M.A.,  University  of 


B.A. 
Tulsa;  Ed.D. 
Faculty. 


Oklahoma  State  University.  Graduate 


EDWARD  C.  HUTCHINSON  (1977) 

Professor  and  Chairperson  of  Speech  Pathology  and 

Audiology 

A.B.,    Hiram    (Ohio)    College;    M.A.,    Kent   State 

University;     Ph.D.,     The    Ohio    State    University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


ROBERT  L.  JOHNSON  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 

B.S.,    Lenoir   Rhyne;    M.A.,    University    of   South 

Carolina;     Ph.D.,     Louisiana     State     University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 

341 


LINDA  L.  JOHNSON  (1981) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Finance,  Insurance  and  Real 

Estate 

B.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary;  J.D.,  University 

of  Virginia;  M.B.A.,  Appalachian  State  University; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia  -  Athens. 


ERNEST  L.  JONES  (1979) 

Director  of  Office  of  Computer  and  Management  Ser- 
vices 
A.B.,  M.A.,  Marshall  University. 

JAMES  FREDERICK  JONES  (1956) 

Professor  of  Accounting 

A.B.,  Elon  College;  M.A.,  East  Carolina  University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

RAY  G.  JONES,  JR.  (1973) 

Professor  of  Finance,  Insurance  and  Real  Estate 
B.S.,     M.S.,    Florida    State    University;     D.B.A., 
Mississippi  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


SUSAN  E.  KEEFE  (1978) 

Associate  Professor  of  Anthropology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Santa 

Barbara.  Graduate  Faculty. 


THOMAS  K.  KEEFE  (1978) 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Santa  Barbara. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

LARRY  GENE  KEETER  (1971) 

Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A..  Berea  College;  B.D.,  Th.M.,  Harvard  Divinity 

School;  Ph.D.,  Boston  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ALLEN  FRANSSEN  KINDT  (1971) 

Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Curtis  Institute  of  Music;  M.S.,  Julliard  School 

of  Music;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Michigan.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


ROBERT  SOMMERVILLE  JONES  (1971) 

Professor  of  Elementary  Education 
B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University;  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  South  Carolina.  Graduate  Faculty. 


RONALD  H.  KING  (1979) 

Associate  Professor  of  Marketing 

B.S.,    M.B.A.,    East    Carolina    University; 

University  of  Alabama.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Ph.D. 


M.  LOUIS  JOSELSON  (1981) 

Associate     Professor    of    Speech     Pathology    and 

Audiology 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Adelphi;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

GARY  D.  KADER  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Georgia  Southern  College 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


WINSTON  LEE  KINSEY  (1969) 

Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Baylor  University;  Ph.D.,  Texas  Tech 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


RICKEY  C.  KIRKPATRICK  (1980) 

Assistant    Professor    of    Economics    and    Director, 
Bureau  of  Economic  and  Business  Research 
B.S.,  Tulane  University;  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


RONALD  WEST  KANOY  (1966) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation  and  Athletic  Trainer 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


THOMAS  L.  KIRKPATRICK  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.B.A.,  M.S.,  Wichita  State  University;  Ph.D.,  North 

Texas  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty.  CPA. 


LESTER  DEAN  KEASEY  (1967) 

Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Gettysburg  College;  B.D.,  Lutheran 
Theological  Seminary;  A.M.,  New  York  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ANITA  NARVARTE  KITCHENS  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
B.A.,    University    of    Texas;    M.A.,    University    of 
Arizona;  Ed.D.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina  at 
Greensboro. 


The  Register 


342 


LARRY  JOE  KITCHENS  (1972) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,   West  Texas  State   University;   M.A. 

University  of  Arizona.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Ph.D. 


STEPHEN  J.  KLINGER  (1980) 

Instructor  of  Special  Education 

B.A.,   Gardner  Webb  College;   M.A.,   Appalachian 

State  University 


RUBY  J.  LANIER  (1974) 

Professor  of  History 

A.B.,    Lenoir-Rhyne    College;    M.A.,    Appalachian 

State  University;  Ed.D.,  Duke  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 

ROACHEL  J.  LANEY  (1976) 

Associate  Athletic  Director 

B.A.    Catawba   College;    M.A.,    Appalachian   State 

University 


JOSEPH  PAT  KNIGHT  (1972) 

Professor  of  Elementary  Education,  Director  of 
Laboratory  Experiences,  and  Acting  Assistant  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Learning  and  Human  Development 
A.B.,  M.A.,  New  Mexico  State  University;  Ed.D., 
University  of  Northern  Colorado.  Graduate  Faculty. 


EDGAR  OLE  LARSON  (1968) 

Professor    and    Chairperson    of    Health,     Physical 

Education  and  Recreation 

B.A.,    St.    Olaf   College;    M.S.,    Washington   State 

University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Oregon.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


WILLIAM  HERBERT  KNIGHT  (1971) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Madison  College;  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State 

University.  Graduate  Faculty 


RAYMOND  LEIGH  LARSON  (1972) 

Professor  of  Accounting 

B.A.,  M.B.A  ,  Washington  State  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Oregon.  Graduate  Faculty. 


CHARLES  M.  KRESZOCK  (1976) 

Assistant  Professor  in  Learning  Resources  and  Assis- 
tant Director  of  Audiovisual  Services 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Clarion  State  College;  Ed.D.,  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University. 


PAUL  G.  KUSSROW  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision 
and  Higher  Education  and  Director  of  the  Center  for 
Community  Education 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ed.S.,  Central  Michigan  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MING  H.  LANG  (1983) 

Professor  and  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  In- 
dustrial Education  and  Technology 
B.S.,  National  Tqiwan  Normal  University;  M.S.,  Nor- 
thern Illinois  University;  Ed.D.,  Utah  State  University. 


HELEN  LATOUR  (1971) 

Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

A.B.,    Emmanuel  College;   M.A.,   Boston  College; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill. 

JOYCE  V.  LAWRENCE  (1972) 

Professor   of  Elementary   Education   and   Dean   of 

Graduate  Studies  and  Research 

B.A.E.,  M.E.,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Florida.  Graduate 

Faculty. 

SEONG  H.  LEE  (1978) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Communication  Arts 

B.A.,  Sung  Kyun  Kwan  University;   M.A.,  Ph.D., 

Kent  State  University. 

RICHARD  HERBERT  LEVIN  (1970) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Rutgers  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Florida.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ERNEST  PAUL  LANE  (1970) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.A.,  Berea  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Tennessee; 

Ph.D.,  Purdue  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


HELENA  F.  LEWIS  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Radcliffe  College;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 


343 


LEON  HENRY  LEWIS  (1972) 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania; Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York 
Graduate  Faculty. 

MARIA  RUTH  LICHTMANN  (1982) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Religion 
A.B.,  Webster  College;  M.A.,  New  York  University; 
M.A.,    Yale    University;    M.Phil.,    Yale    University; 
Ph.D.  Yale  University. 


SUSAN  HORNE  LOGAN  (1966) 

Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Georgia;  Ph.D.,  Florida 

State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

JAMES  D.  LONG  (1972) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Western  Carolina  University;  M.A.,  Ap- 
palachian State  University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Ten- 
nessee. Graduate  Faculty. 


DAVID  V.  LIEBERMAN  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

City  College  of  New  York;  M.S.,  New  York 


B.S. 

University; 

Angeles. 


Ph.D.,     University     of     California-Los 


NOYES  CAPEHART  LONG  (1969) 

Professor  of  Art  and  Asst.  Dean,  College  of  Fine  and 
Applied  Arts 

B.F.A.,    Auburn    University;    M.A.,    University    of 
Missouri.  Graduate  Faculty. 


R.  JANE  LIEBERMAN  (1981) 

Assistant     Professor     in     Speech     Pathology     and 

Audiology 

B.S.,    Ohio   State   University;    M.S.,    University   of 

Michigan;    Ph.D.,    University   of  Florida.    Graduate 

Faculty. 


ROBERT  GEORGE  LIGHT  (1957) 

Associate  Professor  of  Health,   Physical  Education 

and  Recreation 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Washington  University. 

WILLIAM  E.  LIGHTFOOT  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Ph.D.,  Indiana 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

J.  GORDON  LINDSAY,  JR.  (1969) 

Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and 

State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

BLAINE  C.  LISK  (1976) 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 
B.S.,  Ball  State  University;  M.C.S.,  Indiana  Universi- 
ty. CPA. 

JOSEPH  C.  LOGAN  (1966) 

Professor  of  Music 

B.F.A.,    M.F.A.,    University    of    Georgia;    Ph.D., 

Florida  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


NOEL  LOVELACE  (1981) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Stetson  University;  M.M.,  Indiana  University. 

DON  LUCAS  (1977) 

Adjunct  Instructor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Western  Carolina  Univerity. 


GEORGE  E.  LYNE,  JR.  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  Management 

B.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel 

Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


LYNNE  D.  LYSIAK    (1981) 

Instructor  and  Assistant  Catalog  Librarian 

B.A.,    Ohio   University;    M.A.,    Appalachian   State 

University. 


ROBERT  JOSEPH  LYSIAK  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,    Hofstra  University;   Ph.D.,   Ohio  University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

CHARLOTTE  McCALL  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Home  Economics 

BSHE,  University  of  Georgia;  M.S.,  Barry  College; 

Ed.D,     Pennsylvania    State    University.     Graduate 

Faculty. 


The  Register 


344 


HENRY  McCARTHY  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.,  East  Tennessee  State  University;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Kentucky;   Ed.D.,  University  of  Tennessee. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


B.G.  McCLOUD  (1979) 

Professor  and  Chairperson   of  the   Department  of 

Music 

A.B.,  Western  Kentucky  University;  M.A.,  University 

of  Kentucky;  M.M.E.,  Marshall  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 

GARY  KEITH  McCURRY  (1983) 

Associate  Professor  of  Home  Economics 

A. A.,  Fresno  City  College;  B.A.,  M.S.,  California 

State  University;  Ph.D.   (in  progress),  University  of 

Missouri. 


CHARLES  E.  McDANIEL  (1971) 

Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recrea- 
tion 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D.,  Michigan 
State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

ARNOLD  DAVID  McENTIRE  (1962) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 

CHARLES  K.  McEWIN,  JR.  (1973) 

Chairperson  and  Professor  of  Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  East  Texas  State  University;  Ed.D., 
North  Texas  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

MARGARET  McFADDEN  (1975) 

Associate  Professor  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies 
B.A.,  University  of  Denver;  A.M.,  Boston  University; 
Ph.D.,  Emory  University. 

BETTY  H.  McFARLAND  (1962) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


WILLIAM  A.  McGALLIARD  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Georgia. 

THOMAS  A.  McGOWAN  (1972) 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,    University    of   Notre    Dame;    M.A.,    Ph.D., 

University  of  Virginia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MARK  A.  McHALE,  JR.  (1981) 

Adjunct  Instructor  in  Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation  and  Assistant  Football  coach 
B.S.,  Sheppard  College;  M.S.  West  Virginia  Univer- 
sity. 

DAVID  D.  McINTIRE 

Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research  and 
Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 
B.A.,  West  Virginia  Wesleyan  College;  M.A.,  West 
Virginia  University;  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 

F.  KENNETH  McKINNEY  (1968) 

Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  Old  Dominion  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University 

of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


HAROLD  VAN  McKINNEY  (1978) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University;  M.M.,  University 

of  Northern  Colorado. 


MARJORIE     JACKSON     McKINNEY 
(1979) 

Adjunct  Instructor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  M.S.,  Universi- 
ty of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill. 


thomas  m.  Mclaughlin  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  La  Salle  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Temple  Univer- 
sity. Graduate  Faculty. 


ROBERT  B.  McFARLAND  (1961) 

Professor  of  Library  and  Media  Studies 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


MARY  McLEOD  (1981) 

Instructor  of  Marketing 

B.A.,  Duke  University;  M.B.A. 


University  of  Ten- 


The  Register 


345 


ROBERT  E.  McMAHON 

Instructor  of  Marketing 

B.S.,   Appalachian  State   University;   M.B.A.,   Ap- 
palachian State  University. 


PAUL  E.  MANCE  (1976) 

Lecturer  in  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recrea- 
tion and  Head  Wrestling  Coach 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


LARRY  T.  McRAE  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  South  Florida;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ALEXANDER  A.  MANNING  (1973) 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Miami.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


WADE  T.  MACEY  (1983) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
B.S.,  Guilford  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State 
University. 


ALVARO  MARTINELLI  (1974) 

Professor  of  Accounting 

Laurea,  University  of  Genoa,  Italy;  MB.  A.,  Ph.D., 

North  Texas  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JOHN  LINN  MACKEY  (1978) 

Professor  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies 

B.S.,  Southeast  Missouri  State  College;  M.S. 

dard  College;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University. 


God- 


JOSEPH  F.  MADDEN  (1978) 

Associate  Professor  of  Health,   Physical  Education 
and  Recreation 

B.S.,  Manhattan  College;  M.A.,  Columbia  Universi- 
ty; Ed.D.,  New  York  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

SHAH  MAHMOUD  (1971) 

Professor  of  Management 

B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Toledo  University;  Ph.D.,  Colum- 
bia University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

EMORY  V.  MAIDEN,  JR.  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Richmond;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Virginia.  Graduate  Faculty. 

CLAIRE  ZEBROSKI  MAMOLA  (1972) 

Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
A.B.,  State  University  of  New  York;  M.A.,  Florida 
State  University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
at  Greensboro. 


KARL  CHARLES  MAMOLA  (1972) 

Professor  and   Chairperson   of  the   Department  of 

Physics 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York;  M.S.,  Florida 

State    University;     Ph.D.,     Dartmouth    College 

Graduate  Faculty. 


WILLIAM  H.  MAST  (1981) 

Associate    Professor    of    Industrial    Education    and 

Technology 

B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University;  M.Ed.,  North 

Carolina  State  University  at  Raleigh;  Ph.D.,  Texas  A 

&  M  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

GEORGE  MAYCOCK  (1983) 

Assistant    Professor    of   Counselor   Education    and 

Research 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Florida;  Ed.D,  Texas  Tech 

University. 

MILLARD  M.  MEADOR  (1969) 

Professor  of  Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology 
B.A.,     M.A.,     Ph.D.,     Wayne     State     University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 

CARL  G.  MEEKS  (1958) 

Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recrea- 
tion 

B.S.,  East  Tennessee  State  University;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Mississippi;  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 

SCOTT  R.  MEISTER  (1974) 

Associate  Professor  in  Music 

B.M.,  Ashland  College;  M.M.,  University  of  Miami; 

D.M.A.,  University  of  Miami.  Graduate  Faculty. 

CHARLES  B.  MICHAEL  (1980) 

Professor  of  Military  Science 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


The  Register 

346 


DAVID  NATHANIEL  MIELKE  (1972) 

Professor  of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  East  Tennessee  State  University;  M.S.,  Ed.D. 

The  University  of  Tennessee.  Graduate  Faculty. 


DAVID  K.  MONROE  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University;  Ph.D.,  The 
University  of  North  Carolina-Chapel  Hill. 


FRED  MILANO  (1976) 

Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Colorado;  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

sylvania  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Penn- 


FRANCIS  A.  MONTALDI  (1970) 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,   M.A.,   Appalachian  State  University;   Ed.D., 

University  of  Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


GEORGE  BENJAMIN  MILES  (1961) 

Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,    Ph.D.,    University    of   Tennessee.    Graduate 

Faculty. 


MARY  ROWENA  MOORE  (1967) 

Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Western  Michigan  University;  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  In- 
diana University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


EUGENE  L.  MILLER,  JR.  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Xavier  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Toledo. 


JAMES  J.  MILLER  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  Elementary  Education 
B.A.,  Chapman  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Califor- 
nia t  Los  Angeles;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Califor- 
nia. Graduate  Faculty. 

PATRICIA  S.  MILLER  (1978) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro; 

M.Ed.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill. 

STEPHEN  W.  MILLSAPS  (1972) 

Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,     Ph.D.,     North    Carolina    State    University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

FAYE  JULIETTE  MITCHELL  (1963) 

Assistant  Professor  and  Serials  Librarian 

A.B. ,  Winthrop  College;  M. A.L.S. ,  George  Peabody 

College  for  Teachers. 

CHARLES  F.  MOELLER  (1976) 

Instructor  of  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri. 

FRANK  C.  MOHLER  II  (1983) 

Associate  Professor  of  Communication  Arts 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  the  Ohio  State  University. 


MICHAEL  JONATHON  MOORE  (1971) 

Professor  of  History 

B.A.,    M.A.,    Ph.D.,    University    of    Washington. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

RICHTER  H.  MOORE,  JR.  (1970) 

Professor  of  Political  Science /Criminal  Justice 
B.S.,   LL.B.,   University  of  South  Carolina;  M.A., 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky.  Graduate  Faculty. 


GARY  B.  MOORMAN  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Reading  Education 

B.A.,     M.A.,     Ph.D.,     Arizona    State    University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


J.  PATRICK  MORGAN  (1973) 

Instructor  in  Political  Science  and  Director  of  the  Ap- 
palachian Oral  History  Project 

B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill; 
J.D.,  University  of  Mississippi. 


KARL  Z.  MORGAN  (1982) 

Adjunct  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University. 


JAMES  S.  MORRIS,  JR.  (1973) 

Lecturer  in  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recrea- 
tion and  Head  Baseball  Coach 

B.A.,   Milligan  College;   M.A.,   University  of  North 
Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill. 


The  Register 

347 


SUSAN  FROEHLING  MOSS  (1974) 

Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Miami.  Graudate 

Faculty. 

WILLIAM  TRUETT  MOSS  (1970) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  Mercer  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 

ROLAND  F.  MOY  (1970) 

Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.S.,  Wisconsin  State  University;  M. A.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio 

State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

JOHN  MULGREW  (1971) 

Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research 
B.S.,  Fordham  University;  M.S.,  St.  John's  Universi- 
ty; Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University;  ABPP,  Counsel- 
ing Psychology.  Graduate  Faculty. 

JOSEPH  R.  MURPHY  (1975) 

Associate  Professor  of  Library  and  Media  Studies 

Davidson  College;  M.A.T.,  Emory  University; 


B.A., 
M.A. 
ty. 


University  of  Texas  at  Austin.  Graduate  Facul- 


ALICE  P.  NAYLOR  (1977) 

Professor  of  Library  and  Media  Studies 
B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin;  Ph.D. 
sity  of  Toledo.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Univer- 


NANCY  K.  NEALE  (1978) 

Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Oberlin  College;  M.S.W.,  D.S.W.,  University 

of  Utah.  Graduate  Faculty. 

JAMES  A.  NELSON  (1974) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Management 

B.S.,  Northeastern  University;  M.S.  North  Carolina 

State  University. 

MAYRELEE  NEWMAN  (1969) 

Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher 
Education 

B.A.,  Washington  State  University;  M.L.S.,  Universi- 
ty of  Washington;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at 
Austin.  Graduate  Faculty. 


WILLIAM  JACKSON  NEWTON  (1967) 

Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.Ed.,  Southern  State  College;  M.Mus.Ed., 
Ed.D.,  North  Texas  State  University.  Graduate  Facul- 
ty. 


ROBERT  C.  NICKLIN  (1967) 

Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 

B.S.,  South  Dakota  School  of  Mines;  Ph.D.,  Iowa 

State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JANE  P.  NORWOOD  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  in  Reading  Education 

A.B.,  Coker  College;  M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

South  Carolina.. 


ROBERT  L.  O'BLOCK  (1979) 

Associate    Professor    of   Political    Science /Criminal 

Justice 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.S.,  Pittsburg  State  University;  Ph.D., 

Kansas  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

HAROLD  S.  O'BRYANT  (1982) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 

B.S.,   M.A.,   Appalachian  State  University;   Ph.D., 

Louisiana  State  University 


DONALD  P.  OLANDER  (1969) 

Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Washburn  University  of  Topeka;  M.S.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Nebraska.  Graduate  Faculty. 

ERIC  J.  OLSON  (1978) 

Instructor  and  Appalachian  Collection  Librarian 
B.A.,  Rice  University;  M.S.L.S.,  The  University  of 
North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill. 


JOHN  MICHAEL  ORTIZ  (1972) 

Professor  and  Chairperson  of  Special  Education 
B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  New  Mexico;  Ph.D.,  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 

ALFRED  BENJAMIN  OVERBAY  (1967) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


The  Register 

348 


JAMES  S.  OVERSTREET  (1979) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Management 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida;  MB. A.,  DBA.,  Florida 

State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

TOMMY  J.  PACE  (1981) 

Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.S.,   M.S.E.,   State  College  of  Arkansas;   Ed.D., 

University  of  Alabama. 

HARRY  GILMORE  PADGETT  (1967) 

Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research 

Furman  University;  B.D.,  Th.M.,  Southeastern 


B.A. 

Seminary;    M.Ed., 

Graduate  Faculty. 


Ed.D.,    University    of   Georgia. 


ANN  LOUISE  PAGE  (1978) 

Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Marshall  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Tennessee.  Graduate  Faculty. 

STEVEN  K.  PALMER  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University. 

Graduate  Faculty.  CPA  and  CMA. 

O'HYUN  PARK  (1971) 

Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 

B.D.,  Yonsei  University;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


GERALD  LEE  PARKER  (1973) 

Professor  of  Reading  Education 
A.B.,  Marion  College;  M.Ed.,  University  of  North 
Carolina     at     Greensboro;     Ed.D.,     University     of 
Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ROBERT  CLINTON  PARKER  (1972) 

Professor  of  Music  and  Associate  Vice  Chancellor  for 
Academic  Affairs 

B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University;  M.M.C.A., 
University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Miami.  Graduate  Faculty. 


WESLEY  E.  PATTON  (1978) 

Associate  Professor  of  Marketing 
B.S.,  M.A.,  University  of  Alabama;  DBA.,  Univer- 
sity of  Colorado.  Graduate  Faculty. 


HOWARD  WILLIAM  PAUL  (1970) 

Professor  and  Chairperson  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
A.B.,  Capital  University;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State 
University;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University.  Graduate 
Faculty. 

PHILIP  MALCOLM  PAUL  (1966) 

Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  MM.,  University  of  Miami;  Ed.D.,  University 

of  Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 

MILDRED  B.  PAYTON  (1979) 

Associate  Professor  of  Business  Education  and  Office 

Administration 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  A&T  College;  L.L.B.  (J.D.), 

North  Carolina  Central  University;  M.T.,  East  Central 

State  College. 

KENNETH  E.  PEACOCK  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,  Mars  Hill  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State 

University. 

EDWARD  G.  PEKAREK  (1978) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
B.S.,   University  of  Dayton;   M.S.,   Ph.D.,   Purdue 
University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

TIMOTHY  PERRI  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  The  University  of  Kentucky;  M.A.,  Ohio  State 

University;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 

LYNN  McIVER  PERRY  (1968) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

ALDEN  H.  PETERSON  (1979) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Management 

B.S.,    Purdue    University;    M.B.A.,    University    of 

Toledo;  D.B.A.,  Kent  State  University. 

PETER  PETSCHAUER  (1968) 

Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Washington  Square  College  of  New  York 
University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 

349 


JOE  FRANK  PHELPS  (1971) 

Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.Ed.,  Indiana  University;  M.Mus.Ed.,  Eastern 

Kentucky  University. 


MARGARET  RUTH  POLSON  (1971) 

Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  M.S.,  Cornell  University;  M.F.A.,  State 
University  of  Iowa;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 
Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


WILLIAM  GLENN  PHIFER  (1976) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,     Middle    Tennessee     State     University; 

M. FA, Ohio  University. 

JONATHAN  B.  PIERCE  (1975) 

Research  Instructor  in  Political  Science  and  Executive 
Director,  Appalachian  Regional  Bureau  of  Govern- 
ment 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


WILLARD  PILCHARD  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.S.,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology;  M.F.A.,  Yale 

University. 

EDWARD  LEE  PILKINGTON  (1970) 

Associate  Professor  of  Communication  Arts 
B.F.A.,  Ithaca  College;  M.F.A.,  University  of  North 
Carolina  at  Greensboro. 


GARY  M.  PITKIN  (1981) 

Associate  Librarian  for  Technical  Services 

B.A.,  M.A.L.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin-Milwaukee 

WILLIAM  B.  POLLARD  (1981) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

Mars  Hill  College;  M.A.,  Appalachian  State 


B.A. 

University;    Ph.D. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


University    of   South    Carolina. 


JOSEPH  T.  POLLOCK  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Florida. 

ROBERT  A.  POLLOCK  (1974) 

Lecturer  in  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recrea- 
tion 
B.S.,  The  Citadel;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Georgia. 


CHARLES  ELLINGTON  PORTERFIELD 

(1968) 

Professor  and  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of 
Communication  Arts 

B.A.,  Birmingham  Southern  University;  M.A.,  State 
University  of  Iowa;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


ELTON  GEORGE  POWELL  (1968) 

Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
A.B.,     Florida    Southern    College;     B.D.,     Emory 
University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MARY  LOUISE  W.  POWELL  (1967) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at 

Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JOHN  A.  PRITCHETT,  JR.  (1956) 

Professor  of  Library  and  Media  Studies 

A.B.,  M.A.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

Graduate  Faculty. 

JUDITH  POSS  PULLEY  (1973) 

Professor  of  History  and  Coordinator  of  Long-Range 

Planning 

B.A.,  Webster  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


RAYMOND  H.  PULLEY  (1973) 

Professor  of  History 

B.A.,     Old    Dominion    University;     M.A.,     Emory 

University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia.  Graduate 

Faculty. 

ARTHUR  QUICKENTON  (1979) 

Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
B.A.,    Marist  College;   M.S.Ed.,   Texas  A  and   M 
University;    Ph.D.,   University   of  Texas  at  Austin. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 

350 


AARON  J.  RANDALL  (1976) 

Lecturer  in  Sociology 

B.A.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina  at 
Greensboro;  M.A.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina 
at  Chapel  Hill. 

JOHN  FRANK  RANDALL  (1957) 

Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill; 
M.S.,  University  of  Michigan;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
South  Carolina.  Graduate  Faculty. 

ALFRED  VALENTINE  RAPP  (1971) 

Professor  of  Industrial  Education  and  Technology 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Kent  State  University;  Ed.D.,  University 
of  Northern  Colorado.  Graduate  Faculty. 


LAURIE  TULLY  REED  (1966) 

Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel 

Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 

JOHN  A.  REEDER  (1979) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Management 

Purdue  University;  A.B.,  MB.  A.,  University  of 


B.S. 

California  at  Berkeley;  M.S. 

falo. 


Ph.D.,  SUNY  at  Buf- 


ERIC  F.  REICHARD  (1973) 

Assistant    Professor    of    Industrial    Education    and 

Technology 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


DOROTHEA  RAU  (1979) 

Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education 

El.  Teaching  Degree  in  Germany;  M.Ed.,  University 

of  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois. 

JOHN  W.  RAY  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Management 
B.A.,  University  of  Alaska,  M.B.A.,  Marshall  Univer- 
sity; Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina. 

LOREN  A.  RAYMOND  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  Geology 
B.S.,  M.S.,  San  Jose  State  College;  Ph.D.,  Universi- 
ty of  California,  Graduate  Faculty. 

GREGORY  GEORGE  RECK  (1972) 

Professor  of  Anthropology  and  Assistant  Dean  for 
Research  and  Grants 

B.A.,  University  of  Houston;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Catholic 
University  of  America.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MAE  RECK  (1979) 

Associate  Professor  of  Elementary  Education,  and 
Acting  Coordinator  of  Planning  and  Curriculum  for 
the  College  of  Education 

B.S.,  District  of  Columbia  Teachers  College;  M.A., 
Federal  City  College;  Ed.D.,  University  of  North 
Carolina-Greensboro.  Graduate  Faculty. 


FRANCES  S.  REDDING  (1978) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Duke  University;  M.A.,  M.M.,  The  University 

of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro. 


PETER  C.  REICHLE  (1974) 

Associate  Professor  of  Health,   Physical  Education 
and  Recreation 

A.B.,  M.S.W.,  M.P.H.,  D.P.H.,  University  of  North 
Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 

PATTON  B.  REIGHARD  (1978) 

Associate  Professor  of  Communication  Arts 
B.A.,  The  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel 
Hill;  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University;  Ph.D.,  The 
University  of  Texas  at  Austin. 


ROBERT  ELLIS  REIMAN  (1963) 

Professor  of  Geography 
B.S.,     M.A.,     Ph.D. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


Florida    State     University. 


ART  REX  (1981) 

Instructor  of  Geography  and  Soccer  Coach 
B.A.,    Slippery    Rock    State    College;    M.A.,    Ap- 
palachian State  University 

RODNEY  REYNERSON  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,     Murray    State    University;     M.M.,     Indiana 

University;  DM.,  Indiana  University. 


THOMAS  C.  RHYNE  (1972) 

Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Assistant  Dean 
for  Graduate  Studies 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University;  Ph.D., 
Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 


351 


ROBERT  LEE  RICHARDSON  (1966) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,  Castleton  State  College;  M.S.,  University  of 

Notre  Dame;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida.  Graduate 

Faculty;. 


JANICE  G.  RIENERTH  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  in  Sociology 

B.A.,  Ohio  University;  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Illinois  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Southern 


CARL  AUGUSTUS  ROSS,  JR.  (1968) 

Professor  of  History 

A.B.,    Berry   College;    M.A.,    Ph.D.,    University   of 

Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


NATHAN  M.  ROSS  (1981) 

Adjunct  Instructor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation  and  Assistant  Basketball  Coach 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland;  M.A.,  A.S.U. 


SIDNEY  E.  RILEY 

Assistant  Professor  of  Military  Science 
B.BA.,  University  of  Oklahoma. 

JAMES  R.  ROBERTS  (1967) 

Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
A.B.,  East  Carolina  University;  M.Mus.Ed.,  Universi- 
ty of  Illinois. 

SANDRA  ROBERTSON  (1969) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Oberlin  Conservatory;  M.M.,  Indiana  Universi- 
ty. 

FRED  TURNER  ROBINETTE,  JR.  (1971) 

Instructor  in  Elementary  Education  and  Director  of 

Support  Development 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 

KENT  ROBINSON  (1956) 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,   M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University;  Ph.D., 

Ohio  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

SHIRLEY  ROBINSON  (1983) 

Instructor  and  Serials  Librarian 

B.A.,  Johnson  C.  Smith  University;  M.L.S.,  North 

Carolina  Central  University. 

CLAUDE  S.  ROGERS  (1983) 

Assistant  Profesor  of  Military  Science 
M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 

THOMAS  LEO  ROKOSKE  (1971) 

Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Loyola  University;  M.S.,  Florida  State  Universi- 
ty; Ph.D.,  Auburn  University. 


CELIA  SUE  ROTEN  (1966) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Economics 

B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University;  M.S.,  University 

of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro. 


JUDITH  RICE  ROTHSCHILD  (1975) 

Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Wellesley  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  The  Johns 

Hopkins  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MELVIN  ROY  (1973) 

Professor  of  Business  Education  and  Office  Ad- 
ministration 

B.S.,  M.A,  Kansas  State  Teachers  College;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Northern  Colorado.  CD. P.  Graduate 
Faculty. 


EVAN  K.  ROWE  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health.  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 

B.S.,  Ed.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University. 


RAYMOND  S.  RUBLE  (1970) 

Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 
B.A.,    M.A.,    Northern    Illinois    University;    Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin.  Graduate  Faculty. 

RICHARD  H.  RUPP  (1975) 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame;  Ph.D.,  In- 
diana University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

ROBERT  TERRY  SACK  (1972) 

Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research 
B.A.,     University     of     Michigan;     M.A.,     Western 
Michigan    University;     Ph.D.,     Purdue    University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 

352 


W.  HOYT  SAFRIT  (1950) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 


HENRY  G.  SCHNEIDER  (1973) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,    St.    Bonaventure    University;    MA. 

West  Virginia  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Ph.D. 


YEHIA  A.  SALAMA  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 
B.S.,   Cairo  University;   M.Acc,   Assuit  University; 
M.S. Ace,  Illinois  State  University;  M.A.Fin.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Alabama. 


LEIGHTON  R.  SCOTT,  JR.  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies 

Haverford;  M.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  Universi- 


B.A. 

ty;     Ph.D.,     Cambridge 

Graduate  Faculty. 


University.     (England). 


O.  PAUL  SANDERS  (1962) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.A.,    Southeastern    State    College;    M.S.,    Ph.D. 

Oklahoma  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ANTHONY  V.  SEARCY  (1981) 

Adjunct  Instructor  in  Health,  Physical  Education  and 


Recreation 
B.S.;  M.S., 


Appalachian  State  University. 


THOMAS  D.  SATHER 

Assistant  Professor  of  Military  Science 
B.S.,  Embry  Aeronautical  University. 

DONALD  BISHOP  SAUNDERS  (1971) 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Davidson  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 

Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


FRANK  N.  SELL  (1980) 

Adjunct  Instructor  of  Psychology 
B.A.,  East  Carolina  University;  M.Ed. 
North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill. 


University  of 


CARL  J.  SELPH  (1978) 

Professor  of  Accounting 

B.B.A.,  Stetson  University;  M.Acc,  DBA.,  Florida 

State  University.  Graduate  Faculty.  CPA. 


MARGARET  FAYE  SAWYER  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.A.,  North  Carolina  State  University;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity   of   Tennessee;    Ph.D.,    North    Carolina    State 
University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


GARY  L.  SIGMON  (1981) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,   M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University; 

Auburn  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Ed.D. 


RICHARD  B.  SCHAFFER  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  Business  Education 

B.S.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  and  Science; 

J.D.,  University  of  Mississippi;   L.L.M.,  New  York 

University. 


STEPHEN  JOSEPH  SIMON  (1970) 

Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,     M.A.,     Xavier    University;     Ph.D.,     Loyola 

University  of  Chicago.  Graduate  Faculty. 


RICHARD  JOSEPH  SCHALK  (1965) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,   University  of  Maryland;   M.A.,   University  of 

Arkansas. 


DONALD  WOODFIN  SINK  (1968) 

Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Assistant  Dean  of  the  Col- 
lege of  Arts  and  Sciences 

A.B.,  Catawba  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  South 
Carolina.  Graduate  Faculty. 


GEORGE  SCHIEREN  (1977) 

Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  Cornell  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 

Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ARTHUR  M.  SKIBBE  (1975) 

Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,    University   of   North   Carolina   at   Charlotte; 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Emory  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 

353 


KENNETH  C.  SLAVETT  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  University  of  California;  M.A.,  University  of 

Connecticut. 


WALTER  THOMAS  SNIPES  (1964) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Oglethorpe  University;  M.Ed.,  Mercer  Universi- 
ty; Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


CHARLES  DAVID  SMITH  (1968) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and 
Research  and  Assistant  Dean  of  the  General  College 
B.A.,  William  and  Mary  College;  M.A.,  Appalachian 
State  University. 


ROBERT  WALTER  SOEDER  (1967) 

Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Ursinus  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Delaware.  Graduate  Faculty. 


H.  MAX  SMITH  (1969) 

Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  University  of  Missouri;  M.M.,  University  of 
Oklahoma;  S.M.D.,  Union  Theological  Seminary. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


JAMES  REAVES  SMITH  (1968) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina.  Graduate 

Faculty. 

JAMIE  C.  SMITH  (1976) 

Associate  Professor  of  Elementary  Education 
B.A.,  Northeastern  University;  M.A.T.,  William  Pat- 
terson College  of  New  Jersey;  Ed.D.,  University  of 
Georgia.  Graduate  Faculty. 

KAY  H.  SMITH  (1979) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies 
B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Alabama;  Ph.D.,  Emory 
University. 

MARILYN  C.  SMITH  (1976) 

Assistant  Professor  in  the  Department  of  Art 
B.F.A.,   University  of  Georgia;   M.A.,    New  York 
University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

RAYMOND  L.  SMITH  (1983) 

Lecturer  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recrea- 
tion 

B.A.,  University  of  California-Santa  Barbara;  M.S., 
Southern  Illinois  University. 

ROBERT  EARL  SNEAD  (1966) 

Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Education  and  Vice 
Chancellor  for  Development  and  Public  Affairs 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


MILTON  G.  SPANN,  JR.  (1976) 

Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision,  and  Higher 
Education  and  Director  of  the  Center  for 
Developmental  Education 

B.A.,  St.  Andrews  Presbyterian  College;  M.C.E., 
Presbyterian  School  of  Christian  Education;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Texas  at  Austin.  Graduate  Faculty 


CHARLES  CAUDILL  SPEER  (1970) 

Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,    M.B.A.,    East    Tennessee    State    University. 

CPA. 


WILLIAM  GILBERT  SPENCER  (1951) 

Professor  of  Music 

B.M.Ed.,    Northwestern    University;    M.A.,    Ed.D., 

Teachers  College  of  Columbia  University.  Graduate 

Faculty. 

CHARLES  SPRUILL  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A.,  Old  Dominion  University;  M.A.,  University  of 
Houston;     Ph.D.,     Southern     Illinois    University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


RICHARD  L.  STAHL  (1974) 

Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.A.,    M.A.,   University  of  South   Florida;   Ph.D. 

Florida  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


LES  STEGE  (1977) 

Associate   Professor   of   Counselor   Education    and 

Research 

B.S.,  Saint  Louis  University;  M.S.,  Southern  Illinois 

University;     Ph.D.,     Southern     Illinois    University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 


354 


ROGER  J.  STILLING  (1974) 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,    Elon    College;    M.A.,    University    of    South 

Carolina;  Ph.D.,  Trinity  College  (Dublin).  Graduate 

Faculty. 

H.  DANIEL  STILLWELL  (1971) 

Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  M.F.,  Duke  University;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

JAMES  WILLIAM  STINES  (1968) 

Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 
B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University;  B.D.,  Southern  Bap- 
tist Theological  Seminary;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


JOYCE  PETERSON  STINES  (1968) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Arkansas;  M.Ed.,  University  of 

North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill. 


GUY  THOMAS  SWAIN  (1972) 

Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher 
Education 

B.S.,  High  Point  College;  M.A.,  Appalachian  State 
University;  Ed.D.,  Duke  University.  Graduate  Facul- 
ty- 

THOMAS  WILLIAM  SWEM  (1972) 

Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.S.B.A.,    M.A.,    University    of    Denver;    Ed.D., 

University  of  New  Mexico.  Graduate  Faculty. 

JEANETTE  L.  TARR  (1976) 

Instructor  in  Biology 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 

AHMAD  TASHAKORI  (1981) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Management 

B.A.,  University  of  Tehran,  Iran;  M.B.A.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Georgia. 


BENJAMIN  FRANKLIN  STRICKLAND 
(1962) 

Professor  of  Counselor  Education  and  Research  and 
Acting  Dean  of  the  College  of  Education 
B.S.,  Wake  Forest  University;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Facul- 
ty. 

WILLIAM  CLAUDIUS  STRICKLAND 
(1966) 

Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion  and  Dean  of  the 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

A.B.,    John    B.    Stetson    University;    B.D.,    Th.D., 

Southern   Baptist  Theological  Seminary.    Graduate 

Faculty. 


MARIANNE  STEVENS  SUGGS  (1971) 

Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University;  M.A.,  Florida 
State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


CARL  DAVID  SUTTON  (1970) 

Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.A.,    Manchester   College;    C.P.,    Ph.D.,    Indiana 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JOHN  H.  TASHNER  (1976) 

Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Educatioh 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Old  Dominion  University;  Ed.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Virginia.  Graduate  Faculty. 

FRANK  R.  TERRANT,  JR.  (1972) 

Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University.  Graduate  Facul- 
ty- 

CELIA  J.  THOMAS  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,   University  of  Virginia;   M.A.,   Ph.D.,   Duke 

University. 

JOHN  E.  THOMAS  (1974) 

Professor  of  Management  and  Chancellor 
B.S.E.E.,  University  of  Kansas;  J.D.,  University  of 
Missouri;    M.S.,    D.B.A.,   Florida   State   University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 

VERA  ELLEN  BALL  THOMAS  (1964) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 

B.S.,  Carson-Newman  College;  M.S.,  University  of 

Tennessee.  Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 

355 


JULIA  A.  THOMASON  (1976) 

Associate  Professor  of  Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  Concord  College;  M.E.D.,  Western  Maryland 
University;     Ph.D.,     George    Peabody    College. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


EDWARD  THOMAS  TURNER  (1968) 

Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recrea- 
tion 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JOEL  A.  THOMPSON  (1978) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Science  and  Director  of 
Research,  Appalachian  Regional  Bureau  of  Govern- 
ments 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University;  M.A.,  Ap- 
palachian State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Ken- 
tucky. Graduate  Faculty. 


MAX  S.  THOMPSON  (1979) 

Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.S.,     East    Carolina    University;    M.Ed.,    Ed.D. 

University  of  Virginia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JAMES  R.  TOMPKINS  (1977) 

Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.A.,    Mount    St.    Mary's    College;    M.A.,    Niagra 

University;    Ph.D.,    Catholic    University.    Graduate 

Faculty. 


KHALIL  TORABZADEH  (1982) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Finance,  Insurance,  and  Real 

Estate 

B.A.,    Iranian    Institute   of   Advanced   Accounting; 

M.B.A.,  Central  State  University  at  Edmond,  OK. 


FRANS  VAN  DER  BOGERT  (1973) 

Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 
B.A.,  Swarthmore  College;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Universi- 
ty. Graduate  Faculty. 

VIRGINIA  VAN  DER  BOGERT  (1983) 

Instructor  and  Assistant  Catalog  Librarian 
B.A.,  Swarthmore  College;  M.L.S.,  Drexel  Universi- 
ty- 

WILLIAM  S.  VANDERPOOL,  JR.  (1973) 

Professor   of  Business   Education    and   Office   Ad- 
ministration 

B.A.,  L.L.B.,  J.D.,  Duke  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
Louisiana  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

ROBERT  W.  VAN  DEVENDER  (1978) 

Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,   Yale  University;   M.S.,   Ph.D.,   University  of 

Michigan.  Graduate  Faculty. 

MICHAEL  GLENN  WADE  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Universi- 
ty of  Southwestern  Louisiana. 


BYRON  E.  TRUAX  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation 

D.D.S.,  Northwestern  University  Dental  School. 


ERWING  WINNINGHAM  WADSWORTH 
(1968) 

Professor  of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Troy  State  University;  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Auburn 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


NED  REEVES  TRIVETTE  (1957) 

Assistant     Professor    of    Management     and     Vice 
Chancellor  for  Business  Affairs 
B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University;  M.S.,   Florida 
State  University. 


HAZEL  R.  WALKER  (1980) 

Associate  Profesor  of  Business  Education  and  Office 

Administration 

B.S.,   M.Ed.,   Eastern  Kentucky  University;  Ed.D., 

University  of  Tennessee. 


POLLY  ANN  TRNAVSKY  (1979) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,    M.A.,    Ph.D.,     Georgia    State    University. 

Graduate  Faculty. 


JOAN  D.  WALLS  (1975) 

Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at 

Chapel  Hill.  Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 


356 


WEMME  E.  WALLS  (1978) 

Instructor  of  Special  Education 

B.F.A.,  University  of  Tennessee  at  Knoxville;  M.A. 

Appalachian  State  University. 


GEORGE  R.  WESLEY  (1967) 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Houston:  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Denver.  Graduate  Faculty. 


WILBER  HENRY  WARD  III  (1971) 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Alabama;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Universi- 
ty of  Tennessee.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JOHN  FOSTER  WEST  (1968) 

Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel 

Hill. 


SHERRY  WATERWORTH  (1970) 

Professor  of  Art 

B.S.,  Towson  State  College;  M.F.A.,  Ohio  Universi- 
ty. Graduate  Faculty. 

JAN  C.  WATSON  (1967) 

Associate  Professor  of  Health.   Physical  Education 

and  Recreation 

B.S.,  Winthrop  College;   M.A.,  Appalachian  State 

University;   D.Ed.,   University  of  North  Carolina  at 

Greensboro. 


BRENDA  WEY  (1975) 

Assistant    Professor    of    Industrial    Education    and 

Technology 

B.S.,  East  Carolina  University;  M.F.A.,  Appalachian 

State  University. 

DAVID  L.  WHITE  (1977) 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,    Bucknell    University;    Ph.D.,    University    of 

Virginia.  Graduate  Faculty. 


FRED  WEBB,  JR.  (1968) 

Professor  and  Chairperson   of  the   Department  of 

Geology 

A.B.,     Duke    University;     M.S.,     Ph.D.,    Virginia 

Polytechnic  Institute.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ELMER  RUSSELL  WHITE  (1963) 

Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Marshall  University;  M.F.A.,  Ohio  University; 
Ed.D.,  Teachers  College  of  Columbia  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


OMRI  KENNETH  WEBB,  JR.  (1962) 

Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion  and  Dean  of  the 
General  College 

B.A.,  The  Citadel;  B.D.,  Southern  Baptist 
Theological  Seminary;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 

LINDA  WELDEN  (1973) 

Associate  Professor  of  Communication  Arts 

B.S.,   M.S.,   Georgia  Southern  University;   Ph.D., 

Louisiana  State  University. 


ALLEN  WELLS  (1979) 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at 

Stony  Brook.  Graduate  Faculty. 

JAY  WENTWORTH  (1972) 

Professor  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies 

B.A.,    Ohio   Wesleyan    University;    B.D.,    Chicago 

Theologcal  Seminary;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Northwestern 

University. 


JOAN  LYNN  WHITE  (1974) 

Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Youngstown  State  University;  M.A.,  Ap- 
palachian State  University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  North 
Carolina  at  Greensboro.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JANICE  R.  WHITENER  (1961) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Economics 
B.S.,     M.S.,     University 
Greensboro. 


of     North     Carolina     at 


ROGERS  VANCE  WHITENER  (1959) 

Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University;  M.A.,  University 

of  Florida. 


JOE  W.  WIDENHOUSE,  JR.  (1973) 

Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher 
Education  and  Coordinator  of  the  Bachelor  of 
Technology  Program 

B.S.,  High  Point  College;  M.Ed.,  University  of  North 
Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill;  Ed.D.,  North  Carolina  State 
University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 

357 


CHARLES  G.  WIEDER  (1981) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.;  University  of  Arizona;  M.S.,  Queens  Col- 
lege, N.Y.;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University. 

CATHERINE  L.  WILKINSON  (1982) 

Instructor  and  Catalog  Librarian 

B.S.,  Tulane  University;  M.S.L.S.,  Louisiana  State 

University. 


R.  STANLEY  WILKINSON,  JR.  (1975) 

Assistant  Professor  in  Business  Education  and  Office 

Administration 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 

WILLIAM  L.  WILLETT  (1982) 

Instructor  in  Art 

B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


HUBERTIEN  HELEN  WILLIAMS  (1970) 

Professor  of  English  and  Coordinator  of  University 
Honors 

B.A.,  University  of  New  Mexico;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Bowl- 
ing Green  State  University.  Graduate  Faculty. 

JOHN  F.  WILLIAMS  (1966) 

Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Tennessee;  Ed.D.,  Colum- 
bia University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


MATT  WINN  WILLIAMSON  (1970) 

Professor  of  Political  Science  and  Director  of  the  Stu- 
dent Internship  Program 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia.  Graduate 
Faculty. 


GARY  W.  WILLIS  (1977) 

Professor  of  Political  Science /Criminal  Justice 
B.S.,  Illinois  Wesleyan  College;  J.D.,  Stetson  Univer- 
sity; M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University.  Graduate 
Faculty. 


FRED  ALLEN  WILSON  (1972) 

Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,    M.Ed.,    University    of    Mississippi;    Ed.D., 

University  of  Tennessee.  Graduate  Faculty. 

RICHARD  BURTON  WILSON  (1967) 

Professor  of  Elementary  Education  and  Associate 
Director  of  Winston  Salem/Forsyth  Teaching  Center 
B.A.,  M.E.,  M.S. PH.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
at  Chapel  Hill. 

WILLIAM  S.  WILSON  (1982) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin;  MM.,  Catholic 

University;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Iowa. 

ZAPHON  R.  WILSON  (1978) 

Lecturer  in  Political  Science  and  Community  Plann- 
ing and  Geography 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Appalachian  State  University. 


STEPHEN  D.  WILLIAMS  (1983) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,    Virginia   Commonwealth   University; 

Washington  State  University. 


Ph.D. 


JAMES  A.  WINDERS  (1978) 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Richmond;  M.A. 

University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


Ph.D.,  Duke 


THOMAS  MARVIN  WILLIAMSEN 
(1970) 

Assistant  Professor  of  History  and  Coordinator  of  In- 
terdisciplinary Studies /Watauga  College 
B.S.,  Colorado  State  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Duke 
University.  Graduate  Faculty. 


JERRY  WAYNE  WILLIAMSON  (1970) 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Way  land  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Utah.  Graduate  Faculty. 


ROGER  ANDREW  WINSOR  (1971) 

Associate  Professor  of  Geography 
B.S.,   Shippensburg  State  College;   M.A.,  Arizona 
State    University;     Ph.D.,     University    of    Illinois. 
Graduate  Faculty. 

GEORGE  MICHAEL  WISE  (1972) 

Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill; 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University. 
Graduate  Faculty. 


The  Register 


358 


M.  SUZANNE  WISE  (1979) 

Assistant  Professor  and  Reference  Librarian 
B.A.,    University    of    South    Carolina;    M.S.L.S., 
University   of  Kentucky;    M.A.,   Appalachian   State 
University. 


BEULAH  CATHERINE  CAMPBELL, 

M.A.,  Professor  Emerita  of  Elementary  Education 

MAY    E.    DENTON,    M.S.,   Associate  Pro- 
fessor Emerita  of  Chemistry 


PATRICE  W.  WOOD  (1979) 

Lecturer  and  Social  Research  Assistant  of  Special 

Education 

B.A.,    University   of   Georgia;    M.A.,    Appalachian 

State  University. 


F.     RAY     DERRICK,     Ph.D.,     Professor 
Emeritus  of  Biology 

JEFFERSON  MAX  DIXON,  Ph.D.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emeritus  of  History 


LARRY  WOODROW  (1966) 

Professor  and  Chairperson  of  Elementary  Education 
B.S.,  Appalachian  State  University;  M.A.T.,  Ed.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Graduate 
Faculty. 


TONI  J.  WYATT  (1976) 

Lecturer  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recrea- 
tion 

B.S.,   Appalachian   State   University;    M.Ed.,   West 
Georgia  University;  M.Ed.,  Emory  University. 

PHILIP  H.  YOUNG  (1980) 

Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,   University  of  Virginia;   Ph.D.,   University  of 

Pennsylvania. 


MAXIE    GREENE    EDMISTEN,    M.A., 

Dean  of  Women  Emerita 

DAISY  W.  EGGERS,  M.A.,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor Emerita  of  English 

GRAYDON  POE  EGGERS,  Ph.D.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emeritus  of  English 

HERMAN  RONALD  EGGERS,  M.A., 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Social  Science  and  Registrar 
Emeritus 

W.L.  EURY,  M.S.  in  L.S.,  Professor  Emeritus 

ELIZABETH  FOX,  M.M.Ed.,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor Emerita  of  Music. 


Faculty  Emeriti 

RUBY     LAVELLE     AKERS,     M.A., 

Associate  Professor  Emerita  of  English 

JOSE  ANTONIO  AMARO,  L.L.D.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emeritus  of  Foreign  Languages 

JOHN  GLEN  BARDEN,  Ph.D.,  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Education 

JOHN  HIBBS  BRASHEAR,  M.A.,  Pro- 

fesor  Emeritus  of  Economics 

CARL    HERBERT    BREDOW,    M.A., 

Associate     Professor     Emeritus     of    Foreign 
Languages 

GOLDEN  T.  BUCKLAND,  D.Ed.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emeritus  of  Mathematical  Sciences 


MARTHA  GREY  HAWKINSON,  M.A., 

Associate  Professor  Emerita  of  Business  Educa- 
tion and  Office  Administration 

CLEONE  HAYNES  HODGES,  M.S., 

Professor  Emerita  of  Health,  Physical  Education 
and  Recreation 

ALLIE    AUSTIN     HODGIN,     M.L.S., 

Associate  Professor  Emerita  of  Librarianship 

DAVID   REID   HODGIN,    M.A.,  Professor 
Emeritus  of  English 

FRANCIS    LENTZ   HOOVER,    D.P.E., 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Health,  Physical  Education 
and  Recreation 

RENA  C.  HOOVER,  M.A.,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor Emerita  of  History 


The  Register 


359 


BEN  HASKETT  HORTON,  JR.,  Ed.D., 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Administration,  Supervision 
and  Higher  Education 

F.  VIRGINIA  IRONS,  M.A.,  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor Emerita  of  Home  Economics 

CHARLES    L.     ISLEY,     Ed.D.,    Professor 
Emeritus  of  Music 

JAMES   E.    JOHNSON,    Ph.D.,  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Chemistry 

ISABEL  FLEMING  JONES,  Ed.D.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emerita  of  Reading  Education 

ADELE  JUSTICE,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor 
Emerita  of  Music 

ILA  T.  JUSTICE,  Ed.S.,  Professor  Emeritia 
of  Educational  Media 

GRACE  GREENE  LILLY,  M.A.,  Professor 
Emerita  of  Elementary  Education 

VIRGINIA  WARY  LINNEY,  M.Mus.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emerita  of  Music 

ELOISE  CAMP  MELTON,  M.A.,  Assistant 
Professor  Emerita  of  History 

JACK  ROBERT  MELTON,  Ph.D.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emeritus  of  Education 

WILLIAM   DEAN   MEREDITH,   M.Ed., 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Elementary  Education 

CLYDE  CHARLES  OWEN,  M.S.,  Pro- 

fessor    Emeritus    of    Industrial    Education    and 
Technology 

CHARLES  E.  PALMER,  Ph.D.,  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Speech 

WILLIAM     HOWARD    PLEMMONS, 

Ph.D.,  President  Emeritus 

UBERTO     PRICE,     M.A.,     Professor    of 
Reading 

EUNICE  QUERY,   M.A.,  Professor  Emerita 
of  Educational  Media 


BEATRIX  B.  RAMEY,  M.A.,  Professor 
Emerita  of  Elementary  Education 

ROBERT  LEE  RANDALL,   Ed.D.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emeritus  of  Administration,  Supervision 
and  Higher  Education 

LEE  REYNOLDS,  Ed.D.,  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Childhood  Education 

MADGE  RHYNE,  M.S.,  Associate  Professor 
Emerita  of  Home  Economics 

JANE  MARGARET  RINER,  M.A.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emerita  of  Business  Education  and  Office 
Administration 

ZEB  VANCE  SHOOK,  M.A.,  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor  Emeritus  of  Librarianship. 

NATHANIEL   H.   SHOPE,   Ph.D.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emeritus  of  Administration,  Supervision, 
and  Higher  Education. 

ARLIE  R.  SMITH,  A.M.,  Professor  Emeritus 
of  Chemistry 

WILEY  FRANCIS  SMITH,  Ph.D.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emeritus  of  Psychology 

CATHERINE     JEANETTE    SMITH, 

M.A.Ed.,  Professor  Emerita  of  Art 

STARR  NEELY  STACY,  JR.,  M.A.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emeritus  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

FRANK    RICHARD    STECKEL,    MS, 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Industrial  Education  and 
Technology 

ROGER  EVAN  THOMAS,  M.Ed.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emeritus  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation 

KATHRYN  C.  TULLY,  M.A.,  Associate 
Professor  Emerita  of  Business  Education  and  Of- 
fice Administration 

TEUNIS  VERGEER,  Ph.D.,  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Biology 


The  Register 

360 


MARSHALL  L.  WALTERS,  M.A.,  Pro- 

jessor  Emeritus  of  Health,  Physical  Education  and 
Recreation 

ROBERT  WILLIAM  WATKINS,  M.A., 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Health,  Physical  Education 
and  Recreation 

REGINALD  T.  WEBER,  Ph.D.,  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Economics 


VIVIAN  WELBORN,  M.A.,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor  Emerita  of  Home  Economics 


HERBERT  W.  WEY,  Ed.D.,  Chancellor 
Emeritus 

JOHN  H.  WILLIAMS,  Ph.D.,  Associate 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Health,  Physical  Education 
and  Recreation 


JULIAN  CLIFTON  YODER,  Ph.D.,  Pro- 

fessor  Emeritus  of  Geography 


Index 


361 


Index 


Academic  Calendar,  inside  front  cover 

Academic  Credits,  36 

Academic  Load,  38 

Accounting,  Department  of,  162 

Accreditation  of  University,  4 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Higher  Ed- 
ucation, Department  of,  266 

Admission  to  the  University,  19 
Admission  Procedure,  19 
Admission  Requirements, 
Freshman,  19 
Foreign  Students,  23 
Graduate,  315 
Special  Students,  21 
Transfer  Students,  20 
Advanced  Placement,  22 
Four- Year  Policy,  22 
Readmission,  23 

Admissions  Partnership  Program,  55 

Advanced  Placement,  22 

Advisement,  Academic,  12 

Anthropology,  Department  of,  68 

Appalachian  Consortium,  Inc.,  7 

Appalachian  Studies,  67 

Art,  Department  of,  198 

Arts  and  Sciences,  College  of,  58 

Astronomy,  125 

Athletics,  11 

Attendance  Requirements,  40 

Auditing  a  Course,  22 

Automobiles,  Regulations,  17 

Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree,  (see  individual 

departments  for  requirements) 
Bachelor  of  Music  Degree,  196 
Bachelor  of  Science  Degree,  (see  individual 

departments  for  requirements) 
Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  With  Teacher 

Certification,  (see  individual  departments 

for  requirements) 
Bachelor  of  Technology  Degree,  254 
Banking  and  Finance  (see  College  of  Business) 
Banking  Services  on  Campus,  17 
Biology,  Department  of,  72 
Black  Studies,  52 
Book  Rental  System,  27 
Bureau  of  Economic  and  Business  Research,  8 
Business,  College  of,  149 

Admission  to,  161 

Degrees  Offered,  149 

Graduate  Coordinator,  155 

Transfer  of  Credit  Into,  161 
Business  Education  and  Office  Administration, 

Department  of,  166 


Camp  Programs,  311 

Campus,  Location  and  Description  of,  3 

Career  Planning,  13 

Catalog  Choice  for  Graduation,  32 

Center  for  Continuing  Education,  310 

Center  for  Management  Development,  7 

Certification,  Requirements  for,  263 

Change  of  Course,  41 

Chemistry,  Department  of,  78 

Child  Development,  225 

Classification  of  Students,  42 

Clothing  and  Textiles  (see  Home  Economics) 

Coaching,  Athletic,  211 

Communication  Arts,  Department  of,  204 

Community  Planning  and  Geography,  84 

Complementary  Education,  (see  Student  Life 
and  Student  Services) 

Computer  and  Management  Services,  18 

Computer  Science,  112 

Continuing  Education  Unit  (CEU),  313 

Correspondence  and  Extension  Work,  Grad- 
uation Credit  for,  39 

Counseling  and  Psychological  Services,  13 

Counselor  Education  and  Research, 
Department  of,  272 

Credit  by  Examination,  45 

Credit  Limitations,  39 

Criminal  Justice  Program,  130 

Dean's  List,  46 

Degree  Requirements,  34 

Developmental  Education,  Center  for,  8,  253 

Dormitory  Policy,  (see  Housing  and  Food 

Services) 
Driver  Education,  213 

Economics,  Department  of,  172 

Education,  College  of,  253 

Elementary  Education,  Department  of,  228 

Employment,  Student,  30 

Engineering,  (see  Pre-Professional  Programs) 

Engineering,  Dual  Degree  Program 

with  Auburn,  197 
English,  Department  of,  89 
Examinations,  42 

Executive  in  Residence  Program,  160 
Expenses,  (see  Tuition  and  Fees) 

Faculty,  Listing  of,  326 

Fees  (see  Tuition,  Fees  and  Expenses) 

Field-Based  Program,  43 

Finance,  Ins.  and  Real  Estate,  Department 

of,  178 
Financial  Aid,  29 

Education  Grants,  30 

Scholarships,  31 

Student  Employment  Programs,  30 

Student  Loans,  30 

Veterans,  29 


Index 


362 


Fine  and  Applied  Arts,  College  of,  192 

Degrees  Offered,  192 
Food  Services,  18 
Foods  and  Nutrition,  226 
Foreign  Languages,  Department  of,  95 
Forestry  (see  Pre-Professional  Programs) 
French  (see  Foreign  Languages) 

General  College,  47 

Requirements  for,  47 
Geography,  84 
Geology,  Department  of,  101 
German  (see  Foreign  Languages) 
Gerontology,  68 
Grading  System,  36 

Pass-Fail  Grading,  37 

Grade-Point  Average,  38 

Grade  Reports,  42 
Graduate  School,  314 

Admission  to,  316 
Graduation,  46 

Catalog  Choice,  32 

With  Honors,  45 

See  Individual  College  and  Department  for 

Information  about  Specific  Degrees 
Grants,  Educational,  31 

Health  Care  Management,  184 

Health  and  Physical  Education,  Department  of,  210 

Health  Services,  15 

History,  Department  of,  104 

Home  Economics,  Department  of,  224 

Home  Economics  Education,  226 

Honors,  Academic,  45 

Dean's  List,  46 

Graduation  With  Honors,  46 

Honor's  Day,  45 
Honors  Program,  44,  50 
Honor  Teaching,  46 
Housing,  13 

Cost  of  Room  and  Board,  24 

Food  Services,  18 

Description  of  Housing,  14 

Dormitory  Regulations,  14 

Mountaineer  Apartments,  15 

Room  Reservation  and  Deposit,  15 
Housing  and  Interiors,  225 

Independent  and  Individual  Study,  44 
Individually  Designed  Majors,  160 
Industrial  Education  and  Technology, 

Department  of,  231 
Institutional  Administration  (see  Home 

Economics) 
Instructional  Assistance 

Program,  44 
Instructional  Program,  32 


Insurance, 

BSBA  Degree  in,  179 
For  Students,  16 
Interdisciplinary  Programs,  49 
General  Honors,  50 
Majors: 

Individually  Designed,  51 
Minors: 

Appalachian  Studies,  52,  67 
Black  Studies,  52,  68 
Community  and  Regional 

Planning,  52,  67 
Gerontology,  53,  68 
Latin  American  Studies,  53,  66 
Women's  Studies,  53 
International  Studies,  44 
Internships,  62,  150 

Latin  American  Studies,  66 
Laundry  Service,  17 
Law  (see  Pre-Professional  Program) 
Learning  Resources,  16 

Belk  Library,  16 

Audio-visual  Services,  16 

Center  for  Instructional  Development,  17 
Library,  (see  Learning  Resources) 

Management,  Department  of,  183 

Marketing,  Department  of,  188 

Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Science  Degrees 

(see  Graduate  School  and  Individual 

Department  Listings) 
Master  of  Business 

Administration,  155,  321 
Mathematical  Science,  Department  of,  112 
Medicine  (see  Pre-Professional  Programs) 
Military  Personnel,  Residency  for  Tuition,  26 
Military  Science,  Department  of,  239 
Motor  Vehicles,  17 
Music,  Department  of,  242 

Newspaper,  Student,  10 

North  Carolina,  The  University  of,  5 

Nursing  (see  Pre-Professional  Programs) 

Oral  History  Project,  8 
Outdoor  Programs,  311 
Overseas  Study  Program,  91 

Pass-Fail  Grading  System,  37 
Pharmacy  (see  Pre-Professional  Programs) 
Philosophy  and  Religion,  Department  of,  122 
Physical  Education  (see  Department  of 

Health,  Physical  Education  and 

Recreation) 
Physics  and  Astronomy,  Department  of,  125 
Placement,  13 


Index 


363 


Political  Science  and  Criminal  Justice, 

Department  of,  130 
Postal  Services,  17 
Pre-Professional  Programs,  63 

Engineering,  64 

Forestry,  65 

Law,  63 

Medicine  and  Dental,  63 

Nursing,  66 

Pharmacy,  66 

Theology,  63 
Project  Ahead,  57 
Psychology,  Department  of,  136 
Publications,  Student,  10 

Reading  Center,  18 

Reading  Education,  Department  of,  293 

Readmission,  23 

Register,  The,  323 

Registration,  36 

Religion,  Courses  in  (see  Philosophy 

and  Religion) 
Religious  Life,  11 
Residence,  39 
Residency  Requirements  for  Tuition 

Purposes,  25 
ROTC,  239 

Scholarships,  31 

Academic,  31 
Science,  Curriculum  for  Teacher  Certification, 
Secondary  Education,  Department  of,  298 
Services,  University,  12 
Social  Science,  Curriculum  for  Teacher 

Certification,  264 
Sociology,  Department  of,  144 
Spanish  (see  Foreign  Languages) 
Special  Education,  Department  of,  301 
Special  Students,  Admission  of,  21 
Special  Services,  56 
Specialist  in  Education  Degree,  321 
Speech  (see  Communication  Arts) 
Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  19 
Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology, 

Department  of,  306 
Student  Life  and  Student  Services,  10 

Counseling,  13 
Academic,  12 
Personal,  13 

Division  of  Complementary  Education,  10 


263 


Food  Services,  18 

Government,  11 

Health  Services,  15 

Housing,  13 

Insurance,  16 

Laundry  Service,  17 

Minority  Student  Affairs,  10 

Placement  Office,  13 

Religious  Life,  11 
Student  Employment  Programs,  30 
Student  Government,  11 
Student  Teaching,  260 

With  Honors,  46 
Summer  Sessions,  310 
Suspension  of  Students,  Academic  43 

Teacher  Certification,  263 
Technical  Education  (see  Industrial  Education) 
Textbooks,  27 

Theatre  (see  Communication  Arts) 
Transfer  Students,  Admission  of,  20 
Transcripts,  46 
Trustees,  324 

Tuition,  Fees  and  Expenses,  23 
Fees: 

Academic,  27 

Dormitory,  23 
Refund  of  Tuition,  28 
Tuition: 

In-State  Students,  23 

Foreign  Students,  23 

Out-of-State  Students,  23 

Part-time  Students,  24 

Field-Based  Students,  25 

University,  The 

Location,  3 

Faculty,  326 

Purpose,  4 
University  Honors,  56 
Upward  Bound,  56 

Veterans 

Academic  Credit,  45 
Financial  Aid,  29 

Watauga  College,  50 
Wilderness  Experiences,  312 
Withdrawal  from  the  University,  42 
Women's  Studies,  53 


364 

Program  Plan 


Following  is  a  four-year  diagram  for  assisting  students  in  developing  a  program  plan. 
Consultation  with  an  advisor  in  the  major  area  is  advised  in  preparation  of  the  plan  to 
determine  in  advance  courses  needed  and  the  proper  sequence  for  completion  of 
them.  Courses  taken  each  semester  will,  of  course,  be  dependent  upon  availability  of 
the  courses. 


Freshman  Year 
Fall  Semester  Spring  Semester 

Course  Credit  Hours  Course  Credit  Hours 


Total  Hours  Completed Total  Hours  Completed. 


Sophomore  Year 
Fall  Semester  Spring  Semester 

Course  Credit  Hours  Course  Credit  Hours 


Total  Hours  Completed Total  Hours  Completed 

Junior  Year 
Fall  Semester  Spring  Semester 

Course  Credit  Hours  Course  Credit  Hours 


Total  Hours  Completed Total     Hours     Completed. 


365 


Senior  Year 
Fall  Semester  Spring  Semester 

Course  Credit  Hours  Course  Credit  Hours 


Total  Hours  Completed Total  Hours  Completed 

Other 

(Transfer  credits,  summer  sessions,  credit  by  examination,  etc.) 
Course  Credit  Hours  Course  Credit  Hours 


Total  Hours  Completed. 


Notes 


Notes 


Notes 


Appalachian  State  University 
Correspondence  Directory 

For  prompt  attention,  inquiries  should  be  directed  to  the  following: 

Admissions 

Joseph  Watts,  Director  of  Admissions 

Alumni  Affairs 

Barbara  Poovey,  Director  of  Alumni  Affairs 

Faculty  Appointments 

Harvey  R.  Durham,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 

Graduate  Admissions,  Curriculum,  and  Requirements 

Joyce  Lawrence,  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School 

Instructional  Programs 

Harvey  R.  Durham,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 

Library 

Al  Corum,  Dean  of  Learning  Resources 

Placement 

David  Ball,  Director  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement 

Public  Affairs 

Robert  E.  Snead,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Development  and  Public  Affairs 

Records,   Certification  Requirements,   Curriculum   Requirements 
and  All  Transcripts 

A.  Brooks  McLeod,  Registrar 

Residence  Life 

Bobby  L.  Dunnigan,  Director  of  Residence  Life 

Scholarships,  Student  Employment,  Student  Loans,  Veterans 
Information 

R.  Steve  Gabriel,  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Student  Welfare 

David  Mclntire,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 

Summer  School 

Richard  B.  Parrott,  Assistant  Dean  of  Summer  Sessions 

University  Policy 

John  E.  Thomas,  Chancellor 

The  university  information  number  is  262-2000,  area  code  704.